openSUSE Translation Commits
Threads by month
- ----- 2024 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2023 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2022 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2021 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2020 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2019 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2018 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2017 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2016 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2015 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2014 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
September 2016
- 12 participants
- 475 discussions
02 Sep '16
Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:40:10 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96705
Added:
trunk/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/pa/po/add-on.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/auth-client.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/auth-server.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/autoinst.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/base.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/bootloader.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/ca-management.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/cio.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/cluster.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/control.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/country.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/crowbar.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/dhcp-server.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/dns-server.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/docker.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/drbd.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/fcoe-client.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/firewall.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/firstboot.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/fonts.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/geo-cluster.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/installation.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/iscsi-client.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/iscsi-lio-server.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/kdump.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/live-installer.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/mail.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/network.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/nfs.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/nis.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/ntp-client.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/pkg-bindings.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/printer.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/rdp.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/rear.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/registration.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/reipl.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/samba-client.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/samba-server.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/security.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/services-manager.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/snapper.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/update.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/users.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/vm.pa.po
trunk/yast/pa/po/vpn.pa.po
Log:
pa merged
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/add-on.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/add-on.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/add-on.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 17:05+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n"
@@ -74,15 +74,16 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>ਮੀਡਿਆ: %1, ਮਾਰਗ: %2, ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr ""
-
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/auth-client.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/auth-client.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/auth-client.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1168 +16,1780 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Name"
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "ਨਵੇਂ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਲਈ ਨਾਂ ਦਿਓ।"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਮੋਡ(&A)"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1 ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "ਲਾਗ-ਇਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਘਰ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਬਣਾਓ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਮੋਡ(&A)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delete"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Basic Settings:"
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "ਬੇਸਿਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ:"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "ਫਿਲਟਰ:"
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "None"
msgid "None."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ"
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount Parameters"
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਮੁੱਲ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Optional Parameter File"
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "ਚੋਣਵੇਂ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ ਫਾਇਲ"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਕੁੰਜੀ"
-
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "ਫਿਲਟਰ:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਮੋਡ(&A)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr "ਲਾਗ-ਇਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਘਰ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਬਣਾਓ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
-msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "ਡੋਮੇਨ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "ਡੋਮੇਨ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selections"
-msgid "Sections"
+msgid "Service Options"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Services"
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ"
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "ਡੋਮੇਨ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Selected Service"
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
-msgstr "ਚੁਣੀ ਸਰਵਿਸ"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Custom Registration Server"
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰਵਰ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1 ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "ਮਾਡਮ ਮੁੱਲ"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Filter:"
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "ਫਿਲਟਰ:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile."
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
-msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਹਟਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦੇ।"
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
-msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1 ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Parameter Details"
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr "ਮਾਡਮ ਮੁੱਲ ਵੇਰਵਾ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Logging enabled"
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr "ਲਾਗਿੰਗ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਲਈ ਅਸੈੱਸ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
+msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "ਡੋਮੇਨ"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Identification:"
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "ਪਹਿਚਾਣ:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਮੋਡ(&A)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "ਇਹ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਯੋਗ ਹਨ"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "ਨਵੇਂ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਲਈ ਨਾਂ ਦਿਓ।"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "ਇਹ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "ਨਵੇਂ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ ਲਈ ਨਾਂ ਦਿਓ।"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "ਇਹ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Password for LDAP server"
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr "LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਲਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port"
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr "LDAP ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਪੋਰਟ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address (or host name) of the host with a fixed address"
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "ਸਥਿਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਨਾਲ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ ਦਾ IP ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ (ਜਾਂ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ ਨਾਂ)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "I&P adress or name of NFS server:"
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "I&P ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਜਾਂ NFS ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ:"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "I&P adress or name of NFS server:"
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "I&P ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਜਾਂ NFS ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ:"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n"
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr "ਸਵੈ-ਮਾਊਂਟਰ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਈ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ।\n"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authentication Key"
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਕੁੰਜੀ"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Selected Service"
+#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "ਚੁਣੀ ਸਰਵਿਸ"
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+#~ msgid "More Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "ਮਾਡਮ ਮੁੱਲ"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile."
+#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਹਟਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦੇ।"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
+#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#~ msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਲਈ ਅਸੈੱਸ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Identification:"
+#~ msgid "Identification provider:"
+#~ msgstr "ਪਹਿਚਾਣ:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#~ msgstr "ਇਹ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਯੋਗ ਹਨ"
+
#~ msgid "Cancel"
#~ msgstr "ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ"
@@ -1190,17 +1802,11 @@
#~ msgid "New"
#~ msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ"
-#~ msgid "Basic Settings:"
-#~ msgstr "ਬੇਸਿਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ:"
-
#~ msgid "Add"
#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
#~ msgid "Edit"
#~ msgstr "ਸੋਧ"
-#~ msgid "Delete"
-#~ msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ"
-
#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention"
#~ msgstr "SPAM ਬਚਾਅ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/auth-server.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/auth-server.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/auth-server.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -298,8 +298,7 @@
msgstr "ਇੱਕ &SLP ਡਾਈਮੋਨ 'ਤੇ ਰਜਿਸਟਰ"
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
@@ -442,12 +441,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ"
@@ -473,8 +472,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ"
@@ -482,7 +481,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -563,8 +562,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1825,8 +1824,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2200,7 +2198,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2270,7 +2268,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਪਾਲਸੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
@@ -2431,237 +2429,237 @@
msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਬਣਾਓਣੀ ਹੈ?"
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr "ਚੁਣੋ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "ਗੁਣ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "ਸੋਧ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr "DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr "ਦਿਨ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "ਘੰਟੇ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "ਮਿੰਟ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟ"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/autoinst.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/autoinst.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/autoinst.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-23 06:57+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਕੁਝ ਪਲ ਲੱਗ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ"
@@ -58,14 +58,13 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. unique id
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -269,7 +268,7 @@
msgstr "ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਟੇਬਲ ਤੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।"
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -280,73 +279,57 @@
"</p>"
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "ਤਰੱਕੀ"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr "ਆਟੋ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr "%1 ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr "%1 ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ"
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "ਪੋਸਟ-ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਚਲਾਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਮੁਕੰਮਲ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ %1 ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ"
@@ -407,8 +390,15 @@
"%1"
msgstr "SuSEconfig ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਫੇਲ ਹੋਈ।"
-#. import "Arch";
#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
#. Package: Auto-installation
#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
@@ -416,7 +406,7 @@
#. the system as described in the profile file.
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
@@ -424,59 +414,45 @@
"<p>\n"
"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਤਿਆਰ ਹੋਣ ਤੱਕ ਉਡੀਕ ਕਰੋ ਜੀ।</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਖੋਜ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr "ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਲਵੋ ਅਤੇ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr "ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਪਾਰਸ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ ਹੈ"
#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr "ਪੜਤਾਲ ਸਟੈਪ"
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr "ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਪਾਰਸਿੰਗ"
@@ -520,57 +496,67 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੇ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਣ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਹੋਣ ਤੱਕ ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ।</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰੀ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ ਚਲਾਓ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ "
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਪਲੈਨ ਬਣਾਓ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "ਬੂਟਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਚੋਣ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
msgid "Configure users and groups"
msgstr "ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configure Drives"
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr "ਡਰਾਇਵ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰੀ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਚਲਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
@@ -578,17 +564,17 @@
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਪਲੈਨ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਰਿਪੇਅਰ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਚੋਣ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
@@ -602,7 +588,19 @@
msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..."
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr "ਕਿੱਕਸਟਾਰਟ ਫਾਇਲ ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuring language..."
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਤਿਆਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
@@ -611,7 +609,7 @@
#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -620,12 +618,12 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -633,8 +631,9 @@
"ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।\n"
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ ਕਰੋ।\n"
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -712,11 +711,11 @@
#. Select packages
#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr "ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਚੋਣ"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
@@ -727,21 +726,21 @@
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adding installation source..."
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰੋਤ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਪੜਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
@@ -1017,6 +1016,11 @@
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਨਾਂ"
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
@@ -1494,8 +1498,7 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਚੁਣੋ"
@@ -1619,7 +1622,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "XML ਦੀ RNG ਦੁਰਸਤਾ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
@@ -1630,7 +1633,7 @@
msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ %1 ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭਿਆ।"
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "XML ਦੀ RNC ਦੁਰਸਤਾ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
@@ -1983,67 +1986,6 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr "%1/%2 ਉੱਤੇ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਹੈ।\n"
-
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr "%1 ਉੱਤੇ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਹੈ।\n"
-
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr "%1 ਮਾਊਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ।"
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਲਈ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ"
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਲੱਭੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ"
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ %1 ਹੈ।"
-
#. Script Configuration
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
@@ -2277,12 +2219,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2293,46 +2235,46 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&U)"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "ਫਲਾਪੀ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "TFTP ਸਰਵਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ (%1) ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %2"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "NFS ਸਰਵਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ (%1) ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %2"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "HTTP ਸਰਵਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ (%1) ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %2"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "FTP ਸਰਵਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ (%1) ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %2"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ਼ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਦੀ ਨਕਲ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %1"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "/dev/%1 ਜੰਤਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਨਕਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਨਕਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਅਣਜਾਣ ਹੈ।"
@@ -2342,7 +2284,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2352,7 +2294,7 @@
"<p>ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਦੇ ਸਭ ਸਰੋਤਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪਰਬੰਧਨ ਸਿਸਟਮ\n"
"ਰਾਹੀਂ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2361,7 +2303,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2468,24 +2410,24 @@
msgstr "ਨਵੀਆਂ GnuPG ਕੁੰਜੀ ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ"
#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Syncing server..."
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਸਮਕਾਲੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parsing failed."
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr "ਪਾਰਸਿੰਗ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਈ।"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
msgid "Cannot update system time."
@@ -2508,18 +2450,18 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "ਡਰਾਇਵ"
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not detected."
msgid "Not yet cloned."
@@ -2527,23 +2469,23 @@
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰੀ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "ਪੋਸਟ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr "Chroot ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr "Init ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr "ਪੋਸਟ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ"
@@ -2551,33 +2493,33 @@
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰੀ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
msgid "Post"
msgstr "ਪੋਸਟ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
msgid "Init"
msgstr "Init"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr "Chroot"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
#, fuzzy
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
@@ -2588,29 +2530,29 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adding repository %1 failed"
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ %1 ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Retrieving image file..."
msgid "Store image to ..."
@@ -2618,58 +2560,58 @@
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Archive created successfully"
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "ਅਕਾਇਵ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਵਕ ਬਣ ਗਈ"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read '%1' from the installation media."
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਮਾਧਿਅਮ ਤੋਂ '%1' ਨੂੰ ਪੜਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ ਹੈ।"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image directory..."
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਬਣਾਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "ਠੀਕ ਹੈ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2677,19 +2619,19 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
@@ -2697,29 +2639,29 @@
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "ਚੁਣੇ ਪੈਟਰਨ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "ਵੱਖ ਵੱਖ ਚੁਣੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਪੈਕੇਜ"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "ਕਰਨਲ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਮਜਬੂਰ"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "ਪੈਟਰਨ ਸੈੱਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਸਕੇ: %1"
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2767,14 +2709,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਡਾਟਾ ਇੱਕਠਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2782,7 +2724,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ '%1' ਵਿੱਚ ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
@@ -2790,7 +2732,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
@@ -2808,6 +2750,24 @@
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "ਠੀਕ ਹੈ(&O)"
+#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "%1/%2 ਉੱਤੇ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਹੈ।\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "%1 ਉੱਤੇ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਹੈ।\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+#~ msgstr "%1 ਮਾਊਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ।"
+
+#~ msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+#~ msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਲਈ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ"
+
+#~ msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਲੱਭੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ"
+
+#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+#~ msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ %1 ਹੈ।"
+
#~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
#~ msgstr "ਨਤੀਜੇ ਵਜੋਂ ਬਣਿਆ autoyast ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ /root/autoinst.xml ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
@@ -2914,9 +2874,6 @@
#~ "ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਸਬੰਧਤ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਵੇਖੋ।\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
-#~ msgid "Configure Drives"
-#~ msgstr "ਡਰਾਇਵ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-
#~ msgid "&Drive"
#~ msgstr "ਡਰਾਇਵ(&D)"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/base.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/base.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/base.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-10 22:56+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -86,79 +86,79 @@
msgstr "ਇਹ YaST2 ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਈਨ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ ਸਹਿਯੋਗੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ 'help' ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ 'yast2 %1 help' ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ: %1"
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "ਚੋਣ '%1' ਦਾ ਮੁੱਲ਼ ਗੁੰਮ ਹੈ।"
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "'%1' ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਈ ਅਣਜਾਣੀ ਚੋਣ: %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ '%1' ਲਈ ਗਲਤ ਮੁੱਲ: %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ '%1' -- ਲਈ ਲੋੜੀਦਾ ਮੁੱਲ '%2', ਪਰਾਪਤ ਹੋਇਆ %3"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "'%1' ਚੋਣ ਲਈ ਮੁੱਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਦਿੱਤਾ ਮੁੱਲ: %2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ '%1 %2 help' ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ 'yast2 %1 %2 help' ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "YaST ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ %1\n"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਮੱਦਦ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ '%1'"
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
" ਚੋਣ:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -185,139 +185,139 @@
" ਉਦਾਹਰਨ:"
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module."
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "ਇਹ YaST ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਹੈ।"
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "ਬੇਸਿਕ ਸੰਟੈਕਸ:"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <command> help"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <command> [options]"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <command> help"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ:"
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਮੱਦਦ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ 'yast2 %1 <command> help' ਚਲਾਓ।"
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "ਨਿਯਤ ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ ('xmlfile' ਚੋਣ) ਗੁੰਮ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। xmlfile=<target_XML_file> ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਈਨ ਚੋਣ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "ਨਿਯਤ ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ ('xmlfile' ਚੋਣ) ਖਾਲੀ ਹੈ। xmlfile=<target_XML_file> ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਈਨ ਚੋਣ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "ਜਾਂ '%1'"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ '%1' ਹੈ।"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਹੀ ਦਿਓ: %1"
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਇੱਕ ਹੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦਿਓ: %1"
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "ਉਸ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "ਤਿਆਰ"
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr "ਸਮਾਪਤ"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "ਬੰਦ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ (ਬਿਨਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ)"
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "ਹਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ?"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr "ਹਾਂ"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ"
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਗਲਤੀ"
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਹਟਾਏ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "ਇਸ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਮੋਡ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਢੰਗ ਪਰਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
@@ -447,14 +447,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖੋ(&C)"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੋ(&A)"
@@ -486,14 +486,14 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An internal error occured when integrating additional workflow."
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਵਰਕਫਲੋ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਇੱਕ ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।"
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "%1 ਦਾ ਮੁੱਲ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਦੌਰਾਨ"
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ"
@@ -559,22 +559,22 @@
msgstr "xinetd ਰਾਹੀਂ"
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr "&xinetd ਰਾਹੀਂ"
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਚੱਲ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਚੱਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -606,48 +606,48 @@
"ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, <b>%3</b> ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਹੁਣ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਹੁਣ ਰੋਕੋ"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਅਤੇ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਹੁਣ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਹੁਣ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ(&S)"
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਹੁਣ ਰੋਕੋ(&t)"
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਅਤੇ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਹੁਣ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ(&a)"
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "ਬੰਦ ਅਤੇ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਹਾਲਤ: "
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -658,12 +658,12 @@
"<b>%1</b> ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP ਸਹਿਯੋਗ ਐਕਟਿਵ"
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP ਸਹਿਯੋਗ ਐਕਟਿਵ"
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "ਹੇਠਾਂ(&D)"
@@ -725,12 +725,12 @@
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖਣਾ?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr "TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ ID ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ।"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@
"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ।"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -748,27 +748,27 @@
"ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ ਹੁਣ ਬਣਾਈ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ। ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰਹਿਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਅਸਫਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੀ ਫਾਈਲ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@
"ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@
"TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀਆਂ ਦੇ ਪਰਬੰਧਨ ਲਈ ਇਸ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰੋ।</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@
"<b>ਫਾਇਲ-ਨਾਂ</b> ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ <b>ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -819,27 +819,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr "ਨਵੀਂ TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ ਬਣਾਓ"
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ ID(&K)"
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "ਬਣਾਓ(&G)"
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀਆਂ"
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -855,22 +855,22 @@
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ ID"
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "ਕੀਤੀ ਚੋਣ(&S)"
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਚੋਣ: "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੀ ਚੋਣ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
@@ -933,19 +933,19 @@
"ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ <B>ਉੱਪਰ</B> ਅਤੇ <B>ਹੇਠਾਂ</B> ਤੀਰ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਂ ਹੇਠ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ</p>"
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "ਹੋਰ(&O)"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <B>ਸੋਧ</B> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ"
@@ -1081,9 +1081,89 @@
"<p>ਕੁਝ ਹਾਲਤਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ, ਕੁਝ ਜਾਂ ਸਭ F ਕੁੰਜੀਆਂ\n"
"ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Masquerading Settings"
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "ਮਖੌਟੀ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Masquerading Settings"
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "ਮਖੌਟੀ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ"
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਹਾਲਤ:"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Activate During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਸਰਗਰਮ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&top now ..."
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "ਹੁਣੇ ਰੋਕੋ(&t) ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start it now?"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "ਕੀ ਹੁਣੇ ਚਲਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ?"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1093,7 +1173,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1103,7 +1183,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1281,7 +1361,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "ਛੱਡੋ(&S)"
@@ -1304,7 +1384,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P)"
@@ -1523,27 +1603,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡਣੀ ਹੈ?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "ਕੀ YaST ਸਿਸਟਮ ਰਿਪੇਅਰ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡਣੀ ਹੈ?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਰਿਪੇਅਰ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੀ"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਰਿਪੇਅਰ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖੋ(&C)"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1556,7 +1636,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1570,7 +1650,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1581,18 +1661,18 @@
"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ।"
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਅਧੂਰਾ ਛੱਡਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਖਤਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ(&D)..."
@@ -1620,7 +1700,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "ਹਾਂ"
@@ -1631,7 +1711,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ"
@@ -1695,7 +1775,7 @@
msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਗਲਤੀਆਂ: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Warning:"
#| msgid_plural "Warnings:"
@@ -1703,7 +1783,7 @@
msgstr "ਸਾਵਧਾਨ:"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error:"
#| msgid_plural "Errors:"
@@ -1712,8 +1792,8 @@
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Message:"
#| msgid_plural "Messages:"
@@ -1769,7 +1849,7 @@
msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ(&l)"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ(&V)"
@@ -1861,7 +1941,7 @@
msgstr "ਪ੍ਹੈਰਾ ਦਿਓ"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr "GPG ਕੁੰਜੀ %1 ਅਣ-ਲਾਕ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਪ੍ਹੈਰਾ ਦਿਓ: "
@@ -1967,6 +2047,230 @@
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਪੜਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਜ਼ੋਨ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ '%1' ਨੂੰ ਕੋਈ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਖੇਤਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।\n"
+"YaST2 ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਚਲਾਓ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਦਿਓ।\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr "ਬਾਹਰੀ ਜ਼ੋਨ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr "ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ ਜ਼ੋਨ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr "ਡੀ-ਮਿਲਟਰੀ ਖੇਤਰ"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr "TCP"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr "UDP"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr "RPC"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr "IP"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਦੀ ਹੈ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr "ਸੰਭਵ ਅਪਵਾਦ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr "ਸੰਭਵ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਅਪਵਾਦ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਐਡਜੱਸਟ ਕਰੋ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਐਡਜੱਸਟ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖਣੀ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ"
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ (%1)"
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service: %1"
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GPG Public Keys"
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr "GPG ਪਬਲਿਕ ਕੁੰਜੀਆਂ"
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਸਰਵਿਸ '%1'"
+
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
#, fuzzy
@@ -2014,20 +2318,20 @@
msgstr "ਇਸ ਜੋਨ ਨੂੰ ਕੋਈ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੁੱਲੀਆਂ ਪੋਰਟਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ(&N)"
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2040,7 +2344,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2056,8 +2360,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2072,29 +2376,29 @@
"ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੁੱਲੀ ਪੋਰਟ ਨਾਲ ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ(&I)"
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਚੁਣੋ(&A)"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਾ ਚੁਣੋ(&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2102,7 +2406,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2115,7 +2419,7 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2124,7 +2428,7 @@
"<b>%2</b> ਦਬਾਓ।<br>"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2133,46 +2437,48 @@
"ਅਯੋਗ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ 'ਚ ਪੋਰਟ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਵੇਰਵਾ"
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ 'ਚ ਪੋਰਟ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ(&F)"
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਵੇਰਵਾ(&D)..."
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall Settings"
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਖੁੱਲੀ ਹੈ"
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "ਮਾਡਮ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ"
@@ -2180,27 +2486,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ"
@@ -2210,389 +2516,389 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "ARCnet ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "ਏ-ਸਕਰੋਨੋਸ ਟਰਾਂਸਫਰ ਮੋਡ (ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "ਬਲਿਊਟੁੱਥ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "ਬਲਿਊਟੁੱਥ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond"
msgstr "ਬੌਂਡ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "ਬੌਂਡ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "ਵਰਕਸਟੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਆਮ ਲਿੰਕ ਅਸੈੱਸ (CLAW)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN ਕਾਰਡ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ਟੂ ਚੈਨਲ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ (CTC)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "ਫ਼ਰਜ਼ੀ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "ਫ਼ਰਜੀ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਪਰਾਇਸ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਕੁਨੈਕਟਰ (ESCON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "ਈਥਰਨੈੱਟ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "ਈਥਰਨੈੱਟ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਬਰ ਚੈਨਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਕੁਨੈਕਟਰ (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "ਹਾਈ ਪਰਫਾਰਮਨੈਸ ਪੈਰਲਲ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ (HIPPI)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "ਹਾਈਪਰ-ਸਾਕਟ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "ਹਾਈਪਰਸਾਕਟ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "ਇਫਰਾਰੈੱਡ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "ਇਫਰਾਰੈੱਡ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "ਇੰਟਰ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਕਮਊਨੀਕੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਹੀਕਲ (IUCV)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "ਲੂਪਬੈਕ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "ਲੂਪਬੈਕ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "ਪੈਰਲੱਲ ਲਾਈਨ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "ਪੈਰਲੱਲ ਲਾਈਨ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSA-Express ਜਾਂ QDIO ਜੰਤਰ (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 ਇੰਕੈਂਪਸੁਲੇਟਿਡ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "ਸੀਰੀਅਲ ਲਾਈਨ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "ਸੀਰੀਅਲ ਲਾਈਨ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "ਟੋਕਨ ਰਿੰਗ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "ਟੋਕਨ ਰਿੰਗ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "ਬੇਤਾਰ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "ਬੇਤਾਰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "ਵੁਰਚੁਅਲ LAN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "ਬਰਿੱਜ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਬਰਿਜ਼"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "TUN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ TUNnel"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "TAP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ TAP"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "InfiniBand ਜੰਤਰ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਨਹੀਂ ਮਿਲਿਆ"
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਕਿਸਮ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਨਾਂ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ID"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "ਕੁਨੈਕਟਡ"
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "ਇਸ ਲਾਨ (LAN) 'ਤੇ ਹੋਸਟਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "&NFS ਸਰਵਰ"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਹੋਸਟ(&m)"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "ਐਕਸਪੋਰਟ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀਆਂ(&E)"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2607,14 +2913,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2630,137 +2936,6 @@
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr "ਬਾਹਰੀ ਜ਼ੋਨ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr "ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ ਜ਼ੋਨ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr "ਡੀ-ਮਿਲਟਰੀ ਖੇਤਰ"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr "TCP"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr "UDP"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr "RPC"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr "IP"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਜ਼ੋਨ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ '%1' ਨੂੰ ਕੋਈ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਖੇਤਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।\n"
-"YaST2 ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਚਲਾਓ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਦਿਓ।\n"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਦੀ ਹੈ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr "ਸੰਭਵ ਅਪਵਾਦ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr "ਸੰਭਵ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਅਪਵਾਦ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਐਡਜੱਸਟ ਕਰੋ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਐਡਜੱਸਟ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖਣੀ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ"
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ (%1)"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -2853,63 +3028,14 @@
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ SSH ਉੱਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ, ਪਰ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਉੱਤੇ SSH ਪੋਰਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀ ਹੈ।"
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service: %1"
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ: %1"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਸਰਵਿਸ '%1'"
-
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "ਇਹ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ:"
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -2923,35 +3049,77 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "ਅਣ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲ(&U)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "ਸੰਭਵ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਅਪਵਾਦ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "%1 (%2) ਪੈਕੇਜ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 ਖਰਾਬ ਹੈ, ਇਕਸਾਰਤਾ ਜਾਂਚ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਈ ਹੈ।"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਮੁੜ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅੱਧ-ਵਿਚਾਲੇ ਛੱਡਣੀ ਹੈ?"
@@ -2960,57 +3128,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "ਗਲਤੀ: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 (%2) ਹਟਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "%1 (%2) ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਅਣ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 ਦੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਸਫਲ ਹੋਈ।"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3025,27 +3193,27 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "ਸਾਇਡ A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "ਸਾਇਡ B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (ਡਿਸਕ %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (ਮੀਡਿਅਮ %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3054,7 +3222,7 @@
"ਪਾਓ"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3067,7 +3235,7 @@
"ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਕਿ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਅਸੈੱਸਬਲ ਹੈ।"
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3081,51 +3249,51 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "ਆਟੋ-ਤਾਜ਼ਾ ਛੱਡੋ"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "ਬਾਹਰ ਕੱਢੋ(&E)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੀ CD ਜਾਂ DVD ਮੀਡਿਅਮ ਬਾਹਰ ਕੱਢੋ(&u)"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਨਾਲ ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੀਡਿਅਮ ਛੱਡਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "ਨਿਕਾਰਾ ਮੀਡਿਅਮ ਅਣਡਿੱਠਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ %1 ਬਣਾਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository."
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
@@ -3134,32 +3302,32 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਵੇਰਵਾ ਲੈਣ ਲਈ ਅਸਮਰੱਥ ਹੈ।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਮੈਟਾ-ਡਾਟਾ ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਵੈਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਮੈਟਾ-ਡਾਟਾ ਅਵੈਧ ਹੈ।"
@@ -3167,92 +3335,92 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ %1 ਪੜਤਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਪੜਤਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਪੜਤਾਲ ਵੇਰਵਾ ਹੈ।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਮੈਟਾ-ਡਾਟਾ ਅਵੈਧ ਹੈ।"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "ਡੈਲਟਾ RPM ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 (%2) ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "ਡੈਲਟਾ RPM ਪੈਕੇਜ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "ਡੈਲਟਾ RPM ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 ਲਾਗੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "ਡੈਲਟਾ RPM ਪੈਕੇਜ ਲਾਗੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ %1 (ਪੈਂਚ %2) ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ ਚੱਲ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "ਪੈਂਚ: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ:"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ ਦੀ ਆਉਟਪੁੱਟ"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3261,7 +3429,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3276,36 +3444,36 @@
"ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ ਜਾਂ ਪੁਰਾਣੇ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "ਤਾਜ਼ਾ ਛੱਡੋ(&S)"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਜਾਰੀ: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਮੁੜ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਕੁਝ ਸਮਾਂ ਲੈ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3314,16 +3482,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਬਦਲਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਕਾਰਜ ਕੁਝ ਸਮਾਂ ਲਵੇਗਾ।"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3332,12 +3500,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "RPM ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਏ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਪੜ੍ਹੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ"
@@ -3348,27 +3516,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "RPM ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਸਕੈਨ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਇਆ।"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "RPM ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3379,20 +3547,20 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ(&U)"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ ਵੇਖੋ(&d)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "ਆਕਾਰ: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3475,12 +3643,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਫੇਲ ਹੋਈ।"
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3491,12 +3659,12 @@
"YaST ਠੀਕ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਕੰਮ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰੇਗਾ।\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਜਾਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਿਹਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3505,22 +3673,22 @@
"ਤਾਂ YaST ਠੀਕ ਤਰਾਂ ਕੰਮ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰੇਗਾ।\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਸਹਿਮਤ ਹਾਂ(&A)"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਸਹਿਮਤ ਨਹੀਂ(&D)"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3532,7 +3700,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3541,7 +3709,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3550,7 +3718,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3562,7 +3730,7 @@
"\t\t ਜਿੱਥੇ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕਲੇ ਇੱਕਲੇ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਵੇਖ ਅਤੇ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3575,134 +3743,134 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਚੋਣ ਅਤੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਟਾਸਕ"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(ਹੋਰ)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਮੁਕੰਮਲ ਹੋ ਗਈ ਹੈ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਈ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "ਗਲਤੀ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਪੈਕੇਜ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਏ ਪੈਕੇਜ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "ਹਟਾਏ ਪੈਕੇਜ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "ਨਾ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਏ ਪੈਕੇਜ: %1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "ਬਾਕੀ ਸਮਾਂ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "ਕੁੱਲ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਸਾਈਜ਼: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "ਕੁੱਲ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਸਾਈਜ਼: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "ਅੰਕੜੇ"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਗ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "ਸਮਾਪਤ(&F)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accessing the Package Management Failed"
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਇਆ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਸੰਖੇਪ</B><BIG><BR>ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਸੰਖੇਪ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਗਲਤੀ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਏ ਪੈਕੇਜ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "ਹਟਾਏ ਪੈਕੇਜ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "ਬਾਕੀ ਰਹਿੰਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3714,7 +3882,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3735,7 +3903,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The file %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3762,16 +3930,16 @@
"ਕੀ ਇੰਜ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਹੈ?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr "ਬਿਨ-ਸਾਇਨ ਪੈਕੇਜ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr "ਬਿਨ-ਸਾਇਨ ਫਾਇਲ"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
@@ -3796,7 +3964,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No checksum for file %1 was found the repository.\n"
@@ -3821,64 +3989,64 @@
"ਕੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ Checksum ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭਿਆ"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr "ID: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "ਫਿੰਗਰਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr "ਬਣਾਇਆ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr "ਮਿਆਦ: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ID: %1"
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "ID: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "ਨਾਂ:"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "ਫਿੰਗਰਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ: "
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "ਬਣਾਇਆ:"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr "ਮਿਆਦ:"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3892,7 +4060,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3906,12 +4074,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "ਵੈਧਤਾ ਚੈੱਕ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3924,7 +4092,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3937,12 +4105,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ GnuPG ਕੁੰਜੀ"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The package %1 is not digitally signed. This means that the origin\n"
@@ -3968,7 +4136,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3982,17 +4150,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr "ਅਣ-ਟਰੱਸਟਡ ਪਬਲਿਕ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਨਾਲ ਸਾਇਨ ਕੀਤਾ"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਉੱਤੇ ਟਰੱਸਟ ਅਤੇ ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕਰੋ(&T)"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4002,7 +4170,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
@@ -4018,7 +4186,7 @@
"ਕੀਤੀ ਤਾਂ <tt>%1</tt> ਕੁੰਜੀ ਦੇ ਓਨਰ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਬਣਾਏ ਪੈਕੈਜਾਂ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ।</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -4026,7 +4194,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4035,7 +4203,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n"
@@ -4046,12 +4214,12 @@
"ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਮਿਤੀ: %1"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "ਅਣ-ਟਰੱਸਟਡ GnuPG ਕੁੰਜੀ ਇੰਪੋਰਟ"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Trust"
msgid "&Trust"
@@ -4059,7 +4227,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4073,12 +4241,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਡਿਜੈੱਟ"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The file %1\n"
@@ -4104,7 +4272,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇੰਜ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਹੈ?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਡਿਜੈੱਟ"
@@ -4113,84 +4281,84 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "ਬਾਕੀ ਰਹਿੰਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "ਸਮਾਂ"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait while packages are being installed.</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਉਡੀਕ ਕਰੋ ਜੀ।</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "ਰੀਲਿਜ਼ ਨੋਟਿਸ(&N)"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
+msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ(&D)"
+
+#. tab
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "ਸਲਾਇਡ ਸ਼ੋ(&w)"
-#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-msgid "&Details"
-msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ(&D)"
-
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਕਰੋ"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4199,7 +4367,7 @@
"ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "ਅਧੂਰਾ ਛੱਡਿਆ"
@@ -4794,21 +4962,18 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "ਬਲਿਊ-ਟੁੱਥ ਜੰਤਰ"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-#| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
msgid ""
-"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
msgstr ""
-"ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਖੁਦ (ਮੈਨੂਅਲ) ਸੋਧੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n"
-"YaST ਕੁਝ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਨੂੰ ਗੁਆ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
@@ -4816,35 +4981,42 @@
"ਫਾਇਲਾਂ %1 ਖੁਦ (ਮੈਨੂਅਲ) ਸੋਧੀਆਂ ਗਈਆਂ ਹਨ।\n"
"YaST ਕੁਝ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਨੂੰ ਗੁਆ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
-msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
-msgstr "ਇਹ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਨਾ ਵਿਖਾਓ।"
-
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
#| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgid ""
-"File %s has been created manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose this file."
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
msgstr ""
"ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਖੁਦ (ਮੈਨੂਅਲ) ਸੋਧੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n"
"YaST ਕੁਝ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਨੂੰ ਗੁਆ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
+msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
+msgstr "ਇਹ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਨਾ ਵਿਖਾਓ।"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
+#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
#| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgid ""
+"File %s has been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose this file."
+msgid_plural ""
"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
-"ਫਾਇਲਾਂ %1 ਖੁਦ (ਮੈਨੂਅਲ) ਸੋਧੀਆਂ ਗਈਆਂ ਹਨ।\n"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਖੁਦ (ਮੈਨੂਅਲ) ਸੋਧੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n"
"YaST ਕੁਝ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਨੂੰ ਗੁਆ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਖੁਦ (ਮੈਨੂਅਲ) ਸੋਧੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n"
+"YaST ਕੁਝ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਨੂੰ ਗੁਆ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. error report
#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
@@ -4852,7 +5024,7 @@
msgstr "initrd ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।"
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4885,7 +5057,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4893,7 +5065,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -4968,13 +5140,13 @@
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr "%1/s"
@@ -5058,8 +5230,8 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modules"
msgid "Module"
@@ -5808,66 +5980,17 @@
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
+#~| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+#~ "YaST might lose these files."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ %1 ਖੁਦ (ਮੈਨੂਅਲ) ਸੋਧੀਆਂ ਗਈਆਂ ਹਨ।\n"
+#~ "YaST ਕੁਝ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਨੂੰ ਗੁਆ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਹਾਲਤ:"
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Activate During Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਸਰਗਰਮ"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Masquerading Settings"
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "ਮਖੌਟੀ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Running"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "S&top now ..."
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "ਹੁਣੇ ਰੋਕੋ(&t) ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Start it now?"
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "ਕੀ ਹੁਣੇ ਚਲਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ?"
-
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "ਠੀਕ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਮੀਡਿਅਮ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ।"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/bootloader.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/bootloader.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/bootloader.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-10 23:10+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -26,634 +26,556 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ"
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਖੇਪ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਟਾਈਪ NFS ਹੈ। ਬੂਟ-ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕੇਗਾ।"
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set a global option"
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਚੋਣ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਕਲਾਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਚੋਣ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਕ੍ਰਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
-msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੀ ਚੋਣ ਦਾ ਮੁੱਲ ਛਾਪੋ"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "ਡਿਸਕਾਂ(&i)"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
-msgid "The key of the option"
-msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਦੀ ਕੁੰਜੀ"
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ(&D)"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
-msgid "The value of the option"
-msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਦਾ ਮੁੱਲ"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
-msgid "Value was not specified."
-msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ।"
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
-msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਗਈ।"
-
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Value: %1"
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ: %1"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n"
+#| "For details, read the related chapter \n"
+#| "in the documentation. \n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਹੁਣ ਬੰਦ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ। %1%2\n"
+"ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਡੌਕੂਮੈਂਟੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ\n"
+"ਸਬੰਧਿਤ ਚੈਪਟਰ ਪੜ੍ਹੇ।\n"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
-msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੀ ਚੋਣ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਹੁਣ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ.."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><big><b>ਬੂਟ ਮੇਨੂ</b></big><br></p>"
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ(&B)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ ਸਕਿੰਟਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ</b><br>\n"
-"ਬੂਟ-ਲੋਡਰ ਲਈ ਟਾਈਮ ਦਿਓ, ਜਿਸ ਲਈ ਉਹ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਕਰਨਲ ਲੋਡ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਉਡੀਕੇ।</p>\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
msgstr ""
-"<p> <b>ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਚੁਣੋ</b> ਦਬਾ ਕੇ, ਚੁਣੇ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਨੂੰ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ। \n"
-"ਬੂਟ ਹੋਣ ਸਮੇਂ, ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਲਿਸਟ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ\n"
-"ਅਤੇ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ OS ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦੀ ਉਡੀਕ\n"
-"ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਸਮੇਂ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਕੋਈ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਬਾਈ, ਡਿਫਾਲਟ \n"
-"ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ OS ਬੂਟ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ। ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਦਾ ਕ੍ਰਮ\n"
-"<b>ਉੱਤੇ</b> ਅਤੇ <b>ਹੇਠਾਂ</b> ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਬਦਲਿਆ ਵੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>ਆਮ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡ MBR ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ</b></big><br>\n"
-"ਆਪਣੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਦੇ ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਸਧਾਰਨ ਕੋਡ (OS ਉੱਤੇ ਗ਼ੈਰ-ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕੋਡ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਐਕਟਿਵ ਭਾਗ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ)\n"
-"ਨਾਲ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ <b>ਆਮ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡ MBR ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ</b> ਚੁਣੋ</p>"
+#| msgid " (default)"
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr " (ਡਿਫਾਲਟ)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+"\n"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ</b>ਇੱਕ ਸਿਫਾਰਸ਼ੀ ਚੋਣ ਹੈ, ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਇਲਾਵਾ\n"
-"<b>ਰੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ</b> ਹੈ।</p>"
+"\n"
+"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ, ਸਿਸਟਮ\n"
+"ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ\n"
+"\n"
+"ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ?\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ (MBR) ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ</b> ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਸਿਫ਼ਾਰਸ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜੇਕਰ ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਓਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਸਿਸਟਮ\n"
-"ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੈ।</p>"
+"<p><b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਕਿਸਮ</b><br>\n"
+"ਇਹ ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਕਿਹੜਾ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ,\n"
+"<b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ</b> ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਕਿਸਮ: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>ਕਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ</b> ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਵਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਚੁਣਨ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Yes"
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "ਹਾਂ"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
+msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਹਾਲਤ: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
+msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕਾਂ ਦਾ ਕ੍ਰਮ: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+msgid " (extended)"
+msgstr " (ਐਕਸਟੈੱਡਡ)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>ਬੂਟ ਸਮੇਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਓਹਲੇ</b> ਚੁਣ ਨਾਲ ਬੂਟ ਮੇਨੂ ਓਹਲੇ ਰਹੇਗਾ।</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+msgid " (MBR)"
+msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "MBR ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਯੋਗ (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">ਆਯੋਗ</a>)"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "MBR ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਆਯੋਗ (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">ਯੋਗ</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "/boot ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ(<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">ਆਯੋਗ</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
-msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਟੇਬਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਐਕਟਿਵ ਫਲੈਗ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ(&a)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "/boot ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਆਯੋਗ (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
-msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
-msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ(&T)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "\"/\" ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">ਆਯੋਗ</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
-msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਬੂਟ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ(&D)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "\"/\" ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਆਯੋਗ ਹੈ (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ</a>)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
-msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
-msgstr "ਆਮ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡ MBR ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ(&G)"
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ"
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change Location: %1"
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
+msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਬਦਲੋ: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ"
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ(&T)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
-msgstr "ਰੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ ਸਕਿੰਟਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ</b><br>\n"
+"ਬੂਟ-ਲੋਡਰ ਲਈ ਟਾਈਮ ਦਿਓ, ਜਿਸ ਲਈ ਉਹ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਕਰਨਲ ਲੋਡ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਉਡੀਕੇ।</p>\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ"
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
+msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਟੇਬਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਐਕਟਿਵ ਫਲੈਗ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ(&a)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
-msgstr "ਐਕਸਟੈੱਡ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
-msgstr "ਸੀਰੀਅਲ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ(&P)"
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
+msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
+msgstr "ਆਮ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡ MBR ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ(&G)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
-msgstr "ਜੇ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਏ ਤਾਂ ਫਾਲ-ਬੈਕ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><big><b>ਆਮ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡ MBR ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ</b></big><br>\n"
+"ਆਪਣੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਦੇ ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਸਧਾਰਨ ਕੋਡ (OS ਉੱਤੇ ਗ਼ੈਰ-ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕੋਡ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਐਕਟਿਵ ਭਾਗ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ)\n"
+"ਨਾਲ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ <b>ਆਮ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡ MBR ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ</b> ਚੁਣੋ</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਸਮੇਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਓਹਲੇ(&H)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
-msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&s)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ਬੂਟ ਸਮੇਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਓਹਲੇ</b> ਚੁਣ ਨਾਲ ਬੂਟ ਮੇਨੂ ਓਹਲੇ ਰਹੇਗਾ।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
-msgstr "ਡੀਬਿੱਗਿੰਗ ਫਲੈਗ(&i)"
-
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
-msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ(&E)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Security Event Notification"
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਘਟਨਾ ਨੋਟੀਫਿਕੇਸ਼ਨ"
+#| msgid "Probe Source Type"
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
+msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਟਾਈਪ ਖੋਜ"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr ""
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
-msgid "Re&type Password"
-msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮੁੜ-ਲਿਖੋ(&t)"
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
+msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "ਚੋਣਵੇਂ ਕਰਨਲ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ(&p)"
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
-msgstr "ਰੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ(&R)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ(&t)"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ(&u)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ(&M)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr "ਐਕਸਟੈੱਡ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ(&E)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ"
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਕਰਨਲ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ(&P)"
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ"
-
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-msgid "Secure Boot"
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
+msgid "set"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
+msgid "remove"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
+msgid "do not change"
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr "ਚੋਣਵੇਂ ਕਰਨਲ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ(&p)"
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ(&E)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr "&Vga ਮੋਡ"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Probe Source Type"
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
-msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਟਾਈਪ ਖੋਜ"
+#| msgid "Security Event Notification"
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਘਟਨਾ ਨੋਟੀਫਿਕੇਸ਼ਨ"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr "%1x%2, %3 ਬਿੱਟ (ਮੋਡ %4)"
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+msgid "Re&type Password"
+msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮੁੜ-ਲਿਖੋ(&t)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr "ਸਟੈਂਡਰਡ 8-ਪਿਕਸਲ ਫੋਂਟ ਮੋਡ।"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+msgid "The password must not be empty."
+msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ।"
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr "ਟੈਕਸਟ ਮੋਡ"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Unspecified"
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr "ਨਾ-ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ(&U)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
-msgid "set"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
+msgid ""
+"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
+"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+"'ਪਾਸਵਰਡ' ਅਤੇ 'ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮੁੜ-ਲਿਖੋ'\n"
+"ਮੇਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਖਾਂਦੇ। ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮੁੜ-ਲਿਖੋ।"
-#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
-msgid "remove"
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
-msgid "do not change"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Autodetected card"
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
-msgstr "ਆਟੋ-ਖੋਜਿਆ ਕਾਰਡ"
-
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "ਨਵੀਂ ਗਰਾਫਿਕਲ ਮੇਨੂ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use &serial console"
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "ਸੀਰੀਅਲ ਕੰਨਸੋਲ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&s)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "ਅਪਵਾਦ ਹੱਲ਼:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Console arguments"
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "ਕਨਸੋਲ ਆਰਗੂਮੈਂਟ(&C)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Autodetected card"
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+msgstr "ਆਟੋ-ਖੋਜਿਆ ਕਾਰਡ"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "ਸੀਰੀਅਲ ਕੰਨਸੋਲ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&s)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "ਕਨਸੋਲ ਆਰਗੂਮੈਂਟ(&C)"
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਬੂਟ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ(&D)"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
+msgid ""
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p> <b>ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਚੁਣੋ</b> ਦਬਾ ਕੇ, ਚੁਣੇ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਨੂੰ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ। \n"
+"ਬੂਟ ਹੋਣ ਸਮੇਂ, ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਲਿਸਟ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ\n"
+"ਅਤੇ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ OS ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦੀ ਉਡੀਕ\n"
+"ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਸਮੇਂ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਕੋਈ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਬਾਈ, ਡਿਫਾਲਟ \n"
+"ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ OS ਬੂਟ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ। ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਦਾ ਕ੍ਰਮ\n"
+"<b>ਉੱਤੇ</b> ਅਤੇ <b>ਹੇਠਾਂ</b> ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਬਦਲਿਆ ਵੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
-msgid "Select File"
-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ"
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਟਾਈਪ NFS ਹੈ। ਬੂਟ-ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕੇਗਾ।"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
+msgstr ""
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ(&t)"
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਚੋਣ ਸੈਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
+msgstr "ਰੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ"
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ(&B)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ(&M)"
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ, ਸਿਸਟਮ\n"
-"ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ\n"
-"\n"
-"ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ?\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
+msgstr "ਐਕਸਟੈੱਡ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ(&E)"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੋਧੋ(&d)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ(&u)"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr "ਨਵੀਂ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੁਝਾਓ(&P)"
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disk Order"
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
+msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਕ੍ਰਮ"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr "ਨਵੇਂ ਤੋਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ(&S)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
+msgid ""
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਤੋਂ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਮੁੜ-ਪੜ੍ਹੋ(&R)"
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
+msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਕਰਨਲ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ(&P)"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਦਾ MBR ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰੋ"
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟਲੋਡਰ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ"
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "ਹੋਰ"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgstr ""
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr "MBR ਠੀਕ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ।"
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
+#. error report
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਕਰਕੇ, ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਠੀਕ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr "MBR ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਇਆ।"
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
+msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ"
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr "ਬੂਟਲੋਡਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖਣ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ।"
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਹੋ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣਾਂ(&L)"
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਹੋ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ(&B)"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਵੇਰਵਾ(&D)"
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ। ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਹੋਣ ਯੋਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਕਰਕੇ, ਬੂਟ-ਲੋਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਠੀਕ ਤਰਾਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ"
+
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+#| "Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P><BIG><B>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਟੂਲ</B></BIG><BR>\n"
"ਆਪਣੇ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਦੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਬਦਲੋ।</P>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -661,649 +583,507 @@
"<P><B><BIG>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"ਉਡੀਕ ਜੀ...<br></p>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>ਹੋਰ</B>ਤੋਂ,\n"
-"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਦਸਤੀ ਸੋਧ, ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਾਫ ਕਰ ਅਤੇ\n"
-"ਅਤੇ ਨਵੀਂ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰੋ, ਸ਼ੂਰੂ ਤੋਂ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ, ਜਾਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਤੇ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ\n"
-"ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਮੁੜ ਪੜਨੀ। %1</P>"
+#. grub2 is sooo cool...
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
+msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
+msgstr "ਗ਼ੈਰ-ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਪਲੇਟਫਾਰਮ %1 ਅਤੇ ਬੂਟਲੋਡਰ %2 ਜੋੜ"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
-"<P>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਦਸਤੀ ਸੋਧਣ\n"
-"ਲਈ, <B>ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਸੋਧ</B>ਦਬਾਓ।</P>"
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>ਟੇਬਲ ਵਿੱਚ, ਹਰੇਕ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਬੂਟ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕ ਐਂਟਰੀ\n"
-"ਦਰਸਾਉਂਦੀ ਹੈ।</P>"
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
+msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਜੰਤਰ raid ਟਾਈਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਮਿਲਿਆ: %1। ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
+#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-"<P>ਚੁਣੇ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ <B>ਸੋਧ</B>\n"
-"ਦਬਾਓ।</P>"
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
+msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-"<P> <b>ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਚੁਣੋ</b> ਦਬਾ ਕੇ, ਚੁਣੇ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਨੂੰ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ। \n"
-"ਬੂਟ ਹੋਣ ਸਮੇਂ, ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਲਿਸਟ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ\n"
-"ਅਤੇ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ OS ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦੀ ਉਡੀਕ\n"
-"ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਸਮੇਂ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਕੋਈ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਬਾਈ, ਡਿਫਾਲਟ \n"
-"ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ OS ਬੂਟ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ। ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਿੱਸਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਕਰਮ\n"
-"<B>ਉੱਤੇ</B> ਅਤੇ <B>ਹੇਠਾਂ</B> ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।</P>"
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#. activate set or there is already activate flag
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
+msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
msgstr ""
-"<P>ਨਵਾਂ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ <B>ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</B> ਦਬਾਓ\n"
-"ਜਾਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ <B>ਹਟਾਓ</B> ਦਬਾਓ।</P>"
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ</b></big><br>\n"
-"ਬੂਟ ਪਰਬੰਧਕ (%1) ਨੂੰ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ::</p>"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ</b> (MBR)\n"
-"ਇਹ ਸਿਫ਼ਾਰਸ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜੇਕਰ ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਓਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ\n"
-"ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੈ।</p>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
+msgid "Check boot loader"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
+msgid "Read partitioning"
+msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- ਕੁਝ <b>ਹੋਰ</b> ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ। ਜਦੋਂ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ ਤਾਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀਆਂ\n"
-"ਪਾਬੰਦੀਆਂ ਦਾ ਖਿਆਲ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
+msgid "Load boot loader settings"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲੋਡ ਕਰੋ"
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
+msgid "Checking boot loader..."
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦਾ ਜੰਤਰ ਨਾਂ ਇੰਪੁੱਟ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿਓ (ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ਜਾਂ\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt> ਆਦਿ)</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
+msgid "Reading partitioning..."
+msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਵੇਰਵਾ</b><br>\n"
-"ਤਕਨੀਕੀ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਚੋਣਾਂ (ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਜੰਤਰ ਮੈਪਿੰਗ) ਨੂੰ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰਨ\n"
-"ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, <b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਵੇਰਵਾ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
+msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਕਿਸਮ</b><br>\n"
-"ਇਹ ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਕਿਹੜਾ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ,\n"
-"<b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ</b> ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
+#. dialog header
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
+msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ</b><br>\n"
-"ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਦੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਸਮਾਂ ਅੰਤਰਾਲ ਆਦਿ\n"
-"<b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
+msgid "Create initrd"
+msgstr "initrd ਬਣਾਓ"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>ਮਾਹਰ ਦਸਤੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</B><BR>\n"
-"ਇੱਥੇ, ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦਸਤੀ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ।</P>\n"
-"<P>ਨੋਟ: ਅੰਤਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਰੂਪ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।</P>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਨਾਂ</b><br>\n"
-"ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਨਾਂ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ<b>ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਨਾਂ</b> ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰੋ। ਇਹ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ\n"
-"ਵੱਖਰਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Creating initrd..."
+msgstr "initrd ਬਣਾਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>ਨਵਾਂ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ</b></big><br>\n"
-"ਬਣਾਏ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਨਵੇਂ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#. progress line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
+msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
+msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਕਰਨਲ (ਲੀਨਕਸ)<b> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਲੀਨਕਸ ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ\n"
-"ਲੋਡ ਜਾਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>"
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਖੇਪ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>XEN ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ<b> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਲੀਨਕਸ ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਕਰੋ,\n"
-"ਪਰ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ XEN ਇੰਵਾਇਰਨਮਿੰਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
+#~| msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਚੋਣ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਹੋਰ ਸਿਸਟਮ (ਚੇਨ-ਲੋਡਰ)</b> ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ\n"
-"ਡਿਸਕ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਸੈਕਟਰ ਤੋਂ ਲੋਡ ਅਤੇ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ\n"
-"ਹੋਰ ਓਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਚੋਣ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#~ msgid "Print value of specified option"
+#~ msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੀ ਚੋਣ ਦਾ ਮੁੱਲ ਛਾਪੋ"
+
+#~ msgid "The key of the option"
+#~ msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਦੀ ਕੁੰਜੀ"
+
+#~ msgid "The value of the option"
+#~ msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਦਾ ਮੁੱਲ"
+
+#~ msgid "Value was not specified."
+#~ msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ।"
+
+#~ msgid "Option was not specified."
+#~ msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਗਈ।"
+
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਹੋਰ ਸਿਸਟਮ (ਚੇਨ-ਲੋਡਰ)</b> ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ\n"
-"ਡਿਸਕ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਸੈਕਟਰ ਤੋਂ ਲੋਡ ਅਤੇ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ\n"
-"ਹੋਰ ਓਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
+#~| msgid "Value: %1"
+#~ msgid "Value: %s"
+#~ msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ: %1"
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕਾਂ ਦਾ ਕ੍ਰਮ: %1"
+#~ msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#~ msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੀ ਚੋਣ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
-msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ"
+#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>ਬੂਟ ਮੇਨੂ</b></big><br></p>"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
+#~ "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ</b>ਇੱਕ ਸਿਫਾਰਸ਼ੀ ਚੋਣ ਹੈ, ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਇਲਾਵਾ\n"
+#~ "<b>ਰੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ</b> ਹੈ।</p>"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
+#~ "installed on your computer</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ (MBR) ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ</b> ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਸਿਫ਼ਾਰਸ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜੇਕਰ ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਓਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਸਿਸਟਮ\n"
+#~ "ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੈ।</p>"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>ਕਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ</b> ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਵਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਚੁਣਨ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ"
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ"
+#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-"ਜੇਕਰ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ, ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਫੰਕਸ਼ਨ\n"
-"ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
+#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
+#~ msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ"
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"ਕੀ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡਣੀ ਹੈ?\n"
-"ਸਭ ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਖਤਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ।\n"
+#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
-msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ।"
+#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
+#~ msgstr "ਐਕਸਟੈੱਡ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
-"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr ""
-"'ਪਾਸਵਰਡ' ਅਤੇ 'ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮੁੜ-ਲਿਖੋ'\n"
-"ਮੇਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਖਾਂਦੇ। ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮੁੜ-ਲਿਖੋ।"
+#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "ਸੀਰੀਅਲ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ(&P)"
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr "%1ਸੈੱਟ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਹੈ?\n"
+#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
+#~ msgstr "ਜੇ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਏ ਤਾਂ ਫਾਲ-ਬੈਕ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"ਚੁਣਿਆ ਨਾਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।\n"
-"ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਵਰਤੋਂ।\n"
+#~ msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
+#~ msgstr "ਮੇਨੂ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&s)"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਮੇਂ ਗਲਤੀ ਵਾਪਰੀ\n"
-"ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੀ ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ?\n"
+#~ msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
+#~ msgstr "ਡੀਬਿੱਗਿੰਗ ਫਲੈਗ(&i)"
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"ਸਾਵਧਾਨ!\n"
-"\n"
-"%1 ਦਾ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ MBR ਹੁਣ %2 ਤੇ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ MBR\n"
-"ਨਾਲ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।\n"
-"\n"
-"MBR ਸਿਰਫ ਬੂਟਿੰਗ ਕੋਡ ਮੁੜ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।\n"
-"ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਟੇਬਲ ਅਣ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਰਹੇਗਾ।\n"
-"\n"
-"ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ?\n"
+#~ msgid "&Password"
+#~ msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P)"
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr "ਹਾਂ, ਮੁੜ-ਲਿਖੋ(&Y)"
+#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
+#~ msgstr "ਰੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ(&R)"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਕਰਕੇ, ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਠੀਕ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਕਲਾਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+#~| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਕ੍ਰਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+#~ msgid "&Vga Mode"
+#~ msgstr "&Vga ਮੋਡ"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "ਡਿਸਕਾਂ(&i)"
+#~ msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
+#~ msgstr "%1x%2, %3 ਬਿੱਟ (ਮੋਡ %4)"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ(&D)"
+#~ msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
+#~ msgstr "ਸਟੈਂਡਰਡ 8-ਪਿਕਸਲ ਫੋਂਟ ਮੋਡ।"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Text Mode"
+#~ msgstr "ਟੈਕਸਟ ਮੋਡ"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Unspecified"
+#~ msgid "Unspecified"
+#~ msgstr "ਨਾ-ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ(&U)"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+#~ msgid "Select File"
+#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n"
-#| "For details, read the related chapter \n"
-#| "in the documentation. \n"
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਹੁਣ ਬੰਦ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ। %1%2\n"
-"ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਡੌਕੂਮੈਂਟੇਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ\n"
-"ਸਬੰਧਿਤ ਚੈਪਟਰ ਪੜ੍ਹੇ।\n"
+#~ msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
+#~ msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਚੋਣ ਸੈਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਹੁਣ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ.."
+#~ msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#~ msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੋਧੋ(&d)"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਹੋ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
+#~ msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "ਨਵੀਂ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੁਝਾਓ(&P)"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਹੋ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ(&B)"
+#~ msgid "&Start from Scratch"
+#~ msgstr "ਨਵੇਂ ਤੋਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ(&S)"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ। ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਹੋਣ ਯੋਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
+#~ msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
+#~ msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਤੋਂ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਮੁੜ-ਪੜ੍ਹੋ(&R)"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਕਰਕੇ, ਬੂਟ-ਲੋਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਠੀਕ ਤਰਾਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ"
+#~ msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਦਾ MBR ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰੋ"
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>"
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "MBR ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਯੋਗ (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">ਆਯੋਗ</a>)"
+#~ msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟਲੋਡਰ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>"
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "MBR ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਆਯੋਗ (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">ਯੋਗ</a>)"
+#~ msgid "Other"
+#~ msgstr "ਹੋਰ"
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>"
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "/boot ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ(<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">ਆਯੋਗ</a>)"
+#~ msgid "MBR restored successfully."
+#~ msgstr "MBR ਠੀਕ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ।"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>"
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "/boot ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਆਯੋਗ (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ</a>)"
+#~ msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
+#~ msgstr "MBR ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਇਆ।"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>"
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "\"/\" ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">ਆਯੋਗ</a>)"
+#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟਲੋਡਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖਣ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ।"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>"
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "\"/\" ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਆਯੋਗ ਹੈ (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ</a>)"
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣਾਂ(&L)"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਵੇਰਵਾ(&D)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Change Location: %1"
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਬਦਲੋ: %1"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
+#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
+#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
+#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P><B>ਹੋਰ</B>ਤੋਂ,\n"
+#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਦਸਤੀ ਸੋਧ, ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਾਫ ਕਰ ਅਤੇ\n"
+#~ "ਅਤੇ ਨਵੀਂ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰੋ, ਸ਼ੂਰੂ ਤੋਂ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ, ਜਾਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਤੇ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ\n"
+#~ "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਮੁੜ ਪੜਨੀ। %1</P>"
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਕਿਸਮ: %1"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
+#~ "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਦਸਤੀ ਸੋਧਣ\n"
+#~ "ਲਈ, <B>ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਸੋਧ</B>ਦਬਾਓ।</P>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr " (ਐਕਸਟੈੱਡਡ)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
+#~ "in the boot menu.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>ਟੇਬਲ ਵਿੱਚ, ਹਰੇਕ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਬੂਟ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਕ ਐਂਟਰੀ\n"
+#~ "ਦਰਸਾਉਂਦੀ ਹੈ।</P>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr " (MBR)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
+#~ "selected section.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>ਚੁਣੇ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਵਿਸ਼ੇਸ਼ਤਾ ਵੇਖਣ ਲਈ <B>ਸੋਧ</B>\n"
+#~ "ਦਬਾਓ।</P>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਹਾਲਤ: %1"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
+#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
+#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
+#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
+#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
+#~ "menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P> <b>ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਚੁਣੋ</b> ਦਬਾ ਕੇ, ਚੁਣੇ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਨੂੰ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ। \n"
+#~ "ਬੂਟ ਹੋਣ ਸਮੇਂ, ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਲਿਸਟ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ\n"
+#~ "ਅਤੇ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ OS ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦੀ ਉਡੀਕ\n"
+#~ "ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਜੇ ਸਮੇਂ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਕੋਈ ਸਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਬਾਈ, ਡਿਫਾਲਟ \n"
+#~ "ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ OS ਬੂਟ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ। ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਿੱਸਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਕਰਮ\n"
+#~ "<B>ਉੱਤੇ</B> ਅਤੇ <B>ਹੇਠਾਂ</B> ਬਟਨ ਵਰਤ ਕੇ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।</P>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
+#~ "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>ਨਵਾਂ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ <B>ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</B> ਦਬਾਓ\n"
+#~ "ਜਾਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ <B>ਹਟਾਓ</B> ਦਬਾਓ।</P>"
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਬੂਟਲੋਡਰ: %1"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "ਬੂਟ ਪਰਬੰਧਕ (%1) ਨੂੰ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ::</p>"
-#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
-msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
-msgstr "ਗ਼ੈਰ-ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਪਲੇਟਫਾਰਮ %1 ਅਤੇ ਬੂਟਲੋਡਰ %2 ਜੋੜ"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
+#~ "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
+#~ "on the computer.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ</b> (MBR)\n"
+#~ "ਇਹ ਸਿਫ਼ਾਰਸ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜੇਕਰ ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਓਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ\n"
+#~ "ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੈ।</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
-msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
+#~ "when selecting this option.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- ਕੁਝ <b>ਹੋਰ</b> ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ। ਜਦੋਂ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ ਤਾਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀਆਂ\n"
+#~ "ਪਾਬੰਦੀਆਂ ਦਾ ਖਿਆਲ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
-#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
-msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਜੰਤਰ raid ਟਾਈਪ ਉੱਤੇ ਮਿਲਿਆ: %1। ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
+#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦਾ ਜੰਤਰ ਨਾਂ ਇੰਪੁੱਟ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿਓ (ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ਜਾਂ\n"
+#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt> ਆਦਿ)</p>"
-#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
-msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
+#~ "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
+#~ "mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਵੇਰਵਾ</b><br>\n"
+#~ "ਤਕਨੀਕੀ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਚੋਣਾਂ (ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਜੰਤਰ ਮੈਪਿੰਗ) ਨੂੰ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰਨ\n"
+#~ "ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, <b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਵੇਰਵਾ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
-#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
-msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
+#~ "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
+#~ "<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ</b><br>\n"
+#~ "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਦੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਸਮਾਂ ਅੰਤਰਾਲ ਆਦਿ\n"
+#~ "<b>ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
+#~ "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P><B>ਮਾਹਰ ਦਸਤੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</B><BR>\n"
+#~ "ਇੱਥੇ, ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦਸਤੀ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ।</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>ਨੋਟ: ਅੰਤਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਰੂਪ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।</P>"
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
+#~ "name must be unique.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਨਾਂ</b><br>\n"
+#~ "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਨਾਂ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ<b>ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਨਾਂ</b> ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰੋ। ਇਹ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ\n"
+#~ "ਵੱਖਰਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
-msgid "Check boot loader"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>ਨਵਾਂ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "ਬਣਾਏ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਨਵੇਂ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
-msgid "Read partitioning"
-msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
+#~ "to load and start.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ਕਰਨਲ (ਲੀਨਕਸ)<b> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਲੀਨਕਸ ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ\n"
+#~ "ਲੋਡ ਜਾਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
-msgid "Load boot loader settings"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲੋਡ ਕਰੋ"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
+#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>XEN ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ<b> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਲੀਨਕਸ ਕਰਨਲ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਨੂੰ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਕਰੋ,\n"
+#~ "ਪਰ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ XEN ਇੰਵਾਇਰਨਮਿੰਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
-msgid "Checking boot loader..."
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
+#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ਹੋਰ ਸਿਸਟਮ (ਚੇਨ-ਲੋਡਰ)</b> ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ\n"
+#~ "ਡਿਸਕ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਸੈਕਟਰ ਤੋਂ ਲੋਡ ਅਤੇ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ\n"
+#~ "ਹੋਰ ਓਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
-msgid "Reading partitioning..."
-msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
+#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ਹੋਰ ਸਿਸਟਮ (ਚੇਨ-ਲੋਡਰ)</b> ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ\n"
+#~ "ਡਿਸਕ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਬੂਟ ਸੈਕਟਰ ਤੋਂ ਲੋਡ ਅਤੇ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ\n"
+#~ "ਹੋਰ ਓਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
-msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ"
-#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
-msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
+#~ msgid "Install the default boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
-msgid "Create initrd"
-msgstr "initrd ਬਣਾਓ"
+#~ msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ"
+#~ msgid "Boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ"
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
-msgid "Creating initrd..."
-msgstr "initrd ਬਣਾਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This function is not available if the boot\n"
+#~ "loader is not specified."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ਜੇਕਰ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ, ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਫੰਕਸ਼ਨ\n"
+#~ "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
+#~ "All changes will be lost.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ਕੀ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡਣੀ ਹੈ?\n"
+#~ "ਸਭ ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਖਤਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ।\n"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
+#~ msgstr "%1ਸੈੱਟ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਹੈ?\n"
-#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
-msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The name selected is already used.\n"
+#~ "Use a different one.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ਚੁਣਿਆ ਨਾਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।\n"
+#~ "ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਵਰਤੋਂ।\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\n"
+#~ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਮੇਂ ਗਲਤੀ ਵਾਪਰੀ\n"
+#~ "ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੀ ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ?\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Warning!\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
+#~ "saved at %2.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
+#~ "The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Continue?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ਸਾਵਧਾਨ!\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "%1 ਦਾ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ MBR ਹੁਣ %2 ਤੇ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ MBR\n"
+#~ "ਨਾਲ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "MBR ਸਿਰਫ ਬੂਟਿੰਗ ਕੋਡ ਮੁੜ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।\n"
+#~ "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਟੇਬਲ ਅਣ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਰਹੇਗਾ।\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
+#~ msgstr "ਹਾਂ, ਮੁੜ-ਲਿਖੋ(&Y)"
+
+#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
+#~ msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਬੂਟਲੋਡਰ: %1"
+
+#~ msgid "Install boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ"
+
+#~ msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#~ msgid "Installing boot loader..."
+#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
@@ -1324,9 +1104,6 @@
#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਨਾਂ ਦੇਣਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀਹੈ।"
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਕ੍ਰਮ"
-
#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
#~ msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਮੇਨੂ"
@@ -1702,9 +1479,6 @@
#~ msgid " (\"/\")"
#~ msgstr " (\"/\")"
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (ਡਿਫਾਲਟ)"
-
#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ:<br>%1"
@@ -2193,9 +1967,6 @@
#~ msgid "image"
#~ msgstr "ਈਮੇਜ਼"
-#~ msgid "Yes"
-#~ msgstr "ਹਾਂ"
-
#~ msgid "No"
#~ msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/ca-management.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/ca-management.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/ca-management.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-23 07:40+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -135,8 +135,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P):"
@@ -208,8 +207,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮੇਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦਾ।"
@@ -1888,42 +1886,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "ਸਮਾਪਤ"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "ਯਕੀਨਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ?"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "ਬਾਹਰ"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr "ਯਕੀਨਨ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਤੋਂ ਬਿਨਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ?"
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr "ਵਿਸਥਾਰ"
@@ -2212,8 +2209,7 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr "LD&AP ਪਾਸਵਰਡ:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr "ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P):"
@@ -2263,28 +2259,23 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "PEM ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਅਤੇ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਅਣ-ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਡ(&r)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "P&EM ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਅਤੇ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਡ"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr "DER ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ(&C)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr "PKCS12 ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਅਤੇ ਕੁੰਜੀ(&t)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&N)"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/cio.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/cio.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/cio.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@
msgstr "ਵਰਤੀ"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "ਹਾਂ"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/cluster.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/cluster.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/cluster.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
msgstr "ਕਾਰਡ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਟੈਸਟ ਸਾਊਂਡ ਚਲਾਓ"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ(&A):"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Last IP Address:"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
@@ -246,149 +246,149 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "&GSS ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr "ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਹੋ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "On -- Start Service when Booting"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "On -- ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਸਮੇਂ ਸੇਵਾ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Off -- Start Service Manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Off -- ਸੇਵਾ ਦਸਤੀ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "ਬੰਦ ਅਤੇ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਹਾਲਤ: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Firewall Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "ਹੁਣ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਚਲਾਓ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "ਹੁਣ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਰੋਕੋ"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Main Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "ਮੇਨ ਹੋਸਟ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "ਡੀਲੇਅ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "ਸੋਧ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "ਸੁਝਾਇਆ fstab ਲਾਇਨਾਂ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a user name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ ਦਿਓ।"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write hostname"
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਲਿਖੋ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a filename"
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ ਦਿਓ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the file name"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ ਦਿਓ"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "File %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -401,50 +401,50 @@
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ ਲਿਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਪਾਰਸ ਕਰਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਹੈ।"
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ।"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
@@ -557,41 +557,41 @@
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "ਪਿਛਲੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜੋ"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "ਪਿਛਲੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -599,71 +599,71 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਂਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਬਦਲੋ"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ1 ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ2 ਨੂੰ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਖੋਜੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "ਬਦਲਾਅ ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ 'ਚ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਸੰਭਾਲਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਲਿਖ ਸਕਦਾ।"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/control.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/control.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/control.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 17:01+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n"
@@ -24,329 +24,673 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-#| "\t "
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>ਵਧਾਈਆਂ!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ openSUSE ਦੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਪੂਰੀ ਹੋ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n"
-"<b>ਮੁਕੰਮਲ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਬਾਅਦ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗ ਇਨ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।</p>\n"
-"<p>%1 ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ।</p>\n"
-"<p>ਮੌਜਾਂ ਲੁੱਟੋ!<br>ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਆਪਣੀ openSUSE ਡਿਵੈਲਪਮੈਂਟ ਟੀਮ</p>\n"
-"\t "
+"<p>\n"
+"ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਫ਼ਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਪੂਰੀ ਹੋ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n"
+"ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਹੈ।\n"
+"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <b>ਮੁਕੰਮਲ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"ਸਾਨੂੰ ਮਿਲਣ ਲਈ http://www.novell.com/linux/ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "XFCE ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
+#| msgid "VNC Server"
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "VNC ਸਰਵਰ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ X ਵਿੰਡੋ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਵੇਹੜੇ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਸਰਵਰ ਚੋਣ (ਟੈਕਸਟ ਮੋਡ)"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "ਮਾਹਰ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "ਲਾਈਵ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "ਤਿਆਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "ਜੀ ਆਇਆਂ ਨੂੰ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਐਕਟੀਵੇਸ਼ਨ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਐਕਟੀਵੇਸ਼ਨ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪੜਚੋਲ"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Online Update"
+msgid "Installer Update"
+msgstr "ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "ਟਾਈਮ ਜ਼ੋਨ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਚੋਣ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਖੇਪ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਕਰੋ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation"
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
+msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਲਈ ਸਿਸਟਮ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
msgid "Update"
msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਸੰਖੇਪ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕਰੋ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "ਬੇਸ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "ਆਟੋ-YaST ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "VNC Server"
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "VNC ਸਰਵਰ"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਫ਼ਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਪੂਰੀ ਹੋ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n"
+"ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਹੈ।\n"
+"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮੁਕੰਮਲ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"ਸਾਨੂੰ ਮਿਲਣ ਲਈ http://www.novell.com/linux/ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t"
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System for Update"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਲਈ ਸਿਸਟਮ"
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "ਮਾਹਰ"
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
-#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਬਰਿੱਜ਼ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
+#| msgid "XEN Virtualization Host"
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "XEN ਵੁਰਚੁਲਾਈਜ਼ੇਸ਼ਨ ਹੋਸਟ"
-#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
-#~ msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਖੇਪ"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਸੰਖੇਪ"
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "XEN Virtualization Host"
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "XEN ਵੁਰਚੁਲਾਈਜ਼ੇਸ਼ਨ ਹੋਸਟ"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਬਰਿੱਜ਼ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਖੇਪ"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#| "\t "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>ਵਧਾਈਆਂ!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ openSUSE ਦੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਪੂਰੀ ਹੋ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n"
+"<b>ਮੁਕੰਮਲ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਬਾਅਦ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗ ਇਨ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।</p>\n"
+"<p>%1 ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ।</p>\n"
+"<p>ਮੌਜਾਂ ਲੁੱਟੋ!<br>ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਆਪਣੀ openSUSE ਡਿਵੈਲਪਮੈਂਟ ਟੀਮ</p>\n"
+"\t "
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "KDE Desktop"
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr "KDE ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਸਰਵਰ ਚੋਣ (ਟੈਕਸਟ ਮੋਡ)"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr "XFCE ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "KDE Desktop"
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr "KDE ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ X ਵਿੰਡੋ"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr "ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਵੇਹੜੇ"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਸਰਵਰ ਚੋਣ (ਟੈਕਸਟ ਮੋਡ)"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr "ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਚੋਣ"
+
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ"
#~ msgid "Language Installation"
#~ msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "\t"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਫ਼ਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਪੂਰੀ ਹੋ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n"
-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਹੈ।\n"
-#~ "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <b>ਮੁਕੰਮਲ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "ਸਾਨੂੰ ਮਿਲਣ ਲਈ http://www.novell.com/linux/ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
-
#~ msgid "Initialization..."
#~ msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
@@ -377,9 +721,6 @@
#~ msgid "Customer Center"
#~ msgstr "ਗਾਹਕ ਸੈਂਟਰ"
-#~ msgid "Online Update"
-#~ msgstr "ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ"
-
#~ msgid "Release Notes"
#~ msgstr "ਰੀਲਿਜ਼ ਨੋਟਿਸ"
@@ -401,41 +742,6 @@
#~ msgid "Clean Up"
#~ msgstr "ਸਾਫ਼ ਕਰੋ"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "\t"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਫ਼ਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਪੂਰੀ ਹੋ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n"
-#~ "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਹੈ।\n"
-#~ "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮੁਕੰਮਲ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "ਸਾਨੂੰ ਮਿਲਣ ਲਈ http://www.novell.com/linux/ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ।\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
-
#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario"
#~ msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਬੇਸ ਰੂਪ"
@@ -525,6 +831,3 @@
#~ msgid "Virtual Machine"
#~ msgstr "ਵੁਰਚੁਅਲ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ"
-
-#~ msgid "XEN Virtualization Host"
-#~ msgstr "XEN ਵੁਰਚੁਲਾਈਜ਼ੇਸ਼ਨ ਹੋਸਟ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/country.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/country.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/country.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-10 23:11+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -683,7 +683,9 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਘੜੀ ਲਈ ਨਵਾਂ ਮੁੱਲ"
#. summary label
@@ -848,8 +850,8 @@
"ਗਲਤ ਮਿਤੀ (DD-MM-YYYY) %1\n"
"ਸਹੀ ਮਿਤੀ ਦਿਓ।\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgid "Other &Settings..."
@@ -857,21 +859,21 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ (NTP ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ)"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Hardware Clock Set To UTC"
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
@@ -879,24 +881,24 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "ਖੇਤਰ(&R)"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "ਸਮਾਂ ਖੇਤਰ(&Z)"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Date and Time"
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -905,7 +907,7 @@
"<p><b><big>ਸਮਾਂ ਖੇਤਰ ਅਤੇ ਘੜੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -915,7 +917,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -926,12 +928,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "ਘੜੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਮਾਂ ਖੇਤਰ"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "ਠੀਕ ਸਮਾਂ ਖੇਤਰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
@@ -1019,181 +1021,188 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "ਸਪੇਨੀ (ਲੈਟਿਨ ਅਮਰੀਕਾ)"
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "ਇਤਾਲਵੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "ਪੁਰਤਗਾਲੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "ਪੁਰਤਗਾਲੀ (ਬਰਾਜ਼ੀਲ)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "ਪੁਰਤਗਾਲੀ (ਬਰਾਜ਼ੀਲ - ਅਮਰੀਕੀ ਪੁਰਾਣੀ)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "ਗਰੀਕ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "ਡੱਚ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "ਡੈਨਿਸ਼"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "ਨਾਰਵੀਆਈ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "ਸਵੀਡਿਸ਼"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "ਫੈਨਿਸ਼"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "ਚੈੱਕ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "ਚੈੱਕ(ਕਿਉਵਰਟੀ)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "ਸਲੋਵਾਕ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "ਸਲੋਵਾਕ(ਕਿਉਵਰਟੀ)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "ਸਲੋਵੀਨੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "ਹੰਗਰੀਆਈ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "ਪੋਲੈਂਡੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "ਰੂਸੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "ਸਰਬੀਆਈ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "ਈਸਟੋਨੀਆਈ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "ਲੀਥੂਨੀਆਈ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "ਤੁਰਕ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "ਕਰੋਆਟੀਆਈ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "ਜਾਪਾਨੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "ਬੇਲਜੀਆਈ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "ਡਵੋਰਿਕ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "ਆਈਸਲੈਂਡੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "ਯੂਕਰੇਨੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "ਖਮੀਰ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "ਕੋਰੀਆਨ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "ਅਰਬੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "ਤਾਜ਼ਿਕ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਚੀਨੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ ਚੀਨੀ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "ਰੋਮਾਨੀਅਨ"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internal Zone"
msgid "US International"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/crowbar.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/crowbar.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/crowbar.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -25,19 +25,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "ਸਕੈਨਰ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -51,11 +41,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -200,32 +190,35 @@
msgstr "&IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Found Error"
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਖੋਜੀ ਗਲਤੀ"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਨਾਂ"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -238,90 +231,97 @@
"ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਚੁਣੋ।"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "LDAP ਸਰਵਰ &URL"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Repository Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਾਂ(&R)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Found Error"
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਖੋਜੀ ਗਲਤੀ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository URL"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ URL"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ WINS ਸਰਵਰ"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ WINS ਸਰਵਰ"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Finger Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "ਫਿੰਗਰ ਸਰਵਰ"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "ਪਸੰਦੀ ਦਾ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਨਾਂ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set the password."
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਂ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -343,19 +343,19 @@
"ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਚੁਣੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid"
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "ਭਰਿਆ '%1' URL ਗਲਤ ਹੈ"
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -383,97 +383,97 @@
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ '%1' ਦਾ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਠੀਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value '%1' is not allowed for option '%2'."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "ਚੋਣ '%2' ਲਈ ਮੁੱਲ '%1' ਦੀ ਇਜਾਜ਼ਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&i):"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "ਵੱਧੋ-ਵੱਧ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&x)"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value '%1' is not allowed for option '%2'."
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "ਚੋਣ '%2' ਲਈ ਮੁੱਲ '%1' ਦੀ ਇਜਾਜ਼ਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "ਹੇਠਲਾ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਤੋਂ ਛੋਟਾ ਹੋਵੇ।"
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਢੰਗ"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "ਬੌਂਡ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repositories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -549,44 +549,44 @@
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "ਸਕੈਨਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/dhcp-server.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/dhcp-server.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/dhcp-server.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-07 06:44+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -61,9 +61,7 @@
msgstr "DHCP ਸਬਨੈੱਟ ਚੋਣ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਨ ਕਰੋ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "ਸਾਰੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਹੋਸਟਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸਥਿਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਨਾਲ ਸੁਣੋ"
@@ -103,242 +101,249 @@
msgstr "ਸਥਿਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਨਾਲ ਹੋਸਟ ਦਾ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ (ਜਾਂ ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਚੁਣੋ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr "ਵਰਤਮਾਨ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਛਾਪੋ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਵਿਖਾਓ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "ਵਰਤਮਾਨ ਚੋਣ ਛਾਪੋ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਚੋਣ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਕੁੰਜੀ (ਜਿਵੇਂ, ntp-servers)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਮੁੱਲ (ਜਿਵੇਂ, IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "ਡੈਇਨਾਮਿਕ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਰੇਜ਼ ਦਾ ਹੇਠਲਾ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "ਡੈਇਨਾਮਿਕ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਨ ਰੇਜ਼ ਦਾ ਉੱਪਰਲਾ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੂਲ ਮਿਆਦ ਸਮਾਂ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਮਿਆਦ ਸਮਾਂ"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤਾ"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "DHCP ਅਯੋਗ ਕੀਤਾ"
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਗਿਆ।"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੋਸਟ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ।"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "ਚੁਣਿਆ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ।"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਨਾਲ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਦੇਣੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ।"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ ਦੇਣਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ।"
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਰੇਜ਼: %1 - %2"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਮਿਆਦ ਸਮਾਂ: %1"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਮਿਆਦ ਸਮਾਂ: %1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਅਸਫਲ ਹੋਈ। ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ?"
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਅਸਫਲ ਹੋਈ। ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ?"
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਚੋਣ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "ਸਬਨੈੱਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "ਸਥਿਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਨਾਲ ਹੋਸਟ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "ਸਾਂਝਾ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "ਸਿਰਨਾਵਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਪੂਲ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "ਗਰੁੱਪ-ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਚੋਣ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr "ਕਲਾਸ"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "ਸਬਨੈੱਟ(&S)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ(&H)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੇਅਰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ(&N)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "ਸਮੂਹ(&G)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "ਸਿਰਨਾਂਵਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਪੂਲ(&P)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "ਸ਼੍ਰੇਣੀ(&C)"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "ਨਿਰਧਾਰਨ ਕਿਸਮ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "ਐਲਾਨ ਕਿਸਮ"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr "TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਨ"
@@ -363,192 +368,152 @@
msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ: ਚਾਲੂ"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "ਚਾਲੂ-ਕਰੋ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ: ਕਾਰਡ ਚੋਣ"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "ਕਾਰਡ ਚੋਣ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ: ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ: ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ DHCP"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ DHCP"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ: ਹੋਸਟ ਪਰਬੰਧਨ"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਨ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ: ਮਾਹਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "ਮਾਹਿਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਹੋਵੇ(&B)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ(&M)"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਸਮੇਂ"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "ਹੁਣ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਓ(&S)"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਹੁਣ ਰੋਕੋ(&t)"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਅਤੇ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਹੁਣ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ(&N)"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "ਹੁਣ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਓ"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "ਹੁਣ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਰੋਕੋ"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਅਤੇ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਹੁਣ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments"
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਸਟਾਰਟ-ਅੱਪ ਆਰਗੂਮਿੰਟ"
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਲਈ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "ਚੁਣੇ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਨਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਨਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "ਚੁਣੋ(&S)"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "ਅਣ-ਚੁਣੇ(&D)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਚੁਣਨਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -556,60 +521,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&LDAP ਸਹਾਇਤਾ"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਂ (ਚੋਣਾਵਾਂ)(&N)"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ(&D)"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਾਇਮਰੀ ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ I_P"
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "ਸੈਕੰਡਰੀ ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ IP (_S)"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਗੇਟਵੇ (ਰਾਊਟਰ) (_G) "
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "N_TP ਸਮਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟ ਸਰਵਰ(&P)"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "&WINS ਸਰਵਰ"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਮਿਆਦ ਸਮਾਂ(&L)"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "ਯੂਨਿਟ(&U)"
@@ -617,48 +582,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ਮੁੱਲ ਇੱਕ ਯੋਗ ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਜਾਂ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਹੈ।"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "ਸਬਨੈੱਟ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ(&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਨੈੱਟਮਾਸਕ(&m)"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਮਾਸਕ ਬਿੱਟ(&t)"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&i):"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "ਵੱਧੋ-ਵੱਧ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&x)"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਰੇਜ਼"
@@ -666,10 +631,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "ਪਹਿਲਾਂ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&F):"
@@ -677,61 +642,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "ਆਖਰੀ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&L):"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ &BOOTP ਨੂੰ ਇਜਾਜ਼ਤ ਦਿਓ"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "ਮਿਆਦ ਸਮਾਂ"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ(&D)"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ(&M)"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "ਯੂਨਿਟ(&t)"
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ DNS ਜ਼ੋਨ ਸੋਧ"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਵੋ"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "DN&S ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਲ ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਈਜ਼..."
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -739,8 +704,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਰੇਜ਼ ਲਈ ਦੋਵਾਂ ਪਾਸਿਆਂ ਤੋਂ ਮੁੱਲ ਦਿਓ।"
@@ -748,8 +713,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
@@ -758,127 +723,127 @@
"IP %1 ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ %2/%3 ਨਾਲ ਮੇਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਖਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੋਸਟ"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ(&N)"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&H)"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "ਈਥਰਨੈੱਟ(&E)"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "ਟੋਕਨ ਰਿੰਗ(&T)"
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲੋ(&h)"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹਟਾਓ(&t)"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "ਈਥਰਨੈੱਟ"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "ਟੋਕਨ ਰਿੰਗ"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਖਾਸ ਹੀ ਹੋਵੇ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ %1 ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਹੋਸਟ IP ਦਿਓ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਹੋਵੇ।"
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੋਸਟ ਚੁਣੋ।"
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "ਇੰਪੁੱਟ ਮੁੱਲ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਹੋਵੇ।"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -898,15 +863,15 @@
"ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -918,7 +883,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਸਹਾਇਕ (4 ਵਿੱਚੋਂ %1)"
@@ -1139,7 +1104,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "ਹੇਠਲਾ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਤੋਂ ਛੋਟਾ ਹੋਵੇ।"
@@ -1164,7 +1129,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਹੋਸਟ-ਨਾਂ ਹੈ।"
@@ -1175,9 +1140,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "ਗਲਤ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ।"
@@ -1193,53 +1158,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ DNS ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ(&H)"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "DNS ਸੇਵਾ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "&NS ਅਤੇ MX ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਸੋਧ"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1247,18 +1212,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ %1 ਬਣਾਇਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
@@ -1266,62 +1231,62 @@
msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯਕੀਨਨ ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "ਡੋਮੇਨ(&D)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ(&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟ-ਮਖੌਟਾ(&m)"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "DNS ਜ਼ੋਨ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ(&A)..."
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "ਖਾਸ ਕੰਮ(&S)"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "DNS ਰਿਕਾਰਡਾਂ ਲਈ ਨਵੀਂ ਰੇਜ਼ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ: DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਈਜ਼ੇਸ਼ਨ"
@@ -1615,8 +1580,7 @@
"ਕਿਰਪਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਉਡੀਕ ਕਰੋ...<br></p>"
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1643,20 +1607,9 @@
"ਇਹ ਚੁਣ ਸਿਰਫ ਤਾਂ ਹੀ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ ਜੇ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ\n"
"ਯੋਗ ਹੋਵੇ।</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP ਸਰਵਰ</big></b><br>\n"
-"<p>ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਚੱਲਣ ਸਮੇਂ ਹਰ ਵਾਰ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ,\n"
-"<b>DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਓ</b> ਦਿਓ।</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1668,7 +1621,7 @@
"ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਵਧੇਰੇ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਅਤੇ ਕਿਹਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1679,7 +1632,7 @@
"<b>LDAP ਸਹਿਯੋਗ</b> ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1694,7 +1647,7 @@
"ਇੱਕ ਐਲਾਨ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਇਸ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ <b>ਹਟਾਓ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1709,7 +1662,7 @@
"ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
@@ -1718,7 +1671,7 @@
"ਸਬਨੈੱਟ ਦਾ <b>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ</b> ਅਤੇ <b>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਮਖੌਟਾ</b> ਦਿਓ।</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1729,7 +1682,7 @@
"ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1742,7 +1695,7 @@
"ਨਾਂ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੇ ਵਰਤਾਓ ਨੂੰ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦਾ।</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1755,7 +1708,7 @@
" ਨਾਂ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੇ ਵਰਤਾਓ ਨੂੰ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦਾ।</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1768,7 +1721,7 @@
"ਨਾਂ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੇ ਵਰਤਾਓ ਨੂੰ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦਾ।</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -1777,7 +1730,7 @@
"ਮੇਜ਼ਾਬਾਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਕਲਾਸ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ <b>ਕਲਾਸ ਨਾਂ</b> ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿਓ।</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1792,7 +1745,7 @@
"ਲਈ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ <b>ਹਟਾਓ</b> ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
@@ -1801,7 +1754,7 @@
"ਇਸ ਸਬਨੈੱਟ ਦੇ ਹੋਸਟਾਂ ਲਈ ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ DNS ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ, <b>ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ DNS</b>ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1812,7 +1765,7 @@
"<b>ਇਸ ਸਬਨੈੱਟ ਲਈ ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ DNS ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ</b>ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1827,7 +1780,7 @@
"ਲਈ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1840,7 +1793,7 @@
"<b>ਵਿਆਪਕ ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ DNS ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ</b>ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1853,7 +1806,7 @@
"ਚੱਲਦਾ ਹੈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕਾਲਮ ਖਾਲੀ ਛੱਡ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1862,7 +1815,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1872,14 +1825,14 @@
"DHCP ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਲਿਸਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਜਾਂ ਵੱਧ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1889,7 +1842,7 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
@@ -1898,7 +1851,7 @@
"ਕਲਾਂਈਟ ਤੋਂ IPs ਸੁਣਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1909,7 +1862,7 @@
"ਇਹ ਮੁੱਲ IP ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਹੋਣੇ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਹਨ।</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
@@ -1918,7 +1871,7 @@
"ਤੇ ਕਲਾਂਈਟ ਦੀ ਰੂਟਿੰਗ ਸਾਰਣੀ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
@@ -1927,12 +1880,12 @@
"ਲਈ ਦੱਸਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ ਸਰਵਰ</b> ਇਸ ਸਰਵਰ ਨੂੰ ਮੂਲ ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ ਸਰਵਰ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
@@ -1941,7 +1894,7 @@
"(Windows Internet Naming Service)।</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
@@ -1950,7 +1903,7 @@
"ਅਤੇ ਕਲਾਂਈਟ ਨੂੰ ਫਿਰ IP ਲਈ ਪੁੱਛਣਾ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1959,7 +1912,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1975,7 +1928,7 @@
"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> ਅਤੇ <tt>192.168.1.64</tt></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1987,7 +1940,7 @@
"ਜੋ ਕਿ ਕਲਾਂਈਟ ਲਈ IP ਤਾਜ਼ਗੀ ਸਮਾਂ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
@@ -1996,7 +1949,7 @@
"ਜਿਸ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਇਹ IP, DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਉਪੱਰਲੇ ਕਲਾਂਈਟਾਂ ਲਈ ਰੋਕਿਆ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2007,7 +1960,7 @@
"<b>DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਮਾਹਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</b>ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
@@ -2016,7 +1969,7 @@
"ਸਥਿਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਨਾਲ ਹੋਸਟ ਸੋਧ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਵਰਤੋ।</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2031,17 +1984,17 @@
"ਸਾਰੇ ਮੁੱਲ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ, ਅਤੇ <b>ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਤਬਦੀਲ</b>ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਹੋਸਟ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ <b>ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿਚੋਂ ਮਿਟਾਓ</b>ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਐਲਾਨ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
@@ -2050,7 +2003,7 @@
"<b>ਸਬਨੈੱਟ</b>ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
@@ -2059,7 +2012,7 @@
"(ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਪੱਕਾ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ), <b>ਹੋਸਟ</b>ਚੁਣੋ</p>"
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
@@ -2068,7 +2021,7 @@
"ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, <b>ਸ਼ੇਅਰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ</b>ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
@@ -2077,7 +2030,7 @@
"ਜੇ ਉਹ ਕੁਝ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸਾਂਝੀ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਨ), <b>ਸਮੂਹ</b>ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -2088,7 +2041,7 @@
"ਲਈ, <b>ਸਿਰਨਾਂਵਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਪੂਲ</b>ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -2101,23 +2054,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ(&d)"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਸਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਹੋਵੇ।"
@@ -2127,94 +2080,94 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ(&V)"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੇ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਸਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹਨ।"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਜੋੜਾ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਹੋਵੇ।"
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "ਚਾਲੂ"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "ਬੰਦ"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮੁੱਲ ਦੇਣਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ।"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&N)"
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਮੁੱਲ(&N)"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਦੇ ਕੇ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਜੋੜਾ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰੋ(&A)"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "ਹੇਠਲਾ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਉੱਪਰਲੇ ਤੋਂ ਛੋਟਾ ਹੋਵੇ।"
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕੀਤਾ, syslog ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦਾ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਵੀ ਕਰੋ।"
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਕਿਸਮ(&H)"
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "ਹੇਠਲਾ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&L)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "ਉੱਪਰਲਾ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&H)"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
@@ -2223,7 +2176,7 @@
"ਖਤਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ। ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਛੱਡਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2234,7 +2187,7 @@
"ਜਾਰੀ ਕਰੋ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2245,7 +2198,7 @@
"ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਰੱਖਣ ਲਈ YaST ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਚਲਾਓ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2255,8 +2208,8 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2264,199 +2217,188 @@
"ਇਹ ਫੰਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਵੈ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰੀ\n"
"ਦੌਰਾਨ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਮੁੜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਅਤੇ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਨ(&C)"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ DNS(&D)"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "ਸਿੱਧਾ ਜ਼ੋਨ TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ(&K)"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "ਉਲਟਾ ਜ਼ੋਨ TSIG(&K)"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਨਾਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਓ(&S)"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "Chroot Jail ਵਿੱਚ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਓ(&R)"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "ਤਕਨੀਕੀ(&v)"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਵਿਖਾਓ(&L)"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ(&I)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਮਖੌਟਾ(&M)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "ਸਮੂਹ ਨਾਂ(&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "ਪੂਲ ਨਾਂ(&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੇਅਰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਨਾਂ(&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "ਸ਼੍ਰੇਣੀ ਨਾਂ(&N)"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "ਚੁਣੇ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਖੋਲੋ(&F)"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "ਇਸ ਸਬਨੈੱਟ ਲਈ ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ DNS ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ(&E)"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ DNS ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕਰੋ(&U)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ(&Z)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਾਇਮਰੀ DNS ਸਰਵਰ(&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "ਉਲਟਾ ਜ਼ੋਨ(&v)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਾਇਮਰੀ DNS ਸਰਵਰ(&i)"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਮਾਹਿਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ(&E)..."
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "ਮਾਹੌਲ ਜਾਂਚੋ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "ਮਾਹੌਲ ਜਾਂਚੋ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2473,14 +2415,14 @@
"ਹੁਣ ਅਧੂਰਾ ਛੱਡਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2489,87 +2431,87 @@
"ਨਵੀਂ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰੋ?"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਮੁੜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "DHCP ਡੈਮਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਵਾਪਰੀ।"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਬੂਟ ਹੋਣ ਸਮੇਂ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੈ"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਬੂਟ ਹੋਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਚਾਲੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਇਆ"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "ਸੁਣੋ: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਰੇਜ਼: %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "ਗਲਤ LDAP ਸੰਰਚਨਾ। LDAP ਵਰਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦਾ।"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "ਬਹੁਤੇ dhcpServiceDN ਹਾਲੇ ਲਾਗੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ।"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "DHCP ਸੇਵਾ DN ਪ੍ਰਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ।"
@@ -2577,22 +2519,64 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "%1 ਬਣਾਉਣ ਸਮੇਂ ਗਲਤੀ।"
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "%1 ਦੇ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਸਮੇਂ ਗਲਤੀ।"
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1 ਬਣਾਉਣ ਸਮੇਂ ਗਲਤੀ।"
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "/etc/dhcpd.conf ਲਿਖਣ ਸਮੇਂ ਗਲਤੀ।"
+
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
+
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "ਹੁਣ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਓ(&S)"
+
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਹੁਣ ਰੋਕੋ(&t)"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਅਤੇ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਹੁਣ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ(&N)"
+
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "ਹੁਣ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਓ"
+
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "ਹੁਣ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਰੋਕੋ"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਅਤੇ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਹੁਣ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP ਸਰਵਰ</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "<p>ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਚੱਲਣ ਸਮੇਂ ਹਰ ਵਾਰ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ,\n"
+#~ "<b>DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਓ</b> ਦਿਓ।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਮੁੜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਅਤੇ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਚਲਾਓ(&S)"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/dns-server.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/dns-server.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/dns-server.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-23 07:59+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -308,8 +308,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -380,11 +379,10 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ"
@@ -402,7 +400,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
@@ -412,9 +410,9 @@
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ"
@@ -427,8 +425,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "ਫਾਰਵਰਡਰਜ਼"
@@ -458,12 +456,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ"
@@ -492,14 +489,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "ਪੱਤਰ ਸਰਵਰ"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "ਤਰਜੀਹ"
@@ -561,8 +558,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS ਜ਼ੋਨ"
@@ -584,7 +581,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਸਰਗਰਮ"
@@ -609,143 +606,98 @@
msgstr "DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਮਾਹਿਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ(&E)..."
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS ਸਰਵਰ"
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog"
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr "ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਲਈ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਲਾਗੂ ਕਰੋ"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr "ਮੁਢਲੀ ਚੋਣ"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "ਲਾਗਿੰਗ"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr "ACL"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr "TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ"
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DNS server configuration"
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਰਿਪੇਅਰ"
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name servers"
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name servers"
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr "IP ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰੋ"
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "IPv4 ਜਾਂ IPv6 ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr "ਫਾਰਵਰਡਰ ਸੂਚੀ(&L)"
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ %1 ਲਈ ਖਾਤਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਣਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -753,58 +705,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "ਗਲਤ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ।"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ਫਾਰਵਰਡਰ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਜਾਂ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਚੋਣ"
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ(&p)"
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ(&V)"
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr "ਤਬਦੀਲ(&h)"
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਚੋਣ"
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
@@ -813,7 +765,7 @@
"ਚੋਣ ਦੇ ਦੇਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -822,7 +774,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ %2 ਸੈਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -831,7 +783,7 @@
"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ %2 ਸੈਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -840,7 +792,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ %1 ਸੈਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -849,7 +801,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ %1 ਸੈਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n"
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
@@ -858,77 +810,77 @@
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n"
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਕਿਸਮ"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਲਾਗ(&S)"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ(&F)"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr "ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਅਕਾਰ (ਮੈਬਾ)(&S)"
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr "ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਵਰਜਨ(&V)"
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr "ਵਾਧੂ ਲਾਗਿੰਗ"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਲਾਗ DNS ਕਿਊਰੀਆਂ(&Q)"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ(&U)"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਸੰਚਾਰ(&T)"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਲਈ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ"
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਸੈਟਅੱਪ"
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ(&N)"
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ACL ਸੂਚੀ"
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACL"
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
@@ -937,12 +889,12 @@
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n"
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ACL ਇੰਦਰਾਜ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਜੋਨ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ(&d)"
@@ -952,8 +904,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ"
@@ -963,9 +915,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "ਸਲੇਵ"
@@ -974,36 +926,36 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "ਫਾਰਵਰਡ(Forward)"
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS ਜ਼ੋਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੇ ਨਾਂ ਵਾਲਾ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਅਸਫਲ ਹੋਈ। ਕੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ?"
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration files"
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -1011,43 +963,88 @@
"ਸਭ ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਗੁੰਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ।\n"
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਚਰਨਾ ਨੂੰ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਹੀ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਲਈ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਲਾਗੂ ਕਰੋ"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr "ਮੁਢਲੀ ਚੋਣ"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr "ਲਾਗਿੰਗ"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr "ACL"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr "TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ"
+
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr "ਸਫ਼ਰੀ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ(&l)"
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr "TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ(&K)"
#. check box
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਸੰਚਾਰ ਯੋਗ(&Z)"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr "%1 ਸਕਿੰਟਾਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੀ ਮੁੜ-ਟਰਾਈ ਕਰੋ"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr "ਉਲਟਾ ਜ਼ੋਨ(&v)"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
@@ -1056,34 +1053,34 @@
"ਤਿਆਰੀ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।\n"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ ਪਰਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ।"
#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ(&N)"
#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ ਸੂਚੀ(&m)"
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr "ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਮੇਲ ਸਰਵਰ"
#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ(&A)"
@@ -1091,116 +1088,116 @@
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "ਤਰਜੀਹ(&P)"
#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਰੀਲੇਅ ਸੂਚੀ"
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ਮੁੱਲ ਇੱਕ ਯੋਗ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ ਨਾਂ ਜਾਂ IP ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ।"
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ਮੇਲ ਸਰਵਰ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟ"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "ਮਿੰਟ"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "ਘੰਟੇ"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr "ਦਿਨ"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr "ਹਫਤੇ"
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr "ਸੀਰੀਅਲ(&a)"
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr "TT&L"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ(&U)"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr "ਤਾਜ਼ਾ(&f)"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ(&i)"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr "ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼(&y)"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr "ਮਿਆਦ(&x)"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ(&n)"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ(&M)"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr "ਇਕਾਈ(&t)"
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਦਾ ਲੜੀ ਅੰਕ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr "ਲੜੀ ਨੰਬਰ %1 ਅੰਕਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਲੰਬਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1215,108 +1212,108 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr "ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਕੁੰਜੀ(&R)"
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ(&y)"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ(&u)"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "ਸੇਵਾ(&S)"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ(&P)"
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr "ਉਚਾਈ"
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ(&P)"
#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "A: ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "A: ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr "CNAME: ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ ਲਈ ਉਪ-ਨਾਂ"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr "NS: ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr "MX: ਮੇਲ ਰੀਲੇਅ"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr "PTR: ਉਲਟ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
#, fuzzy
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr "RPC ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr "ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰੋ"
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr "ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਕੁੰਜੀ"
#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1325,14 +1322,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr "ਗਲਤ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
@@ -1342,79 +1339,73 @@
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr "CNAME ਆਪਣੇ-ਆਪ ਨੂੰ ਇਸ਼ਾਰਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦਾ।"
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ ਸਮੱਸਿਆ ਹੈ।"
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲਾ(&B)"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr "NS ਰਿਕਾਰਡ(&d)"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr "&SOA"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr "ਰਿਕਾਰਡ(&e)"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr "M&X ਰਿਕਾਰਡ"
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਲਈ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr "ਤਕਨੀਕੀ(&v)"
-
#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr "%1 ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਹੋਣੀ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਹੈ।"
@@ -1423,24 +1414,24 @@
#.
#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ DNS ਸਰਵਰ IP(&M)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ ਸਰਵਰ ਗੁੰਮ ਹੈ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1451,33 +1442,33 @@
"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜਾਰੀ ਰਹੇ, ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਹਟਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਪਰਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੇ ਮਾਸਟਰ ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ ਯੋਗ IP ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr "ਨਵੇਂ ਫਾਰਵਰਡਰ IP ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ(&F)"
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਫਾਰਵਰਡਰ(&Z)"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -2561,56 +2552,56 @@
msgstr "ਪੱਤਰ ਰੀਲੇਅ(&M)"
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "ਇੰਵਾਇਰਨਮਿੰਟ ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr "DNS ਡਾਈਮੋਨ ਦੇ ਰਾਖਵੇਂ ਸਾਫ ਕਰੋ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜੋ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜੋ"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "ਇੰਵਾਇਰਨਮਿੰਟ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "DNS ਡਾਈਮੋਨ ਦੀ ਕੈਂਚੇ ਸਾਫ਼ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ.."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
@@ -2620,73 +2611,73 @@
"ਗਲਤੀ: "
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr "DNS ਡਾਈਮੋਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr "DNS ਸੇਵਾ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "DNS ਡਾਈਮੋਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr "DNS ਸੇਵਾ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "SuSEconfig ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
@@ -2699,43 +2690,43 @@
"ਗਲਤੀ: "
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr "ਸਟੱਬ(Stub)"
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "ਇਸ਼ਾਰਾ"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਹੋਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ DNS ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਹੋਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ DNS ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ: %s"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "ਗਲਤ LDAP ਸੰਰਚਨਾ। LDAP ਵਰਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦਾ।"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr "LDAP ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
@@ -2744,32 +2735,35 @@
"LDAP ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਨਹੀਂ।"
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP initialization failed."
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr "LDAP ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਈ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "%1 ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ।"
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "cn=ਮੂਲDNS,%1 ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ। LDAP ਨਹੀਂ ਵਰਤ ਰਿਹਾ।"
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "%1 ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ।"
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "%1 ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ। LDAP ਵਰਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਿਹਾ।"
+#~ msgid "Ad&vanced"
+#~ msgstr "ਤਕਨੀਕੀ(&v)"
+
#~ msgid "When &Booting"
#~ msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਬੂਟਿੰਗ ਹੋਵੇ(&B)"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/docker.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/docker.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/docker.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,6 +18,120 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr " ਕੰਨਟੇਨਰ"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ"
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Exit"
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr "ਬਾਹਰ"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr " ਕੰਨਟੇਨਰ"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tab"
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr "ਟੈਬ"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Terminals"
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr "ਟਰਮੀਨਲ"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -89,16 +203,6 @@
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਟੈਸਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Tab"
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr "ਟੈਬ"
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image"
@@ -127,15 +231,11 @@
msgid "Image"
msgstr "ਈਮੇਜ਼"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Command"
msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Port"
msgid "Ports"
@@ -183,14 +283,65 @@
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr "ਟਿੱਪਣੀ"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Exit"
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr "ਬਾਹਰ"
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this user?"
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀ ਇਸ ਉਪਭੋਗਤਾ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr " ਕੰਨਟੇਨਰ"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr " ਕੰਨਟੇਨਰ"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/drbd.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/drbd.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/drbd.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -234,15 +234,16 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -268,13 +269,13 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -283,21 +284,23 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -307,7 +310,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -317,14 +320,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -338,7 +341,7 @@
"ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰੋ। ਤਦ <b>ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -349,7 +352,7 @@
"ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ, ਖੁੱਲਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -357,7 +360,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -367,7 +370,7 @@
"ਇੱਕ squidguard ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <b>ਸ਼ਾਮਲ</b> ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -379,7 +382,7 @@
"ਫਿਰ <b>ਸੋਧ</b> ਜਾਂ <b>ਹਟਾਓ</b> ਲੋੜ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -391,7 +394,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -402,7 +405,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -413,60 +416,138 @@
"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device type"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਕਿਸਮ"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..."
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr "SCPM ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable Microphone."
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr "ਮਾਈਕ੍ਰਰੋਫੋਨ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ।"
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਨਾਂ:"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ"
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Profile name must be set."
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr "ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ ਦੇਣਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ।"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Profile name must be set."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ ਦੇਣਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ।"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -575,90 +656,90 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "DSL ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸਾਂਬਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LVM configuration"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "LVM ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸਾਂਬਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "NFS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
@@ -667,57 +748,57 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਲਿਖੋ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੋ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਲਿਖੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/fcoe-client.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/fcoe-client.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/fcoe-client.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -624,35 +624,35 @@
msgstr "<p>ਕੀ ਹੁਣੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਖੋਜੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr ""
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -660,59 +660,59 @@
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "inetd ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network services"
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਖੋਜ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf"
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf ਪੜੋ"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..."
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਏ RPM ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਖੋਜ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
@@ -720,123 +720,123 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "'lirc' ਸਰਵਿਸ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਖੋਜੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the configuration."
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨੂੰ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ ਹੈ।"
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "inetd ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਮੁੜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust spooler services"
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "ਸਪੂਲਰ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਐਡਜੈੱਟ"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਮੁੜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..."
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "ਸਪੂਲਰ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਐਡਜੈੱਟ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "/etc/samba/smb.conf ਵਿੱਚ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖ ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦਾ।"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "'lirc' ਸਰਵਿਸ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables."
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "sysconfig ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ ਲਿਖੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ।"
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</big></b></p>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Interfaces"
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
@@ -844,11 +844,11 @@
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "ਯੋਗ"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/firewall.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/firewall.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/firewall.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-11 07:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n"
@@ -21,6 +21,16 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
msgid ""
@@ -183,7 +193,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr "ਲਾਗਿੰਗ ਪੱਧਰ"
@@ -683,7 +693,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ"
@@ -694,8 +704,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ"
@@ -749,28 +759,28 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਂਦਾ IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਂਦਾ ਪੋਰਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr "IP ਵੱਲ ਭੇਜੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਵੱਲ ਭੇਜੋ"
@@ -890,10 +900,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ"
@@ -1411,217 +1421,219 @@
msgstr "ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਆਈਟਮ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr "ਪਛਾਣ ਵਾਲਾ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਜ਼ੋਨ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr "ਲਾਗੂ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ, ਪੋਰਟ, ਅਤੇ ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr "ਮਖੌਟੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr "ਬੇਨਤੀਆਂ ਮਖੌਟਾ IP ਵੱਲ ਭੇਜੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr "ਲਾਗਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਖੇਪ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਵਿਖਾਓ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਕਾਰਜ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਚਲਾਓ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਦਸਤੀ ਚਲਾਓ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਐਂਟਰੀਆਂ ਵਿਖਾਓ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਛੋਟਾ ਨਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਹਟਾਓ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "ਲਾਗਿੰਗ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਕੀਤੇ ਪੈਕੇਟ (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "ਲਾਗਿੰਗ ਨਾ-ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਕੀਤੇ ਪੈਕੇਟ (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਸਾਰਤ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਲਾਗਿੰਗ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ (ਹਾਂ|ਨਹੀਂ)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
msgid "Set value"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਨਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਨੰਬਰ; ਕਾਮੇ-ਰਾਹੀਂ-ਵੱਖ ਬਹੁ ਪੋਰਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
msgstr "ਪਛਾਣ ਵਾਲੀ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੇਵਾ; ਕਾਮੇ-ਰਾਹੀਂ-ਵੱਖ ਬਹੁ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "TCP ਪੋਰਟ ਨਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਨੰਬਰ; ਕਾਮੇ-ਰਾਹੀਂ-ਵੱਖ ਬਹੁ ਪੋਰਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "UDP ਪੋਰਟ ਨਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਨੰਬਰ; ਕਾਮੇ-ਰਾਹੀਂ-ਵੱਖ ਬਹੁ ਪੋਰਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "RPC ਪੋਰਟ ਨਾਂ; ਕਾਮੇ-ਰਾਹੀਂ-ਵੱਖ ਬਹੁ ਪੋਰਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr "IP ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ ਨਾਂ; ਕਾਮੇ-ਰਾਹੀਂ-ਵੱਖ ਬਹੁ ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ (ਹਾਂ|ਨਹੀਂ)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵੇ ਸਮੇਤ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ 0/0 ਜਾਂ 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ (tcp|udp)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਂਦਾ ਬਾਹਰੀ IP (ਚੋਣਵਾਂ)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਂਦਾ ਪੋਰਟ ਨਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਨੰਬਰ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr "ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ IP ਵੱਲ ਭੇਜੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr "ਬਾਹਰੀ IP ਉੱਪਰ ਪੋਰਟ ਵੱਲ ਭੇਜੋ (ਚੋਣਵਾਂ)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
msgid "Record number"
msgstr "ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਨੰਬਰ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ ਦੀ ਬਜਾਏ ਪੋਰਟ ਨਾਂ ਵਰਤੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਜ਼ੋਨ %1 ਹੈ।"
@@ -1634,180 +1646,180 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr "ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ %1 ਸੈਟ ਹੋਣਾ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਹੈ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਸੁਣ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਰਟਕੱਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਨਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ ਇੱਕ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ ਦੀ ਇਜਾਜ਼ਤ ਹੈ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr "ਚਾਲੂ-ਕਰੋ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਕਾਰਜ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਯੋਗ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਕਾਰਜ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਹਟਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਬੂਟ ਕਾਰਜ ਵਿੱਚ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਦਸਤੀ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr "ਖਾਸ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਲਾਈਨ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਨਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ %2 ਵਿੱਚ ਖਾਸ ਲਾਈਨ %1 ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ %2 ਵਿੱਚ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ %1 ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ %2 ਵਿੱਚ ਖਾਸ ਲਾਈਨ %1 ਹਟਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ %2 ਵਿੱਚ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ %1 ਹਟਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
msgid "Log all"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਲਾਗ ਕਰੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ ਨਾਜ਼ੁਕ ਲਾਗ ਕਰੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਲਾਗ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਲਾਗਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr "ਕਾਨੂੰਨ ਕਿਸਮ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
msgid "Value"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr "ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਕੀਤਾ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr "ਨਾ-ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ ਪੈਕਟ ਲਾਗਿੰਗ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr "ਲਾਗਿੰਗ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr "ਲਾਗਿੰਗ ਅਯੋਗ ਹੈ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
msgid "Short"
msgstr "ਛੋਟਾ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr "ਲਾਗਿੰਗ ਹਾਲਤ"
@@ -1816,168 +1828,181 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr "ਚੋਣ %2 ਲਈ ਮੁੱਲ %1 ਦੀ ਇਜਾਜ਼ਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ ਪੋਰਟ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
msgid "Port"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦੀ ਇਜਾਜ਼ਤ ਹੈ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr "ਪਰਿਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਨਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr "TCP ਪੋਰਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr "UDP ਪੋਰਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr "RPC ਪੋਰਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr "IP ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗੂ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
msgid "All services"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr "ਪੂਰਾ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਅਸੁਰੱਖਿਤ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ID"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr "ਵਾਧੂ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਪੋਰਟਾਂ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
msgid "All ports"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਪੋਰਟਾਂ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਵਾਧੂ IP ਪੋਰਟ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr "ਸਭ IP ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr "IP ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਸਰਵਿਸ %1।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਸਿਰਫ ਅੰਦਰੂਨੀ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਲਈ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr "%1 ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਹੋਣੀ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਹੈ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr "%1 ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਹੋਣੀ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਹੈ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr "ਬੇਨਤੀਆਂ ਮਖੌਟੀ IP ਵੱਲ ਭੇਜੋ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪੋਰਟ ਨਾਂ %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr "ਮਖੌਟਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ:"
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr "ਮਖੌਟਾ %1 ਹੈ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "ਯੋਗ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/firstboot.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/firstboot.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/firstboot.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-10 23:13+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@
msgstr "ਲੇਬਲ"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਨਾਂ"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/fonts.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/fonts.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/fonts.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -21,63 +21,63 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "ਬਿੱਟਮੈਪ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "ਫੋਂਟ"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/geo-cluster.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/geo-cluster.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/geo-cluster.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -59,10 +59,8 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Printer Configuration"
@@ -120,17 +118,17 @@
msgstr "ਨੇਵੀਗੇਟਰ"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "ਸੋਧ"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ"
@@ -138,19 +136,18 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication"
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
@@ -158,9 +155,9 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ਠੀਕ ਹੈ"
@@ -173,207 +170,214 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਕੁੰਜੀ"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਕੁੰਜੀ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Basics"
msgid "Basic"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲਾ(&B)"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "ਠੀਕ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਦਿਓ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The name is invalid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Netmask cannot be empty."
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "ਨੈਟਮਾਸਕ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਦਾ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਦਾ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "ਗਲਤੀ: ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਾਂ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to read the autodetected scanners file %1"
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "ਸਵੈ-ਲੱਭੇ ਸਕੈਨਰ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਪੜਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫਲ"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਲਈ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਦਿਓ"
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਕੁੰਜੀ"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "TV Station Configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "TV ਸਟੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -524,3 +528,8 @@
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਖੇਪ... "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਲਈ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਦਿਓ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/installation.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/installation.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/installation.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-12 23:34+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
@@ -143,31 +143,31 @@
"ਹਨ।\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ %1 ਚਲਾਓ"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ %1 ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਠੀਕ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please wait while network settings are being adjusted..."
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਠੀਕ ਹੋਣ ਤੱਕ ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ..."
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
"ਨੋਟ: ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕੁਝ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਫੇਰ ਦੇਣੀ ਪੈ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
msgid "Starting Installation..."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
@@ -240,21 +240,21 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹਾਲੇ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਜਾਓ ਅਤੇ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ(&U)"
@@ -323,51 +323,7 @@
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ %1 ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡੋ(&S)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਏ ਸਿਸਟਮ 'ਤੇ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
@@ -580,7 +536,7 @@
msgstr "%1 %2 ਲਈ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ"
@@ -609,54 +565,28 @@
"ਚੁਣੋ ਕਿ ਆਨਲਾਇਨ ਹੁਣ ਚਲਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ।\n"
"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਸਟੈਪ ਛੱਡ ਕੇ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਬਾਅਦ 'ਚ ਵੀ ਚਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ(&L)"
-
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ(&K)"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਸ਼ਰਤਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਹਿਮਤ ਹਾਂ(&A)"
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard &test:"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਜਾਂਚ(&t):"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "ਰੀਲਿਜ਼ ਨੋਟਿਸ"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਇਕਰਾਰਨਾਮਾ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ(&T)..."
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -670,7 +600,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -689,7 +619,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -700,7 +630,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -713,7 +643,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -725,24 +655,57 @@
"ਲਈ <b>ਅਧੂਰਾ ਛੱਡੋ</b> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "ਰੀਲਿਜ਼ ਨੋਟਿਸ"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਇਕਰਾਰਨਾਮਾ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ(&L)"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ(&K)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਸ਼ਰਤਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਹਿਮਤ ਹਾਂ(&A)"
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking the installed system..."
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard &test:"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਜਾਂਚ(&t):"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ(&T)..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -853,7 +816,7 @@
msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਆਯੋਗ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ।"
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਹੁਣ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ.."
@@ -862,16 +825,16 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਡਿਪਲੋਏ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Deploying from images has failed.\n"
@@ -884,27 +847,27 @@
"ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "ਈਮੇਜ਼ %1/s ਸਪੀਡ ਨਾਲ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "%1 ਈਮੇਜ਼ %2/s ਸਪੀਡ ਨਾਲ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਡਿਪਲੋਏ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "%1 ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਡਿਪਲੋਏ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
@@ -921,46 +884,47 @@
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰ ਖੋਜੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਐਕਟੀਵੇਸ਼ਨ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "&DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "&ZFCP ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure &Resources"
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰੋ(&R)"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "&iSCSI ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -979,7 +943,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
@@ -1006,71 +970,74 @@
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਵੇਖੋ(&a)"
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr "ਸਟੈਪ %1 ਕਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr " * %1"
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਗਲਤੀ"
+
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "ਬੇਸ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਪੂਰੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
+
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਏ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਕਾਪੀ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "ਪਹਿਲੀਂ ਵਾਰ ਬੂਟ ਲਈ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਤਿਆਰ"
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "ਸਟੇਜ਼ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %1..."
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
-msgstr "ਸਟੈਪ %1 ਕਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr " * %1"
-
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਗਲਤੀ"
-
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -1094,26 +1061,26 @@
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਤਿਆਰ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Mode"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਮੋਡ"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਆਨ-ਲਾਇਨ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰੋ(&A)"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media"
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "ਵੱਖਰੇ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਤੋਂ ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰੋ(&c)"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1124,7 +1091,7 @@
"ਚੁਣੋ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ:</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1135,7 +1102,7 @@
"<b>ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰੋ</b> ਵਰਤੋਂ ਜੀ।</p>"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -1151,7 +1118,7 @@
"<b>ਵੱਖਰੇ ਮੀਡਿਏ ਤੋਂ ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰੋ</b> ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1284,7 +1251,7 @@
#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
@@ -1322,7 +1289,7 @@
"ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਨਵੇਂ ਗੁਣਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਬਾਰੇ ਸੰਖੇਪ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਕੋਈ ਰੀਲਿਜ਼ ਨੋਟਿਸ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹਨ।</p>"
@@ -1345,108 +1312,108 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "USB ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "USB ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਇਰ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਇਰ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "ਫਲਾਪੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਜੰਤਰ ਖੋਜ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "ਫਲਾਪੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰ ਖੋਜ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਕਰਨਲ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਲੋਡ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਕਰਨਲ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਖੋਜ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲਈ ਖੋਜ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲਈ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initialize the source manager"
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਸਰੋਤ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing package manager..."
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਖੋਜ"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..."
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ, ਜਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਅਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਏ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ..."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1462,7 +1429,7 @@
" (ਖਾਸ ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ s390 ਜਾਂ iSCSI ਸਿਸਟਮਾਂ ਲਈ)\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1471,7 +1438,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1479,6 +1446,52 @@
"ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।\n"
"ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ।"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+msgid ""
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1532,8 +1545,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "ਬਦਲੋ(&C)..."
@@ -1764,7 +1777,7 @@
"<b>ਅੱਗੇ</b> ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr "ਇਸ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਵਰਕਫਲੋ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ।"
@@ -1786,7 +1799,7 @@
msgstr "ਲਿੰਕਰ ਕੈਂਚੇ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
@@ -1842,6 +1855,26 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡੋ(&S)"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
@@ -1909,6 +1942,34 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਸਿਟਟਮ 'ਤੇ ਲਾਗ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡੋ(&S)"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
#, fuzzy
@@ -1917,35 +1978,22 @@
msgstr "ਲੀਨਕਸ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਹਰੇਕ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਮੁੱਲ ਲਈ ਹੀ ਮੁੜ-ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ ਗੁਆ ਲਵੋਗੇ।"
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੰਗ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1954,25 +2002,25 @@
"ਹੱਲ਼ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ।\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਈ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਮੰਨਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ਗਲਤੀ: ਕੋਈ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਨਹੀਂ"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1985,48 +2033,40 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡੋ(&S)"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&U)"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡੋ(&S)"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਸੁਰਖੀ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ ਜਾਂ ਹੇਠਾਂ \"ਬਦਲੋ...\" ਮੇਨੂ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਸੁਰਖੀ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ ਜਾਂ ਹੇਠਾਂ \"ਬਦਲੋ...\" ਮੇਨੂ ਵਰਤੋਂ।"
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਮੁੜ-ਸੈੱਟ(&R)"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ(&U)"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ(&I)"
@@ -2066,7 +2106,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -2079,7 +2119,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -2091,7 +2131,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2103,7 +2143,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2115,7 +2155,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2126,12 +2166,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੁਝਾਅ</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2140,7 +2180,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2157,6 +2197,11 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2164,21 +2209,113 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "root ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪੜ੍ਹ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ"
#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "ਡਿਪਲੋਏ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
@@ -2186,19 +2323,19 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਸੰਦ ਸਟੋਰ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਸੰਦ ਸਟੋਰ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n"
@@ -2210,6 +2347,11 @@
"ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਨਿਰਭਰਤਾ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੱਲ਼ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।\n"
"ਪੈਕੇਜ ਮੈਨਜੇਰ ਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਾਹਮਣੇ ਖੋਲ੍ਹਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਖੁਦ ਹੱਲ਼ ਕਰ ਸਕੋ।"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "ਗਲਤੀ: ਕੋਈ ਟਾਇਟਲ ਨਹੀਂ"
@@ -2335,9 +2477,6 @@
#~ msgid "Network Card"
#~ msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ"
-#~ msgid "Device"
-#~ msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ"
-
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "ਚੁਣੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਲਈ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/iscsi-client.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/iscsi-client.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/iscsi-client.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 08:21+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -112,7 +112,6 @@
msgid "Add"
msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "ਸੋਧ"
@@ -173,47 +172,64 @@
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ"
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Manually"
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ"
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Port"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Key"
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr "ਸੇਵਾ"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "ਕੁਨੈਕਟਡ ਟਾਰਗੇਟ"
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr ""
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "iSCSI Initiator ਸੰਖੇਪ"
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -222,9 +238,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "iSCSI Initiator ਖੋਜ"
@@ -446,31 +462,29 @@
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਤੋਂ ਤਾਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।"
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
msgid "No record found."
msgstr "ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭਾ।"
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਠੀਕ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਨਹੀਂ।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਖੇਤਰ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initiator Name"
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr "Initiator ਨਾਂ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
msgid ""
"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -483,13 +497,18 @@
"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਦਿਓ।"
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਦਿਓ।"
@@ -497,36 +516,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
msgid "True"
msgstr "ਸਹੀਂ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
msgid "False"
msgstr "ਗਲਤ"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖੋ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਕੁਨੈਕਟਡ ਹੈ।"
@@ -618,7 +637,7 @@
msgstr "ਸਾਰੇ"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -626,15 +645,16 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr "ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ।"
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਖੇਪ..."
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/iscsi-lio-server.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/iscsi-lio-server.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/iscsi-lio-server.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -45,15 +45,14 @@
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ"
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ"
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ"
@@ -70,7 +69,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write groups"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -101,7 +100,7 @@
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
msgid "LUN"
msgstr "LUN"
@@ -114,133 +113,136 @@
msgstr "ਮਾਰਗ"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
msgid "Add"
msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "ਸੋਧ"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "ਕਲਾਇਟ"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authors"
msgid "Auth"
msgstr "ਲੇਖਕ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit User"
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੋਧ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit &SOA"
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr "&SOA ਸੋਧ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਨਹੀਂ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "ਇਨ ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
msgid "Username"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "ਆਉਟ ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "ਜਦੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਹੋਵੇ(&B)"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ(&M)"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਸਮੇਂ"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target Overview"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
@@ -248,33 +250,34 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI ਟਾਰਗੇਟ</h1>"
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "iSCSI ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr "iSCSI ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਸੋਧ"
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr "iSCSI ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਸੋਧ"
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr "iSCSI ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਮਾਹਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
@@ -454,19 +457,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -474,14 +482,14 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI ਟਾਰਗੇਟ</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -490,19 +498,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -511,161 +519,171 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable fingerprint authentication"
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr "ਫਿੰਗਰਪਰਿੰਟ ਪਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਚਾਲੂ"
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid server name."
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਂ।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Invalid password."
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present"
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "ਕੀਤੀ ਚੋਣ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਵੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr "ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਿਊ ਨਾਂ %1 ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਵਰਤੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present"
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr "ਕੀਤੀ ਚੋਣ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਵੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
msgid "Path:"
msgstr "ਪਾਥ:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "ਝਲਕ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select a device."
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਜੰਤਰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "ਕਲਾਇਟ"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਨਾਂ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Changes:"
msgid "Change:"
msgstr "ਬਦਲਾਅ:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਨਾਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "NIS client"
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "NIS ਕਲਾਇਟ"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Import CA from Disk"
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਤੋਂ CA ਆਯਾਤ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Alias name must not be empty."
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "ਏਲਿਅਸ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists"
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr "%1 ਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਏਲਿਅਸ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ"
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NIS client"
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr "NIS ਕਲਾਇਟ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ਠੀਕ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disabled"
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਚੁਣੀ ਆਈਟਮ ਹਟਾਉਣੀ ਹੈ?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Problem with resetting resource group:\n"
@@ -675,91 +693,105 @@
"ਸਰੋਤ ਸਮੂਹ ਮੁੜ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਨਾਲ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲ:\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n"
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr "%1 ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਸਮੇਂ ਗਲਤੀ\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "ਆ ਰਹੇ ਮੇਲ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "ਆਉਟ ਮੇਲ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
msgid "None"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"%1 ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ:\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"%1 ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ:\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"%1 ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ:\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
#| "%2"
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
"%1 ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ:\n"
"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable fingerprint authentication"
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
+msgstr "ਫਿੰਗਰਪਰਿੰਟ ਪਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਚਾਲੂ"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110
@@ -774,11 +806,11 @@
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -886,6 +918,26 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਖੇਪ..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "ਕਲਾਇਟ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target"
+#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#~ msgstr "iSCSI ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਸੋਧ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "ਕਲਾਇਟ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "NIS client"
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "NIS ਕਲਾਇਟ"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "SuSEconfig ਚਲਾਓ"
Added: trunk/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# Punjabi translations for opensuse-i package.
+# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
+# Automatically generated, 2016.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: pa\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/kdump.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/kdump.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/kdump.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 08:11+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -398,10 +398,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
#, fuzzy
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "ਇਹ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਲਾਗੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ।"
@@ -1222,160 +1220,175 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "ਮਾਡਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "ਕਰਨਲ ਬੂਟ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਪੜ੍ਹੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਮੈਮੋਰੀ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "'/etc/sysconfig/openldap' ਨੂੰ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਮੈਮੋਰੀ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ।"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "ਸਥਾਪਨ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "ਸਥਾਪਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਲਿਖੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "ਰਨਲੈਵਲਾਂ %1 ਵਿੱਚ"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "ਯੋਗ"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਲਈ ਖਾਲੀ ਮੁੱਲ: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "ਫਾਰਮੈਟ(&F)"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "ਪੁਰਾਣੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਦੀ ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਗਿਣਤੀ(&x)"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "ਪੁਰਾਣੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਦੀ ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਗਿਣਤੀ(&x)"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/live-installer.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/live-installer.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/live-installer.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-28 16:18+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -44,27 +44,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "ਕਾਪੀ ਲਈ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "root ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "ਲਾਈਵ ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "%1 ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -74,71 +74,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "ਲਾਇਨ ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਾਪੀ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "ਲੀਨਕਸ ਲਈ %2 ਡਿਸਕ ਉੱਤੇ %1%% ਵਰਤੋਂ"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ %1 ਨਾ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "ਪੁੱਛੋ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਲੀਨਕਸ ਜਾਂ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "ਕੇਵਲ ਲੀਨਕਸ ਹੀ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸਟਾਰਟ ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ: %1 ਸਕਿੰਟ"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "ਕੀਬੋਰਡ"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "ਟਾਈਮ ਜ਼ੋਨ"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਬਦਲੋ"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -147,7 +129,7 @@
"ਵੇਖਾਏ ਮੁੱਲਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਨਵੀਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ <b>ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ</b> ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -158,7 +140,7 @@
"<b>ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਬਦਲੋ</b> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਬੋ।</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -269,7 +251,7 @@
"ਵੀ ਦੱਬਣਾ ਪੈ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਏ ਸਿਸਟਮ 'ਤੇ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..."
@@ -293,6 +275,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "ਟਾਈਮ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਸੰਭਾਲਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "ਪੁੱਛੋ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਲੀਨਕਸ ਜਾਂ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "ਕੇਵਲ ਲੀਨਕਸ ਹੀ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸਟਾਰਟ ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ: %1 ਸਕਿੰਟ"
+
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/mail.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/mail.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/mail.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 07:43+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -319,74 +319,81 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr "ਆਉਟ ਮੇਲ"
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server."
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੇਲ ਸਰਵਰ ਲਈ ਲੋਕਲ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਦੇ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+
#. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
msgid "Use"
msgstr "ਵਰਤੋਂ"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr "ਇੰਫੋਰਸ"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr "ਮਖੌਟਾ(&M)"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ(&A)"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr "ਆ ਰਹੇ ਮੇਲ"
#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵੇ(&D)..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Manually"
msgid "manual"
msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Daemon"
msgid "daemon"
msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ"
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr "ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡਿੰਗ(&D)"
#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr "ਏਲੀਅਸ(&A)..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr "ਵੁਰਚੁਅਲ ਡੋਮੇਨ(&V)..."
@@ -394,7 +401,7 @@
#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
@@ -408,7 +415,7 @@
#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -421,39 +428,39 @@
"ਫਿਰ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ ਜੀ। \n"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr "ਭੇਜਣ ਵਾਲਾ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਮੁੜ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: text entry label
#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ(&L)"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr "ਇੰਝ ਵਿਖਾਓ(&D)"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr "ਇਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr "ਮਖੌਟਾ"
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਮਖੌਟਾ ਬਣਾਓ(&l)"
@@ -463,23 +470,23 @@
#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
#. ),
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਮਖੌਟਾ ਬਣਾਓ(&s)"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr "ਮਖੌਟੇ ਲਈ ਡੋਮੇਨ(&m)"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
msgid "Local user"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
msgid "Display as"
msgstr "ਇੰਝ ਵੇਖਾਓ"
@@ -488,23 +495,23 @@
#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf"))
#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ(&d)"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "ਸੋਧ(&E)"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ(&t)"
#. Translators: error popup
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr "ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ"
@@ -512,106 +519,106 @@
#. list<string> lmod = [];
#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr "ਆਉਟ ਸਰਵਰ ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr "ਆਉਟ ਸਰਵਰ(&S)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
msgid "&User name"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ(&U)"
#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P)"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
msgid "Server"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
msgid "User"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ(&l)"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr "ਆ ਰਹੇ ਮੇਲ ਰੀ-ਡਾਇਰੈਕਸ਼ਨ"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr "ਏਲੀਅਸ(&A)"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ(&D)"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr "ਏਲੀਅਸ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr "ਇਸ ਏਲੀਅਸ ਲਈ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr "ਏਲੀਅਸ"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "ਏਲੀਅਸ"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr "ਵੁਰਚੁਅਲ ਡੋਮੇਨ"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
@@ -890,12 +897,12 @@
msgstr "Cyrus IMAP ਸਰਵਰ ਨੂੰ"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "AMaViS, ਇੱਕ ਵਾਇਰਸ ਸਕੈਨਰ, ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।\n"
#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -903,58 +910,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Fetchmail, ਇੱਕ ਮੇਲ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡਿੰਗ ਸਹੂਲਤ, ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ।\n"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Cyrus-imapd, ਇੱਕ IMAP ਸਰਵਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।\n"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: progress label
#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਟਰਾਂਸਪੋਰਟ ਏਜੰਟ (MTA) ਖੋਜਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr "ਆਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr "ਮਖੌਟਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr "ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr "ਏਲੀਅਸ ਟੇਬਲ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: progress label
#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Translators: error message,
#. %1 is a file name,
#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
@@ -966,18 +973,18 @@
"%2"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr "fetchmail ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਲਤੀ।"
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਲਿਖਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਲਤੀ"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error running SuSEconfig."
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
@@ -986,147 +993,147 @@
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ %1 ਚਲਾਉਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਗਲਤੀ।"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr "ਆਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr "ਮਖੌਟਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr "ਏਲੀਅਸ ਟੇਬਲ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr "ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾ ਲਿਖਣਾ ਸਮਾਪਤ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr "ਰੂਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਈਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
msgid "Other"
msgstr "ਹੋਰ"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr "ਪੱਕਾ"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr "ਡਾਇਲ-ਅੱਪ"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
msgid "None"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ"
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
msgid "MTA"
msgstr "MTA"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr "ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਕਿਸਮ"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr "ਆਉਟ-ਗੋਇੰਗ ਮੇਲ ਸਰਵਰ"
#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
msgid "From Header"
msgstr "ਹੈਂਡਰ ਤੋਂ"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਡੋਮੇਨ"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਮਖੌਟਾ ਬਣਾਓ"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮਖੌਟਾ ਬਣਾਓ"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ SMTP ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "ਹਾਂ"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr "AMaViS ਵਰਤੋਂ"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use DIAG"
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr "DIAG ਵਰਤੋਂ"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr "Fetchmail"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr "ਵੁਰਚੁਅਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ"
@@ -1517,9 +1524,6 @@
#~ "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮਿਲਦਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।\n"
#~ "ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
-#~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server."
-#~ msgstr "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੇਲ ਸਰਵਰ ਲਈ ਲੋਕਲ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਦੇ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
-
#~ msgid "Defined Domains"
#~ msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਡੋਮੇਨਾਂ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/network.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/network.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/network.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-13 07:52+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n"
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਖੇਪ:"
@@ -384,13 +384,13 @@
msgstr "ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੇ ਰੀਲਿਜ਼ ਨੋਟਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr "ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਖੋਲਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -399,13 +399,13 @@
"ਲਈ ਲਾਗ ਵੇਖੋ।\n"
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr "ਰੀਲਿਜ਼ ਨੋਟਿਸ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ URL ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ। ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਟੈਸਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
@@ -425,12 +425,12 @@
"ਲਈ ਲਾਗ ਵੇਖੋ।"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr "ਪੈਂਚਾਂ ਲਈ ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
"ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਲਾਗ ਵੇਖੋ।\n"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr "ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਬੰਦ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Error : uninitialized interface!"
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "ਰੂਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@
msgstr "ਗੇਟਵੇ"
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਮਾਸਕ"
@@ -738,95 +738,95 @@
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP forwarding is enabled"
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਡਿੰਗ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੈ"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP forwarding is disabled"
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਡਿੰਗ ਅਯੋਗ ਹੈ।"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabling IP forwarding..."
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਡਿੰਗ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabling IP forwarding..."
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਡਿੰਗ ਆਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਡਿੰਗ:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਡਿੰਗ:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਡਿੰਗ:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified"
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਅਤੇ ਗੇਟਵੇ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਦੇਣਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr "ਰੂਟਿੰਗ ਟੇਬਲ ਵਿੱਚ '%1' ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination IP address must be specified"
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਇੱਕ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਦੇਣਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਮੇਨੂ 'ਚ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਨੂੰ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "ਸਾਵਧਾਨ: ਕੋਈ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਵਰਤੀ ਗਈ।"
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
msgid "Change."
msgstr "ਤਬਦੀਲ।"
@@ -927,70 +927,70 @@
msgstr "USB ਬੇਤਾਰ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr "%1 ਵਾਂਗ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "%2 ਪਰੋਵਾਇਡਰ ਨਾਲ %1 ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ।"
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr "%2 ਪਰੋਵਾਇਡਰ (ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ %3) ਨਾਲ %1 ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "ਬਿਨਾਂ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਦੇ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ (ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ)"
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "ਬਿਨਾਂ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਦੇ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ"
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "ਐਡਰੈੱਸ %1 ਨਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ"
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr "ਐਡਰੈੱਸ %1 (ਰਿਮੋਟ %2) ਨਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "%1 ਨਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr "%1 ਐਡਰੈੱਸ %2 ਨਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr "%1 ਐਡਰੈੱਸ %2 (ਰਿਮੋਟ %3) ਨਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr "%1 ਵਾਂਗ %2 ਨਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਡ"
@@ -1129,12 +1129,12 @@
msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਚੁਣੋ(&S):"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
@@ -1142,16 +1142,16 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ(&d)"
@@ -1160,8 +1160,8 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1171,97 +1171,97 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ(&l)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr "ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ(&N)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr "ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ(&M)"
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਕਿਸਮ(&D)"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਾਂ(&C)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr "ਟਨਲ ਓਨਰ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "ਟਨਲ ਗਰੁੱਪ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "ਬਰਿੱਜ਼ ਜੰਤਰ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr "&VLAN ਲਈ ਰੀਅਲ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "VLAN"
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr "ਬੌਂਡ ਸਲੇਵ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Up"
msgid "Up"
msgstr "ਉੱਤੇ(&U)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Down"
msgid "Down"
msgstr "ਹੇਠਾਂ(&D)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr "ਬੌਂਡ ਸਲੇਵ(&S)"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "ਬੌਂਡ ਡਰਾਇਵਰ ਚੋਣਾਂ(&B)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options, and edit it if necessary. </p>"
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
@@ -1269,33 +1269,33 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "ਡਾਇਨੈਮਿਕ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr "DHCP ਦੋਵੇਂ ਵਰਜਨ 4 ਅਤੇ 6"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr "DHCP ਵਰਜਨ 4 ਹੀ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr "DHCP ਵਰਜਨ 6 ਹੀ"
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Statically assigned IP Address"
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
@@ -1303,37 +1303,37 @@
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr "ਸਬ-ਨੈੱਟ ਮਾਸਕ(&S)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ(&H)"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&E)"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1344,13 +1344,13 @@
"ਕੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਖੋਜ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ %1 ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1364,21 +1364,21 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਠੀਕ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਨਹੀਂ।"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਠੀਕ ਨੈਟਮਾਸਕ ਨਹੀਂ।"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਹੋਸਟ-ਨਾਂ ਹੈ।"
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1398,55 +1398,55 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
msgid "&General"
msgstr "ਆਮ(&G)"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਐਕਟੀਵੇਸ਼ਨ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਜ਼ੋਨ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "ਮੈਕਸੀਮੱਮ ਟਰਾਂਸਫਰ ਯੂਨਿਟ (MTU)"
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਵੇਰਵੇ ਸਹਿਤ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਇੱਥੇ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&A)"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਆਪਣੇ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ(&H)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "ਬੌਂਡ ਸਲੇਵ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "ਬੇਤਾਰ(&W)"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1464,12 +1464,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ"
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1663,27 +1674,27 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Impossible value for bootproto!"
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr "bootproto ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਸੰਭਵ ਮੁੱਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Impossible value for startmode!"
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr "ਸਟਾਰਟ-ਮੋਡ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਸੰਭਵ ਮੁੱਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਹਟਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ।"
@@ -1743,7 +1754,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1751,7 +1762,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1764,20 +1775,20 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "firmware ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵੇਅਰ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਇੱਕ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।"
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1792,12 +1803,12 @@
"ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ-ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਅਧੀਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਹੇਗਾ।\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ ਢੰਗ"
@@ -1806,7 +1817,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
@@ -1978,7 +1989,7 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ(&N)"
@@ -1988,7 +1999,7 @@
msgstr "ਖੋਜ(&S)"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
@@ -1997,7 +2008,7 @@
"ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਚੁਣੋ।"
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "S/390 ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
@@ -2005,139 +2016,138 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "S/390 ਜੰਤਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਨਾਂ(&P)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ(&P)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "IPA ਪਰਾਪਤੀ ਯੋਗ(&E)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "ਲੇਅਰ 2 ਸਹਿਯੋਗ ਯੋਗ(&L)"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "ਲੇਅਰ 2 &MAC ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ਲਿਖੋ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਇਸ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ <b>ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ</b> ਦਿਓ (ਅੱਖਰ ਅਕਾਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ)।</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਇਸ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ ਹੋਰ <b>ਚੋਣਾਂ</b> ਦਿਓ (ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਦੇਕੇ)।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ(&P)"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "&LANCMD ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਇਸ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ <b>ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ</b> ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਇਹ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ <b>LANCMD ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ</b> ਦਿਓ।</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "ਅਨੁਕੂਲਤਾ ਮੋਡ"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "ਐਕਸਟੈਂਡ ਮੋਡ"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "CTC-ਅਧਾਰਿਤ tty (ਲਿਨਕਸ ਤੋਂ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "OS/390 ਅਤੇ z/OS ਨਾਲ ਅਨੁਕੂਲਤਾ ਮੋਡ"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ(&P)"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਇਸ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ <b>ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ</b> ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "ਪੀਅਰ ਨਾਂ(&P)"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An error occured while creating device.\n"
@@ -2151,7 +2161,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ"
@@ -2700,31 +2710,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "ਨੈਟਮਾਸਕ(&m)"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "ਸਬ-ਨੈੱਟ ਮਾਸਕ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
@@ -2886,127 +2896,127 @@
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr "ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਨਹੀਂ"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr "WEP - ਓਪਨ"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr "WEP - ਸ਼ੇਅਰਡ ਕੀ"
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "ਬੇਤਾਰ ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr "ਬੇਤਾਰ ਜੰਤਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr "ਓਪਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਮੋਡ(&p)"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Master"
msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਨਾਂ (ESSID)(&t)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਕੈਨ ਕਰੋ"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਮੋਡ(&A)"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr "ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਕੁੰਜੀ(&E)"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr "ਮਾਹਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ(&x)"
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr "&WEP ਕੁੰਜੀਆਂ"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "WPA ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ ਨੂੰ ਪਰਬੰਧਤ ਓਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਮੋਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਸੰਭਵ ਹੈ।"
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "ਇਸ ਮੋਡ ਲਈ ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਨਾਂ ਦਿਓ।"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ 32 ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਛੋਟਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "ਪੈਰਾ 8 ਤੋਂ 63 ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ (ਖਾਸ ਤੌਰ 'ਤੇ)"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ %1 ਹੈਕਸਾਡੈਸੀਮਲ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਹੋਣੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਇਸ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਹੋਣੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3102,27 +3112,27 @@
msgstr "EAP ਢੰਗ(&M)"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਦਿਓ"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ(&K)"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "ਸਹਾਇਤਾ"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "ਬੇਤਾਰ ਕੁੰਜੀਆਂ"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3132,7 +3142,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3142,50 +3152,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP ਕੁੰਜੀਆਂ"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ ਲੰਬਾਈ(&K)"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "ਮੂਲ"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਬਣਾਓ(&S)"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਚੁਣੋ"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3194,47 +3204,47 @@
"ਕਲਾਇਟ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਦਿਓ।"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
msgid "Any"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਵੀ"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP ਵੇਰਵਾ"
@@ -3249,25 +3259,37 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਨ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ(&A)"
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਨ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ(&A)"
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਨ ਦੀ ਇਜ਼ਾਜ਼ਤ ਨਾ ਦਿਓ(&D)"
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>ਜੇ ਇਹ ਫੀਚਰ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤਾ ਤਾਂ, ਤੁਸੀਂ\n"
@@ -3277,17 +3299,17 @@
"ਵਰਤੋਂ। ਇਹ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਨ ਦਾ ਰੂਪ SSH ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਨ ਨਾਲੋਂ ਘੱਟ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਹੈ।</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "ਇਹ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3299,111 +3321,61 @@
"\n"
"ਕੀ ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ?\n"
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DNS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DSL ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ISDN ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ਮਾਡਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ਪਰੋਵਾਇਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ਰਾਉਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫ਼ਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੇਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਹੁਣੇ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "ਕੀ %1 ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਚਲਾਉਣੀ ਹੈ?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "ਮਾਡਮ"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN ਕਾਰਡ"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL ਜੰਤਰ"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਠੀਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
@@ -3477,8 +3449,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ"
@@ -3504,28 +3476,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੱਧ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ %1 ਡੋਮੇਨਾਂ ਹੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੱਧ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ %1 ਅੱਖਰ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਡੋਮੇਨ '%1' ਜ਼ਾਇਜ਼ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਨੇਮ ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
@@ -3559,27 +3531,27 @@
"<b>ਹੋਸਟ ਏਲੀਅਸ</b>, ਕਾਮਿਆਂ ਨਾਲ ਵੱਖ ਕਰਕੇ ਦਿਓ।</p>\n"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਹੋਸਟ"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਏਲੀਅਸ"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਏਲੀਅਸ(&t)"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "ਏਲੀਅਸ \"%1\" ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
@@ -3621,40 +3593,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ(&D)"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "ਗੇਟਵੇ(&G)"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ(&v)"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਠੀਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "ਗੇਟਵੇ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "ਸਬਨੈੱਟ ਮਾਸਕ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਗੇਟਵੇ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
@@ -3890,35 +3862,35 @@
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "ਆਮ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "IPv6 ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 ਯੋਗ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
@@ -3927,12 +3899,12 @@
"%2 - %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਬਦਲੋ(&C)"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ ਚੁਣੋ"
@@ -3941,7 +3913,7 @@
#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unconfigured"
msgid "configured"
@@ -3999,7 +3971,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
@@ -4022,7 +3994,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
@@ -4034,109 +4006,109 @@
msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ: DHCP ਰਾਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ-ਨਾਂ /etc/hosts ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਲਿਸਟ: %1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "/etc/hosts ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ-ਨਾਂ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "/etc/hosts ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ ਖੋਜ"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "ਡਰਾਇਵਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪੜੋ"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪੜੋ"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜੋ"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜੋ"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ DNS ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪੜੋ"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪੜੋ"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "ਰੂਟਿੰਗ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪੜੋ"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਹਾਲਤ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detecting for ndiswrapper..."
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "ndiswrapper ਲਈ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "ndiswrapper kernel module wasn't loaded.\n"
@@ -4149,249 +4121,242 @@
"ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਖੁਦ ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰੋ।"
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ DNS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "ਰੂਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਹਾਲਤ ਜਾਣੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To apply this change a reboot is needed."
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "ਇਹ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਲਾਗੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ।"
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "ਡਰਾਇਵਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "ਰੂਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ DNS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "ਰੂਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ DNS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਤਿਆਰ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੱਲਦਾ"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਢੰਗ"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ-ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਨਾਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਹੇਠ"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਆਯੋਗ"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "NetConfrol ਨਾਲ ਆਮ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ - ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ-ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਯੋਗ"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "IPv6 ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ ਲਈ ਸਹਿਯੋਗ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 ਆਯੋਗ"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "ਜੇਕਰ ਸੰਭਵ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ 3D ਸਹਿਯੋਗ ਆਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not connected"
msgid "connected"
msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ ਜੁੜਿਆ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਸਮੇਂ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "ਕੇਬਲ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ-ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਲੋਂ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਅਧੀਨ"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "ਕੁਝ ਵੀ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਕੇ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਲਵੋ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1/%2"
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ: %1/%2"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
@@ -4399,45 +4364,45 @@
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਨਾਂ: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "ਬੌਂਡ ਸਲੇਵ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ ਜੁੜਿਆ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ hwinfo ਨਹੀਂ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "<p>ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਮਰੱਥ ਹੈ, ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਕਰਨਲ ਜੰਤਰ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4449,52 +4414,55 @@
"<p>ਜੰਤਰ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ\n"
"<b>ਸੋਧ</b> ਦੱਬੋ।</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਮਵੇਅਰ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4502,30 +4470,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਅਯੋਗ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਰਡਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "ਰਾਊਟਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "ਰਾਊਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਰਡਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
@@ -4534,26 +4502,26 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "ਰਾਊਟਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "ਗੇਟਵੇ: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਡਿੰਗ:"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
@@ -4574,6 +4542,42 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(ਅਣ-ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ)"
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
+
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DNS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
+
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DSL ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
+
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
+
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ISDN ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
+
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਜ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
+
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ਮਾਡਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
+
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
+
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ਪਰੋਵਾਇਡਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
+
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ਰਾਉਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਫ਼ਲਤਾਪੂਰਕ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਗਈ"
+
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੇਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਹੁਣੇ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ?"
+
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "ਕੀ %1 ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਚਲਾਉਣੀ ਹੈ?"
+
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਬੂਟ ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/nfs.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/nfs.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/nfs.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-22 07:38+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
"0-9, A-Z, a-z, ਬਿੰਦੀਆਂ, - ਅਤੇ _ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
"ਐਂਟਰੀ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹਨ।"
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -386,12 +386,12 @@
msgstr "NTP ਕਲਾਇਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ '%1' ਬਣਾਉਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫਲ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -402,52 +402,52 @@
"ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ।\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "NFS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਰੋਕੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਰੋਕੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "NFS ਕਲਾਇਟ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ। ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ..."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr "/etc/fstab ਵਿੱਚੋਂ NFS ਐਂਟਰੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫਲ ਹੈ।"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "NFS ਐਂਟਰੀਆਂ"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "%1 ਐਂਟਰੀਆਂ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/nis.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/nis.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/nis.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-22 07:31+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -264,9 +264,10 @@
msgstr "NIS ਸਰਵਰਾਂ ਦੇ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&A)"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
-msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ(&o)"
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
+msgid "&Broadcast"
+msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ(&B)"
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
@@ -381,11 +382,6 @@
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ (ਸਪੇਸ ਜਾਂ ਕਾਮੇ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਵੱਖ)(&S)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ(&B)"
-
-#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr "&SLP"
@@ -594,6 +590,9 @@
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr "NIS ਸਰਵਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭਿਆ।"
+#~ msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#~ msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ(&o)"
+
#~ msgid "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ <b>DHCP</b> ਵਰਤ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਸਰਵਰ NIS ਡੋਮੇਨ ਨਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਸਰਵਰ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਇੱਥੇ ਯੋਗ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। DHCP ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੀ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/ntp-client.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/ntp-client.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/ntp-client.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-07 06:45+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
msgstr "NIS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -36,71 +36,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣ ਲਈ <b>ਅੱਗੇ</b> ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
msgstr "ਗਲਤ NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਹੋਸਟ-ਨਾਂ %1"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "NTP ਸੰਰਚਨਾ..."
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
msgstr "ਸਮਕਾਲੀ"
#. push button label
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ(&C)..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਲ ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਈਜ਼"
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -305,273 +305,267 @@
msgstr "JJY ਰਿਸੀਵਰ"
#. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
msgid "NTP client configuration module."
msgstr "NTP ਕਲਾਇਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ।"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਦੀ ਹਾਲਤ ਛਾਪੋ"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ ਸੰਬੰਧ ਛਾਪੋ"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ ਸੰਬੰਧ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰੋ"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ ਸੰਬੰਧ ਸੋਧ ਕਰੋ"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ ਸੰਬੰਧ ਹਟਾਓ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
msgid "The address of the server"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
msgid "The address of the peer"
msgstr "ਪੀਅਰ ਦਾ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ ਸਵੀਕਾਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
msgid "The options of the relationship"
msgstr "ਸੰਬੰਧ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
msgstr "ਘੜੀ ਡਰਾਈਵਰ ਚਿੰਨ ਲਈ ਚੋਣ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਸਮਕਾਲਤਾ ਲਈ ਸਰਵਰ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਸਮਕਾਲਤਾ ਲਈ ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
msgstr "ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ ਪੀਅਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ ਪੀਅਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭਿਆ।"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ।"
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਅਯੋਗ ਹੈ।"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
msgid "Server"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Peer"
msgstr "ਪੀਅਰ"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
msgstr "ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
msgstr "ਯੂਨਿਟ ਅੰਕ: %1"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
msgid "Local Radio Clock"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਰੇਡੀਓ ਘੜੀ"
#. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
msgid "Reading the settings failed."
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫਲ।"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "NTP Configuration"
msgstr "NTP ਸੰਰਚਨਾ..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
msgstr "ਤਕਨੀਕੀ NTP ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "New Synchronization"
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ੇਸ਼ਨ"
#. Server editing dialog
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "NTP Server"
msgstr "NTP ਸਰਵਰ"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ NTP ਸਰਵਰ"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr "ਪਬਲਿਕ NTP ਸਰਵਰ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "NTP Peer"
msgstr "NTP ਪੀਅਰ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Local Reference Clock"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਹਵਾਲਾ ਘੜੀ"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr "ਬਾਹਰ ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr "ਆਉਣ ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
msgid "&Reference ID"
msgstr "ਹਵਾਲਾ ID(&R)"
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "&Stratum"
msgstr "ਸਟਰੇਟਮ(&S)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
msgstr "ਕੈਲੀਬਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਆਫਸੈੱਟ 1"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
msgstr "ਕੈਲੀਬਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਆਫਸੈੱਟ 2"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Flag &1"
msgstr "ਫਲੈਗ &1"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Flag &2"
msgstr "ਫਲੈਗ &2"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Flag &3"
msgstr "ਫਲੈਗ &3"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
msgid "Flag &4"
msgstr "ਫਲੈਗ &4"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
msgstr "ਘੜੀ ਡਰਾਈਵਰ ਕੈਲੀਬਰੇਸ਼ਨ"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -580,7 +574,7 @@
"ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -589,7 +583,7 @@
"ਧਿਆਨ ਨਾਲ <b>ਅਧੂਰੀ ਖਤਮ</b> ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਹੁਣ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਖਤਮ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -598,7 +592,7 @@
"ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -608,17 +602,20 @@
"<b>ਅਧੂਰਾ ਖਤਮ</b> ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਕਾਰਜ ਅਧੂਰਾ ਖਤਮ ਕਰੋ।\n"
"ਇੱਕ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਦੱਸੇਗਾ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਅਜਿਹਾ ਕਰਨਾ ਠੀਕ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ।</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਸਵੈ ਹੀ ਚਲਾਓ</big></b><br>\n"
+"ਚੁਣੋ ਕਿ ਕੀ NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਚਲਾਉਣਾ ਜਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ। NTP ਡੈਮਨ\n"
+"ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ\n"
+"NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਚੱਲਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
@@ -642,7 +639,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -657,7 +654,7 @@
"ਨੂੰ ਪੁੱਛੋ ਜੇ NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -672,7 +669,7 @@
"ਅਤੇ <b>ਹਟਾਓ</b>ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -682,7 +679,7 @@
"ਘੜੀ ਦਾ ਡਰਾਈਵਰ ਕੈਲੀਬਰੇਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, <b>ਡਰਾਈਵਰ ਕੈਲੀਬਰੇਸ਼ਨ</b>ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -690,7 +687,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
@@ -699,7 +696,7 @@
"ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਘੜੀ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਡਰਾਈਵਰ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -710,7 +707,7 @@
"<b>ਯੂਨਿਟ ਅੰਕ</b> ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -729,7 +726,7 @@
"ਇਹ ਖੁਧ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ।</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
@@ -738,7 +735,7 @@
"ਘੜੀ ਦਾ ਡਰਾਈਵਰ ਕੈਲੀਬਰੇਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, <b>ਡਰਾਈਵਰ ਕੈਲੀਬਰੇਸ਼ਨ</b>ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -751,7 +748,7 @@
"ਨੂੰ ਪੁੱਛੋ।</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -764,7 +761,7 @@
"<b>ਲੋਕਲ NTP ਸਰਵਰ</b> ਅਤੇ <b>ਪਬਲਿਕ NTP ਸਰਵਰ</big> ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -775,7 +772,7 @@
"<b>ਟੈਸਟ</b> ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -786,7 +783,7 @@
"<b>ਐਡਰੈੱਸ</b> ਵਰਤੋ।</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -797,7 +794,7 @@
"ਪਾਠ ਕਾਲਮ ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -809,7 +806,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -822,7 +819,7 @@
"ਚੋਣ ਲਿਖੋ। ਵੇਰਵੇ ਲਈ, ਵੇਖੋ\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm</i>।</p>"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -834,7 +831,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
@@ -843,7 +840,7 @@
"ਇੱਥੇ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ੇਸ਼ਨ ਪੀਅਰ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
@@ -852,7 +849,7 @@
"<b>ਸਰਵਰ</b> ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
@@ -861,7 +858,7 @@
"<b>ਪੀਅਰ</b> ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
@@ -870,7 +867,7 @@
"<b>ਰੇਡੀਓ ਘੜੀ</b> ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
@@ -879,7 +876,7 @@
"<b>ਬਾਹਰ ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟਿੰਗ</b> ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
@@ -888,7 +885,7 @@
"ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਲੋਕਲ ਸਮਾਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, <b>ਆਉਣ ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ<b> ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -899,7 +896,7 @@
"ਸਰਵਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -914,7 +911,7 @@
"ਫਿਰ ਲੱਭੇ ਸਰਵਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਲਿਸਟ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਸਰਵਰ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -925,7 +922,7 @@
"ਖਾਸ ਦੇਸ਼ ਲਈ NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਵਿਖਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ<b>ਦੇਸ਼</b> ਵਿੱਚ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -947,7 +944,7 @@
"ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -957,7 +954,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -967,7 +964,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -980,7 +977,7 @@
"ਕੁਝ ਡਰਾਈਵਰ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਵਰਤਦੇ।</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
@@ -1000,17 +997,17 @@
"ਸਭ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਗੁੰਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਅਤੇ NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -1025,7 +1022,7 @@
"ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਕਿ ਡੈਮਨ ਠੀਕ ਤਰਾਂ ਨਾ ਚੱਲੇ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
@@ -1034,7 +1031,7 @@
"IPv4 ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਜਾਂ IPv6 ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
msgid ""
"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
"replace the current NTP server.\n"
@@ -1043,44 +1040,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Select the Device"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਚੁਣੋ"
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
msgstr "ਪਬਲਿਕ NTP ਸਰਵਰ(&S)"
#. message report (no server selected)
#. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
msgid "Select an NTP server."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਚੁਣੋ।"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
msgid "All Countries"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਦੇਸ਼"
#. combo box header
#. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
msgid "&Country"
msgstr "ਦੇਸ਼(&C)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ 'ਤੇ NTP ਸਰਵਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
msgid ""
"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -1091,213 +1088,213 @@
"ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜਾਂਚ ਉੱਤੇ ਪਾਬੰਦੀ ਲਗਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਮਿਲਿਆ ਹੈ।"
#. combo box label
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
msgid "Address"
msgstr "ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "No server is selected."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਸਰਵਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ।"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
msgid "A&ddress"
msgstr "ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&d)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
msgstr "ਤਕਨੀਕੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ(&v)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
msgstr "ਡਰਾਈਵਰ ਕੈਲੀਬਰੇਸ਼ਨ(&D)"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only &Manually"
msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਦਸਤੀ"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Now and on &Boot"
msgstr "ਹੁਣ ਅਤੇ ਜਦੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਦ"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
msgstr "Chroot &Jail ਵਿੱਚ NTP ਡਾਈਮੋਨ ਚਲਾਓ"
#. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
msgstr ""
#. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
#, fuzzy
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "Autofs"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "ਪਸੰਦੀ ਦਾ"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਆਬਜੈਕਟ ਬਣਾਓ।"
#. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Custom Policy"
msgstr "ਧੁਨੀ ਨੀਤੀ(&A)"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
msgstr "pool.ntp.org ਤੋਂ ਰਲਵੇਂ ਸਰਵਰ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&U)"
#. text entry label
#. text entry
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&A)"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
msgid "&Select..."
msgstr "ਚੁਣੋ(&s)..."
#. push button
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
msgid "&Test"
msgstr "ਟੈਸਟ(&T)"
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
msgid "Synchronization Type"
msgstr "ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ੇਸ਼ਨ ਕਿਸਮ"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
msgid "Display &Log..."
msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਵੇਖਾਓ(&L)..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
msgid "Clock &Type"
msgstr "ਘੜੀ ਕਿਸਮ(&T)"
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
msgid "Unit &Number"
msgstr "ਯੂਨਿਟ ਅੰਕ(&N)"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
msgid "Create &Symlink"
msgstr "&Symlink ਬਣਾਓ"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ(&D)"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
#, fuzzy
msgid "Access Control Options"
msgstr "ਪਹੁੰਚ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਸੂਚੀਆਂ"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
msgid "&Server"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ(&S)"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
msgid "&Peer"
msgstr "ਪੀਅਰ(&P)"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
msgid "&Radio Clock"
msgstr "ਰੇਡੀਓ ਘੜੀ(&R)"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr "ਬਾਹਰੀ ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ(&O)"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr "ਅੰਦਰ ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ(&I)"
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
msgid "Type"
msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
msgid "Loc&al Network"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ(&a)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
msgid "&Public NTP Server"
msgstr "ਪਬਲਿਕ NT&P ਸਰਵਰ"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
msgid "NTP Server Location"
msgstr "NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
msgid "&Lookup"
msgstr "ਵੇਖੋ(&L)"
@@ -1311,150 +1308,94 @@
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ ..."
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "NTP ਕਲਾਇਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr "NTP ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr "NTP ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. progress step
#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਸਮਾਪਤ"
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "NTP ਕਲਾਇਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr "NTP ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨੂੰ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ ਹੈ।"
-
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ।"
-
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਚਾਲੂ ਹੋਣ ਉੱਤੇ ਚੱਲਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "ਰੇਡੀਓ ਘੜੀ: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "ਪੀਅਰਜ਼: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "%1: ਨੂੰ ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ ਸਮਾਂ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "%1: ਤੋਂ ਬਰਾਡਕਾਸਟ ਸਮਾਂ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਸਵੀਕਾਰ ਕਰੋ"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ DNS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "ਸਟੈਟਿਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ"
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਆਬਜੈਕਟ ਬਣਾਓ।"
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "NTP ਸਰਵਰ ਲਈ ਟੈਸਟਿੰਗ..."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਪਹੁੰਚਣ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਠੀਕ ਤਰਾਂ ਜਵਾਬ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾ-ਪਹੁੰਚਣ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਠੀਕ ਤਰਾਂ ਜਵਾਬ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
@@ -1466,18 +1407,73 @@
"ਲੋਕਲ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਵਿੱਚ NTP ਸਰਵਰ %1\n"
"ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "NTP ਕਲਾਇਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr "NTP ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr "NTP ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "NTP ਕਲਾਇਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr "NTP ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਓ"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਾਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-#~ "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-#~ "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਸਵੈ ਹੀ ਚਲਾਓ</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "ਚੁਣੋ ਕਿ ਕੀ NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਚਲਾਉਣਾ ਜਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ। NTP ਡੈਮਨ\n"
-#~ "ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ। ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ\n"
-#~ "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਚੱਲਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨੂੰ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr "NTP ਡੈਮਨ ਮੁੜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ।"
+
+#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#~ msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-26 13:34+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository details...</p>"
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
@@ -605,13 +605,6 @@
msgid "&Media"
msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ(&M)"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Saving the package manager configuration..."
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸੰਚਰਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
msgid "&Priority"
@@ -649,7 +642,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL: %1"
@@ -926,7 +919,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ:"
@@ -934,7 +927,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼?"
@@ -1536,47 +1529,47 @@
"'%2'?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "ਨਵੀਂ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਟਾਈਪ ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਹਟਾਓ"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ %1 ਬਣਾਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਤਾਜ਼ਾ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
@@ -1600,8 +1593,8 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1610,20 +1603,20 @@
"ਤੋਂ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।"
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "XPRAM ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਬਦਲੋ"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
@@ -1635,6 +1628,13 @@
"SLP ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਲਈ ਖੋਜ %1\n"
"ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ"
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving the package manager configuration..."
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸੰਚਰਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
#.
@@ -1642,19 +1642,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਸਮੇਂ ਇੱਕ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਉੱਤੇ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀ ਹੈ।"
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgid ""
@@ -1662,69 +1662,77 @@
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਸੀ। ਸੇਵਾ ਸੋਧੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ।"
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please wait..."
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਅਸਮਰੱਥ ਹੈ।"
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, URL: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, ਪਾਥ: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਹੋਰ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "ਚੁਣੇ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ CD ਪਾਓ"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਮੀਡਿਅਮ ਪਾਓ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "%1 ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਮਰੱਥ ਹੈ।"
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ"
-
#. update the trusted flag
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
#, fuzzy
@@ -1752,31 +1760,31 @@
msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ ਨੂੰ ਆਰਜ਼ੀ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਾਪੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
msgstr "ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਏ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਲਿਸਟ ਵੇਖੋ(&S)"
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
msgid "&Show Full Log"
msgstr "ਪੂਰਾ ਲਾਗ ਵੇਖੋ(&S)"
#. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation of Some Packages Failed"
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
msgstr "ਕੁਝ ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਈ"
#. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation aborted."
msgid "Installation aborted by user."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੀ ਹੈ।"
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Medium: %1"
msgid "Medium %1"
@@ -1786,13 +1794,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ">%1"
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
msgid "Done."
msgstr "ਸਮਾਪਤ।"
@@ -1800,7 +1808,7 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
@@ -1809,7 +1817,7 @@
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Next: %1"
@@ -1818,7 +1826,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
msgid "Total"
msgstr "ਕੁੱਲ"
@@ -1827,26 +1835,26 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "%1 ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ (ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਆਕਾਰ %2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr " (ਬਾਕੀ: %1)"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Package"
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ"
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
@@ -1854,19 +1862,19 @@
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "%1 ਹਟਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "%1 ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ (ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਸਾਈਜ਼ %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "ਡੈਲਟਾ RPM ਲਾਗੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ: %1"
@@ -1997,7 +2005,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
@@ -2013,12 +2021,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "'%1' ਉੱਤੇ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀ।"
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
@@ -2036,31 +2044,31 @@
"ਵੀ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।</b></p>"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਮੀਡਿਏ ਦੀ ਇਕਸਾਰਤਾ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਪੈਕ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਐਂਟੀਗਰੇਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 ਪਾਓ"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀ"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -2069,19 +2077,19 @@
"ਵਧੇਰੇ ਵੇਰਵੇ ਲਈ ਲਾਗ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਵੇਖੋ।"
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਚੋਣ ਪੜਤਾਲ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2090,36 +2098,48 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ(&L)"
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਸ਼ਰਤਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਹਿਮਤ ਹਾਂ(&A)"
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
+#| "on the first media in the file %1"
+msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
msgstr ""
"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ EULA ਛਾਪਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ\n"
"ਪਹਿਲੇ ਮੀਡਿਏ ਤੋਂ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -2133,18 +2153,18 @@
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਇਕਰਾਰਨਾਮਾ"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਐਂਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਛੱਡਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -2153,7 +2173,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਤੋਂ ਇਨਕਾਰ ਹੈ?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -2162,11 +2182,12 @@
"ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ। ਕੀ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਤੋਂ ਇਨਕਾਰ ਹੈ?"
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੰਦ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "License Agreement"
@@ -2174,7 +2195,7 @@
msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਇਕਰਾਰਨਾਮਾ"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -2278,7 +2299,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
@@ -2327,7 +2348,7 @@
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਵੇਰਵਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕਰੋ (&D)"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2336,7 +2357,7 @@
"ਹੈ ਤਾਂ <b>ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼</b> ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
@@ -2345,49 +2366,49 @@
"ਸੈੱਟ ਦੇ ਪਹਿਲੇ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਦਾ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਦਿਓ।</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਂ(&S)"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਜਾਂ ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਲਈ ਮਾਰਗ(&P)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "&ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Protocol"
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ(&P)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਚੋਣ"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "(ਡਿਫਾਲਟ)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਦਾ URL"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ(&r)"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
@@ -2396,39 +2417,39 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ URL"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS ਸਰਵਰ"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "CD ਜਾਂ DVD ਮੀਡਿਆ"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr "&USB ਸਟਿੱਕ ਜਾਂ ਡਿਸਕ"
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼"
@@ -2437,24 +2458,24 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਅਤੇ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਾਂ(&R)"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2463,12 +2484,12 @@
"ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਾਂ</b> ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤੋਂ। ਜੇ ਖਾਲੀ ਹੋਇਆ ਤਾਂ YaST ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ (ਜੇ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੋਵੇ) ਵਰਤੇਗਾ ਜਾਂ URL ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਵਰਤੇਗਾ।</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਨਾਂ(&S)"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2477,17 +2498,17 @@
"ਸਰਵਿਸ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਸਰਵਿਸ ਨਾਂ</b> ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤੋਂ। ਜੇ ਖਾਲੀ ਹੋਇਆ ਤਾਂ YaST ਸਰਵਿਸ URL ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਨੂੰ ਨਾਂ ਵਜੋਂ ਵਰਤੇਗਾ।</p>\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2499,16 +2520,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "URL ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਸੋਧੋ"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "ਪੂਰਾ URL ਸੋਧ"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2518,7 +2539,7 @@
"<b>ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਂ</b> ਅਤੇ <b>ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਜਾਂ ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਲਈ ਮਾਰਗ</b>\n"
"NFS ਸਰਵਰ ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਮਾਰਗ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਜੀ।</p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2527,16 +2548,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2545,12 +2566,12 @@
"<b>CD-ROM</b> ਜਾਂ <b>DVD-ROM</b> ਨੂੰ ਮੀਡਿਆ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਚੁਣੋ ਜੀ।</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਫਾਇਲ"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
@@ -2559,7 +2580,7 @@
"ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
@@ -2568,7 +2589,7 @@
"ਫਾਇਲ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2579,17 +2600,17 @@
"ਕੀ ਇੰਝ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਲਈ ਮਾਰਗ(&P)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "ਪਲੇਨ R&PM ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2610,20 +2631,20 @@
"ਨਾ ਹੋਵੇ) ਤੋਂ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ <b>ਪਲੇਨ RPM ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ</b> ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "&USB ਮਾਸ ਸਟੋਰੇਜ਼ ਜੰਤਰ"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ(&F)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ(&c)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2641,7 +2662,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2649,11 +2670,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਜੰਤਰ(&D)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2670,12 +2691,12 @@
"ਨਾ ਹੋਵੇ) ਤੋਂ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ <b>ਪਲੇਨ RPM ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ</b> ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼ ਲਈ ਮਾਰਗ(&P)"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2686,71 +2707,71 @@
"ਮਾਰਗ ਦੇਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਂ(&N)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ(&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੇਅਰ(&S)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "&ISO ਈਮੇਜ਼"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ(&D)"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ(&t)"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "ਅਗਿਆਤ(&A)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "ਵਰਕਗਰੁੱਪ ਜਾਂ ਡੋਮੇਨ(&W)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ(&U)"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2765,7 +2786,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2776,12 +2797,18 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2792,7 +2819,7 @@
"ਉੱਤੇ ਲੱਭਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2803,7 +2830,7 @@
"ਉਤਪਾਦ CD ਸੈੱਟ ਜਾਂ DVD ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2829,7 +2856,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2848,27 +2875,27 @@
"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ /data1/CD1 ਆਦਿ।</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the media type."
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਕਿਸਮ ਚੁਣੋ।"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ CD ਪਾਓ"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ DVD ਪਾਓ"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ USB ਡਿਸਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਮਿਲੀ।"
#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
@@ -2890,19 +2917,19 @@
"ਕਰੇਗਾ।</p>\n"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "ਮੀਡਿਆ ਕਿਸਮ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
@@ -3100,12 +3127,12 @@
msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ SLP ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀਆਂ।"
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ \"%1\" ਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ %2 ਡਿਸਕ ਥਾਂ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ।"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Deselect some packages or delete some data\n"
@@ -3118,7 +3145,7 @@
"ਜਾਂ ਕੁਝ ਡਾਟਾ ਜਾਂ ਆਰਜ਼ੀ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਓ।"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please deselect some packages."
msgid "Deselect some packages."
@@ -3171,9 +3198,6 @@
#~ msgid "Initialize Software Manager"
#~ msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ"
-#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
-#~ msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Initializing Package Manager ... "
#~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... "
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/pkg-bindings.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/pkg-bindings.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/pkg-bindings.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-09 22:43+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Amanpreet Singh Brar <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਤਾਜ਼ਾ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ</B></BIG></P><P>ਪੈਕੇਜ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ...</P>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "%1 ਪੈਕੇਜ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/printer.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/printer.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/printer.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-20 19:01+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ"
@@ -484,8 +484,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "ਕੁਝ ਵੀ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਗਿਆ"
@@ -2720,60 +2720,60 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show"
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ ਵੇਖੋ(&d)"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "ਲਿਸਟ ਮੁੜ-ਤਾਜ਼ਾ(&R)"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "ਟੈਸਟ ਸਫ਼ਾ ਛਾਪੋ"
@@ -2784,7 +2784,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2797,7 +2797,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2812,78 +2812,78 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "CUPS ਸਰਵਰ"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਐਂਟਰੀ ਚੁਣੋ।"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "TSIG ਕੁੰਜੀ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਇਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ?"
@@ -2895,39 +2895,39 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of a Class"
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "ਸ਼੍ਰੇਣੀ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "ਇਸ ਕਿਸਮ ਦਾ ਜ਼ੋਨ ਇਸ ਸੰਦ ਨਾਲ ਸੰਪਾਦਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "ਖੋਜੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "ਪਰਿੰਟ-ਆਉਟ ਮੁਕੰਮਲ(&f)"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2936,27 +2936,27 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "ਖੋਜੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "ਪੁਰਾਣੀ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਹਟਾਉਣੀ ਹੈ?"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "ਇਸ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਲਈ ਮੱਦਦ ਛਾਪੋ"
@@ -2965,7 +2965,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "ਟੈਸਟ %1 ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।"
@@ -2985,26 +2985,26 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Test printing"
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "ਛਪਾਈ ਜਾਂਚ(&T)"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print test page"
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "ਟੈਸਟ ਸਫ਼ਾ ਛਾਪੋ"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 test page"
msgid "Two test pages"
@@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਂਦੀ ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫਲ।"
@@ -3021,19 +3021,19 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repair was successful"
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
@@ -3041,7 +3041,7 @@
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Test printing"
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
@@ -3063,56 +3063,56 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "ਖੋਜੇ ਪਰਿੰਟਰ"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "fstab ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/rdp.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/rdp.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/rdp.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -115,60 +115,60 @@
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure Later"
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਬਾਅਦ ਵਿੱਚ"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr "ਸੇਵਾ ਰੋਕੋ"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring hardware..."
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stopping services..."
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr "ਸੇਵਾ ਰੋਕੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ।"
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਅਯੋਗ ਹੈ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/rear.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/rear.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/rear.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -283,16 +283,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading user settings..."
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading user settings..."
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/registration.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/registration.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/registration.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 23:40+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n"
@@ -23,31 +23,6 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰਵਰ"
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration server:"
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰਵਰ:"
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -66,9 +41,9 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -82,30 +57,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
@@ -248,29 +223,25 @@
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "ਫਿੰਗਰਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ: "
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-msgid "Connection time out."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -286,36 +257,36 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਕੋਡ"
+#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
+msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰਵਰ"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration can not be performed."
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
@@ -324,7 +295,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -334,23 +305,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -358,26 +329,44 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -386,7 +375,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -395,14 +384,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -414,31 +403,31 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "%1 ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਮੱਦਦ"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration server:"
msgid ""
@@ -447,7 +436,7 @@
msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰਵਰ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
@@ -461,7 +450,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
msgid ""
@@ -479,7 +468,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -490,7 +479,7 @@
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown error"
msgid "Unknown product"
@@ -498,7 +487,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting registration..."
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
@@ -506,27 +495,27 @@
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No product found in the repository"
msgid ""
@@ -598,7 +587,11 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details"
@@ -606,28 +599,28 @@
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr ""
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr ""
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -642,7 +635,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
@@ -706,32 +699,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "ਵਰਜਨ(&V)"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr ""
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
@@ -757,10 +750,8 @@
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr ""
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -769,58 +760,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. the UI defition for the main dialog
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Register System via %s"
+msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਕੋਡ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
msgstr ""
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration"
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ"
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
@@ -830,53 +831,36 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
"\n"
"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
msgstr ""
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "ਨੋਵਲ ਗਾਹਕ ਕੇਂਦਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. SSL error message
@@ -903,22 +887,22 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
@@ -926,16 +910,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -970,21 +944,21 @@
msgstr "%1 ਲਈ ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਰੀ-ਸੈੱਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Repositories..."
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL: %1"
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr "URL: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Priority"
msgid "Priority: %s"
@@ -1053,19 +1027,19 @@
msgstr "%1 ਲਈ ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਰੀ-ਸੈੱਟ"
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Possible &Solutions"
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr "ਸੰਭਵ ਹੱਲ਼(&S)"
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Summary"
msgid "Migration Summary"
@@ -1077,14 +1051,14 @@
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr ""
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
@@ -1092,25 +1066,25 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1159,20 +1133,84 @@
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
msgstr ""
-#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show.
+#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+msgid "Local Registration Servers"
+msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰਵਰ"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration server:"
+msgid "No registration server selected"
+msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰਵਰ:"
+
+#. Default registration server
+#.
+#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use local registration server"
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰਵਰ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server Settings"
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration server:"
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰਵਰ:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Registration failed."
+#~ msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਕੋਡ"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Additional Repositories"
#~ msgid "Migration Repositories"
#~ msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/reipl.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/reipl.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/reipl.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਹੁਣ ਬੰਦ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
"ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਉਪਰੰਤ, ਆਪਣੇ root DASD ਦੇ\n"
"ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਨੂੰ ਲੋਡ ਕਰਕੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ ਲੋਡ ਕਰੋ।\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/samba-client.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/samba-client.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/samba-client.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 19:53+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -931,59 +931,59 @@
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਂਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ਼ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr "PAM ਲਾਗਇਨ"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Kerberos ਵਰਤੋਂ"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Kerberos ਨਾ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ Realm"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਡੋਮੇਨ"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr "KDC ਸਰਵਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr "ਘੜੀ ਸਕਿਊ"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>KDC ਸਰਵਰ</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>ਵਰਕ-ਗਰੁੱਪ ਜਾਂ ਡੋਮੇਨ</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>ਡਿਫਾਲਟ Realm</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
@@ -991,23 +991,23 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "ਹਾਂ"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।\n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/samba-server.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/samba-server.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/samba-server.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 19:43+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"
@@ -249,11 +249,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
+#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
+#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
+#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"ਕਿਉਕਿ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇਸ ਸਮੇਂ ਇਹ ਸਾਂਬਾ ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜੇ ਹੋਏ ਹਨ,\n"
"ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਬਜਾਏ ਮੁੜ-ਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/security.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/security.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/security.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 16:41+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n"
@@ -123,214 +123,214 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "&magic SysRq ਕੁੰਜੀ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਫਾਇਲ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਵਰਤੋਂ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਅਸੈੱਸ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਟਾਈਮ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਕਲਾਕ ਲਈ ਲਿਖੋ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr "ਹਮੇਸ਼ਾ ਕਰੋਨ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਾਂ ਤੋਂ syslog ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਤਿਆਰ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "chroot ਵਿੱਚ DHCP ਡਾਈਮੋਨ ਚਲਾਓ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable remote root login in the display manager"
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਰੂਟ (root) ਲਾਗਇਨ ਆਯੋਗ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable remote access to the X server"
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "X ਸਰਵਰ ਲਈ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਅਸੈੱਸ ਆਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "ਈਮੇਲ ਡਿਲਵਰੀ ਸਬ-ਸਿਸਟਮ ਲਈ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਅਸੈੱਸ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਮੁੜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable service stop on removal"
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "ਹਟਾਉਣ ਉੱਤੇ ਸਰਵਿਸ ਰੋਕਣਾ ਆਯੋਗ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਡਿੰਗ:"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਡਿੰਗ:"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable the service"
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable the service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਅਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "ਯੋਗ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਹਾਲਤ"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "ਮੱਦਦ"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr " ਜਾਂ "
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>ਇਹ ਵਾਧੂ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਚੱਲ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ:<BR><B>%1</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ਸਭ ਬੇਸਿਕ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਯੋਗ ਹਨ।</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>ਇਹ ਵਾਧੂ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਚੱਲ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ:<BR><B>%1</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ਕੇਵਲ ਬੇਸਿਕ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਹੀ ਯੋਗ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਹਨ।</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਸੰਖੇਪ"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ ਬਦਲੋ(&S)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ(&D)"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰੀ"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "ਫੁਟਕਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "ਜਾਂਚ"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਉਮਰ"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
"ਵੱਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -348,17 +348,17 @@
"ਚੁਣੇ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਢੰਗ ਲਈ ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਲੰਬਾਈ %1 ਹੈ।"
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr "ਲਾਗਇਨ"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
"<br>ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
"ਹੁਣ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਹੂਲਤ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਖਤਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਧਿਆਨ ਨਾਲ <b>ਅਧੂਰਾ ਛੱਡੋ</b> ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
"<br>ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
@@ -393,55 +393,9 @@
"<p><b><big>ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਨੂੰ ਅਧੂਰਾ ਛੱਡਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ:</big></b><br>\n"
"<b>ਅਧੂਰਾ ਛੱਡੋ</b> ਨੂੰ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਅਧੂਰਾ ਛੱਡਣ ਲ਼ਈ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>ਬੂਟ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>ਇਸ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ, ਬੂਟ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਤ ਕਈ ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ।</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ctrl + Alt + Del ਦਾ ਨਤੀਜਾ</b><br>\n"
-"ਜੇ ਕੋਈ ਕੰਸੋਲ ਤੇ CTRL + ALT + DEL ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਦਬਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ,\n"
-"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਦਾ ਹੈ, ਕਈ ਵਾਰ ਇਸ ਘਟਨਾ ਨੂੰ\n"
-"ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਉਮੀਦ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ, ਜਦੋਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੋਨੋ ਵਰਕ-ਸਟੇਸ਼ਨ\n"
-"ਅਤੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM or GDM.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ਲਾਗਇਨ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਦਾ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਰਵੱਈਆ</b>:\n"
-"ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ ਕਿ ਕੌਣ KDM ਜਾਂ GDM ਤੋਂ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>\n"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -455,7 +409,7 @@
"n<>p>"
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
@@ -468,14 +422,14 @@
"ਜਾਂ ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਮੁਹੱਈਆ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
@@ -484,12 +438,12 @@
"ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜਾਂ ਕੋਈ ਹੋਰ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>"
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਆਪਣੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ <b>ਕਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ</b> ਵਰਤੋ।</p>"
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -500,7 +454,7 @@
"/etc/login.defs ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੰਭਾਲਿਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -513,7 +467,7 @@
"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਗਲਤ ਭਰਿਆ ਹੈ। ਠੀਕ ਮੁੱਲ ਤਿੰਨ ਸਕਿੰਟ ਹੈ (<tt>3</tt>)।</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
@@ -527,7 +481,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -538,7 +492,7 @@
"ਤੱਕ xdm ਰਾਹੀਂ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਖਤਰਾ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
@@ -547,7 +501,7 @@
"ਅਕਸਰ /etc/login.defs ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਸੰਭਾਲਿਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -558,7 +512,7 @@
"ਬਾਕਸ ਚੁਣ ਕੇ, ਇਹਨਾ ਨਿਯਮਾਂ ਮੁਤਾਬਿਕ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਜਾਂਚ ਮਜਬੂਰ ਕਰੋ।</p>"
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
@@ -573,7 +527,7 @@
"ਇਸ ਜਾਂਚ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -584,12 +538,12 @@
"ਜੇਕਰ ਕੋਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨਹੀਂ ਸੰਭਾਲਣਾ ਤਾਂ 0 ਦਿਓ।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਢੰਗ:</b></p>"
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>des</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
@@ -605,7 +559,7 @@
"ਹੋਰ ਸਿਸਟਮਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਹਿਮਤੀ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ, ਇਹ ਢੰਗ ਵਰਤੋਂ।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
@@ -614,12 +568,12 @@
"ਸਹਿਯੋਗੀ ਹੈ, ਪਰ ਹੋਰ ਸਿਸਟਮਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਪੁਰਾਣੇ ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰਾਂ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਨਹੀਂ।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
@@ -628,7 +582,7 @@
"ਸਮਾਂ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ, ਜਿੰਨਾਂ ਲਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕੇ।</p>"
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -639,7 +593,7 @@
"ਵੱਧ ਹੋਵੇ, ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਅਨੁਮਾਨ ਦੇ ਮੌਕੇ ਘੱਟ ਹੋਣਗੇ।</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
@@ -648,7 +602,7 @@
"<p>ਇਸ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ, ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਕਈ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ।</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
@@ -657,7 +611,7 @@
"ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਅਤੇ ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਸੰਭਵ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ID ਦਿਓ।</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
@@ -666,7 +620,7 @@
"ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਅਤੇ ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਸੰਭਵ ਗਰੁੱਪ ID ਦਿਓ।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
@@ -675,7 +629,7 @@
"<p>ਇਸ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ, ਲੋਕਲ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਤ ਫੁਟਕਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਬਦਲੋ।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -705,7 +659,7 @@
"ਯੂਜ਼ਰ X ਕਾਰਜ ਚਲਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ setuid ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਦਿਓ।</p>\n"
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -720,7 +674,7 @@
" (ਕੁਝ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ) ਜਾਂ <b>root</b> (ਸਭ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ)</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -733,7 +687,7 @@
"ਖੋਜ ਮਾਰਗ (ਵੇਰੀਬਲ PATH) ਰਾਹੀਂ ਖੋਜ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -746,7 +700,7 @@
"ਖੋਜ ਮਾਰਗ (ਵੇਰੀਬਲ PATH) ਦੁਆਰਾ ਖੋਜ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -763,7 +717,7 @@
"ਅਜਿਹਾ ਬਹੁਤ ਅਸਾਨ ਹੈ, ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਚੋਣ ਸੈੱਟ ਕੀਤੀ।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
@@ -772,7 +726,7 @@
"ਵਿੱਚ ਜੋੜਿਆ ਹੈ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਆਖਰੀ ਖੋਜਿਆ ਦਰਸਾਉਣ ਲਈ।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
@@ -781,7 +735,7 @@
"ਵਿੱਚ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਚਲਾਉਣਾ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ : \"./configure\"।</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -792,30 +746,30 @@
"ਦੌਰਾਨ)। ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ, /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt ਵੇਖੋ</p>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><B>Profiles</B><BR>This dialog shows the list of currently stored backup profiles.</P>"
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲ</B><BR>ਇਹ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਵਰਤਮਾਨ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਪਰੋਫਾਈਲਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਵਿਖਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ|</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>A check mark in the first column indicates that the file will be backed up.</P>"
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr "<P>ਪਹਿਲੇ ਕਾਲਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੋਣ ਚਿੰਨ ਦੱਸਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਫਾਇਲ ਦਾ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ|</P>"
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -827,7 +781,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -835,23 +789,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -863,13 +817,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -881,7 +835,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -893,23 +847,23 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
@@ -917,18 +871,113 @@
"ਕੁਝ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਨ ਰਹੇਗਾ ਭਾਵੇਂ ਇਹ ਨਕਾਰਾ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇ (ਜਿਵੇਂ, ਕਰਨਲ ਡੀਬੱਗਿੰਗ\n"
"ਦੌਰਾਨ)। ਵਿਸਥਾਰ ਲਈ, <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</i> ਵੇਖੋ</p>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>ਬੂਟ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>ਇਸ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ, ਬੂਟ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਤ ਕਈ ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ।</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Ctrl + Alt + Del ਦਾ ਨਤੀਜਾ</b><br>\n"
+"ਜੇ ਕੋਈ ਕੰਸੋਲ ਤੇ CTRL + ALT + DEL ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਦਬਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ,\n"
+"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਦਾ ਹੈ, ਕਈ ਵਾਰ ਇਸ ਘਟਨਾ ਨੂੰ\n"
+"ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਉਮੀਦ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ, ਜਦੋਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੋਨੋ ਵਰਕ-ਸਟੇਸ਼ਨ\n"
+"ਅਤੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Ctrl + Alt + Del ਦਾ ਨਤੀਜਾ</b><br>\n"
+"ਜੇ ਕੋਈ ਕੰਸੋਲ ਤੇ CTRL + ALT + DEL ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਦਬਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ,\n"
+"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਦਾ ਹੈ, ਕਈ ਵਾਰ ਇਸ ਘਟਨਾ ਨੂੰ\n"
+"ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਉਮੀਦ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ, ਜਦੋਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੋਨੋ ਵਰਕ-ਸਟੇਸ਼ਨ\n"
+"ਅਤੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Ctrl + Alt + Del ਦਾ ਨਤੀਜਾ</b><br>\n"
+"ਜੇ ਕੋਈ ਕੰਸੋਲ ਤੇ CTRL + ALT + DEL ਸਵਿੱਚਾਂ ਦਬਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ,\n"
+"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਆਮ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਮੁੜ ਚਲਦਾ ਹੈ, ਕਈ ਵਾਰ ਇਸ ਘਟਨਾ ਨੂੰ\n"
+"ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਉਮੀਦ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਵਜੋਂ, ਜਦੋਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੋਨੋ ਵਰਕ-ਸਟੇਸ਼ਨ\n"
+"ਅਤੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM or GDM.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ਲਾਗਇਨ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਦਾ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਰਵੱਈਆ</b>:\n"
+"ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ ਕਿ ਕੌਣ KDM ਜਾਂ GDM ਤੋਂ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਬੰਦ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>\n"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -996,175 +1045,248 @@
"ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਗਰੁੱਪ ID ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਨਾਲੋਂ ਵੱਡਾ ਨਹੀਂ \n"
"ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr "Ctrl + Alt + Del ਦਾ ਨਤੀਜਾ(&I)"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "ਅਣਡਿੱਠਾ"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "ਬੰਦ ਕਰੋ"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ root"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "ਸਭ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ"
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr "Ctrl + Alt + Del ਦਾ ਨਤੀਜਾ(&I)"
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਗਰਾਫੀਕਲ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ(&G)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Magic SysRq Keys"
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr "&Magic SysRq ਕੁੰਜੀ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions"
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "AppArmor ਫੰਕਸ਼ਨ ਯੋਗ"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਅੰਤਰਾਲ(&D)"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ(&u)"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ(&i)"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:"
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr "ਲਾਗਇਨ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਦਾ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਰਵੱਈਆ(&S):"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "ਸਿਰਫ root"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "ਸਭ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ"
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Information"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the active profile"
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "ਸਰਗਰਮ ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਪੜੋ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Keys"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਕੁੰਜੀਆਂ"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਢੰਗ(&a)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "ਨਵੇਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ(&C)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "ਯਾਦ ਰੱਖਣ ਲਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡਾਂ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ(&e)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਲੰਬਾਈ(&M)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮਿਆਦ ਪੁੱਗਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ ਲਈ ਦਿਨ(&D)"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ(&F)"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "ਸੌਖਾ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "ਪੈਰਨੋਈਡ"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ updatedb ਚਾਲੂ(&U)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ(&x)"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ(&M)"
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:"
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr "ਲਾਗਇਨ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਦਾ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਰਵੱਈਆ(&S):"
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr "ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
@@ -1180,66 +1302,66 @@
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "inittab ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "PAM ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save system settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "inittab ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "PAM ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving system settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਲੈਵਲ: ਕਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਲੈਵਲ: %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/services-manager.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/services-manager.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/services-manager.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -297,11 +297,11 @@
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device"
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/snapper.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/snapper.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/snapper.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Description"
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Map"
msgid "User data"
@@ -66,45 +66,45 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&leanup Script"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "ਕਲੀਨਅੱਪ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ(&l)"
#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "PReP (%1)"
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "PReP (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host %1"
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr "ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ %1"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create New "
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਬਣਾਓ "
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Single Head"
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -112,17 +112,17 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "ਪ੍ਰੀ"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Really \n"
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
"ਸ਼ੇਅਰ '%1' ਹਟਾਓ?"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Really \n"
@@ -144,222 +144,222 @@
"ਸ਼ੇਅਰ '%1' ਹਟਾਓ?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Single Head"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮਾਨੀਟਰ"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the list of profiles"
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੂਚੀ ਪੜੋ"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Current Configuration:"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ:"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਮਿਤੀ"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "ਅੰਤ ਮਿਤੀ"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Us&er Data"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ(&e)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Show Changes"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "ਤਬਦੀਲੀ ਵੇਖਾਓ(&S)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Modify"
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "ਸੋਧ(&M)"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected Service"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "ਚੁਣੀ ਸਰਵਿਸ"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "ਅੱਗੇ %1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਸੰਭਾਲਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਈ ਜਾਂਚ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore options"
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "ਮੁੜ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਚੋਣ"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore Options"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "ਰੀਸਟੋਰ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Model Selected"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਮਾਡਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ(&O)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Model Selected"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਮਾਡਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
msgid ""
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -382,19 +382,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਮੁੜ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 23:28+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n"
@@ -109,8 +109,7 @@
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ ਬਣਾਓ(&C)..."
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -179,7 +178,13 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "root ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -1002,7 +1007,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "ਵੱਖਰੇ ਹੋਮ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਸੁਝਾਅ(&H)"
@@ -1021,7 +1026,7 @@
msgstr "ਸੁਝਾਅ ਕਿਸਮ"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
@@ -1035,7 +1040,7 @@
"root ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ \"/\" ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦਿਓ।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
@@ -1049,7 +1054,7 @@
"ਇੰਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟਾਂ ਲਈ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ext3 ਜਾਂ reiserfs ਹੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
@@ -1062,7 +1067,7 @@
"ਇਸ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ ਲਈ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ext2, ext3 ਜਾਂ reiserfs ਹੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
@@ -1076,7 +1081,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1086,7 +1091,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1099,7 +1104,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1115,7 +1120,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1127,7 +1132,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1138,7 +1143,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1150,11 +1155,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1276,7 +1281,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1285,7 +1290,7 @@
"ਇਹ ਸੋਧਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ RAID ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹਟਾਓ।\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1294,7 +1299,7 @@
"ਇਹ ਸੋਧਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹਟਾਓ।\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1303,7 +1308,7 @@
"ਇਹ ਸੋਧਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਹਟਾਓ।\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1312,7 +1317,7 @@
"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ RAID ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹਟਾਓ।\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1320,14 +1325,14 @@
"ਜੰਤਰ (%2) %1 ਵਲੋਂ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
"ਹਟਾਉਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ %1 ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਓ।\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The disk cannot be deleted."
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਹਟਾਈ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n"
@@ -1342,7 +1347,7 @@
"ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ, ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਨੰਬਰ ਨਾਲ, ਵਰਤੋਂ ਅਧੀਨ ਹੈ।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1351,7 +1356,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1361,7 +1366,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1371,7 +1376,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1388,15 +1393,15 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "ਇੱਥੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਨੂੰ ਭੁੱਲ ਨਾ ਜਾਇਓ।"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "ਖਾਲੀ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਹੈ।"
@@ -1431,7 +1436,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:"
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
@@ -1444,7 +1449,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1470,7 +1475,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1481,7 +1486,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1829,7 +1834,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1848,19 +1853,19 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "ਖਾਲੀ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਨਾਂ '%1' ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1903,7 +1908,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1916,7 +1921,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1929,7 +1934,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1951,7 +1956,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2138,7 +2143,7 @@
"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਹੋਵੇ, ਉਸ ਲਈ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ ਦੇਣ ਸੰਭਵ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2153,12 +2158,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2166,32 +2171,32 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unmounting %1$s"
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "%1$s ਅਣ-ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ NIS ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਸੰਭਵ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ NIS ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਸੰਭਵ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -2487,11 +2492,9 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "ਸੋਧ"
@@ -2522,9 +2525,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2548,8 +2550,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr "ਸੋਧ..."
@@ -2566,8 +2567,7 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
msgid "Delete..."
@@ -2635,32 +2635,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Format partition"
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2669,7 +2676,7 @@
"ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2677,7 +2684,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
@@ -2690,48 +2697,48 @@
"ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, ਆਦਿ) ਦਿਓ।</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "ਫਾਰਮੈਟਿੰਗ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟਿੰਗ ਚੋਣਾਂ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਮਾਊਂਟ"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab ਚੋਣਾਂ..."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਸਕੀਮ ਚੁਣੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2740,19 +2747,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ ਦਿਓ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ ਦਿਓ।"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2767,7 +2774,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2776,23 +2783,23 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਖਤਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2802,7 +2809,7 @@
"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚੁਣੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਇਹ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦਾ\n"
"ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਲਈ ਸਹਿਯੋਗੀਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid ""
@@ -2811,7 +2818,7 @@
msgstr "%1 ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਸੰਭਵ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -2824,22 +2831,22 @@
"ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਇਕਸਾਰ (ਕੰਨਸਿਸਟੈਂਸ) ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾਪਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1 ਰੀ-ਸਾਇਜ਼"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "ਲਾਜ਼ੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ %1 ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸਮਾਂ ਖੇਤਰ: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2850,8 +2857,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2863,28 +2870,28 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "ਵੱਧੋ-ਵੱਧ ਸਾਈਜ (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "ਵੱਧੋ-ਵੱਧ ਸਾਈਜ (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਸਾਈਜ਼"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2894,7 +2901,7 @@
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
#, fuzzy
@@ -2907,7 +2914,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2916,13 +2923,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "\tਆਉਟਪੁੱਟ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ: %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕਾਂ ਮੁੜ-ਸਕੈਨ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..."
@@ -3119,65 +3126,65 @@
msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ ਖੇਤਰ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "%1 ਉੱਤੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1 ਸੋਧ"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition."
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "ਐਕਸਟੈਡਿਡ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ ਥਾਂ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ।"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap"
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1 ਸਵੈਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount partition"
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਮਾਊਂਟ"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "ਫਾਰਵਰਡ(Forward)"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Background"
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "ਬੈਕਗਰਾਊਂਡ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਮਾਊਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "ਕੀ %1 ਉੱਤੋਂ ਸਭ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਹਟਾਉਣੇ ਹਨ?"
@@ -3185,55 +3192,60 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "%1 ਲਈ ਨਵਾਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਟੇਬਲ ਟਾਈਪ ਚੁਣੋ।"
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਡਿਸਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣੀ।"
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "ਕੀ BIOS RAID %1 ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "ਕੀ %1 ਉੱਤੋਂ ਸਭ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਹਟਾਉਣੇ ਹਨ?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "ਇਸ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਚੋਣ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "%1 ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਸੰਭਵ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
@@ -3241,27 +3253,27 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ।"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਐਕਸਟੈਡਿਡ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਸੋਧਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgid ""
@@ -3270,26 +3282,26 @@
msgstr "/var ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1 ਮਾਊਂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ।\n"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਐਕਸਟੈਡਿਡ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਸੋਧਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਐਕਸਟੈਡਿਡ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਮੁੜ-ਸਾਈਜ਼ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3299,51 +3311,51 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete the selected option?"
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਚੁਣੀ ਚੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repair Partition Table of %1"
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "%1 ਦੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਟੇਬਲ ਦੀ ਰਿਪੇਅਰ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ(&v):"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select some packages to install."
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕੁਝ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਚੁਣੋ।"
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3352,7 +3364,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡਿਸਕ %1 ਉੱਤੇ dasdfmt ਚਲਾਉਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3399,8 +3411,7 @@
msgstr "ਉੱਤੇ ਭੇਜੋ(&U)"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ(&s)"
@@ -3500,8 +3511,7 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
msgid "Add..."
@@ -3616,54 +3626,54 @@
msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਗੁਪਤ-ਕੋਡ।"
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1$s ਹਟਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "ਇੰਦਰਾਜ '%1' ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1$s ਹਟਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1$s (%2$s) ਹਟਾਓ"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "ਕੀ %1 ਉੱਤੋਂ ਸਭ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਹਟਾਉਣੇ ਹਨ?"
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "ਕੀ %1 ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3673,7 +3683,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਅਧਾਰਿਤ(&P)"
@@ -3682,37 +3692,37 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਅਧਾਰਿਤ(&P)"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<h1>ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਿਨਿੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਾਲਅ</h1>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<h1>ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਿਨਿੰਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਾਲਅ</h1>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਇਸ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ, ਵੱਖ-ਵੱਖ useradd ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਇਸ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ, ਵੱਖ-ਵੱਖ useradd ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਇਸ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ, ਵੱਖ-ਵੱਖ useradd ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਇਸ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਵਿੱਚ, ਵੱਖ-ਵੱਖ useradd ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰੋ</p>"
@@ -3814,12 +3824,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "Crypt ਫਾਇਲ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "%1 Crypt ਫਾਇਲ ਸੋਧ"
@@ -4143,13 +4153,13 @@
msgstr "ਵਰਤਿਆ"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "ਲਾਜੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਸੋਧ"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "ਲਾਜੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਸੋਧ"
@@ -4187,9 +4197,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਸਕੀਮ ਚੁਣੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
@@ -4201,7 +4211,7 @@
msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਗਰੁੱਪ %1 ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -4216,7 +4226,7 @@
"ਇਸ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ।\n"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4579,18 +4589,18 @@
msgstr "<p>ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਘੋਸ਼ਣਾ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "RAID %1 ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "ਅਕਾਰ %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "RAID ਸੋਧ(&E)"
@@ -4872,7 +4882,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add to Zone"
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
@@ -5699,12 +5709,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The partitioning on disk %1$s is not readable by\n"
@@ -5717,11 +5727,42 @@
#| "disk with this tool."
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ਡਿਸਕ %1$s ਉੱਤੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ parted ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਟੂਲ ਨਾਲ\n"
+"ਪੜ੍ਹਨਯੋਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਟੇਬਲ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੀ\n"
+"ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ।\n"
+"\n"
+"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡਿਸਕ %1$s ਉੱਤੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਇੰਝ ਵੀ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।\n"
+"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ ਦੇ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਪਰ\n"
+"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਸ ਡਿਸਕ ਤੋਂ ਇਹ ਟੂਲ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ, ਸੋਧ, ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਜਾਂ ਹਟਾ\n"
+"ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The partitioning on disk %1$s is not readable by\n"
+#| "the partitioning tool parted, which is used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1$s as they are.\n"
+#| "You can format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n"
+#| "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n"
+#| "disk with this tool."
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5734,21 +5775,39 @@
"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਸ ਡਿਸਕ ਤੋਂ ਇਹ ਟੂਲ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ, ਸੋਧ, ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਜਾਂ ਹਟਾ\n"
"ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The partitioning on disk %1$s is not readable by\n"
+#| "the partitioning tool parted, which is used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1$s as they are.\n"
+#| "You can format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n"
+#| "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n"
+#| "disk with this tool."
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
+"ਡਿਸਕ %1$s ਉੱਤੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ parted ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਟੂਲ ਨਾਲ\n"
+"ਪੜ੍ਹਨਯੋਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ ਟੇਬਲ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤੀ\n"
+"ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ।\n"
+"\n"
+"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡਿਸਕ %1$s ਉੱਤੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਇੰਝ ਵੀ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।\n"
+"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ ਦੇ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਪਰ\n"
+"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਸ ਡਿਸਕ ਤੋਂ ਇਹ ਟੂਲ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ, ਸੋਧ, ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ ਜਾਂ ਹਟਾ\n"
+"ਨਹੀਂ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5758,7 +5817,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5776,7 +5835,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "ਮੁੜ-ਅਕਾਰ ਸੰਭਵ ਨਹੀਂ:"
@@ -5789,7 +5848,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5798,7 +5857,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -5810,7 +5869,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ ਜੀ।"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -5827,29 +5886,29 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਦਿਓ"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "ਪਰੋਵਾਇਡਰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਿਓ"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr " ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਗਰੁੱਪ "
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5857,14 +5916,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਮੁੜ ਟਰਾਈ ਕਰਨੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5872,61 +5931,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਦਿਓ"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "YaST ਨੇ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਜੰਤਰ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੈ"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "YaST ਨੇ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਜੰਤਰ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੈ"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "DASD ਡਿਸਕਾਂ"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "DASD ਡਿਸਕਾਂ"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "RAID"
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "RAID"
msgid "MD RAID"
@@ -5935,18 +5994,18 @@
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਫੇਲ ਹੋਈ।"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Continue resizing the %1?"
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "ਕੀ %1 ਦਾ ਮੁੜ ਅਕਾਰ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -5956,35 +6015,35 @@
"ਭਾਗ %1 ਦਾ ਅਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ,\n"
"ਕਿਉਕਿ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ ਹੈ।\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5992,7 +6051,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6000,7 +6059,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -6014,20 +6073,20 @@
"ਕਿਉਕਿ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ ਹੈ।\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "root ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਆਈਟਮਾਂ ਬਦਲੀਆਂ ਗਈਆਂ ਹਨ:"
@@ -6640,65 +6699,47 @@
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
msgstr ""
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "&LVM ਬਣਾਉਣ ਅਧਾਰਿਤ ਸੁਝਾਅ"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr " ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਗਰੁੱਪ "
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਚੋਣਾਂ:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "ਵੱਖਰੇ ਹੋਮ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਸੁਝਾਅ(&H)"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ LVM ਅਧਾਰਿਤ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਲੈਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਢੁੱਕਵੇਂ ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6707,37 +6748,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਲਈ ਆਪਣਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਿਓ ਜੀ।"
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "ਜਾਂਚ ਲਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਫਿਰ ਭਰੋ(&v):"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Partition Based"
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਅਧਾਰਿਤ(&P)"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "&LVM ਬਣਾਉਣ ਅਧਾਰਿਤ ਸੁਝਾਅ"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "&LVM ਬਣਾਉਣ ਅਧਾਰਿਤ ਸੁਝਾਅ"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -6786,6 +6846,21 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਸਰੋਤ"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr " ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਗਰੁੱਪ "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>\n"
+#~| "To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ LVM ਅਧਾਰਿਤ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਲੈਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਢੁੱਕਵੇਂ ਬਟਨ ਚੁਣੋ।</p>\n"
+
#~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist."
#~ msgstr "ਅਣ-ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹਨ।"
@@ -6947,9 +7022,6 @@
#~ msgid "Default Filesystem:"
#~ msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ"
-#~ msgid "&Partition Based"
-#~ msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਅਧਾਰਿਤ(&P)"
-
#~ msgid "&LVM Based"
#~ msgstr "&LVM ਅਧਾਰਿਤ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/update.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/update.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/update.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 16:34+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n"
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@
msgstr "ਇੰਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ: %1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -888,19 +888,19 @@
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ"
#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
msgid ""
"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
"%{packages}"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/users.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/users.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/users.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 16:33+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n"
@@ -132,649 +132,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ</b><br>\n"
-"ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਲਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>ਲੋਕਲ</b> ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਲਈ ਲੋਕਲ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ <i>/etc/passwd</i> ਅਤੇ <i>/etc/shadow</i> ਹੀ ਵਰਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "&LDAP"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "N&IS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "ਸਾਂਬਾ(&S)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "&Windows ਡੋਮੇਨ"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ (/etc/passwd) (&o)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ NIS ਜਾਂ LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ\n"
-"NT ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਵਰਤਣ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਤਾਂ ਠੀਕ ਮੁੱਲ ਚੁਣੋ। ਤਦ ਆਪਣੇ\n"
-"ਕਲਾਂਇਟ ਲਈ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਅੱਗੇ</b> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ NIS ਜਾਂ LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ ਤਾਂ ਠੀਕ\n"
-"ਮੁੱਲ ਚੁਣੋ। ਤਦ ਆਪਣੇ ਕਲਾਂਇਟ ਲਈ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਅੱਗੇ</b> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ NT ਸਰਵਰ\n"
-" ਨਾਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਵਰਤਣ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਤਾਂ ਠੀਕ ਮੁੱਲ ਚੁਣੋ। ਤਦ ਆਪਣੇ ਕਲਾਂਇਟ ਲਈ\n"
-"ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਅੱਗੇ</b> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ ਤਾਂ ਠੀਕ ਮੁੱਲ\n"
-"ਚੁਣੋ। ਤਦ ਆਪਣੇ ਕਲਾਂਇਟ ਲਈ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਅੱਗੇ</b> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>ਕਰਬਰੋਸ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ</b> ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜੇ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਸਰੋਤ ਬਾਅਦ ਕਰਬਰੋਸ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ।</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "ਪਿਛਲੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ(&R)"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "ਚੁਣੋ(&C)"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "ਕਰਬੀਰੋਸ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ(&K)"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਚੁਣੋ(&S)"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "ਸਭ ਚੁਣੋ ਜਾਂ ਅਣ-ਚੁਣੇ(&A)"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "\"root\", ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਕ, ਲਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ"
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "ਇੱਥੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਨੂੰ ਭੁੱਲ ਨਾ ਜਾਇਓ।"
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "ਰੂਟ (root) ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P)"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ(&f)"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ ਟੈਸਟ(&K)"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "ਮਾਹਰ ਚੋਣ(&x)..."
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੇ ਸਧਾਰਨ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਵਾਂਗ, ਜੋ ਕਿ, ਪਾਠ ਲਿਖ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ, ਗਰਾਫਿਕਸ ਬਣਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ,\n"
-"ਜਾਂ ਇੰਟਰਨੈਟ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ, ਯੂਜ਼ਰ \"root\" ਹਰ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ\n"
-"ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਕ ਕੰਮ ਲਈ ਅਕਸਰ ਹੀ ਬੁਲਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਹੈ। ਪਰਬੰਧਕ (root) ਦੇ ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਾਗਇਨ\n"
-"ਤਾਂ ਹੀ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਸਿਰਫ ਲੋੜ ਹੀ ਹੈ।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਪਰਬੰਧਕ (root) ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਕੋਲ ਖਾਸ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਇਸਕਰਕੇ \"root\" ਦੇ\n"
-"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਲਈ ਖਾਸ ਧਿਆਨ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ। ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਅੰਕਾਂ ਦੇ ਮਿਲਾਨ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ\n"
-"ਸਿਫਾਰਸ਼ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਦੀ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਠੀਕ ਦੇਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ,\n"
-"ਦੂਜੇ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੁੜ-ਦੇਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦੇ ਸਭ ਨਿਯਮ \"root\" ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਲਈ ਲਾਗੂ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ:\n"
-"ਵੱਡੇ ਅਤੇ ਛੋਟੇ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੰਤਰ ਹੈ। ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ 5 ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਦਾ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ\n"
-"ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਖਾਸ ਅੱਖਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ (ਜਿਵੇਂ accented ਅੱਖਰ ਅਤੇ\n"
-"umlauts)।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਇਹ \"root\" ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਭੁੱਲ ਨਾ ਜਾਇਓ!\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ,\n"
-"ਇਹ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ %1 ਅੱਖਰ ਲੰਮਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ਜਾਂਚਣ ਲਈ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਕੀਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ ਠੀਕ ਹੈ, <b>ਕੀਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ ਟੈਸਟ</b> ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੁਝ ਲਿਖੋ।</p>"
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮਿਲਦਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।\n"
-"ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"ਕੋਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।\n"
-"ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
-#| "Really use this shorter password?"
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਉਣੇ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ,\n"
-"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ %1 ਅੱਖਰ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ।\n"
-"ਕੀ ਇਸ ਛੋਟੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really use this path?"
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "ਯਕੀਨਨ ਇਹ ਮਾਰਗ ਵਰਤੋ?"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"ਪਰਬੰਧਕ (root) ਸੈੱਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ।\n"
-"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਨਾ ਕਰ ਸਕੋ।\n"
-"ਕੀ ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ?\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਈ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।\n"
-"ਕੀ ਹੁਣੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DES"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਟਾਈਪ"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "&MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸਨ ਢੰਗ %1 ਹੈ।"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦਾ ਪੂਰਾ ਨਾਂ(&F)"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ(&U)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&s)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮੇਲ ਲਵੋ(&y)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਲਾਗਇਨ(&A)"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਬਣਾਓ"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "ਖਾਲੀ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਾਗਇਨ"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਖਾਲੀ ਛੱਡਣਾ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਲ ਨੈਟਵਰਕ\n"
-"ਵਾਤਾਵਰਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਮਤਲਬ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
-"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖਾਲੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਇਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤੇ ਨੂੰ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦਾ ਪੂਰਾ ਨਾਂ</b>, <b>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ</b>, ਅਤੇ\n"
-"<b>ਪਾਸਵਰਡ</b> ਦਿਓ।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਜਦੋਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ ਹੈ, ਇਹ ਵੱਡੇ ਅਤੇ ਛੋਟੇ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਰਕ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ\n"
-"ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ ਖਾਸ ਅੱਖਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਜ਼ੋਰ ਦੇਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਅੱਖਰ।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ (%1) ਨਾਲ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦੀ ਲੰਬਾਈ %2 ਅਤੇ %3 ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ\n"
-"ਹੈ।\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ,\n"
-"ਇਹ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ %1 ਅੱਖਰ ਲੰਮਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਇਹ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਿ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਠੀਕ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ,\n"
-"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਦੂਜੇ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੁੜ-ਭਰੋ। ਆਪਣੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਕਦੇ ਵੀ ਨਾ ਭੁੱਲੋ।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਜਦੋਂ <b>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ</b> ਵਿੱਚ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ\n"
-"ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਅੱਖਰ (ਲਗਾਤਾਰ ਅੱਖਰ ਨਹੀਂ), ਅੰਕ ਅਤੇ <tt>._-</tt> ਹੀ\n"
-"ਵਰਤੋਂ। ਇਸ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੱਡੇ ਅੱਖਰ ਓਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਨਾ ਵਰਤੋਂ, ਜਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ\n"
-"ਯਕੀਨ ਨਾ ਹੋਵੇ। ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ ਤੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨਾਲ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਪਾਬੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਪਾਬੰਦੀਆਂ\n"
-"ਨੂੰ /etc/login.defs ਫਾਇਲਾ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਵਧਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਇਸ man ਸਫ਼ਾ ਵੇਖੋ।\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ਇੱਥੇ ਬਣਾਏ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ-ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਾਗਾਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ।<b>ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਲਾਗਇਨ</b> ਯੋਗ ਨਾਲ, ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਤੋਂ ਬਚਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੀ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"root ਪੱਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਫਾਰਵਰਡ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ, ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ <b>ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮੇਲ ਪਰਾਪਤੀ</b> ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣਿਆ।</p>\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "ਮਾਹਿਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ ਲੋਕਲ /etc/passwd ਹੈ।"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸਨ ਢੰਗ %1 ਹੈ।"
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "User %1 will be imported."
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ %1 ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
-msgstr[1] "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ %1 ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "ਬਦਲੋ(&C)..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
-#| "Really use this shorter password?"
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਉਣੇ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ,\n"
-"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ %1 ਅੱਖਰ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ।\n"
-"ਕੀ ਇਸ ਛੋਟੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -896,11 +253,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਨਵਾਂ UID"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1159,93 +511,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟ"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr "ਸਾਂਬਾ (Windows ਡੋਮੇਨ)"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "<%1>ਰੂਟ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ<%2> ਸੈੱਟ"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "<%1>ਰੂਟ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ<%2> ਨਹੀਂ ਸੈੱਟ"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "ਕੋਈ <%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਹੀਂ"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "<%1>ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ<%2>: %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "<%1>ਪਰਾਮਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ<%2>: %3 ਅਤੇ ਕਰਬਰੋਸ"
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "<%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> %3 ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਚੁਣੇ ਗਏ"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "<%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> %3 ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "<%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> %3 ਸੰਰਚਿਤ"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "<%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> %3 (%4) ਸੰਰਚਿਤ"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਢੰਗ: %1"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ(&U)"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "ਰੂਟ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ (&R)"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1408,6 +673,24 @@
"ਡਾਟਾ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ, ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦਾ\n"
"ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਿਓ ਜੀ।"
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮਿਲਦਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।\n"
+"ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1433,6 +716,13 @@
msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਮਾਲਕ ਬਦਲੋ(&C)"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦਾ ਪੂਰਾ ਨਾਂ(&F)"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr "ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਨਾਂ(&F)"
@@ -1447,11 +737,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਹੀ, ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਵਾਧੂ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਮੈਂਬਰੀ ਬਦਲੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।"
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ(&U)"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮੇਲ ਲਵੋ(&y)"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਲਾਗਇਨ(&u)"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&s)"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1621,6 +930,35 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "ਪਲੱਗਇਨ(&g)"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "ਖਾਲੀ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਾਗਇਨ"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਖਾਲੀ ਛੱਡਣਾ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਲ ਨੈਟਵਰਕ\n"
+"ਵਾਤਾਵਰਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਮਤਲਬ ਰੱਖਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
+"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਖਾਲੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really use this path?"
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "ਯਕੀਨਨ ਇਹ ਮਾਰਗ ਵਰਤੋ?"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1713,6 +1051,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "ਗਰੁੱਪ ਡਾਟਾ(&D)"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DES"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
#, fuzzy
@@ -1727,6 +1079,32 @@
"ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ ਖਾਸ ਅੱਖਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਜ਼ੋਰ ਦੇਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਅੱਖਰ।\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ (%1) ਨਾਲ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦੀ ਲੰਬਾਈ %2 ਅਤੇ %3 ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ\n"
+"ਹੈ।\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਇਹ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਿ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਠੀਕ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ,\n"
+"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਦੂਜੇ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੁੜ-ਭਰੋ। ਆਪਣੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਕਦੇ ਵੀ ਨਾ ਭੁੱਲੋ।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1893,6 +1271,19 @@
"<b>ਪਾਸਵਰਡ</b> ਨਾਲ ਬਣਾਏਗੀ।\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਇਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤੇ ਨੂੰ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦਾ ਪੂਰਾ ਨਾਂ</b>, <b>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ</b>, ਅਤੇ\n"
+"<b>ਪਾਸਵਰਡ</b> ਦਿਓ।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1932,6 +1323,25 @@
"ਨੂੰ /etc/login.defs ਫਾਇਲਾ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਵਧਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਇਸ man ਸਫ਼ਾ ਵੇਖੋ।\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਇੱਥੇ ਬਣਾਏ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ-ਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਾਗਾਇਨ ਕਰਨ ਅਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ।<b>ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਲਾਗਇਨ</b> ਯੋਗ ਨਾਲ, ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਤੋਂ ਬਚਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਹੀ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"root ਪੱਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਫਾਰਵਰਡ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ, ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ <b>ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮੇਲ ਪਰਾਪਤੀ</b> ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣਿਆ।</p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2726,7 +2136,8 @@
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ"
#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ"
@@ -2802,6 +2213,11 @@
msgstr "ਸਾਂਬਾ ਗਰੁੱਪ"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2821,6 +2237,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "ਸਾਂਬਾ(&S)"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2948,6 +2369,11 @@
"ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ ਇਸ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ NIS ਨਾਲ ਸਮੱਸਿਆ ਆ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।\n"
"</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2958,6 +2384,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਕਿਸਮ"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "&MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -3258,6 +2704,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ"
@@ -3593,6 +3045,15 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ਪੈਕੇਜ %1 ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।\n"
+"ਕੀ ਹੁਣੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3610,6 +3071,433 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
+#| "Really use this shorter password?"
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਉਣੇ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ,\n"
+"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ %1 ਅੱਖਰ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ।\n"
+"ਕੀ ਇਸ ਛੋਟੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ,\n"
+"ਇਹ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ %1 ਅੱਖਰ ਲੰਮਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸਨ ਢੰਗ %1 ਹੈ।"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਟਾਈਪ"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "ਇੱਥੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਨੂੰ ਭੁੱਲ ਨਾ ਜਾਇਓ।"
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "ਰੂਟ (root) ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P)"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ(&f)"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ ਟੈਸਟ(&K)"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੇ ਸਧਾਰਨ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਵਾਂਗ, ਜੋ ਕਿ, ਪਾਠ ਲਿਖ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ, ਗਰਾਫਿਕਸ ਬਣਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ,\n"
+"ਜਾਂ ਇੰਟਰਨੈਟ ਵਰਤ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ, ਯੂਜ਼ਰ \"root\" ਹਰ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ\n"
+"ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਕ ਕੰਮ ਲਈ ਅਕਸਰ ਹੀ ਬੁਲਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਹੈ। ਪਰਬੰਧਕ (root) ਦੇ ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਾਗਇਨ\n"
+"ਤਾਂ ਹੀ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਸਿਰਫ ਲੋੜ ਹੀ ਹੈ।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਪਰਬੰਧਕ (root) ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਕੋਲ ਖਾਸ ਅਧਿਕਾਰ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ, ਇਸਕਰਕੇ \"root\" ਦੇ\n"
+"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਲਈ ਖਾਸ ਧਿਆਨ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ। ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਅੰਕਾਂ ਦੇ ਮਿਲਾਨ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ\n"
+"ਸਿਫਾਰਸ਼ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਦੀ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਠੀਕ ਦੇਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ,\n"
+"ਦੂਜੇ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੁੜ-ਦੇਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦੇ ਸਭ ਨਿਯਮ \"root\" ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਲਈ ਲਾਗੂ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ:\n"
+"ਵੱਡੇ ਅਤੇ ਛੋਟੇ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੰਤਰ ਹੈ। ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ 5 ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਦਾ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ\n"
+"ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਖਾਸ ਅੱਖਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ (ਜਿਵੇਂ accented ਅੱਖਰ ਅਤੇ\n"
+"umlauts)।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਇਹ \"root\" ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਭੁੱਲ ਨਾ ਜਾਇਓ!\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "\"root\", ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸਕ, ਲਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ"
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"ਕੋਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।\n"
+"ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>ਲੋਕਲ</b> ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਲਈ ਲੋਕਲ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ <i>/etc/passwd</i> ਅਤੇ <i>/etc/shadow</i> ਹੀ ਵਰਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਬਣਾਓ"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਜਦੋਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ ਹੈ, ਇਹ ਵੱਡੇ ਅਤੇ ਛੋਟੇ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਰਕ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ\n"
+"ਹੈ। ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ ਖਾਸ ਅੱਖਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਜ਼ੋਰ ਦੇਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਅੱਖਰ।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+#| "</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ (%1) ਨਾਲ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦੀ ਲੰਬਾਈ %2 ਅਤੇ %3 ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੀ\n"
+"ਹੈ।\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ਜਦੋਂ <b>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ</b> ਵਿੱਚ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ\n"
+"ਸਿਰਫ਼ ਅੱਖਰ (ਲਗਾਤਾਰ ਅੱਖਰ ਨਹੀਂ), ਅੰਕ ਅਤੇ <tt>._-</tt> ਹੀ\n"
+"ਵਰਤੋਂ। ਇਸ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੱਡੇ ਅੱਖਰ ਓਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਨਾ ਵਰਤੋਂ, ਜਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ\n"
+"ਯਕੀਨ ਨਾ ਹੋਵੇ। ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ ਤੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨਾਲ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਪਾਬੰਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਪਾਬੰਦੀਆਂ\n"
+"ਨੂੰ /etc/login.defs ਫਾਇਲਾ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਵਧਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਇਸ man ਸਫ਼ਾ ਵੇਖੋ।\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "ਪਿਛਲੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ(&R)"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Users"
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਬਣਾਓ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "ਪਿਛਲੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ(&R)"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Users"
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਲਾਗਇਨ(&A)"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No user was specified."
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User %1 will be imported."
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ %1 ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
+msgstr[1] "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ %1 ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਚੁਣੋ(&S)"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "ਸਭ ਚੁਣੋ ਜਾਂ ਅਣ-ਚੁਣੇ(&A)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਢੰਗ: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਟਾਈਪ"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ(&U)"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "ਰੂਟ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ (&R)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "<%1>ਰੂਟ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ<%2> ਸੈੱਟ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "<%1>ਰੂਟ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ<%2> ਨਹੀਂ ਸੈੱਟ"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "ਕੋਈ <%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਹੀਂ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "<%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> %3 ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
+msgstr[1] "<%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> %3 ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਣਗੇ।"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "<%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> %3 ਸੰਰਚਿਤ"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "<%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> %3 (%4) ਸੰਰਚਿਤ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਢੰਗ: %1"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -4071,7 +3959,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4091,202 +3979,202 @@
"ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਰੀ ਰਹਿਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "ਕਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਪੁੱਟ ਸ਼ਰਤਾਂ ਪੂਰੀਆਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਨ।"
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਅਤੇ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਿਸਮ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਕਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਅਤੇ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "ਕੈਂਚੇ ਢਾਂਚਾ ਬਣਾਓ"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਿਸਮ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਅਤੇ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਪੜ੍ਹੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "ਕੈਂਚੇ ਢਾਂਚੇ ਬਣਾਏ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "ਗਰੁੱਪ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਅਤੇ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "LDAP ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਅਤੇ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "ਗਰੁੱਪ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "ਹਟਾਏ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "LDAP ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਅਤੇ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਲਿਖੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "ਗਰੁੱਪ ਲਿਖੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "ਹਟਾਏ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਿਖੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਲਿਖੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "%s ਫਾਇਲ ਠੀਕ ਤਰਾਂ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕੀ, ਇਸਕਰਕੇ ਲਿਖੀ ਨਹੀ ਜਾ ਸਕੇਗੀ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "%s ਫਾਇਲ ਠੀਕ ਤਰਾਂ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕੀ, ਇਸਕਰਕੇ ਲਿਖੀ ਨਹੀ ਜਾ ਸਕੇਗੀ।"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "root ਨੂੰ ਮੇਲ ਭੇਜਣ ਦੀ ਫਾਰਵਰਡ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਕਰਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "ਇਸ ਕਿਸਮ ਦੇ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਖਾਲੀ UID ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4296,7 +4184,7 @@
"ਠੀਕ ਪੂਰਨ ਅੰਕ %i ਅਤੇ %i ਦੇ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹੀ ਚੁਣੋ।"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4305,7 +4193,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4317,7 +4205,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4329,7 +4217,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਕਿਸਮ 'local' ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4340,7 +4228,7 @@
"ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ID %i ਤੋਂ ਛੋਟਾ ਹੈ।\n"
"ਕੀ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਕਿਸਮ 'system' ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਹੈ?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -4353,7 +4241,7 @@
"ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ-ਨਾਂ NIS ਅਤੇ LDAP ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਲ ਸਬੰਧਿਤ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4364,7 +4252,7 @@
"ਵੱਖਰੇ ਨਾਲ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4373,7 +4261,7 @@
"(:) ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ। ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4384,7 +4272,7 @@
"ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4395,7 +4283,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4405,7 +4293,7 @@
"ਘਰ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਲਈ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਮਾਰਗ ਚੁਣੋ।"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4414,7 +4302,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ ਜੀ।"
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4425,7 +4313,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਮਾਰਗ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4435,7 +4323,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4451,7 +4339,7 @@
"ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਹੈ?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4465,7 +4353,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
@@ -4474,12 +4362,12 @@
"ਕੀ ਇਹ ਸ਼ੈਲ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਹੈ?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "ਇਸ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ GID ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4489,7 +4377,7 @@
"ਠੀਕ ਪੂਰਨ ਅੰਕ %i ਅਤੇ %i ਦੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੁਣੋ।"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4498,7 +4386,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4510,7 +4398,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4522,7 +4410,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਨੂੰ 'local' ਬਦਲਣਾ ਹੈ"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4534,7 +4422,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਕਿਸਮ ਨੂੰ 'system' ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੈ?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4543,7 +4431,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4553,7 +4441,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4566,7 +4454,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4576,14 +4464,14 @@
"ਇੱਕ ਅਪਵਾਦ ਆਇਆ ਹੈ।\n"
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid "User does not exist."
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4594,7 +4482,7 @@
"ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹਨ।"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4605,22 +4493,22 @@
"ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਓ।"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>ਗਰੁੱਪ</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ %1 ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਲਈ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ"
@@ -4640,23 +4528,23 @@
"ਕੋਈ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਹੁਣ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Quota Configuration"
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "ਕੋਟਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4788,7 +4676,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4799,7 +4687,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ ਕਰੋ।"
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4809,7 +4697,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4820,7 +4708,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You have used the group name as a part of the password.\n"
@@ -4831,7 +4719,7 @@
"ਇਹ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਲਈ ਚੰਗਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You have used the user name as a part of the password.\n"
@@ -4842,7 +4730,7 @@
"ਇਹ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਲਈ ਚੰਗਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You have used only lowercase letters for the password.\n"
@@ -4853,7 +4741,7 @@
"ਇਹ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਲਈ ਚੰਗਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -4864,7 +4752,7 @@
"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੱਡੇ ਅੱਖਰ ਵਰਤੇ ਹਨ।</p>"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -4875,7 +4763,7 @@
"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।</p>"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You have used only digits for the password.\n"
@@ -4886,7 +4774,7 @@
"ਇਹ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਲਈ ਚੰਗਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4899,7 +4787,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ %s ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਤੱਕ ਸੀਮਤ ਕਰਨਾ?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "Password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4914,7 +4802,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The password should have at least %i characters.\n"
@@ -4925,7 +4813,7 @@
"ਕੀ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4934,7 +4822,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4944,7 +4832,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4957,7 +4845,7 @@
"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -4967,15 +4855,13 @@
"ਟਕਰਾ ਹੈ। ਕਿਰਪਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਵੱਖਰੇ\n"
"ਨਾਲ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।"
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "%1 ਇਕਸ਼ਟੈਨਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "%1 ਇਕਸਟੈਸ਼ਨ ਰੀਲਿਜ਼ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..."
@@ -5042,6 +4928,151 @@
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr "ਇੱਥੇ ਕਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਪੁੱਟ ਦੀਆਂ ਸ਼ਰਤਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਪੂਰੀਆਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਨ।"
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ</b><br>\n"
+#~ "ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਲਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS"
+
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "&Windows ਡੋਮੇਨ"
+
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ (/etc/passwd) (&o)"
+
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ NIS ਜਾਂ LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ\n"
+#~ "NT ਸਰਵਰ ਨਾਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਵਰਤਣ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਤਾਂ ਠੀਕ ਮੁੱਲ ਚੁਣੋ। ਤਦ ਆਪਣੇ\n"
+#~ "ਕਲਾਂਇਟ ਲਈ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਅੱਗੇ</b> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ NIS ਜਾਂ LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ ਤਾਂ ਠੀਕ\n"
+#~ "ਮੁੱਲ ਚੁਣੋ। ਤਦ ਆਪਣੇ ਕਲਾਂਇਟ ਲਈ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਅੱਗੇ</b> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ ਜਾਂ ਇੱਕ NT ਸਰਵਰ\n"
+#~ " ਨਾਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਵਰਤਣ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਤਾਂ ਠੀਕ ਮੁੱਲ ਚੁਣੋ। ਤਦ ਆਪਣੇ ਕਲਾਂਇਟ ਲਈ\n"
+#~ "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਅੱਗੇ</b> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਵੋ ਤਾਂ ਠੀਕ ਮੁੱਲ\n"
+#~ "ਚੁਣੋ। ਤਦ ਆਪਣੇ ਕਲਾਂਇਟ ਲਈ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ <b>ਅੱਗੇ</b> ਬਟਨ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>ਕਰਬਰੋਸ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ</b> ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ, ਜੇ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਸਰੋਤ ਬਾਅਦ ਕਰਬਰੋਸ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "ਚੁਣੋ(&C)"
+
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "ਕਰਬੀਰੋਸ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ(&K)"
+
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "ਮਾਹਰ ਚੋਣ(&x)..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ,\n"
+#~ "ਇਹ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ %1 ਅੱਖਰ ਲੰਮਾ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>ਜਾਂਚਣ ਲਈ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਕੀਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ ਠੀਕ ਹੈ, <b>ਕੀਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ ਟੈਸਟ</b> ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੁਝ ਲਿਖੋ।</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
+#~| "Really use this shorter password?"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਉਣੇ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ,\n"
+#~ "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ %1 ਅੱਖਰ ਚਾਹੀਦੇ ਹਨ।\n"
+#~ "ਕੀ ਇਸ ਛੋਟੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਹੀ ਵਰਤਣਾ ਹੈ?"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ਪਰਬੰਧਕ (root) ਸੈੱਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ।\n"
+#~ "ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸ਼ਾਇਦ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਨਾ ਕਰ ਸਕੋ।\n"
+#~ "ਕੀ ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਸ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਈ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ</b></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "ਮਾਹਿਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
+
+#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
+#~ msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ ਲੋਕਲ /etc/passwd ਹੈ।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸਨ ਢੰਗ %1 ਹੈ।"
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "ਬਦਲੋ(&C)..."
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ"
+
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr "ਸਾਂਬਾ (Windows ਡੋਮੇਨ)"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ<%2>: %3"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "<%1>ਪਰਾਮਣਕਿਤਾ ਢੰਗ<%2>: %3 ਅਤੇ ਕਰਬਰੋਸ"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ<%2> %3 ਇੰਪੋਰਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਚੁਣੇ ਗਏ"
+
#~ msgid "Kerberos"
#~ msgstr "ਕਰਬਰੋਸ"
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/vm.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/vm.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/vm.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm.pa\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 22:42+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n"
@@ -34,12 +34,12 @@
msgstr "ਵੁਰਚੁਅਲ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..."
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -49,166 +49,166 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਬਰਿੱਜ਼ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "VM ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਜਾਰੀ (ਡੋਮੇਨ 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>VM ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</b></big></p><p>VM ਸਰਵਰ (ਡੋਮੇਨ 0) ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੇ ਦੋ ਭਾਗ ਹਨ।</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਲੋੜੀਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ। ਤਦ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਗਰੱਬ ਲਈ ਬਦਲ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ, ਜੇ ਇਹ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਅਤੇ ਜ਼ੈਨ (Xen) ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਨੂੰ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚ ਜੋੜਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ, ਜੇ ਇਹ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel.</p>"
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਗਰੱਬ (GRUB) ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਇਹ ਜ਼ੈਨ (Xen) ਅਤੇ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਕਰਨਲ ਨੂੰ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਲੋੜੀਦਾ ਮਲਟੀ-ਬੂਟ ਸਟੈਂਡਰਡ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ਜਦੋਂ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਠੀਕ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਪੂਰੀ ਹੋ ਗਈ ਤਾਂ, VM ਸਰਵਰ ਨੂੰ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਮੇਨੂ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਸੰਭਵ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੀ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "ਹਾਈਪਰਵਿਜ਼ਰ ਅਤੇ ਟੂਲ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹਨ।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੀ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੀ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "ਟੈਕਸਟ ਮੋਡ 'ਚ ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਤਾਂ ਵੀ ਗਰਾਫਿਕਲ ਭਾਗ ਵੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨੇ ਹਨ?"
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਂਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।"
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration files..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਬਰਿੱਜ਼ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Bridge"
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਬਰਿਜ਼"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -221,11 +221,11 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n"
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
"\n"
"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਕੇ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ Xen ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਚੁਣੋ।\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n"
@@ -249,19 +249,19 @@
"\n"
"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਕੇ ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਮੇਨੂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ Xen ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਚੁਣੋ।\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "ਹਾਈਪਰਵਿਜ਼ਰ ਅਤੇ ਟੂਲ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹਨ।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "ਹਾਈਪਰਵਿਜ਼ਰ ਅਤੇ ਟੂਲ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹਨ।"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/pa/po/vpn.pa.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pa/po/vpn.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
+++ trunk/yast/pa/po/vpn.pa.po 2016-09-02 21:40:10 UTC (rev 96705)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n"
"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -237,14 +237,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਿਊ ਨਾਂ %1 ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਵਰਤੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।"
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -347,122 +347,122 @@
msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ CD ਬਦਲ ਕੇ ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰਨੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All networks"
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "ਸਭ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Management"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਪਰਬੰਧਨ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master Server"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ ਸਰਵਰ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "ਕਲਾਇਟ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "ਮੌਕਾ ਚੁਣੋ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You must select a certificate."
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਸਾਰਟੀਫਕੇਟ ਚੁਣਨਾ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit Crypt File"
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Crypt ਫਾਇਲ ਸੋਧ(&E)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ ਲੋੜੀਦੀ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read certificates"
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "ਸਾਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਪੜੋ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਗੇਟਵੇ IP(&G)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -579,40 +579,40 @@
msgstr "%s LDAP ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।"
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਂਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫਲ ਹੈ।"
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to activate backend %1."
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "ਬੈਕਐਂਡ %1 ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫਲ।"
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "IP ਫਾਰਵਰਡਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ"
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਮੈਪ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -620,35 +620,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Global Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "VPN ਸੇਵਾਵਾਂ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "ਕਲਾਂਈਟ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਬਣਾਓ"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
msgid "A client connecting to "
1
0
02 Sep '16
Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:39:57 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96704
Added:
trunk/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po
trunk/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po
Log:
nn merged
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-05 14:16+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -95,24 +95,21 @@
#. Create a summary
#. return string
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<li>Medium: %1 – adresse: %2 – produkt: %3</li>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
+msgstr "<li>Medium: %1 – adresse: %2 – produkt: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
-msgstr "Klarte ikkje leggja til tilleggsprodukt."
-
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\""
msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr "Gjer tillleggsproduktet «%1» tilgjengeleg via «%2»"
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+msgstr "Klarte ikkje leggja til tilleggsprodukt."
+
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
@@ -298,17 +295,13 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
-"Select the repository to use.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Val av pakkebrønn</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Val av pakkebrønn</b></big><br>\n"
"Fann fleire pakkebrønner på det valde mediet.\n"
-"Vel pakkebrønnen du vil bruka.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Vel pakkebrønnen du vil bruka.</p>\n"
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399
msgid "Repositories &Found"
@@ -350,17 +343,13 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
-"to install.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to install.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Produktval</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Produktval</big></b><br>\n"
"Fann fleire produkt i pakkebrønnen. Vel produkta\n"
-"du vil installera.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du vil installera.</p>\n"
#. message popup
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
@@ -370,14 +359,12 @@
#. Help for add-on products
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
"To add a new product, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an already added one,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Installering av tilleggsprodukt</b></big><br/>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Installering av tilleggsprodukt</b></big><br/>\n"
"Her er ei oversikt over alle tilleggsprodukta som vert installerte.\n"
"Trykk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til eit nytt produkt eller\n"
"<b>Fjern</b> for å fjerna eit produkt.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -18,1110 +18,1666 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -436,12 +436,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -467,8 +467,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -557,8 +557,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -613,8 +613,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n"
"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n"
-"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
@@ -641,8 +640,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPI</b> enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n"
"LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n"
-"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41
@@ -652,8 +650,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n"
-"network ports or not.</p>"
-"\n"
+"network ports or not.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. First part of the Add Database Widget
@@ -669,8 +666,7 @@
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
-"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>"
-"\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
@@ -686,16 +682,14 @@
"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n"
"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n"
-"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p>"
-" "
+"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
-"entered earlier in the installation process.</p>"
-" "
+"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
@@ -705,8 +699,7 @@
"clients</b>. This will result in the hostname \"localhost\" and the above \n"
"entered <b>Base DN</b> being written to the OpenLDAP client configuration \n"
"file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n"
-"when creating the first database on a server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
@@ -720,8 +713,7 @@
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
"authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n"
-"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>"
-"\n"
+"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
@@ -731,8 +723,7 @@
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n"
"<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n"
-"set in the configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
@@ -753,8 +744,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
@@ -784,8 +774,7 @@
"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n"
"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
-"to manage passwords.</p>"
-" "
+"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
@@ -794,8 +783,7 @@
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
"locked. This notification might provide useful information to an\n"
"attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n"
-"option.</p>"
-" \n"
+"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
@@ -806,8 +794,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
-"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
@@ -827,39 +814,34 @@
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n"
-"of indexes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
-"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
-"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>"
-"\n"
+"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
-"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>"
-"\n"
+"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
-"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>"
-"\n"
+"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
@@ -867,8 +849,7 @@
"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n"
-"information for the database.</p>"
-"\n"
+"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
@@ -878,23 +859,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
-"currently configured for the selected database</p>"
-"\n"
+"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
-"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
-"delete an access control rule.</p>"
-"\n"
+"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
@@ -902,8 +880,7 @@
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
@@ -929,8 +906,7 @@
"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n"
"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n"
"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n"
-"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>"
-"\n"
+"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
@@ -952,8 +928,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
-"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
@@ -983,16 +958,14 @@
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
"interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n"
-"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
-"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>"
-"\n"
+"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
@@ -1002,8 +975,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
-"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
@@ -1016,8 +988,7 @@
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n"
"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n"
-"slave server is as slave server too. </p>"
-"\n"
+"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
@@ -1027,25 +998,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
-" \n"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
-"informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
-"\n"
+"informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
@@ -1057,15 +1023,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n"
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
-"Server module.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Server module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p>"
-" "
+msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
@@ -1075,8 +1038,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
-"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
@@ -1087,15 +1049,13 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
-"no preparations for replication.</p>"
-"\n"
+"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
-"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>"
-"\n"
+"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
@@ -1117,24 +1077,21 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
-"to use.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
-"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
-"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
@@ -1146,15 +1103,13 @@
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n"
-"textfields.</p>"
-"\n"
+"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
-"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
@@ -1189,8 +1144,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
-"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
@@ -1209,8 +1163,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
-"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>"
-"\n"
+"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
@@ -1221,31 +1174,27 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
-"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>"
-"\n"
+"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
-"authentication</p>"
-"\n"
+"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
-"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
-"connections.</p>"
-"\n"
+"connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
@@ -1255,8 +1204,7 @@
"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n"
"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n"
-"the LDAP server itself.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
@@ -1267,8 +1215,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
-"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>"
-"\n"
+"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
@@ -1280,8 +1227,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
-"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>"
-"\n"
+"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
@@ -1299,9 +1245,7 @@
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
-msgid ""
-"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: database_name
@@ -1505,9 +1449,7 @@
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p>"
-"<p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
@@ -1875,8 +1817,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2250,7 +2191,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2318,7 +2259,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2479,237 +2420,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
#, fuzzy
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "Dette kan ta eit bel"
@@ -58,14 +58,13 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. unique id
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
@@ -292,7 +291,7 @@
msgstr "Vel først ei fil frå tabellen."
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -304,79 +303,63 @@
"</p>"
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Fremdrift"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av systemet med innstillingane for autoinstallasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr "Konfigurerer %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr "Konfigurerer ikkje %1"
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Køyrar postskript"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Fullfører konfigurasjon"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "handsamar ressursen %1"
@@ -392,12 +375,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Vent medan diskbildet vert henta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Vent medan diskbildet vert henta.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32
#, fuzzy
@@ -447,8 +428,15 @@
"køyring av diskbildeskript mislukkast:\n"
"%1"
-#. import "Arch";
#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
#. Package: Auto-installation
#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
@@ -456,77 +444,61 @@
#. the system as described in the profile file.
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Vent medan systemet vert for klargjort autoinstallasjon.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Vent medan systemet vert for klargjort autoinstallasjon.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr "Søk etter maskinvare"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr "Hent og les kontrollfil"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr "Analysar kontrollfil"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr "Innledende konfigurasjon"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr "Klargjer system for automatisk installasjon"
#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr "Analysefase"
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr "Søkar etter maskinvare …"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr "Analyserer kontrollfil"
@@ -576,66 +548,75 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<p>Vent medan systemet vert for klargjort autoinstallasjon.</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "Køyr brukerskript før installasjon"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "Konfigurer generelle innstillingar "
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "Språkinnstillinger"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "Opprett partisjonstabeller"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "Konfigurer oppstartslaster"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Spurnad"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "Konfigurer programvareutvalg"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure users and groups"
msgstr "Konfigurera volumgrupper"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr "Konfigurer diskar"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "Køyrer brukerskript før installasjon …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer generelle innstillingar …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Språkinnstillinger"
@@ -645,17 +626,17 @@
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "Opprettar partisjonstabeller …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer oppstartslaster …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Klonar systemet …"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer programvareutvalg …"
@@ -669,8 +650,18 @@
msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr "Importerer hurtigoppstartsfil …"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr "Konfigurerer språk …"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "Klargjer system for automatisk installasjon"
@@ -679,20 +670,20 @@
#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer språk …"
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
@@ -701,8 +692,9 @@
"Feil under konfigurasjon av partisjoner.\n"
"Freist igjen.\n"
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
@@ -777,23 +769,19 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
-"installation messages.</p>"
-" \n"
+"installation messages.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Avhengig av røynsle kan du deaktivere, logga og visa (med tidsavbrudd)\n"
-"installasjonsmeldinger</p>"
-" \n"
+"installasjonsmeldinger</p> \n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n"
-"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vi rår til å visa alle <b>meldingar</b> med tidsavbrudd.\n"
-"Advarsler kan deaktiveres nokon stadar, men bør ikkje ignorerast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Advarsler kan deaktiveres nokon stadar, men bør ikkje ignorerast.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230
#, fuzzy
@@ -802,45 +790,43 @@
#. Select packages
#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr "Programvareutvalg"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel éin av følgjande <b>grunnutvalg</b>, og klikk på <i>Detaljert<i> for å leggja til\n"
"<b>tilleggsutvalg og -pakker</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr "Plassering av installasjonskilde (t.d. http://vertsmaskin/11.3/DVD1/)"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr "Installasjonskilde for dette systemet (du kan ikkje oppretta diskbilder viss du vel dette)"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr "installasjonskilden kunne ikkje brukast"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr "Lesar pakkedatabase …"
@@ -1140,6 +1126,11 @@
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr "Volumgruppens enhetsnavn"
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
@@ -1152,8 +1143,7 @@
"on the command line and try again. Because of this error, you\n"
"can only enter a URL to a profile and not to a directory. If you\n"
"are using rules or host name-based control files, restart the\n"
-"installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</p>"
-"\n"
+"installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"En profil for denne maskina vart ikkje funnen eller kunne ikkje lastast.\n"
@@ -1161,8 +1151,7 @@
"på kommandolinjen, og forsøk igjen. På grunn av denne feilen kan du\n"
"berre leggja inn adressa til en profil, ikkje til ein katalog. Viss du\n"
"brukar regler eller vertsmaskinnavn basert på kontrollfiler, må du starta\n"
-"installasjonsprosessen på nytt og forsikra deg om at kontrollfilene er tilgjengelege.</p>"
-"\n"
+"installasjonsprosessen på nytt og forsikra deg om at kontrollfilene er tilgjengelege.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30
#, fuzzy
@@ -1290,36 +1279,28 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>I denne dialogen kan du definera kontrollfilklasser. </p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>I denne dialogen kan du definera kontrollfilklasser. </p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n"
-"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>"
-"\n"
+"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan til dømes definera ulike konfigurasjonsklasser for\n"
-"avdelingar, arbeidsgrupper eller arbeidssteder i føretaket.</p>"
-"\n"
+"avdelingar, arbeidsgrupper eller arbeidssteder i føretaket.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n"
"and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Rekkjefølgda (prioriteten) definerer plassen til klassa i hierarkiet,\n"
"og når han skal tilordnes ein kontrollfil som vert oppretta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243
#, fuzzy
@@ -1429,12 +1410,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n"
-"file should belong.</p>"
-"\n"
+"file should belong.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel éin eller fleire av dei oppførde klassene som denne kontrollfilen\n"
-"skal tilordnes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"skal tilordnes.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614
#, fuzzy
@@ -1717,13 +1696,11 @@
msgid ""
"<P>If you are using the classes feature\n"
"of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n"
-"all class files are stored.</p>"
-"\n"
+"all class files are stored.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Viss du brukar klassefunksjonen\n"
"i Autoyast, må òg klassekatalogen angjevast, dvs. katalogen der\n"
-"alle klassefiler er lagra.</p>"
-"\n"
+"alle klassefiler er lagra.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78
#, fuzzy
@@ -1874,7 +1851,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer XML med RNG-validering …"
@@ -1886,7 +1863,7 @@
msgstr "Seksjon %1:"
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer XML med RNC-validering …"
@@ -2184,24 +2161,20 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
-"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette verktøyet brukar <em>xmllint</em> for å validera profilen mot DTDen, og\n"
"kontrollerer om data manglar. Data kan iblant utelatast med føremål, og\n"
-"rapporterte feil kan i så fall vert ignorert, til dømes når klasser opprettast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"rapporterte feil kan i så fall vert ignorert, til dømes når klasser opprettast.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n"
-"is validated.</p>"
-"\n"
+"is validated.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du må først lasta en profil for å unngå at ei tom fil\n"
-"vert validert.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vert validert.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25
#, fuzzy
@@ -2213,26 +2186,22 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n"
"The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n"
-"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å importera ein hurtigoppstartsfil treng du berre å angje stigen til konfigurasjonsfilen. \n"
"Den importerte informasjonen vil deretter lastast inn i konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet \n"
-"slik at fleire konfigurasjonsalternativer vert tilgjengelege for SUSA.</p>"
-"\n"
+"slik at fleire konfigurasjonsalternativer vert tilgjengelege for SUSA.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>"
-"\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette verktøyet opprettar ein referanseprofil ved å lesa\n"
"informasjon frå dette systemet. Vel ressursane som skal lesast frå dette systemet,\n"
-"i tillegg til grunnressurser som partisjonering og pakkeutvalg.</p>"
-"\n"
+"i tillegg til grunnressurser som partisjonering og pakkeutvalg.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
@@ -2243,13 +2212,11 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Tabellen til høgre visar partisjonene som skal opprettast i målsystemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
@@ -2334,88 +2301,14 @@
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Les dokumentasjonen for oppsett av LVM og RAID, og legg konfigurasjonen\n"
"inn i ein eksisterande kontrollfil. Du kan berre oppretta uformaterte LVM- og RAID-partisjoner som\n"
"ei førebuing.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen HTTP(S). Serveren rapporterte koda %2."
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen FTP. Serveren rapporterte koda %2."
-
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr "Lesing av fila på %1/%2 mislukkast.\n"
-
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr "Lesing av fila på %1 mislukkast.\n"
-
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr "Montering av %1 mislukkast."
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr "Lesing av fil frå CD mislukkast. Filsti: %1/%2."
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr "Den eksterne fila %1 kan ikkje hentast"
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr "%1 er ikkje montert og montering mislukkast"
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr "Fila %1 vart ikkje funnen"
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen TFTP."
-
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr "Ukjend protokoll %1."
-
#. Script Configuration
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
@@ -2443,13 +2336,11 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
"<P>Add commands to run on the system before the installation begins. </P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<h3>Preinstallasjonsskript</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>Preinstallasjonsskript</h3>\n"
"<P>Legg til kommandoar som skal køyrast i systemet før installasjonen byrjar. </P>\n"
#. help 2/6
@@ -2457,15 +2348,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n"
"is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<h3>Postinstallasjonsskript</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>Postinstallasjonsskript</h3>\n"
"<P>Du kan òg leggja til kommandoar som skal køyrast i systemet etter at installasjonen\n"
"er fullførd. Disse skriptene vert køyrd utanfor chroot-miljøet.\n"
"</P>"
@@ -2500,15 +2389,13 @@
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Det er mogleg å køyra chroot-skriptene seinare, og etter\n"
"at oppstartslasteren er konfigurert, ved å bruka den boolske verdet \"chrooted\".\n"
"Dette vil gjera at skriptene køyrast direkte i det installerte systemet. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help 5/6
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108
@@ -2689,13 +2576,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
-"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ved å leggja til skript i autoinstallasjonsprosessen kan du tilpassa installasjonen til\n"
-"behova dine og styre ulike fasar av installasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"behova dine og styre ulike fasar av installasjonen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
@@ -2725,13 +2610,13 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
#, fuzzy
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "XML-analysen rapporterte ein feil under analysen av autoyast-profilen. Feilmeldinga var:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -2748,54 +2633,54 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Vel profil"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil frå diskett."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå TFTP-servar: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå NFS-servar: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå HTTP-servar: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå FTP-servar: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå fil: %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå eining: /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå standardplassering."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "Ukjend kjelde."
@@ -2806,50 +2691,42 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
-"configured using the configuration management system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<h3>AutoYaST konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystem</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<h3>AutoYaST konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystem</h3>\n"
"<p>Nesten alle ressursane i kontrollfilen kan\n"
-"konfigurerast ved hjelp av konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"konfigurerast ved hjelp av konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dei fleste modulane som vert brukte for å oppretta konfigurasjonen er identiske med modulane\n"
"i YaST kontrollsenter. I staden for å konfigurera dette systemet kan informasjonen\n"
"samlast og vert eksportert til ein kontrollfil. Denne kan deretter brukast for å\n"
"installera eit anna system ved hjelp av AutoYaST.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
-"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>"
-"\n"
+"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>I tillegg til dei eksisterande og velkjende modulane\n"
"er nye dialogar for spesielle og kompliserte konfigurasjonar utvikla, til dømes\n"
-"for partisjonering, generelle val og programvare.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for partisjonering, generelle val og programvare.</p>\n"
#. Construct node name for display in tree.
#.
@@ -2967,21 +2844,21 @@
msgstr "Ikkje importera nye GPG-nøklar"
#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr "Montering av %1 mislukkast."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
msgid "Cannot update system time."
msgstr ""
@@ -3004,45 +2881,45 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
#, fuzzy
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "Diskar"
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr ""
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "Preinstallasjonsskript"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "Postinstallasjonsskript"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr "Chroot-skript"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr "Init-skript"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr "Skript etter partisjonering"
@@ -3050,38 +2927,38 @@
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Pre"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
#, fuzzy
msgid "Post"
msgstr "Post"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "Init"
msgstr "Init"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr "Chroot"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
#, fuzzy
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr "Etter partisjonering"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
@@ -3092,36 +2969,36 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Kunne ikkje leggja til pakkebrønnen %1"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Diskbilde kunne ikkje opprettast under installasjon av mønster. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Opprettar diskbilde – installerer pakker"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Diskbilde kunne ikkje opprettast under installasjon av pakker. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr "Lagre diskbilde som …"
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
@@ -3130,18 +3007,18 @@
"Du kan framleis endra diskbildet i %1/\n"
"Viss du trykkjer OK, vil diskbildet komprimerast og kan ikkje lenger endrast."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
#, fuzzy
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Komprimering av diskbilde i '%1' mislukkast. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
#, fuzzy
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "Diskbildet er oppretta"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
@@ -3151,35 +3028,35 @@
"Du kan oppretta fila med kommandoen 'ls -F > directory.yast' viss han manglar."
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
#, fuzzy
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "kan ikkje lesa '%1'. Vil du freista igjen?"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa '%1'. ISO kunne ikkje opprettast."
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
#, fuzzy
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "Klargjer ISO-filstruktur …"
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr "Oppstartsoppsett for DVD"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
@@ -3190,51 +3067,51 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
#, fuzzy
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "Lagre ISO-diskbilde som …"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "Opprettar ISO-fil …"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr "ISO er oppretta på %1"
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "Valde mønster"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
#, fuzzy
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "Valde enkeltpakker"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
#, fuzzy
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "Pakkar som skal fjernast"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
#, fuzzy
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "Vel spesiell kjernepakke"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikkje definera mønster: %1."
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "Køyringa av pakkeløseren mislukkast. Kontroller programvareseksjonen i autoyast-profilen."
@@ -3287,7 +3164,7 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "Hentar konfigurasjonsdata …"
@@ -3295,7 +3172,7 @@
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr "Kryptert autoyast-profil. Angje passordet to gonger."
@@ -3304,7 +3181,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Kunne ikkje lagra seksjonen %1 i fila %2"
@@ -3312,7 +3189,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr "Kryptert autoyast-profil. Angje riktig passord."
@@ -3335,6 +3212,50 @@
msgstr "&OK"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen HTTP(S). Serveren rapporterte koda %2."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen FTP. Serveren rapporterte koda %2."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Lesing av fila på %1/%2 mislukkast.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Lesing av fila på %1 mislukkast.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+#~ msgstr "Montering av %1 mislukkast."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+#~ msgstr "Lesing av fil frå CD mislukkast. Filsti: %1/%2."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+#~ msgstr "Den eksterne fila %1 kan ikkje hentast"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+#~ msgstr "%1 er ikkje montert og montering mislukkast"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+#~ msgstr "Fila %1 vart ikkje funnen"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen TFTP."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+#~ msgstr "Ukjend protokoll %1."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Configure runlevel"
#~ msgstr "Konfigurer kjørenivåer"
@@ -3365,8 +3286,7 @@
#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -3375,8 +3295,7 @@
#~ "behov. Viss du vil gjenbruka ein eksisterande partisjon, må du angje partisjonsnummeret for partisjonen som skal nyttast (lista startar med partisjon nummer 1), men ingen storleik.</P>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "For partisjoner som tilhøyrer ein volumgruppe (ikkje dei logiske partisjonene i ein volumgruppe), må du velja partisjons-ID 0x8e og deretter velja volumgruppen. Volumgruppen må opprettast i AutoYaST.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<P>Den elektroniske dokumentasjonen inneheld meir informasjon.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
@@ -3495,10 +3414,6 @@
#~ "</P>\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Configure Drives"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurer diskar"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Drive"
#~ msgstr "&Disk"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-10 01:23+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -74,79 +74,79 @@
msgstr "Denne YaST2-modulen støttar ikkje kommandolinjemodus."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Bruk «help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege kommandoar."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Bruk «yast2 %1 help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege kommandoar."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "Ukjend kommando: %1"
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "Valet «%1» manglar ein verdi."
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "Ukjent val for kommandoen «%1»: %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "Ugyldig verdi for valet «%1»: %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "Ugyldig verdi for valet «%1»: venta «%2», og fekk «%3»"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "Valet «%1» kan ikkje ha noko verdi. Oppgjeven verdi: %2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Bruk «%1 %2 help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege vel."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Bruk «yast2 %1 %2 help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege vel."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "YaST-oppsettmodul %1\n"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "Inga hjelp tilgjengeleg"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "Kommando «%1»"
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
" Val:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
" Val av typen [streng] må skrivast på formatet «val=verdi»."
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -173,140 +173,140 @@
" Eksempel:"
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module."
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "Dette er ein YaST2-modul."
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "Grunnsyntaks:"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <kommando> [verbose] [val]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <kommando> help"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <kommando> [val]"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <kommando> help"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "Kommandoar:"
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "Inga hjelp tilgjengeleg."
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
#, fuzzy
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr "<Error: invalid help>"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr "Bruk «yast2 %1 <kommando> help» for å få opp ei oversikt over tilgjengelege val."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "Manglar namnet på målfila (valet «xmlfile»). Bruk kommandolinjevalet xmlfile=<namn_på_målfil>."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "Namnet på målfila (valet «xmlfile») er tomt. Bruk kommandolinjevalet xmlfile=<namn_på_målfil>."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "ukjend"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "eller «%1»"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "Spesifiser kommandoen «%1»."
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Spesifiser ein av kommandoane: %1."
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Spesifiser berre éin av kommandoane: %1."
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "Det finst ikkje noko tilgjengeleg brukargrensesnitt for denne modulen."
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "Klar"
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Gjer klar"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "Fullfører"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr "Ferdig"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "Avsluttar (utan endringar)"
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "ja eller nei?"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr "ja"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr "nei"
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Feil ved installering"
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Det er ikkje definert nokon prosedyre for denne installasjonsmodusen."
@@ -441,14 +441,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Hald fram installeringa"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "&Avbryt installeringa"
@@ -480,14 +480,14 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An internal error occured when integrating additional workflow."
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein intern feil ved integrering av tilleggsprosedyre."
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "Verdien til %1 er ugyldig."
@@ -503,13 +503,11 @@
#. (both without quotes)
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
"<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel <b>%1</b> for å starta tenesta ved kvar oppstart av maskina.\n"
"Elles, vel <b>%2</b>.</p>"
@@ -521,14 +519,12 @@
#. (both without quotes)
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
"<b>%1</b>. To start the service via the xinetd daemon, set <b>%3</b>.\n"
"Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start av teneste</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel <b>%1</b> for å starta tenesta ved kvar oppstart av maskina.\n"
"Vel <b>%3</b> for å starta tenesta via xinetd-tenesta.\n"
"Elles, vel <b>%2</b>.</p>"
@@ -538,7 +534,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "Ved oppstart"
@@ -547,7 +543,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manuelt"
@@ -557,22 +553,22 @@
msgstr "Via xinetd"
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr "Via &xinetd"
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "Start av teneste"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "Tenesta køyrer"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "Tenesta køyrer ikkje"
@@ -581,15 +577,13 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
"<b>%1</b> or <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start og steng</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start og steng</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk <b>%1</b> eller <b>%2</b> for å \n"
"høvesvis starta eller stengja tenesta.</p>"
@@ -597,77 +591,73 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
-"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>%3</b> for å lagra alle\n"
-"endringane og starta tenesta på nytt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"endringane og starta tenesta på nytt.</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "Start tenesta no"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "Steng tenesta no"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "Lagre endringane og start tenesta på nytt no"
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "&Start tenesta no"
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "S&teng tenesta no"
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "&Lagra endringane og start tenesta på nytt no"
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Start og steng"
#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Status: "
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
"set <b>%1</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP-støtte</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP-støtte</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel <b>%1</b> for å lagra innstillingane i LDAP\n"
"i staden for i oppsettfilene til systemet.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP-støtte på"
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP-støtte på"
@@ -679,7 +669,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
@@ -687,7 +677,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "&Ned"
@@ -729,12 +719,12 @@
msgstr "Den valde fila finst alt. Vil du overskrive ho?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr "TSIG-nøkkel-ID ikkje oppgjeven."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
@@ -743,7 +733,7 @@
"Vil du sletta han?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -752,27 +742,27 @@
"på disken. Vil du sletta han?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr "Nøkkelen vert no laga. Vil du halda fram?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje laga TSIG-nøkkel."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "Den valde fila finst ikkje."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr "Den valde fila inneheld ikkje nokon TSIG-nøkkel."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -783,92 +773,76 @@
"Dei gamle nøklane vert derfor sletta. Vil du halda fram?"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
+"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"I dette vindauget kan du administrera TSIG-nøklane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</b></big><br>\n"
+"I dette vindauget kan du administrera TSIG-nøklane.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
-"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Leggja til ein eksisterande TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Leggja til ein eksisterande TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ein TSIG-nøkkel som alt er oppretta, vel du <b>filnamnet</b>\n"
-"til fila som inneheld nøkkelen, og trykkjer så <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"til fila som inneheld nøkkelen, og trykkjer så <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
"create the key and the <b>Key ID</b> to identify the key then click\n"
-"<b>Generate</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"For å laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel, vel du <b>filnamnet</b> der du\n"
"vil lagra nøkkelen, samt ein <b>nøkkel-ID</b> for å identifisera\n"
-"nøkkelen. Trykk så på <b>Lag</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"nøkkelen. Trykk så på <b>Lag</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"All keys in the same file are deleted.\n"
"If a TSIG key is in use in the configuration\n"
"of the server, it cannot be deleted. The server must stop using it\n"
-"in the configuration first.</p>"
-"\n"
+"in the configuration first.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Fjerna ein TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Fjerna ein TSIG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"For å fjerna ein oppsett TSIG-nøkkel, vel du nøkkelen og trykkjer <b>Slett</b>.\n"
"Alle nøklar i same fil vert sletta.\n"
"Viss ein TSIG-nøkkel er i bruk i tenaroppsettet,\n"
-"kan du ikkje sletta han. Tenaren må først slutta å bruka han i oppsettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan du ikkje sletta han. Tenaren må først slutta å bruka han i oppsettet.</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr "Leggja til ein eksisterande TSIG-nøkkel"
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr "Laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel"
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr "&Nøkkel-ID"
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "&Lag"
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr "Gjeldande TSIG-nøklar"
@@ -876,7 +850,7 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -884,22 +858,22 @@
msgstr "Nøkkel-ID"
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Filnamn"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "&Valt alternativ"
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "Gjeldande alternativ: "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "Det valde alternativet finst alt."
@@ -925,13 +899,11 @@
#. help 1/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n"
"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera innstillingane</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera innstillingane</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera innstillingane, vel ei oppføring\n"
"i tabellen og trykk <b>Rediger</b>.</p>"
@@ -964,19 +936,19 @@
"for å endra rekkjefølgja på vala i lista.</p>"
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "&Andre"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "Eininga er ikkje sett opp"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr "Trykk <B>Rediger</B> for setja opp"
@@ -1015,15 +987,13 @@
#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
msgid ""
-"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n"
"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n"
"the next element and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] to move backwards.\n"
"Select or activate elements with [SPACE] or [ENTER].\n"
"Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>1) <i>Generelt</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>1) <i>Generelt</i><br>\n"
"Flytt mellom dialogelementa med «Tab» for å gåtil neste element og «Shift + Tab» (eller «Alt + Tab»)\n"
"for å gå til førre element.\n"
"Vel eller bruk elementa med «Space» eller «Enter».\n"
@@ -1048,25 +1018,21 @@
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
-"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>"
-"\n"
+"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Trykk «Escape» for å lukka sprettoppvindauge (for\n"
-"eksempel frå menyknappane) utan å velja noko.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eksempel frå menyknappane) utan å velja noko.</p>\n"
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
msgid ""
-"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n"
"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n"
"there is more than one way to navigate the dialog pages.\n"
"If [TAB] and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] do not work,\n"
"move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>2) <i>Alternative tastar</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>2) <i>Alternative tastar</i><br>\n"
"<p>Fordi miljøet kan påverka bruken av tastaturet,\n"
"kan du flytta gjennom dialogvindauga på meir enn éin måte.\n"
"Viss «Tab» og «Shift + Tab» og (eller «Alt + Tab») ikkje verkar,\n"
@@ -1087,17 +1053,14 @@
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>"
-#| "\n"
+#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
#| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n"
#| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>3) <i>Funksjonstastar</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>3) <i>Funksjonstastar</i><br>\n"
"F-tastane gjev rask tilgang til viktige funksjonar. Trykk «F1»\n"
"for å visa kva funksjonstastane gjer i det gjeldande vindauget.</p>"
@@ -1109,43 +1072,26 @@
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
msgid ""
-"F1 = Help<br>"
-"\n"
-"F2 = Info or Description<br>"
-"\n"
-"F3 = Add<br>"
-"\n"
-"F4 = Edit or Configure<br>"
-"\n"
-"F5 = Delete<br>"
-"\n"
-"F6 = Test<br>"
-"\n"
-"F7 = Expert or Advanced<br>"
-"\n"
-"F8 = Back<br>"
-"\n"
-"F9 = Abort or Cancel<br>"
-"\n"
+"F1 = Help<br>\n"
+"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n"
+"F3 = Add<br>\n"
+"F4 = Edit or Configure<br>\n"
+"F5 = Delete<br>\n"
+"F6 = Test<br>\n"
+"F7 = Expert or Advanced<br>\n"
+"F8 = Back<br>\n"
+"F9 = Abort or Cancel<br>\n"
"F10 = OK, Next, Finish, or Accept<br>"
msgstr ""
-"F1 = Hjelp<br>"
-"\n"
-"F2 = Info eller skildring<br>"
-"\n"
-"F3 = Legg til<br>"
-"\n"
-"F4 = Rediger eller set opp<br>"
-"\n"
+"F1 = Hjelp<br>\n"
+"F2 = Info eller skildring<br>\n"
+"F3 = Legg til<br>\n"
+"F4 = Rediger eller set opp<br>\n"
"F5 = Slett\n"
-"F6 = Test<br>"
-"\n"
-"F7 = Ekspert eller avansert<br>"
-"\n"
-"F8 = Tilbake<br>"
-"\n"
-"F9 = Avbryt<br>"
-"\n"
+"F6 = Test<br>\n"
+"F7 = Ekspert eller avansert<br>\n"
+"F8 = Tilbake<br>\n"
+"F9 = Avbryt<br>\n"
"F10 = OK, neste, hald fram, fullfør eller stadfest<br>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
@@ -1157,9 +1103,87 @@
"<p>I nokre miljø er ingen eller berre\n"
"nokre av F-tastane tilgjengelege.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Start av teneste"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Status: "
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Ved oppstart"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Åtvaring"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "&Stopp"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "&Stopp"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1169,7 +1193,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1179,7 +1203,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1357,7 +1381,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Hopp over"
@@ -1380,7 +1404,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passord"
@@ -1602,27 +1626,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta installeringa?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta YaST systemreparering?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Avbryt systemreparering"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Hald fram med systemreparering"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1635,7 +1659,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1649,7 +1673,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1660,18 +1684,18 @@
"Du må installera då installera det på nytt."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Er du sikker at du vil avbryta?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle endringane går då tapt."
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detaljar …"
@@ -1699,7 +1723,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
@@ -1710,7 +1734,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nei"
@@ -1774,7 +1798,7 @@
msgstr "Loggfør feil: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Warning:"
#| msgid_plural "Warnings:"
@@ -1782,7 +1806,7 @@
msgstr "Åtvaring:"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error:"
#| msgid_plural "Errors:"
@@ -1791,8 +1815,8 @@
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Message:"
#| msgid_plural "Messages:"
@@ -1848,7 +1872,7 @@
msgstr "&Slett"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "&Variabel"
@@ -1884,12 +1908,10 @@
#. fill up the widget in init handler
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>GPG-privatnøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>GPG-privatnøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"Tabellen inneheld ei oversikt over GPG-privatnøklar.</p>"
#. Get widget description map
@@ -1901,12 +1923,10 @@
#. fill up the widget in init handler
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>GPG-offentlegnøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>GPG-offentlegnøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"Tabellen inneheld ei oversikt over GPG-offentlegnøklar.</p>"
#. Get widget description map
@@ -1917,14 +1937,12 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Lag ein ny GPG-nøkkel</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Lag ein ny GPG-nøkkel</b></big><br>\n"
"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> er starta. Sjå manualsida for <tt>gpg</tt>\n"
"for meir informasjon.\n"
"Trykk «Ctrl+C» for å avbryta.\n"
@@ -1938,12 +1956,10 @@
#. help text
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Passfrase</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Passfrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Skriv inn passfrasen for å låsa opp GPG-nøkkelen."
#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
@@ -1953,7 +1969,7 @@
msgstr "Skriv inn passfrase"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr "Skriv inn passfrasen for å låsa opp GPG-nøkkelen %1: "
@@ -1968,27 +1984,21 @@
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n"
-"the field below.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the field below.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Loggvising</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Loggvising</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk <b>Logg</b> for å velja kva logg du vil visa.\n"
-"Han vert så vist i feltet nedanfor.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Han vert så vist i feltet nedanfor.</p>\n"
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n"
"This screen displays the log.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Loggen</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Loggen</big></b><br>\n"
"Loggen vert vist i dette vindauget.</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label
@@ -2018,13 +2028,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n"
-"to which to save the log.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å lagra loggen i ei fil, trykk <b>Lagra logg</b>\n"
-"og vel fila du vil lagra loggen i.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og vel fila du vil lagra loggen i.</p>\n"
#. menu button
#. Get the buttons below the box with the log
@@ -2069,6 +2077,235 @@
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved lesing av loggen."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr "Ukjend sone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Grensesnittet «%1» er ikkje tilordna ei brannmursone.\n"
+"Du kan tilordna det manuelt under «Brannmur» i YaST2.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr "Ekstern sone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr "Intern sone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr "Demilitarisert sone"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr "TCP"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr "UDP"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr "RPC"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr "IP"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+"Grensesnittet «%1» er med i fleire brannmursoner.\n"
+"Held du fram med oppsettet, kan det oppstå feil.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du bør avslutta oppsettet og retta det manuelt i\n"
+"fila «/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall»."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Set opp brannmur"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr "Søk etter nettverkseiningar"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr "Les gjeldande oppsett"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr "Sjå etter tenester i konflikt"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr "Søkjer etter nettverkseiningar …"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr "Les gjeldande oppsett …"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr "Ser etter tenester i konflikt …"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Lagrar brannmuroppsett"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr "Lagre brannmuroppsett"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr "Juster brannmurtenesta"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillingar …"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr "Tilpassar brannmurtenesta …"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra innstillingane"
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr "Ukjend protokoll (%1)"
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service: %1"
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr "Teneste: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GPG Public Keys"
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr "GPG-offentlegnøklar"
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr "Ukjend teneste: «%1»"
+
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
#, fuzzy
@@ -2114,13 +2351,13 @@
msgstr "Grensesnittet er ikkje tilordna ei sone"
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "&Nettverksgrensesnitt med open port i brannmur"
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be unselected:\n"
@@ -2133,7 +2370,7 @@
"%1"
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2146,7 +2383,7 @@
"Vil du halda fram?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2162,8 +2399,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2178,29 +2415,29 @@
"Vil du halda fram?"
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "&Nettverksgrensesnitt med vil open port i brannmur"
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "Merk &alle"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "Merk &ingen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2208,22 +2445,20 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
"set <b>%1</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel <b>%1</b> for å opna brannmuren slik at eksterne maskiner\n"
"har tilgang til tenesta.<br>"
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2232,7 +2467,7 @@
"som porten skal opnast for.<br>"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2241,48 +2476,48 @@
"er slått på.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Opna port i brannmur"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr "Brannmurdetaljar"
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr "Opna port i &brannmur"
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "Brannmur&detaljar …"
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Firewall Details"
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr "Brannmurdetaljar"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr "Brannmuren er open"
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Nettverkskort"
@@ -2290,27 +2525,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjend"
@@ -2320,389 +2555,389 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Tilleggsadresse"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "ARCnet-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Bluetooth-samband"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond"
msgstr "Bond"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Bond-nettverk"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "CLAW (Common Link Access for Workstation)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN-kort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "CTC-grensesnitt (Channel to Channel)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL-samband"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Eksempel"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "Eksempelnettverkseining"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "ESCON (Enterprise System Connector)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Ethernet-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "Fibertilkopling (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "HIPPI (High Performance Parallel Interface)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Hipersockets"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "HSI (Hipersockets Interface)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN-samband"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Infraraud nettverkseining"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Infraraud eining"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "IUCV (Inter User Communication Vehicle)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "Loopback"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "Loopback-eining"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "Parallellinje"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "Parallellinje-samband"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSANE-Express- eller QDIO-eining (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6 i IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6 i IPv4-innkapslingseining"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Serielinje"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "Serielinje-samband"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Token Ring-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB-nettverkseining"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare-nettsverkseining"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Trådlaus"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Trådlaust nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP-nettverk"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "Virtuelt lokalnett"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Bru"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Nettverksbru"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "TUN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "Nettverkstunell"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "TAP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "Nettverks-TAP"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "InfiniBand-eining"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Ukjend eining"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Inga IP-adresse tilordna"
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "Einingstype"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Einingsnamn"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Einings-ID"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Kopla til"
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "Søkjer etter vertsmaskiner i dette lokalnettverket …"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "&NFS-tenarar"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "&Eksterne maskiner"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "&Eksporterte mapper"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2716,7 +2951,7 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
msgid ""
@@ -2725,7 +2960,7 @@
"or continue without network."
msgstr "Start installeringa på nytt og set opp nettverket i Linuxrc"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2750,142 +2985,6 @@
"Eit portnummer kan vera eit tal mellom 0 og 65535.\n"
"Du kan ikkje bruka mellomrom.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr "Ekstern sone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr "Intern sone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr "Demilitarisert sone"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr "TCP"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr "UDP"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr "RPC"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr "IP"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr "Ukjend sone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-"Grensesnittet «%1» er med i fleire brannmursoner.\n"
-"Held du fram med oppsettet, kan det oppstå feil.\n"
-"\n"
-"Du bør avslutta oppsettet og retta det manuelt i\n"
-"fila «/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall»."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Grensesnittet «%1» er ikkje tilordna ei brannmursone.\n"
-"Du kan tilordna det manuelt under «Brannmur» i YaST2.\n"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "Set opp brannmur"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr "Søk etter nettverkseiningar"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr "Les gjeldande oppsett"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr "Sjå etter tenester i konflikt"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr "Søkjer etter nettverkseiningar …"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr "Les gjeldande oppsett …"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr "Ser etter tenester i konflikt …"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "Lagrar brannmuroppsett"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr "Lagre brannmuroppsett"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr "Juster brannmurtenesta"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillingar …"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr "Tilpassar brannmurtenesta …"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra innstillingane"
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr "Ukjend protokoll (%1)"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -2974,63 +3073,14 @@
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr "Du installerer eit system via SSH, men du har ikkje opna SSH-porten i brannmuren."
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service: %1"
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr "Teneste: %1"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr "Ukjend teneste: «%1»"
-
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Desse pakkane må installerast:"
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -3044,35 +3094,77 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Avinstaller"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Ser etter tenester i konflikt …"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Laster ned pakken %1 (%2) …"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Laster ned pakken"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Integritetskontrollen viser at pakken %1 er øydelagd."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Vil du prøva å installera pakken på nytt?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Vil du avbryta installeringa?"
@@ -3081,15 +3173,15 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Feil: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
@@ -3102,35 +3194,35 @@
"Du bør kontrollera system på nytt seinare, ved å køyra programvareinstallasjonsmodulen."
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Avinstallerer pakken %1 (%2) …"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Installerer pakken %1 (%2) …"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Avinstallerer pakke"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Installerer pakke"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje fjerna pakken %1."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Feil ved installering av pakken %1."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
@@ -3139,44 +3231,42 @@
"Du bør kontrollera system på nytt seinare, ved å køyra programvareinstallasjonsmodulen."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
-"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pakkebrønnen på den valde adressa har no ein annan medie-ID.\n"
"Viss adressa framleis er rett, tyder dette at pakkebrønninnhaldet er endra. For å \n"
"halda fram å bruka denne pakkebrønnen, bør du starta modulen <b>Pakkebrønnar</b> i \n"
-"YaST og oppdatera pakkebrønnen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"YaST og oppdatera pakkebrønnen.</p>\n"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "side A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "side B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (plate %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (medium %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3185,7 +3275,7 @@
"«%1»"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3198,7 +3288,7 @@
"Kontrollar at mappa er tilgjengeleg."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3212,51 +3302,51 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Hopp over autooppdatering"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Løys ut"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Løys a&utomatisk ut CD-/DVD-medium"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Vil du prøva å installera på nytt?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Vil du hoppa over mediet?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Hoppar over ugyldig medium …"
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønnen %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository."
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
@@ -3265,32 +3355,32 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje henta skildring av ekstern pakkebrønn."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved henting av ny metadata."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Pakkebrønnen er ikkje gyldig."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Pakkebrønnen har ugyldige metadata."
@@ -3298,92 +3388,92 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Vil du prøva på nytt?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Undersøkjer pakkebrønnen %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved gransking av pakkebrønnen."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Granskingsdetaljer."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Pakkebrønnen har ugyldige metadata."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Pakkebrønn %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Lastar ned delta-RPM-pakken %1 (%2) …"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Lastar ned delta-RPM-pakke"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM-pakken %1 …"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM-pakke"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Pakke: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Startar skriptet %1 (pakkeoppdatering %2) …"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Køyrer skript"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Pakkeoppdatering: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Skript: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Resultat av skriptet"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3392,7 +3482,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3407,36 +3497,36 @@
"nokre pakker mangla eller vera forelda."
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Hopp over oppdatering"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Lastar ned"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Laster ned: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Kontrollerer pakkedatabase"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Bygger opp att pakkedatabasen. Denne prosessen kan ta litt tid."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3445,16 +3535,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Konverterer pakkedatabasen. Dette kan ta litt tid."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3463,12 +3553,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Leser pakkedatabase …"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Finn installerte pakkar"
@@ -3479,27 +3569,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Søkjer gjennom pakkedatabasen …"
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje gjera klar målet."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "Pakkedatabase lesen"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Brukerautentisering"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3510,20 +3600,20 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Brukernamn"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Vis &detaljar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Storleik: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Prøver på nytt om: %1"
@@ -3607,12 +3697,12 @@
"løysast manuelt i pakkehandsamaren."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Klarte ikkje installera nødvendige pakkar."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3623,12 +3713,12 @@
"kan det henda at YaST ikkje vil fungera skikkeleg.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Kan ikkje halda utan å installera nødvendige pakkar."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3637,47 +3727,42 @@
"pakkane, kan det henda at YaST ikkje vil fungera skikkeleg.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Godta pakkelisens: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "&Godta"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "&Ikkje godta"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
-"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>"
-"."
+"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lisensgodtaking</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lisensgodtaking</big></b><br>\n"
"Pakken nemnd i overskrifta krev at du uttrykkjeleg\n"
"\n"
"godtek dei tilhøyrande lisensvilkåra.\n"
"Viss du avviser desse, vert ikkje pakke installert.\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
"Trykk <b>Godta</b> for å godta lisensvilkåa,\n"
"eller trykk <b>Ikkje godta</b> for å avslå vilkåra.</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3692,7 +3777,7 @@
"\t\t kolonne, fordelt på kategoriar. Vel eit element for å visa skildringa.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3706,7 +3791,7 @@
"\t\t Du kan òg endra status for alle elementa i denne menyen.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3718,7 +3803,7 @@
"\t\t Her kan du visa og velja einskilde programvarepakkar.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3739,134 +3824,134 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "Programvareutval og systemoppgåver"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(fleire)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Installeringa er fullførd"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Feil ved pakkeinstallering"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Feilmelding: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Pakkar som ikkje kunne installerast: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Installerte pakkar: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Oppdaterte pakkar: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Fjerna pakkar: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Ikkje installerte pakker: %1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Pakkar"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Brukt tid: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Samla installert storleik: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Samla nedlastingsstorleik: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Statistikk"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Installasjonslogg"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detaljar"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Installerer pakke"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "&Fullfør"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Fekk ikkje tilgang til programvarehandsaming"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installasjonssamandrag</B></BIG><BR>Her er ei oversikt over dei installerte pakkane.</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Feil ved installering"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Installerte pakkar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Oppdaterte pakkar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Fjerna pakkar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Gjenståande pakker"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3878,7 +3963,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3899,7 +3984,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The file %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3926,16 +4011,16 @@
"Vil du likevel bruka ho?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr "Usignert pakke"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr "Usignert fil"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
@@ -3959,7 +4044,7 @@
"Vil du likevel installera han?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No checksum for file %1 was found the repository.\n"
@@ -3983,72 +4068,72 @@
"Vil du likevel installera ho?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr "Finn ikkje nokon kontrollsum"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr "ID: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "Fingeravtrykk: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "Namn: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr "Laga: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr "Utløpsdato: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ID: %1"
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "ID: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "Namn: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Fingeravtrykk: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Created: %1"
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "Laga: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Expires: %1"
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr "Utløpsdato: %1"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Package %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -4083,7 +4168,7 @@
"Vil du likevel installera han?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "File %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -4119,12 +4204,12 @@
"Vil du likevel bruka ho?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "Valideringskontroll mislukka"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4145,7 +4230,7 @@
"Vil du likevel installera han?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4166,12 +4251,12 @@
"Vil du likevel installera ho?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Ukjend GnuPG-nøkkel"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
@@ -4205,7 +4290,7 @@
"å hoppa over pakken."
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
@@ -4239,17 +4324,17 @@
"å hoppa over fila."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr "Signert med ikkje tiltrudd offentlegnøkkel"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr "&Stol på og importer nøkkelen"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4264,7 +4349,7 @@
"over programvara på systemet ditt dersom du importerer nøkkelen.</p>"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
@@ -4281,7 +4366,7 @@
"eigaren til nøkkelen <tt>%1</tt> utløysa åtvaringa.</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
@@ -4293,7 +4378,7 @@
"(%2):"
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The GnuPG key %1\n"
@@ -4318,7 +4403,7 @@
"nøkkelen verkeleg tilhøyrer denne eigaren før du importerer han."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n"
@@ -4329,19 +4414,19 @@
"Utløpsdato: %1"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Importer ikkje tiltrudd GnuPG-nøkkel"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr "S&tol på"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The expected checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4376,12 +4461,12 @@
"Vil du likevel bruka ho?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Feil samandrag"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4412,7 +4497,7 @@
"Vil du likevel bruka ho?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Ukjend samandrag"
@@ -4421,84 +4506,84 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Installerer …"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Medium"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Gjenståande pakker"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Tid"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Utførde handlingar:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait while packages are being installed.</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vent mens pakkene vert installerte.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Avbryta installeringa</B> Du kan avbryta pakkeinstalleringa med <B>Avbryt</B>-knappen. Men viss ikkje alle grunnleggjande systemkomponentane er installerte enno, kan det henda at systemet vert inkonsistent eller ubrukeleg.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "&Versjonsmerknader"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
+msgstr "&Detaljar"
+
+#. tab
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "&Lysbiletepresentasjon"
-#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-msgid "&Details"
-msgstr "&Detaljar"
-
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Installer"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallering"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4507,7 +4592,7 @@
"avslutta installeringa?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Avbroten"
@@ -5102,21 +5187,18 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Bluetooth-eining"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-#| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
msgid ""
-"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
msgstr ""
-"Fila %1 er endra manuelt.\n"
-"YaST kan mista nokre endringane."
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
@@ -5124,35 +5206,42 @@
"Filene %1 er endra manuelt.\n"
"YaST kan mista nokre av endringane."
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
-msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
-msgstr "Ikkje vis denne meldinga igjen"
-
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
#| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgid ""
-"File %s has been created manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose this file."
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
msgstr ""
"Fila %1 er endra manuelt.\n"
"YaST kan mista nokre endringane."
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
+msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
+msgstr "Ikkje vis denne meldinga igjen"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
+#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
#| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgid ""
+"File %s has been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose this file."
+msgid_plural ""
"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
-"Filene %1 er endra manuelt.\n"
-"YaST kan mista nokre av endringane."
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Fila %1 er endra manuelt.\n"
+"YaST kan mista nokre endringane."
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Fila %1 er endra manuelt.\n"
+"YaST kan mista nokre endringane."
#. error report
#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
@@ -5160,7 +5249,7 @@
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved oppretting av initrd."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -5193,7 +5282,7 @@
"heksadesimalsiffer skilde med kolon."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -5204,7 +5293,7 @@
"starta eller avslutta eit komponentnamn, og den siste komponenten kan ikkje begynna med eit tal."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5307,13 +5396,13 @@
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr "…"
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr "%1/s"
@@ -5401,8 +5490,8 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Module"
msgstr "Modul"
@@ -6192,72 +6281,17 @@
"Det finst ikkje noka baklengs sone for %1 administrert av DNS-tenaren.\n"
"Vertsnamnet %2 kan ikkje leggjast til."
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Start av teneste"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
+#~| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+#~ "YaST might lose these files."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Filene %1 er endra manuelt.\n"
+#~ "YaST kan mista nokre av endringane."
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status: "
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Status: "
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "During Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "Ved oppstart"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Warning"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "Åtvaring"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Stop"
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "&Stopp"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Stop"
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "&Stopp"
-
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "Klarte ikkje montera pakkebrønnmediet."
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-16 20:31+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -20,1476 +20,1267 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr "Konfigurasjonsmodul for oppstartslaster"
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
-msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag for oppstartslaster"
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
+msgstr "Oppstartspartisjonen er av typen NFS. Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast."
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val"
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
+msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillinger"
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val"
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "Enhetskartet må innehalda minst éi eining"
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
-msgstr "Skriv ut verdet for det spesifiserte alternativet"
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Innstillingar fir diskrekkefølge"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The key of the option"
-msgstr "Koda til alternativet"
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "D&isker"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The value of the option"
-msgstr "Verdet til alternativet"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "&Eining"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Value was not specified."
-msgstr "Inkje verd spesifisert."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Option was not specified."
-msgstr "Alternativ ikkje spesifisert."
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster …"
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "Verd: %1"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Systemet vil slåast av.%1%2\n"
+"Du finn meir informasjon i det aktuelle kapittelet \n"
+"i dokumentasjonen. \n"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
-msgstr "Det spesifiserte alternativet finst ikkje."
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "Maskina vil startast på nytt no …"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br>"
-"</p>"
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
+msgstr "&Oppstartslaster"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Oppstartsmeny</b></big><br>"
-"</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Angje oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Brukast for å aktivare partisjonen som inneheld oppstartslasteren. Den generiske MBR-koda vil då\n"
-"starta opp den aktive partisjonen. Eldre BIOS-er krev at ein partisjon er aktiv sjølv om\n"
-"oppstartslasteren er installert i MBR.</p>"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr " (standard)"
+
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>"
"\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tidsavbrudd i sekund</b><br>"
"\n"
-"Angjev kor lenge oppstartslasteren skal venta før standardkjernen lastast.</p>"
+"Viss du ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster, kan systemet\n"
+"kanskje ikkje startast.\n"
"\n"
+"Vil du halda fram?\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p> Ved å klikka <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valde \n"
-"seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren visa ein \n"
-"oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukaren skal velja ein kjerne eller anna \n"
-"operativsystem som skal startast. Viss det ikkje vert trykt nokon tast før tidsavbruddet, vert \n"
-"standardkjernen/operativsystemet lasta. Rekkjefølgda på seksjonane i oppstartslasteren \n"
-"kan endrast ved hjelp av <b>Opp</b> og <b>Ned</b>-knappen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Oppstartslastertype</b><br>\n"
+"Vel om ein oppstartslaster skal installerast, og i så fall kva for ein\n"
+"under <b>Oppstartslaster</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
+msgstr "Oppstartslastertype: %1"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b></big><br>"
-" erstattar «master boot record» på disken med generisk kode (OS-uavhengig kode som\n"
-"startar opp den aktive partisjonen).</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Start frå oppstartspartisjon</b> er eitt av dei tilrådde alternativa, det andre er \n"
-"<b>Start frå rotpartisjon</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Start frå hovedoppstartssektor</b> vert ikkje rådt til viss du har eit anna operativsystem\n"
-"installert på datamaskina</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Start frå rotpartisjon</b> er det tilrådde alternativet når det i det heile finst ein eigna\n"
-"partisjon. Du kan anten velja <b>Angje oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b> og <b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b>\n"
-" i <b>Oppstartslastervalg</b> for å oppdatera \"master boot record\" viss det er naudsynt, eller konfigurera den andre oppstartslasteren\n"
-" til å starta denne seksjonen.</p>"
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
+msgstr "Status for plassering: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
+msgstr "Harddiskrekkefølge: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Med <b>Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon</b> kan du velja kva for ein partisjon du vil starta frå.</p>"
+msgid " (extended)"
+msgstr " (utvida)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>MD-tilordning vert oppretta frå 2 diskar. <b>Aktivar redundans for MD-tilordning</b>\n"
-"aktivum lagring av GRUB i MBR på begge diskar.</p>"
+msgid " (MBR)"
+msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Med <b>Bruk seriell konsoll</b> kan du definera parametrar som skal brukast\n"
-"for ein seriell konsoll. Du finn meir informasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen (<code>info grub</code>).</p>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">deaktiver</a>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Terminaldefinisjon</b></p>"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"Definerer typen terminal du vil bruka. For ein seriell terminal (t.d. ein seriell konsoll),\n"
-" må du angje <code>seriell</code>. Du kan òg senda <code>konsoll</code> til\n"
-" kommandoen, som <code>seriell konsoll</code>. I dette tilfellet vil det veljast ein terminal \n"
-"der du kan trykkja ein kva for ein som helst tast, som GRUB-terminal.</p>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">aktiver</a>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast</b> inneheld ei liste med nummer \n"
-"på seksjonar som vert brukt til oppstart viss filsystemet i standardseksjonen ikkje kan startast.</p>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktiver</a>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Viss du vel <b>Skjul meny ved oppstart</b>, vert skjult oppstartsmenyen.</p>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">aktiver</a>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>"
-"YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Passord for oppstartslaster</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Angje passordet som må brukast for å få tilgjenge til oppstartsmenyen. YaST godkjenner berre passordet når du gjentek det i\n"
-" <b>Gjenta passordet</b>.</p>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">deaktiver</a>"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">aktiver</a>"
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Diskrekkefølge</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Angje diskrekkefølgen i samsvar med rekkjefølgda i BIOS med\n"
-"<b>opp</b>- og <b>ned</b>-knappane.\n"
-"Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til ein disk.\n"
-"Nytte <b>Fjern</b> for å fjerne ein disk.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
-msgstr "Plassering av oppstartslaster"
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
+msgstr "Endre plassering: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Angje oppstartspartisjonen som &aktiv i partisjonstabellen"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
-#, fuzzy
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "&Tidsavbrudd i sekund"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
-msgstr "Standar&d oppstartsseksjon"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tidsavbrudd i sekund</b><br>\n"
+"Angjev kor lenge oppstartslasteren skal venta før standardkjernen lastast.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
-msgstr "Skriv &generisk oppstartskode til MBR"
+msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Angje oppstartspartisjonen som &aktiv i partisjonstabellen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<b>Angje oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b><br>\n"
+"Brukast for å aktivare partisjonen som inneheld oppstartslasteren. Den generiske MBR-koda vil då\n"
+"starta opp den aktive partisjonen. Eldre BIOS-er krev at ein partisjon er aktiv sjølv om\n"
+"oppstartslasteren er installert i MBR.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Start frå hovedoppstartssektor"
+msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
+msgstr "Skriv &generisk oppstartskode til MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
-msgstr "Start frå rotpartisjon"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><big><b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b></big><br> erstattar «master boot record» på disken med generisk kode (OS-uavhengig kode som\n"
+"startar opp den aktive partisjonen).</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Start frå oppstartspartisjon"
+msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
+msgstr "&Skjul meny ved oppstart"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Start frå utvida partisjon"
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Viss du vel <b>Skjul meny ved oppstart</b>, vert skjult oppstartsmenyen.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
-msgstr "&Parametrar for seriell tilkobling"
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
-msgstr "Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
-msgstr "&Skjul meny ved oppstart"
+msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "Andre kommandolinje¶metrar for kjernen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
-msgstr "Pa&ssord for menygrensesnitt"
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Med <b>Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen</b> kan du definera tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
-msgstr "Feilsøk&ingsvalg"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
+msgid "set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
+msgid "do not change"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "B&eskytt oppstartslasteren med eit passord"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr ""
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "&Passord"
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
+msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Gjen&ta passordet"
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
-msgstr "Start frå &rotpartisjon"
+msgid "The password must not be empty."
+msgstr "Passordfeltet må ikkje vera tomt."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Star&t frå oppstartspartisjon"
+msgid ""
+"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
+"do not match. Retype the password."
+msgstr ""
+"'Passord og Stadfest passord'\n"
+"samsvarte ikkje. Skriv inn passordet på nytt."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "E&gendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Passord for oppstartslaster</b><br>\n"
+"Angje passordet som må brukast for å få tilgjenge til oppstartsmenyen. YaST godkjenner berre passordet når du gjentek det i\n"
+" <b>Gjenta passordet</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering"
+msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
+msgstr "Vel ny fil for grafisk meny"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Start frå &Mastar Boot Record"
+msgid "Use &graphical console"
+msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Start frå utvid&eit partisjon"
+msgid "&Console resolution"
+msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
-msgstr "Aktivar rei&undans for MD-tilordning"
+msgid "&Console theme"
+msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+msgstr ""
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr "Ekstra kjerneparametere: %1"
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll"
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster"
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster"
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+msgstr "Standar&d oppstartsseksjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-msgid "Secure Boot"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p> Ved å klikka <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valde \n"
+"seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren visa ein \n"
+"oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukaren skal velja ein kjerne eller anna \n"
+"operativsystem som skal startast. Viss det ikkje vert trykt nokon tast før tidsavbruddet, vert \n"
+"standardkjernen/operativsystemet lasta. Rekkjefølgda på seksjonane i oppstartslasteren \n"
+"kan endrast ved hjelp av <b>Opp</b> og <b>Ned</b>-knappen.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Med <b>Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen</b> kan du definera tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen.</p>"
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Star&t frå oppstartspartisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definerer VGA-modusen for <i>konsollen</i> kjernen skal stilla inn ved oppstart.</p>"
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
+msgstr "Start frå rotpartisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Start frå &Mastar Boot Record"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
+msgstr "Start frå utvid&eit partisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
#, fuzzy
-msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr "Andre kommandolinje¶metrar for kjernen"
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "E&gendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr "&VGA-modus"
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
+msgstr "Diskrekkefølge"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><big><b>Diskrekkefølge</b></big><br>\n"
+"Angje diskrekkefølgen i samsvar med rekkjefølgda i BIOS med\n"
+"<b>opp</b>- og <b>ned</b>-knappane.\n"
+"Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til ein disk.\n"
+"Nytte <b>Fjern</b> for å fjerne ein disk.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
-msgstr ""
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
+msgstr "Ekstra kjerneparametere: %1"
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
#, fuzzy
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bitar sine (modus %4)"
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
+msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr "Standard skrifttypemodus med 8 piksler."
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
+msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster"
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr "Tekstmodus"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
+#. error report
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr "Uspesifisert"
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen."
-#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
-msgid "set"
-msgstr ""
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
+msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster"
-#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
-msgid "remove"
-msgstr ""
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "Oppstart"
-#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
-msgid "do not change"
-msgstr ""
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "&Oppstart"
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
-msgstr ""
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Ingen oppstartslaster er valde for installasjon. Systemet vil kanskje ikkje kunna verta opp starta."
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
-msgstr "Vel ny fil for grafisk meny"
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Use &graphical console"
-msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll"
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Konfigurasjonsverktøy for oppstartslaster</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Endre innstillingane for oppstartslasteren.</P>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Console resolution"
-msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
+msgid ""
+"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B><BIG>Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster </BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#. grub2 is sooo cool...
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Console theme"
-msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
+msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
+msgstr "Ein kombinasjon av maskinvareplattformen %1 og oppstartslasteren %2 vert ikkje støtta"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll"
+msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
+msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er på raid-typen: %1. Systemet vil ikkje starta opp."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
+#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er plassert på programvarebasert RAID1. Vel ein anna plassering for oppstartslasteren, t.d. Mastar Boot Record."
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
+msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. activate set or there is already activate flag
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
+msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select File"
-msgstr "Vel fil"
+msgid "Check boot loader"
+msgstr "Kontrollar oppstartslaster"
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr "Oppstartspartisjonen er av typen NFS. Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast."
+msgid "Read partitioning"
+msgstr "Les partisjonstabell"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillinger"
+msgid "Load boot loader settings"
+msgstr "Last innstillingar for oppstartslaster"
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
#, fuzzy
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr "Ingen tilgjengelege val for denne oppstartslasteren."
+msgid "Checking boot loader..."
+msgstr "Kontrollerer oppstartslaster …"
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr "&Oppstartslaster"
+msgid "Reading partitioning..."
+msgstr "Lesar partisjonstabell …"
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Viss du ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster, kan systemet\n"
-"kanskje ikkje startast.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vil du halda fram?\n"
+msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
+msgstr "Lastar innstillingar for oppstartslaster …"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
+#. dialog header
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
#, fuzzy
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "&Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler"
+msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialiserer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr "&Foreslå ny konfigurasjon"
+msgid "Create initrd"
+msgstr "Opprett initrd"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr "&Lag heilt ny"
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
+msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr "&Bruk konfigurasjon frå disk"
+msgid "Creating initrd..."
+msgstr "Opprettar initrd …"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Gjenopprett MBR på harddisk"
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
+msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster …"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#. progress line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr "Skriv oppstartskode for oppstartslaster til disk"
+msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
+msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Anna"
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag for oppstartslaster"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
#, fuzzy
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr "MBR gjenopprettet."
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr "MBR kunne ikkje gjenopprettes."
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "&Detaljerte generelle val"
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillingene kunne ikkje lagrast."
+#~ msgid "Print value of specified option"
+#~ msgstr "Skriv ut verdet for det spesifiserte alternativet"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr "Oppstart sin&lastervalg"
+#~ msgid "The key of the option"
+#~ msgstr "Koda til alternativet"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "&Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon"
+#~ msgid "The value of the option"
+#~ msgstr "Verdet til alternativet"
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Konfigurasjonsverktøy for oppstartslaster</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Endre innstillingane for oppstartslasteren.</P>"
+#~ msgid "Value was not specified."
+#~ msgstr "Inkje verd spesifisert."
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster </BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+#~ msgid "Option was not specified."
+#~ msgstr "Alternativ ikkje spesifisert."
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Under <B>Anna</B>\n"
-"kan du redigera konfigurasjonsfilene for oppstartslasteren manuelt, sletta gjeldande \n"
-"konfigurasjon og foreslå ein ny konfigurasjon, starta på nytt eller bruka\n"
-"konfigurasjonen som er lagra på disken som utgangspunkt. %1</P>"
+#~ msgid "Value: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Verd: %1"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>For å redigera konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslasteren\n"
-"manuelt, klikk <B>Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#~ msgstr "Det spesifiserte alternativet finst ikkje."
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P> I tabellen representerer kvar seksjon éin oppføring\n"
-"i oppstartsmenyen.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>Oppstartsmeny</b></big><br></p>"
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P> Klikk <B>Rediger</B> for å vise eigenskapane til den\n"
-"valde seksjonen.</P>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
+#~ "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Start frå oppstartspartisjon</b> er eitt av dei tilrådde alternativa, det andre er \n"
+#~ "<b>Start frå rotpartisjon</b>.</p>"
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Ved å klikka <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valde\n"
-"seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren visa \n"
-"ein oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukaren skal velja ein kjerne eller \n"
-"eit anna operativsystem som skal startast. Dersom ingen tast vert trykt inn før forseinkinga, vert standardkjernen \n"
-"eller -operativsystemet lasta. Rekkjefølgda for seksjonane i oppstartsmenyen\n"
-"kan endrast ved å bruka <B>Opp</B>- og <B>Ned</B>knappane.</P>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
+#~ "installed on your computer</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Start frå hovedoppstartssektor</b> vert ikkje rådt til viss du har eit anna operativsystem\n"
+#~ "installert på datamaskina</p>"
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Klikk <B>Legg til</B> for å oppretta ein ny oppstartslasterseksjon\n"
-"eller <B>Slett</B> for å slette den valde seksjonen.</P>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+#~ "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+#~ "in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+#~ "to start this section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Start frå rotpartisjon</b> er det tilrådde alternativet når det i det heile finst ein eigna\n"
+#~ "partisjon. Du kan anten velja <b>Angje oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b> og <b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b>\n"
+#~ " i <b>Oppstartslastervalg</b> for å oppdatera \"master boot record\" viss det er naudsynt, eller konfigurera den andre oppstartslasteren\n"
+#~ " til å starta denne seksjonen.</p>"
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Oppstartslasterplassering</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Oppstartslasteren (%1) kan installerast på følgjande måtar:</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Med <b>Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon</b> kan du velja kva for ein partisjon du vil starta frå.</p>"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>- I <b>Mastar Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"Dette vert ikkje rådt til dersom eit anna operativsystem er installert\n"
-"på datamaskina.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
+#~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>MD-tilordning vert oppretta frå 2 diskar. <b>Aktivar redundans for MD-tilordning</b>\n"
+#~ "aktivum lagring av GRUB i MBR på begge diskar.</p>"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- I <b>Oppstartssektor</b> på <tt>/boot</tt>- eller <tt>/</tt> (root)\n"
-"-partisjonen. Dette vert rådt til viss det finst ein eigna\n"
-"partisjon. Vel anten <b>Aktivum oppstartslasterpartisjon</b> og\n"
-"<b>Erstatt MBR med generisk kode</b> under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>\n"
-"for å oppdatera master boot record\n"
-"viss dette er naudsynt, eller konfigurer den andre oppstartslasteren\n"
-"for å starta &product;.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
+#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Med <b>Bruk seriell konsoll</b> kan du definera parametrar som skal brukast\n"
+#~ "for ein seriell konsoll. Du finn meir informasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen (<code>info grub</code>).</p>"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- På ein <b>annan</b> partisjon. Tenk på kva som er mogleg i systemet\n"
-"viss du vel dette alternativet.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Terminaldefinisjon</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Definerer typen terminal du vil bruka. For ein seriell terminal (t.d. ein seriell konsoll),\n"
+#~ " må du angje <code>seriell</code>. Du kan òg senda <code>konsoll</code> til\n"
+#~ " kommandoen, som <code>seriell konsoll</code>. I dette tilfellet vil det veljast ein terminal \n"
+#~ "der du kan trykkja ein kva for ein som helst tast, som GRUB-terminal.</p>"
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dei fleste PC-er har til dømes avgrensingar i BIOS\n"
-"som hindrar oppstart frå\n"
-"harddisksylindre under 1024. Avhengig av oppstartslaster,\n"
-"er det kanskje mogleg å starta opp frå ein logisk partisjon, og kanskje ikkje.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
+#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast</b> inneheld ei liste med nummer \n"
+#~ "på seksjonar som vert brukt til oppstart viss filsystemet i standardseksjonen ikkje kan startast.</p>"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Angje partisjonens enhetsnavn (til dømes, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> eller\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) i feltet.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
+#~ msgstr "Plassering av oppstartslaster"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Nytte avanserte val for oppstartslasterinstallasjonen (til dømes\n"
-"enhetsmapping) under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Oppstartslastertype</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel om ein oppstartslaster skal installerast, og i så fall kva for ein\n"
-"under <b>Oppstartslaster</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
+#~ msgstr "Start frå hovedoppstartssektor"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Oppstartslastervalg</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"For velja alternativ for oppstartslasteren, t.d. forseinking, klikk på\n"
-"<b>Oppstartslastervalg</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Start frå oppstartspartisjon"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Avansert manuell konfigurasjon</B><BR>\n"
-"Her kan du redigera oppstartslasterens konfigurasjon manuelt</P>\n"
-"<P>Merk: Den endelege konfigurasjonsfilen treng ikkje å ha same tekstinnrykk.</P>"
+#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Start frå utvida partisjon"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Seksjonsnavn</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Klikk på <b>Seksjonsnavn</b> for å angje oppstartslasterseksjonens namn. Seksjonsnavnet\n"
-"må vera unikt.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "&Parametrar for seriell tilkobling"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Ny seksjonstype</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel kva for ein ny seksjonstype som skal opprettast.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
+#~ msgstr "Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast"
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vel <b>Klon valt seksjon</b> for å kopiera den valde\n"
-"seksjonen. Deretter kan du endra alternativ\n"
-"som skal vera annleis.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
+#~ msgstr "Pa&ssord for menygrensesnitt"
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vel <b>Diskbildeseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde\n"
-"som skal lastast og vert starta.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
+#~ msgstr "Feilsøk&ingsvalg"
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vel <b>Xen-seksjon</b> viss du vil leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde,\n"
-"men starta han i eit XEN-miljø.</p>"
+#~ msgid "&Password"
+#~ msgstr "&Passord"
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vel <b>Anna system (Chainloader)</b> for å leggja til ein seksjon som \n"
-"skal lasta og starta opp ein oppstartssektor på ein diskpartisjon. Dette valet vert nytta for å\n"
-"starta opp andre operativsystemer.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Start frå &rotpartisjon"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vel <b>Menyseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein seksjon som\n"
-"lastar oppsettsfilen (lista over oppstartsseksjoner) frå ein partisjon på disken. Dette vert nytta for å\n"
-"starta opp andre operativsystemer.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
+#~ msgstr "Aktivar rei&undans for MD-tilordning"
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr "Harddiskrekkefølge: %1"
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+#~ msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definerer VGA-modusen for <i>konsollen</i> kjernen skal stilla inn ved oppstart.</p>"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "&Vga Mode"
+#~ msgstr "&VGA-modus"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
+#~ msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bitar sine (modus %4)"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr "Oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
+#~ msgstr "Standard skrifttypemodus med 8 piksler."
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Oppstartslastar"
+#~ msgid "Text Mode"
+#~ msgstr "Tekstmodus"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne funksjonen er ikkje tilgjengeleg viss ikkje\n"
-"oppstartslasteren er spesifisert."
+#~ msgid "Unspecified"
+#~ msgstr "Uspesifisert"
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Er du sikker på at du vil avslutta konfigurasjonen av oppstartslasteren utan å lagra?\n"
-"Alle endringar vil gå tapt.\n"
+#~ msgid "Select File"
+#~ msgstr "Vel fil"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr "Passordfeltet må ikkje vera tomt."
+#~ msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
+#~ msgstr "Ingen tilgjengelege val for denne oppstartslasteren."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
-"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr ""
-"'Passord og Stadfest passord'\n"
-"samsvarte ikkje. Skriv inn passordet på nytt."
+#~ msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#~ msgstr "&Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler"
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr "%1Definer oppstartslasterens plassering?\n"
+#~ msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Foreslå ny konfigurasjon"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Namnet er allereie i bruk.\n"
-"Vel eit anna.\n"
+#~ msgid "&Start from Scratch"
+#~ msgstr "&Lag heilt ny"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Ein feil oppstod under installasjon av\n"
-"oppstartslasteren. Vil du freista å konfigurera oppstartslasteren på nytt?\n"
+#~ msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
+#~ msgstr "&Bruk konfigurasjon frå disk"
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Advarsel!\n"
-"\n"
-"Gjeldande MBR for %1 vil no verta overskrevet av MBR\n"
-"lagra på %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Berre oppstartskoden i MBR vil verta overskrevet.\n"
-"Partisjonstabellen vil vera uendra.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vil du halda fram?\n"
+#~ msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "Gjenopprett MBR på harddisk"
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr "&Ja, overskriv"
+#~ msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
+#~ msgstr "Skriv oppstartskode for oppstartslaster til disk"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen."
+#~ msgid "Other"
+#~ msgstr "Anna"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "Enhetskartet må innehalda minst éi eining"
+#~ msgid "MBR restored successfully."
+#~ msgstr "MBR gjenopprettet."
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "Innstillingar fir diskrekkefølge"
+#~ msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
+#~ msgstr "MBR kunne ikkje gjenopprettes."
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
#, fuzzy
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "D&isker"
+#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
+#~ msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillingene kunne ikkje lagrast."
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "&Eining"
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstart sin&lastervalg"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#~ msgstr "&Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
+#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
+#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
+#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Under <B>Anna</B>\n"
+#~ "kan du redigera konfigurasjonsfilene for oppstartslasteren manuelt, sletta gjeldande \n"
+#~ "konfigurasjon og foreslå ein ny konfigurasjon, starta på nytt eller bruka\n"
+#~ "konfigurasjonen som er lagra på disken som utgangspunkt. %1</P>"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster …"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
+#~ "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>For å redigera konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslasteren\n"
+#~ "manuelt, klikk <B>Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler</B>.</P>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Systemet vil slåast av.%1%2\n"
-"Du finn meir informasjon i det aktuelle kapittelet \n"
-"i dokumentasjonen. \n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
+#~ "in the boot menu.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P> I tabellen representerer kvar seksjon éin oppføring\n"
+#~ "i oppstartsmenyen.</P>"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "Maskina vil startast på nytt no …"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
+#~ "selected section.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P> Klikk <B>Rediger</B> for å vise eigenskapane til den\n"
+#~ "valde seksjonen.</P>"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "Oppstart"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
+#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
+#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
+#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
+#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
+#~ "menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Ved å klikka <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valde\n"
+#~ "seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren visa \n"
+#~ "ein oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukaren skal velja ein kjerne eller \n"
+#~ "eit anna operativsystem som skal startast. Dersom ingen tast vert trykt inn før forseinkinga, vert standardkjernen \n"
+#~ "eller -operativsystemet lasta. Rekkjefølgda for seksjonane i oppstartsmenyen\n"
+#~ "kan endrast ved å bruka <B>Opp</B>- og <B>Ned</B>knappane.</P>"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "&Oppstart"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
+#~ "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Klikk <B>Legg til</B> for å oppretta ein ny oppstartslasterseksjon\n"
+#~ "eller <B>Slett</B> for å slette den valde seksjonen.</P>"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
#, fuzzy
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "Ingen oppstartslaster er valde for installasjon. Systemet vil kanskje ikkje kunna verta opp starta."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Oppstartslasterplassering</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Oppstartslasteren (%1) kan installerast på følgjande måtar:</p>"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
+#~ "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
+#~ "on the computer.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>- I <b>Mastar Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
+#~ "Dette vert ikkje rådt til dersom eit anna operativsystem er installert\n"
+#~ "på datamaskina.</p>"
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">deaktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
+#~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+#~ "partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
+#~ "<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
+#~ "to update the master boot record\n"
+#~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+#~ "to start &product;.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- I <b>Oppstartssektor</b> på <tt>/boot</tt>- eller <tt>/</tt> (root)\n"
+#~ "-partisjonen. Dette vert rådt til viss det finst ein eigna\n"
+#~ "partisjon. Vel anten <b>Aktivum oppstartslasterpartisjon</b> og\n"
+#~ "<b>Erstatt MBR med generisk kode</b> under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>\n"
+#~ "for å oppdatera master boot record\n"
+#~ "viss dette er naudsynt, eller konfigurer den andre oppstartslasteren\n"
+#~ "for å starta &product;.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">aktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
+#~ "when selecting this option.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- På ein <b>annan</b> partisjon. Tenk på kva som er mogleg i systemet\n"
+#~ "viss du vel dette alternativet.</p>"
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
+#~ "limit that restricts booting to\n"
+#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
+#~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Dei fleste PC-er har til dømes avgrensingar i BIOS\n"
+#~ "som hindrar oppstart frå\n"
+#~ "harddisksylindre under 1024. Avhengig av oppstartslaster,\n"
+#~ "er det kanskje mogleg å starta opp frå ein logisk partisjon, og kanskje ikkje.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">aktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
+#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Angje partisjonens enhetsnavn (til dømes, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> eller\n"
+#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) i feltet.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">deaktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
+#~ "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
+#~ "mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Nytte avanserte val for oppstartslasterinstallasjonen (til dømes\n"
+#~ "enhetsmapping) under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">aktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
+#~ "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
+#~ "<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Oppstartslastervalg</b><br>\n"
+#~ "For velja alternativ for oppstartslasteren, t.d. forseinking, klikk på\n"
+#~ "<b>Oppstartslastervalg</b>.</p>"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr "Endre plassering: %1"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
+#~ "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P><B>Avansert manuell konfigurasjon</B><BR>\n"
+#~ "Her kan du redigera oppstartslasterens konfigurasjon manuelt</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>Merk: Den endelege konfigurasjonsfilen treng ikkje å ha same tekstinnrykk.</P>"
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr "Oppstartslastertype: %1"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
+#~ "name must be unique.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Seksjonsnavn</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Klikk på <b>Seksjonsnavn</b> for å angje oppstartslasterseksjonens namn. Seksjonsnavnet\n"
+#~ "må vera unikt.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
#, fuzzy
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr " (utvida)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Ny seksjonstype</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Vel kva for ein ny seksjonstype som skal opprettast.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
#, fuzzy
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr " (MBR)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
+#~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
+#~ "selected section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Vel <b>Klon valt seksjon</b> for å kopiera den valde\n"
+#~ "seksjonen. Deretter kan du endra alternativ\n"
+#~ "som skal vera annleis.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr "Status for plassering: %1"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
+#~ "to load and start.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Vel <b>Diskbildeseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde\n"
+#~ "som skal lastast og vert starta.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr "Ukjent oppstartslaster: %1"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
+#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Vel <b>Xen-seksjon</b> viss du vil leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde,\n"
+#~ "men starta han i eit XEN-miljø.</p>"
-#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
-msgstr "Ein kombinasjon av maskinvareplattformen %1 og oppstartslasteren %2 vert ikkje støtta"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
+#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Vel <b>Anna system (Chainloader)</b> for å leggja til ein seksjon som \n"
+#~ "skal lasta og starta opp ein oppstartssektor på ein diskpartisjon. Dette valet vert nytta for å\n"
+#~ "starta opp andre operativsystemer.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
-msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er på raid-typen: %1. Systemet vil ikkje starta opp."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
+#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Vel <b>Menyseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein seksjon som\n"
+#~ "lastar oppsettsfilen (lista over oppstartsseksjoner) frå ein partisjon på disken. Dette vert nytta for å\n"
+#~ "starta opp andre operativsystemer.</p>"
-#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er plassert på programvarebasert RAID1. Vel ein anna plassering for oppstartslasteren, t.d. Mastar Boot Record."
+#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster"
-#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
-msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Check boot loader"
-msgstr "Kontrollar oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "Install the default boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Read partitioning"
-msgstr "Les partisjonstabell"
+#~ msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Load boot loader settings"
-msgstr "Last innstillingar for oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "Boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstartslaster"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstartslastar"
+
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Checking boot loader..."
-msgstr "Kontrollerer oppstartslaster …"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This function is not available if the boot\n"
+#~ "loader is not specified."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Denne funksjonen er ikkje tilgjengeleg viss ikkje\n"
+#~ "oppstartslasteren er spesifisert."
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Reading partitioning..."
-msgstr "Lesar partisjonstabell …"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
+#~ "All changes will be lost.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Er du sikker på at du vil avslutta konfigurasjonen av oppstartslasteren utan å lagra?\n"
+#~ "Alle endringar vil gå tapt.\n"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
-msgstr "Lastar innstillingar for oppstartslaster …"
+#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
+#~ msgstr "%1Definer oppstartslasterens plassering?\n"
-#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "Initialiserer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The name selected is already used.\n"
+#~ "Use a different one.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Namnet er allereie i bruk.\n"
+#~ "Vel eit anna.\n"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create initrd"
-msgstr "Opprett initrd"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\n"
+#~ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ein feil oppstod under installasjon av\n"
+#~ "oppstartslasteren. Vil du freista å konfigurera oppstartslasteren på nytt?\n"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
-msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Warning!\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
+#~ "saved at %2.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
+#~ "The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Continue?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Advarsel!\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Gjeldande MBR for %1 vil no verta overskrevet av MBR\n"
+#~ "lagra på %2.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Berre oppstartskoden i MBR vil verta overskrevet.\n"
+#~ "Partisjonstabellen vil vera uendra.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Vil du halda fram?\n"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
+#~ msgstr "&Ja, overskriv"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Creating initrd..."
-msgstr "Opprettar initrd …"
+#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
+#~ msgstr "Ukjent oppstartslaster: %1"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
-msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster …"
+#~ msgid "Install boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr "Installerer oppstartslaster …"
+#~ msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+#~ msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster …"
-#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "Installing boot loader..."
+#~ msgstr "Installerer oppstartslaster …"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
@@ -1528,10 +1319,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Eit seksjonsnavn må spesifiserast."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "Diskrekkefølge"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
#~ msgstr "Oppstartsmeny"
@@ -1814,24 +1601,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
-#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Første RAM-disk</b> definerer, viss utfylt, kva for ein RAM-DISK som skal verta først brukt. Skriv inn stigen og filnavnet\n"
-#~ "direkte, eller vel ein disk ved hjelp av <b>Bla gjennom</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "direkte, eller vel ein disk ved hjelp av <b>Bla gjennom</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Chainloader-seksjon</b> viss du vil definera ein seksjon for å starta eit anna operativsystem enn Linux.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p>"
-#~ " will require a password to select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Viss du angjev <b>Bruk passordbeskyttelse</p>"
-#~ ", vil det krevjast eit passord for å velja denne seksjonen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Viss du angjev <b>Bruk passordbeskyttelse</p>, vil det krevjast eit passord for å velja denne seksjonen.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
@@ -1844,22 +1625,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Med <b>Blokkforskyvning for chainloading</b> kan du angje lista over blokker som skal startast. I dei fleste tilfelle bør du\n"
-#~ "angje <code>+1</code> her. Du finn meir informasjon om blokklistenotasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "angje <code>+1</code> her. Du finn meir informasjon om blokklistenotasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
-#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vel <b>Xen-seksjon</b> viss du vil leggja til ein ny Linux-kjerne eller eit anna diskbilde\n"
-#~ "som skal startast i eit Xen-miljø.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "som skal startast i eit Xen-miljø.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
@@ -1898,18 +1675,15 @@
#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b></p>\n"
#~ "Verta vanlegvis angjeven i den generelle seksjonen</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Fremtving skrivebeskyttet montering av rotfilsystem</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Fremtving skrivebeskyttet montering av rotfilsystem</b><br>\n"
#~ "Verta vanlegvis angjeven i den globale seksjonen</p>"
#, fuzzy
@@ -1925,12 +1699,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vel<b>Menyseksjon</b> for å leggja til ein meny i oppsettet.\n"
-#~ "Menyseksjoner representerer ei liste over oppgåver som er gruppert saman</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Menyseksjoner representerer ei liste over oppgåver som er gruppert saman</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2105,18 +1877,10 @@
#~ msgstr " (\"/\")"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (standard)"
+#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+#~ msgstr "Seksjoner:<br>%1"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Sections:<br>"
-#~ "%1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Seksjoner:<br>"
-#~ "%1"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
#~ msgstr "Ikkje installer oppstartslasteren – berre opprett konfigurasjonsfiler"
@@ -2206,13 +1970,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n"
#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n"
#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Angje ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br/>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Angje ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br/>\n"
#~ "Enhetskartet inneheld meir enn 8 einingar, og oppstartsenheten er utanfor området.\n"
#~ "Områdd er avgrensa i BIOS til dei første 8 einingane. Juster oppstartsrekkefølgen i BIOS (eller korriger rekkjefølgda i oppstartslasteroppsettet viss dette allereie er gjort)."
@@ -2226,22 +1988,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>\n"
#~ "Viss det ikkje er mogleg å velja ei plassering, må du kanskje oppretta ein liten primær Apple HFS-partisjon."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Vel ei gyldig plassering for oppstartslasteren før du held fram.<br>\n"
#~ "Viss det ikkje er mogleg å velja ei plassering, må du kanskje oppretta ein PReP Boot-partisjon."
#, fuzzy
@@ -2290,39 +2048,31 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br>"
-#~ " Increase verbosity of ELILO\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\n"
#~ "in case of boot problems.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Angje detaljnivå [0-5]</b><br>"
-#~ " Auk detaljnivået for ELILO\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Angje detaljnivå [0-5]</b><br> Auk detaljnivået for ELILO\n"
#~ "i tilfelle med oppstartsproblemer.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\n"
#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
-#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med globale kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med globale kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>\n"
#~ "Her kan du definera globale tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen. Desse vert brukte\n"
-#~ "viss ingen 'tillegg' er til steda i ein aktuell seksjon.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "viss ingen 'tillegg' er til steda i ein aktuell seksjon.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
-#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Namn på standard initrd-fil</b> definerer, viss utfylt, kva for ein \n"
#~ "RAM-DISK som skal verta først brukt. Skriv inn stigen og filnavnet direkte, eller bruk\n"
-#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2336,42 +2086,34 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n"
#~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Angje brukergrensesnitt for ELILO («enkelt» eller «tekstmeny»)</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Angje brukergrensesnitt for ELILO («enkelt» eller «tekstmeny»)</b><br>\n"
#~ "Forsiktig: «tekstmeny» har medført problem på einskilde maskiner.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n"
#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n"
#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n"
#~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n"
-#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Hindre EDD30-modus</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Hindre EDD30-modus</b><br>\n"
#~ "Som standard vil ELILO prøva å setja variabelen til SANN viss EDD30 er av.\n"
#~ "Einskilde kontrollera støtter likevel ikkje EDD30, og å bruka variabelen\n"
#~ "kan difor føra til problem. Difor kan ein frå og med elilo 3.2 \n"
-#~ "unngå å bruka variabelen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "unngå å bruka variabelen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b><br>\n"
#~ "In case of memory allocation error at initial load point of\n"
#~ "kernel, allow attempt to relocate (assume this kernel is relocatable).\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Tillat forsøk på flytting</b><br>\n"
#~ "I tillfeller av minnetilordningsfeil ved første innlastingspunkt i\n"
#~ " kjernen, tillatast forsøk på flytting (føresett at kjernen kan flyttast).\n"
#~ " </p>"
@@ -2608,29 +2350,23 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\n"
#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
-#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med generelle kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Tilleggsstreng med generelle kommandolinjevalg for kjernen</b><br>\n"
#~ "Her kan du definera generelle tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen. Desse vert brukte\n"
-#~ "viss ingen 'append'-verd finst i ein seksjon.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "viss ingen 'append'-verd finst i ein seksjon.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
-#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Namn på standard initrd-fil</b> definerer, viss utfylt, kva for ein \n"
#~ "RAM-DISK som skal verta først brukt. Skriv inn stigen og filnavnet direkte, eller bruk\n"
-#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -138,15 +138,13 @@
"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n"
"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"YaST genererer standard CA og sertifikat automatisk. CA og sertifikatet\n"
"vert nytta ved kommunikasjon med Apache-serveren.\n"
"Her kan du endra innstillingar for dette CA og sertifikat, eller importera eit CA og sertifikat frå fil.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193
@@ -595,14 +593,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n"
"while completing the installation.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Her kan du velja installasjonsmetode for <b>CA</b> og <b>sertifikat</b>\n"
"medan installasjonen vert fullførd.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112
#, fuzzy
@@ -610,14 +606,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n"
"if you do not want to create or import it now.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan òg oppretta standard-CA og sertifikat i det installerte systemet \n"
"viss du ikkje vil oppretta eller importera no.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Creates Country items
#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table
@@ -721,15 +715,13 @@
"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n"
"Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"YaST genererer <b>standard CA og sertifikat</b> automatisk. CA og sertifikatet\n"
"vert nytta ved kommunikasjon med <b>Apache-serveren</b>.\n"
"Her kan du endra desse <b>standardinnstillingene</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484
#, fuzzy
@@ -1617,12 +1609,8 @@
#. Translators: long help text - security information
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Warning!<br>"
-"Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user."
-msgstr ""
-"Advarsel!<br>"
-"Ved å aktivera automatisk oppretting og eksport av CRL, vil CA-passordet lagrast i ein oppsettfil på disken. Passordet vil lagrast som rein tekst, fordi dette vert kravt for å oppretta ein CRL. Fila vil berre kunna lesast av rotbrukeren."
+msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user."
+msgstr "Advarsel!<br>Ved å aktivera automatisk oppretting og eksport av CRL, vil CA-passordet lagrast i ein oppsettfil på disken. Passordet vil lagrast som rein tekst, fordi dette vert kravt for å oppretta ein CRL. Fila vil berre kunna lesast av rotbrukeren."
#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA
#. @param selected CA
@@ -2196,15 +2184,15 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "Opprettar sertifikat …"
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
@@ -2214,32 +2202,31 @@
"modulen CA-administrasjon.\n"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Fullfør"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil lagra konfigurasjonen?"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Avslutt"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avslutta konfigurasjonen utan å lagra?"
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detaljer"
@@ -2580,8 +2567,7 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr "LDAP-p&assord:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
#, fuzzy
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
@@ -2732,12 +2718,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n"
-" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>"
-"\n"
+" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Importera vanleg serversertifikat (PKCS12- + CA-kjedeformat)\n"
-" frå disk:</big></b> Vel eit filnavn og klikk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>"
-"\n"
+" frå disk:</big></b> Vel eit filnavn og klikk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222
@@ -2749,15 +2733,11 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password:</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Certificate password</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n"
+"Certificate password</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Passord:</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Sertifikatpassord</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Passord:</b><br>\n"
+"Sertifikatpassord</p>\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -203,311 +203,246 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>"
-"This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>"
-"This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>"
-"This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>"
-"This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>"
-"This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>"
-"This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>"
-"This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>"
-"This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>"
-"Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>"
-"Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>"
-"This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>"
-"Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>"
-"Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>"
-"The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>"
-"The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>"
-"Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>"
-"A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>"
-"The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>"
-"The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>"
-"A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -521,96 +456,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:02+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -14,329 +14,668 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>"
-"Your openSUSE Development Team</p>"
-"\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Gratulerer!</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>openSUSE er no ferdig installert på maskina.\n"
-"Etter at du har trykkja på <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga på systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Besøk oss på %1.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>"
-"openSUSE-utviklarane</p>"
-"\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"Installeringa er ferdig.\n"
+"Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n"
+"Trykk «Fullfør» for å logga på systemet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"Skrivebordsmiljøet på datamaskina er den grafiske\n"
-"brukerflata, og har blant anna program for e-post\n"
-"nettlesing, kontorarbeid, spel og verktøy for å\n"
-"administrera datamaskina.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE tilbyr ulike skrivebordsmiljø. Dei mest\n"
-"brukte miljøa er GNOME og KDE. Begge desse er like\n"
-"godt støtta i openSUSE, og begge er enkle å bruka,\n"
-"godt integrerte og elegant utforma. Dei to\n"
-"skrivebordsmiljøa har kvart sitt særpreg, så det er\n"
-"opp til deg kven av dei du føretrekkjer."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "CIM-tenar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "GNOME-miljøet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE-miljøet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "XFCE-miljøet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "LXDE-miljøet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "Minimalt grafisk grensesnitt"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Enlightenment-miljøet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Minimal tenar i tekstmodus"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installasjonsinnstillingar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Oversikt"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar for live-installasjon"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Oppdateringsinnstillingar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Nettverksoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Maskinvareoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Førebuing"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Last linuxrc-nettverksoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Automatisk nettverksoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Velkommen"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Nettverksoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Systemanalyse"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Online Update"
+msgid "Installer Update"
+msgstr "Nettoppdateringar"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "Tilleggsprodukt"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidssone"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Pakkebrønnar"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "Tilleggsprodukt"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Skrivebordsval"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Brukarinnstillingar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installering"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Installasjonsoversikt"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Installer"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation"
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
+msgstr "Installering"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Installering"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "System som skal oppgraderast"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Oppgrader"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "Oppgraderingssammendrag"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Oppgrader"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Oppsett"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Grunninstallasjon"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST-innstillingar"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Oppsett"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Systemoppsett"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>"
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~| "</p>"
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "\t"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ " "
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Installeringa er ferdig.\n"
-#~ "Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n"
-#~ "Trykk «Fullfør» for å logga på systemet.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "\t"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Installeringa er ferdig.\n"
+"Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n"
+"Trykk «Fullfør» for å logga på systemet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t"
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "CIM-tenar"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System for Update"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "System som skal oppgraderast"
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Oversikt"
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "Ekspert"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Oppsett av nettverkstenester"
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Installasjonssamandrag"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Oppgraderingssammendrag"
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initialization..."
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "Gjer klar …"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "Oppsett av nettverkstenester"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Last linuxrc-nettverksoppsett"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Installasjonssamandrag"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Gratulerer!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>openSUSE er no ferdig installert på maskina.\n"
+"Etter at du har trykkja på <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga på systemet.</p>\n"
+"<p>Besøk oss på %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>openSUSE-utviklarane</p>\n"
+" "
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#| "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#| "manage your computer.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+#| "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#| "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#| "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#| "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#| "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+"Skrivebordsmiljøet på datamaskina er den grafiske\n"
+"brukerflata, og har blant anna program for e-post\n"
+"nettlesing, kontorarbeid, spel og verktøy for å\n"
+"administrera datamaskina.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE tilbyr ulike skrivebordsmiljø. Dei mest\n"
+"brukte miljøa er GNOME og KDE. Begge desse er like\n"
+"godt støtta i openSUSE, og begge er enkle å bruka,\n"
+"godt integrerte og elegant utforma. Dei to\n"
+"skrivebordsmiljøa har kvart sitt særpreg, så det er\n"
+"opp til deg kven av dei du føretrekkjer."
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr "GNOME-miljøet"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "KDE Desktop"
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr "KDE-miljøet"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr "Minimal tenar i tekstmodus"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr "XFCE-miljøet"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr "LXDE-miljøet"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr "Minimalt grafisk grensesnitt"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr "Enlightenment-miljøet"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr "Minimal tenar i tekstmodus"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr "Pakkebrønnar"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Skrivebordsval"
+
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Installering av tilleggsprodukt"
@@ -350,12 +689,10 @@
#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
#~| "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>"
-#~| "\n"
+#~| "</p>\n"
#~| "<p>\n"
#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~| "</p>"
-#~| "\n"
+#~| "</p>\n"
#~| "\t"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
@@ -363,12 +700,10 @@
#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "\t"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
@@ -376,17 +711,12 @@
#~ "Installeringa er ferdig.\n"
#~ "Systemet er no klart til bruk.\n"
#~ "Trykk <b>Fullfør</b> for å logga på systemet.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "\t"
-#~ msgid "Initialization..."
-#~ msgstr "Gjer klar …"
-
#~ msgid "Configuring network..."
#~ msgstr "Set opp nettverk …"
@@ -414,9 +744,6 @@
#~ msgid "Customer Center"
#~ msgstr "Kundesenter"
-#~ msgid "Online Update"
-#~ msgstr "Nettoppdateringar"
-
#~ msgid "Release Notes"
#~ msgstr "Versjonsnotat"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -81,12 +81,8 @@
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Desse innstillingane påverkar berre konsolltastaturet. Innstillingane for det grafiske miljøet må du setja opp med eit anna verktøy.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Desse innstillingane påverkar berre konsolltastaturet. Innstillingane for det grafiske miljøet må du setja opp med eit anna verktøy.</p>\n"
#. heading text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
@@ -168,16 +164,14 @@
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka ved\n"
"installering og på det installerte systemet. \n"
"Test oppsettet med<b>Test</b>.\n"
"Vel <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> for avanserte val som repetisjonsfart og forseinking.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238
@@ -195,17 +189,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>"
-"\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka på systemet.\n"
-"Vel <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> for avanserte val som repetisjonsfart og forseinking.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Du finn fleire val og fleire tastaturoppsett i tastaturverktøyet i skrivebordsmiljøet ditt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Vel <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> for avanserte val som repetisjonsfart og forseinking.</p>\n"
+"<p>Du finn fleire val og fleire tastaturoppsett i tastaturverktøyet i skrivebordsmiljøet ditt.</p>\n"
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
@@ -327,12 +317,8 @@
#. help for write dialog
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>"
-"Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Lagrar oppsettet</b><br>"
-"Vent litt …</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Lagrar oppsettet</b><br>Vent litt …</p>"
#. summary label
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
@@ -408,27 +394,23 @@
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n"
"the installed system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>språket</b> du vil bruka under installeringa og etter at\n"
"systemet er installert.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å gå vidare til neste steg.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259
@@ -436,14 +418,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
"all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ikkje noko vil skje med datamaskina før du stadfestar\n"
"alle innstillingane i det siste installasjonssteget.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270
@@ -451,13 +431,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n"
"installation process.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan velja å <b>avbryta</b> installeringa når som helst.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. different help text when called after installation
#. in an installed system
@@ -465,26 +443,22 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel nytt <b>språk</b> for systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel nytt <b>hovudspråk</b> for systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox'
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
@@ -492,31 +466,25 @@
"<p>\n"
"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Kryss av for <b>Tilpass tastaturoppsett</b> for å tilpassa tastaturoppsettet til hovudspråket.\n"
"Kryss av for <b>Tilpass tidssone</b> for å endra gjeldande tidssone i samsvar med hovudspråket. Viss tastaturoppsettet eller tidssona alt er tilpassa standardspråket, vert ikkje dei aktuelle tilgjengelege.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n"
"In the selection box, specify additional languages to use on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Tilleggsspråk</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Tilleggsspråk</b><br>\n"
"Vel kva tilleggsspråk du vil bruka på systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. error message - package solver failed
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533
@@ -539,15 +507,13 @@
"Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n"
"These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n"
"If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Her kan du finjustera innstillingane for språkhandtering.\n"
"Desse vert lagra i fila <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n"
"ruk standardverdiane om du ikkje er sikker på kva du skal velja.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585
@@ -564,21 +530,15 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
-"are unset.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>"
-"\n"
+"are unset.<br>\n"
+"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Berre ctype</b>: Rotbrukaren får same LC_CTYPE som ein vanleg brukar. Dei andre verdiane vert ikkje definerte.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Ja</b>: Rotbrukaren får same språk- og landinnstillingar som ein vanleg brukar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Berre ctype</b>: Rotbrukaren får same LC_CTYPE som ein vanleg brukar. Dei andre verdiane vert ikkje definerte.<br>\n"
+"<b>Ja</b>: Rotbrukaren får same språk- og landinnstillingar som ein vanleg brukar.<br>\n"
"<b>Nei</b>: Ingen språk- og landvariablar vert definerte.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
@@ -693,7 +653,9 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
msgstr "Ny verdi for maskinvareklokka"
#. summary label
@@ -756,8 +718,7 @@
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel om maskina er innstilt på lokal tid eller UTC under <b>Maskinvareklokke innstilt på</b>.\n"
@@ -767,8 +728,7 @@
"UTC.\n"
"Viss maskinvareklokka er innstilt på UTC, kan systemet byta frå normaltid\n"
"til sommartid og tilbake automatisk.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text: extra note about localtime
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118
@@ -883,49 +843,49 @@
"Ugyldig klokkeslett (DD-MM-YYYY) %1\n"
"Vel rett dato.\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr "Andre &innstillingar …"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett (NTP er sett opp)"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "&Maskinvareklokka er innstilt på UTC"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Region"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "&Tidssone"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett:"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -934,24 +894,22 @@
"<p><b><big>Tidssone og klokke</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å velja tidssona du vil bruka på systemet, vel først <b>Region</b>.\n"
"Under <b>Tidssone</b> vel du så tidssona, landet eller \n"
"regionen.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -962,12 +920,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Klokke og tidssone"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Vel ei gyldig tidssone."
@@ -1055,181 +1013,188 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "Spansk (Latin-Amerika)"
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italiensk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Portugisisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasil)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasil + US-aksentar)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Gresk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Nederlandsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Dansk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Svensk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Tsjekkisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Tsjekkisk (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Slovakisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Slovakisk (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Slovensk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Ungarsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Russisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Serbisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Litauisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Tyrkisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Kroatisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belgisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Islandsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukrainsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Khmer"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Koreansk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Arabisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tadsjikisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Kinesisk – tradisjonell"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Kinesisk – forenkla"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Rumensk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
msgid "US International"
msgstr "Engelsk (USA/internasjonalt)"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 16:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -24,19 +24,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Oppsett av crowbar"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -46,19 +36,15 @@
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>"
-"It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -81,8 +67,7 @@
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -176,124 +161,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -301,91 +294,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -394,36 +387,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b>Crowbar Configuration Overview</b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help
@@ -446,37 +432,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -68,9 +68,7 @@
msgstr "Administrer alternativ for DHCP-undernettverk"
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "Vis alle definerte vertsmaskiner med fast adresse"
@@ -118,178 +116,184 @@
msgstr "IP-adresse (eller vertsnavn) til vertsmaskin med fast adresse"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "Vel nettverksgrensesnittet som skal brukast"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr "Skriv ut gjeldande grensesnitt og vis andre tilgjengelege grensesnitt"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "Skriv ut gjeldande alternativ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "Definer eit globalt alternativ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "Valgnøkkel (t.d. ntp-servar sine)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "Valgverdi (t.d. IP address)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Lågaste IP-adresse i tildelingsområdet for dynamiske adresser"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Høgaste IP-adresse i tildelingsområdet for dynamiske adresser"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Standard tildelingstid i sekund"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Maksimal tildelingstid i sekund"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren er aktivert"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren er deaktivert"
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "Vertsmaskin %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "Maskinvare: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "Vertsnavn ikkje spesifisert."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "Han spesifiserte vertsmaskinen finst ikkje."
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
#, fuzzy
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Valde grensesnitt: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Andre grensesnitt: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "Det spesifiserte grensesnittet finst ikkje."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "Operasjon med grensesnittet ikkje spesifisert."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "Ein alternativnøkkel må spesifiserast."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "Eit verd må spesifiserast."
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "Adresseområde: %1-%2"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Standard tildelingstid: %1"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Maksimal tildelingstid: %1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikkje lagrast. Vil du endra innstillingane?"
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikkje lagrast. Vil du endra innstillingane?"
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar"
@@ -297,108 +301,108 @@
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
#, fuzzy
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Generelle alternativ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "Subnettkonfigurasjon"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "Vert med fast adresse"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "Delt nettverk"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "Adresseutvalg"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "Gruppespesifikke alternativ"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Klasse"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "&Subnett"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "&Vertsmaskin"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "Delt &nettverk"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Gruppe"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "&Adresseutvalg"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "&Klasse"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "Deklarasjonstyper"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
#, fuzzy
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "Deklarasjonstype"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Grensesnittkonfigurasjon"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr "Administrasjon av TSIG-nøkkel"
@@ -428,7 +432,7 @@
msgstr "Sekunder"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Oppstart"
@@ -436,216 +440,168 @@
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Oppstart"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Val av kort"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "Val av kort"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Generelle innstillingar"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "Generelle innstillingar"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Dynamisk DHCP"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "Dynamisk DHCP"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Vertsmaskinadministrasjon"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "Vertsmaskinadministrasjon"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Avanserte innstillingar"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Under &oppstart"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manuelt"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Under oppstart"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manuelt"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
#, fuzzy
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer"
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer ikkje"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren no"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "S&topp DHCP-serveren no"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt &no"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren no"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Stopp DHCP-serveren no"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt no"
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
-#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Oppstartsalternativer"
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "Nettverkskort for DHCP-servar"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Valde"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "Grensesnittnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Enhetsnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&Vel"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "&Vel bort"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "Minst eit nettverksgrensesnitt må veljast."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
@@ -657,70 +613,70 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
#, fuzzy
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&LDAP-støytte"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "DHCP-servar&namn (valfritt)"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "&Domenenavn"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Primær navneserver-IP"
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Sekundær navneserver-IP"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "Standard &systemport (ruter) "
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "NTP-&tidsserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "&Utskriftsserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "&WINS-servar"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "Standard tilde&lingstid"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Einingar"
@@ -729,41 +685,41 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "Det spesifiserte verdet er ikkje eit gyldig vertsnavn eller IP-adresse."
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Subnettkonfigurasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "Gjeldande &nettverk"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "Maska til&gjeldande nettverk"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "Nettverksmaskebi&ts"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
@@ -771,13 +727,13 @@
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "Hø&yeste IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "IP-adresseområde"
@@ -786,10 +742,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
#, fuzzy
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "&Første IP-adresse"
@@ -798,71 +754,71 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "&Siste IP-adresse"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
#, fuzzy
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "Tillat dynamisk &BOOTP"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "Tildelingstid"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "&Standard"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "&Maks. tildelingstid"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "Enhe&ter"
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Opprett ny DNS-sone"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "Rediger Gjeldande DNS-sone"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "Hent informasjon om gjeldande sone"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "&Synkroniser DNS-servar …"
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
@@ -873,8 +829,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "Angje start- og sluttverdier for IP-adresseområdet."
@@ -883,8 +839,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
@@ -894,149 +850,149 @@
"IP '%1' samsvarer ikkje med nettverket %2/%3."
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "Registrert vertsmaskin"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Namn"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Maskinvareadresse"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
#, fuzzy
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
#, fuzzy
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "Oppsettliste"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Namn"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "&Maskinvareadresse"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "&Ethernet"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "&Tokenring"
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "E&ndre i liste"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "Sleit&te frå liste"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Tokenring"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "Maskinvareadressen er ugyldig.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "Maskinvareadressen må vera unik."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "Du må angje eit vertsnavn."
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
#, fuzzy
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "Ein vertsmaskin med namnet %1 finst allereie."
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "Angje IP for vertsmaskin."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "Maskinvareadressen må spesifiserast."
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "Vel ein vertsmaskin først."
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
#, fuzzy
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "Verdet må spesifiserast."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
@@ -1057,17 +1013,17 @@
"Vil du halda fram?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
#, fuzzy
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "\"-%1\" er ikkje eit gyldig kommandolinjevalg for DHCP-serveren"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr "Kommandolinjevalget \"-%1\" for DHCP-serveren krev eit argument"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
@@ -1087,7 +1043,7 @@
"Vil du halda likevel fram?\n"
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "Veiviser for DHCP-servar (%1 av 4)"
@@ -1099,8 +1055,7 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n"
"the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n"
"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n"
@@ -1109,11 +1064,9 @@
"If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n"
"string. <tt>%i</tt> can be used only once in <b>Hostname Base</b>.\n"
"<b>Start</b> defines the first number that is used for the first\n"
-"hostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.</p>"
-"\n"
+"hostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Leggja til eit nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Leggja til eit nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />\n"
"<b>Første IP-adresse</b> angjev\n"
"startadressen for området. <b>Siste IP-adresse</b> angjev\n"
"den siste. <b>Vertsnavnbase</b> er ein streng som definerer korleis vertsnavn\n"
@@ -1122,98 +1075,79 @@
"Viss ingen <tt>%i</tt> er definert, vil verdet leggjast til på slutten av\n"
"strengen. <tt>%i</tt> kan berre nyttast éin gong i <b>Vertsnavnbase</b>.\n"
"<b>Start</b> angjev det første verdet som vert for brukt første\n"
-"vertsnavn. Vertsnavn vert oppretta inkrementelt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vertsnavn. Vertsnavn vert oppretta inkrementelt.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n"
"In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n"
"directly from the DHCP server configuration. This DNS zone is important\n"
"if you want to identify your DHCP clients by hostname. The DNS zone\n"
"translates names to the assigned IP addresses. You can also\n"
-"create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>"
-"\n"
+"create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>DNS-veiviser</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>DNS-veiviser</b></big><br />\n"
"Med denne veiviseren kan du enkelt oppretta ein ny DNS-sone\n"
"direkte frå DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen. Denne DNS-sona er viktig\n"
"viss du òg vil identifisera DHCP-klientane med vertsnavn. DNS-sona\n"
"omset namn til IP-adresser som er tilordnet til dei. Du kan òg\n"
-"oppretta ein baklengssone, som omset IP-adresser til namn.</p>"
-"\n"
+"oppretta ein baklengssone, som omset IP-adresser til namn.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n"
-"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>"
-"\n"
+"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Namn på ny sone</b> eller <b>Namn på baklengssone</b>\n"
-"verta frå henta gjeldande DHCP-servar og nettverksinnstillinger, og kan difor ikkje endrast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"verta frå henta gjeldande DHCP-servar og nettverksinnstillinger, og kan difor ikkje endrast.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n"
-"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kryss av for <b>Opprett òg baklengssone</b> viss du vil\n"
-"oppretta ei sone som inneheld reverserte oppføringer i tilhøve til hoved-DNS-sona.</p>"
-"\n"
+"oppretta ei sone som inneheld reverserte oppføringer i tilhøve til hoved-DNS-sona.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n"
"Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n"
-"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>"
-"\n"
+"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Navneservere</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Navneservere</b></big><br />\n"
"Navneservere vert kravd for at DNS-serveren skal fungera riktig.\n"
-"Desse administrerer alle oppføringer i DNS-sona.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Desse administrerer alle oppføringer i DNS-sona.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n"
"Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n"
"hostname in a DNS zone) first asks the parent zone\n"
"(<tt>com</tt> for <tt>example.com</tt>) for the current zone\n"
"name servers. Then it sends a DNS query to these name servers requesting\n"
-"the desired IP address.<br />"
-"\n"
+"the desired IP address.<br />\n"
"Therefore, always specify the current DNS server hostname as one of\n"
-"the zone name servers.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the zone name servers.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>DNS-førespurnader</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>DNS-førespurnader</b></big><br />\n"
"Alle DNS-førespurnader som t.d. må finna ein IP-adresse for eit\n"
"vertsnavn i ein DNS-sone, søkjer først i den overordna sona\n"
"(<tt>com</tt> til dømes.com <tt></tt>) over\n"
"navneservere for gjeldande sone, og sender deretter ein DNS-førespurnad til desse navneserverne for å få\n"
-"eit svar med den aktuelle IP-adressa.<br />"
-"\n"
+"eit svar med den aktuelle IP-adressa.<br />\n"
"Difor må du bruka vertsnavnet til gjeldande DNS-servar som ein av\n"
-"sonenavneserverne.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sonenavneserverne.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
@@ -1222,14 +1156,12 @@
"<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n"
"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n"
"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n"
-"during the zone creation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"during the zone creation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ein <b>Ny navneserver</b>, klikk <b>Legg til</b>, fyll ut skjemaet\n"
"og klikk deretter <b>OK</b>. Viss det nye navneservernavnet vert omfatta av gjeldande\n"
"DNS-sone, må IP-adressa verta òg angjeven. Dette er obligatorisk fordi informasjonen vil brukast\n"
-"når sona vert oppretta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"når sona vert oppretta.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4)
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5)
@@ -1238,74 +1170,60 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n"
-"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å redigera eller slette ein oppføring, vel henne og klikk\n"
-"på <b>Rediger</b>- eller <b>Slett</b>-knappen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"på <b>Rediger</b>- eller <b>Slett</b>-knappen.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n"
"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n"
"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n"
-"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />\n"
"Her definerer du DNS-vertsnavn for alle DHCP-klientar. Du treng ikkje å definera\n"
"alle vertsnavn kvar for seg. Du kan definera éin eller fleire enkle regler om korleis\n"
"vertsnavn skal opprettast. Desse reglene angjev område for IP-adresser som skal brukast\n"
-"og ein streng som skal brukast for å generera vertsnavn for eit område.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og ein streng som skal brukast for å generera vertsnavn for eit område.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n"
"to <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> with IP addresses from <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n"
-"to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Område for DNS-oppføringer</b></big><br />\n"
"Du kan til dømes oppretta eit sett vertsnavn frå <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n"
"til <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> med IP-adresser frå <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n"
-"til <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"til <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n"
-"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til eit nytt område for DNS-oppføringer, klikk <b>Legg til</b>,\n"
-"fyll ut skjemaet og klikk <b>OK</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"fyll ut skjemaet og klikk <b>OK</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This is a summary of all data\n"
-"entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>"
-"\n"
+"entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her finn du eit oversyn over alt\n"
-"du har lagt inn i konfigurasjonsveiviseren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du har lagt inn i konfigurasjonsveiviseren.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111
@@ -1314,32 +1232,26 @@
"<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n"
"the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n"
"The settings are not saved permanently until you complete the \n"
-"DHCP server configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"DHCP server configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Klikk <b>Godta</b> for å lager innstillingane for\n"
"DNS-serveren og gå tilbake til DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen.\n"
"Innstillingane vert ikkje lagra permanent før du fullfører \n"
-"DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"DHCP-serverkonfigurasjonen.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n"
"This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n"
"DHCP settings. Only 'A' records--DNS records that convert hostnames to\n"
-"IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>"
-"\n"
+"IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>DNS-synkronisering</b></big><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>DNS-synkronisering</b></big><br />\n"
"Dette er eit avansert verktøy for redigering av gjeldande DNS-serverinnstillinger slik at dei samsvarer med\n"
"DHCP-innstillingane. Bara 'A'-oppføringer – DNS-oppføringer som omset vertsnavn til\n"
-"IP-adresser – kan verta her administrerte.</p>"
-"\n"
+"IP-adresser – kan verta her administrerte.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126
@@ -1348,14 +1260,12 @@
"<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n"
"<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n"
-"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Gjeldande undernettverk</b> og <b>Nettverksmaske</b> viser gjeldande nettverksinnstillinger.\n"
"<b>Domane</b> er henta frå gjeldande DHCP-konfigurasjon.\n"
"<b>Første IP-adresse</b> og <b>Andre IP-adresse</b> tilsvarer gjeldande\n"
-"dynamiske DHCP-område.</p>"
-"\n"
+"dynamiske DHCP-område.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133
@@ -1363,13 +1273,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n"
-"from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du vil oppretta ein heilt ny DNS-sone, vel <b>Køyr veiviser</b>\n"
-"i menyen <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"i menyen <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139
@@ -1382,8 +1290,7 @@
"reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n"
"Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n"
"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n"
-"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
" For å oppretta eller fjerne ein einskild DNS-oppføring,\n"
@@ -1392,8 +1299,7 @@
"baklengssonen, vel <b>Synkroniser med baklengssone</b>.\n"
"Vel <b>Fjern sansvarssone for DNS-oppføringer</b> \n"
"under <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b> for å slette eventuell informasjon i samband med dette IP-adresseområdet frå DNS-serveren. For å oppretta eit nytt område fro DNS-oppføringer, vel\n"
-"<b>Legg til nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b> under <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Legg til nytt område for DNS-oppføringer</b> under <b>Spesielle oppgåver</b>.</p>\n"
#. old_range: $[
#. "base" : "dhcp-%",
@@ -1451,7 +1357,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "Den siste IP-adressa må vera høgare enn den første."
@@ -1481,7 +1387,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn."
@@ -1493,9 +1399,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "Ugyldig IP-adresse."
@@ -1515,20 +1421,20 @@
"IP-adresser (%2-%3) som er definerte for DHCP-serveren.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "Genererer DNS-soneoppføringer på nytt …"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "Leggja til ny DNS-oppføring"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hostname"
@@ -1536,29 +1442,29 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "Legger til DHCP-område %1-%2 for DNS-servar …"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "Fjerne samsvarsområde for DNS-oppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "Fjernar oppføringer i området %1-%2 frå DNS-servar …"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
@@ -1568,7 +1474,7 @@
"DNS-serveren kan ikkje lagra oppføringer her.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
@@ -1579,20 +1485,20 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "Kan ikkje oppretta sona %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr "Synkroniserer reverserte DNS-oppføringer …"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
@@ -1602,73 +1508,73 @@
"Vil du verkeleg avbryta denne handlinga?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Domane"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Nettverk"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
#, fuzzy
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Maska til&nettverk"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "DNS-soneoppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Vertsnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "Tilordnet IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "Le&gg til …"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "&Spesielle oppgåver"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "Legg til nytt område for DNS-oppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Køyr veiviseren for å oppretta DNS-sona på nytt"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr "Synkroniser med baklengssone %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "DHCP-servar: Synkronisering av DNS-servar"
@@ -1918,12 +1824,8 @@
#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i'
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Range: %1-%2<br />"
-"Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4"
-msgstr ""
-"Område: %1-%2<br />"
-"Vertsnavnbase: %3, startar med: %4"
+msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4"
+msgstr "Område: %1-%2<br />Vertsnavnbase: %3, startar med: %4"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011
@@ -1998,38 +1900,31 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Vent…</p>"
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Vent…</p>"
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
"<b>Available Interfaces</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel nettverksgrensesnittene som DHCP-serveren skal lytta på\n"
"<b>Tilgjengelege grensesnitt</b>.</p>"
@@ -2037,40 +1932,24 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n"
"remote computers through the selected interface, set\n"
"<b>Open Firewall for Selected Interface</b>. \n"
"This option is only available if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan opna brannmuren for å gje tilgjenge til tenesta frå eksterne maskiner\n"
"via det valde grensesnittet ved å velja\n"
"<b>Opne brannmur for valt grensesntt</b>.\n"
"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren\n"
"er aktivert.</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start DHCP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"For å køyra DHCP-serveren kvar gong datamaskina startar opp, vel\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP-servar</b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -2082,7 +1961,7 @@
"aukar tryggleiken og rådast til sterkt.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2094,7 +1973,7 @@
"aktivum <b>LDAP-støytte</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
@@ -2110,111 +1989,97 @@
"Vel ein deklarasjon og klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
"change network interfaces to which the DHCP server listens,\n"
"or manage TSIG keys that can be used for authentication of \n"
"dynamic DNS updates.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk <b>Avansert</b> for å vise loggen for DHCP-serveren,\n"
"endra nettverksgrensesnittene som DHCP-serveren lyttar på\n"
"eller administrera TSIG-nøklar som kan brukast ved autentisering av \n"
"dynamiske DNS-oppdateringar.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Nettverksadresse og nettverksmaske</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Nettverksadresse og nettverksmaske</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje <b>Nettverksadresse</b> og <b>Nettverksmaske</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
"special options in <b>Hostname</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vertsmaskin med fast adresse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vertsmaskin med fast adresse</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje namnet på vertsmaskinen som skal tilordnes den faste adressa eller andre\n"
"spesielle val.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
"It is just for your identification.\n"
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Gruppespesifikke val</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Gruppespesifikke val</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje eit namn for deklarasjonsgruppen under <b>Gruppenavn</b>. \n"
" Dette er berre for identifikasjonsformål.\n"
"Namnet påverkar ikkje funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
"It is just for your identification.\n"
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresseutvalg</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresseutvalg</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje eit namn for adresseutvalget under <b>Namn på utval</b>. \n"
". Dette er berre for identifikasjonsformål.\n"
"Namnet påverkar ikkje funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
"It is just for your identification.\n"
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Delt nettverk</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Delt nettverk</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel eit namn for det delte nettverket under <b>Namn på delt nettverk</b>. \n"
". Dette er berre for identifikasjonsformål.\n"
"Namnet påverkar ikkje funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Klasse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Klasse</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje eit namn for vertsmaskinklassen under <b>Klassenavn</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2230,7 +2095,7 @@
"eit alternativ, vel alternativet og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2240,101 +2105,87 @@
"Bruk <b>Dynamisk DNS</b> for å justera dynamisk DNS for vertsmaskinene i subnettet.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
"<b>Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Aktivering av dynamisk DNS</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aktivering av dynamisk DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"For å aktivare dynamiske DNS-oppdateringar for dette subnettet, vel\n"
"<b>Aktivum dynamisk DNS for dette subnettet</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
"<b>TSIG Key</b> to select the key to use for authentication. The key must\n"
"be the same for both DHCP and DNS servers. Specify the key for both forward\n"
"and reverse zone.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøkkel</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøkkel</big></b><br>\n"
"For å utføra dynamiske DNS-oppdateringar må autentiseringskoden definerast. Nytte\n"
"<b>TSIG-nøkkel</b> for å velja koda som skal verta for brukt autentisering. Koda må\n"
"vera identisk for DHCP- og DNS-serveren. Spesifiser koda for både framlengs\n"
"og baklengs navnesone.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
"DNS work properly. To do it automatically, set\n"
"<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Generelle innstillingar for DHCP-servar må oppdaterast for at dynamisk\n"
"DNS skal fungera riktig. Du kan gjera dette automatisk med valet\n"
"<b>Oppdater generelle innstillingar for dynamisk DNS</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n"
"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sonar som skal oppdaterast</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sonar som skal oppdaterast</big></b><br>\n"
"Spesifiser framlengs- og baklengssonene som skal oppdaterast. Spesifiser òg\n"
"den primære navneserveren for begge. Viss navneserveren køyrer på same vertsmaskin som DHCP-\n"
"serveren, kan du la felta vera tomme.</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n"
"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppstartsargumenter for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppstartsargumenter for DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du definera parametrar som DHCP-serveren skal starta med \n"
"(t.d. \"-p 1234\") for å laut på ein annan port ein standardporten). Du finn ei skildring av alle moglege val\n"
"på manualsiden for dhcpd. Standardverdier vil brukast dersom ingen argument vert angjevne.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
+"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Val av nettverkskort</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel eit eller fleire nettverkskort som skal verta for brukt DHCP-serveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Val av nettverkskort</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vel eit eller fleire nettverkskort som skal verta for brukt DHCP-serveren.</p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
@@ -2344,20 +2195,18 @@
"(namnet på LDAP-objektet dhcpServer) dersom dette avvik frå vertsnavnet.\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Generelle innstillingar</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du definera fleire DHCP-innstillingar.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
@@ -2367,7 +2216,7 @@
"tildeler IP-adresser til klientane.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
@@ -2379,7 +2228,7 @@
"Desse verda må vera IP-adresser.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
@@ -2389,7 +2238,7 @@
"verdet som standardrute i klientane sine rutingtabell.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
@@ -2397,13 +2246,13 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Tidsserver</b> fortel klientane at dei skal bruka denne serveren til tidssynkronisering.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Utskriftsserver</b> definerer standard utskriftsserver.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
@@ -2413,7 +2262,7 @@
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
@@ -2423,63 +2272,51 @@
"slik at klienten må be om ein ny IP-adresse.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
"netmask, minimum and maximum IP addresses available for the clients.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Subnettinformasjon</big></b></br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Subnettinformasjon</big></b></br>\n"
"Her kan du visa informasjon om valt undernettverk, som adresse\n"
"og nettverksmaske og dessutan høgaste og lågaste IP-adresser som er tilgjengeleg for klientane.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n"
"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n"
"Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n"
-"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>"
-".\n"
+"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>IP-adresseområde</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>IP-adresseområde</big></b><br>\n"
"Her angjev du <b>Første IP-adresse</b> og <b>Siste IP-addresse</b>\n"
"som klientane skal tildelast. Desse adressene må ha same nettverksmaske,\n"
"til dømes <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> og <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Kryss av for\n"
"<b>Tillat dynamisk BOOTP</b>for å tilordne adresser dynamisk til BOOTP-klientar \n"
-"og ordinære DHCP-klientar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og ordinære DHCP-klientar.</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
-"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tildelingstid</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tildelingstid</big></b><br>\n"
"Her angjev du <b>Standard</b> tildelingstid for det gjeldande IP-adresseområdet.\n"
-"Dette definerer han optimale IP-oppdateringstiden for klientane.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"Dette definerer han optimale IP-oppdateringstiden for klientane.<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
@@ -2489,63 +2326,57 @@
"når denne IP-adressa er sperra på DHCP-serveren for klienten.</p>"
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
"<b>DHCP Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"For å konfigurera DHCP-serveren manuelt, klikk\n"
"<b>Avansert konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar</b>.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av vertsmaskin</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av vertsmaskin</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk denne dialogen for å redigera vertsmaskiner med statisk adressebinding.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"then click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>To modify a configured host, select it in the table,\n"
"change all values, and click <b>Change in List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ein ny vertsmaskin, angje <b>Namn</b>,\n"
"<b>Maskinvareadress</b> og <b>IP-adresse</b>.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>For å endra ein konfigurert vertsmaskin, vel henne i tabellen,\n"
"rediger alle verda og klikk <b>Endre i liste</b>.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>For å fjerne ein vertsmaskin, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett frå liste</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel deklarasjonstypen som skal verta til lagd.</p>"
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
@@ -2555,7 +2386,7 @@
"vel <b>Subnett</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
@@ -2565,7 +2396,7 @@
"(vanlegvis ei fast adresse), vel <b>Vertsmaskin</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
@@ -2575,7 +2406,7 @@
"fleire logiske nettverk), vel <b>Delt nettverk</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
@@ -2585,7 +2416,7 @@
"fordi dei deler nokre innstillingar, vel <b>Gruppe</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
@@ -2597,7 +2428,7 @@
"subnett, vel <b>Adresseutvalg</b>.</p>"
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
@@ -2611,25 +2442,25 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "A&dressar"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "Denne adressa er ikkje gyldig."
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "Minst éi adresse må spesifiserast."
@@ -2640,110 +2471,110 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "&Verd"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
#, fuzzy
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "Desse adressene er ikkje gyldige."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "Minst eit adressepar må spesifiserast."
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
#, fuzzy
msgid "On"
msgstr "På"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
#, fuzzy
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Av"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
#, fuzzy
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "Eit verd må spesifiserast."
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
#, fuzzy
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "&Ny adresse"
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
#, fuzzy
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "&Nytt Verd"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
#, fuzzy
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "Adressene må vera adskilt av mellomrom."
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "&Legg til adressepar"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
#, fuzzy
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Den lågaste adressa må vera lågare enn den høgaste."
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
#, fuzzy
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "Viss du endrar dette, må du òg oppdatera syslog-konfigurasjonen."
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "&Maskinvaretype"
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
#, fuzzy
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC-adresse"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "&Lågaste IP-adresse"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "&Høgaste IP-adresse"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
@@ -2753,7 +2584,7 @@
"vil alle endringar vil gå tapt. Vil du avslutta likevel?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
@@ -2765,7 +2596,7 @@
"Vil du halda fram?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2777,7 +2608,7 @@
"De kan tilordnes ei sone i brannmurmodulen i YaST."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
@@ -2788,8 +2619,8 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
@@ -2798,236 +2629,222 @@
"Denne funksjonen er ikkje tilgjengeleg under\n"
"førebuingar til autoinstallasjon."
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "&Konfigurerte deklarasjonar"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "&Dynamisk DNS"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel for forlengssone"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel for baklengssone"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "Vel fila med autentiseringsnøkkelen"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "&Køyr DHCP-serveren i Chroot-varetekt"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "A&vansert"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "Vis &logg"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "&Grensesnittkonfigurasjon"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "&Nettverksadresse"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "Maska til&nettverk"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "Gruppe&namn"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "&Namn på utval"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "&Namn på delt nettverk"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "Klasse&namn"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "Tilgjengelege grensesnitt"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "Opne &brannmur for valde grensesnitt"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "&Aktiver dynamisk DNS for dette subnettet"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "&Oppdater globale dynamiske DNS-innstillingar"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Sone"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "&Primær DNS-servar"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "&Baklengssone"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "PR&imær DNS-servar"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar …"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av DHCP-servar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Kontroller miljøet"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "Les innstillingar for DNS-servar"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Les innstillingar for DNS-servar …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
@@ -3044,8 +2861,8 @@
"\n"
"Avsluttar."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
@@ -3055,7 +2872,7 @@
"DHCP-servar vil ikkje vera tilgjengeleg."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
@@ -3065,103 +2882,103 @@
"konfigurert enno. Vil du oppretta ein ny konfigurasjon?"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for DHCP-servar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingar for DNS-servar"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for DHCP-servar …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "Startar DHCP-serveren på nytt …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for DNS-servar …"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under omstart av DHCP-nissen."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
#, fuzzy
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren startar når systemet vert opp starta"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
#, fuzzy
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "DHCP-ein startar ikkje når systemet vert opp starta"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
#, fuzzy
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "Lote på: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "Dynamisk adresseområde: %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP-konfigurasjon. Kan ikkje bruka LDAP."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "Støtte for fleire dhcpServiceDN er ikkje implementert."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "DN for DHCP-teneste ikkje spesifisert."
@@ -3170,32 +2987,86 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under uppretting av %1."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppdatering av %1."
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under lagring av /etc/dhcpd.conf."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-serveren køyrer ikkje"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren no"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "S&topp DHCP-serveren no"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt &no"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren no"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Stopp DHCP-serveren no"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt no"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Start DHCP-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "For å køyra DHCP-serveren kvar gong datamaskina startar opp, vel\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP-servar</b>.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "IP address %1 does not match\n"
#~ "the current network %2/%3\n"
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -356,8 +356,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -440,11 +439,10 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Verd"
@@ -465,7 +463,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Namn"
@@ -476,9 +474,9 @@
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
#, fuzzy
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
@@ -493,8 +491,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "Videresendere"
@@ -529,12 +527,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "Sone"
@@ -568,7 +565,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "E-postserver"
@@ -576,7 +573,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
#, fuzzy
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Prioritet"
@@ -649,8 +646,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS-sonar"
@@ -676,7 +673,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
#, fuzzy
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP-støytte aktivert"
@@ -706,146 +703,97 @@
msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon av DNS-servar …"
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS-servar"
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr "E&ndre"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr "Oppstart"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr "Grunnleggjande val"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Logging"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr "ACLer"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr "TSIG-nøklar"
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DNS-servar"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr "Tilpassa regler"
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "Sonenavneservere"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
#, fuzzy
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr "Sonenavneservere"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr "Legg til IP-adresse"
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "IPv4- eller IPv6-&adresse"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr "&Liste over videresendere"
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr "Finn ikkje lokal ekvivalent for IP %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
@@ -857,12 +805,12 @@
"er endra til den lokale ekvivalenten sin %2."
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "Ugyldig IPv4- eller IPv6-adresse."
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
@@ -872,53 +820,53 @@
"og eit eller fleire kolon."
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr "Denne videresenderen finst allereie."
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr "Legg til eller endre alternativ"
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr "A<ernativ"
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&Verd"
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr "E&ndre"
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr "Gjeldande alternativ"
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
#, fuzzy
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Alternativ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
@@ -928,7 +876,7 @@
"alternativet utan noko verd?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
@@ -938,7 +886,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %2?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
@@ -948,7 +896,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %2?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
@@ -958,7 +906,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %1?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
@@ -968,7 +916,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %1?\n"
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
@@ -978,91 +926,91 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil leggja til endå eit alternativ?\n"
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr "Loggtype"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr "&Systemlogg"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Fil"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr "Maksimal &storleik (MB)"
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr "Maksimalt mengd &versjonar"
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr "Andre typar logging"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr "Logg alle DNS-&førespurnader"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr "Logg sona&oppdateringar"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr "Logg sona&overføringar"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr "Vel loggfil"
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
#, fuzzy
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr "Vel alternativ"
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Namn"
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr "Gjeldande ACL-liste"
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
#, fuzzy
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACL"
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
@@ -1072,13 +1020,13 @@
"Vil du verkeleg fjerne henne?\n"
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr "Denne ACL-oppføringen finst allereie."
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "Legg til ny sone "
@@ -1088,8 +1036,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
#, fuzzy
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Hoved"
@@ -1100,9 +1048,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
#, fuzzy
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "Slave"
@@ -1112,39 +1060,39 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Framlengs"
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr "Konfigurerte DNS-soner"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
#, fuzzy
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr "Ei sone med dette namnet er allereie konfigurert."
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikkje lagrast. Vil du endra innstillingane?"
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
@@ -1153,46 +1101,95 @@
"Alle endringar vil gå tapt.\n"
"Vil du verkeleg avbryta konfigurasjonen av DNS-serveren utan å lagra?"
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "E&ndre"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr "Oppstart"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr "Grunnleggjande val"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr "Logging"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr "ACLer"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr "TSIG-nøklar"
+
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr "T&illat dynamiske oppdateringar"
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel"
#. check box
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr "Aktivar &sonetransport"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr "Generer oppføringer a&utomatisk frå"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr "Son&e"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr "Tilkoblede baklengssoner"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
@@ -1202,39 +1199,39 @@
"førebuingar til autoinstallasjon.\n"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
#, fuzzy
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr "Ingen TSIG-nøkkel er definert."
#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr "&Navneserver som skal verta til lagd"
#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
#, fuzzy
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr "Na&vneserverliste"
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr "Denne navneserveren finst allereie."
#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr "E-postserver som skal verta til lagd"
#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
@@ -1243,137 +1240,137 @@
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Prioritet"
#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr "Liste over E-postsystemer"
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "Det angjevne verdet er ikkje eit gyldig vertsnavn eller ein IP-adresse."
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr "Denne ea-postserveren finst allereie."
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
#, fuzzy
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekunder"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minutt"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Timar"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
#, fuzzy
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Dagar"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
#, fuzzy
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr "Veker"
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
#, fuzzy
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr "Seri&e"
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
#, fuzzy
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr "TT&L"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr "&Eining"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr "Opp&dater"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
#, fuzzy
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr "Ein&heitte"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr "Prøv &igjen"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr "Utlø&pstid"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr "E&nhet"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minimum"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr "Enh&eit"
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
#, fuzzy
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr "Eit serienummer for sona må angjevast."
#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
#, fuzzy
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr "Serienummeret kan innehalda maksimalt %1 siffer."
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
@@ -1389,9 +1386,9 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr "&Oppføringsnøkkel"
@@ -1399,9 +1396,9 @@
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr "T&ype"
@@ -1409,102 +1406,102 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
#, fuzzy
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr "Ver&di"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Teneste"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokoll"
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr "&Vekt"
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "A: Omsetjing av IPv4-domenenavn"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "AAAA: Omsetjing av IPv6-domenenavn"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
#, fuzzy
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr "CNAME: Alias for domenenavn"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr "NS: Navneserver"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
#, fuzzy
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr "MX: E-postsystem"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
#, fuzzy
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr "PTR: Bakleies omsetjing"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
#, fuzzy
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr "SRV: Tjenesteoppføring"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr "TXT: Tekstoppføring"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr "Oppføringsinnstillinger"
#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr "Konfigurerte oppføringer"
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
#, fuzzy
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr "Oppføringsnøkkel"
#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
@@ -1518,14 +1515,14 @@
"eller relativt format til gjeldande sone."
#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr "Ugyldig IPv6-adresse."
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
@@ -1538,7 +1535,7 @@
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
@@ -1548,59 +1545,59 @@
"Denne meldinga inneheld %2 teikn."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
#, fuzzy
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr "CNAME kan ikkje peika på seg sjølv."
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
#, fuzzy
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr "Det har oppstått ein intern feil."
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr "Soneredigering"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr "&Grunnleggjande"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
#, fuzzy
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr "NS-oppføring&er"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
#, fuzzy
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr "&SOA"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
#, fuzzy
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr "O&ppføringer"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
#, fuzzy
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr "M&X-oppføringer"
@@ -1608,22 +1605,15 @@
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
#, fuzzy
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr "Soneinnstillinger"
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr "A&vansert"
-
#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr "Minst éin NS-servar må angjevast."
@@ -1632,7 +1622,7 @@
#.
#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
@@ -1642,19 +1632,19 @@
"Deaktiver funksjonen 'Generer oppføringer automatisk frå' for å endra oppføringer."
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr "&Hoved-DNS-servar-IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
#, fuzzy
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr "Hovedserver manglar"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
@@ -1666,37 +1656,37 @@
"Viss du held fram, vil gjeldande sone fjernast."
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
#, fuzzy
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr "Ingen hoved-DNS-servar er definerte."
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr "Denne hovednavneserveren er ikkje ein gyldig IP-adresse."
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
#, fuzzy
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse for &ny vidaresender"
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr "Gjeldande &sonevideresendere"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr "Rediger sonevideresendere"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
@@ -1727,53 +1717,41 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DNS-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DNS-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>"
@@ -1782,13 +1760,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n"
"<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start DNS-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"For å køyra DNS-serveren kvar gong maskina startar opp, vel\n"
"<b>Start DNS-servar</b>.</p>"
@@ -1796,14 +1772,12 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>\n"
"For å køyra DNS-serveren i chroot-varetekt, vel\n"
"<b>Køyr DNS-servar i chroot-varetekt</b>. Å starta alle nissar i choot-varetekt\n"
"aukar tryggleiken og rådast til sterkt.</p>"
@@ -1812,15 +1786,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n"
"entry of the table and click <B>Edit</B>.\n"
"To add a new DNS zone, use <B>Add</B>. To remove\n"
"a configured DNS zone, select it and click <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera innstillingane for ein DNS-sone, vel ein oppføring\n"
"i tabellen og klikk <B>Rediger</B>.\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny DNS-sone, bruk <B>Legg til</B>. For å slette\n"
@@ -1830,16 +1802,14 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit global options,\n"
"adjust firewall settings,\n"
"manage the TSIG keys for dynamic updates of the zones,\n"
"or display the log of the DNS server,\n"
"use <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avanserte funksjonar</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera generelle alternativ,\n"
"justera brannmurinnstillingene,\n"
"{administrera TSIG-nøklar for dynamisk oppdatering av sonene\n"
@@ -1851,28 +1821,24 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sonenavn</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sonenavn</big></b><br>\n"
"Angje sonenavnet (domenet) under <b>Sonenavn</b>.</p>"
#. help 2/5, alt. 1
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n"
"The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n"
"assigned IP addresses by DHCP server. To allow DDNS updates, set\n"
"<b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b> and the <b>TSIG Key</b>\n"
"to use for authentication. The key must be the same for\n"
"both DHCP and DNS servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-sonar</big></b><br>\n"
"Sona kan oppdaterast automatisk, normalt på grunn av dynamisk\n"
"tildelte IP-addresser frå DHCP-serveren. For å tillata DNS-oppdateringar, vel\n"
"<b>Tillat dynamiske oppdateringar</b> og angje <b>TSIG-nøkkelen</b>\n"
@@ -1883,13 +1849,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n"
"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigering av ein DNS-sone</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigering av ein DNS-sone</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera soneinnstillingene, vel ein\n"
"oppføring i tabellen og klikk <b>Rediger</b>.</p>"
@@ -1907,13 +1871,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n"
"<b>Edit SOA</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>\n"
"For å redigera SOA-oppføringen (Start of Authority) for sona, klikk\n"
"<b>Rediger SOA</b>.</p>"
@@ -1921,14 +1883,12 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n"
"to remove an existing one.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Hovedservere</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Hovedservere</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel IP-addresser for hovednavneserverne for denne sona. Bruk <b>Legg til</b>\n"
"for å leggja til ein ny hovednavneserver. Vel ein eksisterande navneserver og klikk <b>Slett</b>\n"
"for å slette henne.</p>"
@@ -1937,15 +1897,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n"
"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n"
"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n"
"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n"
"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sonetype</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sonetype</big></b><br>\n"
"For å gjera denne navneserveren til sona si primære datakilde,\n"
"vel <b>Hoved</b>. For å gjera han til sekundær navneserver, vel <b>Slave</b>\n"
"eller <b>Stub</b>, slik at dataet til sona vert spegla frå hovedsoneserveren.\n"
@@ -1955,16 +1913,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n"
"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n"
"Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n"
"addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n"
-"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>"
-"\n"
+"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Soneretning</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Soneretning</big></b><br>\n"
"DNS vert nytta til å omsetja domenenavn til IP-addresser og omvend.\n"
"Definer om denne sona skal omsetja domenenavn til IP-\n"
"addresser (vel <b>Framlengs>) eller frå IP-addresser til domenenavn\n"
@@ -1975,14 +1930,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n"
"Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n"
-"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>"
-"\n"
+"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Grensesnittklasser</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Grensesnittklasser</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel kva for grensesnittklasser som skal gje tilgjenge til DNS-serveren.\n"
"Grensesnittklassene vert definerte i\n"
"konfigurasjonsmodulen for brannmur.</p>"
@@ -1991,15 +1943,12 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n"
"via all network interfaces to which it listens, check\n"
-"<b>Adapt Firewall Settings</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Adapt Firewall Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tilpassa brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tilpassa brannmurinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
"For å tilpassa brannmurinnstillingene slik at det er tilgjenge til DNS-serveren\n"
"via alle nettverksgrensesnitt han lyttar på, kryssar du av for\n"
"<b>Tilpass brannmurinnsinnstillinger.</p>"
@@ -2010,12 +1959,10 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av SOA-oppføring</big></b><br>\n"
"Rediger innhaldet i SOA-oppføringen.</p>"
#. help text 2/9 - TTL
@@ -2043,8 +1990,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n"
-"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>E-post til administrator</b> må innehalda e-postadressen til\n"
"administratoren som er ansvarleg for sona.</p>"
@@ -2055,8 +2001,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n"
"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
-"entire zone).</p>"
-"\n"
+"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Serienummer</b> vert brukt for å avgjera om sona er endra på\n"
"hovedservere (slik at slaveserverne ikkje alltid må synkronisera\n"
@@ -2112,16 +2057,14 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n"
"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n"
"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Administrasjon av TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>\n"
"Definer TSIG-nøklane som vert til brukte dynamiske soneoppdateringer.\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny TSIG-nøkkel, bruk tekstfeltet \n"
"<b>Filnavn> eller <b>Bla gjennom</b>-knappen, og klikk deretter <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
@@ -2132,29 +2075,23 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n"
-"<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p>"
-" "
+"<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppstart</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppstart</big></b><br>\n"
"For å starta DNS-serveren kvar gong maskina vert opp starta, vel\n"
-"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p>"
-" "
+"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p> "
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
"set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP-støytte</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP-støytte</big></b><br>\n"
"For å lager DNS-sonar i LDAP i staden for i lokale konfigurasjonsfiler,\n"
"vel <b>LDAP-støtte aktivert</b>.</p>"
@@ -2162,35 +2099,27 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n"
"<b>Start DNS Server Now</b> or\n"
-"<b>Stop DNS Server Now</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Stop DNS Server Now</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Slå Av eller På</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Slå Av eller På</big></b><br>\n"
"For å starta eller stoppa DNS-serveren straks, bruk \n"
"<b>Start DNS-serveren no</b> eller\n"
-"<b>Stopp DNS-serveren no</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Stopp DNS-serveren no</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n"
"Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n"
-"it cannot answer.</p>"
-"\n"
+"it cannot answer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Videresendere</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Videresendere</big></b><br>\n"
"Videresendere er DNS-servera som din DNS-servar skal senda førespurnader han ikkje\n"
-"kan besvare til.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan besvare til.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3
#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full
@@ -2212,12 +2141,10 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Rediger alternativ for DNS-servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rediger alternativ for DNS-servar</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk denne dialogen for å redigera alternativa for DNS-serveren.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3
@@ -2225,18 +2152,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n"
-"enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>To modify a configured option, select it in the table,\n"
-"change the <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Change</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"change the <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Change</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til nye alternativ, vel eit <b>Alternativ</b>,\n"
-"angje eit <b>Verd</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"angje eit <b>Verd</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>For å endra eit konfigurert alternativ, vel alternativet i tabellen,\n"
-"rediger <b>verdet</b> og klikk <b>Endre</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"rediger <b>verdet</b> og klikk <b>Endre</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236
@@ -2248,12 +2171,10 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk denne dialogen for å definera ulike loggalternativer for DNS-serveren.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
@@ -2266,16 +2187,14 @@
"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n"
"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n"
-"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Lager i systemlogg</b> for å lager systemmeldinger for DNS-serveren i systemloggen.\n"
"For å lager loggmeldinger for DNS-serveren i ein eiga fil, vel <b>Lager i fil</b> og angje eit <b>Filnavn</b> der loggen skal verta samt lagra \n"
"<b>Maksimal storleik</b> for loggfilen.\n"
"DNS-serveren skiftar ut loggfilene automatisk. Bruk <b>Maksimalt mengd versjonar</b>\n"
-"for å angje kor mange loggfiler som skal lagrast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å angje kor mange loggfiler som skal lagrast.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252
@@ -2287,8 +2206,7 @@
"<b>Log Zone Updates</b> logs when DNS has been updated.\n"
"<b>Log Zone Transfers</b> logs when zone is completely transferred to the \n"
"secondary\n"
-"name server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"name server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Andre typar logging</b>\n"
"Angje kva for handlingar som skal loggast. Vanlege handlingar vert alltid logga.\n"
@@ -2296,24 +2214,19 @@
"Vel <b>Logg soneoppdateringer</b> for å logga DNS-oppdateringar.\n"
"Vel <b>Logg soneoverføringer</b> for å logga når overføring av sona til ein \n"
"sekundær\n"
-"navneserver er fullførd.</p>"
-"\n"
+"navneserver er fullførd.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n"
-"access to zones.</p>"
-"\n"
+"access to zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>ACLer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>ACLer</big></b><br>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du definera tilgangskontrollister for å kontrollera\n"
-"tilgjenget til sonar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"tilgjenget til sonar.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268
@@ -2321,31 +2234,25 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n"
"and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n"
-"ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Legg til ein ACL-oppføring ved å angje namnet til <b>Valet</b>\n"
"og <b>Verd</b>. Klikk deretter på <b>Legg til</b>. For å slette ein ACL-oppføring \n"
-"som allereie er definert, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som allereie er definert, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n"
"TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n"
"changing the configuration of the DNS server. This is needed\n"
-"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>"
-"\n"
+"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>TSIG-nøklar</big></b><br>\n"
"TSIG-nøklar vert nytta til autentisering når DNS-serverens\n"
"konfigurasjon skal endrast eksternt. Dette er naudsynt\n"
-"for dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-soner (DDNS).</p>"
-"\n"
+"for dynamisk oppdatering av DNS-soner (DDNS).</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281
@@ -2354,14 +2261,12 @@
"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n"
"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>"
-"\n"
+"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ein eksisterande nøkkel, angje <b>Filnavn</b>\n"
"(eller bruk <b>Bla gjennom</b>-knappen for å velja fila), og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
"For å generera ein ny nøkkel, angje <b>Filnavn</b> og <b>Nøkkel-ID</b>.\n"
-"Klikk deretter på <b>Generer</b>. Den nye nøkkelen vil genererast og lagt til.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter på <b>Generer</b>. Den nye nøkkelen vil genererast og lagt til.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288
@@ -2377,27 +2282,21 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n"
+"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS-sonar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"I denne dialogen kan du administrera DNS-sonene.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS-sonar</big></b><br>\n"
+"I denne dialogen kan du administrera DNS-sonene.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n"
-"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ei sone, angje <b>Sonenavn</b>, vel <b>Sonetype</b>\n"
-"og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302
@@ -2406,14 +2305,12 @@
"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n"
-"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ein ny IPv4-baklengs sone, legg til ein del av ein baklengs IPv4-adresse følgt av\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> som <b>sonenavn</b> (t.d. sonenavn\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for nettverket <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>). Vel\n"
-"<b>sonetype</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>sonetype</b> og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4
#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
@@ -2425,16 +2322,14 @@
"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
-"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>"
-"\n"
+"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til ein ny IPv6-baklengssone, angje ein del av IPv6-baklengsadressen etterfulgt av\n"
"<tt>%1</tt> som <b>Sonenavn</b>. Fleire format for angivelse av sonenavn\n"
"vert støtta: Standardform: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Videreformidlingsform: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Videreformidlingsform utan nettverksmaskebits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
-"(som standard vert nytta<tt>64</tt> nettverksmaskebits).</p>"
-"\n"
+"(som standard vert nytta<tt>64</tt> nettverksmaskebits).</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326
@@ -2442,29 +2337,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n"
"mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å endra innstillingar for ei sone, t.d. sonetransport og dessutan navne- og\n"
"e-postservere, vel ei sone og klikk <b>Rediger sone</b>.\n"
-"For å fjerne ei konfigurert sone, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett sone</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"For å fjerne ei konfigurert sone, vel henne og klikk <b>Slett sone</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n"
-"to the zone.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DNS og sonetransport</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DNS og sonetransport</big></b><br>\n"
"Bruk denne dialogen for å endra dynamiske DNS-innstillingar for sona og kontrollera tilgjenget\n"
-"til sona.</p>"
-"\n"
+"til sona.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342
@@ -2473,14 +2362,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n"
"and select the <b>TSIG Key</b>. At least one TSIG key must be defined\n"
-"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>"
-"\n"
+"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å tillata dynamisk oppdatering av sona, vel <b>Tillat dynamiske oppdateringar</b>\n"
"og vel ein <b>TSIG-nøkkel</b>. Minst éin TSIG-nøkkel må definerast\n"
-"før dynamisk oppdatering av sona er mogleg.</p>"
-"\n"
+"før dynamisk oppdatering av sona er mogleg.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350
@@ -2505,8 +2392,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n"
"Select the <b>Automatically Generate Records From</b>\n"
-"check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.</p>"
-"\n"
+"check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Oppføringer for ein baklengssone kan genererast frå ein annan hovedsone.\n"
@@ -2529,39 +2415,31 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>NS-oppføringer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>NS-oppføringer</big></b><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny navneserver, angje navneserverens adresse og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
"For å slette ein av navneserverne på lista, vel henne og klikk\n"
-"<b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n"
"and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed mail servers, select it and click\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>MX-oppføringer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>MX-oppføringer</big></b><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ei ny e-postserver, angje e-postserverens <b>Adresse</b> og <b>Prioritet</b>\n"
"og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
"Vel ei e-postserver på lista og klikk\n"
-"<b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390
@@ -2570,8 +2448,7 @@
"<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n"
"changed on\n"
"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
-"entire zone).</p>"
-"\n"
+"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Seriell</b> vert brukt for å avgjera om sona er endra på\n"
"hovedservere (slik at slaveserverne ikkje alltid må synkronisera\n"
@@ -2604,14 +2481,12 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n"
"records, set the <b>Record Key</b>, <b>Type</b>, and <b>Value</b> then\n"
"click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppføringer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppføringer</big></b><br>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du redigera ressursoppføringene for sona. For å leggja til nye\n"
"ressursoppføringer, angje <b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b>, <b>Type</b> og <b>Verd</b> og\n"
"klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
@@ -2633,12 +2508,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Kvar oppføringstype har sin eigen syntaks som er definert i RFC.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Kvar oppføringstype har sin eigen syntaks som er definert i RFC.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436
@@ -2663,16 +2536,14 @@
"qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n"
"qualified hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by\n"
-"an A record.</p>"
-"\n"
+"an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>CNAME: Alias for domenenavn</b>\n"
"<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit\n"
"gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.\n"
"<b>Verd</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit\n"
"gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av\n"
-"ein A-oppføring.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ein A-oppføring.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1)
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2)
@@ -2683,15 +2554,13 @@
"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n"
"domain name followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n"
-"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>"
-"\n"
+"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NS: Navneserver</b>\n"
"<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b>er eit sonenavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit absolutt\n"
"domenenavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.\n"
"<b>Verd</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit gyldig\n"
-"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460
@@ -2701,15 +2570,13 @@
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"or an absolute hostname or zone name followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n"
-"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>"
-"\n"
+"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>MX: E-postsystem</b>\n"
"<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b> er eit vertsmaskin- eller sonenavn relativt til gjeldande sone\n"
"eller eit absolutt vertsmaskin- eller sonenavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.\n"
"<b>Verd</b> er eit vertsnavn relativt til gjeldande sone eller eit gyldig\n"
-"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum. Verdet må representerast av ein A-oppføring.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468
@@ -2722,8 +2589,7 @@
" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
-"<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>PTR: Bakleies omsetjing</b>\n"
"<b>Oppføringsnøkkel</b> er eit gyldig bakleies sonenavn (konvertert frå IP-addressen)\n"
@@ -2732,22 +2598,17 @@
" eller ein del av eit bakleies sonenavn relativt til gjeldande sone\n"
"(t.d. <tt>1</tt> for IP-adressa <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> i sona\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
-"<b>Verd</b> er eit gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Verd</b> er eit gyldig vertsnavn etterfulgt av eit punktum.</p>\n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Fullføra konfigurasjonen</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Kontrollar innstillingane før du fullfører konfigurasjonen.</p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>Fullføra konfigurasjonen</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Kontrollar innstillingane før du fullfører konfigurasjonen.</p> \n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491
@@ -2765,13 +2626,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n"
-"start-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p>"
-" \n"
+"start-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å starta DNS-serveren kvar gong maskina vert opp starta, vel\n"
-"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p>"
-" "
+"<b>På</b>. Viss ikkje, vel <b>Av</b>.</p> "
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502
@@ -2801,13 +2660,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n"
"Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n"
"<b>Master DNS Server IP</b> to define the master name server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Slave-DNS-sone</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Slave-DNS-sone</b></big><br>\n"
"Ein hovednavneserver må definerast for kvar slavesone. Nytte\n"
"<b>Hoved-DNS-serverens IP</b> for å definera hovednavneserveren.</p>"
@@ -2815,15 +2672,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n"
"To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n"
"and select the <b>ACLs</b> to check when a remote host\n"
"attempts to transfer the zone. At least one ACL must be defined\n"
"to allow zone transports.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Sonetransport</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Sonetransport</b></big><br>\n"
"Vel <b>Aktivum sonetransport</b> for å tillata transport av sona,\n"
"og vel <b>ACLer</b> som skal kontrollerast når ein ekstern vertsmaskin\n"
"freistar å transportera sona. Minst éin ACL må definerast\n"
@@ -2833,13 +2688,11 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n"
"This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n"
"defined in it.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>DNS-sone for vidaresending</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>DNS-sone for vidaresending</b></big><br>\n"
"Denne DNS-sonetypen vidaresender berre DNS-førespurnader til videresendere\n"
"som er definert for sona.</p>"
@@ -2970,66 +2823,66 @@
msgstr "&E-postsystem"
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av DNS-servar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Kontroller miljøet"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Tøm mellomlagre for DNS-nissen"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr "Les innstillingane"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
#, fuzzy
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Tømmer mellomlagre for DNS-nissen …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Les innstillingane …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
@@ -3039,85 +2892,85 @@
"Feil: "
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for DNS-servar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Start DNS-nissen på nytt"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr "Oppdater sonefiler"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr "Tilpass DNS-tenesta"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr "Køyr netconfig"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjonsfiler …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Startar DNS-nissen på nytt …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer sonefiler …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr "Tilpassar DNS-tenesta …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "Køyrar netconfig …"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …"
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
@@ -3127,49 +2980,49 @@
"Feil: "
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stub"
msgstr "Stub"
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "Hitt"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
#, fuzzy
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "DNS-serveren startar under oppstart av systemet"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
#, fuzzy
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr "DNS-serveren startar ikkje under oppstart av systemet"
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr "Konfigurerte soner: %s"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP-konfigurasjon. Kan ikkje bruka LDAP."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr "Vil du aktivera LDAP-støtte?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
@@ -3179,36 +3032,40 @@
"LDAP-støtte vil ikkje aktiverast."
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr "Ukjend feil ved LDAP-initialisering."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av %1."
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP vil ikkje brukast."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppdatering av %1."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av %1. LDAP vil ikkje brukast."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Ad&vanced"
+#~ msgstr "A&vansert"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "When &Booting"
#~ msgstr "Under &oppstart"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/docker.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,6 +19,110 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -60,14 +164,6 @@
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
msgid "Image ID"
msgstr ""
@@ -88,15 +184,11 @@
msgid "Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
msgid "Ports"
msgstr ""
@@ -132,10 +224,59 @@
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -179,65 +179,45 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -251,162 +231,97 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t"
-"<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t"
-"<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-"<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t\t"
-"<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-"<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>Protocol</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-"<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>"
-"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>"
-"\t\t"
-"<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>"
-"\t\t"
-"<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t"
-"<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Deaktiver IP-verifisering\"</b> for å deaktivere ein av gyldighetskontrollene i drbdadm</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
@@ -423,7 +338,7 @@
" Dialogen vil oppdatera telleverdien i samsvar med sekundverdien i 'Oppdater dialog'.\n"
" Bruk 0 for å deaktivere oppdatering av skjermen heilt. </p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
@@ -439,200 +354,239 @@
" som denne fila angjev. </p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure drbd here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Sett opp drbd her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Sett opp drbd her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein drbd frå lista over registrerte drbd.\n"
"Viss ein drbd ikkje vart registrert, bruk <b>Andre (ikkje registrert)</b>.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n"
-"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
-"edit their configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over drbd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
"Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte drbd-er. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera oppsetta.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera oppsetta.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til ein drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein drbd.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein drbd du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, første del</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, første del</big></b><br>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br></p>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Velja noko:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Velja noko:</big></b><br>\n"
"Du må hacke litt før du kan velja noko :-)\n"
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, andre del</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, andre del</big></b><br>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Globalt oppsett av DRBD"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Ressursnavn"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
#, fuzzy
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr "Andre nodenavn må angjevast."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "Fyll ut alle felt."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "Andre nodenavn må angjevast."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -751,92 +705,92 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer DRBD-oppsett"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Les globale innstillingar"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Les ressursar"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "Drbd-oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Les nissestatus"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Les globale innstillingar"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Les globale innstillingar …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Les ressursar …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Lesar nissestatus …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett"
@@ -845,57 +799,57 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Lagre generelle innstillingar"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Lagre ressursane"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Definer nissestatus"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre generelle innstillingar"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar generelle innstillingar …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Lagrar ressursar …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Definerer nissestatus …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Lagrar generelle innstillingar …"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -367,130 +367,90 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av fcoe-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av fcoe-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett for fcoe-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett for fcoe-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure fcoe-client here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset av FcoeClient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Sett opp fcoe-klienten her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset av FcoeClient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Sett opp fcoe-klienten her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n"
"If your fcoe-client was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein fcoe-klient:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein fcoe-klient:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein fcoe-klient frå lista over fcoe-klientar som er funnen. \n"
"Viss fcoe-klienten ikkje vart funnen, bruk <b>Annan (ikkje funnet)</b>.\n"
-"Trykk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Trykk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n"
-"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>\n"
#. Services dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br>"
-"</b><br>"
-"Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start av tenester</big><br>"
-"</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start av tenester</big><br></b><br>\n"
"Du kan aktivera eller deaktivere start av tenestene\n"
-"<b>fcoe</b> og <b>lldpad</b> ved oppstart av systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>fcoe</b> og <b>lldpad</b> ved oppstart av systemet.</p>\n"
#. Services dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76
@@ -511,20 +471,13 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br>"
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverksgrensesnitt</big></b><br></p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>"
-"FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>"
-"For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Grensesnittdialogen viser alle registrerte nettverkskort og dessutan status for VLAN- og FCoE-oppsettet.<br>"
-"FCoE kan nyttast viss VLAN-grensesnittet er sett opp for FCoE (avkryssingsboks). For alle nettverkskort (nettverksgrensesnitt) visast dette i kolonnen <i>«FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>».</p>"
+msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Grensesnittdialogen viser alle registrerte nettverkskort og dessutan status for VLAN- og FCoE-oppsettet.<br>FCoE kan nyttast viss VLAN-grensesnittet er sett opp for FCoE (avkryssingsboks). For alle nettverkskort (nettverksgrensesnitt) visast dette i kolonnen <i>«FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>».</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99
@@ -534,19 +487,11 @@
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br>"
-"<b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br>"
-"<b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>"
-"Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>"
-"If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Detaljert om verda for <i>FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>ikkje tilgjengeleg</b> tyder at FCoE ikkje kan nyttast (må aktiverast ved å kryssa av først)<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>ikkje sat opp</b>: FCoE kan nyttast men er ikkje aktiverte enno. Trykk på <b>Opprett FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</b> for å gjera dette.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Detaljert om verda for <i>FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</i>:<br>\n"
+"<b>ikkje tilgjengeleg</b> tyder at FCoE ikkje kan nyttast (må aktiverast ved å kryssa av først)<br>\n"
+"<b>ikkje sat opp</b>: FCoE kan nyttast men er ikkje aktiverte enno. Trykk på <b>Opprett FCoE VLAN-grensesnitt</b> for å gjera dette.<br>\n"
" Viss FCoE VLAN-grensesnittet allereie er oppretta, vert vist namnet i kolonnen, t.d. eth3.200.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
@@ -571,21 +516,13 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>The values are:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>"
-"This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br>"
-"<b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>"
-"Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
+"<p>The values are:<br>\n"
+"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Verda er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Feilsøking</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>"
-"\n"
-"Dette vert brukt for å aktivare feilsøkingsmeldinger frå fcoe-tenesta si skript og <i>fcoemon</i>»<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Nytte syslog</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Verda er:<br>\n"
+"<b>Feilsøking</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n"
+"Dette vert brukt for å aktivare feilsøkingsmeldinger frå fcoe-tenesta si skript og <i>fcoemon</i>»<br>\n"
+"<b>Nytte syslog</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n"
" Meldingar vert send til systemloggen viss <i>ja</i> er vald (data loggast i /var/log/messages).</p>"
#. edit dialog help 1/3
@@ -597,9 +534,7 @@
#. Edit dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>"
-"There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><i>fcoemon</i>-nissen les desse oppsettfilene under initialisering.\n"
" Det er ei fil for kvart grensesnitt, og verda viser om FCoE-instansar\n"
@@ -608,27 +543,14 @@
#. Edit dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values are:<br>"
-"<b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>"
-"Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br>"
-"<b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>"
-"The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br>"
-"<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>"
-"If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Verda er:<br>"
-" \n"
-" Aktivar FCoE: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>"
-"\n"
-" Aktivar eller deaktiver skiping av FCoE-instansar. <br>"
-"\n"
-" DCB krevjast: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>"
-"\n"
-" Standardinnstillingen er <i>ja</i>. DCB vert vanlegvis kravde.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Verda er:<br> \n"
+" Aktivar FCoE: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n"
+" Aktivar eller deaktiver skiping av FCoE-instansar. <br>\n"
+" DCB krevjast: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n"
+" Standardinnstillingen er <i>ja</i>. DCB vert vanlegvis kravde.<br>\n"
+"<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>ja</i> eller <i>nei</i><br>\n"
"Viss <i>ja</i>, vil 'fcoemon' automatisk oppretta VLAN-\n"
"grensesnitt.</p>"
@@ -691,36 +613,36 @@
msgstr "<p>Vil du installera han no?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Finn ingen einingar."
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr "Finn ingen einingar."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr "Finn ingen einingar."
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
@@ -732,133 +654,133 @@
"VLAN-grensesnittet på nytt for å laga eit gyldig oppsett."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett for fcoe-klient"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Kontrollar installerte pakker"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Kontroller tenester"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "Søk etter nettverkskort"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Les /etc/fcoe/config"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Søkar etter installerte pakker …"
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Søkar etter tenester …"
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Søkar etter nettverkskort …"
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Lesar /etc/fcoe/config"
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Start av tenester mislukkast."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Finn ingen einingar."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa /etc/fcoe/config."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for fcoe-klient"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingane"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "Start FCoE-tenestene på nytt"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Tilpass start av tenester"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …"
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Startar FCoE-tenestene på nytt …"
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Tilpassar start av tenester …"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra innstillingar i /etc/fcoe/config."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
@@ -868,50 +790,50 @@
"Du finn meir informasjon i /var/log/YaST2/y2log"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "Start av tenester mislukkast."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa /etc/fcoe/cfg-fil for %1"
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<b>Generelt FCoE-oppsett</b>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "<b>Grensesnitt</b>"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
#, fuzzy
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr "<i>Nettverkskort</i>:"
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
msgstr "<b>Start av tenester</b>"
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktivert"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktivert"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,6 +19,16 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
#, fuzzy
@@ -205,7 +215,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr "Nivå for logging"
@@ -235,58 +245,46 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Please wait...</p>"
+"<br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lesar brannmurkonfigurasjon</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Vent…</p>"
+"<br>Vent…</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Please wait...</p>"
+"<br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lagrar brannmurkonfigurasjon</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Vent..</p>"
+"<br>Vent..</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n"
-"by selecting the device in the table and clicking <b>Change</b>.</p>"
+"<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n"
+"by selecting the device in the table and clicking <b>Change</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Enter special strings, like <tt>any</tt>, using \n"
"<b>Custom</b>. You can also enter interfaces not yet configured here.\n"
-"If you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed.</p>"
+"If you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Every network device should be assigned to a firewall zone.\n"
-"Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Grensesnitt</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Her kan du tilordne nettverksenhetene til brannmursoner\n"
-"ved å velja ei eining i tabellen og klikka på <b>Endre</b>.</p>"
+"<br>Her kan du tilordne nettverksenhetene til brannmursoner\n"
+"ved å velja ei eining i tabellen og klikka på <b>Endre</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Angje spesielle kommandoar som <i>any</i> ved å bruka \n"
"<b>Egendefinert</b>. Her kan du òg angje grensesnitt som ikkje er konfigurert enno.\n"
-"Viss du vil bruka maskering, er ikkje kommandoen <i>any</i> tillate.</p>"
+"Viss du vil bruka maskering, er ikkje kommandoen <i>any</i> tillate.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Alle nettverksenheter bør tilordnes ein brannmursone.\n"
-"Nettverkstrafikk via eit grensesnitt som ikkje er tilordnet, vil blokkerast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Nettverkstrafikk via eit grensesnitt som ikkje er tilordnet, vil blokkerast.</p>\n"
#. Network Manager
#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ?
@@ -304,36 +302,27 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n"
-"Networks are divided into firewall zones.</p>"
+"<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n"
+"Networks are divided into firewall zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n"
"<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n"
"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n"
-"be unprotected.</p>"
-"\n"
+"be unprotected.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tillatne tenester</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Her spesifiserer du tenester eller portar som skal vera tilgjengelege frå nettverket.\n"
-"Nettverk er delt inn i brannmursoner.</p>"
+"<br>Her spesifiserer du tenester eller portar som skal vera tilgjengelege frå nettverket.\n"
+"Nettverk er delt inn i brannmursoner.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>For å tillata ei teneste, vel <b>Sone</b> og\n"
-"<b>Tillati teneste</b>, og klikk på <b>Legg til</b>.</p>"
+"<b>Tillati teneste</b>, og klikk på <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
+"For å fjerne ei tillati teneste, vel <b>Sone</b> og <b>Tillati teneste<b>, og klikk på <b>Fjern</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"For å fjerne ei tillati teneste, vel <b>Sone</b> og <b>Tillati teneste<b>, og klikk på <b>Fjern</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Fjern avkryssingen for <b>Deaktiver brannmur for intern sone</b> for å fjerne\n"
-"vernet for heile sona. Alle tenester og portar i denne sona vil vera ubeskyttet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vernet for heile sona. Alle tenester og portar i denne sona vil vera ubeskyttet.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89
@@ -341,47 +330,39 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n"
"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n"
-"IP protocols.</p>"
-"\n"
+"IP protocols.</p>\n"
"<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Fleire innstillingar kan konfigurerast under <b>Avansert</b>.\n"
"Oppføringer må vera adskilt av eit eit mellomrom. Her kan du aktivera TCP-, UDP- og RPC-portar og dessutan\n"
-"IP-protokollar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"IP-protokollar.</p>\n"
"<p>TCP- og UDP-portar kan angjevast som portnavn (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"portnummer (<tt>3128</tt>) og portområder (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
"RPC-portar må angjevast som tjenestenavn (<tt>portmap</tt> eller <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
"Angje IP-protokollar med protokollnavnet (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n"
+"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n"
"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n"
"from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n"
"Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n"
-"to the external network.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the external network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Maskering</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Maskering er ein funksjon som skjuler det interne nettverket ditt bak brannmuren, men gjev\n"
+"<br>Maskering er ein funksjon som skjuler det interne nettverket ditt bak brannmuren, men gjev\n"
"det interne nettverket transparent tilgjenge til eksterne nettverk, til dømes Internett. Førespurnader\n"
"frå det eksterne nettverket til det interne vert blokkert.\n"
"Vel <b>Maskar nettverk</b> for å maskera nettverka\n"
-"for eksterne nettverk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for eksterne nettverk.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109
@@ -390,183 +371,142 @@
"<p>\n"
"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n"
"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n"
-"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>"
+"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
-"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Sjølv om førespurnader frå det eksterne nettverket ikkje når fram til det interne nettverket, er det mogleg å\n"
"tillata transparent omdirigering av alle forespurte portar i brannmuren til kva for ein som helst intern IP.\n"
-"Legg til ein ny omdirigeringsregel ved å klikka på <b>Legg til</b> og fylla ut omdirigeringsskjemaet.</p>"
+"Legg til ein ny omdirigeringsregel ved å klikka på <b>Legg til</b> og fylla ut omdirigeringsskjemaet.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
-"<p>Ein omdirigeringsregel kan fjernast ved å velja han i tabellen og klikka på <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Ein omdirigeringsregel kan fjernast ved å velja han i tabellen og klikka på <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n"
+"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n"
"neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n"
-"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>"
+"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n"
"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n"
-"particular zones.</p>"
+"particular zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n"
"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n"
-"for the desired zones.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for the desired zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Kringkastingskonfigurasjon</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Kringkasta pakker er spesielle UDP-pakker som vert til send heile nettverket for å finne \n"
+"<br>Kringkasta pakker er spesielle UDP-pakker som vert til send heile nettverket for å finne \n"
"tilkoblede datamaskiner eller for å senda informasjon til alle maskinene i nettverket.\n"
-"CUP sin-servera sendar til dømes informasjon om utskriftskøer ved hjelp av kringkasta pakker."
-"<p>\n"
+"CUP sin-servera sendar til dømes informasjon om utskriftskøer ved hjelp av kringkasta pakker.<p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>SuSEfirewall2-tenester som er valde for tillatne grensesnitt, legg automatisk til naudsynte\n"
"kringkastingsporter her. For å fjerne nokon av desse eller leggja til andre kan du redigera lister med portar adskilt av komene for\n"
-"spesielle soner.</p>"
+"spesielle soner.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Andre avviste kringkasta pakker vert logga. I store nettverk kan dette dreia seg om mange pakker.\n"
"For å stansa loggingen av desse pakkene, fjern avkryssingen for <b>Ikkje logg avviste kringkasta pakker</b>\n"
-"for aktuelle soner.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for aktuelle soner.</p>\n"
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n"
-"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>"
+"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n"
-"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>"
-"\n"
+"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Kringkastingssvar<big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kringkastingssvar<big></b><br>\n"
"Brannmuren forkastar vanlegvis pakker som er send frå andre maskiner som svar\n"
-"på kringkasta pakker frå ditt eige system, t.d., Samba- eller SLP-søk.</p>"
+"på kringkasta pakker frå ditt eige system, t.d., Samba- eller SLP-søk.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Her kan du angje kva for pakker som vert tillatne å passera gjennom brannmuren. Bruk <b>Legg til</b>-\n"
"knappen for å leggja til ein ny regel. Du må velja brannmursone og dessutan velja éin eller\n"
-"fleire tenester som allereie er definert, eller definera ein eigen regel heilt manuelt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"fleire tenester som allereie er definert, eller definera ein eigen regel heilt manuelt.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n"
+"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n"
"the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n"
-"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>"
+"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n"
-"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>"
-"\n"
+"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec-støytte</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"IPsec er kryptert kommunikasjon mellom pålitelege vertsmaskiner eller nettverk vigd upålitelige nettverk, til dømes Internett. Denne dialogen opnar IPsec for ei ekstern sone viss du vel\n"
-"<b>Aktivert</b>.</p>"
+"<br>IPsec er kryptert kommunikasjon mellom pålitelege vertsmaskiner eller nettverk vigd upålitelige nettverk, til dømes Internett. Denne dialogen opnar IPsec for ei ekstern sone viss du vel\n"
+"<b>Aktivert</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>Under <b>Detaljar</b> konfigurerer du korleis IPsec-pakkar med godkjent\n"
-"dekryptering skal handterast. Dei kan til dømes handterast som om komer frå den interne sona.</p>"
-"\n"
+"dekryptering skal handterast. Dei kan til dømes handterast som om komer frå den interne sona.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n"
-"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>"
+"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n"
+"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n"
"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n"
-"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Nivå for logging</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Dette er ein grunnleggjande dialog for logging av IP-pakker. Her\n"
-"konfigurerer du korleis innkommende tilkoblingspakker skal loggast. Utgående pakker vert ikkje logga i det heile.</p>"
+"<br>Dette er ein grunnleggjande dialog for logging av IP-pakker. Her\n"
+"konfigurerer du korleis innkommende tilkoblingspakker skal loggast. Utgående pakker vert ikkje logga i det heile.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p>IP-pakkar som kan loggast, vert delt inn i to grupper: <b>Godkjende pakker</b> og <b>Ikkje godkjende pakker</b>.\n"
"For kvar gruppe kan du velja mellom tre nivå for logging: <b>Logg alle</b> for å logga alle\n"
"pakkar, <b>Logg berre kritiske</b> for å logga berre interessante pakker eller <b>Ikkje logg nokon</b>\n"
-"for å deaktivere all logging. Du bør i det minste logga kritiske, godkjende pakker.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å deaktivere all logging. Du bør i det minste logga kritiske, godkjende pakker.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n"
+"<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n"
"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n"
-"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>"
+"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n"
-"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>"
+"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>"
+"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n"
"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n"
-"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Sammendrag</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Her finn du eit sammendrag av konfigurasjonsinnstillingene.\n"
+"<br>Her finn du eit sammendrag av konfigurasjonsinnstillingene.\n"
"Sammendraget er delt inn ein generell del og sammendrag for kvar enkelt brannmursone.\n"
-"Alle eksisterande soner er oppførde her.</p>"
+"Alle eksisterande soner er oppførde her.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
"<p><b>Oppstart av brannmur</b> viser om brannmuren vert aktivert ved oppstart\n"
-"<b>av maskina</b> eller berre <b>manuelt</b>.</p>"
+"<b>av maskina</b> eller berre <b>manuelt</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"<p>Brannmursonene må ha eit tilordnet nettverksgrensesnitt for at elementa nedanfor skal inngå i sammendraget:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Brannmursonene må ha eit tilordnet nettverksgrensesnitt for at elementa nedanfor skal inngå i sammendraget:</p>"
-"\n"
-"\n"
"<p><b>Grensesnitt</b>: Alle grensesnitt er oppførde med konfigurasjonsnavn og enhetsnavn.\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Opne tenester, portar og protokollar</b>: Her er alle nettverkstjenester og dessutan ekstra\n"
"TCP- (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP- (User Datagram Protocol) og RPC-portar (Remote Procedure Call)\n"
-"og IP-portar (Internet Protocol) oppført.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og IP-portar (Internet Protocol) oppført.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181
@@ -648,101 +588,81 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
-"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
+"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brannmur</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brannmur</big></b><br />\n"
"Ein brannmur er ein forsvarsmekanisme som vernar maskina mot angrep via nettverket.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n"
"Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n"
-"matching these rules.</p>"
-"\n"
+"matching these rules.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Egendefinerte regler</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Egendefinerte regler</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du definera regler for brannmuren som tillèt samband\n"
-"som samsvarer med desse reglene."
-"<p>"
+"som samsvarer med desse reglene.<p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Source Network</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n"
"Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n"
"e.g., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> or <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n"
-"or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>"
-"\n"
+"or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kildenettverk</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Kildenettverk</b><br>\n"
"Nettverk eller IP-adresse som tilkoblingen kjem frå,\n"
"f.eks <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> eller <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n"
-"eller <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> eller <tt>0/0</tt> (som tyder <tt>alle</tt>)."
-"<p>"
+"eller <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> eller <tt>0/0</tt> (som tyder <tt>alle</tt>).<p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protocol</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n"
"Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n"
"RPC services.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Protokoll</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Protokoll</b><br>\n"
"Kva for ein protokoll pakka nyttar. Spesialprotokollen <tt>RPC</tt> vert nytta\n"
-"for RPC-tenester."
-"<p>"
+"for RPC-tenester.<p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n"
"Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n"
"accessed, e.g., <tt>smtp</tt> or <tt>25</tt> or <tt>100:110</tt>.\n"
"In case of <tt>RPC</tt> protocol, use the RPC service name.\n"
"This entry is optional.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Målport</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Målport</b><br>\n"
"Portnavn, portnummer eller eit område av portar som det er tillate\n"
"å aksessera, f.eks <tt>smtp</tt> eller <tt>25</tt> eller <tt>100:110</tt>.\n"
"Viss det gjeld <tt>RPC</tt>-protokollen, nytt RPC-tjenestenavnet.\n"
-"Dette valet er valfritt."
-"<p>"
+"Dette valet er valfritt.<p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Source Port</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n"
"Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n"
"originates from. This entry is optional.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kildeport</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Kildeport</b><br>\n"
"Portnavn, portnummer eller område av portar som\n"
-"avsenderport. Dete valet er valfritt."
-"<p>"
+"avsenderport. Dete valet er valfritt.<p>"
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289
#, fuzzy
@@ -860,7 +780,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
#, fuzzy
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr "Kildenettverk"
@@ -872,8 +792,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
#, fuzzy
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
@@ -937,7 +857,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
#, fuzzy
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr "Forsp. IP"
@@ -945,7 +865,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr "Foresp. port"
@@ -953,7 +873,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr "Omdir. til IP"
@@ -961,7 +881,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
#, fuzzy
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr "Omdir. til port"
@@ -1098,10 +1018,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "Sone"
@@ -1684,258 +1604,260 @@
msgstr "Vel eit element som skal slettes."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr "Brannmurkonfigurasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr "Kjende brannmursoner"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av nettverksgrensesnitt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr "Tillatne tenester, portar og protokollar"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar for kringkasta pakker"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr "Maskeringsinnstillinger"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr "Omdiriger førespurnader til maskert IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar for logging"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr "Sammendrag av brannmurkonfigurasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr "Spesiell brannmurkommando"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr "Vis gjeldande innstillingar"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr "Aktiver brannmur ved oppstart av maskina"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr "Aktiver brannmur manuelt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr "Vis konfigurerte oppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr "Kort sonenavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr "Legg til ein ny oppføring"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr "Fjern ein oppføring"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr "Namn på konfigurasjon for nettverksgrensesnitt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "Logging av godkjende pakker (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "Logging av ikkje godkjende pakker (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr "Logging av kringkasta pakker (ja|nei)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set value"
msgstr "Spesifiser verd"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "Portnavn eller -nummer; fleire portar adskilt av komene"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
msgstr "Kjende brannmurtjenester; fleire tenester adskilt av komene"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "TCP-portnavn eller -nummer; fleire portar adskilt av komene"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
#, fuzzy
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "UDP-portnavn eller -nummer; fleire portar adskilt av komene"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "RPC-portnavn; fleire portar adskilt av komene"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr "IP-protokollnavn; fleire protokollar adskilt av komene"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr "Spesifiser sonebeskyttelse (ja|nei)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr "Detaljert informasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "Aktiver alternativ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "Deaktiver alternativ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr "Kildenettverk, t.d. 0/0 eller 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr "Protokoll (tcp|udp)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr "Forespurt ekstern IP (valfritt)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
#, fuzzy
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr "Forespurt portnavn eller -nummer"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr "Omdiriger til intern IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
#, fuzzy
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr "Omdiriger til port på intern IP (valfritt)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "Record number"
msgstr "Oppføringsnummer"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr "Nytte portnavn i staden for portnummer"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr "Ukjend sone %1."
@@ -1949,27 +1871,27 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
#, fuzzy
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr "Parameteren %1 må spesifiserast."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "Viser kjende brannmursoner:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
#, fuzzy
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr "Snarveg"
@@ -1977,21 +1899,21 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "Sonenavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr "Sammendrag:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "Berre éin parameter er tillaten."
@@ -1999,161 +1921,161 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr "Oppstart:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr "Aktiverer brannmur ved oppstart av maskina …"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr "Brannmur vert ikkje aktivert under oppstart av maskina …"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr "Brannmurport vert aktivert ved oppstart av maskina"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr "Brannmuren må aktiverast manuelt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "Nettverksgrensesnitt i brannmursoner:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr "Spesiell brannmurkommando"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Grensesnitt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Enhetsnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "Legger til spesialkommandoen %1 for sona %2 …"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "Legger til grensesnittet %1 for sona %2 …"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "Fjernar spesialkommandoen %1 frå sona %2 …"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "Fjernar grensesnittet %1 frå sona %2 …"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log all"
msgstr "Logg alt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr "Logg berre kritiske"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr "Ikkje logg nokon"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
#, fuzzy
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr "Globale innstillingar for logging:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr "Regeltype"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Verd"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
#, fuzzy
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr "Godkjent"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr "Ikkje godkjend"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr "Logging av kringkasta pakker:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr "Logging aktivert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr "Logging deaktivert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
#, fuzzy
msgid "Short"
msgstr "Kort"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr "Status for logging"
@@ -2163,91 +2085,91 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr "Verdet %1 er ikkje tillate for alternativet %2."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
#, fuzzy
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr "Tillatne kringkastingsporter:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr "Berre éin handlingskommando er tillate her."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr "Spesifiserte brannmurtjenester:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr "Namn på teneste"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
#, fuzzy
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr "TCP-port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr "UDP-port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr "RPC-port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr "IP-protokoll"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
#, fuzzy
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr "Tillatne tenester i soner:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
#, fuzzy
msgid "All services"
msgstr "Alle tenester"
@@ -2255,105 +2177,116 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
#, fuzzy
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr "Heile sona ubeskyttet"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr "Teneste-ID"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr "Fleire tillatne portar:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
#, fuzzy
msgid "All ports"
msgstr "Alle portar"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr "Fleire tillatne IP-protokollar i soner:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
#, fuzzy
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr "Alle IP-protokollar"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr "IP-protokoll"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr "Ukjend teneste %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
#, fuzzy
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr "Vern kan berre spesifiserast for interne soner."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr "Minst éin av %1 må spesifiserast."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr "Minst éin handlingskommando frå %1 må spesifiserast."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr "Omdiriger førespurnader til maskert IP:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr "Ukjent portnavn %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
#, fuzzy
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr "Maskeringsinnstillinger:"
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr "Maskering er %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktivert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktivert"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:24+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -37,15 +37,11 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kryss av for <b>Set opp ved første oppstart</b> for å starta firstboot-verktøyet ved første oppstart av systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Sjå hjelpeteksten til modulen yast2-firstboot for meir informasjon.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Kryss av for <b>Set opp ved første oppstart</b> for å starta firstboot-verktøyet ved første oppstart av systemet.</p>\n"
+"<p>Sjå hjelpeteksten til modulen yast2-firstboot for meir informasjon.</p>\n"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -117,13 +113,13 @@
msgstr "Namn"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "Modulnamn"
-
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "Modulnamn"
+
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -136,15 +132,11 @@
#. help text fro desktop dialog
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p>"
-"<h3>Desktop Selections</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n"
"This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n"
"the desktop to enable as the default desktop.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>"
-"<h3>Skrivebordsval</h3>"
-"\n"
+"<p><h3>Skrivebordsval</h3>\n"
"Dette systemet har meir enn eitt skrivebordsmiljø installert.\n"
"Vel kva skrivebord du vil bruka som standard.</p>"
@@ -175,12 +167,10 @@
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>&product; er no installert på maskina di.\n"
-"Når du har trykt <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Når du har trykt <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language
@@ -191,12 +181,8 @@
#. congratulation text 4/4
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83
-msgid ""
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>"
-"Your SuSE Development Team</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>"
-"SuSE-utviklarane</p>"
+msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Ha det gøy!<br>SuSE-utviklarane</p>"
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112
@@ -207,24 +193,19 @@
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n"
-"to the login screen.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Trykk <b>Fullfør</b> for å avslutta YaST-installeringa gå til innloggingsvindauget.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the login screen.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Trykk <b>Fullfør</b> for å avslutta YaST-installeringa gå til innloggingsvindauget.</p>\n"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
-"our SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"our SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vel KDE, det grafiske standardskrivebordet, kan du\n"
"tilpassa nokre KDE-innstillingar til maskinvara di. Sjå òg\n"
-"velkomstvindauget.</p>"
-"\n"
+"velkomstvindauget.</p>\n"
#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128
@@ -232,14 +213,12 @@
"<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n"
"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n"
"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n"
-"return to this installation sequence.</p>"
-"\n"
+"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du er ein avansert brukar, har du no tilgang til alle oppsettmodulane i SuSE no.\n"
"Kryss av for <b>Start YaST kontrollsenter</b> for å opna dette\n"
"etter at du trykkjer <b>Fullfør</b>. Merk at kontrollsenteret ikkje har nokon tilbakeknapp for å\n"
-"gå tilbake tilbake til denne installasjonsprosessen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"gå tilbake tilbake til denne installasjonsprosessen.</p>\n"
#. popup text
#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
@@ -278,27 +257,23 @@
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n"
"configuration and in the installed system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>språk</b> og <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka under\n"
"oppsettet og etter at systemet er installert.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å gå vidare til neste steg.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
@@ -306,17 +281,15 @@
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
"installation process at any time.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Avbryt</b> for å avbryta\n"
"installeringa når som helst.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr "Du har ikkje nok ledig plass til å installera alle tilleggspakkane."
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:12+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -20,59 +20,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "CFF-skrifter"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
@@ -115,9 +115,7 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Scripts</b>"
-"<ul>"
+msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>"
msgstr "<p><b>Skriftprøve for %s</b></p>"
#. nothing to do nowadays
@@ -347,9 +345,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
-msgid ""
-"This setting can be changed:"
-"<ul>"
+msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
@@ -369,9 +365,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
-msgid ""
-"User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
@@ -393,9 +387,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: "
-"<ul>"
+msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
@@ -456,12 +448,8 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
-msgid ""
-"<p>See: %s"
-"<p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sjå: %s"
-"<p>"
+msgid "<p>See: %s<p>"
+msgstr "<p>Sjå: %s<p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087
msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -61,10 +61,9 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -115,17 +114,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -133,24 +132,24 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -159,176 +158,184 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 16:28+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Gjer klar …"
@@ -111,29 +111,29 @@
"skjermbileta er ikkje like dei i bruksrettleiinga.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr "Start tenesta %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr "Startar tenesta %1 …"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr "Tilpassar nettverksoppsett"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr "Nettverksoppsettet vert tilpassa."
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
"Merk at du kanskje må leggja inn noko informasjon på nytt."
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
msgid "Starting Installation..."
msgstr "Startar installering …"
@@ -201,28 +201,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Viss du er usikker, kan du gå tilbake og sjå over desse vala på nytt.</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Stadfest oppgradering"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr "<p>All nødvendig informasjon for oppgraderinga er no klar.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "Start &oppgradering"
@@ -272,51 +272,7 @@
msgstr "Svartelistar einingar …"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr "Genererer om nødvendig AutoYaST-profil …"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bruk <b>Klon systemoppsett</b> viss du vil oppretta ein AutoYaST-profil.\n"
-"Med AutoYaST kan heile installeringa gjerast utan medverknad frå brukaren.\n"
-"AutoYaST treng en profil for å veta korleis det installerte systemet skal sjå ut.\n"
-"Når du kryssar av for dette, vert det lagra ein profil for systemet i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr "Vil du lagra AutoYaST-profilen til «/root/autoinst.xml» ved slutten av installeringa?"
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Klon systemoppsett"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "&Klon sytemoppsett"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert lagra til «/root/autoinst.xml» (<a href=\"%1\">ikkje lagra han</a>)."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert ikkje lagra (<a href=\"%1\">lagra han</a>)."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer filer til installert system …"
@@ -396,14 +352,12 @@
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
-"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>"
-"\n"
+"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Med <b>installering frå diskbilete</b> går installeringa raskare.\n"
"Diskbilete er komprimerte kopiar av eit installert system basert på ei\n"
"samling pakkar. Andre pakkar (som ikkje finst i diskbiletet) vert installerte\n"
-"som enkeltpakkar på vanleg måte.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som enkeltpakkar på vanleg måte.</p>\n"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
@@ -516,7 +470,7 @@
msgstr "Oppdateringar for %1 %2"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
@@ -545,140 +499,137 @@
"Vel om du vil køyra ei oppdatering frå Internett no.\n"
"Du kan hoppa over dette steget no, og køyra oppdateringa seinare.\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr "Språk, tastatur og lisensavtale"
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Språk"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "&Versjonsmerknadar …"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "Eg &godkjenner lisensavtala."
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "&Tastaturtest"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Lisensavtale"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "Lisens&omsetjingar …"
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
"installation and for the installed system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>språket</b> og <b>tastaturoppsettet</b> du vil bruka\n"
"under installeringa og etter at systemet er installert.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du må godkjenna lisensavtala før du kan halda fram med installeringa.\n"
"Vel <b>Lisensomsetjingar</b> for å vise alle tilgjengelege omsetjingar av avtala.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Neste</b> for å gå vidare til neste steg.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
"all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ikkje noko vil skje med datamaskina før du stadfestar\n"
"alle innstillingane i det siste installasjonssteget.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
"installation process at any time.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan når som helst velja <b>Avbryt</b>\n"
"for å avbryta installeringa.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "&Versjonsmerknadar …"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Lisensavtale"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Språk"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "Eg &godkjenner lisensavtala."
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr "Du må godta lisensvilkåra for å kunna installera produktet"
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking the installed system..."
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr "Kontrollerer det installerte systemet …"
+
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "&Tastaturtest"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "Lisens&omsetjingar …"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -688,12 +639,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
-"the ZMD service during system start.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel <b>Slå av ZMD-tenesta</b> for å stengja og\n"
-"deaktivera ZMD-tenesta under oppstart av systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"deaktivera ZMD-tenesta under oppstart av systemet.</p>\n"
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
@@ -715,12 +664,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>&product; er no ferdig installert på maskina.\n"
-"Når du trykkjer <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Når du trykkjer <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logga inn på systemet.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
@@ -729,12 +676,8 @@
#. congratulation text 4/4
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
-msgid ""
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>"
-"Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>"
-"Helsing SUSE-utviklarane</p>"
+msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Ha det gøy!<br>Helsing SUSE-utviklarane</p>"
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
@@ -745,25 +688,21 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n"
-"to the login screen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to the login screen.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel <b>Fullfør</b> for å fullføra installeringa og\n"
-"gå til innloggingsbiletet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"gå til innloggingsbiletet.</p>\n"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
-"our SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"our SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vel KDE, det grafiske standardskrivebordet, kan du\n"
"tilpassa nokre KDE-innstillingar til maskinvara di. Sjå òg\n"
-"velkomstvindauget.</p>"
-"\n"
+"velkomstvindauget.</p>\n"
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
@@ -793,7 +732,7 @@
msgstr "Pakken «autoyast2» er ikkje installert. Kloning ikkje mogleg."
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "Maskina vert no starta på nytt …"
@@ -802,16 +741,16 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbilete …"
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
@@ -820,7 +759,7 @@
"Avbryt installeringa …\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
@@ -829,20 +768,20 @@
"Opnar ein pakkehandsamar, slik at du kan kontrollera gjeldande status for pakkar."
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Laster ned diskbilete med farten %1/s"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Laster ned diskbiletet %1 med farten %2/s"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbilete …"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbiletet %1 …"
@@ -859,42 +798,45 @@
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr "&Disk å bruka"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr "Vel disken du vil leggja diskbiletet på. Alle data som finst på disken frå før vil då gå tapt, og han vert partisjonert som definert i diskbiletet."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr "Hardisk å leggja diskbilete på"
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Søkjer etter tilgjengelege kontrollarar"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskbruk"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Set opp &DASD-diskar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Set opp &ZFCP-diskar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Set opp &FCoE-diskar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Set opp &iSCSI-diskar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Endra &nettverksoppsett"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -913,7 +855,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Gjer klar"
@@ -938,71 +880,74 @@
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr "Vis &pakkeoppdateringer"
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr "Køyrer steg %1 …"
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr " * %1"
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr "Feil ved installering"
+
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Fullfører grunninstallasjon"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Laga oversikt over fullføringsskript som skal køyrast …"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Ferdig"
+
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopier filer til installert system"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Lagra oppsett"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Lagra installasjonsinnstillingar"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Klargjer systemet for første oppstart"
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer steg: %1 …"
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
-msgstr "Køyrer steg %1 …"
-
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr " * %1"
-
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "Ferdig"
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr "Feil ved installering"
-
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -1024,27 +969,27 @@
msgstr "Klargjer første systemoppsett …"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Installasjonsval"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "&Legg til pakkebrønnar før installering"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "&Ta med tilleggsprodukt frå andre medium"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Installasjonsval</b></big></p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1055,20 +1000,18 @@
"foreslåtte eksterne pakkebrønnar under installeringa eller oppgraderinga.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
-"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Ta med tilleggsprodukt frå andre medium</b> for òg å installera\n"
-"andre tilleggsprodukt saman med &product;.</p>"
-"\n"
+"andre tilleggsprodukt saman med &product;.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Viss du treng eigne maskinvaredrivarar for installeringa, sjå <i>http://drivers.suse.com/</i>.</p>"
@@ -1117,23 +1060,19 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
-"have a configured network.</p>"
-"\n"
+"have a configured network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det er ikkje sett opp noko nettverk\n"
-"for systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for systemet.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du må setja opp nettverket dersom du ønskjer å bruka eksterne pakkebrønnar\n"
-"eller tilleggsprodukt. Viss du ikkje vil bruka dette, kan du hoppa over oppsettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eller tilleggsprodukt. Viss du ikkje vil bruka dette, kan du hoppa over oppsettet.</p>\n"
#. error popup
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
@@ -1199,7 +1138,7 @@
#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Installerer pakker …"
@@ -1227,15 +1166,13 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
-"summary of new features and changes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Versjonsmerknadene</b> for det installerte Linux-systemet\n"
-"inneheld eit kort oversikt over endringar og nye funksjonar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"inneheld eit kort oversikt over endringar og nye funksjonar.</p>\n"
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen versjonsmerknader vart installerte.</p>"
@@ -1243,12 +1180,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
-"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel det bruksområdet som best svarar til behova dine.\n"
-"Du kan velja fleire program seinare i installeringa.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Du kan velja fleire program seinare i installeringa.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
@@ -1262,88 +1197,88 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "Analyserer datamaskina"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "Søk etter USB-einingar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "Søkjer etter USB-einingar …"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "Søk etter FireWire-einingar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "Søkjer etter FireWire-einingar …"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "Søk etter diskettstasjonar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "Søkjer etter diskettstasjonar …"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Søk etter harddiskkontrollarar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Søkjer etter harddiskkontrollarar …"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Last kjernemodular for harddiskkontrollarar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Laster kjernemodular for harddiskkontrollarar …"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "Søk etter harddiskar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Søkjer etter harddiskar …"
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Søk etter systemfiler"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Søkjer etter systemfiler …"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Gjer klar pakkehandsamaren"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Gjer klar pakkehandsamaren …"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Maskinvare- og systemoppdaging"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "Søkjer no etter maskinvare og installerte system."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
@@ -1352,7 +1287,7 @@
"Sjå «http://drivers.suse.com/» viss du treng eigne maskinvaredrivarar for installeringa."
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1362,7 +1297,7 @@
"Kontroller maskinvara.\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1373,7 +1308,7 @@
"(spesielt på S/390- og iSCSI-system).\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1386,7 +1321,7 @@
"%1\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1394,6 +1329,52 @@
"Klarte ikkje gjera klar pakkebrønnar.\n"
"Avbryt installeringa."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+msgid ""
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1447,8 +1428,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Endra …"
@@ -1646,29 +1627,25 @@
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
-"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det gjenstår nokre få steg før systemet er klart til\n"
"bruk. YaST vil no rettleia deg gjennom grunnoppsettet.\n"
-"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.</p>\n"
" \n"
#. help ttext
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n"
-"basic configuration of the system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"basic configuration of the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å starta\n"
-"grunnoppsett av systemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"grunnoppsett av systemet.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr "Ingen prosedyre er definert for denne installasjonstypen."
@@ -1688,7 +1665,7 @@
msgstr "Set opp snøgglager for programkopling …"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett …"
@@ -1742,6 +1719,26 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar maskinvareoppsett …"
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "Klon systemoppsett"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "&Klon sytemoppsett"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
@@ -1809,39 +1806,56 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer loggfiler til installert system …"
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "Eining"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Export Configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr "&Eksporter oppsett"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr "Krympar PREP-partisjon …"
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil tilbakestille alt til standardvala?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Alle endringane dine går då tapt."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Plassering til lagra oppsett"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra oppsett. Du finn meir informasjon i loggen."
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Hoppar over oppsett etter ønske frå brukar"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1850,25 +1864,25 @@
"retta før du kan halda fram.\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Tilpassar forslaget til gjeldande innstillingar …"
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analyserer systemet …"
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "Feil: Ingen forslag"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1881,42 +1895,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Hopp over oppsett"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Bruk dette oppsettet"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&Eksporter oppsett"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Trykk på ei overskrift for å endra, eller bruk menyen «Endra» nedanfor."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Trykk på overskriftene for å endra noko."
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Tilbakestill til standardvala"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Oppgradering"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Installer"
@@ -1931,106 +1939,92 @@
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan endra verdiane ved å trykkja på overskriftene,\n"
"eller ved å bruka menyen <b>Endra</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Harddisken er ikkje endra enno, så du kan framleis trygt avbryta installeringa.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Installer</b> for starta installeringa med desse vala.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Oppgrader</b> for å starta oppgraderinga med desse vala.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å ta i bruk nettverksinnstillingane.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å ta i bruk tenesteinnstillingane.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å ta i bruk maskinvareinnstillingane.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Forslag til UML-installasjon</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2041,17 +2035,15 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å bruka desse vala.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Text to display
#.
@@ -2060,6 +2052,11 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Gjer klar for fjernadministrering …"
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2067,19 +2064,111 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "Lagar augeblinksbilete av rotfilsystemet …"
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr "Klarte ikkje lesa informasjon om installasjonsdiskbilete"
#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "Tek i bruk …"
@@ -2087,19 +2176,19 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "Lagrar brukarinnstillingar …"
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "Gjenoppretter brukarinnstillinger …"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
@@ -2107,19 +2196,46 @@
"Klarte ikkje løysa pakkekonfliktene automatisk.\n"
"Opnar programhandsamaren, slik at du kan løysa dei manuelt."
+#~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
+#~ msgstr "Genererer om nødvendig AutoYaST-profil …"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Bruk <b>Klon systemoppsett</b> viss du vil oppretta ein AutoYaST-profil.\n"
+#~ "Med AutoYaST kan heile installeringa gjerast utan medverknad frå brukaren.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST treng en profil for å veta korleis det installerte systemet skal sjå ut.\n"
+#~ "Når du kryssar av for dette, vert det lagra ein profil for systemet i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+#~ msgstr "Vil du lagra AutoYaST-profilen til «/root/autoinst.xml» ved slutten av installeringa?"
+
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert lagra til «/root/autoinst.xml» (<a href=\"%1\">ikkje lagra han</a>)."
+
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vert ikkje lagra (<a href=\"%1\">lagra han</a>)."
+
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Plassering til lagra oppsett"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
+#~ msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra oppsett. Du finn meir informasjon i loggen."
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "Feil: Manglar tittel"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Nokre forslag kan vera låste av systemadministratoren, og\n"
#~ "kan såleis ikkje endrast. Ta kontakt med systemadministratoren\n"
-#~ "dersom du ønskjer å endra eit låst forslag.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "dersom du ønskjer å endra eit låst forslag.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
#~ msgstr "Gjer klar installasjonsmiljøet …"
@@ -2226,9 +2342,6 @@
#~ msgid "Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Nettverkskort"
-#~ msgid "Device"
-#~ msgstr "Eining"
-
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Maskinvareinformasjon om valt nettverkskort"
@@ -2245,13 +2358,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\n"
#~ "and click the <b>Next</b> button.\n"
-#~ "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Dersom du vil setja opp eit nettverkskort,\n"
#~ "vel det frå lista og trykk <b>Neste</b>.\n"
-#~ "Trykk elles <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Trykk elles <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "IP address cannot be empty."
#~ msgstr "IP-adressa kan ikkje vera tom."
@@ -2340,48 +2451,36 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Network Setup</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "Configure your network card.\n"
+#~ "<br>Configure your network card.\n"
#~ "Select either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\n"
#~ "For details contact your Internet provider or your network\n"
-#~ "administrator.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "administrator.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Nettverksoppsett</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "Set opp nettverkskortet.\n"
+#~ "<br>Set opp nettverkskortet.\n"
#~ "Vel anten DHCP eller ei statisk adresse. DHCP passar i dei tilfelle.\n"
#~ "Kontakt nettleverandøren eller nettverksadministratoren din\n"
-#~ "viss du treng meir informasjon.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "viss du treng meir informasjon.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Proxy</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\n"
+#~ "<br>Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\n"
#~ "In most cases, if you have a direct connection to the Internet,\n"
-#~ "you do not need to use one.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "you do not need to use one.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Mellomtenar</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "Ein mellomtenar er ei maskin om står mellom maskina di og Internett.\n"
+#~ "<br>Ein mellomtenar er ei maskin om står mellom maskina di og Internett.\n"
#~ "I dei fleste tilfella har du direkte tilgang til Internett, slik at det ikkje er\n"
-#~ "nødvendig å bruka ein mellomtenar.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "nødvendig å bruka ein mellomtenar.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>The output of the command was:\n"
-#~ "<pre>%2</pre>"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<pre>%2</pre></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Feil med kommandoen <tt>%1</tt>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>Feil med kommandoen <tt>%1</tt>.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>Resultat frå kommandoen:\n"
-#~ "<pre>%2</pre>"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<pre>%2</pre></p>"
#~ msgid "Setting up Network Failed"
#~ msgstr "Feil ved oppsett av nettverk"
@@ -2546,15 +2645,13 @@
#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Vel <b>Nyinstallering</b> viss det ikkje finst noko Linux-system på\n"
#~ "maskina frå før, eller viss du vil byta ut eit eksisterande Linux-systemet\n"
#~ "og alle tilhøyrande innstillingar.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -2575,15 +2672,13 @@
#~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n"
#~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n"
#~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n"
-#~ "configuration.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "configuration.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Vel <b>Bruk automatisk oppsett</b> for å la installasjonsprogrammet\n"
#~ "setja opp nettverk og maskinvare automatisk. Viss ikkje, vil du\n"
#~ "få eit forslag til oppsett der du kan justera alle innstillingane manuelt.\n"
-#~ "Me rår uerfarne brukarar til å velja automatisk oppsett.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Me rår uerfarne brukarar til å velja automatisk oppsett.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Update mode does not support automatic configuration.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Du kan ikkje bruka automatisk oppsett ved oppgradering.</p>"
@@ -2591,13 +2686,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n"
#~ "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Funksjonen <b>Oppgrader</b> er berre tilgjengeleg viss\n"
#~ "installasjonsprogrammet fann eit eksisterande Linux-system.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid "&Show Release Notes"
#~ msgstr "&Vis versjonsmerknader"
@@ -2609,13 +2702,11 @@
#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes for the initial release. They are\n"
#~ "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n"
#~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n"
-#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Dette er versjonsmerknadene laga for den opphavlege versjonen,\n"
#~ "og følgjer med på installasjonsmediet. Viss du har tilgang til Internett under\n"
-#~ "installeringa, kan du lasta ned oppdaterte versjonsmerknader frå nettet.</b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "installeringa, kan du lasta ned oppdaterte versjonsmerknader frå nettet.</b></p>\n"
#~ msgid "Configuring the superuser's environment..."
#~ msgstr "Set opp miljø for superbrukar …"
@@ -2726,13 +2817,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n"
#~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n"
-#~ "this process can take some time.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "this process can take some time.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Må lagra oppsettet for &product;-systemet.\n"
#~ "Avhengig av CPU og minnekapasitet, kan denne\n"
-#~ "prosessen ta litt tid.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "prosessen ta litt tid.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Progress"
#~ msgstr "Framgang"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -126,7 +126,6 @@
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Legg til"
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit"
@@ -195,47 +194,63 @@
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "Oppstart"
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr "Manuelt"
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Nøkkel"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Verd"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Teneste"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "Tilkoblede mål"
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "Mål som vart funne"
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
#, fuzzy
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "Oversyn over iSCSI-initiator"
@@ -243,7 +258,7 @@
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
#, fuzzy
@@ -253,9 +268,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "Søk etter iSCSI-initiator"
@@ -264,164 +279,114 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjonen til vent men av iSCSI-initiator initialiseres…</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Konfigurasjonen til vent men av iSCSI-initiator initialiseres…</big></b></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vent medan konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator vert lagra…</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Vent medan konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator vert lagra…</big></b></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringsprosedyren ved å trykkja <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
" Ein ny dialogboks forteljar deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-" </p>"
-"\n"
+" </p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Konfigurer ein iSCSI-initiator her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon av iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n"
+"Konfigurer ein iSCSI-initiator her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n"
"Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n"
"If your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein iSCSI-initiator frå lista over oppdaga initiatorer.\n"
" Viss iSCSI-initiatoren ikkje vart oppdaga, brukar du <b>Anna (ikkje funnet)</b>.\n"
-" Klikk deretter <b>Konfigurer</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+" Klikk deretter <b>Konfigurer</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, vert vist ein ny dialogboks der du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>\n"
+"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, vert vist ein ny dialogboks der du kan endra konfigurasjonen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n"
-"edit their configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n"
"Få eit oversyn over installerte iSCSI-initiatorer. Du kan òg\n"
-" redigera konfigurasjonen.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" redigera konfigurasjonen.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å konfigurera ein iSCSI-initiator.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein iSCSI-initiator</big></b><br>\n"
+"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å konfigurera ein iSCSI-initiator.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein iSCSI-initiator du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-" Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>"
-"\n"
+" Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>\n"
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>List of current sessions.</p>"
-"<p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>"
-"Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>"
-"To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
@@ -433,12 +398,8 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Når du brukar ein iSCSI-eining med <b>LESA</b>/<b>SKRIVA</b>-rettar, må desse rettane vera eksklusive for å unngå risiko for øydelagte data.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Når du brukar ein iSCSI-eining med <b>LESA</b>/<b>SKRIVA</b>-rettar, må desse rettane vera eksklusive for å unngå risiko for øydelagte data.</p>\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
@@ -483,20 +444,15 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n"
-"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>"
-"\n"
+"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n"
"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n"
-"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>"
-"\n"
+"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n"
"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n"
-"starts up.</p>"
-"\n"
+"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>manual</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål ikkje kan tilkobles som standard. Brukaren må gjera det manuelt</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>manual</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål ikkje kan tilkobles som standard. Brukaren må gjera det manuelt</p>\n"
"<p><b>onboot</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål tilkobles ved oppstart, dvs. dersom root er på\n"
-"iSCSI. Dei vil då vurderast av initrd.</p>"
-"\n"
+"iSCSI. Dei vil då vurderast av initrd.</p>\n"
"<p><b>automatic</b> inneber at iSCSI-mål tilkobles når sjølve iSCSI-tenesta\n"
"startar.</p>"
@@ -506,21 +462,12 @@
msgstr "Ingen autentisering"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p>"
-"<p><b>Please note:</b><br>"
-"'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p>"
-"<p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br>"
-"<b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>"
-"To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br>"
-" <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p>"
-"<p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
@@ -565,31 +512,29 @@
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under utlogging frå det valde målet."
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "No record found."
msgstr "Finn ingen oppføring."
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr "Ingen gyldig IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr "Port-feltet kan ikkje vera tomt"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr "Initiatornavn"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -610,14 +555,19 @@
"Døme:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.no.servar:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Angje IP-adressa."
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Angje porten."
@@ -626,41 +576,41 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
#, fuzzy
msgid "True"
msgstr "Sann"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
#, fuzzy
msgid "False"
msgstr "Usann"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "Målet med dette målnavnet er allereie tilkoblet. Passar på at Multipath er aktivert for å unngå øydelagte data."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
#, fuzzy
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Hald fram"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Avbryt"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "Målet er allereie tilkoblet."
@@ -766,7 +716,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
@@ -778,13 +728,14 @@
"Gammalt initiatornavn vil erstattast med verdet frå iBFT, og det vil opprettast ein sikkerhetskopi.\n"
"Viss du vil bruka eit anna initiatornavn, kan du endra det i BIOS."
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag …"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
msgid "LUN"
msgstr ""
@@ -98,194 +98,190 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
-msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
-msgid "Edit"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
+msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57
@@ -297,71 +293,56 @@
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure an iSCSI target here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n"
"If your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n"
-"edit their configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
@@ -369,8 +350,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -378,12 +358,9 @@
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
-"<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. discovery authentication
@@ -393,21 +370,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>"
-"After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -415,12 +395,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -429,19 +409,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -450,202 +430,208 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr ""
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
msgid "Path:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
msgid "Change:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -659,11 +645,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# Norwegian Nynorsk translations for opensuse-i package.
+# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
+# Automatically generated, 2016.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: nn\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -428,10 +428,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
#, fuzzy
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Maskina må startast på nytt for å aktivare endringar."
@@ -870,42 +868,29 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n"
" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n"
-" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktiver/deaktiver Kdump</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Aktiver/deaktiver Kdump</b><br>\n"
" Aktivar eller deaktiver kdump. Oppstartsvalget crashkernel er lagd til/fjerna.\n"
-" Maskina må startast på nytt for å aktivare endringane.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" Maskina må startast på nytt for å aktivare endringane.<br></p>\n"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>"
-"\n"
-" Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n"
+" Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kdump-minne</b><br>"
-"\n"
-" Tilordnet minne for kdump-kjerne.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Kdump-minne</b><br>\n"
+" Tilordnet minne for kdump-kjerne.<br></p>\n"
#. T: help text for a combo box
#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n"
" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -913,33 +898,24 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n"
" Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n"
" Pages of the specified type are copied to dumpfile. \n"
-" The page type marked in the following table is included. <br>"
-"</p>"
+" The page type marked in the following table is included. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dumpnivå</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Dumpnivå</b><br>\n"
" Angje type for påkrevet side som skal analyserast.\n"
" Sider av angjeven type vert kopierte til dumpfilen. \n"
-" Sidetypen angjeven i den følgjande tabellen er inkludert. <br>"
-"</p>"
+" Sidetypen angjeven i den følgjande tabellen er inkludert. <br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>"
-"\n"
-" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>"
-"\n"
-" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>"
-"\n"
-" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>"
-"\n"
-" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
+" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n"
+" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n"
+" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -947,16 +923,11 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>"
-"\n"
-" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
+" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Lagringsmål for Kdump-diskbilde</b><br>"
-"\n"
-" Målet der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast. Vel måltypen der dumper skal mælast.<br>"
-"</p>"
-" "
+"<p><b>Lagringsmål for Kdump-diskbilde</b><br>\n"
+" Målet der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast. Vel måltypen der dumper skal mælast.<br></p> "
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
@@ -965,15 +936,12 @@
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
" <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n"
-" <br>"
-"</p>"
+" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Lokalt filsystem</b> – Lager kdump-bilete på det lokalet filsystemet.\n"
" <i>Katalog for lagring av dumper</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.\n"
" Val av katalog for lagring av kdump-bilete vigde dialogvindu ved å trykkja <i>Bla gjennom</i>\n"
-" <br>"
-"</p>"
-" "
+" <br></p> "
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
@@ -984,16 +952,14 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> – Lager kdump-bilete vigde FTP.\n"
" <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til ftp-serveren.\n"
" <i>Port</i> – Portnummeret for sambandet.\n"
" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.\n"
" <i>Aktivar anonym tilkobling</i> Aktiverer anonym tilkobling til serveren.\n"
-" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen. <i>Passord</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen. <i>Passord</i> for ftp-tilkoblingen.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
@@ -1004,16 +970,13 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
-" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>SSH</b> – Lager kdump-diskbilde vigde SSH.\n"
" <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til serveren.\n"
" <i>Port</i> – Portnummeret for sambandet.\n"
" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Filstien der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast.\n"
-" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
@@ -1024,16 +987,13 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
-" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>SSH</b> – Lager kdump-diskbilde vigde SSH.\n"
" <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til serveren.\n"
" <i>Port</i> – Portnummeret for sambandet.\n"
" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Filstien der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast.\n"
-" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Brukernavn</i> for ssh-sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for ssh-sambandet.<br></p>"
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
@@ -1048,13 +1008,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
-" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> – Lager kdump-bilete på NFS.\n"
" <i>Servernavn</i> – Namnet til NFS-serveren.\n"
-" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
@@ -1065,16 +1023,14 @@
" <i>Exported Share</i> - The windows share name.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Use Authentication</i> enables authenticated connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> – Lager kdump-bilete vigde CIFS.\n"
" <i>Servernavn</b> – Namnet til serveren.\n"
" <i>Delt ressurs</i> – Namnet til windows-ressursen.\n"
" <i>Katalog på servar</i> – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast.\n"
" <i>Nytte autentisering</i> aktiverer brukerautentisering mot servar.\n"
-" <i>Brukernavn</i> for sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for sambandet<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Brukernavn</i> for sambandet. <i>Passord</i> for sambandet<br></p>"
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
@@ -1082,25 +1038,21 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
-" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tilpassa Kdump-kinna</b> Brukaren kan angje ein tilpassa kjerne.\n"
" Navnemønsteret er: <i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
-" Angje berre <i>kernel_string</i>.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" Angje berre <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
-" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br>"
-"</p>"
+" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kdump kommandolinje</b>\n"
-" Tilleggsargumenter til kexec. <br>"
-"</p>"
+" Tilleggsargumenter til kexec. <br></p>"
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
@@ -1109,29 +1061,22 @@
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
" Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n"
" The string will be appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\n"
-" is set. <br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" is set. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><br>"
-"Kdump-kommandolinjetillegg</b>\n"
+"<p><br>Kdump-kommandolinjetillegg</b>\n"
" Dette tyder at verd vert _lagt til_ standardstrengen for kommandolinjen.\n"
" Strengen vert òg lagd til viss <i>Kdump-kommandolinje</i>\n"
-" er definert. <br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" er definert. <br></p>\n"
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
-" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aktivar umiddelbar omstart etter at kjernen er lagra</b> – \n"
-" Aktivum umiddelbar omstart etter at kjernen er lagra i kdump.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" Aktivum umiddelbar omstart etter at kjernen er lagra i kdump.<br></p>"
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
@@ -1139,13 +1084,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
-" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aktiver sletting av gamle dumper</b> – \n"
" Aktivum sletting av gamle dumper. Viss mengda dumpfiler i \n"
-" <i>Mengd gamle dumpfiler</i> overskrid dette talet, skal eldre dumpfiler fjernast.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Mengd gamle dumpfiler</i> overskrid dette talet, skal eldre dumpfiler fjernast.<br></p>"
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
@@ -1155,16 +1098,13 @@
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
" debugging information (if installed) are copied into the dump\n"
" directory. The default is \"off\". It is useful to have\n"
-" everything in place for debugging.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+" everything in place for debugging.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aktivar kopiering av kjerne til dump-katalog</b> – \n"
" Viss dette er val vil sleva kjernen samg\n"
" feilsøkingsinformasjon (viss installert) vert kopiert til dump-\n"
" katalogen. Standardverdien er «av». Det er nyttig å aktivera\n"
-" alle feilsøkingsfunksjoner.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" alle feilsøkingsfunksjoner.<br></p>"
#. SMTP Server
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
@@ -1177,8 +1117,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
-" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>"
-"\n"
+" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Brukernavn</b> for SMTP-autentisering viss <i>SMTP-servar</i> er vald. Dette er valfritt,\n"
" og utan brukernavn/passord vil enkel SMTP brukast.</p>"
@@ -1188,8 +1127,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
-" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>"
-"\n"
+" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Passord</b> for SMTP-autentisering viss <i>SMTP-servar</i> er valt. Dette er valfritt,\n"
" og utan brukernavn/passord vil enkel SMTP brukast.</p>"
@@ -1197,9 +1135,7 @@
#. Notification To (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Varsling til</b> e-postadressen til han som skal varslast når ei dump er\n"
" lagra.</p>"
@@ -1209,8 +1145,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
-" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>"
-"\n"
+" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Varslingskopi</b> er ei liste over e-postadresser, adskilt av mellomrom, dit kopiar av varslingen\n"
" skal sendast via e-post når ei dump er lagra.</p>"
@@ -1227,161 +1162,115 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vennligst vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vennligst vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vennligst vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett av Kdump</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vennligst vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Configure kdump here.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppset av Kdump</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Sett opp kdump her.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppset av Kdump</big></b><br>\n"
+"Sett opp kdump her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n"
"If your kdump was not detected, select <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til Kdump:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein kdump frå lista over registrerte kdump.\n"
"Viss ein kdump ikkje er registrert, nytte <b>Andre (ikkje registrerte)</b>.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
-"the configuration opens.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n"
-"du kan endra oppsettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du kan endra oppsettet.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n"
-"edit their configurations.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over Kdump-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over Kdump-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
"Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte dumper. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera oppsetta.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera oppsetta.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein Kdump:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Trykk på <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein kdump.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein kdump du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>\n"
#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target
#.
@@ -1481,172 +1370,187 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr "Kjernevalget inkluderer fleire område. Vil du lagra på nytt?"
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer kdump-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Lesar oppsettsfil …"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Les oppstartsvalg for kjernen …"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Les diskane sine partisjoner …"
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Les tilgjengeleg minne …"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa oppsettsfilen /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa oppstartsvalg for kjerne."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa tilgjengeleg minne."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar kdump-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingane"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Oppdater oppstartsvalg"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …"
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer oppstartsvalg …"
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra innstillingane."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Legger til crashkernel-parameter for oppstartslasterfeil."
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump-status: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktivert"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktivert"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Verd for crashkernel-val: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Dump-format: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Dump-mål: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Mengd dumpar: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
@@ -1674,18 +1578,13 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
#~ " <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page.\n"
-#~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dumpformat</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Dumpformat</b><br>\n"
#~ " <i>Komprimert format</i> – Komprimer dumpdata etter kvar side.\n"
-#~ " <i>ELF-format</i> – Opprett dumpfil i ELF-format<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ " "
+#~ " <i>ELF-format</i> – Opprett dumpfil i ELF-format<br></p> "
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-18 20:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -35,27 +35,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Undersøkjer filsystem som skal kopierast …"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Kopierer rotfilsystem …"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Kopierer live-diskbilete …"
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "Kopierer %1 …"
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -69,71 +69,53 @@
"diskpartisjon for installering av live-systemet."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Feil ved kopiering live-diskbilete til harddisken."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installasjonsinnstillingar"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Analyserer systemet …"
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "Bruk %1 %% av disken %2 til Linux"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Ikkje bruk disken %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partisjonering"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Oppstart av systemet"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Spør om Linux eller det eksisterande systemet skal startast"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Start berre Linux"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Ventetid før systemstart: %1 sekund"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Tastatur"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidssone"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Endra installasjonsinnstillingar"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -142,20 +124,18 @@
"Vel <b>Stadfest</b> for å starta ei ny installasjon med desse verdiane.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
-"or select <b>Change Installation Settings</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"or select <b>Change Installation Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan endra verdiane ved å trykkja på overskrifta\n"
-"eller på <b>Endra installasjonsinnstillingar</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eller på <b>Endra installasjonsinnstillingar</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -169,12 +149,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_live_welcome.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p>Welcome to the &product; installation.\n"
-"Press <b>Next</p>"
-" to run the installation wizard.</p>"
+"Press <b>Next</p> to run the installation wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Velkomen til installeringa av &product;.\n"
-"Trykk <b>Neste</p>"
-" for å starta installasjonsvegvisaren.</p>"
+"Trykk <b>Neste</p> for å starta installasjonsvegvisaren.</p>"
#. dialog caption, %1 is product name (typically openSUSE)
#: src/clients/inst_live_welcome.rb:43
@@ -272,7 +250,7 @@
"du må bruka «Reset»-knappen til dette."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer filer til installert system …"
@@ -295,3 +273,15 @@
#: src/clients/live_save_config_finish.rb:80
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Lagrar tidssone …"
+
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstart av systemet"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Spør om Linux eller det eksisterande systemet skal startast"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Start berre Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Ventetid før systemstart: %1 sekund"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -103,37 +103,31 @@
"\n"
"<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n"
"mails will not be sent immediately but rather after invoking\n"
-"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Kva slags internettforbindelse har du? Dersom du har eit oppringt samband,\n"
"vil ikkje e-post sendast med ein gong, men etter aktivering av\n"
-"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n"
-"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>"
-"\n"
+"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>E-postserveren vil startast sjølv om du vel <b>Ingen forbindels</b>.\n"
-"Men berre lokal e-postoverføring vil vera mogleg. E-postsystemet lyttar på localhost.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Men berre lokal e-postoverføring vil vera mogleg. E-postsystemet lyttar på localhost.</p>\n"
#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Her definerer du omskrivingen av avsenderadressen for kvar enkelt brukar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Her definerer du omskrivingen av avsenderadressen for kvar enkelt brukar.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96
@@ -142,14 +136,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n"
"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n"
-"simply leave these fields empty.</p>"
-"\n"
+"simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Nokre servera krev autentisering for utgående e-post. Her kan du\n"
"leggja inn informasjon for dette alternativet. Viss du du ikkje ynskjer å bruka autentisering,\n"
-"kan du la desse felta vera tomme.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan du la desse felta vera tomme.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103
@@ -157,38 +149,32 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
-"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Utgående e-postservere er vanlegvis berekna på oppringte samband.\n"
"Legg inn internettleverandørens SMTP-servar, t.d.\n"
-"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Legg inn brukernavnet du har fått av leverandøren i <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Legg inn brukernavnet du har fått av leverandøren i <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Angje passordet ditt i <b>Passord</b>-feltet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Angje passordet ditt i <b>Passord</b>-feltet.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115
@@ -197,14 +183,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n"
"although there may be more of them in your configuration file.\n"
-"They will not be lost.</p>"
-"\n"
+"They will not be lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Merk: For å gjera det enkelt verta berre vist éin servar i denne dialogen\n"
"sjølv om det kan finnast fleire i konfigurasjonsfilen.\n"
-"Øvrige servera vil ikkje fjernast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Øvrige servera vil ikkje fjernast.</p>\n"
#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126
@@ -212,13 +196,11 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n"
-"a POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"a POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Dette er parametrar for nedlasting av e-post frå ein \n"
-"POP- eller ein IMAP-servar vigd <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"POP- eller ein IMAP-servar vigd <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n"
#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136
@@ -227,14 +209,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n"
"Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n"
-"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>"
-"\n"
+"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Denne tabellen omadresserer e-post som leverast lokalt.\n"
"Omadresser henne til ein annan lokal brukar (nyttig for systemkontoer, \n"
-"spesielt for <b>rotbrukeren</b>), til ei ekstern adresse eller til ein adresseliste.</p>"
-"\n"
+"spesielt for <b>rotbrukeren</b>), til ei ekstern adresse eller til ein adresseliste.</p>\n"
#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143
@@ -242,13 +222,11 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n"
-"for a description of advanced features.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for a description of advanced features.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Meir avanserte funksjonar er\n"
-"skildra på manualsiden aliases(5).</p>"
-"\n"
+"skildra på manualsiden aliases(5).</p>\n"
#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153
@@ -257,14 +235,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n"
"it also considers the domain\n"
-"part of the address.</p>"
-"\n"
+"part of the address.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Denne tabellen omadresserer innkommende post. I motsetnad til aliastabellen \n"
"vurderer han òg domenet som \n"
-"ein del av adressa.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ein del av adressa.</p>\n"
#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160
@@ -272,13 +248,11 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n"
-"on a single machine.</p>"
-"\n"
+"on a single machine.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Han tillèt vertskap for fleire \"virtuelle domener\"\n"
-"på same maskin.</p>"
-"\n"
+"på same maskin.</p>\n"
#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog
#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name
@@ -366,80 +340,86 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr "Utgående e-post"
-#. TLS
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr "Du kan ikkje definera lokale domener for e-postserveren."
+
+#. TLS
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nei"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use"
msgstr "Bruk"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr "Bruk alltid"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr "&Maskering"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr "&Autentisering"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr "Innkommende e-post"
#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detaljer …"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr "Start &fetchmail"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "manual"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "daemon"
msgstr ""
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr "&Nedlasting"
#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr "&Aliaser …"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr "&Virtuelle domener …"
@@ -448,7 +428,7 @@
#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
@@ -463,7 +443,7 @@
#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
@@ -477,45 +457,45 @@
"Prøv igjen.\n"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr "Omskriving av avsenderadresse"
#. Translators: text entry label
#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr "&Lokal brukar"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr "&Vis som"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
#, fuzzy
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr "Adressa til denne brukaren er allereie definert."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
#, fuzzy
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr "E-postadressen har feil format."
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
#, fuzzy
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr "Maskering"
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr "Maskar &lokale domener"
@@ -526,26 +506,26 @@
#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
#. ),
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr "Ma&sker andre domener"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr "Do&meiner som skal maskerast"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local user"
msgstr "Lokal brukar"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display as"
msgstr "Vis som"
@@ -555,26 +535,26 @@
#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf"))
#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "&Legg til"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Rediger"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "S&lett"
#. Translators: error popup
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
#, fuzzy
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr "Domenenavnet er feil"
@@ -583,125 +563,125 @@
#. list<string> lmod = [];
#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
#, fuzzy
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr "Utgående serverautentisering"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
#, fuzzy
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr "Utgående &servar"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User name"
msgstr "&Brukernavn"
#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passord"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr "Nedlasting av e-post"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Servar"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
#, fuzzy
msgid "User"
msgstr "Brukar"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
#, fuzzy
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "&Slett"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
#, fuzzy
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr "Omadressering av innkommende e-post"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr "&Alias"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr "&Bestemmelsessteder"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
#, fuzzy
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr "Alias er feilformatert."
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
#, fuzzy
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr "Bestemmelsesstedene for dette aliaset er allereie definert."
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr "Aliaser"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
#, fuzzy
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "Alias"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr "Bestemmelsessteder"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
#, fuzzy
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr "Virtuelle domener"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr "E-postkonfigurasjon"
#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer …"
@@ -725,14 +705,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as\n"
-"<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Ein utgående e-postserver er vanlegvis berekna på oppringte samband.\n"
"Legg inn internettleverandørens SMTP-servar, t.d.\n"
-"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>smtp.leverandor.com</b>.</p>\n"
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102
@@ -747,14 +725,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n"
"<b>company.com</b> instead of <b>pc-042.company.com</b>.\n"
-"Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Det kan hende du ynskjer at e-posten du sender skal sjå ut som han kjem frå\n"
"<b>selskap.com</b> i staden for <b>PC-042.selskap.com</b>.\n"
-"Bruk tekstboksen eller ein meir detaljert dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Bruk tekstboksen eller ein meir detaljert dialog.</p>\n"
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122
@@ -769,14 +745,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n"
"will be delivered locally. If you enter nothing,\n"
-"the local host name is assumed.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the local host name is assumed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Her angjev du domener for lokal levering\n"
"av e-post. Dersom du ikkje skriv noko, vil \n"
-"localhost veljast automatisk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"localhost veljast automatisk.</p>\n"
#. check box label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142
@@ -810,32 +784,24 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n"
-"with AMaViS.</p>"
-"\n"
+"with AMaViS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Viss du aktiverer virusskanning, vil innkommende og utgående e-post kontrollerast\n"
-"av AMaViS.</p>"
-"\n"
+"av AMaViS.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n"
+"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n"
+"<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>\n"
"<p><b>Clamav</b> open source virus scanner engine</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aktivering av AMaViS vil òg aktivera følgjande modular: </p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Spamassassin</b>, ein spamskanner</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b>DKIM</b>, som kontrollerer domennøkkelsignerte innkommnede mldinger</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Aktivering av AMaViS vil òg aktivera følgjande modular: </p>\n"
+"<p><b>Spamassassin</b>, ein spamskanner</p>\n"
+"<p><b>DKIM</b>, som kontrollerer domennøkkelsignerte innkommnede mldinger</p>\n"
"<p><b>Clamav</b>, ein virusskanner med opi kjeldekode</p>"
#. help text
@@ -844,13 +810,11 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n"
-"automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
+"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Dersom AMaViS ikkje er installert og du vil bruka programmet, vil pakka installerast\n"
-"automatisk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"automatisk.</p>\n"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186
@@ -863,13 +827,11 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Viss du aktiverer virusskanning, vil innkommende og utgående e-post kontrollerast\n"
-"av AMaViS.</p>"
-"\n"
+"av AMaViS.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194
@@ -881,8 +843,7 @@
"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n"
"email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n"
"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n"
-"the domain key.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the domain key.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Å aktivera DKIM for utgående meldingar krev fleire handlingar. Ein SSL-nøkkel\n"
@@ -890,8 +851,7 @@
"'submersion'-teneste vil setjast opp i Postfix. Etter at dette er sett opp, kan du senda\n"
"e-post med tenesta 'submersion' frå 'mynetworks' med aktivert SASL-\n"
"autorisasjon. Bara meldingar som vert send med denne nye tenesta, vil signerast med\n"
-"domenenøkkelen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"domenenøkkelen.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204
@@ -904,8 +864,7 @@
"according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n"
"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n"
"public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n"
-"automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
+"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Den offentlege nøkkelen i domenenøkkelen må tilbydast av ein\n"
@@ -914,8 +873,7 @@
"samsvarande domenenavntjeneste. Viss det køyrer ein navnetjeneste\n"
"på den serveren som er autorisasjonsserver for det aktuelle domenet, vil\n"
"den offentlege nøkkelen automatisk leggjast til som ein TXT-oppføring\n"
-"for dette domenet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for dette domenet.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215
@@ -1045,13 +1003,13 @@
msgstr "Til Cyrus IMAP-servar"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Antivirusprogrammet AMaViS vil installerast.\n"
#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
@@ -1063,57 +1021,57 @@
"Vil du konfigurera ein skannar manuelt."
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Fetchmail, eit nedlastingsverktøy for e-post, vil installerast.\n"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Cyrus-imapd, ein IMAP-servar, vil installerast.\n"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer e-postkonfigurasjon"
#. Translators: progress label
#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
#, fuzzy
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr "Avgjer MTA (e-postsystem)"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr "Les generelle innstillingar"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr "Lesar maskeringsinnstillinger"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr "Lesar nedlastingsinnstillinger"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr "Lesar aliastabeller"
#. Translators: progress label
#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr "Les innstillingar for autentisering …"
@@ -1121,7 +1079,7 @@
#. Translators: error message,
#. %1 is a file name,
#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
@@ -1133,20 +1091,20 @@
"%2"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr "Feil under lagring av fetchmail-konfigurasjon."
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr "Feil under lagring av fila %1"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
msgstr "Feil under køyring av av SuSEconfig."
@@ -1154,25 +1112,25 @@
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr "Feil under aktivering av tenesta %1."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr "Lagrar generelle innstillingar"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr "Lagrar maskeringsinnstillinger"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr "Lagrar aliastabeller"
@@ -1180,144 +1138,144 @@
#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr "Lagrar nedlastingsinnstillinger"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for autentisering …"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr "Fullfører lagring av konfigurasjonsfiler"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr "Køyrar SuSEconfig"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr "Startar tenester på nytt"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar e-postkonfigurasjon"
#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Anna"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr "Permanent"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr "Oppringt"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
#, fuzzy
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
#, fuzzy
msgid "MTA"
msgstr "MTA"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr "Tilkoblingstype"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr "Utgående e-postserver"
#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
#, fuzzy
msgid "From Header"
msgstr "Frå-meldingshode"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr "Lokale domener"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr "Maskar andre domener"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr "Maskar brukarar"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr "Godkjenn eksterne SMTP-tilkoplinger"
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr "Nytte AMaViS"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr "Bruk DKIM"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr "Fetchmail"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr "Virtuelle brukarar"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Autentisering"
@@ -1364,15 +1322,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<P><B>Mail Server Configuration</B><BR>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Oppset av E-postserver</b></p>"
-#~ "<BR>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Oppset av E-postserver</b></p><BR>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<P>This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Denne modulen set opp og aktiverer Postfix og viss naudsynt, Cyrus IMAP-serveren."
-#~ "<p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Denne modulen set opp og aktiverer Postfix og viss naudsynt, Cyrus IMAP-serveren.<p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1381,12 +1335,10 @@
#~ "features of their email application to send and\n"
#~ "receive email. They do not need this module.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Merk:</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Merk:</b><br>\n"
#~ "Dei fleste hjemmebrukere kan nytta dei innebygde\n"
#~ "funksjonane i e-postklienten for å senda og\n"
-#~ "motta e-post. Dei treng ikkje å bruka denne modulen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "motta e-post. Dei treng ikkje å bruka denne modulen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1394,8 +1346,7 @@
#~ "email on your local system or for some special cases.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Du treng Postfix berre viss du vil lagra\n"
-#~ "e-posten lokalt eller i andre spesielle tilfelle.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "e-posten lokalt eller i andre spesielle tilfelle.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Skip this page in the future"
@@ -1948,10 +1899,6 @@
#~ "Prøv igjen."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server."
-#~ msgstr "Du kan ikkje definera lokale domener for e-postserveren."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Defined Domains"
#~ msgstr "Definerte domener"
@@ -2005,382 +1952,267 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n"
-#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n"
+#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Administratorautorisasjon</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Administratorautorisasjon</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "For å bruk e-postserverkomponenten i YaST, må systemet bruka LDAP\n"
-#~ "til lagring av brukar- og gruppekontoer og til DNS-tenester.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Nokre av innstillingane for e-postserveren vil òg lagrast i LDAP.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "til lagring av brukar- og gruppekontoer og til DNS-tenester.<br>\n"
+#~ "Nokre av innstillingane for e-postserveren vil òg lagrast i LDAP.<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp e-postserver </big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vent…<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp e-postserver </big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Vent…<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av e-postserver </big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vent…<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av e-postserver </big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Vent…<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for e-postserver </big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vent…<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for e-postserver </big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Vent…<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
#~ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
#~ "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "This is the SMTP server's greeting banner.</b>.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Serveridentifikasjon:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Serveridentifikasjon:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Dette er velkomstbildet for SMTP-serveren.</b>.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n"
#~ "including envelope information.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Meldingsstørrelse:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Meldingsstørrelse:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Denne parameteren avgrensar den totale storleiken på ei melding i byte (sending og mottak),\n"
#~ "inkludert metainformasjon.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Set the transport type for outgoing mails.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Ugående meldingar:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Ugående meldingar:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "vel transporttype for utgående meldingar.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Add or modify mail transport routes.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Administrer meldingsruting</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Administrer meldingsruting</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Legg til eller endre rutingen for meldingstransport.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Defined Mail Transport Routes</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Defined Mail Transport Routes</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "This is the list of the defined mail transports.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Definerte meldingstransportruter</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Definerte meldingstransportruter</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Dette er ei liste over definerte meldingstransportmetoder.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n"
#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n"
#~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Søppelpostblokkering</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Søppelpostblokkering</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Postfix har ei rekkje parametrar som avgrensar levering av uønska kommersiell e-post (UCE).\n"
#~ "I denne dialogen kan du konfigurera desse innstillingane, til dømes definera tilgangslister eller RBL-\n"
#~ "navneservere (liste over svarte hol i sanntid). \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n"
#~ "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder <b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n"
#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Start antivirusprogrammet AMAVIS:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Start antivirusprogrammet AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Viss du startar antivirusprogrammet AMAVIS, vil e-postmeldingene dine skannast for virus og søppelpost.\n"
#~ "Virusskannermotoren <b>Clamavd</b> og søppelpostrenseren <b>SpamAssassin</b> vil òg installerast \n"
#~ "og sett opp. Du kan òg installera andre (kommersialle) antivirussystemer.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n"
#~ "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be created. Spam email \n"
#~ "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n"
#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n"
#~ "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp innlæringstillegg for søppelpost:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Sett opp innlæringstillegg for søppelpost:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Innlæringstillegget for søppelpost kan berre verta opp sette dersom den lokale leveringsmetoden er <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n"
#~ "I så fall vil dei delte mappene <b>NewSpam</b> og <b>NoSpam</b> opprettast. Søppelpost \n"
-#~ "som ikkje vart oppdaga av <b>SpamAssassin</b>, bør plasserast i mappen "
-#~ "<p>NewSpam</p>"
-#~ ".\n"
+#~ "som ikkje vart oppdaga av <b>SpamAssassin</b>, bør plasserast i mappen <p>NewSpam</p>.\n"
#~ "Viss du vil at søppelpostprogrammet skal fungera mest mogleg effektivt, bør du òg plassera meldingar som ikkje er søppelpost, i\n"
-#~ "mappen "
-#~ "<p>NoSpam</p>"
-#~ ". Meldingane i denne mappen kan ikkje lesast av nokon.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "mappen <p>NoSpam</p>. Meldingane i denne mappen kan ikkje lesast av nokon.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Trusted Local Networks:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Trusted Local Networks:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Clients from these networks can use your mail server for mail relaying.\n"
#~ "(Sending non-local mails)\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Pålitelege lokalnettverk:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Pålitelege lokalnettverk:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Klientar frå desse nettverka kan bruka e-postserveren til overføring av meldingar. \n"
#~ "(senda meldingar til eksterne adresser)\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Require SASL Authentication:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Require SASL Authentication:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "If set to true, clients must authenticate to use\n"
#~ "the mail server for mail relaying. \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Krev SASL-autentisering:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Krev SASL-autentisering:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Viss 'Ja', må klientane autentisere seg for å bruka\n"
#~ "e-postserveren til overføring av meldingar. \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n"
#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n"
-#~ "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>"
-#~ ". \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Lokal leveringstype</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Lokal leveringstype</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Her kan du velja ein metode for lokal meldingslevering. \n"
#~ "For at klientar skal kunna koble til e-postserveren via POP- eller IMAP-\n"
-#~ "protokollen, må du velja <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>"
-#~ ". \n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "protokollen, må du velja <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Depending on the local delivery method, you have\n"
#~ "different possibilities of settings.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Avhengig av lokal leveringsmetode, kan\n"
#~ "ulike innstillingar vera tilgjengelege.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n"
#~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Planlegg meldingshenting</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Planlegg meldingshenting</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Viss du har postboksar hos ein internettleverandør, kan du henta meldingar regelmessig\n"
#~ "ved å koble til Internett med definerte intervall.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Note: If you have not defined any local delivery type, you cannot\n"
#~ "define mail fetching jobs.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Merk: Viss du ikkje har definert nokon lokal leveringstype, Kan du ikkje\n"
#~ "definera hentejobber for meldingar.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Server Domains</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Server Domains</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Here, define the domains for which your mail server considers itself \n"
#~ "the final destination.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>E-postserverdomener</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>E-postserverdomener</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Her definerer du kva for domener e-postserveren skal definera seg sjølv \n"
#~ "som sluttdestinasjon for.\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n"
#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n"
#~ "concerning the mail server.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Merk: Du kan oppretta og konfigurera domener i modulen \n"
#~ "DNS-servar i YaST. I denne modulen kan du berre definera innstillingane\n"
#~ "for e-postserveren.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "You can define virtual and local domains. In virtual domains, only users\n"
#~ "assigned an email address in the domain can receive emails.\n"
#~ "In local domains, all users can get emails. Assign virtual email \n"
#~ "addresses in the YaST user module.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Du kan definera virtuelle og lokale domener. I virtuelle domener kan bara brukarar\n"
#~ "som er tilordnet ei e-postadresse i domenet, motta meldingar.\n"
#~ "I lokale domener kan alle brukarar motta meldingar. Du kan tilordne virtuelle \n"
#~ "e-postadresser i brukermodulen i YaST.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The server uses &TLS."
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -142,14 +142,12 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brannmur og SSH</big></b><br />"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brannmur og SSH</big></b><br />\n"
"Ein brannmur er ein forsvarsmekanisme som vernar maskina mot angrep via nettverket.\n"
"SSH er ei teneste som tillèt innlogging på denne datamaskina via ein spesiell\n"
"SSH-klient</p>"
@@ -248,7 +246,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Vertsmaskiner, oppsettssammendrag:"
@@ -282,36 +280,30 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
-"Internet connection test.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert vist fremdriften for\n"
-"kontrollen av internettforbindelsen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kontrollen av internettforbindelsen.</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
-"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan avbryta testen ved å klikka på\n"
-"<b>Avbryt test</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Avbryt test</b>.</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
-"and correct the settings.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Gå tilbake til nettverksoppsett og korriger\n"
-"innstillingane viss testen mislukkast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"innstillingane viss testen mislukkast.</p>\n"
#. Label for result of internet test
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
@@ -396,14 +388,14 @@
msgstr "Installasjon av nedlastede versjonsmerknader mislukkast."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
#, fuzzy
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr "Tilkobling"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
@@ -413,14 +405,14 @@
"loggar med meir informasjon.\n"
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
#, fuzzy
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr "Ingen nettadresse for versjonsmerknader er angjevne. Internett-testen kan ikkje utførast."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
@@ -438,7 +430,7 @@
"nettverksoppsettet og klikk 'Avbryt'."
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
@@ -448,13 +440,13 @@
"logg for meir informasjon."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr "Søk etter oppgraderinger"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
@@ -464,7 +456,7 @@
"loggar med meir informasjon.\n"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
#, fuzzy
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr "Frakobling av samband"
@@ -571,7 +563,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Oppsettfeil: Grensesnitt er ikkje initialisert!"
@@ -674,7 +666,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
#, fuzzy
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Rutingoppsett"
@@ -780,7 +772,7 @@
msgstr "Systemport"
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "Nettverksmaske"
@@ -801,91 +793,91 @@
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
#, fuzzy
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr "Ingen oppføring for destinasjon '%1' i rutingtabell"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "IP-overføring er aktiverte"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "IP-overføring er deaktivert"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Aktiverer IP-overføring …"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Deaktiverer IP-overføring …"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr "Minst destinasjon og IP-adresser for systemport vert spesifiserte"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr "Legg destinasjonen '%1' til rutingtabell …"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "IP-adresse for destinasjon må spesifiserast"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr "Minst éin av følgjande parametrar (systemport, nettverksmaske, eining, val) må angjevast"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer destinasjonen '%1' i rutingtabellen …"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr "Slettar destinasjonen '%1' frå rutingtabellen …"
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Advarsel: ingen kryptering vert nytta."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Endre."
@@ -1005,7 +997,7 @@
msgstr "Trådlaust USB-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "Ukjent nettverksenhet"
@@ -1013,74 +1005,74 @@
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr "Sat opp som %1"
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med leverandør %2"
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med leverandør %2 (protokoll %3)"
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "Konfigurert utan adresse (INGEN)"
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "Konfigurert utan adresse"
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "Sat opp med adressa %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr "Sat opp med adressa %1 (ekstern %2)"
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "Sat opp med %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med adressa %2"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med adressa %2 (ekstern %3)"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med %2"
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "Styrt"
@@ -1242,21 +1234,21 @@
msgstr "&Vel logg:"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr "Tilleggsadresser"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
@@ -1264,8 +1256,8 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ad&d"
@@ -1275,8 +1267,8 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
#, fuzzy
@@ -1287,39 +1279,39 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "&Slett"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr "&Namn på grensesnitt"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr "<p>TODO er liten ulla!</p>"
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr "Tilordne grensesnitt til &brannmursone"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr "&Obligatorisk grensesnitt"
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Device Type"
@@ -1327,147 +1319,147 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "&Oppsettsnavn"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr "Tunneleier"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "Tunnelgruppe"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Bru-einingar"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr "Ekste grensesnitt for &VLAN"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr "VLAN-id"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr "Bond-slavar og rekkjefølgd"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Opp"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Ned"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr "Bond-&slavar"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "Val for &bond-driv"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel alternativ for bond-drivaren, og rediger ved behov. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr "Tilkoblings- og IP-oppsett manglar (bonding-slavar)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr "Nytte iBFT-verd"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "Dynamisk IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr "DHCP-versjon 4 og 6"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr "Berre DHCP-versjon 4"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr "Berre DHCP-versjon 6"
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr "Statisk tildelt IP-adresse"
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
#, fuzzy
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr "&Nettverksmaske"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "&Vertsmaskinnavn"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr "E&kstern IP-adresse"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Den eksterne IP-adressa er ugyldig."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
#, fuzzy
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
@@ -1479,14 +1471,14 @@
"du er sikker på at feil grensesnittype vart funnen."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Oppsettet %1 finst allereie."
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
@@ -1501,23 +1493,23 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Ugyldig IP-adresse."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Ugyldig nettverksmaske eller prefikslengde."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
@@ -1533,7 +1525,7 @@
"Vil du likevel ikkje angje noko vertsnavn?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
@@ -1544,96 +1536,103 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
#, fuzzy
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Generelt"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Enhetsaktivering"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Brannmursone"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Største overføringsenhet (MTU)"
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel detaljerte innstillingar for nettverkskort her.</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Sett opp IP-adressa di.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Maskinvare"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Bond-slavar"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Trådlaust"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr "Ifplugd-prioritet"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
-" set the priority of each interface. </p>"
-"\n"
+" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> Alle grensesnitt sat opp med <b>Kabelforbindelse</b> og med IFPLUGD_pRIORITY != 0 vil brukast uavhengig av kvarandre. Viss fleire enn eitt av desse grensesnitta er <b>Kabelforbindelse</b>,\n"
" må det kjennast kva for eit grensesnitt som skal nyttast. Difor må\n"
-" det angjevast ein prioritet for kvart grensesnitt. </p>"
-"\n"
+" det angjevast ein prioritet for kvart grensesnitt. </p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Nettverkskortoppsett"
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
@@ -1867,26 +1866,26 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr "Ugyldig verd for bootproto!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr "Ugyldig verd for startmode!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr "Valet «ip» vert kravt for eit statisk oppsett!"
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
#, fuzzy
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "Eininga er sletta."
@@ -1953,7 +1952,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
@@ -1966,7 +1965,7 @@
"Legg først til CD-ein som pakkebrønn i YaST, og gå tilbake \n"
"til denne oppsettdialogen.\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
@@ -1984,23 +1983,23 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "Installerer fastvare"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
#, fuzzy
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr "For å installera fastvare må skriptet 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' køyrast. Vil du køyra skriptet no?"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under installasjon av fastvare."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
@@ -2016,13 +2015,13 @@
"vil det ikkje lengjer kunna styrast via NetworkManager.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr "Den valde eininga har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du verkeleg slette henne?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Oppsettsmetode for nettverk"
@@ -2032,7 +2031,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Nettverksinnstillinger"
@@ -2068,12 +2067,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
-"your network device here.</p>"
-"\n"
+"your network device here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje maskinvarespesifikke val for \n"
-"nettverksenheten her.</p>"
-"\n"
+"nettverksenheten her.</p>\n"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
@@ -2111,13 +2108,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
-"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>"
-"\n"
+"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kjernemodul</b>. Angje kjernemodulnavnet (driv) \n"
"for nettverksenheten her. Viss eininga allereie er sett opp, kontrollar om det er meir enn éin drivar tilgjengeleg for\n"
-"eininga i nedtrekkslisten. Du kan om naudsynt velja ein driv frå lista, men normalt fungerer standardverdien bra.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eininga i nedtrekkslisten. Du kan om naudsynt velja ein driv frå lista, men normalt fungerer standardverdien bra.</p>\n"
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
@@ -2125,34 +2120,26 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
-"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>"
-"\n"
+"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan òg angje <b>Val</b> for kjernemodulen i følgjande format: <i>val</i>=<i>verd</i>. Kvar oppføring skal vera adskilt\n"
"av mellomrom, til dømes, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Merk:</b> Viss to kort er sette opp\n"
-"med same modulnavn, vil vala slåast saman ved lagring.</p>"
-"\n"
+"med same modulnavn, vil vala slåast saman ved lagring.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du skriv inn noko under <b>Ethtool.val</b>, vil ifup senda ein kommando med desse vala til ethtool.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Viss du skriv inn noko under <b>Ethtool.val</b>, vil ifup senda ein kommando med desse vala til ethtool.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
-"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>"
-"\n"
+"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du har eit <b>PCMCIA</b>-nettverkskort, vel PCMCIA.\n"
-"Viss du har eit <b>USB</b>-nettverkskort, vel USB.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss du har eit <b>USB</b>-nettverkskort, vel USB.</p>\n"
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
@@ -2160,12 +2147,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
-"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her kan du setja opp nettverksenheten. Verda vert\n"
-"lagra i <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> eller <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"lagra i <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> eller <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
@@ -2257,7 +2242,7 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "&Nettverkskort"
@@ -2269,7 +2254,7 @@
msgstr "&Søk"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -2279,7 +2264,7 @@
"Vel eit anna namn."
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
#, fuzzy
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Oppset av S/390-nettverkskort"
@@ -2288,168 +2273,165 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
#, fuzzy
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar for S/390-eining"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "&Portnavn"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Portnummer"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "&Aktiver IPA-overtakelse"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "Vil du aktivera &Layer 2-støytte"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
#, fuzzy
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC-adresse for Layer2"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "Lesekanal"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "Skrivekanal"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Kontrollkanal"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angje <b>portnavnet</b> for dette grensesnittet (det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angje eventuelle ekstra <b>Alternativ</b> for dette grensesnittet (adskilt av mellomrom).</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Aktivum IPA-overtakelse</b> viss overtakelse av IP-adresse skal aktiverast for dette grensesnittet.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Aktivum Layer 2-støytte</b> viss dette kortet er sett opp med Layer 2-støytte.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angje <b>MAC-adresse for Layer 2-støytte</b> viss dette kortet er sett opp med Layer 2-støytte.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "&Portnummer"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
#, fuzzy
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "&LANCMD-tidsavbrudd"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel <b>portnummeret</b> for dette grensesnittet.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angje <b>LANCMD-tidsavbrudd</b> for dette grensesnittet.</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
#, fuzzy
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "Kompatibilitetsmodus"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "Utvida modus"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "CTC-basert tty (Linux til Linux-samband)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "Kompatibilitetsmodus med OSAR/390 og z/OSAR"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokoll"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel <b>protokollen</b> for dette grenssnittet.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "Namn på &anna maskin"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
-"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>"
-"\n"
+"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje namnet til ein annan IUCV-maskin,\n"
-"til dømes z/VM-brukernavnet som skal brukast ved tilkobling (det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar).</p>"
-"\n"
+"til dømes z/VM-brukernavnet som skal brukast ved tilkobling (det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar).</p>\n"
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2460,7 +2442,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Maskinvaredialog"
@@ -2470,91 +2452,65 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n"
-"Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett for\n"
-"nettverkskort</big></b><br>"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"nettverkskort</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialiseringen:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avslutta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</B> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialiseringen:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avslutta oppsettsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</B> no.</p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n"
-"Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett for\n"
-"nettverkskort</big></b><br>"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"nettverkskort</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>\n"
#. Network setup method help
#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n"
"managing connections for all interfaces. It is well suited\n"
-"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppsettmetode for nettverk</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppsettmetode for nettverk</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Vel <b>NetworkManager</b> for bruka eit skrivebordsprogram\n"
"til å kontrollera tilkoblingene for alle grensesnitt. Dette er praktisk\n"
-"for å byte mellom kabelnettverk og ulike trådlause nettverk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å byte mellom kabelnettverk og ulike trådlause nettverk.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
-"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>"
-"\n"
+"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>Tradisjonell metode med <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
"viss du ikkje køyrer eit grafisk skrivebordsmiljø (GNOME eller KDE),\n"
-"eller viss du har behov for å bruka fleire grensesnitt samstundes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eller viss du har behov for å bruka fleire grensesnitt samstundes.</p>\n"
#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678)
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
@@ -2562,70 +2518,52 @@
"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n"
"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n"
"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n"
-"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>"
-"\n"
+"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
-"edit their configuration.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverkskort</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oversyn over nettverkskort</big></b><br>\n"
"Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte nettverkskort. Du kan òg\n"
-"redigera oppsettet.<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"redigera oppsettet.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til eit nettverkskort:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp eit nytt nettverkskort manuelt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til eit nettverkskort:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp eit nytt nettverkskort manuelt.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a network card to change or remove.\n"
-"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel eit nettverkskort som skal endrast eller vert sletta.\n"
-"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n"
"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n"
"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n"
-"time can be faster.</p>"
-"\n"
+"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for IPv6-protokollen</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for IPv6-protokollen</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Kryss av for <b>Aktivum IPv6</b> for å aktivare IPv6-modulen i kjernen.\n"
"Det er mogleg å bruka IPv6 saman med IPv4, og dette er standarvalget.\n"
"For å deaktivere IPv6, fjern avkryssingen (dette vil svartelista kjernemodulen\n"
@@ -2645,27 +2583,23 @@
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
"If any other entry exists that matches the required address, it is\n"
"used instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\n"
-"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>"
-"\n"
+"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Rutingen kan verta opp sette i denne dialogen.\n"
"<b>Standard systemport</b> samsvarer med alle moglege bestemmelsessteder, men ikkje særleg presist. \n"
"Viss det finst andre verd som samsvarer med adressa, vil desse brukast i staden for standardruten. Prinsippet bak standardruten er ganske enkelt\n"
-"å gje melding om at \"alt anna skal verta hit sendt\".</p>"
-"\n"
+"å gje melding om at \"alt anna skal verta hit sendt\".</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For kvar rute angjev du destinasjonsnettverkets IP-adresse, systemportens adresse\n"
"og nettverksmasken. Nytte bindestrek «-» for å kanne over nokon av desse verda. Vel\n"
-"òg eininga som trafikken til det angjevne nettverket skal rutast gjennom. Nytte «-» som alias for kva for eit som helst nettverk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"òg eininga som trafikken til det angjevne nettverket skal rutast gjennom. Nytte «-» som alias for kva for eit som helst nettverk.</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
@@ -2687,8 +2621,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
-"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>"
-"\n"
+"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aktivar <b>IP-vidaresending</b> (vidaresending av pakker frå eksterne nettverk\n"
"til det interne) viss dette systemet er ein ruter. Både IPv4- og IPv6-samband \n"
@@ -2704,15 +2637,13 @@
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n"
"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n"
-"different hostnames.</p>"
-" "
+"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du brukar DHCP for å få ein IP-adresse, vel om du òg vil motta\n"
"eit vertsnavn vigd DHCP. Vertsnavnet vil veljast automatisk av DHCP-klienten.\n"
"Det kan likevel forvirra det grafiske skrivebordsmiljøet å endra vertsnavn under køyring. \n"
"Difor bør du fjerne denne avkryssingen viss du kobler til ulike nettverk sine som tilordner \n"
-"ulike vertsnavn.</p>"
-" "
+"ulike vertsnavn.</p> "
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
#, fuzzy
@@ -2721,8 +2652,7 @@
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n"
"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n"
-"if this computer provides some network services.</p>"
-"\n"
+"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tilordne vertsnavn til Loopback-IP</b> knyter ditt vertsnavn til IP-adressa \n"
"<tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er eit \n"
@@ -2734,12 +2664,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
-"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje navneserverne og domenesøkelisten for \n"
-"vertsnavn. Desse kan vanlegvis hentast via DHCP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vertsnavn. Desse kan vanlegvis hentast via DHCP.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
@@ -2747,13 +2675,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
-"(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ein navneserver er ei datamaskin som omset vertsnavn til\n"
"IP-adresser. Dette verdet må skrivast inn som ein <b>IP-adresse</b>\n"
-"(t.d. 192.168.0.42), ikkje som eit vertsnavn.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(t.d. 192.168.0.42), ikkje som eit vertsnavn.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
@@ -2762,14 +2688,12 @@
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n"
-"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Søkedomenet er domenenavnet der søking etter vertsnavn startar.\n"
"Primært søkedomene er vanlegvis det same som domenenavnet for\n"
"datamaskina di (t.d. susa.dei). Det kan vera fleire søkedomener\n"
-"(t.d. susa.com) Domener skal vera adskilt av komma eller mellomrom.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(t.d. susa.com) Domener skal vera adskilt av komma eller mellomrom.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
#, fuzzy
@@ -2793,8 +2717,7 @@
"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n"
"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n"
"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n"
-"configurations.</p>"
-"\n"
+"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel korleis DNS-oppsettet (navneservere, søkeliste, innhaldet i \n"
"fila <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) skal endrast. Normalt vert handtert dette av skriptet <i>netconfig</i>,\n"
@@ -2812,8 +2735,7 @@
"including wildcards, with STATIC and STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special\n"
"values. For more information, see the <i>netconfig</i> manual page. Note:\n"
"Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n"
-"policy.</p>"
-"\n"
+"policy.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel<b>Berre manuelt</b> viss du ikkje vil at<i>netconfig</i> lengjer skal kunna endra \n"
"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Du kan redigera fila manuelt i staden. vel <b>Bruk egendefinert praksis</b> \n"
@@ -2827,38 +2749,28 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
-"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresseoppsett</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresseoppsett</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Vel <b>Ikkje adresseoppsett</b> viss du ikkje ynskjer nokon IP-adresse for denne eininga.\n"
-"Dette er spesielt nyttig for bond-nettverkskort.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dette er spesielt nyttig for bond-nettverkskort.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kryss av for <b>iBFT</b> viss du vil at nettverket skal setjast opp i BIOS.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>iBFT</b> viss du vil at nettverket skal setjast opp i BIOS.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
-"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>"
-"\n"
+"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel <b>Dynamisk adresse</b> viss du ikkje har fått tildelt ein statisk IP-adresse \n"
-"frå systemadministroren eller internettleverandøren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"frå systemadministroren eller internettleverandøren.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
@@ -2866,13 +2778,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
-"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan velja ein av metodane for dynamisk adressetildeling. Vel <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"viss du har ein <b>DHCP-servar</b> som køyrer på lokalnettverket. Nettverksadresser vert då \n"
-"henta automatisk frå han serveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"henta automatisk frå han serveren.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
@@ -2880,13 +2790,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
-"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å søkja etter ein IP-adresse for statisk tildeling, vel \n"
"
<b>Zeroconf</b>. For å bruka DHCP, men ha zeroconf som reserveløsning, vel <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>.\n"
-"Viss ikkje, må adressa tildelast <b>statisk</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss ikkje, må adressa tildelast <b>statisk</b>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
@@ -2894,12 +2802,10 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
-"for your peer.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje ein <b>IP-adresse</b> (t.d. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for datamaskina di og ein <b>Ekstern IP-adresse</b> (t.d. <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>4)\n"
-"for ein anna maskin.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for ein anna maskin.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
@@ -2907,13 +2813,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For <b>Statisk adresseoppsett</b>, angje den statiske IP-adressa for datamaskina (til dømes: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) og\n"
"nettverksmasken (vanlegvis <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>, eller berre lengda på prefikset<tt>/24</tt>). Du kan òg angje\n"
-"eit vertsnavn for denne IP-adressa. Vertsnavnet vil lagrast i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eit vertsnavn for denne IP-adressa. Vertsnavnet vil lagrast i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
@@ -2937,8 +2841,7 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
"select a zone, the firewall will be enabled. If you do not and other \n"
"firewalled interfaces exist, the firewall\n"
@@ -2946,8 +2849,7 @@
"interface. If you do not select a zone and no others exist, \n"
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Brannmursone</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Brannmursone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Vel ein brannmursone å plassera grensesnittet i. Viss du\n"
"vel ei sone, vil brannmuren aktiverast. Viss ikkje, avheng dette av\n"
"om det finst andre brannmurbeskyttede grensesnitt. I så fall vil brannmuren\n"
@@ -2963,23 +2865,19 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
"transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n"
"set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n"
"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n"
-"values or define another one.</p>"
-"\n"
+"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Største overføringsenhet</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Største overføringsenhet</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Største overføringsenhet (<b>MTU</b>) angjev kor stor pakke som\n"
"vert overført via nettverket per overføringsvindu. Det er normalt ikkje naudsynt å\n"
"angje MTU, men ein redusert MTU-verd, kan forbetra nettverksytelsen,\n"
"spesielt ved treige oppringte samband. Vel ein av dei tilrådde verda, eller\n"
-"angje ein egendefinert verd.</p>"
-"\n"
+"angje ein egendefinert verd.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
#, fuzzy
@@ -3019,13 +2917,11 @@
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
-"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>"
-"\n"
+"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
-"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>"
-"\n"
+"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Overført vertsnavn</b> angjev strengen som vert brukt for valgfeltet for \n"
"vertsnavn når dhcpcd sender meldingar til ein DHCP-servar. Einskilde \n"
@@ -3034,22 +2930,17 @@
"Einskilde DHCP-servera krev òg at alternativfeltet <b>Overførd vertsnavn</b>\n"
"inneheld ein bestemd streng i DHCP-meldingar frå klientar. La verdet vera <i>AUTO</i>\n"
"for å senda gjeldande vertsnavn (dvs. namnet som er definert i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
-"La feltet stå tomt viss vertsnavn ikkje skal sendast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"La feltet stå tomt viss vertsnavn ikkje skal sendast.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tilleggsadresser</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Sett opp tilleggsadresser for eit grensesnitt (aliaser) i denne tabellen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tilleggsadresser</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Sett opp tilleggsadresser for eit grensesnitt (aliaser) i denne tabellen.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280
@@ -3086,37 +2977,29 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>ASCII</b>: The ASCII values of the characters entered constitute the\n"
+"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
+"<br><b>ASCII</b>: The ASCII values of the characters entered constitute the\n"
"key. Enter 5 characters for 64-bit keys, up to 13\n"
"characters for 128-bit keys, up to 16 characters for 156-bit keys, and\n"
"up to 29 characters for 256-bit keys.\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>Hexadecimal</b>: Enter the hex codes of the key directly. Enter\n"
+"<br><b>Hexadecimal</b>: Enter the hex codes of the key directly. Enter\n"
"10 hex digits for 64-bit keys, 26 digits for 128-bit keys, 32 digits\n"
"for 156-bit keys, and 58 digits for 256-bit keys. You can\n"
"use hyphens <tt>-</tt> to separate pairs or groups of digits, for example,\n"
"<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n"
-"</p>"
-" \n"
+"</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel blant tre <b>Nøkkelangivelsestyper</b> for nøkkelen\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>Passfrase</b>: Nøkkelen vert generert ut frå frasen som vert angjeven.\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>ASCII</b>: ASCII verdet for teikna som vert angjevne, dannar\n"
+"<br><b>Passfrase</b>: Nøkkelen vert generert ut frå frasen som vert angjeven.\n"
+"<br><b>ASCII</b>: ASCII verdet for teikna som vert angjevne, dannar\n"
"nøkkelen Angje fem teikn for 64-bitsnøkler, inntil 13\n"
"teikn for128-bitsnøkler, inntil 16 teikn for 156-bitsnøkler og.\n"
"inntil 29 teikn for 256-bitsnøkler.\n"
-"<br>"
-"<b>Heksadesimal</b>: Angje nøkkelen sin hekskoder direkte. Angje\n"
+"<br><b>Heksadesimal</b>: Angje nøkkelen sin hekskoder direkte. Angje\n"
"10 hekssiffer for 64-bitsnøkler, 26 siffer for 128-bitsnøkler, 32 siffer for 156-bitsnøkler og 58 siffer for 256-bitsnøkler. Du kan\n"
"bruka bindestreker <tt>-</tt> mellom sifferpar eller siffergrupper, til dømes\n"
"<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
@@ -3135,15 +3018,13 @@
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
"<b>Managed</b> (network managed by an access point, sometimes also\n"
"called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n"
-"acts as an access point).</p>"
-"\n"
+"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Driftsmodus</b> avheng av nettverket sitt topologi. Modusen\n"
"kan vera <b>Ad-hoc</b> (direkte samband utan aksesspunkt),\n"
"<b>Styrt</b> (nettverk som vert styrd av eit aksesspunkt, iblant òg\n"
"kalla <i>Infrastrukturmodmodus</i>) eller <b>Master</b> (nettverkskortet\n"
-"fungerer som aksesspunkt).</p>"
-"\n"
+"fungerer som aksesspunkt).</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
#, fuzzy
@@ -3154,8 +3035,7 @@
"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
-"signal strength.</p>"
-"\n"
+"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Spesifiser eit <b>Nettverksnavn (ESSID)</b> som skal brukast for å identifisera\n"
"celler som tilhøyrar same virtuelle nettverk. Alle stasjonar i eit\n"
@@ -3163,8 +3043,7 @@
"du vel driftsmodusen <b>Styrt</b> og ingen <b>WPA</b>-autentiseringsmodus,\n"
"kan du la dette feltet vera tomt eller bruka verdet <tt>any</tt>. I så\n"
"fall vil WLAN-korta koble seg til det aksesspunktet som har dei\n"
-"sterkaste signala.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sterkaste signala.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
#, fuzzy
@@ -3184,8 +3063,7 @@
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
-"<b>Managed</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>I nokre nettverk må du angje ein <b>Autentiseringsmodus</b>.\n"
"Denne avheng av sikkerhetsteknologien som vert brukt, WEP eller WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -3201,8 +3079,7 @@
"innført for å tette sikkerhetshullene, men ikkje all maskinvare støttar\n"
"WPA. Viss du vil bruka WPA, vel <b>WPA-PSK</b> eller <b>WPA-EAP</b>som\n"
"autentiseringsmodus. Dette er berre mogleg i driftsmodusen\n"
-"<b>Styrt</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Styrt</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
#, fuzzy
@@ -3211,14 +3088,12 @@
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
"length of 64, 128, 156, or 256 bits, but not all sizes are\n"
"supported by all devices. Of these keys, 24 bits\n"
-"are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.</p>"
-"\n"
+"are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å bruka WEP, angje\n"
"WEP-krypteringsnøkkelen som skal brukast. Han kan ha ein nøkkellengde\n"
"på 64, 128, 156 eller 256 bitar sine (24 bitar genererast dynamisk,\n"
-"så du treng berre å angje 40 til 232 bitar).</p>"
-"\n"
+"så du treng berre å angje 40 til 232 bitar).</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
@@ -3229,27 +3104,23 @@
"key is used for authentication and encryption keys are generated from\n"
"it. These are not vulnerable to known attacks against WEP keys, but\n"
"dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n"
-"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>"
-"\n"
+"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å bruka WPA-PSK (iblant kalla WPA Home),\n"
"angje den forhåndsdelte nøkkelen. Denne\n"
"nøkkelen vert til brukt autentisering, og han genererer krypteringsnøkler.\n"
"Desse er ikkje sårbare overfor kjende angrep mot WEP-nøklar, men\n"
"ordbokangrep er framleis mogleg. Ikkje bruk ord som er \n"
-"enkle å gjetta som passfrase.</p>"
-"\n"
+"enkle å gjetta som passfrase.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
-"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å bruka WPA-EAP (iblant kalla WPA Enterprise)\n"
-"må du angje nokon tilleggsparametere i neste dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"må du angje nokon tilleggsparametere i neste dialog.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368
#, fuzzy
@@ -3265,33 +3136,33 @@
"same katalog.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
#, fuzzy
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Maska til&nettverk"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
#, fuzzy
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr "For lang nemning."
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "IP-adressa er ugyldig."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "Ugyldig nettverksmaske."
@@ -3351,13 +3222,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n"
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
-"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>WPA-EAP nytter ein RADIUS-servar for å autentisere brukarar. Det\n"
"er ulike metodar i EAP for å koble til serveren og\n"
-"utføra autentiseringen, TLS, TTLS og PEAP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"utføra autentiseringen, TLS, TTLS og PEAP.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98
@@ -3371,14 +3240,12 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For TTLS og PEAP, angje <b>Identitet</b>\n"
"og <b>Passord</b> slik dei er sette opp på serveren.\n"
"Viss du har spesielle krav med omsyn til brukernavn brukt som\n"
-"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du angje dette her. Dette er normalt ikkje naudsynt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du angje dette her. Dette er normalt ikkje naudsynt.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110
@@ -3406,15 +3273,13 @@
"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
-"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>TLS brukar eit <b>Klientsertifikat</b> i staden for ein brukernavn- og\n"
"passordkombinasjon for autentisering. Eit offentleg og privat nøkkelpar vert nytta\n"
"for å kryptera tilkoblingen, og difor treng du i tillegg\n"
"ein <b>Klientnøkkel</b>-fil som inneheld den private nøkkelen din og dessutan\n"
-"eit <b>Klientnøkkelpassord</b> for denne fila.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eit <b>Klientnøkkelpassord</b> for denne fila.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143
@@ -3441,13 +3306,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n"
"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n"
-"to validate the server's authenticity.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to validate the server's authenticity.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å auka tryggleiken vert rådd til det å setja opp eit\n"
"a <b>Serversertifikat</b>. Det vert nytta\n"
-"for å stadfesta serverens identitet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å stadfesta serverens identitet.</p>\n"
#. push button label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211
@@ -3476,14 +3339,12 @@
"<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n"
"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n"
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
-"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>"
-"\n"
+"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her kan du setja opp den interne autentiseringensmetoden (òg kalla fase 2).\n"
"Som standard er alle metodar tillate. Viss du vil avgrensa\n"
"metodane som skal tillatast eller viss du har problem med\n"
-"autentiseringen, kan du velja ein intern autentiseringsmetode.</p>"
-"\n"
+"autentiseringen, kan du velja ein intern autentiseringsmetode.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249
@@ -3495,12 +3356,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
-"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>"
-"\n"
+"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du brukar PEAP, kan du òg velja at ein spesifikk PEAP skal nyttast\n"
-"(versjon 0 eller 1). Dette bør normalt ikkje vera naudsynt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"(versjon 0 eller 1). Dette bør normalt ikkje vera naudsynt.</p>\n"
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
@@ -3510,150 +3369,150 @@
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr "Ingen kryptering"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
#, fuzzy
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr "WEP – Open"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr "WEP – Delt nøkkel"
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA-versjon 1 eller 2)"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA-versjon 1 eller 2)"
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Oppset av trådlaust nettverkskort"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar for trådlaust nettverk"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr "D&riftsmodus"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "Ad-hoc"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
#, fuzzy
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Mastar"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "Ne&ttverksnavn (ESSID)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "Skann nettverk"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr "&Autentiseringsmodus"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr "&Krypteringsnøkkel"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
#, fuzzy
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr "&Avanserte innstillingar"
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr "&WEP-nøklar"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "WPA-autentiseringsmodus er berre mogleg i styrt driftsmodus."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "Angje nettverksnavnet for denne modusen."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
#, fuzzy
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "Nettverksnavnet må ikkje innehalda meir enn 32 teikn."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "Passfrasen må innehalda mellom 8 og 63 teikn (totalt)."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
#, fuzzy
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "Nøkkelen må ha %1 heksadesimalsiffer."
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkelen er ugyldig."
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
#, fuzzy
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkelen må angjevast for denne autentiseringsmodusen."
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
@@ -3687,14 +3546,12 @@
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
-"points in that case.</p>"
-"\n"
+"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vil bruka eit trådlaust nettverkskort i master- eller Ad-hoc-modus,\n"
"kan du definera ein <b>Kanal</b> som korta skal bruka her. Dette er ikkje naudsynt\n"
"for styrt modus. Korta vil søkja gjennom kanalane etter aksesspunkter\n"
-"i denne modusen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"i denne modusen.</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
@@ -3722,13 +3579,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
-"be disconnected from AC power.</p>"
-"\n"
+"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel <b>Bruk strømstyring</b> for å aktivare strømsparefunksjoner.\n"
"Dette er vanlegvis ein fordel, spesielt viss du brukar ein berbar PC\n"
-"som iblant ikkje er kopla til strømnettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som iblant ikkje er kopla til strømnettet.</p>\n"
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
@@ -3768,31 +3623,31 @@
msgstr "AP ScanMode"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "Angje krypteringsnøkkel"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "&Nøkkel"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
#, fuzzy
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Hjelp"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "Trådløsnøkler"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
@@ -3808,7 +3663,7 @@
"éin nøkkel.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
@@ -3824,50 +3679,50 @@
"verdet til 64.</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
#, fuzzy
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP-nøklar"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "&Nøkkellengde"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "No."
msgstr "Nr."
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Nøkkel"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "Definer som st&andard"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "Vel eit sertifikat"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
@@ -3877,7 +3732,7 @@
"som er usikkert og sårbart. Vil du halda fram utan CA ?"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
@@ -3887,55 +3742,55 @@
"eller klientsertifikatet."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Udefinert"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
#, fuzzy
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
#, fuzzy
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
#, fuzzy
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
#, fuzzy
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP-informasjon"
@@ -3954,52 +3809,57 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
msgstr "&Tillat ekstern administrasjon"
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr "&Tillat ekstern administrasjon"
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "&Ikkje tillat ekstern administrasjon"
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>"
-"\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for ekstern administrasjon</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for ekstern administrasjon</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Viss denne funksjonen er aktivert, kan du\n"
"administrera denne maskina frå ein anna maskin. Du kan bruka ein VNC-\n"
"klient, til dømes krdc (koble til <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>) eller\n"
"ein javakompatibel nettleser (koble til <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"Denne typen ekstern administrasjon er mindre sikker enn SSH.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Denne typen ekstern administrasjon er mindre sikker enn SSH.</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar for ekstern administrasjon"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Følgjande pakker må installerast:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
@@ -4012,121 +3872,59 @@
"\n"
"Vil du freista igjen?\n"
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Oppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DNS-oppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DSL-oppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Vertsmaskinoppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ISDN-oppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Oppsettet for nettverkskort er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Modemoppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Mellomserveroppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Leverandøroppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Rutingoppsettet er lagra"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "Vil du setja opp e-postsystemet no?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "Vil du setja opp %1?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Nettverkskort"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Modem"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN-kort"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
#, fuzzy
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL-einingar"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
#, fuzzy
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Alle nettverksenheter"
@@ -4134,7 +3932,7 @@
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "Vertsnavnet er ugyldig."
@@ -4221,8 +4019,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "Vertsmaskin- og domenenavn"
@@ -4252,32 +4050,32 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr "På grunn av multikast-DNS vert rådde til det ikkje å bruka .local som domenenavn. Vil du bruka det likevel?"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "Søkelisten kan ha maksimalt %1 domener."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "Søkelisten kan ha maksimalt %1 teikn."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "Søkedomenet '%1' er ugyldig."
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "Vertsnavn- og navneserveroppsett"
@@ -4311,39 +4109,37 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a host <b>IP Address</b>, a <b>Hostname</b>, and optional\n"
-"<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje ein <b>IP-adresse</b> for vertsmaskinen, eit <b>vertsnavn</b> og\n"
-"<b>vertsmaskinaliaser</b> (valfritt) adskilt av mellomrom.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>vertsmaskinaliaser</b> (valfritt) adskilt av mellomrom.</p>\n"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "Gjeldande vertsmaskiner"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "Vertsnavn"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "Vertsmaskinaliaser"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "Ver&tsmaskinaliaser"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "Aliasnavnet \"%1\" er ugyldig."
@@ -4386,47 +4182,47 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Bestemmelsessted"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "Ge&nmaske"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Systemport"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "Ein&heitte"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "Destinasjonen er ugyldig."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Systemportens IP-adresse er ugyldig."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Nettverksmasken er ugyldig."
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
#, fuzzy
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Standard systemport er ugyldig."
@@ -4469,15 +4265,13 @@
"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
"A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n"
"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n"
-"to change the prefix.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss <b>Linje ut, regulært uttrykk</b> er valt, kan brukarane\n"
"endra linje ut-verdet i KInternet dersom han samsvarer med uttrykket.\n"
"Verdet <tt>[09]?</tt> rådast til. Han tillèt <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
"og dessutan inga linje ut. Viss uttrykket er tomt, kan ikkje brukarane\n"
-"endra linje ut-verdet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"endra linje ut-verdet.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label,method of setup
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69
@@ -4543,12 +4337,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n"
-"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>"
-"\n"
+"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Manuelt</b>: Du kontrollerer grensesnittet manuelt\n"
-"via 'ifup' eller 'qinternet' (sjå 'Brukerstyrt' nedanfor).</p>"
-".\n"
+"via 'ifup' eller 'qinternet' (sjå 'Brukerstyrt' nedanfor).</p>.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
@@ -4619,19 +4411,15 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
-"%1</p>"
-"\n"
+"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Enhetsaktivering</big></b></p>"
-" \n"
+"<p><b><big>Enhetsaktivering</big></b></p> \n"
"<p>Vel når nettverksgrensesnittet skal aktiverast. Vel <b>Ved oppstart av maskina</b> viss grensesnittet skal aktiverast når maskina startar.\n"
"Vel <b>Aldri</b> viss eininga ikkje skal aktiverast.\n"
-"%1</p>"
-"\n"
+"%1</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235
msgid "IPoIB Device Mode"
@@ -4713,41 +4501,41 @@
"(knetworkmanager for KDE og NM-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Viss det ikkje allereie køyrer, start det manuelt."
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "Generelt nettverksoppsett"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "IPv6-protokollinnstillinger"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Aktivar IPv6"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Ukjend eining"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
#, fuzzy
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Ingen IP-adresse tilordnet"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
@@ -4757,13 +4545,13 @@
"%2 – %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "&Endre eining"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "Val av nettverksenhet"
@@ -4773,7 +4561,7 @@
#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "configured"
msgstr "Ikkje sat opp"
@@ -4830,7 +4618,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Oppdater mellomserveroppsett"
@@ -4857,7 +4645,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer mellomserveroppsett …"
@@ -4871,119 +4659,119 @@
msgstr "Oppdaterer /etc/resolve.conf …"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Vertsnavn: Definert av DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Vertsnavn: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Vertsnavnet vil ikkje lagrast i /etc/hosts"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Navneservere: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Søkeliste: %1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Oppdater /etc/hosts"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar vertsnavnoppsett"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer /etc/hosts …"
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Søk etter nettverksenheter"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Les driverinformasjon"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Les enhetsoppsett"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Les nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Les vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Les installasjonsinformasjon"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Les rutingoppsett"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Søk etter gjeldande status"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Søkjer for ndiswrapper …"
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
@@ -4994,7 +4782,7 @@
"men det vart ikkje køyrt modprobe for kjernemodulen.\n"
"Vil du køyra modprobe for ndiswrapper?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
@@ -5004,395 +4792,390 @@
"Kontroller oppsettet manuelt."
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Søkar etter nettverksenheter …"
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Lesar enhetsoppsett …"
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Lesar nettverksoppsett …"
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …"
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Lesar vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett …"
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Lesar installasjonsinformasjon …"
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Lesar rutinginformasjon …"
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Søkar etter gjeldande status …"
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
#, fuzzy
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Start maskina på nytt for å aktivare denne endringa."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Lagre driverinformasjon"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Lagre enhetsoppsett"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Lagre nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Lagre rutingoppsett"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Lagre vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Sett opp nettverkstjenester"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Aktivar nettverkstjenester"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Lagrar /etc/modprobe.conf …"
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar enhetsoppsett …"
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett …"
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar rutinginformasjon …"
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrar vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett …"
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Set opp nettverkstjenester …"
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …"
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
#, fuzzy
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Aktiverer nettverkstjenester …"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Ingen nettverk er aktiverte"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Nettverksmodus"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Grensesnitt som vert kontrollerte av NetworkManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Deaktiver NetworkManager"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
#, fuzzy
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "Tradisjonelt nettveksoppsett med NetControl – ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Aktivar NetworkManager"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Støtte for IPv6-protokollen er aktivert"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Deaktiver IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Støtte for IPv6-protokollen er deaktivert"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "Ikkje tilkoblet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Starta automatisk ved oppstart"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Starta automatisk vigde kabelforbindelse"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Nytte NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Vil ikkje startast i det heile"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
#, fuzzy
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Starta manuelt"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-adresse tildelt vigde"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %1/%2"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP-adresse %1, nettverksmaske %2"
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Ikkje sat opp"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Enhetsnavn: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Bond Vert slava"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Ikkje tilkoblet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
#, fuzzy
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Ingen maskinvareinfo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "<p>Kunne ikkje setja opp nettverkskortet fordi kjerneenheten (eth0, wlan0) ikkje finst. Dette vert vanlegvis skulda manglande fastvare (for wlan-einingar). Sjå resultatet av dmesg-kommandoen.</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Eininga er ikkje sett opp. Klikk <b>Rediger</b>\n"
-"for å gå til oppsett.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for å gå til oppsett.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Naudsynt fastvare"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "ukjent"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Sett opp vindushandsamar"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Start tenesta på nytt"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett av ekstern administrasjon"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Set opp vindushandsamar …"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Startar tenesta på nytt …"
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -5400,35 +5183,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon er aktivert."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon is deaktivert."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Lagre oppsett for IP-overføring"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Lagre oppsett for ruter"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for ruter"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for IP-overføring …"
@@ -5438,25 +5221,25 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for ruter …"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Systemport: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
@@ -5480,6 +5263,54 @@
msgstr "(ubeskyttet"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Oppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DNS-oppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DSL-oppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Vertsmaskinoppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ISDN-oppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Oppsettet for nettverkskort er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Modemoppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Mellomserveroppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Leverandøroppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Rutingoppsettet er lagra"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "Vil du setja opp e-postsystemet no?"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "Vil du setja opp %1?"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "Enhetsoppstartsprotokoll"
@@ -5498,12 +5329,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For å spesifisera <b>frekvensen</b> i staden for\n"
-#~ "kanalen, kan du velja eit verd.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "kanalen, kan du velja eit verd.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Frequency"
@@ -5701,11 +5530,9 @@
#~ "You can abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>. An additional\n"
#~ "dialog may inform you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>. Ein annan\n"
-#~ "dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use."
@@ -5766,12 +5593,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
-#~ "for the DSL connection.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for the DSL connection.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Her gjer du dei viktigaste innstillingane\n"
-#~ "for DSL-tilkoblingen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for DSL-tilkoblingen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5802,14 +5627,12 @@
#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set up\n"
#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
#~ "connections, <b>Ethernet Card</b> is needed for <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n"
-#~ "connections.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "connections.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Innstillingane for PPP-modus</b> er obligatoriske for\n"
#~ "DSL-sambandet. <b>VPI/VCI</b> er berre aktuelt for <i>PPP vigd ATM</i>-\n"
#~ "tilkoblinger. Eit <b>Ethernet-kort</b> må installerast for <i>PPP vigd Ethernet</i>-\n"
-#~ "tilkoblinger.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "tilkoblinger.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5919,11 +5742,9 @@
#~ "You can abort the save procedure by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n"
#~ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
-#~ "Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Select the item to edit."
@@ -6024,74 +5845,60 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n"
-#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Ekstern telefonnummerliste</b> kontrollerer kva for eksterne maskiner som\n"
-#~ "kan kopla til dette grensesnittet.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "kan kopla til dette grensesnittet.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Deselect <b>Only Listed Numbers Allowed</b> \n"
-#~ "to allow all caller IDs.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "to allow all caller IDs.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Fjern markeringa i <b>Berre angjevne nummer tillate</b>-ruta\n"
-#~ "for gje alle oppringings-Ider tilgjenge.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for gje alle oppringings-Ider tilgjenge.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n"
-#~ "processing.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "processing.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss <b>tilbakeringingsmodus</b> er <b>deaktivert</b>, vert handterte oppringningene utan spesielle \n"
-#~ "prosedyrar.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "prosedyrar.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
-#~ "is triggered.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "is triggered.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss tilbakeringingsmodus er sette til <b>servar</b>, vil ein tilbakeringing utløysast ved \n"
-#~ "innkommende samtalar.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "innkommende samtalar.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n"
-#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss tilbakeringingsmodus er sette til <b>klient</b>, ringar først det lokale systemet opp, \n"
-#~ "og ventar deretter på at den eksterne maskina skal ringa tilbake.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "og ventar deretter på at den eksterne maskina skal ringa tilbake.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n"
#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n"
-#~ "the client.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the client.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Tilbakeringingsforsinkelse</b> er mengd sekund mellom først oppringing og\n"
#~ "tilbakeringing (servar) eller \"legg på\" (klient). Dette verdet bør vera større for serveren enn for\n"
-#~ "klienten.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "klienten.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In <b>Additional ipppd Options</b>, add extra options for ipppd,\n"
-#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Fleire ipppd-alternativ:</b> Vel fleire alternativ for ipppd,\n"
-#~ "til dømes +pap +chap for serverautentisering ved innkommende anrop.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "til dømes +pap +chap for serverautentisering ved innkommende anrop.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options"
@@ -6133,37 +5940,31 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n"
#~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n"
-#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss du har ein kombinert CAPI-kontrollar for ISDN/DSL, set du opp DSL-\n"
#~ "sambandet med <b>Legg til CAPI-grensesnitt for DSL</b>. Dette kan du òg gjera seinare\n"
-#~ "i oppsettsdialogen for DSL.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "i oppsettsdialogen for DSL.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>For networking over ISDN, there are two types of interfaces:\n"
#~ "<b>RawIP</b> and <b>SyncPPP</b>. In most cases, use SyncPPP. It is\n"
-#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For ISDN-samband er det to typar grensesnitt:\n"
#~ "<b>RawIP</b> og <b>SyncPPP</b>. Du bør sannsynlegvis velja SyncPPP. Dette er\n"
-#~ "standard for dei fleste internettleverandører.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "standard for dei fleste internettleverandører.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To switch between various Internet providers, an\n"
#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n"
-#~ "same interface.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "same interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Du treng ikkje eit grensesnitt for kvar leverandør for\n"
#~ "for å skifte mellom ulike tjenesteleverandører. Du kan leggja til fleire tjenesteleverandører for\n"
-#~ "same grensesnitt.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "same grensesnitt.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6231,24 +6032,18 @@
#~ "<p>If you select manual, start and stop the service manually by\n"
#~ "issuing the following commands (while logged in as 'root'):\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ " <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ " <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " <br> <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
+#~ " <br> <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
+#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "Note: ippp0 is an example</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss du vel manuelt, må du starta/stoppa tenesta manuelt ved\n"
#~ "hjelp av følgjande kommandoar (du må vera innlogget som rot):\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ " <b>Start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ " <b>Stopp : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br> <b>Start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
+#~ "<br> <b>Stopp : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
+#~ "<br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "Merk: ippp0 er eit døme</p>"
@@ -6258,35 +6053,27 @@
#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n"
#~ "use the following commands:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
+#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
+#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen automatically. If\n"
#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n"
#~ "removes a channel.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Ved å velja <b>kanalsamling</b> set du opp ein 128 kBit-samband,\n"
#~ "òg kalla Multilink PPP. For å opne eller lukka den andre kanalen\n"
#~ "brukar du følgjande kommandoar:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
-#~ "<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
+#~ "<br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
+#~ "<br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "Du kan òg installera pakka <b>xibod</b> for å utføra dette automatisk. Når\n"
#~ "meir båndbredde vert kravt, vert lagt ein ekstra kanal til. Når trafikken vert mindre, vert lukka\n"
#~ "ein av kanalane.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6341,12 +6128,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Enter the IP addresses if you received a fixed IP address\n"
-#~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Angje IP-addressene viss har fått fasta adresser\n"
-#~ "frå tjenesteleverandøren for syncppp, eller viss du brukar rå IP.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "frå tjenesteleverandøren for syncppp, eller viss du brukar rå IP.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6354,27 +6139,23 @@
#~ "assigns you one temporary address per connection. In this case, the\n"
#~ "outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n"
#~ "This is the default with most providers.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Dynamisk IP-adresse</b>\n"
#~ "viss tjenesteleverandøren tildeler ei mellombels adresse for kvar tilkobling. I så fall er\n"
#~ "den utgående adressa ukjent inntil sambandet er etablert.\n"
#~ "Dette er standard for dei fleste tjenesteleverandører.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to use this interface as the\n"
#~ "default route. Only one interface can be the default\n"
-#~ "route.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "route.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Standardrute</b> for å bruka dette grensesnittet som\n"
#~ "standardrute. Berre eitt grensesnitt kan vera\n"
-#~ "standardrute.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "standardrute.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "IP Address Settings"
@@ -6456,37 +6237,31 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n"
#~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n"
-#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss du eit IST-KORT av eldre modell, kan du leggja inn verd for\n"
#~ "inn/ut-port, minneadresser og avbruddslinjer.\n"
-#~ "Sjå brukerveiledningen eller kontakt forhandleren der du kjøpte korta for å finna riktige verd.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Sjå brukerveiledningen eller kontakt forhandleren der du kjøpte korta for å finna riktige verd.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Start Mode: </b> With <b>OnBoot</b>, the driver is loaded during\n"
#~ "system boot. For <b>Manual</b>, the driver must be started with the\n"
#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> command. Only the user root can do this.\n"
-#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Oppstartsmodus: </b> Vel <b>Ved oppstart</b> for å lasta drivaren når\n"
#~ "systemet startar opp. Viss du vel <b>Manuelt</b>, må drivaren startast med kommandoen\n"
#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b>. Du må vera rot for å gjera dette.\n"
-#~ "<b>Hotplug </b> er berre aktuelt for PCMCIA- og USB-einingar.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Hotplug </b> er berre aktuelt for PCMCIA- og USB-einingar.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Multiple drivers exist for your ISDN card.\n"
-#~ "Select one from the list.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Select one from the list.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For nokon ISDN-kort finst det fleire drivarar.\n"
-#~ "Vel ein driv frå lista.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Vel ein driv frå lista.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
@@ -6495,22 +6270,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Area Code: </b> Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n"
-#~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Retningsnummer: </b> Angje retningsnummeret for ISDN-\n"
-#~ "linja her, utan innledende null og utan landskode.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "linja her, utan innledende null og utan landskode.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dial Prefix: </b> If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n"
-#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Linje ut: </b> Viss du må slå eit nummer for å kome ut på det offentlege telenettet, \n"
-#~ "skriv du inn dette her. Nummeret vert berre brukt i ein intern S0-buss, og vanlegvis vert brukt \"0\".</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "skriv du inn dette her. Nummeret vert berre brukt i ein intern S0-buss, og vanlegvis vert brukt \"0\".</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN Log</b>.</p>"
@@ -6771,26 +6542,22 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a <b>Dial Prefix</b>.\n"
-#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss du er koblet til ein hussentral (PBX), må du sannsynlegvis angje ei<b>linje ut</b>.\n"
-#~ "Dette er ofte <i>9</i> eller <i>0</i>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Dette er ofte <i>9</i> eller <i>0</i>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\n"
#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\n"
#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\n"
-#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vel <b>ringemodus</b> for telefonsystemet. Dei fleste teleselskaper\n"
#~ "brukar <I>tonesignal</I> som <B>ringemodus</B>. Kryss av i andre\n"
#~ "boksar for å slå på modemhøyttaleren (<i>Høyttaler på</i>)\n"
-#~ "eller for at modemet skal venta på summetone (<i>Vent på summetone</i>).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "eller for at modemet skal venta på summetone (<i>Vent på summetone</i>).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6843,22 +6610,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Baud Rate</b> is a transmission speed that tells\n"
-#~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Overføringshastighet</b> definerer\n"
-#~ "kor mange bitar per sekund som vert overførde mellom datamaskina og modemet.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "kor mange bitar per sekund som vert overførde mellom datamaskina og modemet.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>All the relevant information about <b>Init Strings</b>\n"
-#~ "should be in your modem manual.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "should be in your modem manual.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>All relevant informasjon om <b>Init-strengar</b>\n"
-#~ "byrd finnast i modemet sitt brukerveiledning.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "byrd finnast i modemet sitt brukerveiledning.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "B&aud Rate"
@@ -6949,26 +6712,22 @@
#~ "<p><b>Name Servers</b> are required to convert hostnames\n"
#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n"
#~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n"
-#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Navneservere</b> vert kravd for å konverterar vertsnavn\n"
#~ "(t.d. www.susa.com) til IP-adresser (t.d. 213.95.15.200). Du treng\n"
#~ "berre å spesifisera navneservere viss du aktiverer automatisk oppringning eller\n"
-#~ "deaktiverer <b>Endring av DNS</b> ved tilkobling.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "deaktiverer <b>Endring av DNS</b> ved tilkobling.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n"
#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n"
-#~ "option.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "option.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Ignorer spurnad</b> hindrar at førespurnader frå oppringingsserveren\n"
#~ "registrerast. Viss det tek lang tid å etablera sambandet eller viss tilkoblingen mislukkast, kan du prøva dette\n"
-#~ "alternativet.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "alternativet.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6985,12 +6744,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>Idle Time-Out</b> specifies the time after which an idle\n"
-#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Tidsavbrudd ved inaktivitet</b> spesifiserer kor lang tid det skal\n"
-#~ "gå før ein inaktiv samband frakobles (0 tyder at sambandet aldri frakobles).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "gå før ein inaktiv samband frakobles (0 tyder at sambandet aldri frakobles).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "min"
@@ -7089,14 +6846,12 @@
#~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\n"
#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n"
#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n"
-#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Bruk DNS frå anna maskin</b> viss du vil endra \n"
#~ "domenenavneservere etter at sambandet er etablert. Dette erstattar den\n"
#~ "statiske DNS-oppsettet med IP-adresser for DNS-serveren. I dag tilbyr nesten\n"
-#~ "alle tjenesteleverandører <b>Bruk DNS frå anna maskin</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "alle tjenesteleverandører <b>Bruk DNS frå anna maskin</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7167,81 +6922,52 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Provider\n"
-#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "Please wait...<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett\n"
-#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>"
-#~ "Vent…<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Provider\n"
-#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "Please wait...<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Lagrar oppsett\n"
-#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>"
-#~ "Vent…<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for tjenesteleverandør</big></b><br>Vent…<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Configure your provider here.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Configure your provider here.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Tjenesteleverandøroppsett</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Sett opp tjenesteleverandøren her.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Tjenesteleverandøroppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Sett opp tjenesteleverandøren her.<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Choose a provider from the list of available providers\n"
-#~ "then press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "then press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Legg til ein tjenesteleverandør:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Legg til ein tjenesteleverandør:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Vel ein leverandør frå lista over tilgjengelege leverandørar\n"
-#~ "og klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "og klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which\n"
-#~ "to change the configuration opens.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "to change the configuration opens.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n"
-#~ "du kan endra oppsettet.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "du kan endra oppsettet.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Obtain an overview of installed providers. Additionally,\n"
-#~ "edit their configurations.<br>"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Oversyn over tjenesteleverandører</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "Hent eit oversyn over installerte tjenesteleverandører. Du kan\n"
@@ -7249,27 +6975,21 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Legg til ein leverandør:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "Klikk <B>Legg til</B> for å setja opp ein ny leverandør manuelt.</P>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Choose a provider to change or remove.\n"
-#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Vel ein leverandør du vil endra eller sletta.\n"
-#~ "Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Select the appropriate <b>provider</b>.</p>"
@@ -7303,13 +7023,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n"
#~ "dialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b> or call the hot line\n"
-#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For å registrera deg for <b>%1</b> og finne riktig\n"
#~ "oppringingsnummer, besøk nettsiden <b>%2</b> eller ring brukerstøttenummeret\n"
-#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7322,12 +7040,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n"
-#~ "dialing number, call the hot line <b>%2</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "dialing number, call the hot line <b>%2</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>For å registrera deg for <b>%1</b> og finne riktig\n"
-#~ "oppringingsnummer, ring brukerstøttenummeret <b>%2</b>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "oppringingsnummer, ring brukerstøttenummeret <b>%2</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Provider Parameters"
@@ -7336,12 +7052,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n"
-#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Tilgjenge til internettleverandør: Viss du har\n"
-#~ "valt ein leverandør frå lista, er følgjande verd tilgjengelege.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "valt ein leverandør frå lista, er følgjande verd tilgjengelege.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider.</p>"
@@ -7404,16 +7118,14 @@
#~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n"
#~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n"
#~ "(readable by root only).\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kryss av for <b>Spør alltid etter passord</b> for å bedast om passord kvar gong.\n"
#~ "Din\n"
#~ "internettleverandør tillèt kanskje ikkje at passord vert lagra på\n"
#~ "disken. Viss du angjev passordet her, vert det lagra på disken i klartekst\n"
#~ "(berre lesbart av rot).\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Authorization"
@@ -7525,13 +7237,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space\n"
#~ "(after the <b>/</b>) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n"
-#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen\n"
#~ "(etter <b>/</b>) med Kamp-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord\n"
-#~ "og klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "og klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Access AOL-DSL.</p>"
@@ -7544,16 +7254,14 @@
#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n"
#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n"
#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n"
-#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen (før\n"
#~ "<b>@</b>) med AOL-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord og klikk <b>Neste</b>.\n"
#~ "Viss du er ein ny AOL-kunde og ynskjer å ringa opp for første gong, må du\n"
#~ "du skriva inn AOL PIN-koda éin gong. Viss du har eit Windows-system, finn du\n"
#~ "PIN-koda i AOLs tilkoblingsprogram. Viss ikkje, må du ringa AOLs brukerstøttetelefon og be\n"
-#~ "dei leggja inn PIN-koda for deg.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "dei leggja inn PIN-koda for deg.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL.</p>"
@@ -7563,13 +7271,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen (etter\n"
#~ "<b>/</b>) med 1&1-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord og klikk <b>Neste</b>\n"
-#~ "{(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "{(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL.</p>"
@@ -7578,12 +7284,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Skriv inn passord og klikk <b>Neste</b>\n"
-#~ "(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "(spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp T-Online Business DSL.</p>"
@@ -7593,13 +7297,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n"
-#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>I <b>Brukernavn</b>-feltet, erstatt den tomme plassen (etter\n"
#~ "<b>/</b>) med T-Online Business-brukernavnet ditt. Skriv deretter inn passord og\n"
-#~ " klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ " klikk <b>Neste</b> (spør tjenesteleverandøren viss får problem).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Provider Configuration"
@@ -7611,21 +7313,17 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n"
#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n"
#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n"
-#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Enhetskontroll</big></b></p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Enhetskontroll</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Normalt har berre systemadministratoren tilgjenge til å aktivera og \n"
#~ "deaktivere nettverksgrensesnitt. Med <b>Aktivum enhetskontroll for ikkje-rot-brukarar\n"
#~ "vigd QInternet kan alle brukarar styra grensesnittet vigd QInternet. Dette krev at\n"
-#~ "<b>smpppd</b> er installert og køyrer.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>smpppd</b> er installert og køyrer.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration"
@@ -8069,14 +7767,12 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n"
#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
#~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Sett opp ein mellomtjener for Internett her (mellomlagring).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>Sett opp ein mellomtjener for Internett her (mellomlagring).</p>\n"
#~ "<p><b>Merk:</b> Du må normalt logga inn på nytt for å aktivare innstillingane, \n"
#~ "men i nokre tilfelle kan det hende at programmet tek i bruk innstillingane umiddelbart. Undersøk \n"
#~ "kva programmet (nettleser, ftp-klient osb.) støtter. </p>"
@@ -8084,22 +7780,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n"
-#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Under <b>HTTP-mellomserveradresse</b> angjev du adressa til mellomserveren du brukar for å få tilgjenge\n"
-#~ "til Internett (www).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "til Internett (www).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
-#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>HTTPS-mellomserveradresse</b> er adressa til mellomserveren som gjev deg sikkert tilgjenge\n"
-#~ "til Internett (www).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "til Internett (www).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>"
@@ -8127,35 +7819,29 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n"
#~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n"
-#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Ikkje mellomserverdomener</b> er ei liste over domener der førespurnader\n"
#~ "skal handterast direkte utan mellomlagring,\n"
-#~ "til dømes <i>%1</i>.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "til dømes <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
#~ "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein mellomserver som krev autentisering, må du fylla ut felta\n"
#~ "<b>Brukernavn for mellomserver</b> og <b>Passord for mellomserver</b>. Eit gyldig brukernavn\n"
-#~ "kan berre innehalda ASCII-teikn (bortsedd frå apostrofar).</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "kan berre innehalda ASCII-teikn (bortsedd frå apostrofar).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n"
-#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p>"
-#~ " \n"
+#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klikk <b>Test mellomserverinnstillinger</b>\n"
-#~ "for å testa gjeldande oppsett for HTTP-, HTTPS- og FTP-mellomserver</p>"
-#~ " \n"
+#~ "for å testa gjeldande oppsett for HTTP-, HTTPS- og FTP-mellomserver</p> \n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Enable Proxy"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
"0..9, A..Z, a..z, punktum, – og _."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
"med monteringspunktet '%1'."
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
@@ -202,8 +202,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
-"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <B>Legg til</B>-knappen for å montera ein ny delt NFS-ressurs. For å endra oppsettet for\n"
"ein montert delt ressurs, bruk <B>Rediger</B>-knappen. Fjern og avmonter ein vald delt ressurs med \n"
@@ -215,8 +214,7 @@
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n"
-"of file/directory access rights.</p>"
-"\n"
+"of file/directory access rights.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du må ha tilgjenge til delte NFSv4-ressursar (NFSv4 er ein nyare versjon\n"
"
av NFS-protokollen), kryss av for <b>Aktivum NFSv4</b>. Det kan hende at du må angje eit\n"
@@ -339,13 +337,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n"
"<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n"
-"NFS servers on the local network.</p>"
-"\n"
+"NFS servers on the local network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Skriv inn <b>Vertsmaskinnavn for NFS-servar</b>. Med\n"
"<i>Vel</i> kan du bla gjennom ei liste over\n"
-"NFS-servera i lokalnettverket.</p>"
-"\n"
+"NFS-servera i lokalnettverket.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
#. added "Select" button
@@ -441,13 +437,13 @@
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av NFS-klient"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "Kunne ikkje oppretta katalogen '%1'."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -459,61 +455,61 @@
"NFS-klientkonfigurasjonen.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar NFS-konfigurasjon"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "Deaktiver tenester"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "Aktiver tenester"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "Deaktiverer tenester …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "Aktiverer tenester …"
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for NFS-klient. Vent …"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr "Kan ikkje montera NFS-oppføringer frå /etc/fstab."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "NFS-oppføringer"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "%1 oppføringer er konfigurerte"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,25 +110,21 @@
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n"
"in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n"
-"fail to respond. It is a security risk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"fail to respond. It is a security risk.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Alternativet <b>Kringkasting</b> aktiverer søk\n"
"etter ein annan servar i lokalnettverket dersom dei spesifiserte serverne\n"
-"ikkje svarar. Dette er ein sikkerhetsrisiko.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ikkje svarar. Dette er ein sikkerhetsrisiko.</p>\n"
#. Translators: short for Expert settings
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n"
-"less frequently used settings.</p>"
-"\n"
+"less frequently used settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Avansert</b> gjev tilgjenge til nokre\n"
-"innstillingar som ikkje vert så ofte brukte.</p>"
-"\n"
+"innstillingar som ikkje vert så ofte brukte.</p>\n"
#. pushbutton label
#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list
@@ -161,33 +157,27 @@
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n"
"from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n"
"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n"
-"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Brannmurinnstillinger</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Brannmurinnstillinger</b><br>\n"
"For å opne brannmuren og gje tilgjenge til ypbind-tenesta\n"
"frå eksertne datamaskiner, vel <b>Opne port i brannmur</b>.\n"
"For å velja grensesnitt som porten sal vert opna for, klikk <b>Brannmurinformasjon</b>.\n"
-"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren er aktivert.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren er aktivert.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n"
-" and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>"
-"\n"
+" and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje NIS-domenet (t.d. døme.com)\n"
-"og NIS-serverens adresse (t.d. nis.døme.com eller 10.20.1.1).</p>"
-"\n"
+"og NIS-serverens adresse (t.d. nis.døme.com eller 10.20.1.1).</p>\n"
#. help text for netconfig part
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244
@@ -202,8 +192,7 @@
"Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n"
"space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n"
"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n"
-"the netconfig manual page.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the netconfig manual page.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel korleis NIS-oppsettet skal endrast. Vanlegvis vert handtert dette av netconfig-skriptet, som samordnar data som er statistisk definert her med dynamiske data (t.d. frå DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osb.). Dette er standardinnstillingen, som er tilstrekkeleg for dei fleste oppsett.\n"
"Viss du vel 'Berre manuelle endringar', vil ikkje netconfig lenger kunna endra oppsettet. I så fall kan du endra fila manuelt. Vel 'Egendefinert praksis' for å angje ein egendefinert streng som består av ei liste over grensesnittnavn adskilt av komene. Jokertegn kan brukast, og STATIC/STATIC_fALLBACK er forhåndsdefinerte spesialverdier. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for netconfig.</p>"
@@ -213,12 +202,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>"
-"\n"
+"by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Spesifiser fleire servera\n"
-"ved å leggja inn fleire adresser adskilt av mellomrom.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ved å leggja inn fleire adresser adskilt av mellomrom.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271
@@ -302,10 +289,11 @@
msgstr "&Adresser for NIS-servera"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
-msgstr "Kr&ingkast"
+msgid "&Broadcast"
+msgstr "&Kringkasting"
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
@@ -437,12 +425,6 @@
msgstr "&Servera (adskilt av mellomrom eller komma)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr "&Kringkasting"
-
-#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "&SLP"
@@ -687,3 +669,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr "NIS-serveren vart ikkje funnet."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#~ msgstr "Kr&ingkast"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
msgstr "Lagrar NTP-oppsett …"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
msgstr "<p>Klikk <b>Synkroniser no</b> for å stille inn riktig systemtid ved hjelp av valt NTP- servar. Viss du vil bruka NTP permanent, kryss av for <b>Lager NTP-oppsett</b>.</p>"
@@ -37,56 +37,56 @@
msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Køyr NTP som nisse</b> for å starta NTP-tenesta som ein nisse. Viss ikkje, vil systemklokken justerast periodisk. Standardintervallet er 15 min. Du kan endra dette etter installasjonen i NTP-klientmodulen i <b>YaST</b>.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Klikk <b>Sett opp</b> for å gå til avansert NTP-oppsett.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Synkronisering med NTP-serveren kan ikkje utførast før nettverket er sett opp.</p>"
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
msgstr "Vertsnavnet %1 for NTP-serveren er ugyldig"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "&NTP-serveradresse"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr "Kjø&r NTP som nisse"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "Lagre NTP-opp&sett"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
msgstr "S&ynkroniser no"
#. push button label
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr "&Konfigurer …"
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
@@ -96,19 +96,19 @@
"utan at pakka %1 er installert"
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Synkroniserer med NTP-servar …"
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
@@ -353,407 +353,382 @@
msgstr "JJY-mottakere"
#. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP client configuration module."
msgstr "Konfigurasjonsmodul for NTP-klient."
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
msgstr "Skriv ut status for NTP-nisse"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
msgstr "Skriv ut alle konfigurerte synkroniseringsforbindelser"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgstr "Aktivar NTP-nisse"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
msgstr "Deaktiver NTP-nisse"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
msgstr "Legg til ny synkroniseringsforbindelse"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
msgstr "Rediger ein eksisterande synkroniseringsforbindelse"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
msgstr "Slett ein synkroniseringsforbindelse"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "The address of the server"
msgstr "Angje serveradressen"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "The address of the peer"
msgstr "Angje direkteforbindelsens adresse"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
#, fuzzy
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
msgstr "Adressa det skal verta til kringkasta"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
msgstr "Adressa kringkasting skal verta frå tillaten"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "The options of the relationship"
msgstr "Alternativ for sambandet"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
msgstr "Alternativ for kalibrering av klokkedriver"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr "Bruk serveren ved første synkronisering"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr "Ikkje bruk serveren ved første synkronisering"
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
#, fuzzy
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
msgstr "Synkroniseringsforbindelse ikkje spesifisert."
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
msgstr "Spesifisert synkroniseringsforbindelse ikkje funnet."
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
msgstr "NTP-nisse er aktivert."
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
msgstr "NTP-nisse er deaktivert."
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Servar"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid "Peer"
msgstr "Direkteforbindelse"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr "Kringkasting"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
msgstr "Tillèt kringkasting"
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
msgstr "Enhetsnummer: %1"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Radio Clock"
msgstr "Lokal radioklokke"
#. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the settings failed."
msgstr "Innstillingane kunne ikkje lesast."
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av NTP-servar"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP Configuration"
msgstr "NTP-konfigurasjon"
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr "Brannmurinnstillinger"
-
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
-#, fuzzy
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Generelle innstillingar"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsinnstillinger"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
msgstr "Avansert NTP-konfigurasjon"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
#, fuzzy
msgid "New Synchronization"
msgstr "Ny synkronisering"
#. Server editing dialog
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Serverinnstillinger"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP Server"
msgstr "NTP-servar"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr "Lokal NTP-servar"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr "Offentleg NTP-servar"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP Peer"
msgstr "NTP-servar"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Reference Clock"
msgstr "Lokal referanseklokke"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
#, fuzzy
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr "Utgående kringkasting"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
#, fuzzy
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr "Innkommende kringkasting"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Reference ID"
msgstr "&Referanse-ID"
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Stratum"
msgstr "&Stratum"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
msgstr "Kalibreringsforsinkelse 1"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
msgstr "Kalibreringsforsinkelse 2"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "Flag &1"
msgstr "Flagg &1"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "Flag &2"
msgstr "Flagg &2"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
#, fuzzy
msgid "Flag &3"
msgstr "Flagg &3"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid "Flag &4"
msgstr "Flagg &4"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
msgstr "Kalibrering av klokkedriver"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av NTP-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av NTP-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>"
-"\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Aktivar NTP-nisse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aktivar NTP-nisse</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel om NTP-nissen skal verta no aktivert og under kvar oppstart av systemet.\n"
"NTP-nissen tolkar vertsnavn når han initialiseres.\n"
-"Nettverksforbindelsen må aktiverast før NTP-nissen startar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Nettverksforbindelsen må aktiverast før NTP-nissen startar.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Chroot-varetekt</big></b><br>\n"
"For å køyra NTP-nissen i chroot-varetekt, vel\n"
"<b>Køyr NTP-nisse i chroot-varetekt</b>. Det aukar tryggleiken å starta alle nissar i chroot-varetekt,\n"
"og dette vert rådt til sterkt.</p>"
@@ -761,118 +736,97 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
-"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br>"
-" \n"
-"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
+"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sikkert NTP-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sikkert NTP-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
"Ved å velja <b>Avgrens NTP-tenesta til valde servera</b> hindrar du eksterne maskiner i å visa og endra NTP-innstillingane på datamaskina \n"
-"di. På den måten vert avgrensa NTP-tenesta til serverne som er oppførd i <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> og localhost.<br>"
-" \n"
-"Tilgangskontrollvalgene kan finjusterast i serveroversiktstabellen. Dette valet er ikkje tilgjengeleg viss NTP er sett opp via DHCP.</p>"
-"\n"
+"di. På den måten vert avgrensa NTP-tenesta til serverne som er oppførd i <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> og localhost.<br> \n"
+"Tilgangskontrollvalgene kan finjusterast i serveroversiktstabellen. Dette valet er ikkje tilgjengeleg viss NTP er sett opp via DHCP.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
"your network server instead of setting them manually, set\n"
"<b>Configure NTP Daemon via DHCP</b>. Ask your network administrator if\n"
"the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon vigde DHCP</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon vigde DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"For å henta informasjon om NTP-servera frå nettverksserveren\n"
"vigde DHCP-protokollen i staden for å definera dei manuelt, vel\n"
"<b>Konfigurer NTP-nisse vigde DHCP</b>. Spør nettverksadministratoren om\n"
"informasjon om NTP-servera er tilgjengeleg vigd DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n"
"peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Konfigurerte servera</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Konfigurerte servera</big></b><br>\n"
"For å tilpassa NTP-servera, direkteforbindelser, lokale klokker og NTP-kringkasting\n"
"vel du den aktuelle linja og klikkar <b>Rediger</b>. For å leggja til ein ny synkroniseringsforbindelse,\n"
"klikk <b>Legg til</b>. Vel ein eksisterande direkteforbindelse for synkronisering\n"
"og klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette henne.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vis logg </big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan visa loggene frå NTP-nissen ved å klikka på <b>Vis logg</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vis logg </big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan visa loggene frå NTP-nissen ved å klikka på <b>Vis logg</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
"a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>."
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avansert konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
"For å konfigurera denne vertsmaskinen til å synkronisera mot fleire eksterne vertsmaskiner eller mot\n"
"ein lokalt tilkoblet klokke, vel <b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b>."
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Klokketype</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Klokketype</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel drivaren for klokka som skal konfigurerast.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
"<b>Unit Number</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Enhetsnummer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enhetsnummer</big></b><br>\n"
"Viss du har fleire klokker av same type, må du definera\n"
"<b>Enhetsnummer</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
"the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n"
"<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n"
@@ -880,8 +834,7 @@
"For some clock types, it is not necessary to create a symbolic link or \n"
"it must be created manually.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Eining</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Eining</big></b><br>\n"
"For at klokka skal fungera, må du kanskje oppretta ei symbolsk lenkje til \n"
"eininga klokka er kopla til. Kryss av for\n"
"<b>Opprett symlink</b> for å gjera dette, og vel <b>Eining</b>. Klikk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å finna eininga.\n"
@@ -889,160 +842,137 @@
"han må opprettast manuelt.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Kalibrering av driver</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kalibrering av driver</big></b><br>\n"
"Klikk <b>Kalibrering av drivar</b> for å kalibrera klokkedriveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
"To find an NTP server, ask your network administrator or Internet service\n"
"provider.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>NTP-serverens adresse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>NTP-serverens adresse</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel NTP-serverens adresse under <b>Adresse</b>.\n"
"For å finne ein NTP-servar, spør internettleverandøren eller\n"
"nettverksadministratoren.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
"or from the list of known NTP servers, click <b>Select</b> and\n"
"choose between <b>Local NTP Server</b> and <b>Public NTP Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Velja ein servar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Velja ein servar</big></b><br>\n"
"For å velja ein NTP-servar i lokalnettverket\n"
"eller frå ei liste over kjende NTP-servera, klikk på <b>Vel</b> og\n"
"vel <b>Lokal NTP-servar</b> eller <b>Offentleg NTP-servar</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
"click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet</big></b><br>\n"
"For å testa om den valde serveren køyrer og svarar som han skal,\n"
"klikk <b>Test</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
"use <b>Address</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>\n"
"Definer adressa til vertsmaskinen det skal synkroniserast mot\n"
"under <b>Adresse</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
"text field.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>\n"
"Nytte tekstfeltet <b>Adresse</b> for å angje\n"
"kringkastingsadressen.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
"<b>Address</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse</big></b><br>\n"
"Legg inn avsenderadressen for godkjende kringkastingspakker under \n"
"<b>Adresse</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
"<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n"
-"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Val</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Val</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan finjustera synkroniseringskilden ved å skriva inn val i tekstfeltet\n"
"<b>Alternativ</b>. Du finn meir informasjon i\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n"
"host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n"
"<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n"
-"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Val for tilgangskontroll</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Val for tilgangskontroll</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du angje val for tilgangskontroll (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> i\n"
"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for denne serveren ved å velja kva slags handlingar ei ekstern\n"
"maskin kan utføra på den NTP-nisse. Standardvalget er <i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i> Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg viss du har kryssa av for\n"
"<b>Avgrens NTP-tenesta til konfigurerte servera</b> under\n"
-"<b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Forbindelsestype for synkronisering</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Forbindelsestype for synkronisering</big></b><br>\n"
"Her vel du ein direkte synkroniseringsforbindelse som skal verta til lagd.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
@@ -1052,7 +982,7 @@
"under <b>Servar</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
@@ -1062,7 +992,7 @@
"<b>Direkteforbindelse</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
@@ -1072,7 +1002,7 @@
"vel du <b>Radioklokke</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
@@ -1082,7 +1012,7 @@
"<b>Utgående kringkasting</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
@@ -1092,7 +1022,7 @@
"og bruka dei til å definera lokal tid, vel du <b>Innkommende kringkasting<b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
@@ -1104,43 +1034,38 @@
"velja han frå ei liste over kjende NTP-servera.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
-"Network</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"Network</b></big><br>\n"
"To find NTP servers in the local network using the\n"
"Service Location Protocol (SLP), click <b>Lookup</b>.\n"
"Then select a server from the list of found servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Søkja etter servera i lokalnettverket\n"
-"</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"</big></b><br>\n"
"For å finne NTP-servera i lokalnettverket ved hjelp av\n"
"SLP (Service Location Protocol) klikkar du <b>Søk</b>.\n"
"Vel deretter ein servar i lista over servera som vart funnen.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Velja ein offentleg NTP-servar</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Velja ein offentleg NTP-servar</b></big><br>\n"
"Vel NTP-serveren som skal brukast, i lista over<b>offentlege NTP-servera</b> list. For å vise\n"
"NTP-servera berre for eit spesielt land, vel dette under <b>Land</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
"for a particular country or region.\n"
"Before using any NTP server from the list, ask your system administrator\n"
@@ -1149,8 +1074,7 @@
"You may also see <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n"
"to find an NTP server near you.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Merk</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Merk</b></big><br>\n"
"NTP-serverne på lista er kanskje ikkje tilgjengelege frå alle land, men berre\n"
"for eit spesielt land eller område.\n"
"Før du brukar NTP-serverne på lista, bør du spørja systemadministratoren\n"
@@ -1160,61 +1084,52 @@
"for å finne ein NTP-servar i nærleiken.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Testa servertilgjengelighet:</big></b><br>\n"
"Klikk på <b>Test</b> for å kontrollera om serveren svarar som han skal.</p>"
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n"
"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n"
-"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>"
-"\n"
+"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Bruk tilfeldige servera</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Bruk tilfeldige servera</b></big><br>\n"
"Denne tenesta vert tilboden av pool.ntp.org. Viss du kryssar av her,\n"
"vert tre ulike servera lagt til i konfigurasjonen. Servernavnene er\n"
"permanente, men DNS-oppføringene (IP) endrast kvar time. Dette tyder at\n"
-"NTP-klienten verta med synkronisert ulike servera kvar time.</p>"
-"\n"
+"NTP-klienten verta med synkronisert ulike servera kvar time.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n"
"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Kalibrering av klokkedriver</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Kalibrering av klokkedriver</b></big><br>\n"
"Klokkedriveren må kanskje kalibrerast. I denne dialogen kan ulike alternativ\n"
"for kalibrering definerast. Resultatet av bestemde alternativ avheng av\n"
"drivaren. Nokre drivarar nyttar ikkje alle alternativa.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
-"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"For å få informasjon om vala kan du installera pakka\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> og lesa\n"
@@ -1231,19 +1146,19 @@
"Alle endringar vil gå tapt."
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr "Start NTP-nissen på nytt"
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start NTP-nissen på nytt"
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
@@ -1259,7 +1174,7 @@
"nissen vil kanskje ikkje fungera riktig."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
@@ -1269,7 +1184,7 @@
"eit fullstendig vertsmaskinnavn, ein IPv4-adresse eller ein IPv6-adresse."
#. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
@@ -1283,50 +1198,50 @@
"Vil du verkeleg erstatta gjeldande NTP-servar?"
#. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the Device"
msgstr "Vel eining"
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
#, fuzzy
msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
msgstr "Offentlege NTP-&servera"
#. message report (no server selected)
#. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select an NTP server."
msgstr "Vel ein NTP-servar."
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
#, fuzzy
msgid "All Countries"
msgstr "Alle land"
#. combo box header
#. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Country"
msgstr "&Land"
#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
msgstr "Søkar etter NTP-servera i lokalnettverket …"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
@@ -1338,115 +1253,115 @@
"og kanskje blokkerer nettverkssøk."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
#, fuzzy
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
msgstr "Ingen NTP-servar vart funne på nettverket."
#. combo box label
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Address"
msgstr "Adresse"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "No server is selected."
msgstr "Ingen servar er valde."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&ddress"
msgstr "A&dressa"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
msgstr "A&vansert konfigurasjon"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
msgstr "&Kalibrering av driver"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
msgstr "Synkroniserings&intervall i minutt"
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
msgstr "Start NTP-nisse"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only &Manually"
msgstr "Berre &manuelt"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
msgstr "&Synkroniser utan nisse"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Now and on &Boot"
msgstr "No og under o&ppstart"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
msgstr "Køyr NTP-nisse i chroot-&varetekt"
#. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
msgstr "Beg&reins NTP-tenesta til konfigurerte servera"
#. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "Manuelt"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
#, fuzzy
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "Auto"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Egendefinert"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
msgstr "Reglene til&oppsett for kjøremiljø"
#. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Custom Policy"
msgstr "&Egendefinerte regler"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
msgstr "Br&uk vilkårlige servera frå pool.ntp.org"
@@ -1454,15 +1369,15 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Select..."
msgstr "&Vel …"
@@ -1470,111 +1385,111 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Test"
msgstr "&Test"
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronization Type"
msgstr "Synkroniseringstype"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display &Log..."
msgstr "Vis &logg …"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clock &Type"
msgstr "Klokke&type"
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unit &Number"
msgstr "Nummeret til&eining"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create &Symlink"
msgstr "Opprett &symlink"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Eining"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
#, fuzzy
msgid "Access Control Options"
msgstr "Val for tilgangskontroll"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Server"
msgstr "&Servar"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Peer"
msgstr "&Direkteforbindelse"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Radio Clock"
msgstr "&Radioklokke"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr "&Utgående kringkasting"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr "&Innkommende kringkasting"
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loc&al Network"
msgstr "Lok&alnettverk"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Public NTP Server"
msgstr "&Offentleg NTP-servar"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP Server Location"
msgstr "NTP-serverens plassering"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Lookup"
msgstr "&Søk"
@@ -1591,172 +1506,105 @@
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Initialiserer …"
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av NTP-klient"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr "Les nettverkskonfigurasjon"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr "Les NTP-innstillingar"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr "Lesar nettverkskonfigurasjon …"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr "Lesar NTP-innstillingar …"
-
-#. progress step
#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr "Lagre NTP-innstillingar"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr "Start NTP-nissen på nytt"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr "Startar NTP-nissen på nytt …"
-
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr "Kan ikkje oppdatera dynamisk oppsett."
-
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr "Kan ikkje starta NTP-nissen på nytt."
-
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
#, fuzzy
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "NTP-nissen vert aktivert når systemet startar opp."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
#, fuzzy
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "NTP-nissen startar ikkje automatisk."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "Servera: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
#, fuzzy
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "Radioklokker: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
#, fuzzy
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "Direkteforbindelser: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
#, fuzzy
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "Kringkast tidsinformasjon til: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
#, fuzzy
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "Godta kringkasta tidsinformasjon frå: %1"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "Kombiner statisk oppsett og DHCP-oppsett."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Berre statisk oppsett."
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "Egendefinert oppsett."
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer NTP-servar …"
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "Serveren er tilgjengeleg og svarar som han skal."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "Serveren er ikkje tilgjengeleg eller svarar ikkje som han skal."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
@@ -1765,6 +1613,85 @@
"Kan ikkje søkja etter NTP-servar på lokalnettet\n"
"utan å ha installert %1-pakka."
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av NTP-klient"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr "Les nettverkskonfigurasjon"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr "Les NTP-innstillingar"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr "Lesar nettverkskonfigurasjon …"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr "Lesar NTP-innstillingar …"
+
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr "Lagre NTP-innstillingar"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr "Start NTP-nissen på nytt"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr "Startar NTP-nissen på nytt …"
+
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr "Kan ikkje oppdatera dynamisk oppsett."
+
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr "Kan ikkje starta NTP-nissen på nytt."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Brannmurinnstillinger"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables."
#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra sysconfig-variablar."
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:19+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n"
"<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n"
-"the current configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the current configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan fjerne oppføringer ved å velja dei\n"
"i tabellen og klikka <b>Slette</b>-knappen.\n"
@@ -200,13 +199,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n"
"to create a repository that can be used to install\n"
-"other systems.</p>"
-"\n"
+"other systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Installasjon sin-Cdane vil kopierast til systemet\n"
"for å oppretta ein pakkebrønn som kan brukast til å installera\n"
-"andre system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"andre system.</p>\n"
#. label for showing repositories
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57
@@ -322,12 +319,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n"
-"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vent medan pakkehandsamaren initialiseres\n"
-"og lista over servera lastast ned frå nettet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og lista over servera lastast ned frå nettet.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717
@@ -384,26 +379,18 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Linked from:</b> %2<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Summary:</b> %3<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Description:</b> %4<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n"
+"<b>Linked from:</b> %2<br>\n"
+"<b>Summary:</b> %3<br>\n"
+"<b>Description:</b> %4<br>\n"
"%5\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Nettadresse:</b> %1<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Lenkja frå:</b> %2<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Sammendrag:</b> %3<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Skildring:</b> %4<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Nettadresse:</b> %1<br>\n"
+"<b>Lenkja frå:</b> %2<br>\n"
+"<b>Sammendrag:</b> %3<br>\n"
+"<b>Skildring:</b> %4<br>\n"
"%5\n"
"</p>"
@@ -437,34 +424,26 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>List of default online repositories.\n"
-"Click on a repository for details.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Click on a repository for details.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert viste standardpakkebrønnene som er lasta ned frå Internett.\n"
-"Klikk på ein pakkebrønn for å vise meir informasjon.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Klikk på ein pakkebrønn for å vise meir informasjon.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vil bruka éin eller fleire online-pakkebrønner,\n"
-"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Neste</b></p>"
-"\n"
+"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Neste</b></p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vil bruka éin eller fleire online-pakkebrønner,\n"
-"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Fullfør</b></p>"
-"\n"
+"vel dei du vil ha, og klikk <b>Fullfør</b></p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
@@ -481,7 +460,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vent medan pakkebrønnhandsamaren lastar ned pakkebrønninformasjon…</p>"
@@ -606,7 +585,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer …"
@@ -635,12 +614,6 @@
msgid "&Media"
msgstr "&Medium"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for pakkehandsamar …"
-
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
#, fuzzy
@@ -682,7 +655,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "Nettadresse: %1"
@@ -862,8 +835,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du administrera valde pakkebrønner og tenester.</p>"
@@ -877,16 +849,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n"
"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Leggja til ny pakkebrønn.</P> eller ny teneste </b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Leggja til ny pakkebrønn.</P> eller ny teneste </b><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny pakkebrønn, klikk <b>Legg til</b> og angje ein pakkebrønn eller ei teneste.\n"
"YaST oppdagar automatisk om det finst ei teneste eller ein pakkebrønn på den angjevne staden.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -898,14 +867,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
"have the CD set or the DVD available.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å installera pakker frå <b>CD</b>\n"
"må du ha settet med CD-er eller DVD-ein tilgjengeleg.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
@@ -918,8 +885,7 @@
"CD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
"Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n"
"into one directory.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"CD-eine kan kopierast til <b>harddisken</b>\n"
@@ -928,29 +894,24 @@
"CD er lagra, til dømes /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
"Berre grunnstien vert kravd viss alle Cdane er kopierte\n"
"til same katalog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n"
"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Endre status for ein pakkebrønn eller ei tenesta</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Endre status for ein pakkebrønn eller ei tenesta</b><br>\n"
"For å endra plasseringa til ein pakkebrønn, klikk <b>Rediger</b>. For å fjerne ein pakkebrønn, klikk\n"
"<b>Slett</b>. For å aktivare eller deaktivere pakkebrønnen eller velja om han skal\n"
"oppdaterast ved initialisering, vel pakkebrønnen i tabellen og bruk avkryssingsboksene nedanfor.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
@@ -994,7 +955,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details:"
@@ -1003,7 +964,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Try again?"
@@ -1112,12 +1073,8 @@
#. Error popup
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Feil under gjenoppretting av pakkebrønnoppsett.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Feil under gjenoppretting av pakkebrønnoppsett.</p>\n"
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
@@ -1574,8 +1531,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Manage known GPG public keys.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Manage known GPG public keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du administrera kjende offentlege GPG-nøklar.</p>"
@@ -1584,15 +1540,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n"
"To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny GPG-nøkkel, klikk <b>Legg til</b> og angje stigen til nøkkelfilen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1618,14 +1571,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n"
"To add a new GPG key, use <b>Add</b> and specify the path to the key file.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>\n"
"For å leggja til ein ny GPG-nøkkel, klikk <b>Legg til</b> og angje stigen til nøkkelfilen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1637,15 +1588,13 @@
"<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\n"
"To modify the trusted flag, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a GPG key, use\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Endre status for GPG-nøkkel</b>\n"
"Bruk <b>Rediger</b> for å endra pålitelighetsstatus. Bruk\n"
"<b>Slett</b> for å slette ein GPG-nøkkel.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. table header
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
@@ -1664,50 +1613,50 @@
"'%2'?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "Legger til ny pakkebrønn"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "Kontrollar pakkebrønntype"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønn"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "Lesar pakkebrønnlisens"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "Kontrollerer pakkebrønntype"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "Legger til pakkebrønn"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "Lesar pakkebrønnlisens"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Pakkebrønn"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@@ -1725,8 +1674,8 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1736,7 +1685,7 @@
"frå adressa '%1'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
@@ -1746,13 +1695,13 @@
"Vel ein annan protokoll eller pakk ut ISO-diskbildet på serveren."
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "Vil du endra adressa og freista igjen?"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
@@ -1761,6 +1710,12 @@
"For å søkja etter SLP-pakkebrønner\n"
"må pakka %1 installerast"
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for pakkehandsamar …"
+
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
#.
@@ -1768,52 +1723,67 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under klargjøring av installasjonssystemet."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Kontrollfilen %1 vart ikkje funnen på mediet."
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
msgstr ""
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Vent …"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Kan ikkje bruka tilleggsprodukter."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, adresse: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "Adresse: %1, Stig: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
@@ -1822,43 +1792,35 @@
"Installasjsonspakkebrønnen inneheld òg dei angjevne tilleggspakkebrønnene.\n"
"Vel dei du vil bruka."
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter som kan veljast"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Legg til valde &produkt"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Sett inn CD-ein med tilleggsproduktet"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Sett inn første installasjonsmedium."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Kan ikkje leggja til produktet %1."
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
-
#. update the trusted flag
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
#, fuzzy
@@ -1888,31 +1850,31 @@
msgstr "Kan ikkje kopiera nøkkelen til mellombels katalog."
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
msgstr "&Vis liste over pakker som ikkje vart installert"
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Show Full Log"
msgstr "&Vis fullt logg"
#. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
msgstr "Installasjon av nokre pakker mislukkast"
#. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation aborted by user."
msgstr "Installasjon avbrote av brukar."
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr "Medium %1"
@@ -1921,14 +1883,14 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ">%1"
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Fullført."
@@ -1937,7 +1899,7 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr "Neste: %1 -- %2"
@@ -1945,7 +1907,7 @@
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
#, fuzzy
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr "Neste: %1"
@@ -1953,7 +1915,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Totalt"
@@ -1963,47 +1925,47 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "Laster ned %1 (nedlastingsstørrelse %2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr " (Gjenstår: %1%2 pakkar)"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Laster ned pakker …"
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr " (%1 av %2 pakker lasta ned)"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "Slettar %1"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "Installerer %1 (installert storleik %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM: %1"
@@ -2147,43 +2109,34 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
msgid ""
-"<ul>"
-"<li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>"
-"\n"
-"<ul>"
-"<li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
-"installation media</li>"
-"<li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
-"in the registration step</li>"
-"<li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
-"</li>"
-"</ul>"
-"</li>"
-"</ul>"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Ingen pakkebrønner funnet på '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
-"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>"
-"\n"
+"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Disse versjonsmerknadene er laga for den opphavlege versjonen og følgjer med\n"
"på installasjonsmediene. Viss du har tilgjenge til Internett under installasjonen,\n"
@@ -2191,36 +2144,36 @@
"frå SUSA Linux-webserveren.</b></p>"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
#, fuzzy
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Integrerer medium …"
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Kunne ikkje integrera pakkebrønnen med oppdateringspakker."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Initialiserer pakkebrønner …"
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "Sett inn %1 CD 1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 ikkje funnet"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
@@ -2230,7 +2183,7 @@
"Du finn meir informasjon i loggfilen %1."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
@@ -2240,13 +2193,13 @@
"
Programvareforslaget vil handsamast på nytt."
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
#, fuzzy
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Vurderer pakkeutvalg …"
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2255,71 +2208,77 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa lisensfilen %1"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr "For å vise produktlisensen riktig må du plassera fila license.tek.gz i rotkatalogen på live-mediet når du byggjer diskbildet."
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Språk"
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "&Ja, eg godkjenner lisensavtalen"
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
+msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
msgstr ""
"Viss du vil skriva ut lisensavtalen, finn du han\n"
"i fila fila %1 på det første mediet"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
-"the configuration will be aborted.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Les lisensavtalen grundig, og vel\n"
"eitt av alternativa. Viss du ikkje godkjenner lisensavtalen,\n"
-"vil konfigurasjonen avbrytast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vil konfigurasjonen avbrytast.</p>\n"
#. dialog title
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
#, fuzzy
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Lisensavtale"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta installasjonen av tilleggsproduktet?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
@@ -2329,7 +2288,7 @@
"Ynskjer du å avbryta?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
@@ -2339,19 +2298,20 @@
"av tilleggsprodukt. Ynskjer du å avbryta?"
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "Systemet vert avslutta …"
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr "Lisensavtale"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
@@ -2473,7 +2433,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr "&SMB/CIFS"
@@ -2527,7 +2487,7 @@
msgstr "Last ne&d beskrivelsesfiler for pakkebrønnen"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
@@ -2537,65 +2497,63 @@
"av mediet, vel <b>ISO-bilete</b>.</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
-"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>"
-"\n"
+"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje plasseringa til det første mediet\n"
-"viss pakkebrønnen er fordelt på fleire medium.</p>"
-"\n"
+"viss pakkebrønnen er fordelt på fleire medium.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "&Servernavn"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "&Stig til katalog eller ISO-bilete"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "&ISO-bilete"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
#, fuzzy
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "N&FS v4-protokoll"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Pakkebrønnadresse"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "P&rotokoll"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "P&akkebrønnadresse"
@@ -2603,45 +2561,45 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "Pakkebrønnadresse"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-servar"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "CD- eller DVD-medium"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Harddisk"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr "USB-pinne eller disk"
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Lokal katalog"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Lokalt ISO-bilete"
@@ -2651,153 +2609,136 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Servar og katalog"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Eit pakkebrønnnavn må angjevast."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Pakkeb&rønnavn"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
+"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Nytte <b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b> for å angje pakkebrønnens namn. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka produktnavnet (viss det er tilgjengeleg) eller nettadressen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b></big><br>\n"
+"Nytte <b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b> for å angje pakkebrønnens namn. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka produktnavnet (viss det er tilgjengeleg) eller nettadressen.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Namn på tena&ste"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
+"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Namn på teneste</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Bruk <b>Namn på teneste</b> for å angje tjenestenavnet. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka ein del av tenesta si nettadresse.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Namn på teneste</b></big><br>\n"
+"Bruk <b>Namn på teneste</b> for å angje tjenestenavnet. Viss feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruka ein del av tenesta si nettadresse.</p>\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "Du må angje ein nettadresse."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&Nettadresse"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnadresse</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
-"Nytte <b>Nettadresse</b> for å angje adressa til pakkebrønnen."
-"<p>"
+"<p><big><b>Pakkebrønnadresse</b></big><br>\n"
+"Nytte <b>Nettadresse</b> for å angje adressa til pakkebrønnen.<p>"
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "Rediger deler av adressa"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "Rediger heile adressa"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>NFS-servar</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>NFS-servar</b></big><br>\n"
"Nytte <b>Servernavn</b> og <b>Stig til katalog eller ISO-bilete</b>\n"
-"for å angje NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stigen på serveren."
-"<p>"
+"for å angje NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stigen på serveren.<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
#, fuzzy
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>CD- eller DVD-medium</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>CD- eller DVD-medium</b></big><br>\n"
"Vel <b>CD-ROM</b> eller <b>DVD-ROM</b> for å angje medietypen.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO-bildefil"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2807,7 +2748,7 @@
"eller katalogen finst ikkje.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2817,7 +2758,7 @@
"eller fila finst ikkje.\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
@@ -2829,68 +2770,62 @@
"Vil du bruka han likevel?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "&Stig til katalog"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "&Ren RPM-katalog"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
"directory. If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n"
"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n"
-"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Lokal katalog</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Lokal katalog</b></big><br>\n"
"Bruk <b>Stig til katalog</b> for å angje stigen til katalogen.\n"
"Om katalogen inneheld berre RPM-pakker utan noka form\n"
"for metadata (f.eks ikkje noko produktinformasjon) må\n"
"<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b> veljast.</p>"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
#, fuzzy
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "&USB masselagringsenhet"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "&Filsystem"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "&Katalog"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\n"
"If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n"
"If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n"
"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n"
-"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>USB-pinne eller disk</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>USB-pinne eller disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Vel USB-eininga som inneheld pakkebrønnen.\n"
"Bruk <b>Stig til katalog</b> for å angje stigen til katalogen.\n"
"Viss ikkje stigen er angjeven, vil systemet bruk disken sin rotkatalog.\n"
@@ -2900,39 +2835,35 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
-"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>"
-"\n"
+"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Filsystemet som vert nytta på eininga, vil verta finnast automatisk\n"
"viss 'auto' er vald for filsystem. Viss filsystemet ikkje vert funnet\n"
"eller viss du vil bruka eit spesielt filsystem, vel du dette frå lista.</p>"
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Diskenhet"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\n"
"If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n"
"If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n"
"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n"
-"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Vel disken som inneheld pakkebrønnen.\n"
"Bruk <b>Stig til katalog</b> for å angje stigen til katalogen.\n"
"Viss stigen ikkje er angjeven, vil systemet bruka disken sin rotkatalog.\n"
@@ -2941,169 +2872,162 @@
"<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b>.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Stig til ISO-bilete"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
"ISO image file.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Lokalt ISO-bilete</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Lokalt ISO-bilete</b></big><br>\n"
"Bruk <b>Stig til ISO-bilete</b> for å angje stigen til\n"
"fila som inneheld ISO-biletet av installasjonsmediet.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Servar&namn"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Delt ressurs"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "&ISO-bilete"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Katalog på servar"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "Au&tentisering"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anonym"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "&Arbeidsgruppe eller domane"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Brukernavn"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passord"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
#, fuzzy
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
#, fuzzy
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
#, fuzzy
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.\n"
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
-"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
-"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Servar og katalog</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Servar og katalog</b></big><br>\n"
"Nytte <b>Servernavn</b> og <b>Stig til katalog eller ISO-bilete</b>\n"
"for å angje NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stigen på serveren.\n"
"For å aktivare autentisering, fjern avkryssingen for <b>Anonym sitt</b>, og angje\n"
-"<b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b>."
+"<b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b>.<p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
"For SMB/CIFS-pakkebrønner, angje namn på <b>Delt ressurs</b> og <b>Sti til katalog\n"
"eller ISO-diskbilde</b>. \n"
"Viss plasseringa er ei fil med eit ISO-diskbilde\n"
-"av mediet, vel <b>ISO-diskbilde</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"av mediet, vel <b>ISO-diskbilde</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
-"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ein <b>Port</b>-nummer kan angjevast for ein HTTP/HTTPS-pakkebrønn.\n"
-"La feltet vera blankt for å bruka standardporten.</p>"
-"\n"
+"La feltet vera blankt for å bruka standardporten.</p>\n"
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "Kontrollerer nettverksoppsett …"
+
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
"or on the hard disk.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Medietype</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Medietype</b></big><br>\n"
"Pakkebrønnen kan vera på ein CD, på ein nettverksserver\n"
"eller på harddisken.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3115,90 +3039,82 @@
"må du ha ein CD eller DVD med produktet tilgjengeleg.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
"Enter the path to the first CD, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
"Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n"
-"into the same directory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"into the same directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Produkt-CD-er kan kopierast til harddisken.\n"
"Angje kor første\n"
"CD er lagra, til dømes /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
"Berre grunnstien vert kravd viss alle CD-eine er kopiert\n"
-"til same katalog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"til same katalog.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
"Specify the directory in which the packages from\n"
-"the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ein nettverksinstallasjon krev ein fungerande nettverksforbindelse.\n"
"Angje katalogen der pakkene frå\n"
-"første CD er plasserte, til dømes /data1/CD1.</p>"
-"\n"
+"første CD er plasserte, til dømes /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Vel medietype."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Sett inn CD-ein med tilleggsproduktet"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Sett inn DVD-ein med tilleggsproduktet"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Ingen USB-disk vart funnen."
#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
-"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>"
-"\n"
+"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>La ned filer</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>La ned filer</b><br>\n"
"Kvar pakkebrønn har filer som skildrar inneholdet i pakkebrønnen.\n"
"Kryss av for <b>Last ned beskrivelsesfiler for pakkebrønnen</b> for å lasta dei ned\n"
"når du lukkar denne Yast-modulen. Viss du ikkje kryssar av her, vil Yast\n"
-"automatisk lasta ned filene når det er behov for dei seinare. </p>"
-"\n"
+"automatisk lasta ned filene når det er behov for dei seinare. </p>\n"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Medietype"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter"
@@ -3206,7 +3122,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3432,13 +3348,13 @@
msgstr "Ingen SLP-pakkebrønner vart funne på nettverket."
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
#, fuzzy
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr "Partisjonen \"%1\" treng %2 meir plass på disken."
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
@@ -3448,7 +3364,7 @@
"eller mellombels filer før du oppgraderer systemet."
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "Fjern nokon pakkar frå utvalet."
@@ -3472,12 +3388,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>All registered repositories are shown here.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Alle registrerte pakkebrønner verta her viste.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "All changes will be lost. Really exit?"
@@ -3508,10 +3422,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Initialiser pakkehandsamaren"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
-#~ msgstr "Kontrollerer nettverksoppsett …"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... "
#~ msgstr "Initialiserer pakkehandsamaren …"
@@ -3561,30 +3471,23 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Pakkesøk</b></big><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Pakkesøk</b></big><br>\n"
#~ "Med denne YaST-modulen kan du bruka funksjonen <i>Webpin-pakkesøk</i>.\n"
#~ "Han søkjer i alle kjende pakkebrønner som er oppretta av openSUSE build-service og openSUSE-fellesskapet.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br>"
-#~ " The software found is often not part of the\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of the\n"
#~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n"
-#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Tryggleik</b></big><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Tryggleik</b></big><br>\n"
#~ "Programvara som vert funnen, er ofte ikkje ein del av sjølve distribusjonen, og det er opp\n"
#~ "opp til deg om du vil stola på dei. Vi tek ikkje ansvaret viss du installerer denne typen\n"
-#~ "programvare.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "programvare.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Select packages to install."
@@ -3600,23 +3503,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p><b>No packages matching entered criteria were found.</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Ingen pakkar som samsvarer med kriteria, vart funne</b>"
-#~ "<p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Ingen pakkar som samsvarer med kriteria, vart funne</b><p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n"
#~ "To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n"
#~ "Check the <B>Trusted</B> check box if the key is trusted.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b>Leggja til ny GPG-nøkkel</b><br>\n"
#~ "Legg til ein ny GPG-nøkkel ved å angje stigen til nøkkelfilen.\n"
#~ "Kryss av for <B>Påliteleg</B> viss du stolar på nøkkelen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-29 17:42+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Oppdaterer pakkebrønn</B></BIG></P><P>Pakkehandsamaren oppdaterer innhaldet i pakkebrønnen …</P>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "Kan ikkje velja pakken for installering."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "Pakken er ikkje tilgjengeleg."
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-13 20:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -236,8 +236,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
#, fuzzy
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Skildring"
@@ -487,8 +487,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Ikkje noko er valt"
@@ -1763,16 +1763,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Initialiserer skriveroppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Initialiserer skriveroppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/1:
@@ -1780,16 +1776,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Fullfører skriveroppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Fullfører skriveroppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 1/7:
@@ -1797,29 +1789,22 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n"
+"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n"
-"device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"device.<br>\n"
"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n"
"device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n"
"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Oversyn over utskriftskø</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Oversyn over utskriftskø</big></b><br>\n"
+"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>\n"
"Når fleire program sender utskriftsjobber samstundes,\n"
-"vert jobbane plassert i kø og seint til skrivaren i rekkjefølgd.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert jobbane plassert i kø og seint til skrivaren i rekkjefølgd.<br>\n"
"Det kan vera fleire ulike utskriftskøer for kvar skriv,\n"
"til dømes ein ekstra kø med ein svart-kvitt-driv for ein fargeskriver\n"
"eller ein PostScript-kø og ein kø med ein PCL-driv for ein PostScript+PCL-skriv.\n"
@@ -1830,30 +1815,23 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n"
"Remote queues exist on other hosts in the network,\n"
-"therefore they cannot be changed on this host.<br>"
-"\n"
+"therefore they cannot be changed on this host.<br>\n"
"The remote queues listed here are known on this host.\n"
"Usually they can be used directly by applications\n"
"so there is no need to set up a local queue for a printer\n"
-"that is already available via a remote queue.<br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"that is already available via a remote queue.<br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Bruka eksterne køar:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Bruka eksterne køar:</big></b><br>\n"
"Eksterne køar er på andre vertsmaskiner på nettverket\n"
-"og kan difor ikkje endrast frå denne maskina.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og kan difor ikkje endrast frå denne maskina.<br>\n"
"Dei eksterne køane som er angjevne her, er registrerte av denne vertsmaskinen,\n"
"og kan difor brukast direkte av programma.\n"
"Det er difor ikkje naudsynt å setja opp ein lokal skrivar\n"
-"som allereie er tilgjengeleg via ein ekstern kø.<br>"
-"\n"
+"som allereie er tilgjengeleg via ein ekstern kø.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 3/7:
@@ -1861,14 +1839,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to set up a new queue for a printer device.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Sett opp ein skriv:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Sett opp ein skriv:</big></b><br>\n"
"Klikk på <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein ny kø for ein skriv.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1877,14 +1853,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n"
"Select a local queue and press <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Endre innstillingane for ein kø</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Endre innstillingane for ein kø</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein lokal kø og klikk <b>Sett opp</b>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1893,14 +1867,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n"
"Select a local queue and press <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Slette ein kø:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Slette ein kø:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel ein lokal kø og klikk <b>Slett</b>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1909,14 +1881,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the queue and press <b>Print Test Page</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>'Skriv ut ein testside:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>'Skriv ut ein testside:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel køen og klikk <b>Skriv ut testside</b>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1925,20 +1895,17 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n"
"After changes to the network printing settings,\n"
"the available remote queues may have changed.\n"
"Usually it takes some time (up to several minutes)\n"
"until such changes become known to the local host.\n"
"Press <b>Refresh List</b> after some time to get an \n"
"up-to-date list of available remote queues.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Oppdater lista over køar:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Oppdater lista over køar:</big></b><br>\n"
"Spesielt etter endringar i samband med utskrift via nettverket,\n"
"kan tilgjengelege eksterne køar endrast.\n"
"Det tek ofte litt tid (inntil nokre minutt)\n"
@@ -1953,18 +1920,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"AutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n"
+"AutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n"
"There is no AutoYaST support to set up local print queues.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>AutoYaST-oversyn over utskriftskøer</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"AutoYaST støttar berre innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>AutoYaST-oversyn over utskriftskøer</big></b><br>\n"
+"AutoYaST støttar berre innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>\n"
"AutoYaST støttar ikkje oppsett av lokale utskriftskøer.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1973,13 +1936,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n"
+"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n"
"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n"
"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n"
"should be used for the same printer device.\n"
@@ -1990,13 +1950,10 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Sett opp ny kø for ein skriverenhet</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Sett opp ny kø for ein skriverenhet</big></b><br>\n"
+"Ein skriverenhet vert brukt ikkje direkte, men via ein utskriftskø.<br>\n"
"Når fleire program sender utskriftsjobber samstundes,\n"
-"vert jobbane plassert i kø og sendt til skriverenheten i rekkjefølgd.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert jobbane plassert i kø og sendt til skriverenheten i rekkjefølgd.<br>\n"
"Same skriverenhet kan ha fleire utskriftskøer.\n"
"Det kan vera behov for fleire utskriftskøer dersom fleire skriverdrivere\n"
"skal nyttast for same skriv,\n"
@@ -2011,22 +1968,16 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To set up a new queue:<br>"
-"\n"
-"Select the connection of the matching printer device,<br>"
-"\n"
-"find and assign a suitable printer driver, and<br>"
-"\n"
+"To set up a new queue:<br>\n"
+"Select the connection of the matching printer device,<br>\n"
+"find and assign a suitable printer driver, and<br>\n"
"set a unique queue name.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Setja opp ein ny kø:<br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel tilkoblingen for den samsvarande skrivaren,<br>"
-"\n"
-"finn og aktiver ein eigna drivar og<br>"
-"\n"
+"Setja opp ein ny kø:<br>\n"
+"Vel tilkoblingen for den samsvarande skrivaren,<br>\n"
+"finn og aktiver ein eigna drivar og<br>\n"
"angje eit unikt kønavn.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2035,32 +1986,25 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
-"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>"
-"\n"
+"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
-"it is shown for each connection type.<br>"
-"\n"
+"it is shown for each connection type.<br>\n"
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert sendt til skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert sendt til skrivaren.<br>\n"
"Viss feil tilkobling er vald, kan ingen data sendast til eininga,\n"
-"og utskrift vil ikkje vera mogleg.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og utskrift vil ikkje vera mogleg.<br>\n"
"Viss ein skrivar er tilgjengeleg via meir enn éin tilkoblingstype,\n"
-"vil den visast under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vil den visast under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>\n"
"Særleg HP-einingar er ofte tilgjengelege både vigde tilkoblingene 'usb:/…'\n"
"'hp:/…'.\n"
"Den siste typen finst i HP-driverpakken 'hplip'.\n"
@@ -2075,23 +2019,19 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
-"specific printer model.<br>"
-"\n"
+"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n"
"and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n"
-"are shown by default.<br>"
-"\n"
+"are shown by default.<br>\n"
"If driver descriptions match to the autodetected model name\n"
"and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n"
"the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n"
"should be listed topmost and this one is automatically preselected.\n"
"If no driver is automatically preselected, you must manually\n"
-"find and select an appropriate driver.<br>"
-"\n"
+"find and select an appropriate driver.<br>\n"
"On the other hand if a driver was automatically preselected,\n"
"it does not necessarily mean that this driver is\n"
"a reasonable driver for your particular needs.\n"
@@ -2101,19 +2041,16 @@
"can only work based upon comparison of strings\n"
"(the autodetected model name and the driver descriptions)\n"
"so that the result can be only a best-guess proposal\n"
-"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>"
-"\n"
+"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>\n"
"Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense\n"
"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
-"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n"
"If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n"
"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n"
"Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n"
-"and search through all available driver descriptions.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and search through all available driver descriptions.<br>\n"
"Usually the default driver option settings should be reasonable\n"
"so that the driver works for your particular printer model.\n"
"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n"
@@ -2130,23 +2067,19 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ein <b>drivar</b> sørgar for at ein spesifikk skrivermodell\n"
-"vert med forsynt riktige data.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert med forsynt riktige data.<br>\n"
"Viss feil driv tilordnes, vert feil data sendt til skrivaren,\n"
-"noko som resulterer i utskrifter av dårleg kvalitet, kaotiske utskrifter eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>"
-"\n"
+"noko som resulterer i utskrifter av dårleg kvalitet, kaotiske utskrifter eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>\n"
"Redigeringsfeltet for driversøkestrengen vert automatisk utfylt\n"
"med modellnavnet på den tilkoblede og valde skrivaren\n"
"og drivarane med driverbeskrivelser som svarar til modellnavnet,\n"
-"vert viste som standard.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert viste som standard.<br>\n"
"Viss driverbeskrivelsene tilsvarer modellnavnet som vart funne automatisk\n"
"og viss det ser ut til at alle samsvarande driverbeskrivelser tilhøyrer same modell,\n"
"vert driverbeskrivelsene sortert slik at den meste fornuftige drivaren\n"
"som oftast er oppførd først og er forhåndsvalgt.\n"
"Viss ingen drivar er automatisk forhåndsvalgt, må du\n"
-"finna og velja ein eigna drivar manuelt.<br>"
-"\n"
+"finna og velja ein eigna drivar manuelt.<br>\n"
"On the other hand if a driv was automatically preselected,\n"
"it does nót necessarily mean that this driv is\n"
"a reasonable driv for your particular needs.\n"
@@ -2156,19 +2089,16 @@
"can only work based upon comparison of strings\n"
"(the autodetected model name and the driv descriptions)\n"
"so that the result can be only a best-guess proposal\n"
-"how to set up your particular printar model.<br>"
-"\n"
+"how to set up your particular printar model.<br>\n"
"Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense\n"
"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
-"to what you know what works best for your printar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to what you know what works best for your printar.<br>\n"
"If no driv description matchast to the autodetected model name,\n"
"it does nót necessarily mean that there is no driv available for the model.\n"
"Often only the model name in the driv descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driv search string\n"
-"and search through all available drivar descriptions.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and search through all available drivar descriptions.<br>\n"
"Usually the default driv option settings should be reasonable\n"
"so that the drivar works for your particular printar model.\n"
"Some driv option settings musa match to your particular printar.\n"
@@ -2189,16 +2119,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n"
-"but its associated <b>queue name</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"but its associated <b>queue name</b>.<br>\n"
"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_'\n"
"are allowed for the queue name and it must start with a letter.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Programma viser ikkje sjølve skriverenheten,\n"
-"men eit <b>kønavn</b> som er tilordnet skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"men eit <b>kønavn</b> som er tilordnet skrivaren.<br>\n"
"Berre bokstavar (A-Z og a-z), tal (0-9 og understrek '_')\n"
"er tillatne i kønavnet, og namnet må byrja med ein bokstav.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2208,36 +2136,30 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n"
"Application programs should use such a system default print queue\n"
"if no other print queue was specified by the user.\n"
"But there is no such thing as the 'one and only' default queue.\n"
"Beside a system default queue any user can maintain his own\n"
"default queue setting and furthermore any application program\n"
"may implement its own particular way of default queue setting\n"
-"(e.g. the application may remember the previously used queue).<br>"
-"\n"
+"(e.g. the application may remember the previously used queue).<br>\n"
"For details see the openSUSE support database\n"
-"article 'Print Settings with CUPS' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"article 'Print Settings with CUPS' at<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ein av utskriftskøene kan <b>veljast som standard</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Ein av utskriftskøene kan <b>veljast som standard</b>.<br>\n"
"Installerte program skal bruka denne systemstandardkøen automatisk\n"
"viss ikkje ein annan køa angjevast av brukaren.\n"
"Men det kan vera meir enn 'ein ein einaste' standardkø.\n"
"I tillegg til systemstandardkøen kan kvar enkelt brukar ha sin eigen\n"
"standardkø, og enkeltprogrammer\n"
"kan òg ha sin eiga innstilling for standardkø\n"
-"(programmet kan t.d. hugsa den køen som vart brukt sist).<br>"
-"\n"
+"(programmet kan t.d. hugsa den køen som vart brukt sist).<br>\n"
"openSUSE support database inneheld meir informasjon i\n"
-"artikklen 'Print Settings with CUP sin' på<br>"
-"\n"
+"artikklen 'Print Settings with CUP sin' på<br>\n"
"http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_settings_with_cUPs\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2246,8 +2168,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n"
"HP's own tool 'hp-setup' provides setup support in particular\n"
"for HP printers and HP all-in-one devices which require\n"
"a proprietary driver plugin to be downloaded from HP and\n"
@@ -2255,17 +2176,14 @@
"Furthermore 'hp-setup' can provide better setup support\n"
"for HP network printers and HP all-in-one network devices\n"
"because HP's own tool can implement special handling\n"
-"for special HP network devices.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for special HP network devices.<br>\n"
"For details see the openSUSE support database\n"
-"article 'How to set-up a HP printer' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"article 'How to set-up a HP printer' at<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ein annan måte å setja opp HP-einingar på er med kommandoen <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Ein annan måte å setja opp HP-einingar på er med kommandoen <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n"
"HPs eige 'hp-setup'-verktøy er spesielt eigna for oppsett\n"
"av HP-skrivarar og HP all-i-eit-einingar som krev\n"
"at eit proprietært driverinnstikk lastast ned frå HP og\n"
@@ -2273,11 +2191,9 @@
"'hp-setup' kan dessutan gje betre støtte\n"
"for HP nettverksskrivere og HP alt-i-eit-nettverksenheter\n"
"fordi HPs eige verktøy kan implementera spesielle funksjonar\n"
-"for einskilde HP-nettverksenheter.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for einskilde HP-nettverksenheter.<br>\n"
"openSUSE support database inneheld meir informasjon i\n"
-"artikkelen 'How to set-up a HP printar' på<br>"
-"\n"
+"artikkelen 'How to set-up a HP printar' på<br>\n"
"http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_seit-up_a_hP_printer\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2286,17 +2202,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"To modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n"
+"To modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Endre ein utskriftskø</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vel berre det du vil endra når du endrar ein utskriftskø.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Endre ein utskriftskø</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vel berre det du vil endra når du endrar ein utskriftskø.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4:
@@ -2304,27 +2216,22 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
-"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>"
-"\n"
+"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
-"it is shown for each connection type.<br>"
-"\n"
+"it is shown for each connection type.<br>\n"
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
-"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>"
-"\n"
+"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n"
"the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the autodetected model name of the new selected connection.\n"
"The drivers for which the driver description matches the model name\n"
-"are shown by default.<br>"
-"\n"
+"are shown by default.<br>\n"
"If driver descriptions match the autodetected model name\n"
"and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n"
"the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n"
@@ -2335,43 +2242,35 @@
"printer model. The automated driver selection\n"
"compares strings (the autodetected model name and the driver \n"
"descriptions) so the result can only be a best-guess proposal\n"
-"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>"
-"\n"
+"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>\n"
"Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense.\n"
"Feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
-"to what you know works best for your printer.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to what you know works best for your printer.<br>\n"
"If no driver description matches the autodetected model name, it does \n"
"not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n"
"Often the model name in the driver descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n"
"and search through all available driver descriptions.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ein <b>tilkobling</b> avgjer korleis data vert send til skriverenheten.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Ein <b>tilkobling</b> avgjer korleis data vert send til skriverenheten.<br>\n"
"Viss feil tilkobling vert vald, kan ingen data sendast til eininga,\n"
-"og ingen utskrifter vil utførast.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og ingen utskrifter vil utførast.<br>\n"
"Viss ein skriverenhet er tilgjengeleg via meir enn éin tilkoblingstype,\n"
-"vert viste han under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert viste han under kvar tilkoblingstype.<br>\n"
"Spesielt HP-einingar er ofte tilgjengelege både vigde 'usb:/…'-\n"
"og 'hp:/…'-tilkoblinger.\n"
"Sistnemnde er tilgjengeleg med HP-driverpakken 'hplip'.\n"
"For enkle utskrifter bør begge typane fungera, men for alt anna\n"
"(t.d. enhetsstatus vigde 'hp-toolbox' eller skanning med ein HP alt-i-ei-eining)\n"
-"må 'hp:/…'-tilkoblingen vert nytta.<br>"
-"\n"
+"må 'hp:/…'-tilkoblingen vert nytta.<br>\n"
"Når du erstattar gjeldande tilkobling med ein annan,\n"
"vert redigeringsfeltet for driversøkestrengen automatisk utfylt\n"
"med namnet på den automatiske registrerte modellen med den nye tilkoblingen, \n"
"og drivarane som samsvarer med han tilkoblede og valde skrivaren,\n"
-"vert vist som standard.<br>"
-"\n"
+"vert vist som standard.<br>\n"
"Viss driverbeskrivelsene samsvarer med den automatiske registrerte modellen\n"
"og det verkar som alle samsvarande driverbeskrivelser tilhøyrer same modell,\n"
"vert sortert driverbeskrivelsene slik at den meste fornuftige drivaren\n"
@@ -2384,12 +2283,10 @@
"berre fungerer ved å samanlikna søkestrenger\n"
"(det automatisk registrerte modellnavnet og driverbeskrivelsene),\n"
"slik at resultatet berre kan vera eit forslag om\n"
-"korleis din skrivermodell kan vert opp sett.<br>"
-"\n"
+"korleis din skrivermodell kan vert opp sett.<br>\n"
"Kontrollar difor om dei forhåndsvalgte verda verkar fornuftige\n"
"og eksperiment gjerne med innstillingane\n"
-"for å finne fram til det som fungerer best med skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for å finne fram til det som fungerer best med skrivaren.<br>\n"
"Viss ingen driverbeskrivelse samsvarer med det automatisk registrerte modellnavnet,\n"
"tyder det ikkje naudsynlegvis at det ikkje finst nokon driv for den aktuelle modellen.\n"
"Det er ofte berre modellnavnet i driverbeskrivelsen\n"
@@ -2404,32 +2301,26 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
-"specific printer model.<br>"
-"\n"
+"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n"
-"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>"
-"\n"
+"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n"
"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n"
"For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n"
-"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>"
-"\n"
+"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n"
"For other driver option settings you can choose what you like.\n"
"For example any choice of the available printing resolutions\n"
"should work for the particular driver.\n"
"Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n"
"with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n"
-"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n"
"you must first apply this change to the print queue\n"
"so that the new driver is used for the queue\n"
"(i.e. you must finish this dialog as a first step)\n"
"and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n"
-"by using this dialog again.<br>"
-"\n"
+"by using this dialog again.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n"
"This results usually only one single driver which matches\n"
@@ -2442,32 +2333,26 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ein <b>drivar</b> sørgar for at riktig informasjon vert produsert for\n"
-"ein spesifikk skrivermodell.<br>"
-"\n"
+"ein spesifikk skrivermodell.<br>\n"
"Viss feil drivar er vald, vil feil informasjon sendast til skrivaren,\n"
-"noko som vil gje eit dårleg utskriftsresultat eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>"
-"\n"
+"noko som vil gje eit dårleg utskriftsresultat eller ingen utskrift i det heile.<br>\n"
"Du kan anten velja ein annan driv og endra driverinnstillingene seinare,\n"
-"eller halda på gjeldande driv og endra driverinnstillingene no.<br>"
-"\n"
+"eller halda på gjeldande driv og endra driverinnstillingene no.<br>\n"
"Nokre driverinnstillinger må samsvara med skrivaren du brukar.\n"
"Standard papirstørrelse for drivaren må til dømes\n"
-"samsvara med papiret som faktisk er lagt inn i skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"samsvara med papiret som faktisk er lagt inn i skrivaren.<br>\n"
"For andre driverinnstillinger, kan du velja kva du foretrekker.\n"
"Du kan til dømes vel kva for ein som helst av\n"
"oppløsningsvalgene som er tilgjengelege for drivaren.\n"
"Det kan likevel henda at utskrift mislukkast viss du vel\n"
"for høg oppløysing, til dømes viss du har ein laserskriver\n"
-"som ikkje har nok minne til å produsera sider med høg oppløysing.<br>"
-"\n"
+"som ikkje har nok minne til å produsera sider med høg oppløysing.<br>\n"
"Når du erstattar gjeldande driv med ein annan,\n"
"må du først aktivera denne endringa for utskriftskøen\n"
"slik at den nye drivaren vert brukt for køen\n"
"(dvs. at du først må fullføra denne dialogen),\n"
"og deretter justera alle drivervalg i neste trinn\n"
-"ved å gå tilbake til denne dialogen.<br>"
-"\n"
+"ved å gå tilbake til denne dialogen.<br>\n"
"Redigeringsfeltet for driversøkestrengen er forhåndsutfylt\n"
"med skildringa for drivaren som vart brukt før tilkoblingen vart endra.\n"
"Dette resulterer normalt i éin enkelt samsvarande drivar,\n"
@@ -2516,30 +2401,23 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Usually it is best to leave the driver defaults because\n"
-"the defaults should be reasonable for most cases.<br>"
-"\n"
+"the defaults should be reasonable for most cases.<br>\n"
"Additionally, the print dialogs in most applications\n"
"show the driver options too so that each user can specify\n"
-"driver options for each individual printout.<br>"
-"\n"
+"driver options for each individual printout.<br>\n"
"The only setting which should be checked in any case is the paper size,\n"
"which must be set to what is actually used by default in the printer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Definera drivervalg</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Definera drivervalg</big></b><br>\n"
"Det er vanlegvis best å bruka standardinnstillingene fordi\n"
-"desse bør fungera bra for vanleg utskrift.<br>"
-"\n"
+"desse bør fungera bra for vanleg utskrift.<br>\n"
"Utskriftsdialogene i dei vanlegaste programmen viser dessutan\n"
"òg drivervalgene, slik at brukaren kan angje\n"
-"drivervalg for kvar enkelt utskrift.<br>"
-"\n"
+"drivervalg for kvar enkelt utskrift.<br>\n"
"Han einaste innstillignen som alltid bør kontrollerast, er papirstørrelsen.\n"
"Han bør alltid samsvara med papirstørrelsen som faktisk vert brukt i skrivaren.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2550,22 +2428,17 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n"
-"consequences.<br>"
-" \n"
+"consequences.<br> \n"
"For example, a high resolution setting may not work for a laser printer\n"
"when its default built-in memory is insufficient to process high resolution\n"
-"pages.<br>"
-" \n"
+"pages.<br> \n"
"Or a high quality setting may print intolerably slow on an inkjet printer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Det er ikkje sikkert at andre val enn standardinnstillingene fungerer, og dei kan gje uventa resultat.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Det er ikkje sikkert at andre val enn standardinnstillingene fungerer, og dei kan gje uventa resultat.<br>\n"
"Det er t.d. ikkje sikkert at høg oppløysing fungerer for ein laserskriver\n"
-"dersom skrivaren sin internminne ikkje er tilstrekkeleg for å produsera sider med høg oppløysing,<br>"
-"\n"
+"dersom skrivaren sin internminne ikkje er tilstrekkeleg for å produsera sider med høg oppløysing,<br>\n"
"eller utskrif av høg kvalitet kan føra til svært treig handsaming i ein blekkskriver.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2575,25 +2448,20 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n"
-"must be adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer.<br>"
-"\n"
+"must be adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer.<br>\n"
"In particular, when the printer has optional units installed like\n"
"a duplex unit or optional paper feeders, the respective driver settings\n"
-"should be checked and adjusted.<br>"
-"\n"
+"should be checked and adjusted.<br>\n"
"For example, a duplex unit option must be set to 'installed' or 'true'\n"
"otherwise the driver may ignore duplex printing option settings.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Men i nokre tilfelle må skriverspesifikke driverinnstillinger\n"
-"brukast for å få fullt utbytta av funksjonane til skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"brukast for å få fullt utbytta av funksjonane til skrivaren.<br>\n"
"Dette gjeld spesielt viss det er montert tilleggsenheter på skrivaren, som\n"
"einingar for tosidig utskrift eller ekstra papirmatere. Då bør driverinnstillingene\n"
-"kontrollerast og vert justert.<br>"
-"\n"
+"kontrollerast og vert justert.<br>\n"
"Valet for ein duplex-eining må t.d. kanskje verta til sett 'installed' eller 'truga'.\n"
"Elles kan det henda at drivaren ikkje brukar innstillingane for tosidig utskrift.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2603,30 +2471,23 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n"
"If a printer driver package is not marked, it is not installed.\n"
-"Select the package if you want to install it.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Select the package if you want to install it.<br>\n"
"If a printer driver package is marked, it is installed.\n"
"Deselect the package if you want to remove it.\n"
"In the latter case, make sure that there is no printer configuration \n"
-"which needs the driver.<br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"which needs the driver.<br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"
<b><big>Legg til eller fjern skriverdrivere</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"
<b><big>Legg til eller fjern skriverdrivere</big></b><br>\n"
"
Viss ein skriverdriver ikkje er merkte, er han ikkje installert,\n"
-"
og du kan velja han for installasjon.<br>"
-"\n"
+"
og du kan velja han for installasjon.<br>\n"
"
Viss ein skriverdriver er merkt, er han installert\n"
"
og du kan fjerne merkingen for å fjerne henne.\n"
"
I så fall må du forsikra deg om\n"
-"
at det ikkje er noko oppsett som treng drivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"
at det ikkje er noko oppsett som treng drivaren.<br>\n"
"
</p>"
#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2:
@@ -2634,19 +2495,15 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n"
"To set up a printer configuration, a printer description file\n"
-"(PPD file) is required.<br>"
-"\n"
+"(PPD file) is required.<br>\n"
"If a PPD file is not located in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory,\n"
"it is not available to set up a printer configuration with it.\n"
"Therefore you can specify the full path of a PPD file,\n"
"which is located elsewhere on your system, to get it installed\n"
-"in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Note that a printer description file is not a driver.<br>"
-"\n"
+"in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory.<br>\n"
+"Note that a printer description file is not a driver.<br>\n"
"For non-PostScript printers the PPD file alone is\n"
"not sufficient to set up a working printer configuration.\n"
"In particular, it does not work for non-PostScript printers\n"
@@ -2657,31 +2514,24 @@
"For non-PostScript printers, you need a printer driver\n"
"and a PPD file which matches exactly the particular driver.\n"
"Matching PPD files are automatically installed at the right place\n"
-"when you install the above mentioned printer driver packages.<br>"
-"\n"
+"when you install the above mentioned printer driver packages.<br>\n"
"Only for PostScript printers, a PPD file alone is usually\n"
"sufficient to set up a working PostScript printer configuration.\n"
"In particular, it is sufficient when the PPD file does not\n"
"contain a 'cupsFilter' entry because such an entry would\n"
-"reference a printer driver.<br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"reference a printer driver.<br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"
<b><big>Legg til ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"
<b><big>Legg til ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil</big></b><br>\n"
"
For å setja opp ein skrivar krevjast det ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil\n"
-"
(PPD-fil).<br>"
-"\n"
+"
(PPD-fil).<br>\n"
"
Viss ein PPD-fil ikkje finst i /usr/share/cup sin/model/ directory,\n"
"
er han ikkje tilgjengeleg for bruk i eit skriveroppsett.\n"
"
Difor kan du angje heile filstien til ein PPD-fil\n"
"
dersom han er plassert eit annan stad i systemet, slik at han vert installert\n"
-"
i katalogen /usr/share/cup sin/model/.<br>"
-"\n"
-"
Hugs at ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil ikkje er ein driv.<br>"
-"\n"
+"
i katalogen /usr/share/cup sin/model/.<br>\n"
+"
Hugs at ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil ikkje er ein driv.<br>\n"
"
For ikkje-PostScript-skrivarar er ikkje PPD-fila åleine\n"
"
tilstrekkeleg for eit fungerande skriveroppsett.\n"
"
For ikkje-PostScript-skrivarar fungerer det ikkje\n"
@@ -2692,14 +2542,12 @@
"
For ikkje-PostScript-skrivarar treng du ein skriverdriver\n"
"
og ein PPD-fil som samsvarer nøyaktig med denne drivaren.\n"
"
Samsvarande PPD-filer installerast automatisk på riktig stad\n"
-"
når du installerer dei aktuelle skriverdriverpakkene.<br>"
-"\n"
+"
når du installerer dei aktuelle skriverdriverpakkene.<br>\n"
"
For PostScript-skrivarar er berre ein PPD-fil vanlegvis\n"
"
tilstrekkeleg for å setja opp ein fungerande skrivar.\n"
"
Dette gjeld spesielt dersom PPD-fila ikkje\n"
"
innholder ein 'cupsFilter'-oppføring. Ein sånn oppføring kan referera\n"
-"
til ein skriverdriver.<br>"
-"\n"
+"
til ein skriverdriver.<br>\n"
"
</p>"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7:
@@ -2707,20 +2555,15 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Angje tilkobling</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert send til skrivaren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Angje tilkobling</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b>Tilkobling</b> angjev korleis data vert send til skrivaren.<br>\n"
"Viss feil tilkoblingstype vert vald, kan ingen informajon sendast til skrivaren,\n"
"og ingen utskrift vil vera mogleg.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2730,88 +2573,60 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
+"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
-"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
-"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
"Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n"
-"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>"
-"\n"
+"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n"
"The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n"
-"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>"
-"\n"
+"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n"
"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n"
"of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n"
-"a full device URI could be for example:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>"
-"\n"
-"Some examples:<br>"
-"\n"
+"a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n"
+"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
+"Some examples:<br>\n"
"A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n"
-"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>"
-"\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>"
-"\n"
+"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
+"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
"A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n"
-"via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>"
-"\n"
-"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>"
-"\n"
+"via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
+"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n"
"A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n"
"via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n"
-"may have a device URI like:<br>"
-"\n"
+"may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
"lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>URI for skriverenhet</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Ein tilkobling vert angjevne som ein såklat <b>eining si-URI</b>.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>URI for skriverenhet</big></b><br>\n"
+"Ein tilkobling vert angjevne som ein såklat <b>eining si-URI</b>.<br>\n"
"Det første ordet (såkalla URI-skjema) angjev dataoverføringstypen,\n"
-"til dømes 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' eller 'ipp'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"til dømes 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' eller 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"Etter skjemaet kan det vera få eller mange ekstra komponentar\n"
-"som spesifiserer den aktuelle dataoverføringstypen meir detaljert.<br>"
-"\n"
+"som spesifiserer den aktuelle dataoverføringstypen meir detaljert.<br>\n"
"Mellomrom er ikkje tillaten i ein URI.\n"
"Difor er eit mellomromtegn i ein URI-komponent\n"
-"koda som '%20' (20 er heksadesimalverdien for mellomromtegnet).<br>"
-"\n"
+"koda som '%20' (20 er heksadesimalverdien for mellomromtegnet).<br>\n"
"Komponentane i ein URI er adskilt av spesielle teikn som\n"
-"kolon ':', skråstrek '/', spørsmålstegn '?', eit '&' eller er lik-teikna '='.<br>"
-"\n"
+"kolon ':', skråstrek '/', spørsmålstegn '?', eit '&' eller er lik-teikna '='.<br>\n"
"Til slutt kan det vera valfrie parametrar (adskilt av eit spørsmålstegn '?')\n"
"eller forma 'option1=verd1&option2=verd2&option3=verd3' slik at\n"
-"ei fullstendig eining si-URI til dømes kan vera:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://servar.domane:631/skrivarar/kønavn?waitjob=falsa&waitprinter=falsa<br>"
-"\n"
-"Nokre døme:<br>"
-"\n"
+"ei fullstendig eining si-URI til dømes kan vera:<br>\n"
+"ipp://servar.domane:631/skrivarar/kønavn?waitjob=falsa&waitprinter=falsa<br>\n"
+"Nokre døme:<br>\n"
"Ein USB-skrivermodell 'Fun Printar 1000+' produsert av 'ACME'\n"
-"med serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan ha eining si-URI:<br>"
-"\n"
-"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B?Seriell=A1B2C3<br>"
-"\n"
+"med serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan ha eining si-URI:<br>\n"
+"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B?Seriell=A1B2C3<br>\n"
"A nettverk printar med IP 192.168.100.1 which er accessible\n"
-"vigd pellert 9100 may har a Eining URI like:<br>"
-"\n"
-"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>"
-"\n"
+"vigd pellert 9100 may har a Eining URI like:<br>\n"
+"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n"
"A nettverk printar med IP 192.168.100.2 which er accessible\n"
"vigd LPD Protokoll med a ekstern LPD queue Namn 'LPT1'\n"
-"may har a Eining URI like:<br>"
-"\n"
+"may har a Eining URI like:<br>\n"
"lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2820,8 +2635,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n"
"The issue is complicated.\n"
"It is recommended to avoid reserved characters and spaces\n"
"for component values in URIs if the values are under your control\n"
@@ -2836,11 +2650,9 @@
"(e.g. only letters, digits, and underscore are known to work\n"
"for a CUPS print queue name and case is not significant there).\n"
"Therefore it is best to use only lowercase letters, digits,\n"
-"and underscore for all values in all URIs if possible.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and underscore for all values in all URIs if possible.<br>\n"
"Reserved characters and space characters in the value of a component\n"
-"must be percent-encoded (also known as URL encoding).<br>"
-"\n"
+"must be percent-encoded (also known as URL encoding).<br>\n"
"When an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n"
"only a single value for a single component of the URI\n"
"(e.g. separated input fields for username and password),\n"
@@ -2851,8 +2663,7 @@
"For example if a password is actually 'Foo%20Bar' (non-percent-encoded),\n"
"it must be entered literally in the password input field in the dialog.\n"
"The automated percent-encoding results 'Foo%2520Bar' which is how\n"
-"the value of the password component is actually stored in the URI.<br>"
-"\n"
+"the value of the password component is actually stored in the URI.<br>\n"
"In contrast when an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n"
"more that a single value for a single component of the URI\n"
"(e.g. a single input field for all optional parameters\n"
@@ -2869,61 +2680,36 @@
"a first optional parameter 'option=this' and\n"
"a second optional parameter which is only 'that'.\n"
"Therefore a single optional parameter 'option=this&that'\n"
-"must be entered percent-encoded as 'option=this%26that'<br>"
-"\n"
+"must be entered percent-encoded as 'option=this%26that'<br>\n"
"Input fields which require percent-encoded input\n"
-"are denoted by a '[percent-encoded]' hint.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Listing of characters and their percent encoding:<br>"
-"\n"
-"space ' ' is percent encoded as %20<br>"
-"\n"
-"exclamation mark ! is percent encoded as %21<br>"
-"\n"
-"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>"
-"\n"
-"Dollar sign $ is percent encoded as %24<br>"
-"\n"
-"percentage % is percent encoded as %25<br>"
-"\n"
-"ampersand & is percent encoded as %26<br>"
-"\n"
-"apostrophe / single quotation mark ' is percent encoded as %27<br>"
-"\n"
-"left parenthesis ( is percent encoded as %28<br>"
-"\n"
-"right parenthesis ) is percent encoded as %29<br>"
-"\n"
-"asterisk * is percent encoded as %2A<br>"
-"\n"
-"plus sign + is percent encoded as %2B<br>"
-"\n"
-"comma , is percent encoded as %2C<br>"
-"\n"
-"slash / is percent encoded as %2F<br>"
-"\n"
-"colon : is percent encoded as %3A<br>"
-"\n"
-"semicolon ; is percent encoded as %3B<br>"
-"\n"
-"equals sign = is percent encoded as %3D<br>"
-"\n"
-"question mark ? is percent encoded as %3F<br>"
-"\n"
-"at sign @ is percent encoded as %40<br>"
-"\n"
-"left bracket [ is percent encoded as %5B<br>"
-"\n"
-"right bracket ] is percent encoded as %5D<br>"
-"\n"
-"For details see 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"are denoted by a '[percent-encoded]' hint.<br>\n"
+"Listing of characters and their percent encoding:<br>\n"
+"space ' ' is percent encoded as %20<br>\n"
+"exclamation mark ! is percent encoded as %21<br>\n"
+"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>\n"
+"Dollar sign $ is percent encoded as %24<br>\n"
+"percentage % is percent encoded as %25<br>\n"
+"ampersand & is percent encoded as %26<br>\n"
+"apostrophe / single quotation mark ' is percent encoded as %27<br>\n"
+"left parenthesis ( is percent encoded as %28<br>\n"
+"right parenthesis ) is percent encoded as %29<br>\n"
+"asterisk * is percent encoded as %2A<br>\n"
+"plus sign + is percent encoded as %2B<br>\n"
+"comma , is percent encoded as %2C<br>\n"
+"slash / is percent encoded as %2F<br>\n"
+"colon : is percent encoded as %3A<br>\n"
+"semicolon ; is percent encoded as %3B<br>\n"
+"equals sign = is percent encoded as %3D<br>\n"
+"question mark ? is percent encoded as %3F<br>\n"
+"at sign @ is percent encoded as %40<br>\n"
+"left bracket [ is percent encoded as %5B<br>\n"
+"right bracket ] is percent encoded as %5D<br>\n"
+"For details see 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' at<br>\n"
"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Prosentkodet</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Prosentkodet</big></b><br>\n"
"Dette er komplisert.\n"
"Det vert rådt til å unngå reserverte teikn og mellomrom\n"
"eller komponentverdier i URI-er viss verda er under kontrollen din\n"
@@ -2938,11 +2724,9 @@
"(t.d. er det berre bokstavar, tall og understrek som heilt sikkert fungerer i eit\n"
"namn på ein CUP sin-utskriftskø, og her skilst det ikkje mellom små og store bokstavar).\n"
"Difor er det best å bruka berre små bokstavar, tal,\n"
-"og understrek i alle URI-er viss det er mogleg.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og understrek i alle URI-er viss det er mogleg.<br>\n"
"Reserverte teikn og mellomromtegn i verdet for ein komponent\n"
-"må vera prosentkodet (òg kalla URL-koda).<br>"
-"\n"
+"må vera prosentkodet (òg kalla URL-koda).<br>\n"
"Når eit tekstfelt i ein dialog skal innehalda berre \n"
"ein eit einskilt verd eller ein einskild komponent i URI-ein\n"
"(t.d. adskilte felt for brukernavn og passord),\n"
@@ -2953,8 +2737,7 @@
"Viss til dømes passordet faktisk er 'Foo%20Bar' (ikkje prosentkodet),\n"
"må det skrivast inn akkurat sånn i passordfeltet i dialogen.\n"
"Den automatiske prosentkodingen gjev 'Foo%2520Bar', som er korleis\n"
-"verdet av passordkomponenten vert lagra i URI-ein.<br>"
-"\n"
+"verdet av passordkomponenten vert lagra i URI-ein.<br>\n"
"Viss derimot tekstfeltet i ein dialog skal innehalda\n"
"meir enn eit einskilt verd eller ein enkelt URI-komponent,\n"
"(t.d. eit enkelt tekstfelt for alle valgparametere\n"
@@ -2971,55 +2754,31 @@
"eit første valgparameter 'option=this' og\n"
"eit andre valgparameter som berre er 'that'.\n"
"Difor må ein enkel valgparameter 'option=this&that'\n"
-"prosentkodes som 'option=this%26that'<br>"
-"\n"
+"prosentkodes som 'option=this%26that'<br>\n"
"Felt som krev prosentkoding,\n"
-"er merkte med '[prosentkodet]'.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Liste over teikn med tilhøyrande prosentkoding:<br>"
-"\n"
-"mellomrom ' ' prosentkodes som %20<br>"
-"\n"
-"utropstegn ! prosentkodes som %21<br>"
-"\n"
-"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>"
-"\n"
-"Dollartegnet $ prosentkodes som %24<br>"
-"\n"
-"prosent % prosentkodes som %25<br>"
-"\n"
-"eit & prosentkodes som %26<br>"
-"\n"
-"apostrof / enkelt hermeteikn ' prosentkodes som %27<br>"
-"\n"
-"venstre parentes ( prosentkodes som %28<br>"
-"\n"
-"høgre parentes ) prosentkodes som %29<br>"
-"\n"
-"stjerne * prosentkodes som %2A<br>"
-"\n"
-"plusstegn + prosentkodes som %2B<br>"
-"\n"
-"komma , prosentkodes som %2C<br>"
-"\n"
-"skråstrek / prosentkodes som %2F<br>"
-"\n"
-"kolon : prosentkodes som %3A<br>"
-"\n"
-"semikolon ; prosentkodes som %3B<br>"
-"\n"
-"er lik-teikn = prosentkodes som %3D<br>"
-"\n"
-"spørsmålstegn ? prosentkodes som %3F<br>"
-"\n"
-"alfakrøll @ prosentkodes som %40<br>"
-"\n"
-"venstre hakeparentes [ prosentkodes som %5B<br>"
-"\n"
-"høgre hakeparentes ] prosentkodes som %5D<br>"
-"\n"
-"For meir informasjon, sjå 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic på' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"er merkte med '[prosentkodet]'.<br>\n"
+"Liste over teikn med tilhøyrande prosentkoding:<br>\n"
+"mellomrom ' ' prosentkodes som %20<br>\n"
+"utropstegn ! prosentkodes som %21<br>\n"
+"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>\n"
+"Dollartegnet $ prosentkodes som %24<br>\n"
+"prosent % prosentkodes som %25<br>\n"
+"eit & prosentkodes som %26<br>\n"
+"apostrof / enkelt hermeteikn ' prosentkodes som %27<br>\n"
+"venstre parentes ( prosentkodes som %28<br>\n"
+"høgre parentes ) prosentkodes som %29<br>\n"
+"stjerne * prosentkodes som %2A<br>\n"
+"plusstegn + prosentkodes som %2B<br>\n"
+"komma , prosentkodes som %2C<br>\n"
+"skråstrek / prosentkodes som %2F<br>\n"
+"kolon : prosentkodes som %3A<br>\n"
+"semikolon ; prosentkodes som %3B<br>\n"
+"er lik-teikn = prosentkodes som %3D<br>\n"
+"spørsmålstegn ? prosentkodes som %3F<br>\n"
+"alfakrøll @ prosentkodes som %40<br>\n"
+"venstre hakeparentes [ prosentkodes som %5B<br>\n"
+"høgre hakeparentes ] prosentkodes som %5D<br>\n"
+"For meir informasjon, sjå 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic på' at<br>\n"
"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3027,12 +2786,10 @@
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"Devices which are connected via USB\n"
"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
-"For example:<br>"
-"\n"
+"For example:<br>\n"
msgstr ""
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
@@ -3040,26 +2797,20 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
"A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n"
"and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n"
"A network printer has such a device built-in.\n"
"Access happens via three different network protocols.\n"
"See the manual of your network printer or printserver box\n"
-"to find out what your particular device supports:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"to find out what your particular device supports:<br>\n"
+"<b>TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
"The IP address and a port number is needed to access it.\n"
"Often the port number 9100 is the right one.\n"
"It is the simplest, fastest, and generally the most reliable protocol.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"socket://ip-address:port-number<br>"
-".\n"
-"<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"socket://ip-address:port-number<br>.\n"
+"<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>\n"
"A LPD runs on the device and provides one or more LPD queues.\n"
"The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n"
"Almost all network printers and printserver boxes support it.\n"
@@ -3067,50 +2818,36 @@
"But using a correct LPD queue which does not change\n"
"the data or add additional formfeeds or banner pages\n"
"could be essential for reliable printing.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>"
-".\n"
-"<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>.\n"
+"<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>\n"
"IPP is the native protocol for CUPS running on a real computer,\n"
"but if IPP is implemented in a small printserver box,\n"
"it is often not implemented properly. Only use IPP if the vendor\n"
"actually documents official support for it. \n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>"
-".\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>.\n"
"What 'port-number' and 'resource' exactly is depends\n"
-"on the particular network printer or printserver box model.<br>"
-"\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at<br>"
-"\n"
+"on the particular network printer or printserver box model.<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at<br>\n"
"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Eining si-URIer for tilgjenge til nettverksskriver eller utskriftsserverboks</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Eining si-URIer for tilgjenge til nettverksskriver eller utskriftsserverboks</big></b><br>\n"
"Ein utskriftsserverboks er ei lita eining med nettverksforbindelse\n"
"og dessutan USB- eller parallellportforbindelse til sjølve skrivaren.\n"
"Ein nettverksskriver har ei tilsvarande eining innebygget.\n"
"Tilgjenge er mogleg via tre ulike nettverksprotokoller.\n"
"Brukerveiledningen for nettverksskriveren eller utskriftsserverboksen inneheld informasjon\n"
-"om kva eininga støttar:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>TCP-port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"om kva eininga støttar:<br>\n"
+"<b>TCP-port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
"IP-adressa og eit portnummer vert kravt for å få tilgjenge.\n"
"Portnummer 9100 er ofte riktig.\n"
"Dette er den enklaste, raskaste og generelt meste pålitelege protokollen.\n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>LDP (Line Printar Daemon)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>\n"
+"<b>LDP (Line Printar Daemon)</b><br>\n"
"Ein LPD-nisse køyrer på eininga og produserer éin eller fleire LPD-køar.\n"
"IP-adresse og eit LPD-kønavn vert kravt for å få tilgjenge.\n"
"Nesten alle nettverksskrivere og utskriftsserverbokser støttar denne protokollen.\n"
@@ -3118,25 +2855,18 @@
"Men å bruka eit riktig LPD-kønavn som ikkje endrar\n"
"data eller legger til format eller bannersider,\n"
"kan vera avgjerande for påliteleg utskrift.\n"
-"Samsvarande enhetsURI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande enhetsURI er:<br>\n"
+"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>\n"
+"<b>IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)</b><br>\n"
"IPP er standardprotokollen for CUP sin på ei fysisk datamaskin,\n"
"men dersom IPP vert nytta på ein liten utskriftsserverboks,\n"
"vert han ofte ikkje riktig implementert. Nytte IPP berre dersom produsenten\n"
"dokumenterer offisiell støtte for protokollen. \n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://ip-adresse:portnummer/ressurs<br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"ipp://ip-adresse:portnummer/ressurs<br>\n"
"Kva 'portnummer' og 'ressurs' er, avheng av\n"
-"nettverksskriver- eller utskriftsserverboksmodellen.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Du finn<b>meir informasjon</b> på<br>"
-"\n"
+"nettverksskriver- eller utskriftsserverboksmodellen.<br>\n"
+"Du finn<b>meir informasjon</b> på<br>\n"
"http://www.cup sin.org/documentation.php/network.html\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3145,34 +2875,27 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
"In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n"
-"means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>"
-"\n"
+"means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>\n"
"Access happens via various different network protocols.\n"
"Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n"
-"provides in your particular network:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"provides in your particular network:<br>\n"
+"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n"
"the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-"to a SMB printer share.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to a SMB printer share.<br>\n"
"A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n"
"is needed to access it.\n"
"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
"Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n"
-"must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>"
-"\n"
+"must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>\n"
"By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n"
"When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n"
"the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n"
"so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n"
-"would not work.<br>"
-"\n"
+"would not work.<br>\n"
"For printing in an AD environment additionally\n"
"the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n"
"In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n"
@@ -3195,77 +2918,55 @@
"and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n"
"directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n"
"In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n"
-"where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>"
-"\n"
-"For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>"
-"\n"
+"where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>\n"
+"For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>\n"
+"smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>\n"
"For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n"
-"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>"
-"\n"
-"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>"
-"\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>"
-"\n"
-"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>"
-"\n"
+"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n"
+"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n"
+"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
"'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n"
-"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n"
+"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
"A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n"
"and provides one or more LPD queues.\n"
"The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>CUPS Server</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n"
+"<b>CUPS Server</b><br>\n"
"Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n"
"a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n"
"in the <b>Print Via Network</b> dialog.\n"
"Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n"
-"to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>\n"
"IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n"
"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for å skriva ut via ein utskriftsservermaskin</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for å skriva ut via ein utskriftsservermaskin</big></b><br>\n"
"I motsetnad til ein utskriftsserverboks er ein utskriftsservermaskin\n"
-"ei vanleg datamaskin som tilbyr ein utskriftstjeneste.<br>"
-"\n"
+"ei vanleg datamaskin som tilbyr ein utskriftstjeneste.<br>\n"
"Tilgjenge vert skaffa via ulike nettverksprotokoller.\n"
"Spør nettverksadministratoren kva for ein protokoll utskriftsservermaskinen\n"
-"i nettverket ditt nyttar:<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"i nettverket ditt nyttar:<br>\n"
+"<b>Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
"For å få tilgjenge til ein delt SMB-utskriftsserver, må pakka samba-client installerast.\n"
"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-bakgrunnsprosessen 'smb', som er ei lenkje til\n"
"programmet <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, som sender datum\n"
-"til ein delt SMB-skrivar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"til ein delt SMB-skrivar.<br>\n"
"Det vert kravt eit servernavn, namnet på ein delt skrivar og eventuelt eit arbeidsgruppenavn\n"
"for å få tilgjenge.\n"
"Det kan dessutan henda at det vert kravt brukernavn og passord for å få tilgjenge.\n"
"Hugs at mellomrom og spesialtegn i desse verda\n"
-"må vera prosentkodet (sjå ovanfor).<br>"
-"\n"
+"må vera prosentkodet (sjå ovanfor).<br>\n"
"Som standard køyrer CUP sin bakgrunnsprosesser (her smbspool) som brukaren 'LP'.\n"
"Ved utskrift i eit Active Directory (R)-miljø (AD)\n"
"har ikkje brukaren 'LP' lov til å skriva ut,\n"
"slik at den vanlege utskriftsmetoden vigde smbspool som brukaren 'LP'\n"
-"ikkje vil fungera.<br>"
-"\n"
+"ikkje vil fungera.<br>\n"
"For utskrift i eit AD-miljø må òg\n"
"pakka samba-krb-printing installerast.\n"
"I dette tilfellet må lenkja til CUP sin-bakgrunnsprosessen 'smb' link\n"
@@ -3288,49 +2989,33 @@
"og brukaren sin arbeidsstasjon må senda sine utskrift data\n"
"direkte til den delte SMB-skrivaren i AD-miljøet.\n"
"Det vil ikkje fungera på ein separat CUP sin-servermaskin\n"
-"der brukarar som sender utskriftsjobber ikkje er logga på.<br>"
-"\n"
-"For den tradisjonelle metoden er ein samsvarande og fullstendig eining si-URI:<br>"
-"\n"
-"smb://brukernavn:passord@arbeidsgruppe/servar/skriv<br>"
-"\n"
+"der brukarar som sender utskriftsjobber ikkje er logga på.<br>\n"
+"For den tradisjonelle metoden er ein samsvarande og fullstendig eining si-URI:<br>\n"
+"smb://brukernavn:passord@arbeidsgruppe/servar/skriv<br>\n"
"Til dømes kan 'Ola Nordmann' med passordet '@home!' bruka no slikt som\n"
-"denne eining si-URI-ein for å få tilgjenge til ein delt 'Fun Printar 1000+':<br>"
-"\n"
-"smb://Ola%20Nordmann:%40home%21@MINGRUPPE/homeserver/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B<br>"
-"\n"
-"For <b>meir informasjon</b>, sjå <tt>ein smbspool</tt> og<br>"
-"\n"
-"http://ein.openSUSE.org/SDB:printing_via_sMB_(Samba)_share_or_windows_share<br>"
-"\n"
+"denne eining si-URI-ein for å få tilgjenge til ein delt 'Fun Printar 1000+':<br>\n"
+"smb://Ola%20Nordmann:%40home%21@MINGRUPPE/homeserver/Fun%20Printar%201000%2B<br>\n"
+"For <b>meir informasjon</b>, sjå <tt>ein smbspool</tt> og<br>\n"
+"http://ein.openSUSE.org/SDB:printing_via_sMB_(Samba)_share_or_windows_share<br>\n"
"'Windows' og 'Active Directory' er registrerte varemerke\n"
-"for Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre land.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Tradisjonell UNIX-servar (LPR)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"for Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre land.<br>\n"
+"<b>Tradisjonell UNIX-servar (LPR)</b><br>\n"
"Ein linjeutskriftsnisse (LPD) køyrar på ein tradisjonell UNIX-servar\n"
"og tilbyr éin eller fleire LPD-køar.\n"
"Det vert kravt ein ip-adresse og eit LPD-kønavn for å få tilgjenge.\n"
-"Ei samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Servane til-CUP</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"Ei samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"lpd://ip-adresse/kø<br>\n"
+"<b>Servane til-CUP</b><br>\n"
"Normalt set du ikkje opp ein lokal utskriftskø for å få tilgjenge\n"
"til ein ekstern kø på servane til ein-CUP. Dette vert i staden opp sett\n"
"i dialogen <b>Skriv ut via nettverket</b>.\n"
"Bara viss du veit nøyaktig kva du gjer, bør du setja opp ein lokal kø for å få\n"
-"tilgjenge til ein ekstern kø på servane til ein-CUP.<br>"
-"\n"
+"tilgjenge til ein ekstern kø på servane til ein-CUP.<br>\n"
"IPP er den interne protokollen for CUP sin som køyrer på ein servar.\n"
"Den offisielle IANA-porten for IPP er 631.\n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"ipp://ip-adresse:631/skrivarar/kø<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Novell Netware-utskriftsserver (IPX)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"ipp://ip-adresse:631/skrivarar/kø<br>\n"
+"<b>Novell Netware-utskriftsserver (IPX)</b><br>\n"
"For å få tilgjenge til utskriftskøer på ein Novell Netware-utskriftsserver\n"
"må pakka ncpfs installerast.\n"
"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-bakgrunnsprosessen 'novell', som køyrer\n"
@@ -3338,10 +3023,8 @@
"Til ein Novell Netware-utskriftskø.\n"
"Eit servernavn og eit utskriftskønavn vert kravt for å få tilgjenge it.\n"
"Det kan òg henda at det vert kravt brukernavn og passord for å få tilgjenge.\n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"novell://brukernavn:passord@servar/kø<br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"novell://brukernavn:passord@servar/kø<br>\n"
"For <b>meir informasjon</b>, sjå <tt>ein nprint</tt> og\n"
"annan dokumentasjon i pakka ncpfs.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3351,114 +3034,79 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
"<b>Specify an Arbitrary Device URI</b>\n"
"if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n"
-"or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>\n"
+"<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>\n"
"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n"
"the program that you specified here.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
+"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
"which is then called by beh.\n"
"This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n"
"repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n"
"of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n"
-"The matching device URI is:<br>"
-"\n"
-"beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>"
-"\n"
+"The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
+"beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n"
"If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n"
"so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n"
-"print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>"
-"\n"
+"print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>\n"
"Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n"
-"in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>"
-"\n"
+"in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>\n"
"Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n"
-"to call the backend.<br>"
-"\n"
-"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Example:<br>"
-"\n"
-"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>"
-"\n"
+"to call the backend.<br>\n"
+"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n"
+"Example:<br>\n"
+"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n"
"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n"
"between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n"
-"and the print job is lost.<br>"
-"\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>"
-"\n"
+"and the print job is lost.<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Spesielle eining si-URI-er</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Spesielle eining si-URI-er</big></b><br>\n"
"<b>Angje ein annan URI-type</b>\n"
"viss du kjenner nøyaktig eining si-URI i eit spesielt tilfelle\n"
-"eller for å endra ein eksisterande enehtes-URI på ein spesiell måte.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Send utskriftsdata til anna program (pipa)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"eller for å endra ein eksisterande enehtes-URI på ein spesiell måte.<br>\n"
+"<b>Send utskriftsdata til anna program (pipa)</b><br>\n"
"For å gjera dette må pakka cup sin-backends installerast.\n"
"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'pipa', som køyrer\n"
"programmet du angjev her.\n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"pipa:/stig/til/målkommando<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Feilhåndteringskjede for grunnsystem (beh)</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"pipa:/stig/til/målkommando<br>\n"
+"<b>Feilhåndteringskjede for grunnsystem (beh)</b><br>\n"
"For å bruka dette må pakka cup sin-backends installerast.\n"
-"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'beh'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'beh'.<br>\n"
"'beh'-systemet er eit innpakning rundt det vanlege grunnsystemet,\n"
"som deretter vil kallast beh.\n"
"På den måten kan beh, avhengig av oppsettet,\n"
"gjenta grunnsystemkommanoden eller skjula ein feilstatus\n"
"for grunnsystemet for CUP sin-nissen.\n"
-"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>"
-"\n"
-"beh:/ikkedeaktiver/forsøk/forskinkelse/opprinneligEnhets-URI<br>"
-"\n"
+"Samsvarande eining si-URI er:<br>\n"
+"beh:/ikkedeaktiver/forsøk/forskinkelse/opprinneligEnhets-URI<br>\n"
"Viss ikkedeaktiver er '1', vil beh alltid avsluttast utan feil\n"
"slik at køen aldri vert deaktivert, men på den andre sida vil\n"
-"utskriftsjobber fjernast viss det oppstår ein feil.<br>"
-"\n"
+"utskriftsjobber fjernast viss det oppstår ein feil.<br>\n"
"Forsøk er mengd forsøk på å aktivera grunnsystemet på nytt\n"
-"viss det oppstår ein feil. '0' tyder uavgrensa mengd nye forsøk.<br>"
-"\n"
+"viss det oppstår ein feil. '0' tyder uavgrensa mengd nye forsøk.<br>\n"
"Forseinking er mengd sekund mellom to forsøk\n"
-"på å aktivera grunnsystemet.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Siste parameter er den originale eining si-URI-ein som køen hadde tidlegare.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Døme:<br>"
-"\n"
-"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>"
-"\n"
+"på å aktivera grunnsystemet.<br>\n"
+"Siste parameter er den originale eining si-URI-ein som køen hadde tidlegare.<br>\n"
+"Døme:<br>\n"
+"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adresse:portnummer<br>\n"
"beh-grunnsystemet freistar å få tilgjenge til ein nettverksskriver 3 gonger med forseinkinga til 5 sekund\n"
"mellom forsøka. Viss tilkobling framleis mislukkast, vert ikkje køen deaktivert,\n"
-"med utskriftsjobben vert fjerna.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Du finn <b>meir informasjon</b> i <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cup sin/backend/beh</tt> og på <br>"
-"\n"
-"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/ein/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler<br>"
-"\n"
+"med utskriftsjobben vert fjerna.<br>\n"
+"Du finn <b>meir informasjon</b> i <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cup sin/backend/beh</tt> og på <br>\n"
+"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/ein/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
@@ -3466,34 +3114,26 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
+"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n"
"By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n"
-"to make printers available via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n"
"and accordingly on your host the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n"
-"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>"
-"\n"
-"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Regarding firewall:<br>"
-"\n"
+"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n"
+"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.<br>\n"
+"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
"Check if a firewall is active for a network zone\n"
"in which printers are published via network.\n"
"By default the SuSEfirewall allows any incoming information\n"
"via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n"
-"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>"
-"\n"
+"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>\n"
"It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n"
"with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n"
"(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n"
"In particular do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n"
"(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n"
-"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\n"
"To use remote printers in a trusted internal network\n"
"and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n"
"from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n"
@@ -3502,30 +3142,22 @@
"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n"
"to gain security plus usefulness in your network\n"
"and using remote printers in a trusted internal network\n"
-"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>"
-"\n"
+"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n"
"For details see the openSUSE support database\n"
-"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Utskrift via nettverk</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"CUP sin (Common Unix Printing System) verta vanlegvis brukt til utskrift via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Utskrift via nettverk</big></b><br>\n"
+"CUP sin (Common Unix Printing System) verta vanlegvis brukt til utskrift via nettverket.<br>\n"
"Som standard brukar CUP sin ein såkalla 'Browsing'-modus\n"
-"for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>\n"
"I dette tilfellet må eksterne CUP sin-servera publisera skrivarane sine via nettverket,\n"
"og vertsmaskinene må køyra CUP sin-nissen (cupsd),\n"
-"ein prosess som lyttar etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>"
-"\n"
-"CUP sin Browsing-informasjon vert motteken via UDP-port 631.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Om brannmurar:<br>"
-"\n"
+"ein prosess som lyttar etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>\n"
+"CUP sin Browsing-informasjon vert motteken via UDP-port 631.<br>\n"
+"Om brannmurar:<br>\n"
"Kontrollar om ein brannmur er aktivert for nettverkssonen\n"
"der skrivarar vert publisert via nettverket.\n"
"Som standard tillèt SuSEfirewall all innkommende informasjon\n"
@@ -3548,11 +3180,9 @@
"Bruk brannmurmodulen i YaST for å utføra dette grunnoppsettet\n"
"for eit effektivt og sikkert nettverk.\n"
"Eksterne skrivarar kan då brukast i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n"
-"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>"
-"\n"
+"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>\n"
"Du finn meir informasjon i openSUSE support database\n"
-"i artikkelen 'Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' på<br>"
-"\n"
+"i artikkelen 'Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' på<br>\n"
"http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:CUP sin_and_sANE_firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3566,8 +3196,7 @@
"or when you cannot accept incoming information about published printers\n"
"(e.g. because you must have firewall protection for the network zone\n"
"in which printers are published), you can request printer information\n"
-"from CUPS servers (provided the CUPS servers allow your access).<br>"
-"\n"
+"from CUPS servers (provided the CUPS servers allow your access).<br>\n"
"For each CUPS server which is requested, a cups-polld process\n"
"is launched by the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) on your host.\n"
"By default each cups-polld polls a remote CUPS server\n"
@@ -3580,8 +3209,7 @@
"eller viss du ikkje kan godkjenna innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar\n"
"(t.d. fordi du har brannmurbeskyttelse mot nettverkssonen\n"
"der skrivarane er publiserte), kan du spørja etter skriverinformasjon\n"
-"frå CUP sin-servera (viss du har tilgjenge til CUP sin-serverne).<br>"
-"\n"
+"frå CUP sin-servera (viss du har tilgjenge til CUP sin-serverne).<br>\n"
"For servane til kvar-CUP som får ein førespurnad, vert ein cup sin-polld-prosess\n"
"starta av CUP sin-nissen (cupsd) på din vertsmaskin.\n"
"Standardinnstillingen er at kvar cup sin-polld skannar servane til ein-ekstern CUP\n"
@@ -3595,8 +3223,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n"
-"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n"
"A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n"
"for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n"
"to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n"
@@ -3608,8 +3235,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Viss du skriv ut berre via nettverket og viss du alltid brukar servane til same-CUP,\n"
"er det ikkje naudsynt å bruka Søket til-CUP og ha nissen til ein-CUP køyrande på vertsmaskinen.\n"
-"Då er det enklare å angje CUP sin-serveren og gje direkte tilgjenge til han.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Då er det enklare å angje CUP sin-serveren og gje direkte tilgjenge til han.<br>\n"
"Ein mogleg ulempe er at program kan hengja\n"
"eit bel (inntill eit tidsavbrudd) når dei freistar\n"
"å koble til Servane til-CUP medan han ikkje er tilgjengeleg\n"
@@ -3628,8 +3254,7 @@
"or when you must access a network printer directly,\n"
"or when you use another kind of print server\n"
"e.g. when printing via a Windows (R) or Samba server\n"
-"or when printing via a traditional Unix server.<br>"
-"\n"
+"or when printing via a traditional Unix server.<br>\n"
"'Windows' is a registered trademark\n"
"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3640,8 +3265,7 @@
"eller viss du må ha direkte tilgjenge til ein nettverksskriver,\n"
"eller viss du brukar ein annan type utskriftsserver,\n"
"t.d. utskrift via ein Windows (R). eller Sambaserver\n"
-"eller utskrift via ein tradisjonell Unix-servar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"eller utskrift via ein tradisjonell Unix-servar.<br>\n"
"'Windows' er a registrert varemerke\n"
"for Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre land.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3651,28 +3275,22 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n"
-"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n"
"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n"
-"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Dela utskriftskøer og publisera dei via nettverket</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Dela utskriftskøer og publisera dei via nettverket</big></b><br>\n"
"Vanlegvis bør CUP sin (Common Unix Printing System) verta opp sett for å bruka\n"
-"såkalla 'lyttemodus' for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"såkalla 'lyttemodus' for å gjera skrivarar tilgjengelege via nettverket.<br>\n"
"I så fall publiserer CUP sin-serveren sine lokale skrivarar via nettverket\n"
"og CUP sin-nissen (cupsd) må køyra på CUP sin-klientane\n"
-"for å laut etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for å laut etter innkommende informasjon om publiserte skrivarar.<br>\n"
"CUP sin-informasjonen vert motteken via UDP-port 631.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3682,14 +3300,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
-"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n"
"In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n"
"to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n"
-"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>"
-"\n"
-"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n"
+"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n"
"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n"
"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n"
"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n"
@@ -3700,8 +3315,7 @@
"Angje deretter om skrivarar skal publiserast for klientane eller ikkje.\n"
"I eit lokalnettverk er det vanlegast å setja opp CUP sin-lytting slik at\n"
"alle vertsmaskiner i lokalnettverket har har eksternt tilgjenge\n"
-"og publisera skrivarane til alle desse vertsmaskinene.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og publisera skrivarane til alle desse vertsmaskinene.<br>\n"
"Det er ikkje naudsynt å publisera skrivarane i alle tilfelle.\n"
"Viss du berre har servane til éin-CUP, er det ikkje naudsynt å bruka CUP sin-lytting.\n"
"I så fall er det enklare å spesifisera CUP sin-serveren på klientsystemene\n"
@@ -3714,38 +3328,32 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n"
-"which remote hosts are allowed to access the CUPS server.<br>"
-"\n"
+"which remote hosts are allowed to access the CUPS server.<br>\n"
"Allow remote access for computers within the local network\n"
"will allow access from all hosts in the local network.\n"
"A remote host is in the local network when it has an IP address\n"
"that belongs to the same network as the CUPS server\n"
"and when the network connection of the host\n"
"uses a non-PPP interface on the CUPS server\n"
-"(an interface whose IFF_POINTOPOINT flag is not set).<br>"
-"\n"
+"(an interface whose IFF_POINTOPOINT flag is not set).<br>\n"
"Alternatively or additionally an explicite list of network interfaces\n"
-"from which remote access is allowed can be specified.<br>"
-"\n"
+"from which remote access is allowed can be specified.<br>\n"
"Alternatively or additionally an explicite list of\n"
"allowed IP addresses and/or networks can be specified.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Det finst fleire metodar, som kan brukast parallelt, for å angje\n"
-"kva for eksterne maskiner som skal ha tilgjenge til CUP sin-serveren.<br>"
-"\n"
+"kva for eksterne maskiner som skal ha tilgjenge til CUP sin-serveren.<br>\n"
"Å tillat eksternt tilgjenge for maskiner i lokalnettverket\n"
"vil gje tilgjenge for alle vertsmaskiner i lokalnettverket.\n"
"Ein ekstern vertsmaskin er medlem av lokalnettverket Viss han har ein IP-adresse\n"
"som tilhøyrer same nettverk som CUP sin-serveren\n"
"og viss vertsmaskinens nettverksforbindelse\n"
"brukar eit ikkje-PPP-grensesnitt på CUP sin serveren\n"
-"(eit grensesnitt som ikkje har eit definert IFF_pOINTOPOINT-flagg).<br>"
-"\n"
+"(eit grensesnitt som ikkje har eit definert IFF_pOINTOPOINT-flagg).<br>\n"
"Alternativt eller i tillegg kan det opprettast ein eksplisitt liste over nettverksgrensesnitt\n"
-"som skal tillatast eksternt tilgjenge.<br>"
-"\n"
+"som skal tillatast eksternt tilgjenge.<br>\n"
"Alternativt eller i tillegg kan det opprettast ein eksplisitt liste over\n"
"tillatne IP-adresser og/eller nettverk.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3755,28 +3363,23 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Regarding firewall:<br>"
-"\n"
+"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
"A firewall is used to protect running server processes\n"
"(in this case the CUPS server process 'cupsd')\n"
-"on your host against unwanted access via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"on your host against unwanted access via network.<br>\n"
"Printing via network happens in a trusted internal network\n"
"(nobody lets arbitrary users from whatever external network\n"
"print on his printer) and usually the users need\n"
-"physical printer access to get their paper output.<br>"
-"\n"
+"physical printer access to get their paper output.<br>\n"
"By default the SuSEfirewall lets any network traffic pass\n"
"via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n"
-"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>"
-"\n"
+"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>\n"
"It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n"
"with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n"
"(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n"
"Do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n"
"(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n"
-"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\n"
"To make printers accessible in a trusted internal network\n"
"and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n"
"from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n"
@@ -3785,37 +3388,30 @@
"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n"
"to gain security plus usefulness in your network and\n"
"sharing printers in a trusted internal network\n"
-"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>"
-"\n"
+"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n"
"For details see the openSUSE support database\n"
-"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om brannmurar:<br>"
-"\n"
+"Om brannmurar:<br>\n"
"Ein brannmur vert nytta for å verna køyrande serverprosesser\n"
"(i dette tilfellet CUP sin-serverprosessen 'cupsd')\n"
-"på din vertsmaskin mot uønska tilgjenge via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"på din vertsmaskin mot uønska tilgjenge via nettverket.<br>\n"
"Utskrift via nettverket vert utført i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n"
"(ingen lèt vilkårlige brukarar frå nokre eksterne nettverk\n"
"skriva ut på skrivaren sin), og brukarar treng normalt\n"
-"fysisk skrivertilgang for å henta utskrifter.<br>"
-"\n"
+"fysisk skrivertilgang for å henta utskrifter.<br>\n"
"Som standard slepp SuSEfirewall gjennom all nettverkstrafikk\n"
"via eit nettverksgrensesnitt som tilhøyrer 'intern sone'\n"
-"fordi denne sona er påliteleg.<br>"
-"\n"
+"fordi denne sona er påliteleg.<br>\n"
"Det gjev inga meining å skriva ut via eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n"
"med eit nettverksgrensesnitt som er tilordnet ein upålitelig 'ekstern sone'\n"
"(det siste er av sikkerhetsgrunner standardinnstillingen for nettverksgrensesnitt).\n"
"Ikkje deaktiver brannmurbeskyttelsen for CUP sin\n"
"(dvs. for IPP som brukar TCP port 631 og UDP via port 631)\n"
-"for den upålitelige 'ekstern sone'.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for den upålitelige 'ekstern sone'.<br>\n"
"For å få tilgjenge til skrivarar i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n"
"og vernast av brannmuren mot uønska tilgjenge\n"
"frå eksterne nettverk (spesielt Internett),\n"
@@ -3824,11 +3420,9 @@
"Bruk brannmurmodulen i YaST for å utføra dette grunnoppsettet.\n"
"Det gjev eit sikkert og effektivt nettverk, og\n"
"skrivarane kan delast i eit påliteleg internt nettverk\n"
-"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>"
-"\n"
+"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>\n"
"Du finn meir informasjon i openSUSE support database\n"
-"i artikkelen Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' at<br>"
-"\n"
+"i artikkelen Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n"
"http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:CUP sin_and_sANE_firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3837,8 +3431,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"Operation policies are the rules used for each operation in CUPS.\n"
"Such operations are for example 'print something', 'cancel a printout',\n"
"'configure a printer', 'modify or remove a printer configuration',\n"
@@ -3846,8 +3439,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Handlingspraksis for CUP sin</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Handlingspraksis for CUP sin</big></b><br>\n"
"Handlingspraksiser er reglene som vert brukte for kvar handling i CUP sin.\n"
"Slike handlingar kan til dømes vera 'skriv ut noko', 'avbryt ein utskrift',\n"
"'sett opp ein skriv', 'endra eller slett eit skriveroppsett'\n"
@@ -3859,11 +3451,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
-"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>"
-"\n"
+"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
@@ -3875,23 +3465,17 @@
"This could happen when any attempt to establish\n"
"the communication with the printer is useless\n"
"so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"The following error policies exist:<br>"
-"\n"
-"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"The following error policies exist:<br>\n"
+"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n"
+"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n"
"Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Regler ved Feilen til-CUP</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Regler ved Feilen til-CUP</big></b><br>\n"
"Reglene for feil definerer standardregelen som vil brukast dersom\n"
-"CUP sin mislukkast i å senda ein utskirftsjobb til ein skriverenhet.<br>"
-"\n"
+"CUP sin mislukkast i å senda ein utskirftsjobb til ein skriverenhet.<br>\n"
"Avhengig av måten skrivaren er tilkoblet på,\n"
"(til dømes'parallell', 'usb', 'sokkel', 'lpd' eller 'ipp'),\n"
"og avhenig av feiltypen,\n"
@@ -3903,14 +3487,10 @@
"Dette kan skje dersom alle forsøk på å\n"
"kommunisera med skrivaren vil vera nytteløse,\n"
"slik at det ikkje er nokon vits i å freista å senda jobben på nytt.\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"Følgjande regker ved feil finst:<br>"
-"\n"
-"Stopp skrivaren, og hald på jobben for utskrift seinare.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Send jobben på nytt frå byrjinga etter å venta litt (30 sekund som standard).<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"Følgjande regker ved feil finst:<br>\n"
+"Stopp skrivaren, og hald på jobben for utskrift seinare.<br>\n"
+"Send jobben på nytt frå byrjinga etter å venta litt (30 sekund som standard).<br>\n"
"Avbryt og slett jobben, og hald fram med neste jobb.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3919,17 +3499,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n"
"Check the check box to run YaST's automatic configuration\n"
-"for printers which are connected to the local host.<br>"
-"\n"
+"for printers which are connected to the local host.<br>\n"
"For each autodetected local connected printer,\n"
"YaST tests if there exists already a configuration.\n"
"If there is not yet a configuration,\n"
"YaST tries to find a matching driver for the printer\n"
-"and if one is found, the printer is configured.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and if one is found, the printer is configured.<br>\n"
"The resulting configuration is basically the same\n"
"as if one would have selected an autodetected printer\n"
"in the 'Add New Printer Configuration' dialog\n"
@@ -3937,17 +3514,14 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av lokalt tilkoblede skrivarar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av lokalt tilkoblede skrivarar</big></b><br>\n"
"Kryss av i boksen for å køyra automatisk oppsett\n"
-"av skrivarar som er koblet direkte til maskina.<br>"
-"\n"
+"av skrivarar som er koblet direkte til maskina.<br>\n"
"For kvar lokal skriv som vert automatisk registrert,\n"
"kontrollerer YaST om det finst eit eksisterande oppsett.\n"
"Viss det ikkje finst noko oppsett,\n"
"freistar YaST å finna ein eigna drivar for skrivaren\n"
-"og setja opp skrivaren viss ein drivar vert funnen.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og setja opp skrivaren viss ein drivar vert funnen.<br>\n"
"Det resulterande oppsettet vert i prinsippet det same\n"
"som om brukaren hadde valt ein automatisk oppdaga skrivar\n"
"i dialogen «Legg til nytt skriveroppsett»\n"
@@ -3959,17 +3533,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n"
"The RPM package 'udev-configure-printer' provides\n"
-"automatic configuration when USB printers are plugged in.<br>"
-"\n"
+"automatic configuration when USB printers are plugged in.<br>\n"
"When its check box is initially not checked, it is not installed\n"
-"and then you can select it so that it will be installed.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and then you can select it so that it will be installed.<br>\n"
"When its check box is initially checked, it is already installed\n"
-"and then you can un-select it so that it will be removed.<br>"
-"\n"
+"and then you can un-select it so that it will be removed.<br>\n"
"When udev-configure-printer is installed,\n"
"automatic USB printer configuration happens via the entries\n"
"in its udev config file /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\n"
@@ -3981,17 +3551,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b><big>Automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar</big></b><br>\n"
"Pakka 'udev-configure-printar' sørgar for\n"
-"automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar når dei kobles til.<br>"
-"\n"
+"automatisk oppsett av USB-skrivarar når dei kobles til.<br>\n"
"Viss valet ikkje er avkrysset, er ikkje pakka installert.\n"
-"I så fall kan du kryssa av i boksen for å installera henne.<br>"
-"\n"
+"I så fall kan du kryssa av i boksen for å installera henne.<br>\n"
"Viss valet allereie er avkrysset, er pakka installert,\n"
-"og du kan velja å fjerna henne.<br>"
-"\n"
+"og du kan velja å fjerna henne.<br>\n"
"Viss udev-configure-printar er installert,\n"
"vil USB-skrivarar verta automatisk sett opp vigd oppføringene i\n"
"den aktuelle udev-oppsettfilen /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules,nsom i turen sin utløyser køyring av fila 'udev-configure-printar add'\n"
@@ -4026,65 +3592,65 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show"
msgstr "Vis"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "&Lokal"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "Ekste&rn"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Namn"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Plassering"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "Opp&dater liste"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "Skriv ut &testside"
@@ -4095,7 +3661,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
@@ -4112,7 +3678,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
@@ -4136,7 +3702,7 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
@@ -4146,14 +3712,14 @@
"(dette kan ta eit bel)"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr "Vil du ikkje lengjer brukar den utilgjengelige CUP sin-serveren '%1'?"
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr "For å halda fram må du stadfesta at '%1' ikkje lenger vil brukast."
@@ -4161,20 +3727,20 @@
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr "Ein servar du ikkje har tilgjenge til, fører til ei endelaus rekkje av forseinkingar og feil."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "Servane til-CUP %1"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer om servane til ein-CUP er tilgjengeleg …"
@@ -4182,42 +3748,42 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Vel ein oppføring."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "Kan ikkje sletta"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
#, fuzzy
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr "Dette er eit eksternt oppsett. Berre lokale oppsett kan slettes."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Stadfest sletting"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
#, fuzzy
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr "Det valde oppsettet vil slettast umiddelbart, og kan ikkje gjenopprettes."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "Slett oppsettet %1"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "Ikkje slett"
@@ -4229,24 +3795,24 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Stadfest sletting av ei klasse"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "Ei slette klasse kan ikkje gjenopprettes med dette verktøyet."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Avviser utskriftsjobber"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
#, fuzzy
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr "Testsiden kan ikkje skrivast ut fordi utskriftsjobber vert avvist."
@@ -4254,13 +3820,13 @@
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Utskrift deaktivert"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr "Testsiden kan ikkje skrivast ut fordi utskrift er deaktivert."
@@ -4270,28 +3836,28 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr "Det er utskriftsjobber i køen som kanskje vil slettast før testsiden skrivast ut."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Slett ventande utskriftsjobber for %1"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "Slett dei før utskrift av testside"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Skriv ut testsiden etter dei andre utskriftsjobbene"
@@ -4300,7 +3866,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikkje sletta alle jobbar i køen for %1."
@@ -4320,32 +3886,32 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "Utskriftstest"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr "Skriv ut éin eller to sider, t.d. for å testa tosidig utskrift"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
#, fuzzy
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "Éin testside"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
#, fuzzy
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr "To testsider"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikkje skriva ut testside for %1."
@@ -4354,28 +3920,28 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr "Vent til testutskriften er fullførde"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr "Testside send til %1. Utskriften bør snart starta."
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr "Testutskriften var vellukka"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "Testutskrift mislukkast."
@@ -4396,62 +3962,62 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr "Det er utskriftsjobber i køen som kan slettast no."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Slett alle ventande jobbar"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "Ikkje slett"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
#, fuzzy
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Fila /var/log/cup sin/error_log inneheld heile loggen."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr "CUP sin-logg for handsaming av testside for %1 (berre engelsk)"
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
#, fuzzy
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Fila /var/log/cup sin/error_log inneheld Informasjonen til-CUP."
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
#, fuzzy
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr "Be ein administrator for det eksterne systemet om hjelp viss ein utskrift via eit eksternt system mislukkast."
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
#, fuzzy
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr "Det er ein konflikt mellom ekstern CUP sin-serverinnstilling og nytt oppsett."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "Kan ikkje endra"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
#, fuzzy
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr "Dette er eit eksternt oppsett. Berre lokale oppsett kan endrast."
@@ -4987,14 +4553,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>"
-"\n"
+"AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n"
"There is no AutoYaST support for local print queues.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"AutoYaST-innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>"
-"\n"
+"AutoYaST-innstillingar for utskrift med CUP sin via nettverket.<br>\n"
"Det er ingen AutoYaST-støtte for lokale utskriftskøer.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -5550,77 +5114,56 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n"
#~ "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
-#~ "For example:<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "For example:<br>\n"
+#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
+#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
+#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
#~ "Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n"
#~ "When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n"
-#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n"
#~ "To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n"
#~ "the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
-#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n"
#~ "In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n"
#~ "are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n"
#~ "The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n"
#~ "what the serial port in the printer requires,\n"
#~ "see the manual of your serial printer.\n"
-#~ "Example device URIs:<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Example device URIs:<br>\n"
+#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
+#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
#~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for direktetilkoblede einingar</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "<b><big>Eining si-URI-er for direktetilkoblede einingar</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Einingar som kobles til vigde parallellporten eller vigde USB,\n"
#~ "vert registrert automatisk, og ei eining si-URI is genererast automatisk.\n"
-#~ "Til dømes:<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "parallel:/dev/LP0<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar?serial=A1B2C3<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "hp:/usb/HP_laserJet?serial=1234<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Til dømes:<br>\n"
+#~ "parallel:/dev/LP0<br>\n"
+#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
+#~ "hp:/usb/HP_laserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
#~ "Normalt vil berre automatisk genererte eining si-URI-er fungera.\n"
#~ "Viss eininga ikkje vert oppdaga automatisk, vil det normalt ikkje vera mogleg å kommunisera\n"
-#~ "med eininga, og ingen data vil sendast til han.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "med eininga, og ingen data vil sendast til han.<br>\n"
#~ "For å få tilgjenge til ein HP-skriv eller ein alt-i-ei-eining vigd 'hp'-grunnsystemet\n"
#~ "må RPM-pakka hplip installerast.\n"
-#~ "Pakka inneheld HPs utskrifts- og skanneprogramvare HPLIP.<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Pakka inneheld HPs utskrifts- og skanneprogramvare HPLIP.<br>\n"
#~ "Einingar som kobles til via ein serieport, bluetooth,\n"
#~ "eller SCSI vert vanlegvis registrert ikkje automatisk, slik at ei eining si-URI må\n"
#~ "angjevast manuelt.\n"
#~ "URI-parametrar for serielle einingar må samsvara med\n"
#~ "skrivaren sin serieport.\n"
#~ "Sjå brukerveiledningen for den serielle skrivaren.\n"
-#~ "Døme på eining si-URI-er:<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bitar sine=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "scsi:/dev/sg9<br>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "Døme på eining si-URI-er:<br>\n"
+#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bitar sine=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
+#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
+#~ "scsi:/dev/sg9<br>\n"
#~ "For å få tilgjenge til ei eining vigd bluetooth må RP-pakka bluez-cup sin installerast.\n"
#~ "Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'bluetooth', som sender data\n"
#~ "til ein bluetooth-skriv.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -78,13 +78,11 @@
#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n"
"client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
@@ -98,52 +96,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr ""
#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr ""
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -146,9 +146,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving."
-"<p>"
+msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
msgstr ""
#. prepare advanced menu
@@ -234,11 +232,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,30 +19,6 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr "Bruk egendefinert registreringsserver"
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter"
-
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -60,9 +36,9 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -77,24 +53,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Registreringa er fullførd."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:"
@@ -102,8 +78,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
@@ -256,30 +232,26 @@
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Fingeravtrykk:"
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-msgid "Connection time out."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -295,34 +267,34 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "Registreringskode"
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
+msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Registreringa kan ikkje utførast."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Detaljer …"
@@ -330,7 +302,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -340,23 +312,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -364,6 +336,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -371,20 +361,20 @@
msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -393,7 +383,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -402,15 +392,15 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
@@ -421,30 +411,30 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
@@ -452,7 +442,7 @@
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -460,7 +450,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -475,7 +465,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -486,41 +476,41 @@
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Ukjend feil"
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Startar registrering …"
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -570,8 +560,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -591,35 +580,39 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detaljer …"
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr ""
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr ""
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -635,7 +628,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
@@ -695,32 +688,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "&Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr ""
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Registreringskode"
@@ -748,10 +741,8 @@
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "Registreringskode"
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -760,64 +751,74 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Innstillingar for SMT-servar"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "SMT-sertifikat: %1"
#. the UI defition for the main dialog
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgid "Register System via %s"
+msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Registreringsserver:"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "Registrering"
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
@@ -826,52 +827,35 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
"\n"
"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
msgstr ""
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter"
#. SSL error message
@@ -898,22 +882,22 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
@@ -921,17 +905,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -962,19 +935,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner …"
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr "SMT-Servar: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
msgid "Priority: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -1035,17 +1008,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr ""
@@ -1055,38 +1028,38 @@
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr ""
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1136,18 +1109,82 @@
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
msgstr ""
-#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show.
+#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Local Registration Servers"
+msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No registration server selected"
+msgstr "Bruk egendefinert registreringsserver"
+
+#. Default registration server
+#.
+#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter"
+
+#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer …"
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Bruk lokal registreringsserver"
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr "Innstillingar for SMT-servar"
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr "Bruk egendefinert registreringsserver"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Registration failed."
+#~ msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+#~ msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Migration Repositories"
#~ msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner"
@@ -1435,8 +1472,7 @@
#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
#~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
#~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Under registreringsprosessen vil ein Novell-servar kontaktast (eller ein lokal registreringsserver viss det finst for føretaket ditt).\n"
@@ -1637,11 +1673,9 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\n"
-#~ "Data</b>.<br>"
-#~ "To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n"
+#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n"
#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n"
-#~ "-a</tt>.<br>"
-#~ "Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n"
+#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n"
#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Annan informasjon som vert brukt ved registreringa, vert vist under <b>Registreringsdata</b>. Legg til ein nytt nøkkel/verd-par ved å trykkja <b>Legg til</b> og angje aktuelle verd. Desse parametrane kan sendast med kommandoen <tt>susa_register -a</tt>. Bruk kommandoen <tt>susa_register -p</tt> for å vise meir informasjon om parametrane. Fjern eit par med <b>Slett</b> eller endre eit eksisterande par med <b>Rediger</b>.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Etter at maskina er slegen av, last systemet på nytt\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
"med WWPN '%2'\n"
"og LUN '%3'.\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -174,63 +174,45 @@
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar reipl-oppsett</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 1
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55
@@ -246,8 +228,7 @@
"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n"
"choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n"
"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n"
-"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>"
-"\n"
+"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel ein av metodane for omstart av maskina med valgknappene\n"
"under <b>reipl-metodar</b>. Avhengig av kva maskina støttar,\n"
@@ -286,8 +267,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n"
-"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>"
-"\n"
+"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det <b>globale portnummeret</b> (WWPN) må verta med angjeve små\n"
"bokstavar som ein heksverdi med 16 siffer, t.d. 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>"
@@ -321,8 +301,7 @@
"<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n"
"boot record and is currently always 0.</p>"
msgstr ""
-" "
-"<p><b>Logisk blokkadresse for oppstartsoppføring</b> (LBA) angjev\n"
+" <p><b>Logisk blokkadresse for oppstartsoppføring</b> (LBA) angjev\n"
"hovedoppstartsoppføringen og er førebels alltid 0.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 9
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -525,63 +525,45 @@
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avslutta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avslutta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</b>.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-klient</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-klient</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title
#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation)
@@ -595,24 +577,20 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n"
-"Specify the name of the membership.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ein Linux-klient kan vera medlem av ein arbeidsgruppe, eit NT-domane eller eit Active Directory-domane. \n"
-"Her spesifiserer du namnet på medlemskapen </p>"
-"\n"
+"Her spesifiserer du namnet på medlemskapen </p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n"
-"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nytte SMB-informasjon for Linux-autentisering</b> tillèt \n"
-"verifisering av passord mot NT-serveren eller Kerberos-serveren ved medlemskap i eit AD-domane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"verifisering av passord mot NT-serveren eller Kerberos-serveren ved medlemskap i eit AD-domane.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67
@@ -626,34 +604,26 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n"
-"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Når du klikkar <b>OK</b>, vil systemet kontrollera medlemskapen og\n"
-"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem i eit eventuelt NT-eller Active Directory-domane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem i eit eventuelt NT-eller Active Directory-domane.</p>\n"
#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Spesifiser namnet på NT-domenet eller Active Directory-domenet.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Spesifiser namnet på NT-domenet eller Active Directory-domenet.</p>\n"
#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n"
-"allows this host to join the domain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Når du klikkar <b>Fullfør</b>, vil systemet kontrollera domenet og\n"
-"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem.</p>"
-"\n"
+"tillata denne vertsmaskinen å verta medlem.</p>\n"
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85
@@ -700,14 +670,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n"
"as an NTP client. Access the configuration with <b>NTP Configuration</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å synkronisera tida med ein NTP-servar, konfigurerer du maskina\n"
"som ein NTP-klient. Dette kan du gjera under <b>NTP-konfigurasjon</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. default value of Machine Account
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
@@ -1011,90 +979,90 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<p><b>Arbeidsgruppe eller domane</b>: %1</p>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr "Frakoblet autentisering aktivert"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
#, fuzzy
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nei"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"Fordi brukarar er koblet til denne Sambaen-serveren,\n"
"er serverkonfigurasjonen lasta på nytt utan omstart av serveren.\n"
@@ -969,119 +969,85 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-servar </big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av Samba-servar </big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-servar </big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-servar </big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent…<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Val av arbeidsgruppe eller domane</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Val av arbeidsgruppe eller domane</big></b><br>\n"
"Vel eit eksisterande namn på ein arbeidsgruppe eller et domen, eller skriv eit nytt namn og klikk <b>Neste</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n"
-"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n"
"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>\n"
"<p>Den sekundære kontrolleren brukar ein annan domenekontroller for validering.\n"
-"Den primære kontrolleren brukar sin eigen informasjon om brukarar og passord.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Den primære kontrolleren brukar sin eigen informasjon om brukarar og passord.</p>\n"
"<p>Tilgjengelege val i konfigurasjonsdialogen avheng av innstillingane her.</p>"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n"
"depend on the settings in this selection.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Ein domenekontroller tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane.</p>\n"
"<p>Tilgjengelege val i konfigurasjonsdialogene \n"
"avheng av innstillingane her.</p>"
@@ -1095,12 +1061,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n"
-"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette er ei liste over konfigurerte delte ressursar, anten dei \n"
-"er aktiverte eller deaktiverte, og litt grunnleggjande informasjon om dei.<br>"
-"</p>"
+"er aktiverte eller deaktiverte, og litt grunnleggjande informasjon om dei.<br></p>"
#. Share list dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87
@@ -1126,15 +1090,13 @@
"Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n"
"of users. The system shares can be hidden from the table\n"
"by selecting <b>Do Not Show System Shares</b> in the <b>Filter</b>\n"
-"menu.</p>"
-"\n"
+"menu.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Nokre delte ressursar er spesielle. Ressursen\n"
"Homes er til dømes ein spesiell systemressurs som gjev tilgjenge til brukarane sine\n"
"hjemmekataloger. Delte systemressurser kan skjulast i tabellen\n"
"ved å velja <b>Ikkje vis delte systemressurser</b> i <b>Filter</b>-\n"
-"menyen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"menyen.</p>\n"
#. Share list dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103
@@ -1142,29 +1104,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n"
-"remove the information about a share.</p>"
-"\n"
+"remove the information about a share.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til ein ny delt ressurs, <b>Rediger</b> for å endra\n"
"eksisterande delte ressursar og <b>Slett</b> for å slette\n"
-"informasjonen om ein delt ressurs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"informasjonen om ein delt ressurs.</p>\n"
#. Identity dialog help 1/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n"
"These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n"
-"primary role in the network.</p>"
-"\n"
+"primary role in the network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Identitet</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Identitet</big></b><br>\n"
"Med desse vala kan du setja opp serverens identitet og\n"
-"kva for ein primær rolle han skal ha i nettverket.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kva for ein primær rolle han skal ha i nettverket.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115
@@ -1175,16 +1131,14 @@
"uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n"
"uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n"
"If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n"
-"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Grunninnstillingene avgjer domenets og\n"
"serverens rolle. <b>Sekundær domenekontroller</b> og <b>Primær domenekontroller</b> tillèt Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane. Den sekundære kontrolleren \n"
"brukar ein annan domenekontroller for validering. Den primære kontrolleren\n"
"nyttar eigen informasjon om brukarar og passord.\n"
"Viss serveren ikkje skal vera ein domenekontroller, vel verdet\n"
-"<b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124
@@ -1193,14 +1147,12 @@
"<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n"
"server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n"
"to log in to a Windows domain. If the server should not participate\n"
-"as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Grunninnstillinger</b> avgjer domenets og\n"
"serverens rolle. <b>Primær domenekontroller</b> tillèt\n"
"Windows-klientar å logga på eit Windows-domane. Viss serveren ikkje skal vera\n"
-"ein domenekontroller, vel verdet <b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ein domenekontroller, vel verdet <b>Ingen DC</b>.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131
@@ -1211,16 +1163,14 @@
"a NetBIOS name. The Samba server can be a \n"
"WINS server or can use another server for its\n"
"queries. In the latter case, choose <b>Remote WINS Server</b>\n"
-"and enter the IP address of the WINS server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and enter the IP address of the WINS server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>WINS</b> er ein nettverksprotokoll som konverterer\n"
"nettverksidentifikasjon på lågt nivå (til dømes IP adresse) for ein vertsmaskin til eit\n"
"NetBIOS-namn. Samba-serveren kan vera ein \n"
"<b>WINS-servar</b> eller han kan bruka ein annan servar ved\n"
"førespurnader. Vel i så fall <b>Ekstern WINS-servar</b>\n"
-"og angje WINS-serverens IP-adresse.</p>"
-"\n"
+"og angje WINS-serverens IP-adresse.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140
@@ -1237,31 +1187,25 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>"
-"\n"
+"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> gjev tilgjenge til \n"
-"detaljerte oppsett, brukerautentiseringskilder og avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"detaljerte oppsett, brukerautentiseringskilder og avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n"
"NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n"
"access rights to users from another domain.\n"
"Here, create a list of domains for which \n"
-"the Samba server should provide access.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the Samba server should provide access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sikre domener</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sikre domener</big></b><br>\n"
"Med sikre domener av NT-typen kan tilgangsrettigheter\n"
"tilordnes brukarar frå eit anna domane.\n"
"Her kan du oppretta ei liste over domener som \n"
-"Samba-serveren skal gje tilgjenge til.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Samba-serveren skal gje tilgjenge til.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154
#, fuzzy
@@ -1271,95 +1215,75 @@
"and a password in the dialog that opens. The password is used by the Samba\n"
"server to access the trusted domain. After <b>OK</b> is pressed,\n"
"the trust relationship is established. To delete a domain,\n"
-"choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å leggja til eit note domane på lista, klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
"Angje namnet på det sikre domenet\n"
"og eit passord i dialogen som kjem opp. Passordet vert brukt av Samba-\n"
"serveren for å få tilgjenge til det sikre domenet. Når du klikkar <b>OK</b>,\n"
"vert det sikre sambandet etablert. For å slette eit domane,\n"
-"vel du det i lista og klikkar <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"vel du det i lista og klikkar <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n"
-"see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>"
-"\n"
+"see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du finn meir informasjon om korleis sikre domener fungerer,\n"
-"i <i>HOWTO-samlinga for Samba</i>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"i <i>HOWTO-samlinga for Samba</i>.</p>\n"
#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n"
+"Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Rediger delt ressurs</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Her kan du finjustera alternativa for ein delt ressurs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Rediger delt ressurs</big></b><br>\n"
+"Her kan du finjustera alternativa for ein delt ressurs.</p>\n"
#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
-"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>"
-"\n"
+"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til eit nytt konfigurasjonsalternativ, <b>Rediger</b> for å endra\n"
-"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>\n"
#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avansert generell konfigurasjon</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Her kan du finjustera generelle alternativ for serveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avansert generell konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n"
+"Her kan du finjustera generelle alternativ for serveren.</p>\n"
#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
-"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>"
-"\n"
+"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å leggja til eit nytt konfigurasjonsalternativ, <b>Rediger</b> for å endra\n"
-"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eit eksisterande alternativ og <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit alternativ.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n"
-"server.</p>"
-"\n"
+"server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP-alternativ for Samba-serveren</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP-alternativ for Samba-serveren</big></b><br>\n"
"Her kan du velja detaljerte innstillingar for bruk av LDAP via Samba-\n"
-"serveren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"serveren.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188
@@ -1369,54 +1293,42 @@
"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n"
"creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n"
"a password for write access, set the password using\n"
-"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Søk i base-DN</b> (Distinguished Name) er\n"
"staden der søk etter informasjon skal byrja, og <b>Administrasjon sin-DN</b> er utgangspunktet når\n"
"nye brukarar og grupper skal opprettast. Viss administrasjon sin-DN krev\n"
"eit passord for skrivetilgang, må dette angjevast ved å bruka\n"
-"<b>Vel passord for LDAP-administrasjon</B>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Vel passord for LDAP-administrasjon</B>.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Merk:</b>Innstillingane vert lagra før passordet for LDAP-administrasjon er angjeve.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Merk:</b>Innstillingane vert lagra før passordet for LDAP-administrasjon er angjeve.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n"
"information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n"
-"only one is allowed.</p>"
-"\n"
+"only one is allowed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Bakstykke for brukerautentisering</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bakstykke for brukerautentisering</big></b><br>\n"
"Her vel du kor Samba-serveren skal søkja etter autentiseringsinformasjon.\n"
-"Samba støttar ikkje fleire bakstykke samstundes lengjer, berre eit bakstykke er tillate.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Samba støttar ikkje fleire bakstykke samstundes lengjer, berre eit bakstykke er tillate.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n"
-"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss du vil endra brukaren autentiseringskilde, må du først fjerne gjeldande kjelde\n"
-"ved å trykkja <b>Slett</b>. Legg deretter til ein ny med <b>Legg til</b>-knappen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ved å trykkja <b>Slett</b>. Legg deretter til ein ny med <b>Legg til</b>-knappen.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211
@@ -1425,38 +1337,32 @@
"<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n"
"the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n"
"passwd file. It is possible to have a multiple files in this \n"
-"format.</p>"
-"\n"
+"format.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>smbpasswd-fil</b> har same format som\n"
"tidlegare versjonar av Samba. Oppsettet er omtrent som i\n"
"passwd-fila. Fleire filer i dette formatet er \n"
-"mogleg.</p>"
-"\n"
+"mogleg.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n"
-"the information.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>LDAP</b> er ein nettadresse for ein LDAP-servar der det skal søkjast etter\n"
-"informasjonen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"informasjonen.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n"
-"to store and look up the information.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to store and look up the information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>TDB-database</b> brukar ein intern Samba-database i binærformat\n"
-"for lagring og søk etter informasjon.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for lagring og søk etter informasjon.</p>\n"
#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore
#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */
@@ -1481,15 +1387,11 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n"
+"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Legg til ny delt ressurs</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Her kan du leggja inn grunnleggjande informasjon om ein ny delt ressurs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Legg til ny delt ressurs</big></b><br>\n"
+"Her kan du leggja inn grunnleggjande informasjon om ein ny delt ressurs.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252
@@ -1510,14 +1412,12 @@
"<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n"
"is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n"
"is presented as a network disk. <b>Share Path</b> must be\n"
-"entered for a directory share.</p>"
-"\n"
+"entered for a directory share.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det er to typar delte ressursar. Ein <b>skriverressurs</b>\n"
"visast som ein skrivar for klientane. Ein <b>katalogressurs</b> \n"
"vert viste som ein nettverksdisk. <b>Stig til delt ressurs</b> må\n"
-"angjevast for ein katalogressurs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"angjevast for ein katalogressurs.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help 4/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265
@@ -1525,32 +1425,26 @@
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n"
"of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n"
-"directory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Viss <b>Skrivebeskyttet</b> er avkrysset, kan ikkje\n"
"brukarane av ei teneste oppretta eller endra filer katalogen til\n"
-"tenesta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"tenesta.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n"
"that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n"
-"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Overta ACLS</b> kan brukast for å sikre\n"
"at viss standard-ACLer finn for overordna katalogar, vil desse alltid\n"
-"takast omsyn til når underkataloger vert oppretta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"takast omsyn til når underkataloger vert oppretta.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br>"
-" Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283
@@ -1561,41 +1455,29 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"</p><p>\n"
"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
-"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>."
-"<p>"
+"</p><p>\n"
+"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>LDAP-innstillingar</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>LDAP-innstillingar</big></b><br>\n"
"Her angjev du LDAP-serveren som skal verta til brukt autentisering.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Ved å angje <b>LDAP-passord for grunnsystem</b> kan brukerinformasjon lagrast i LDAP-filstrukturen som nettadressen spesifiserer. Med <b>LDAP Idmap-grunnsystem</b> kan SID/uid/gjev-mappingtabeller lagrast i LDAP.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"</p><p>\n"
"Under Autentisering kan rettane for LDAP-serveren definerast, inkludert full administrator-DN.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<b>Grunn-DN for søk</b> er LDAP-suffikset som vert lagt til Samba-spesifikke LDAP-objekt.\n"
-"</p>"
-"<p>\n"
-"For å testa sambandet til LDAP-serveren, klikk <b>Test samband</b>. For å bruka avanserte LDAP-innstillingar eller standardverdier, klikk <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b>."
-"<p>"
+"</p><p>\n"
+"For å testa sambandet til LDAP-serveren, klikk <b>Test samband</b>. For å bruka avanserte LDAP-innstillingar eller standardverdier, klikk <b>Avanserte innstillingar</b>.<p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303
@@ -1607,12 +1489,10 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Replikasjonsdvale</b> er mengd millisekunder Samba vil vil venta etter å ha skrive til LDAP-serveren, slik at LDAP-replikasjonene kan halda tritt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Replikasjonsdvale</b> er mengd millisekunder Samba vil vil venta etter å ha skrive til LDAP-serveren, slik at LDAP-replikasjonene kan halda tritt.</p>\n"
"<p><b>Tidsavbrudd</b> angjev tidsavbruddet for LDAP-handlingar (i sekund).</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget
@@ -1625,12 +1505,10 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Slett DN</b> angjev om slettehandlingen skal sletta hel LDAP-oppføringen eller bara Samba-spesifikke attributt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Slett DN</b> angjev om slettehandlingen skal sletta hel LDAP-oppføringen eller bara Samba-spesifikke attributt.</p>\n"
"<p>Med <b>Synkroniser passord</b> kan du definera synkronisering av LDAP-passordet med NT- og LM-kryptering. Manualsiden <tt>smb.conf</tt> inneheld meir informasjon.</p>"
#. translators: warning text
@@ -1696,13 +1574,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n"
-"expert global settings.</p>"
-"\n"
+"expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Avanserte innstillingar</b> gjev tilgjenge til \n"
"avanserte konfigurasjonar, t.d. LDAP-innstillingar, brukerautentiseringskilder og\n"
-"avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"avanserte generelle innstillingar.</p>\n"
#. translators: combo box value
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -133,235 +133,235 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "Aktivar magiske SysRq-tastar"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "Nytte sikre filrettigheter"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til grafisk innlogging"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr "Lagre systemtiden tilbake til maskinvareklokken"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr "Generer alltid syslog-melding for cron-skript"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "Køyr DHCP-nissen i chroot-varetekt"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr "Køyr DHCP-nissen som dhcp-brukar"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "Ekstern grafisk innlogging for rotbruker"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til X-servar"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til systemet for e-posttransport"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Start tenester på nytt etter oppdatering"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "Deaktiver tenester når programvare vert fjerna"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "Aktiver TCP-syncookies"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "IPv4-overføring"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "IPv6-overføring"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "<P>Berre grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "Aktiver ekstra tenester i kjørenivå 3"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "Konfigurer"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktivert"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Deaktivert"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsinnstilling"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsstatus"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Hjelp"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid " or "
msgstr " eller "
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Følgjande grunnleggjande systemtjenester er ikkje aktiverte i kjørenivå %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Alle grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Følgjande tilleggstjenester er aktiverte i kjørenivå %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Kontroller lista over tenester, og deaktiver alle ubrukte tenester.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Berre grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Skildring"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsoversikt"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Endre &status"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Skildring"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "Oppstartsrettigheter"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "Diverse innstillingar"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "Passordinnstilliinger"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Kontroller"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "Passordvarighet"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
"verd enn største mengd."
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
@@ -381,129 +381,61 @@
"Maksimal passordlengde for den valde krypteringsmetoden er %1."
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "Innloggingsinnstillinger"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
#, fuzzy
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Innlogging"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sikkerhetskonfigurasjon</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br>Vent…<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialiseringen</big></b><br>\n"
"Du kan trygt avslutta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <B>Avbryt</b> no.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Please wait...<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lagrar sikkerhetskonfigurasjon</big></b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Vent…<br>"
-"</p>"
+"<br>Vent…<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>"
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tryggleik ved oppstart</big></b></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Bruk denne dialogen for å endra ulike innstillingar for tryggleik ved oppstart.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n"
-"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n"
-"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n"
-"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n"
-"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Slå av maskina frå innloggingsskjermen</b>\n"
-"Angje kven som kan slå av maskina frå KDM.</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Systemdvale</b>:\n"
-"Angje betingelsene for at brukarar skal kunna bruka dvalefunksjonen. Som standard har brukaren på den aktive konsollen slike rettar.\n"
-"Andre val er å la alle brukarar gjera dette, eller alltid krevja autentisering.</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -517,7 +449,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
@@ -527,14 +459,14 @@
"til eit lokalt nettverk eller til Internett.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
@@ -544,27 +476,25 @@
"servar for eikor teneste.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Egendefinerte innstillingar</b>: Lag ditt eige oppsett.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Tryggleik ved innlogging</b></big></p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Tryggleik ved innlogging</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>Disse innloggingsinnstillingene\n"
"er hovudsakleg lagra i fila /etc/login.defs.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
@@ -578,14 +508,13 @@
"for lenge viss dei skriv inn feil passord. Tre sekund er eit fornuftig verd (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Registrer vellukka innloggingsforsøk:</b> Logging av vellukka innloggingsforsøk\n"
"er nyttig. Det kan bidra til å oppdaga uautorisert tilgjenge til\n"
@@ -593,7 +522,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
@@ -605,7 +534,7 @@
"til maskina via ein innloggingshandsamar kan vera ein sikkerhetsrisiko.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
@@ -615,7 +544,7 @@
"er hovudsakleg lagra i fila /etc/login.defs.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
@@ -627,7 +556,7 @@
"Viss du kryssar av i boksen, vert nye passord kontrollert mot desse reglene.</p>"
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
@@ -643,7 +572,7 @@
"Dette valet kan berre endrast viss <b>Kontrollar nytt passord</b> er valt.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
@@ -655,13 +584,13 @@
"Angje 0 dersom ingen passord skal lagrast.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Krypteringsmetode for passord:</b></p>"
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
@@ -673,7 +602,7 @@
"avhengig av kompatibilitet med andre system.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
@@ -683,13 +612,13 @@
"distribusjonar, men ikkje av andre system eller eldre programvare.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
@@ -699,7 +628,7 @@
"største mengd dagar som eit passord kan nyttast.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
@@ -711,7 +640,7 @@
"gjer det mindre sannsynleg at nokon kan gjetta eit passord.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
@@ -721,7 +650,7 @@
"<p>I denne dialogen kan du endra ulike innstillingar i samband med oppretting av brukarar.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
@@ -731,7 +660,7 @@
"Definer minste og største mengd moglege brukernavn.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
@@ -741,7 +670,7 @@
"Definer minste og største mengd moglege gruppenavn.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
@@ -751,7 +680,7 @@
"<p>I denne dialogen kan du endra diverse innstillingar i samband med lokal tryggleik.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
@@ -759,35 +688,31 @@
"or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n"
"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n"
"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n"
-"or by intruders.</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"or by intruders.</p><p>\n"
"With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n"
"in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n"
"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n"
"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n"
"daemons, not by ordinary users.\n"
"The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n"
-"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>"
-"\n"
+"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Filrettigheter</b>: Innstillingar for tilgjenge\n"
"til spesielle systemfiler vert definert på grunnlag av informasjonen i /etc/permissions.secure\n"
"eller /etc/permissions.easy. Kva for ei fil som vert brukt, avheng av dette valet.\n"
"Når du køyrer SuSEconfig, vert definert desse rettane i samsvar med /etc/permissions.*.\n"
"Dette reparerer feilkonfigurerte filrettigheter, anten desse er endra ved eit uhell\n"
-"eller av ein inntrenger.</p>"
-"<p>\n"
+"eller av ein inntrenger.</p><p>\n"
"Med <b>Enkel</b> vert dei fleste systemfiler som berre kan lesast av rotbrukeren\n"
"i secure-fila, endra slik at andre brukarar òg kan lesa desse filene.\n"
"Med <b>Sikker</b> kan einskilde systemfiler, t.d. /var/log/messages, berre\n"
"vert viste av rotbrukeren. Nokre program kan berre startast som rot eller av\n"
"nissar, ikkje av vanlege brukarar.\n"
"Den sikraste innstillinga er <b>Paranoid</B>. Med denne innstillinga må du\n"
-"definera kva for brukarar som kan køyra X- og setuid-program.</p>"
-"\n"
+"definera kva for brukarar som kan køyra X- og setuid-program.</p>\n"
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
@@ -803,7 +728,7 @@
" (nokon filer) eller <b>root</b> (alle filer).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
@@ -817,23 +742,21 @@
"derimot utelukkande søkestien (variabelen PATH).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br>"
-" A DOS\n"
+"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
"then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n"
"for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Gjeldande katalog i søkesti for vanlege brukarar</b><br>"
-" I systemet til eit-\n"
+"<p><b>Gjeldande katalog i søkesti for vanlege brukarar</b><br> I systemet til eit-\n"
"DO vil systemet først søkja etter kjørbare filer (program) i gjeldande katalog,\n"
"og deretter i gjeldande søkesti. UNIX-liknande system brukar\n"
"derimot utelukkande søkestien (variabelen PATH).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
@@ -851,7 +774,7 @@
"i systemet.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
@@ -862,7 +785,7 @@
"slik at denne vert gjennomsøkt sist.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
@@ -872,45 +795,42 @@
"gjeldande katalog ved å bruka prefikset \"./\". Døme: \"./configure\".</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br>"
-" If you check this option, you\n"
+"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
"debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aktivar magiske SysRq-tastar</b><br>"
-" Viss du kryssar av for dette alternativet, vil du\n"
+"<p><b>Aktivar magiske SysRq-tastar</b><br> Viss du kryssar av for dette alternativet, vil du\n"
"alltid ha ei viss grad av kontroll over systemet sjølv etter eit havari (t.d. under\n"
-"oppsett av kjernen). Du finn meir informasjon i /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
-"."
+"oppsett av kjernen). Du finn meir informasjon i /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>."
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Sikkerhetsoversikt</B><BR>Dette er eit oversyn over dei viktigaste sikkerhetsinnstillingene.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Klikk på lenkjene for å endra gjeldande verd for eit val.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Ei hake i kolonnen <B>Sikkerhetsstatus</B> tyder at gjeldande verd for valet er sikker.</P>"
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Gjeldande verd kunne ikkje lesast. Tenesta er sannsynlegvis ikkje installert, eller valet manglar i systemet.</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
@@ -923,7 +843,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Ein innloggingshandsamar presenterer ein grafisk innloggingsskjerm som er tilgjengeleg for heile nettverket, òg av ein X-servar som køyrer på ein anna maskin viss systemet er sett opp på den måten.</P><P>Vindauga som vert viste, vil då overføra data over heile nettverket. Viss dette nettverket ikkje er heilt påliteleg, kan ein åtakar laut på nettverkstrafikken og skaffa seg tilgjenge, ikkje berre til det grafiske innhaldet på skjermen, men òg til brukernavn og passord som vert nytta.</P><P>Viss du ikkje treng <EM>XDMCP</EM> for ekstern grafisk innlogging, bør du deaktivere dette valet.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
@@ -932,27 +852,27 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Ved oppstart vert stilt systemtiden av datamaskina si maskinvareklokke. Difor må maskinvareklokken stillast før systemet vert slege av.</P><P>Konsistent systemtid er avgjerande for at systemet skal oppretta riktige loggmeldinger.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Funksjonsfeil kan vanlegvis påvisast av spesielle hendingar. Syslog-meldingar om hendingar som inntreffer regelmessig, er viktige for å finnar årsakene til problem, og ein manglande oppføring kan fortelja meir enn om heile systemloggen manglar.</P><P>Man kan difor seia at syslog-meldingar om systemhendelser berre er nyttige dersom dei finst.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Chroot-miljø vert brukte for å avgrensa ein prosess berre til naudsynte filer og plassera desse i ein separat underkatalog. Deretter vert køyrde prosessen av ein endra rotbruker (chroot=changedroot) med tilgjenge til den katalogen.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr "<P>DHCP-klientnissen bør køyrast som brukaren <EM>dhcpd</EM> for å minimera trusselen ved ein eventuell veikskap i programkoden.</P><P>Hugs at dhcpd ikkje må køyrast som <EM>rot</EM> eller med høve for <EM>CAP_sYS_cHROOT</EM> dersom chroot-varetekten skal vera effektiv.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr "<P>For å minimera nytta av rotprivilegier bør ikkje administratorar logga på ein X-vindusøkt som <EM>rot</EM>.</P><P>Dette valet hjelper ikkje mot uforsiktige administratorar, men vil hindra åtakarar i å logga inn som <EM>rot</EM> via den grafiske innloggingsskjermen dersom dei gjettar passordet eller får fatt i det på annan måte.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
@@ -965,14 +885,14 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr "<P>X-vindusklienter, t.d. program som opnar eit vindauge på skjermen, kobler seg til X-serveren som køyrer på den fysiske maskina. Program kan òg køyra på eit anna system og visa innhald på X-serveren via nettverksforbindelser.</P><P>Når dette er aktivert, vil X-serveren lytta på port 6000 pluss skjermnummeret. Fordi nettverkstrafikk vert overførde ukryptert og difor er utsette for nettverkssniffing, og fordi ein port som vert halden open av eit program – i dette tilfellet X-serveren – gjev høve til angrep, er det sikrast å deaktivere dette valet.</P><P>For å vise X-vindusklienter via eit nettverk vert rådt til det å bruka eit sikkert skal (<EM>ssh</EM>), slik at X-vindusklienter kan koble til X-serveren via ein kryptert ssh-samband.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Systemet for e-postlevering køyrer alltid. Som standard er det likevel ikkje eksponert utanfor systemet, fordi det ikkje lyttar på SMTP-nettverksport 25.</P><P>Viss du ikkje leverer e-post til systemet vigde SMTP-protokollen, bør du deaktivere dette valet.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
@@ -985,7 +905,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Viss ei pakke som innholder ei aktivert teneste vert oppdatert, vil tenesta startast på nytt etter at filene i pakka er oppdatert.</P><P>Dette er som oftast fornuftig og trygt fordi mange tenester treng tilgjenge til kjøremiljøer eller oppsettfiler. Desse tenestene vil elles ha framhalde å køyra til dei vart stoppa, t.d. ved at aktiverte nissar deaktiveres.</P><P>Denne innstillinga bør berre endrast viss det finst spesielle grunnar til dette.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
@@ -998,46 +918,125 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Viss ei pakke som innholder ei aktivert teneste avinstalleres, vil tenesta stoppast før filene i pakka vert fjerna.</P><P>Dette er som oftast fornuftig og trygt fordi mange tenester treng tilgjenge til kjøremiljøene eller oppsettfilene. Desse tenestene ville elles ha framhalde å køyra til dei vart stoppa, t.d. ved at aktiverte nissar deaktiveres.</P><P>Denne innstillinga bør berre endrast viss det finst spesielle grunnar til dette.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Eit system kan overkøyrast av så mange tilkoblingsforsøk, at det ikkje er meir tilgjengeleg minne, noko som fører til ein DO sin-sårbarhet (Denial of Service).</P><P>Nytte av syncookies er ein metode som kan hjelpa i sånne situasjonar, men i oppsett med ei svært stort mengd legitime tilkoblingsforsøk frå same kjelde, kan ei <EM>Aktivert</EM>-innstilling føra til problem med at TCP-tilkoblinger avvisast ved høy belastning.</P><P>I dei fleste miljø er likevel syncookies første forsvarslinje mot Angrepet til-DO, så den sikre innstillinga er <EM>aktivert</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>IP-overføring tyder vidaresending av nettverkspakker som vert motteken, men som ikkje er berekna for nokon av systemet sitt eigne nettverksgrensesnitt, d.v.s. nettverkskortenes adresser.</P><P>Viss eit system vidaresender nettverkstrafikk via ISO/OSI 3, vert kalla det ein ruter. Viss du ikkje treng rutingfunksjonen, bør du deaktivere dette valet.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Denne innstillinga gjeld berre for <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Denne innstillinga gjeld berre for <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Med magiske SysRq-tastar har du ei viss grad av kontroll over systemet sjølv om det havarerer (t.d. under feilsøking av kjernen) eller viss systemet ikkje svarar.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Det er forhåndsdefinerte filrettigheter i /etc/permissions.*-filene. Dei mest restriktive filrettighetene er definerte som 'secure' eller 'paranoid'.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Grunnleggjande systemtjenester må aktiverast for at systemet skal vera konsistent og kunne køyra sikkerhetsrelaterte tenester.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Alle aktiverte tenester er ein potensiell sikkerhetsrisiko. Det vert difor rådt til å deaktivere alle tenester som ikkje vert brukte av systemet.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Tryggleik ved oppstart</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Bruk denne dialogen for å endra ulike innstillingar for tryggleik ved oppstart.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n"
+"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n"
+"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n"
+"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n"
+"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n"
+"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n"
+"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n"
+"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n"
+"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Vel korleis systemet skal reagera når nokon trykkjer\n"
+"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt vert systemet\n"
+"starta på nytt, men nokon gonger kan det vera gunstig\n"
+"å ignorera kommandoen, til dømes viss systemet både fungerer som\n"
+"arbeidsstasjon og servar.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Slå av maskina frå innloggingsskjermen</b>\n"
+"Angje kven som kan slå av maskina frå KDM.</p>\n"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Systemdvale</b>:\n"
+"Angje betingelsene for at brukarar skal kunna bruka dvalefunksjonen. Som standard har brukaren på den aktive konsollen slike rettar.\n"
+"Andre val er å la alle brukarar gjera dette, eller alltid krevja autentisering.</p>\n"
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -1106,194 +1105,267 @@
"Minste mengd gruppenavn kan ikkje vera større enn det\n"
"største."
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr "&Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "Ignorer"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "Start på nytt"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "Slå av"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "Berre rotbruker"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "Alle brukarar"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "Ingen"
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr "&Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr "Tillat ekstern &grafisk innlogging"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr "&Magiske SysRq-tastar"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Deaktiver"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "Aktiver alle funksjonar"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "&Forseinking etter mislukka innloggingsforsøk"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "Teen til&stør"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "M&inste"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr "&Slå av maskina frå KDM-innloggingsskjermen:"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "Berre rotbruker"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "Alle brukarar"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Systemdvale"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "Nytter på aktiv konsoll"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr "Alle kan bruka dvalefunksjonen"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Autentisering vert alltid kravde"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for p&assord"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "&Kontroller nye passord"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
#, fuzzy
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "Mengder passord som skal lagre&es"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "&Minste godkjende passordlengde"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "&Mengd dagar for varsel om utløp av passord"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "&Filrettigheter"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "Enkel"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "Sikker"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "Paranoid"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&Brukarar som kan køyra updatedb"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "St&ørste"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minste"
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr "&Slå av maskina frå KDM-innloggingsskjermen:"
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
@@ -1312,73 +1384,73 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer …"
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetskonfigurasjon"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "Lagre sikkerhetsinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "Lagre inittab-innstillingar"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "Lagre PAM-innstillingar"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Lagre sikkerhetsinnstillinger"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetsinnstillinger …"
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar inittab-innstillingar …"
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar PAM-innstillingar …"
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetsinnstillinger …"
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "Gjeldande sikkerhetsnivå: Brukerdefinerte innstillingar"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "Gjeldande sikkerhetsnivå: %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -217,21 +217,17 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
"The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n"
-" list of services.</p>"
-"\n"
+" list of services.</p>\n"
"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n"
-"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>"
-"\n"
+"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145
@@ -273,11 +269,11 @@
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-13 19:48+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -50,66 +50,66 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Skildring"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Brukardata"
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Oppryddingsalgoritme"
#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr "Endra augneblinksbilete %{num}"
#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr "Endra augneblinksbilete %{pre} og %{post}"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "Før (%{pre})"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr "Etter (%{post})"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Lag nytt augneblinksbilete"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr "Enkelt augneblinksbilete"
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Før"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr "Etter, para med:"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
@@ -120,199 +120,199 @@
"%1"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
msgstr ""
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "Augneblinksbilete"
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Enkelt"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "Før og etter"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete …"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Gjeldande oppsett"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Startdato"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Sluttdato"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Brukardata"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Vis endringar"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Endra"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Oversikt over valt augneblinksbilete"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Finn endra filer …"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Reknar ut filendringar …"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Ny fil vart oppretta."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "Fila vert sletta."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr "Filinnhaldet vart ikkje endra."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Fila finst ikkje i nokon av augneblinksbileta."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Filinnhaldet vart endra."
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filmodusen vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»."
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Fileigarskapet vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»."
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filgruppeeigarskapet vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»."
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "&Gjenopprett frå første"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Gjenopprett"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "G&jenopprett frå andre"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom gjeldande system og augneblinksbilete:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom første og andre augneblinksbilete"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom første augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom andre augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr "Tidspunkt for augneblinksbilete:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "Tidspunkt for første augneblinksbilete:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "Tidspunkt for andre augneblinksbilete:"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Opna"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Gjenopprett valt bilete"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -343,121 +343,89 @@
"frå augneblinksbiletet «%2» til gjeldande system?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr "Inga fil valt for gjenoppretting."
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Gjenopprettar filer"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>"
-"Are you sure?"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Desse filene vil verta gjenopprettet frå øyeblikksbildet '%1':</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Desse filene vil verta gjenopprettet frå øyeblikksbildet '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Filer som finst i det originale øyeblikksbildet, vil kopierast til gjeldande system.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Filer som ikkje finne sin i øyeblikksbildet, vil slettast.</p>"
-"Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>Filer som finst i det originale øyeblikksbildet, vil kopierast til gjeldande system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Filer som ikkje finne sin i øyeblikksbildet, vil slettast.</p>Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?"
#. Read dialog help
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Please wait...<br>"
-#| "</p>"
-#| "\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Vent litt …<br>"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><br>\n"
+"Vent litt …<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b>"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.</p>"
-#| "\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
+#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are used for storing file system state in certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation proceeded between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the file system changes new in specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b>"
-"<p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>"
-"\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
-"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>"
-"\n"
+"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oppsett av augneblinksbilete</big></b>"
-"<p>\n"
-"<p>Tabellen viser ei liste over augneblinksbilete av rotfilsystemet. Det finst tre typar augneblinksbilete, <b>enkle</b>, <b>før</b> og <b>etter</b>. Enkle bilete vert brukte til lagring av filsystemstatusen på eit bestemt tidspunkt, mens før og etter vert brukte til å definera handlingar som er utførde mellom desse to augneblinksbileta. Før- og etter-bileta er oppførde parvis i tabellen.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>Vel eit augneblinksbilete eller eit augneblinksbiletepar og trykk <b>Vis endringar</b> for å vise endringane i filsystemet i det valde biletet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Oppsett av augneblinksbilete</big></b><p>\n"
+"<p>Tabellen viser ei liste over augneblinksbilete av rotfilsystemet. Det finst tre typar augneblinksbilete, <b>enkle</b>, <b>før</b> og <b>etter</b>. Enkle bilete vert brukte til lagring av filsystemstatusen på eit bestemt tidspunkt, mens før og etter vert brukte til å definera handlingar som er utførde mellom desse to augneblinksbileta. Før- og etter-bileta er oppførde parvis i tabellen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vel eit augneblinksbilete eller eit augneblinksbiletepar og trykk <b>Vis endringar</b> for å vise endringane i filsystemet i det valde biletet.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>"
+#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you can see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
-#| "</p>"
-#| "\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
#| "</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>"
+"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b>"
+"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
"Filstrukturen viser alle filene som er endra mellom opprettinga av første («før») og andre («etter») augneblinksbilete. Til høgre ser du skildringa som vart generert då første augneblinksbilete vart oppretta og tidspunktet då dei to augneblinksbileta vart oppretta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Når ei fil er vald i filstrukturen, ser du endringane som er gjorde i ho. Standardinnstillinga er at endringar mellom det valde augneblinksbiletparet vert vist, men du kan òg samanlikna fila med andre versjonar.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -466,33 +434,26 @@
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>"
+#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
#| "The tree shows all the files that are different between selected snapshot and current system. On the right side, you can see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
-#| "</p>"
-#| "\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
#| "When file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
#| "</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b>"
+"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b>"
+"<p><b><big>Oversikt over augneblinksbilete</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
"Filstrukturen viser alle filene som er ulike i det valde augneblinksbiletet og gjeldande system. Til høgre er det ei skildring av augneblinksbiletet og tidspunktet det vart oppretta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Når ei fil er vald i filstrukturen, vert skilnaden mellom augneblinksbiletversjonen og versjonen i det gjeldande systemet vist.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -667,11 +628,5 @@
#~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available."
#~ msgstr "Fila «/etc/sysconfig/snappar» er ikkje tilgjengeleg"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: "
-#~ "<p>%2</p>"
-#~ "Are you sure?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Desse filene vert kopierte frå augneblinksbiletet «%1» til det gjeldande systemet: "
-#~ "<p>%2</p>"
-#~ "Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?"
+#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</p>Are you sure?"
+#~ msgstr "Desse filene vert kopierte frå augneblinksbiletet «%1» til det gjeldande systemet: <p>%2</p>Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -142,15 +142,13 @@
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
"setup (like changing filesystem types), choose\n"
"<b>%1</b> and modify the settings in the expert\n"
-"partitioner dialog.</p>"
-"\n"
+"partitioner dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du berre vil gjera små justeringer av det foreslegne\n"
"oppsettet (t.d. endra filsystemtyper) vel\n"
"<b>%1</b> og utfør desse endirngene i dialogen for\n"
-"avansert partisjonering.</p>"
-"\n"
+"avansert partisjonering.</p>\n"
#. help text continued
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
@@ -162,8 +160,7 @@
"currently present on the disks. Select\n"
"<b>%1</b>.\n"
"This is also the option to choose for\n"
-"advanced configurations like RAID and encryption.</p>"
-"\n"
+"advanced configurations like RAID and encryption.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss forslaget ikkje passar for deg, kan du oppretta\n"
@@ -171,8 +168,7 @@
"på diskane som utgangspunkt. Vel i så fall \n"
"<b>%1</b>.\n"
"Bruk òg dette valet for avanserte alternativ\n"
-"som RAID og kryptering.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som RAID og kryptering.</p>\n"
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
@@ -193,8 +189,13 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Det er ikkje nok ledig plass til å foreslå ein separat partisjon for /home."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "Det er ikkje tilordnet noko rotfilsystem!"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -295,8 +296,7 @@
"The actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\n"
"settings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\n"
"partition will remain untouched.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -314,15 +314,13 @@
"<p>\n"
"To skip resizing your Windows partition, press\n"
"<b>Back</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Viss du ikkje vil endra storleiken på Windows-\n"
"partisjonen, klikk<b>Tilbake</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
@@ -350,16 +348,14 @@
"The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n"
"The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\n"
"the partition resize).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Det øvre stolpediagrammet viser gjeldande situasjon.\n"
"Det nedre stolpediagrammet viser situasjonen etter installasjonen (etter\n"
"at storleiken på partisjonene er endra).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text (graphical mode), continued
#. help text (graphical mode), continued
@@ -370,8 +366,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Drag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\n"
"input field to adjust the suggested values.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -427,15 +422,13 @@
"<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n"
"The partitions will automatically be created within this range\n"
"as required for &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Angje eit verd for storleiken på <b>Linux</b>- installasjonen.\n"
"Naudsynte partisjoner for &product; vil opprettast\n"
"på dette området.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
@@ -445,8 +438,7 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"<b>Windows Used</b> is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -741,14 +733,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
"are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Alle harddiskar som vart funne automatisk, er viste\n"
"her. Vel den harddisken du vil installera &product; på.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help part 2 of 3
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193
@@ -756,13 +746,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan venta med å velja kva for ein del av disken du vil installera &product; på.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help part 3 of 3
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202
@@ -773,15 +761,13 @@
"The <b>Custom Partitioning</b> option for experts allows full\n"
"control over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\n"
"partitions to mount points when installing &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Med alternativet <b>Egendefinert partisjonering</b> har avanserte brukarar\n"
"full kontroll over partisjoneringen av diskane og tilordningen av monteringspunkter under installasjonen av &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
#. Information what to do, background information
@@ -965,13 +951,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel kor på harddisken du vil installera &product;.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216
@@ -980,8 +964,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n"
"partitions or free regions shown.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du kan anten bruka <b>heile harddisken</b> eller éin eller fleire av\n"
@@ -1011,13 +994,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n"
"lost. </i></b> There will be no way to recover this data.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><i>Dei merkte områda vil slettast, og alle data som er lagra her, vil slettast. </i></b> Desse dataa vil ikkje kunna gjenopprettes.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
@@ -1053,21 +1034,19 @@
"lost</b> in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we <b>strongly\n"
"recommend a data backup</b>, because the data must be reorganized.\n"
"This may fail under rare circumstances.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du slettar Windows, vil alle data på partisjonen <b>gå tapt\n"
"og kan ikkje gjenopprettes</b>. Før du krympar Windows rår til vi på\n"
"det <b>sterkaste\n"
"at du sikkerhetskopierer viktige data</b>, fordi dataa må omorganiserast. I sjeldne tilfelle kan feil oppstå.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Foreslå separat partisjon for &hjemmekatalog"
@@ -1089,7 +1068,7 @@
msgstr "Forslagstype"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
@@ -1105,7 +1084,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
@@ -1122,7 +1101,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
@@ -1138,7 +1117,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
@@ -1155,7 +1134,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1165,7 +1144,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1187,7 +1166,7 @@
"Vil du bruka dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1203,7 +1182,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka denne storleiken på oppstartspartisjonen?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1215,7 +1194,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1234,7 +1213,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet utan ein /boot-partisjon?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1254,11 +1233,11 @@
"\n"
"Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1413,7 +1392,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg halda på partisjonen uformatert?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
@@ -1423,7 +1402,7 @@
"Fjern henne frå RAID før du gjer endringar.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
@@ -1433,7 +1412,7 @@
"Fjern henne frå volumgruppen før du gjer endringar.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
@@ -1443,7 +1422,7 @@
"Fjern henne frå volumet før du gjer endringar.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
@@ -1453,7 +1432,7 @@
"Fjern henne frå RAID før du slettar henne.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
@@ -1462,13 +1441,13 @@
"Eininga (%2) nyttast av %1.\n"
"Fjern %1 før du slettar henne.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Kan ikkje slettes medan han er montert."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
@@ -1479,7 +1458,7 @@
" partisjon med høgare nummer er i bruk.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1493,7 +1472,7 @@
"Klikk Avbryt viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1509,7 +1488,7 @@
"før du slettar den utvida partisjonen.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1525,7 +1504,7 @@
"den utvida partisjonen.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1546,14 +1525,14 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Ikkje gløym kva du skriv inn her!"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Passord er ikkje naudsynt."
@@ -1586,7 +1565,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Skriv inn eit passord for filsystemet:"
@@ -1598,7 +1577,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "&Gjenta passordet:"
@@ -1624,7 +1603,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
@@ -1636,7 +1615,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
@@ -2004,9 +1983,7 @@
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Her kan du oppretta og fjerne undervolumer \n"
@@ -2045,7 +2022,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -2062,7 +2039,7 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Du må angje eit namn på undervolumet."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
@@ -2071,12 +2048,12 @@
"Berre undervolumnavn som byrjar med «@/» er tillat!\n"
"Legg automatisk til «@/» føre undervolumnavnet."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Undervolumnavnet %1 finst allereie."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "Alle tidlegare endringar i dialogen vil gå tapt!"
@@ -2087,13 +2064,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Create an encrypted file system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Opprett eit kryptert filsystem.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for cryptofs
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63
@@ -2101,13 +2076,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Access an encrypted file system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Tilgjenge til eit kryptert filsystem.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for cryptofs
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73
@@ -2117,19 +2090,17 @@
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
"mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n"
"Linux file system.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Hugs at filsystemet berre er verna når det ikkje\n"
"er montert. Når det er montert, er det like sikkert som alle andre\n"
"Linux-filsystemer.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2137,21 +2108,19 @@
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Dette monteringspunktet tilsvarer eit mellombels filsystem som /tmp eller var/tmp.\n"
"Du treng ikkje å angje noko krypteringspassord. I så fall vil systemet oppretta\n"
"eit tilfeldig passord ved systemoppstart. Dette tyder at alle data på desse\n"
"filsystemene går tapt når du slår av maskina.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2159,36 +2128,32 @@
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du gløymer passordet ditt, vil du mista tilgjenge til alle data i filsystemet.\n"
"Ver nøye med val av passord. Ein kombinasjon av bokstavar og tall\n"
"vert rådd til. For å sikre at passordet vert skrive inn riktig, \n"
"må det skrivast inn to gonger.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du må skilja mellom store og små bokstavar. Eit passord bør ha\n"
"minst %1 teikn, og bør normalt ikkje innehalda spesialtegn\n"
"(t.d. bokstavar med aksent).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129
@@ -2198,20 +2163,18 @@
"Possible characters are\n"
"<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\n"
"letters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Moglege teikn er\n"
"<tt>%1</tt>, mellomrom, små og store\n"
"bokstavar (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) og tall <tt>0</tt> til <tt>9</tt>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2228,8 +2191,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You will need to enter your encryption password.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Du vil bedast om å skriva inn krypteringspassordet.\n"
@@ -2243,14 +2205,12 @@
"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss det krypterte filsystemet ikkje inneheld nokon systemfil og difor ikkje vert kravde for oppdateringa, kan du velja <b>Hopp over</b>. I dette tilfellet\n"
" finn det ikkje stad noko tilgjenge til filsystemet under oppdatering.\n"
-" </p>"
-"\n"
+" </p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173
#, fuzzy
@@ -2445,7 +2405,7 @@
"til einingar som manglar eller ha ukjent filsystem."
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -2470,13 +2430,13 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
#, fuzzy
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "Filsystemet er montert på %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
@@ -2487,13 +2447,13 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Avmonter"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
@@ -2502,17 +2462,17 @@
"Du kan freista avmontera det no eller avbryta.\n"
"Klikk på Avbryt viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du held på med."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1."
@@ -2599,8 +2559,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
-"device.</p>"
-"\n"
+"device.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dobbeltklikk på ein oppføring i tabellen\n"
"for å gå til eit vindauge med detaljert informasjon om den aktuelle\n"
@@ -2825,9 +2784,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit"
@@ -2860,9 +2818,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2886,8 +2843,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr "Rediger …"
@@ -2904,8 +2861,7 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
#, fuzzy
@@ -2923,8 +2879,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
-"selected Btrfs volume.</p>"
-"\n"
+"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert viste detaljert informasjon om\n"
"valde BTRFS-volum.</p>"
@@ -2934,8 +2889,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
-"selected Btrfs volume.</p>"
-"\n"
+"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert viste alle einingar som vert brukte av\n"
"valt BTRFS-volum.</p>"
@@ -2979,33 +2933,39 @@
msgstr "<p>Vel storleiken på den nye partisjonen.</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Formater partisjon"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "Standard filsystem"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
@@ -3015,20 +2975,19 @@
"og ynskte filsystemtype.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
-"volume will delete all data on it.</p>"
-"\n"
+"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å kryptera alle data på\n"
"volumet, vel <b>Krypter eining</b>. Viss du endrar krypteringen på eit eksisterande\n"
"volum, vil alle data på volumet slettast.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
@@ -3038,56 +2997,56 @@
" og monteringspunktet ( /, /boot, /usr, /var osb.).</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Formateringsvalg"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formater partisjon"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Ikkje formater partisjon"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Ikkje monter partisjonen"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Monteringsvalg"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Monter partisjonen"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Monteringspunkt"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab-val …"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Kryptofiler må krypterast."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
@@ -3101,19 +3060,19 @@
"Kryss av for formatering òg.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Krypteringsfiler må ha eit monteringspunkt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs må ha eit monteringspunkt."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3129,40 +3088,38 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
"password empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\n"
"(suspend to disk).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Filsystemet swap er brukte for dette volumet. Du treng ikkje å angje noko krypteringspassord,\n"
"men swap-eininga vil i så fall ikkje kunne verta til brukt dvalefunksjoner\n"
"(diskdvale).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
#, fuzzy
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle data som er lagra på volumet, vil gåt tapt!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Passord"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -3173,7 +3130,7 @@
"Du kan ikkje endra storleik på den valde partisjonen fordi filsystemet\n"
"på denne partisjonen ikkje støttar endring av storleik.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
@@ -3181,7 +3138,7 @@
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -3191,24 +3148,24 @@
"fordi filsystemet ser ut til å vera inkonsistent."
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Endre storleik på partisjon %1"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Endre storleik på logisk volum %1"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Gjeldande storleik: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Brukt storleik: %1"
@@ -3217,8 +3174,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -3231,7 +3188,7 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
@@ -3239,14 +3196,14 @@
msgstr "Maksimal storleik (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Minimum storleik (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
@@ -3254,14 +3211,14 @@
msgstr "Egendefinert storleik"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vel ein ny storleik.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
#, fuzzy
@@ -3272,7 +3229,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
@@ -3286,13 +3243,13 @@
"endra storleiken."
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Resultat frå %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Skannar diskar på nytt …"
@@ -3331,8 +3288,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n"
"included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n"
-"BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>"
-"\n"
+"BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert vist alle enhetstilordnere\n"
"som ikkje allereie er med i ein annan visning. Multipath-diskar,\n"
@@ -3514,59 +3470,59 @@
msgstr "Det angjevne området er ugyldig."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Legg til partisjon på %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Rediger partisjonen %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Ingen ledig plass på den flytte partisjonen %1."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Vil du flytta partisjonen %1 framover?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "Vil du flytta partisjonen %1 bakover?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Vil du flytta partisjonen %1?"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Framover"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Bakover"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Stadfest sletting av alle partisjoner"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3575,7 +3531,7 @@
"Disken «%1» inneheld minst éin partisjon.\n"
"Viss du held fram, vil følgjande partisjoner slettast:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Vil du verkeleg slette alle partisjoner på «%1»?"
@@ -3583,26 +3539,31 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Ingen harddisk valt."
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
#, fuzzy
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Disken er i bruk, og kan ikkje endrast."
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "Vel ny partisjonstabelltype for %1."
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
@@ -3612,33 +3573,33 @@
"på %1, og alle RAID-einingar og volumgrupper som brukar partisjoner på %1."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Ingen disk valt."
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "Vil du verkeleg slette BIOS RAID %1?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta partisjonert RAID %1?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "Denne disken inneheld ingen partisjoner som kan slettes."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
#, fuzzy
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta ein partisjon på %1."
@@ -3647,16 +3608,16 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
#, fuzzy
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "Ingen partisjon er valde."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -3666,13 +3627,13 @@
"redigerast. For å redigera henne %1, sørg for at han ikkje er i bruk."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "Ein utvida partisjon kan ikkje vert redigert."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
@@ -3682,13 +3643,13 @@
"og kan ikkje flyttast."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "Ein utvida partisjon kan ikkje vert flytt."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -3698,33 +3659,30 @@
"vert endra. For å endra storleik på %1, sørg for at han ikkje er i bruk."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "Du kan ikkje endra storleiken på ein utvida partisjon."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
-"this disk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"this disk.</p>\n"
"<p>Disks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\n"
"more partitions. After cloning, these\n"
-"partitions will be deleted.</p>"
-"\n"
+"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vel éin eller fleire (viss tilgjengelege) harddiskar\n"
"som skal ha same partisjonsoppsett som\n"
-"denne disken.</p>"
-"\n"
+"denne disken.</p>\n"
"<p>Diskar merket med '*' inneheld éin eller\n"
"fleire partisjoner. Etter kloning vil desse\n"
"partisjonene slettast.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
@@ -3733,12 +3691,12 @@
"Følgjande partisjoner vil slettast\n"
"og alle data på dei vil gå tapt:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta desse partisjonene?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
@@ -3749,7 +3707,7 @@
"disk må ha minst éin partisjon).\n"
"Opprett nokon partisjoner før du klonar disken."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
@@ -3758,23 +3716,23 @@
"Denne disken kan ikkje klonast. Det finst ingen eigna\n"
"diskar som kan ha same partisjonsoppsett."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
#, fuzzy
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "Klon partisjonsoppsettet for %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "Tilgjengelege måldisker:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "Vel ein måldisk for å oppretta ein klona."
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
@@ -3784,7 +3742,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg køyra dasdfmt for disken %1?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
@@ -3889,8 +3847,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n"
-"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>"
-"\n"
+"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert vist alle harddiskar, inkludert\n"
"iSCSI-diskar, BIOS RAID-einingar og Multipath-diskar med sine partisjoner.</p>"
@@ -3947,8 +3904,7 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
#, fuzzy
@@ -3967,8 +3923,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n"
"hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n"
-"partitions are shown here.</p>"
-"\n"
+"partitions are shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert vist alle partisjoner på den valde\n"
"harddisken. Viss harddisken vert brukt av t.d. BIOS RAID eller Multipath, vil\n"
@@ -3980,8 +3935,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n"
-"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>"
-"\n"
+"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert viste alle einingar som vert brukte av den\n"
"valde harddisken. Visningen er berre tilgjengeleg for BIOS RAID, partisjonert\n"
@@ -4021,8 +3975,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n"
"Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n"
-"the table.</p>"
-"\n"
+"the table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>YaST2 har gjennomsøkt harddiskane og funne\n"
"eit gammalt Linux-system med monteringspunkter. Til høgre ser du ei liste over monteringspunktene som vart funnen. Dei gamle monteringspunktene\n"
@@ -4086,12 +4039,12 @@
msgstr "Feil passord."
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "Stadfest sletting av partisjon som vert brukt av LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
@@ -4102,17 +4055,17 @@
"For at systemet skal vera konsistent vil følgjande volumgruppe\n"
"med tilhøyrande logiske volum verta sletter:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Vil du sletta partisjonen «%1» og volumgruppen «%2» no?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "Stadfest sletting av partisjonen som vert brukte av RAID"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
@@ -4123,13 +4076,13 @@
"For at systemet skal vera konsistent, vil følgjande\n"
"RAID-eining slettast:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Vil du sletta partisjonen «%1» og RAID «%2» no?"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta alle partisjonene på %1?"
@@ -4137,13 +4090,13 @@
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Vil du verkeleg slette %1?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -4154,7 +4107,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "Ikkje partisjonert"
@@ -4163,37 +4116,37 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "Ikkje tilordnet"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen endringar i partisjoneringen.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Endringar i partisjoneringen:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen endringar i lagringsinnstillingene.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lagringsinnstillinger:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lagringsinnstillinger:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen endringar i lagringsinnstillingene.</p>"
@@ -4230,49 +4183,37 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>"
-"This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
-"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
+"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Stig til loop-fil</b><br>"
-"Dette må vera den absolutte stigen til fila\n"
-"som inneheld datum for for han krypterte loop-eininga som skal verta opp sett.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Stig til loop-fil</b><br>Dette må vera den absolutte stigen til fila\n"
+"som inneheld datum for for han krypterte loop-eininga som skal verta opp sett.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>"
-"If this is checked, the file will be created\n"
+"<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n"
"with the size given in the next field. <b>NOTE:</b> If the file already\n"
-"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>"
-"\n"
+"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Opprett loop-fil:</b><br>"
-"Viss dette er avkrysset, vil fila opprettast med storleiken som vert angjeven i neste felt. <b>MERK:</b> Viss fila \n"
-"finst allereie, vil alle data i han gå tapt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Opprett loop-fil:</b><br>Viss dette er avkrysset, vil fila opprettast med storleiken som vert angjeven i neste felt. <b>MERK:</b> Viss fila \n"
+"finst allereie, vil alle data i han gå tapt.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Size:</b><br>"
-"This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n"
-"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n"
+"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Storleik:</b><br>"
-"Dette er storleiken på loop-fila. Filsystemet\n"
-"som skal opprettast i han krypterte loop-eininga, vil ha denne storleiken.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Storleik:</b><br>Dette er storleiken på loop-fila. Filsystemet\n"
+"som skal opprettast i han krypterte loop-eininga, vil ha denne storleiken.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66
@@ -4282,15 +4223,13 @@
"<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n"
"checks of file size and path names because the file system is not\n"
"accessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\n"
-"careful when providing the size and path name.</p>"
-"\n"
+"careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b>MERK:</b>Under installasjon vil det ikkje utførast nokon\n"
"konsistenskontroller med omsyn til filstørrelser og filstier fordi filsystemet ikkje er \n"
"tilgjengeleg. Dette vil opprettast når installasjonen vert fullførd. Vêr \n"
-"nøye med storleiken og filstien du angjev.</p>"
-"\n"
+"nøye med storleiken og filstien du angjev.</p>\n"
#. input field label
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96
@@ -4339,13 +4278,13 @@
"å oppretta ei fil."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "Legg til krypteringsfil"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "Rediger krypteringsfilen %1"
@@ -4701,13 +4640,13 @@
msgstr "Brukast av"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Legg til logisk volum på %1"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Rediger det logiske volumet %1 på %2"
@@ -4750,9 +4689,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "Ingen logiske volum er valde."
@@ -4764,7 +4703,7 @@
msgstr "Det er ingen ledig plass i volumgruppen \"%1\"."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
@@ -4774,7 +4713,7 @@
"redigerast. For å redigera %1, sørg for at det ikkje er i bruk."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -5024,54 +4963,43 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>"
-"\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Dette nivået aukar ytinga til disken.\n"
-"Det er <b>INGEN</b> redundans i denne modusen. Viss ein av diskane havarerer, vil det ikkje vera mogleg å gjenopprette datum.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Det er <b>INGEN</b> redundans i denne modusen. Viss ein av diskane havarerer, vil det ikkje vera mogleg å gjenopprette datum.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>"
-"This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
-"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>"
-"\n"
+"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>"
-"Denne modusen har best redundans. Han kan brukast\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Denne modusen har best redundans. Han kan brukast\n"
"med to eller fleire diskar. Modusen lagar ein nøyaktig kopi av alle data på alle\n"
"diskar. Så lenge éin av diskane fungerer, vil ingen datum gå tapt. Partisjonene\n"
-"som vert brukte for dette RAIDET-typen, bør ha omtrent same storleik.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som vert brukte for dette RAIDET-typen, bør ha omtrent same storleik.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>"
-"This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>"
-"\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>"
-"Denne modusen kan handtera ei større mengd \n"
+"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Denne modusen kan handtera ei større mengd \n"
"diskar, og har likevel noko redundans. Modusen kan brukast for tre eller fleire diskar.\n"
-"Viss éin disk havarerer, er alle data framleis intakt. Viss to diskar havarerer samstundes, går alle data tapt.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss éin disk havarerer, er alle data framleis intakt. Viss to diskar havarerer samstundes, går alle data tapt.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n"
"name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n"
-"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
@@ -5080,25 +5008,21 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>"
-"\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Legg til partisjoner i RAID.</b> Avhengig av\n"
"RAID-type, vil ledig diskplass tilsvara summen av desse partisjonene (RAID0), storleiken på\n"
-"den minste partisjonen (RAID 1) eller (N-1)*minste partisjon (RAID 5).</p>"
-"\n"
+"den minste partisjonen (RAID 1) eller (N-1)*minste partisjon (RAID 5).</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n"
-"to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>"
-"\n"
+"to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> Generelt bør partisjonene liggja på ulike diskar,\n"
-"for oppnå optimal redundans og yting.</p>"
-"\n"
+"for oppnå optimal redundans og yting.</p>\n"
#. heading
#. Column header
@@ -5159,17 +5083,13 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>"
-"It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
+"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>"
-"\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Datapakkestørrelse:</b><br>"
-"Dette er den samlinga\n"
+"<p><b>Datapakkestørrelse:</b><br>Dette er den samlinga\n"
"av datum som kan lagrast på einingane. Ein fornuftig datapakkestørrelse for RAID 5 er 128 kB. For RAID 0\n"
-"er 32 kB eit godt utgangspunkt. For RAID 1 tyder ikkje datapakkestørrelsen så mye.</p>"
-"\n"
+"er 32 kB eit godt utgangspunkt. For RAID 1 tyder ikkje datapakkestørrelsen så mye.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
#, fuzzy
@@ -5183,10 +5103,8 @@
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Paritetsalgoritme:</b><br>"
-"Paritetsalgoritmen som skal brukast for RAID5/6.\n"
-"Venstresymetrisk gjev best yting på vanlege roterande diskar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Paritetsalgoritme:</b><br>Paritetsalgoritmen som skal brukast for RAID5/6.\n"
+"Venstresymetrisk gjev best yting på vanlege roterande diskar.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
@@ -5221,19 +5139,19 @@
msgstr "<p>Endre einingane som vert brukte for RAID.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Legg til RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Endre storleik på RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Rediger RAID %1"
@@ -5500,8 +5418,7 @@
"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
-"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standardmontering med</b> angjev monteringsmetoden\n"
"for nyopprettet filsystemer. <i>Enhetsavn</i> brukar kjernen sin\n"
@@ -5515,8 +5432,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
-"system type for newly created file systems.</p>"
-"\n"
+"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standard filsystem</b> angjev\n"
"filsystemtypen for nyopprettede filsystemer.</p>"
@@ -5528,8 +5444,7 @@
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
-"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ordning av nyopprettede partisjoner</b>\n"
"angjev korleis opprettedepartisjoner skal ordnast. <b>sylinder</b> angjev tradisjonell ordning ved sylindergrenser på disken. <b>optimal</b> ordnar \n"
@@ -5563,7 +5478,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Dette er eit installasjonssammendrag.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr "Legg til Tmpfs-monteringspunkt"
@@ -5601,8 +5516,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
-"selected tmpfs volume.</p>"
-"\n"
+"selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Her vert viste detaljert informasjon om\n"
"valde BTRFS-volum.</p>"
@@ -5935,12 +5849,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
-"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Veksleminneprioritet:</b>\n"
-"Angje veksleminneprioriteten. Eit høgare tal gjev høgare prioritet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Angje veksleminneprioriteten. Eit høgare tal gjev høgare prioritet.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
@@ -5957,8 +5869,7 @@
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Monter som skrivebeskyttet:</b>\n"
-"Ingen data kan verta til skrive filsystemet. Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Ingen data kan verta til skrive filsystemet. Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
@@ -5971,8 +5882,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
-"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ingen tilgangstid:</b>\n"
"Tilgangstidene vert ikkje oppdaterte når ei fil vert lesen. Standardverdien er \"Nei\".</p>"
@@ -5988,12 +5898,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
-"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kan monterast av brukar:</b>\n"
-"Filsystemet kan monterast av vanleg brukar. Standardverdien er \"Nei\".</p>"
-"\n"
+"Filsystemet kan monterast av vanleg brukar. Standardverdien er \"Nei\".</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
@@ -6009,16 +5917,14 @@
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>"
-"\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ikkje monter ved oppstart:</b>\n"
"Filsystemet vert montert ikkje automatisk under oppstart av systemet.\n"
"Ein oppføring i /etc/fstab vert oppretta, og filsystemet verta med\n"
"montert tilhøyrande val med kommandoen <tt>mount <monteringspunktt></tt>\n"
"(<monteringspunkt> er katalogen som filsystemet vert montert i).\n"
-"Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Standardverdien er 'nei'.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
@@ -6032,13 +5938,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
-"Default is false.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aktivar diskkvoter:</b>\n"
"Filsystemet verta med montert aktiverte diskkvoter for brukarar.\n"
-"Standard er deaktivert.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Standard er deaktivert.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576
@@ -6053,13 +5957,10 @@
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
-"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>"
-"\n"
+"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>"
-"\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>"
-"\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Dataindekseringsmodus:</b>\n"
"Spesifiserer indekseringsmodus for fildata.\n"
@@ -6067,8 +5968,7 @@
"vert lagra i hovedfilsystemet. Høg ytelsespåvirkning.\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle data vert sende automatisk til hovedfilsystemet\n"
"før metadata sendast til indeksen. Medium ytelsespåvirkning.\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarekkefølgen vert ikkje oppretthalden. Ingen ytelsespåvirkning.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarekkefølgen vert ikkje oppretthalden. Ingen ytelsespåvirkning.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
@@ -6081,12 +5981,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
-"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tilgangskontrollister (ACL):</b>\n"
-"Aktivar tilgangskontrollister for filsystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Aktivar tilgangskontrollister for filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621
@@ -6099,12 +5997,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
-"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Utvida brukerattributter:</b>\n"
-"Tillat utvida brukerattributter for filsystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Tillat utvida brukerattributter for filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
@@ -6123,13 +6019,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
-"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tilfeldig valgverdi:</b>\n"
"I dette feltet kan du leggja inn gyldige monteringsalternativer for fjerde felt i /etc/fstab.\n"
-"Ulike val må vera adskilt av komene.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Ulike val må vera adskilt av komene.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668
@@ -6142,12 +6036,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
-"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tegnsett for filnavn:</b>\n"
-"Vel kva for eit tegnsett som skal brukast ved visning av filnavn på Windows-partisjoner.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Vel kva for eit tegnsett som skal brukast ved visning av filnavn på Windows-partisjoner.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
@@ -6160,12 +6052,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tegnsett for korte FAT-namn:</b>\n"
-"Dette tegnsettes vert brukt ved konvertering til korte filnavn i FAT-filsystemer.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dette tegnsettes vert brukt ved konvertering til korte filnavn i FAT-filsystemer.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
@@ -6194,12 +6084,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FAT-storleik:</b>\n"
-"Angjev kva for ein type allokeringstabeller som vert nytta (12-, 16-, eller 32-bitar). Viss auto vert valde, vil YaST2 automatisk velja det verdet som passar best til storleiken på filsystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Angjev kva for ein type allokeringstabeller som vert nytta (12-, 16-, eller 32-bitar). Viss auto vert valde, vil YaST2 automatisk velja det verdet som passar best til storleiken på filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
@@ -6218,8 +6106,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
-"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Underkat. i rot:</b>\n"
"Vel maksimalt mengd underkataloger i rot-katalogen.</p>"
@@ -6235,8 +6122,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sorteringsfunksjon:</b>\n"
"Spesifiser namnet på sorteringsfunksjonen som skal brukast for å svartare filnavn i katalogar. Vel eit alternativ ovanfor.</p>"
@@ -6252,12 +6138,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FS-revisjon:</b>\n"
-"Dette alternativet definerer kva for ein formatrevisjon som skal verta for brukt reiserfs. '3.5' står for bakoverkompatibilitet med kjernar frå 2.2.x serien. '3.6' er nyare, men kan berre verta med brukte kjerneversjoner frå og med 2.4.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Dette alternativet definerer kva for ein formatrevisjon som skal verta for brukt reiserfs. '3.5' står for bakoverkompatibilitet med kjernar frå 2.2.x serien. '3.6' er nyare, men kan berre verta med brukte kjerneversjoner frå og med 2.4.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -6271,12 +6155,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Blokkstørrelse:</b>\n"
-"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Viss auto er valde, vert ein standardblokkstørrelse på 4096 nytta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Viss auto er valde, vert ein standardblokkstørrelse på 4096 nytta.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -6291,12 +6173,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
-"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inode-storleik:</b>\n"
-"Spesifiser inode storleiken for filsystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Spesifiser inode storleiken for filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
@@ -6309,12 +6189,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>"
-"\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prosentandel for inode-storleik:</b>\n"
-"\"Prosentandel for inode-storleik\" spesifiserer den maksimale prosentandelen av filsystemet som kan tilordnes inoder.</p>"
-"\n"
+"\"Prosentandel for inode-storleik\" spesifiserer den maksimale prosentandelen av filsystemet som kan tilordnes inoder.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
@@ -6329,14 +6207,12 @@
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
-"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>"
-"\n"
+"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inode-justert:</b>\n"
"\"Inode-justert\" spesifiserer om inode-tilordningen skal justerast eller \n"
"ikkje. Standardverdien er \"justert\". Justert inode-tilgjenge\n"
-"er vanlegvis meir effektivt enn ujustert tilgjenge.</p>"
-"\n"
+"er vanlegvis meir effektivt enn ujustert tilgjenge.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
@@ -6360,8 +6236,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Loggstørrelse</b>\n"
"Definer loggstørrelsen (i megabyte). Viss auto er valt, vil standardverdien vera 40 % av samla storleik.</p>"
@@ -6395,26 +6270,22 @@
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
"argument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\n"
-"RAID stripe as its argument.</p>"
-"\n"
+"RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>'Stride-lengd i blokker:</b> \n"
"Vel RAID-relaterte alternativ for filsystemet. Førebels er berre 'stride' \n"
"støtta, ein funksjon som brukar mengd blokker i eit RAID- 'stripe' som\n"
-"argument.</p>"
-"\n"
+"argument.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Blokkstørrelse:</b>\n"
-"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Dersom auto er valde, vil blokkstørrelsen avgjerast av filsystemstørrelsen og kva filsystemet vert forventa å verta brukt til.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Spesifiser blokkstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige verd er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blokk. Dersom auto er valde, vil blokkstørrelsen avgjerast av filsystemstørrelsen og kva filsystemet vert forventa å verta brukt til.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
@@ -6433,14 +6304,12 @@
"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
-"value for this parameter.</p>"
-"\n"
+"value for this parameter.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Byte per inode:</b>\n"
"Spesifiser tilhøvet mellom byte og inode. YaST2 opprettar ein inode for peren <til kvar-byte-inode> byte diskplass. Jo større byte per inode-verdet er, dess fleire inoder vil opprettast.\n"
"Dette verdet bør generelt ikkje vera mindre enn blokkstørrelsen i filsystemet for å unngå at for mange inoder vert oppretta. Det er ikkje mogleg å utvida \n"
-"mengd inoder etter at filsystemet er laget, så det er viktig å velja eit fornuftig verd her.</p>"
-"\n"
+"mengd inoder etter at filsystemet er laget, så det er viktig å velja eit fornuftig verd her.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
@@ -6476,12 +6345,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
-"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Deaktiver regelmessige kontrollar:</b>\n"
-"Deaktiver regelmessig kontroll av filsystemet ved oppstart.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Deaktiver regelmessig kontroll av filsystemet ved oppstart.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
@@ -6494,12 +6361,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
-"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Katalogindeks:</b>\n"
-"Her kan du bruka hash-b-strukturar for raskare søk i store katalogar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Her kan du bruka hash-b-strukturar for raskare søk i store katalogar.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
@@ -6513,29 +6378,50 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
-"know what you are doing.</p>"
-"\n"
+"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ingen journal:</b>\n"
"Journalfunksjonen deaktiveres for filsystemet. Bruk dette valet berre viss\n"
-"du veit kva du gjer.</p>"
-"\n"
+"du veit kva du gjer.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Partisjoneringen på disken %1 kan anten ikkje lesast av\n"
+"partisjoneringsverktøyet parted, som vert nytta for å endra\n"
+"partisjonstabellen eller verta ikkje støtta av dette verktøyet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan bruka partisjonene på disken %1 som dei er eller\n"
+"formatera dei og tilordne monteringspunkter til dei, men du\n"
+"kan ikkje leggja til, redigera, endra storleikar eller sletta partisjoner frå denne\n"
+"disken her.\n"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6549,16 +6435,16 @@
"kan ikkje leggja til, redigera, endra storleikar eller sletta partisjoner frå denne\n"
"disken her.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6573,7 +6459,7 @@
"disken her.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6589,7 +6475,7 @@
"disken.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6608,7 +6494,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Storleiken kunne ikkje endrast:"
@@ -6622,7 +6508,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
@@ -6636,7 +6522,7 @@
"Eit ugyldig krypteringspassord er kanskje angjeve.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6648,7 +6534,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6661,28 +6547,28 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "Angje krypteringspassord"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Angje eit passord"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
#, fuzzy
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Følgjande krypterte volum er allereie tilgjengelege."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Aktivering av krypterte volum"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
@@ -6695,13 +6581,13 @@
"Passorda må kjennast viss det er behov for voluma, anten \n"
"under ei oppdatering eller viss dei inneheld eit fysisk kryptert LVM-volum."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Vil du angje eit krypteringspassord?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
@@ -6713,59 +6599,59 @@
"Passordet vil freistast for alle einingane."
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Angje krypteringspassord"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Det finst ingen krypterte volum å låsa opp."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Angje passordet for ein av følgjande einingar:"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Angje passordet for følgjande eining:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
#, fuzzy
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Freistar å låsa opp krypterte volum …"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Passordet låste ikkje opp noko volum."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
#, fuzzy
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "IDE-disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
#, fuzzy
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "SCSI-disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD RAID"
@@ -6773,17 +6659,17 @@
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Vil du halda fram til trass for feilen?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
@@ -6791,7 +6677,7 @@
"Partisjonen %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi andre partisjoner på\n"
"disken %2 er i bruk."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6802,7 +6688,7 @@
"Eininga %1 kan ikkje endrast fordi han vert nytta som vekselminne,\n"
"og er naudsynt for å køyra installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6813,7 +6699,7 @@
"Eininga %1 kan ikkje endrast fordi han inneheld installasjonsdata\n"
"som er naudsynt for installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6824,7 +6710,7 @@
"Eininga %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi han vert nytta som vekselminne,\n"
"og er naudsynt for å køyra installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6835,7 +6721,7 @@
"Eininga %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi han inneheld installasjonsdata\n"
"som er naudsynt for installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6848,7 +6734,7 @@
"%2, som vert nytta som vekselminne, og er naudsynt for å køyra\n"
"installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6861,7 +6747,7 @@
"installasjonen.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -6873,12 +6759,12 @@
"disken %2 er i bruk."
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Det er ikkje tilordnet noko rotfilsystem!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Installasjonen vil mislukkast!"
@@ -6886,7 +6772,7 @@
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Følgjande kunne ikkje verta til lagde: %1"
@@ -7639,61 +7525,45 @@
"Lagringssystemet er låst av programmet \"%1\" (%2).\n"
"Dette programmet må avsluttast før du kan halda fram."
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å endra storleik på grunn av inkonistent fs. Freist å kontrollera fs frå Windows."
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "Kr&ypter volumgruppen"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Alternativ for filsystem:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Foreslå separat partisjon for &hjemmekatalog"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
#, fuzzy
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Forslag til innstillingar"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
-#, fuzzy
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For å oppretta eitt LVM-basert forslag, vel den aktuelle knappen.</p>"
-"\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7702,38 +7572,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Angje passordet for det den foreslegne krypteringen."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Passord:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Gjenta passordet for å stadfesta:"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -7783,6 +7669,18 @@
msgstr "Synleg informasjon om lagringsenheter:"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "Kr&ypter volumgruppen"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "For å oppretta eitt LVM-basert forslag, vel den aktuelle knappen.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
#~ msgstr "Lagrar filsystemoppsett …"
@@ -7837,14 +7735,12 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "To import the mount points from an existing Linux\n"
#~ "system choose <b>%1</b>. You can still make modification\n"
-#~ "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "For å importera monteringspunkter frå eit eksisterande Linux-\n"
#~ "system, vel <b>%1</b>. Du kan framleis justera oppsettet\n"
-#~ "etterpå i den avanserte partisjoneringsdialogen.</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "etterpå i den avanserte partisjoneringsdialogen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Use &Btrfs as Default File System"
@@ -7953,16 +7849,14 @@
#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n"
#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n"
#~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Dette monteringspunktet tilsvarer eit mellombels filsystem som /tmp eller var/tmp.\n"
#~ "Du treng ikkje å angje noko krypteringspassord. I så fall vil systemet oppretta \n"
#~ "eit tilfeldig passord ved systemoppstart. Dette tyder at alle data på desse \n"
#~ "filsystemene går tapt når du slår av maskina.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ "\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "No BTRFS device selected."
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -83,46 +83,36 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\n"
-"create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>"
-"\n"
+"create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For å unngå tap av data under oppgradering\n"
-"kan du oppretta ein <b>sikkerhetskopi</b> før oppgraderingen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan du oppretta ein <b>sikkerhetskopi</b> før oppgraderingen.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\n"
-"backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>"
-"\n"
+"backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Advarsel:</b> Dette er ikkje ein fullt\n"
-"sikkerhetskopi. Berre endra filer vil lagrast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sikkerhetskopi. Berre endra filer vil lagrast.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the desired options.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vel alternativ.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the desired options.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Vel alternativ.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\n"
-"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Opprett ein sikkerhetskopi av endra filer:</b>\n"
-"Lagrar endra filer som vert erstatta under oppgraderingen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Lagrar endra filer som vert erstatta under oppgraderingen.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120
@@ -130,13 +120,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n"
"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n"
-"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Opprett ein fullt sikkerhetskopi av\n"
"/etc/sysconfig:</b> Dette dekker alle konfigurasjonsfiler som er ein del av\n"
-"sysconfig-systemet, òg filer som ikkje vert erstatta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"sysconfig-systemet, òg filer som ikkje vert erstatta.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130
@@ -145,14 +133,12 @@
"<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\n"
"Directory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an earlier\n"
"update, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\n"
-"remove them.</p>"
-"\n"
+"remove them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Slett gamle sikkerhetskopier frå\n"
"sikkerhetskopieringskatalogen:</b> Viss dette systemet er oppgradert tidlegare,\n"
"kan det finnast sikkerhetskopier av konfigurasjonsfilene. Vel dette alternativet for å\n"
-"slette desse.</p>"
-"\n"
+"slette desse.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142
@@ -253,12 +239,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\n"
-"either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>"
-"\n"
+"either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Oppgraderingsalternativet har to moduser.\n"
-"Uansett rår til vi å sikkerhetskopiere personlege data.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Uansett rår til vi å sikkerhetskopiere personlege data.</p>\n"
#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151
@@ -267,13 +251,11 @@
"<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n"
"updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n"
"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n"
-"software selection.</p>"
-"\n"
+"software selection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Med ny programvare:</b> Denne standardinnstillingen \n"
"oppgraderer den eksisterande programvara og installerer alle nye funksjonar og fordeler i den nye <tt>%1</tt> versjonen. Utvalet er basert på det forrige forhåndsdefinerte\n"
-" programvarevalget.</p>"
-"\n"
+" programvarevalget.</p>\n"
#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164
@@ -282,14 +264,12 @@
"<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n"
"only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n"
"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n"
-"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>"
-"\n"
+"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Berre installerte pakker:</b> Med dette valet\n"
"vert berre oppgradert pakker som allereie er installert i systemet. <i>Merk:</i>\n"
"Ny programvare i det forhåndsdefinerte programvareutvalget, til dømes nye YaST-modular, vil\n"
-"ikkje vera tilgjengelege etter oppgraderingen. Du kan gå glipp av nye funksjonar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"ikkje vera tilgjengelege etter oppgraderingen. Du kan gå glipp av nye funksjonar.</p>\n"
#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175
@@ -297,13 +277,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>After the update, some software might not\n"
"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n"
-"packages during the update.</p>"
-"\n"
+"packages during the update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Etter oppgraderingen kan det henda at einskilde program\n"
"ikkje fungerer lengjer. Vel <b>Slett pakkar som ikkje vedlikeholdes</b> for å slette slike\n"
-"pakkar under oppgraderingen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"pakkar under oppgraderingen.</p>\n"
#. warning / question
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
@@ -446,13 +424,11 @@
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
"or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Oppgradering til ny versjon (%1 → %2) medan systemet køyrer, vert ikkje støtta.<br>"
-"\n"
+"Oppgradering til ny versjon (%1 → %2) medan systemet køyrer, vert ikkje støtta.<br>\n"
"Start systemet på nytt frå installasjonsmediumet og val normal oppgradering\n"
"eller deaktiver pakkebrønner for produkt med andre versjonar."
@@ -481,8 +457,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
"installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n"
-"deleted.</p>"
-"\n"
+"deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Oppgraderingsvalg</big></b>\n"
"Her vel du korleis systemet skal oppgraderast.\n"
@@ -502,7 +477,7 @@
msgstr "Ingen av desse filene finst:%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
@@ -545,13 +520,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel partisjonen eller systemet som skal startast.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
@@ -565,13 +538,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel partisjonen eller systemet som skal oppgraderast.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
@@ -586,14 +557,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
"general overview of your system's partitions.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Vis alle partisjoner</b> utvidar lista til eit\n"
"generelt oversyn partisjonene i systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. table header
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
@@ -875,20 +844,14 @@
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
+"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
+"<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Filsystem:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Nemning:</b> %3, <b>Storleik:</b> %4,<br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>udev-ID-er:</b> %5,<br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Filsystem:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
+"<b>Nemning:</b> %3, <b>Storleik:</b> %4,<br>\n"
+"<b>udev-ID-er:</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>udev-filsti:</b> %6"
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
@@ -1014,20 +977,20 @@
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
msgid ""
"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
"%{packages}"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -149,719 +149,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr "Ikkje be om manglande informasjon; vis feilmelding i staden."
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Autentisering</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Her du kan du velja autentiseringsmetode for brukarar i systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Lokal</b> viss du vil autentisere brukarar bara ved hjelp av lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "Viss du har ein annan installasjon eller eit anna system, kan du oppretta brukarar basert på denne kjelda. Vel <b>Les brukerinformasjon frå tidlegare installasjon</b> for å gjera dette. Med dette valet kan du bruka ein eksisterande eller oppretta ein ny hjemmekatalog for kvar brukar på den spesifiserte staden for denne installasjonen."
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "&LDAP"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "N&IS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "&Samba"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "&Windows-domane"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n"
-"autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n"
-"<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n"
-"aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n"
-"autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n"
-"<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n"
-"aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Sett opp Kerberos-autentisering</b> for å konfigurera Kerberos etter at du har valt brukerinformasjonskilde.</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon frå ein tidlegare installasjon"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "&Vel"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "Sett opp &Kerberos-autentisering"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "Vel brukarar som skal le&sjåast"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "Vel eller vel bort &alle"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "Passord for systemadministratoren \"root\","
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "Ikkje gløym kva du skriv inn her."
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "&Passord for rotbruker"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "B&ekreft passord"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Test tastaturoppsett"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "A&vanserte alternativ …"
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Til skilnad frå vanlege brukarar, som til dømes jobbar med tekst og\n"
-"grafikk eller surfar på nettet, finst brukaren \"root\" i\n"
-"alle system, og må aktiverast kvar gong ei administrativ\n"
-"oppgåve skal utførast. Logg inn som rot når\n"
-"du har behov for å vera systemadministrator, aldri elles.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Fordi rotbrukeren har omfattande rettar, bør passordet \n"
-"for \"root\" verta med valt omhu. Ein kombinasjon av bokstavar og tall\n"
-"vert rådd til. For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig, må det skrivast inn\n"
-"på nytt i det andre feltet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Alle regler for brukerpassord gjeld for rotpassordet òg:\n"
-"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar. Eit passord bør bestå av minst 5 teikn,\n"
-"og bør normalt ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Ikkje gløym dette rotpassordet\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
-"må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Kontrollar om gjeldande tastaturoppsett er riktig ved å skriva inn tekst i feltet <b>Test tastaturoppsett</b>.</p>"
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Passorda er ikkje identiske.\n"
-"Prøv igjen."
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Passord vart ikkje angjeve.\n"
-"Prøv igjen."
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
-"bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn."
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette passordet?"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Eit rotpassord kunne ikkje definerast.\n"
-"Du vil kanskje ikkje kunna logga inn.\n"
-"Vil du freista igjen?\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "Initialisering av modul for konfigurasjon av autentisering …"
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Pakka %1 er ikkje installert.\n"
-"Vil du installera han no?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DEI sine"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr "SHA-256"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr "SHA-512"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr "&DEI sine"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "&MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr "SHA-&256"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr "SHA-&512"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Authentication</b><br>"
-"</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Innloggingsinnstillinger</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "Det fulle namnet til &brukaren"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "&Brukernavn"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "Bru&k dette passordet for systemadministrator"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "Motta s&ystemmeldinger"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "&Automatisk innlogging"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "Opprett ny brukar"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "Brukernavn ikkje angjeven"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"Å la brukernavnfeltet vera tomt er berre føremålstenleg\n"
-"i nettverksmiljøer som brukar ein autentiseringsserver.\n"
-"Skal feltet vera tomt?"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Angje <b>Det fulle namnet til brukaren</b>, <b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b> for\n"
-"denne brukerkontoen.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar når du vel passord.\n"
-"Passord må ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Med gjeldande passordkryptering (%1) må lengda til passordet vera mellom\n"
-"%2 og %3 teikn.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
-"må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig inn\n"
-"må det skrivast inn ein gong til i det andre feltet. Ikkje gløym passordet.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bara bokstavar (ingen teikn med aksentar), tall og teiknet <tt>._-</tt> nyttast.\n"
-"Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n"
-"Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n"
-"avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr " Kryss av for Bruk dette passordet viss same passord som vart angjeve for første brukar, skal verta for nytta rotbrukeren"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Brukernavnet og passordet som vert her oppretta, vert kravt for å logga på og arbeid med Linux-systemet. Viss <b>Automatisk innlogging</b> vert aktivert, vert Innloggingsprosedyren sløyfa, og denne brukaren vert logga inn automatisk.</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"E-post til rotbrukeren vil vidaresendast til denne brukaren viss du kryssar av for <b>Motta systemmeldinger</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoden er lokal"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast."
-msgstr[1] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast."
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Endre …"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Sammendrag"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
-"bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn."
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
#, fuzzy
@@ -1007,12 +294,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "Ny UID for brukaren"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "Lagrar brukeroppsett …"
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
#, fuzzy
@@ -1031,18 +312,14 @@
"<p>\n"
"The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n"
"(which is currently:\n"
-"<br>"
-"%1).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br>%1).\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Lista over attributt er generert ut frå verdet for \"objectClass\"\n"
"(som er:\n"
-"<br>"
-"%1).\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br>%1).\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122
@@ -1050,13 +327,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n"
-"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Rediger kvart enkelt attributt ved å bruka <b>Rediger</b>. Nokre attributt \n"
-"kan vera obligatoriske i samsvar med brukermalen i <b>LDAP-klientmodulen</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan vera obligatoriske i samsvar med brukermalen i <b>LDAP-klientmodulen</b>.</p>\n"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235
@@ -1198,12 +473,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n"
-"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje ein størrelsesgrense ved å definera mengd 1 kB-blokkar som\n"
-"brukaren kan ha i sitt filsystem. Du kan òg angje ein inode-grense som definerer mengd inoder som brukaren kan nytta i sitt filsystem.</p>"
-"\n"
+"brukaren kan ha i sitt filsystem. Du kan òg angje ein inode-grense som definerer mengd inoder som brukaren kan nytta i sitt filsystem.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105
@@ -1228,12 +501,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n"
-"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>"
-"\n"
+"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angje ein størrelsesgrense ved å definera ei mengd 1 kB-blokkar som\n"
-"gruppa kan bruka på dette filsystemet. Du kan òg definera ein inode-grense i form av ei mengd inoder som gruppa kan bruka på filsystemet.</p>"
-"\n"
+"gruppa kan bruka på dette filsystemet. Du kan òg definera ein inode-grense i form av ei mengd inoder som gruppa kan bruka på filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123
@@ -1318,109 +589,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekunder"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr " -domane"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> definert"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> ikkje definert"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "Ingen <%1>nytter<%2> sat opp"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<%2>: %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<<%2>: %3 og Kerberos."
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "<%1>Brukarane<%2> %3 valt for import"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 vil importerast."
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 definert"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 (%4) definert"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Brukerinnstillinger"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "&Brukar"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "&Rotpassord"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
#, fuzzy
@@ -1582,17 +750,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\n"
"to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n"
-"support case-sensitive names.<br>"
-"\n"
-"You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.</p>"
-"\n"
+"support case-sensitive names.<br>\n"
+"You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette kan forårsaka problem ved levering av e-post\n"
"til denne brukaren fordi e-postsystemer normalt ikkje\n"
-"støttar at det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar.<br>"
-"\n"
-"Du kan løysa dette problemet ved å redigera alias-tabellen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"støttar at det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar.<br>\n"
+"Du kan løysa dette problemet ved å redigera alias-tabellen.</p>\n"
#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80
@@ -1612,6 +776,25 @@
"krypteringsinnstillingene for denne brukaren,\n"
"må du skriva inn det gjeldande passordet til brukaren."
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Passorda er ikkje identiske.\n"
+"Prøv igjen."
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
@@ -1645,6 +828,14 @@
msgstr "&Endre hjemmekatalogeier"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "Det fulle namnet til &brukaren"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "&First Name"
@@ -1662,12 +853,34 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr "Bara medlemskap i tilleggsgrupper kan endrast for eksterne brukarar."
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "&Brukernavn"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "Motta s&ystemmeldinger"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "A&utomatisk innlogging"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "Bru&k dette passordet for systemadministrator"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
@@ -1869,6 +1082,36 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "Pro&gramtillegg"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "Brukernavn ikkje angjeven"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"Å la brukernavnfeltet vera tomt er berre føremålstenleg\n"
+"i nettverksmiljøer som brukar ein autentiseringsserver.\n"
+"Skal feltet vera tomt?"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette passordet?"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
@@ -1975,6 +1218,22 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "Gruppe&informasjon"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DEI sine"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
#, fuzzy
@@ -1982,89 +1241,101 @@
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar når du vel passord.\n"
"Passord må ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
"</p>"
-"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Med gjeldande passordkryptering (%1) må lengda til passordet vera mellom\n"
+"%2 og %3 teikn.\n"
+"</p>"
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig inn\n"
+"må det skrivast inn ein gong til i det andre feltet. Ikkje gløym passordet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Her definerer du standardverdier som kal vert brukt når nye lokale brukarar eller systembrukere vert oppretta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text 1/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Default Group</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Default Group</b><br>\n"
"The group name of a new user's primary group.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Standardgruppe/b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Standardgruppe/b><br>\n"
"Namnet på primærgruppen for ein ny brukar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text 1.5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\n"
"Names of additional groups to which to assign new users.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Sekundære grupper</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Sekundære grupper</b><br>\n"
"Namnet på fleire grupper som nye brukarar skal tilordnes.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text 2/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n"
"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Standard innloggingsskall</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Standard innloggingsskall</b><br>\n"
"Namnet på den nye brukaren sin innloggingsskall. Vel eit frå lista eller angje stigen til skalla.</P>\n"
#. Help text 3/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n"
"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n"
"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Standard hjemmekatalog</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Standard hjemmekatalog</b><br>\n"
"Søkestiprefikset til ein ny brukar sin hjemmekatalog. Brukernavnet vil leggjast til\n"
"etter denne stigen for å oppretta standarnavnet på brukaren sin hjemmekatalog.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2073,42 +1344,32 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n"
+"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Hjemmekatalogmal</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Innhaldet i denne katalogen vil kopierast til brukaren sin hjemmekatalog når ein ny brukar vert til lagd. </p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Hjemmekatalogmal</b><br>\n"
+"Innhaldet i denne katalogen vil kopierast til brukaren sin hjemmekatalog når ein ny brukar vert til lagd. </p>\n"
#. Help text 4.5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\n"
+"Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Umask for hjemmekatalog</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"Umask som skal nyttast når nye hjemmekataloger vert oppretta.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Umask for hjemmekatalog</b><br>\n"
+"Umask som skal nyttast når nye hjemmekataloger vert oppretta.</p>\n"
#. Help text 5/6:
#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n"
"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n"
"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Utløpsdato</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Utløpsdato</b><br>\n"
"Datoen når kontoen til brukaren skal deaktiveres. Datoen må angjevast i formatet\n"
"ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD. La feltet vera tomt viss kontoen aldri skal utløpe.</P>\n"
@@ -2173,12 +1434,10 @@
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagringsprosessen:</big></b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagringsprosessen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 1/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203
@@ -2188,16 +1447,28 @@
"Enter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \n"
"<b>Username</b>, and\n"
"<b>Password</b> to assign to this user.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Angje <b>Førenamn</b>, <b>Etternamn</b>,\n"
"<b>Brukernavn</b> og\n"
"<b>Passord</b> for brukaren.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Angje <b>Det fulle namnet til brukaren</b>, <b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b> for\n"
+"denne brukerkontoen.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
#, fuzzy
@@ -2209,8 +1480,7 @@
"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Brukernavnet</b> kan generers på grunnlag av det fulle namnet ved å\n"
@@ -2219,8 +1489,7 @@
"Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n"
"Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n"
"avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. alternative help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241
@@ -2232,8 +1501,7 @@
"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bara\n"
@@ -2241,9 +1509,29 @@
"Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n"
"Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n"
"avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Brukernavnet og passordet som vert her oppretta, vert kravt for å logga på og arbeid med Linux-systemet. Viss <b>Automatisk innlogging</b> vert aktivert, vert Innloggingsprosedyren sløyfa, og denne brukaren vert logga inn automatisk.</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"E-post til rotbrukeren vil vidaresendast til denne brukaren viss du kryssar av for <b>Motta systemmeldinger</b>.</p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
#, fuzzy
@@ -2257,26 +1545,22 @@
"<p>\n"
"To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n"
"<b>Details</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å vise meir informasjon, t.d. hjemmekatalog eller brukar-ID, klikk\n"
"<b>Detaljar</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. alternative help text 5/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"For å redigera diverse passordinnstilliinger for denne brukaren (t.d. utløpsdato), klikk <b>Passordinnstilliinger</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"For å redigera diverse passordinnstilliinger for denne brukaren (t.d. utløpsdato), klikk <b>Passordinnstilliinger</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296
@@ -2294,13 +1578,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the group data here. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Angje gruppeinformasjonen her. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318
@@ -2312,8 +1594,7 @@
"two and eight characters. \n"
"You can redefine the list of characters allowed for group names in\n"
"the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Gruppenavn:</b>\n"
@@ -2321,8 +1602,7 @@
"to og åtte teikn.\n"
"Du kan omdefinera avgrensingane for teikn i gruppenavn i\n"
"fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/6, %1 is number
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329
@@ -2334,8 +1614,7 @@
"internal representation. These values are between 0 and\n"
"%1. Some of the IDs are already assigned during installation. You will be\n"
"warned if you try to use an already set one.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Gruppe-ID (gjev):</b>\n"
@@ -2343,8 +1622,7 @@
"til internt bruk. Desse verda er mellom 0 og %1.\n"
"Nokre av Idene vert tildelte under installasjonen. Du får ein\n"
"advarsel dersom du freistar å bruka ei ID som er i bruk.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342
@@ -2356,8 +1634,7 @@
"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n"
"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n"
"here. This entry is not required.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Passord:</b>\n"
@@ -2365,8 +1642,7 @@
"byter til denne nye gruppa (sjå manualsiden for <tt>newgrp</tt>), kan du tildela \n"
"eit passord til gruppa. Av sikkerhetsgrunner vert ikkje passordet vist\n"
"her. Dette er ikkje obligatorisk.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353
@@ -2375,14 +1651,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Confirm Password:</b>\n"
"Enter the password a second time to avoid typing errors.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Gjenta passordet:</b>\n"
"Passordet må stadfestast for å unngå skrivefeil.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361
@@ -2391,14 +1665,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Group Members:</b>\n"
"Here, select which users should be members of this group.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Gruppemedlemmer:</b>\n"
"Her vel du kva for brukarar som skal vera medlemmar i denne gruppa.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373
@@ -2432,8 +1704,7 @@
"the user ID. For normal users, you should use\n"
"a UID larger than %1 because the smaller UIDs are used\n"
"by the system for special purposes and pseudo logins.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Brukar-ID (uid):</b>\n"
@@ -2441,8 +1712,7 @@
"For vanlege brukarar bør du bruka\n"
"ein UID som er større enn %1, fordi lågare UID-er brukast\n"
"av systemet til spesielle føremål og til pseudoinnlogginger.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408
@@ -2452,15 +1722,13 @@
"If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n"
"this user owns must be changed. This is done automatically\n"
"for the files in the user's home directory, but not for files \n"
-"located elsewhere.</p>"
-"\n"
+"located elsewhere.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Viss du endrar UID for ein eksisterande brukar, må rettane til filene\n"
"som denne brukaren eige, vert endra. Dette vert utført automatisk\n"
"for filene i brukaren sin hjemmekatalog, men ikkje for filer \n"
-"som er lagra andre stadar.</p>"
-"\n"
+"som er lagra andre stadar.</p>\n"
#. help text 4/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417
@@ -2471,16 +1739,14 @@
"The home directory of the user. Normally this is\n"
"/home/username. \n"
"To select an existing directory, click <b>Browse</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Hjemmekatalog:</b>\n"
"Brukaren sin hjemmekatalog. Dette er vanlegvis\n"
"/home/brukernavn. \n"
"Klikk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ein eksisterande katalog.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for user's home directory mode
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430
@@ -2494,13 +1760,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To create only an empty home directory,\n"
"check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n"
-"is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>"
-"\n"
+"is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For berre å oppretta ein tom hjemmekatalog,\n"
"kryss av for <b>Tom hjemmekatalog</b>. Viss ikkje, vert den nye hjemmekatalogen\n"
-"opprettast frå standardmalen (%1).</p>"
-"\n"
+"opprettast frå standardmalen (%1).</p>\n"
#. help text for Move to new location checkbox
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452
@@ -2545,15 +1809,13 @@
"Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n"
"three parts, separated by commas. The standard usage is to write\n"
"<i>office</i>,<i>work phone</i>,<i>home phone</i>. This information is \n"
-"shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>"
-"\n"
+"shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Meir informasjon</b>\n"
"Ytterlegare brukerinformasjon kan verta her definert. Dette feltet kan innehalda inntil\n"
"tre deler adskilt av komene. Det er vanleg å skriva inn\n"
"<i>kontor</i>,<i>telefon arbeid</i>,<i>telefon heime</i>. Denne informasjonen vil\n"
-"visast når du brukar kommandoen <i>finger</i> for denne brukaren.</p>"
-"\n"
+"visast når du brukar kommandoen <i>finger</i> for denne brukaren.</p>\n"
#. help text 6/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512
@@ -2596,26 +1858,22 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Additional Groups:</b>\n"
"Select additional groups in which the user should be a member.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Tilleggsgrupper</b>\n"
"Vel tilleggsgrupper som brukaren skal vera medlem av.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n"
-"extensions of user and group configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"extensions of user and group configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette er ei liste over programtillegg, fleire \n"
-"konfigurasjonsmuligheter for brukarar og grupper.</p>"
-"\n"
+"konfigurasjonsmuligheter for brukarar og grupper.</p>\n"
#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548
@@ -2663,16 +1921,14 @@
"Users can be warned before their passwords expire. Set \n"
"how long before expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to disable\n"
"the warning. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Advarsel før utløp av passord</B><BR>\n"
"Brukarane kan varslast før passordet utløper. Definer \n"
"kor mange dagar før passordet utløper, brukaren skal varslast. Bruk verdet -1 for å deaktivere\n"
"varslingen. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text 3/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588
@@ -2725,38 +1981,30 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\n"
"Here, see a summary of modules that could affect sources\n"
"of user accounts or authentication type.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Konfigurasjonsoversikt</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Konfigurasjonsoversikt</b><br>\n"
"Her får du eit sammendrag over modular som kan påverka kor informasjon om\n"
"brukerkontoer eller autentiseringstyper skal verta frå henta.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n"
"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Endre verd</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Endre verd</b><br>\n"
"Du kan konfigurer desse innstillingane ved å aktivera aktuelle modular. Vel modul med <b>Konfigurer</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for Password Policy Dialog
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62
@@ -2792,9 +2040,7 @@
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vel om passordkvaliteten skal kontrollerast når passord vert endra eller vert oppretta. Vel <b>Ingen kontroll</b> viss det ikkje skal gjerast kontroll av passord. Med <b>Godta passord som ikkje kan kontrollerast</b> godtakast passord sjølv om kontrollen ikkje kan utførast, til dømes viss brukaren har angjeve eit kryptert passord. Med <b>Godta berre kontrollerte passord</b> avvisast passord viss kvalitetskontrollen mislukkast eller passordet ikkje kan kontrollerast."
-"<p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vel om passordkvaliteten skal kontrollerast når passord vert endra eller vert oppretta. Vel <b>Ingen kontroll</b> viss det ikkje skal gjerast kontroll av passord. Med <b>Godta passord som ikkje kan kontrollerast</b> godtakast passord sjølv om kontrollen ikkje kan utførast, til dømes viss brukaren har angjeve eit kryptert passord. Med <b>Godta berre kontrollerte passord</b> avvisast passord viss kvalitetskontrollen mislukkast eller passordet ikkje kan kontrollerast.<p>"
#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90
@@ -2824,8 +2070,7 @@
"Brukarane kan varslast før passordet utløper. Definer \n"
"kor mange dagar før passordet utløper, brukaren skal varslast. Bruk verdet -1 for å deaktivere\n"
"varslingen. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106
@@ -3003,14 +2248,12 @@
"<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n"
"check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n"
"action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n"
-"user home directories.</p>"
-"\n"
+"user home directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kryss av for aktuelt val viss LDAP-katalogane til brukarar skal lagrast\n"
"på denne maskina. Det har ingen direkte konsekvensar å endra dette verdet.\n"
"Han tener berre som informasjon for brukermodulen i YaST, der brukarane sine hjemmekataloger\n"
-"kan administrerast.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan administrerast.</p>\n"
#. help text caption
#. help text
@@ -3019,13 +2262,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-"have changed your configuration.</p>"
-"\n"
+"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Klikk <b>Konfigurer</b> for å konfigurera innstellingar som er lagra på\n"
"LDAP-serveren. Du vil vart beden om passord viss du ikkje er tilkoplet enno,\n"
-"eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra.</p>"
-"\n"
+"eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra.</p>\n"
#. password policy help text caption
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681
@@ -3143,7 +2384,8 @@
msgstr "Systembrukere"
#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Lokale brukarar"
@@ -3234,6 +2476,12 @@
msgstr "Samba-grupper"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -3255,6 +2503,12 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "&Samba"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
#, fuzzy
@@ -3380,15 +2634,13 @@
"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n"
"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n"
"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel ein passordkrypteringsmetode for lokale brukarar og systembrukere.\n"
"<b>DEI sine</b>, standardmetoden i Linux, fungerer i alle nettverksmiljøer, men\n"
"passorda kan ikkje innehalda meir enn åtte teikn.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480
@@ -3404,6 +2656,12 @@
"nettverksprotokoller støttar ikkje dette, og det kan oppstå problem i samband med NIS.\n"
"</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
#, fuzzy
@@ -3416,6 +2674,30 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "Krypteringstype"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr "&DEI sine"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "&MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr "SHA-&256"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr "SHA-&512"
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
#, fuzzy
@@ -3434,14 +2716,12 @@
"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n"
"you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n"
"encrypted with a method other than DES.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det ser ut som om du køyrer ein NIS-servar. I nokon nettverksmiljøer\n"
"vil du kanskje ikkje kunna logga inn på ein NIS-klient dersom eit brukerpassord er\n"
"kryptert med ein annan metode enn DEI sine.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593
@@ -3479,39 +2759,29 @@
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n"
"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n"
-"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>"
-"\n"
+"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Med<b>Standard</b> kan du lasta standardfilteret frå oppsettmodulene\n"
"for brukarar og grupper som er lagra på LDAP-serveren (verd for 'susesearchFilter'-attributt).\n"
-"Viss du ikkje er tilkoblet enno, vil du vart beden om å angje passord.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Viss du ikkje er tilkoblet enno, vil du vart beden om å angje passord.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font))
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Example:</b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"With the user filter\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>With the user filter\n"
+"<br>\n"
"<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"only obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"only obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Døme:</b>\n"
-"<br>"
-"Med brukerfilteret\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
+"<br>Med brukerfilteret\n"
+"<br>\n"
"<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n"
-"<br>"
-"\n"
-"finn du berre brukarar med brukernavn som byrjar på 'u'.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"finn du berre brukarar med brukernavn som byrjar på 'u'.</p>\n"
#. radiobutton label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763
@@ -3606,43 +2876,33 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Funksjonane som er skildra nedanfor, er tilgjengelege berre viss du brukar KDM som innloggingshandsamar.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. helptext 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n"
+"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Automatisk innlogging</b><br>"
-"\n"
-"<b>Innloggingsprosedyren</b> kan sløyfast ved å velja <b>Automatisk innlogging</b>. I så fall vert brukaren som er vald i lista, logga automatisk inn.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Automatisk innlogging</b><br>\n"
+"<b>Innloggingsprosedyren</b> kan sløyfast ved å velja <b>Automatisk innlogging</b>. I så fall vert brukaren som er vald i lista, logga automatisk inn.</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n"
"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n"
-"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>"
-"\n"
+"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Innlogging utan passord</b><br>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Innlogging utan passord</b><br>\n"
"Viss dette alternativet er avkrysset, kan alle brukarar logga inn utan å skriva inn\n"
-"passord. Viss ikkje, vil brukaren bedast om passord sjølv om du har valt automatisk innlogging for vedkomande.</p>"
-"\n"
+"passord. Viss ikkje, vil brukaren bedast om passord sjølv om du har valt automatisk innlogging for vedkomande.</p>\n"
#. dialog label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004
@@ -3774,6 +3034,13 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
#, fuzzy
msgid "System"
@@ -3836,15 +3103,13 @@
"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n"
"system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n"
"a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Linux er eit flerbrukersystem. Fleire ulike brukarar kan loggast\n"
"inn på systemet samstundes. For å unngå forvirring må kvar brukar ha ein unik \n"
"identitet. Dessutan må kvar brukar tilhøyra minst éi gruppe.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535
@@ -3852,13 +3117,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
-"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Brukarar og grupper er ordna i ulike sett. Du kan endra settet som vert vist i tabellen med <b>Bruk filter</b>.\n"
-"Tilpass visningen med <b>Tilpass filter</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Tilpass visningen med <b>Tilpass filter</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541
@@ -3868,15 +3131,13 @@
"Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n"
"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n"
"users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n"
-"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>"
-"\n"
+"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Klikk <b>Avanserte alternativ</b> for å redigera diverse avanserte innstillingar, t.d.\n"
"passordkrypteringstype, metode for brukerautentisering, standardverdier for nye\n"
"brukarar eller innloggingsinnstillinger. Med <b>Lager endringar no</b>\n"
-"kan du lagra alle endringar du har gjort så langt utan å avslutta konfigurasjonsmodulen.</p>"
-"\n"
+"kan du lagra alle endringar du har gjort så langt utan å avslutta konfigurasjonsmodulen.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550
@@ -3885,14 +3146,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n"
"<b>%1</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å lagra endra nytter- og gruppeinnstillinger i systemet, klikk\n"
"<b>%1</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571
@@ -3902,16 +3161,14 @@
"<p>\n"
"Use this dialog to get information about existing users and add or modify\n"
"users. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du finna informasjon om eksisterande brukarar og dessutan leggja til eller endra\n"
"\n"
"brukarar. \n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580
@@ -3919,13 +3176,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To shift to the group dialog, select <b>Groups</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å byte til gruppedialogen, vel <b>Grupper</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587
@@ -3934,14 +3189,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"To create a new user, click <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"For å oppretta ein ny brukar, klikk <b>Legg til</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595
@@ -3950,14 +3203,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å redigera eller slette ein eksisterande brukar, vel ein brukar frå lista og\n"
"klikk <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616
@@ -3966,14 +3217,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"I denne dialogen kan du visa informasjon om eksisterande grupper og dessutan leggja til eller endra grupper.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624
@@ -3981,13 +3230,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To shift to the user dialog, select <b>Users</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vel <b>Brukarar</b> for å byte til brukerdialogen.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631
@@ -3996,14 +3243,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"To create a new group, click <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å oppretta ei ny gruppe.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639
@@ -4012,14 +3257,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For å redigera eller slette ei eksisterande gruppe, vel ei gruppe frå lista og\n"
"klikk <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.\n"
-"</p>"
-"\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. popup error label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679
@@ -4176,6 +3419,16 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "Pakka %1 er ikkje tilgjengeleg for installasjon."
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Pakka %1 er ikkje installert.\n"
+"Vil du installera han no?\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
#, fuzzy
@@ -4196,6 +3449,433 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer …"
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
+"bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn."
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
+"må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "Lagrar brukeroppsett …"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "Ikkje gløym kva du skriv inn her."
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "&Passord for rotbruker"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "B&ekreft passord"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Test tastaturoppsett"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Til skilnad frå vanlege brukarar, som til dømes jobbar med tekst og\n"
+"grafikk eller surfar på nettet, finst brukaren \"root\" i\n"
+"alle system, og må aktiverast kvar gong ei administrativ\n"
+"oppgåve skal utførast. Logg inn som rot når\n"
+"du har behov for å vera systemadministrator, aldri elles.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Fordi rotbrukeren har omfattande rettar, bør passordet \n"
+"for \"root\" verta med valt omhu. Ein kombinasjon av bokstavar og tall\n"
+"vert rådd til. For å sikre at passordet vart skrive riktig, må det skrivast inn\n"
+"på nytt i det andre feltet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Alle regler for brukerpassord gjeld for rotpassordet òg:\n"
+"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar. Eit passord bør bestå av minst 5 teikn,\n"
+"og bør normalt ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Ikkje gløym dette rotpassordet\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "Passord for systemadministratoren \"root\","
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Passord vart ikkje angjeve.\n"
+"Prøv igjen."
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Vel <b>Lokal</b> viss du vil autentisere brukarar bara ved hjelp av lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "Opprett ny brukar"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Skil mellom store og små bokstavar når du vel passord.\n"
+"Passord må ikkje innehalda bokstavar med aksentar eller tødlar.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Med gjeldande passordkryptering (%1) må lengda til passordet vera mellom\n"
+"%2 og %3 teikn.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bara bokstavar (ingen teikn med aksentar), tall og teiknet <tt>._-</tt> nyttast.\n"
+"Ikkje bruk store bokstavar her viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n"
+"Brukernavn har fleire avgrensingar enn passord. Du kan omdefinera\n"
+"avgrensingane i fila /etc/login.defs. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden for fila.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr " Kryss av for Bruk dette passordet viss same passord som vart angjeve for første brukar, skal verta for nytta rotbrukeren"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon frå ein tidlegare installasjon"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "Lokale brukarar"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "Opprett ny brukar"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon frå ein tidlegare installasjon"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "Systembrukere"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "&Automatisk innlogging"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "Ingen brukar er spesifisert."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast."
+msgstr[1] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast."
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "Vel brukarar som skal le&sjåast"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Vel eller vel bort &alle"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr "SHA-256"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr "SHA-512"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "Brukerinnstillinger"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "&Brukar"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "&Rotpassord"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> definert"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> ikkje definert"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "Ingen <%1>nytter<%2> sat opp"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 vil importerast."
+msgstr[1] "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 vil importerast."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 definert"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Brukaren<%2> %3 (%4) definert"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
#, fuzzy
@@ -4737,7 +4417,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
@@ -4757,237 +4437,237 @@
"etter at dei er riktig montert. Vil du halda fram brukerkonfigurasjonen?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
#, fuzzy
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "Fleire brukarar samsvarer med vilkåra."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer brukar- og gruppekonfigurasjon"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for innlogging"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for system"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "Les konfigurasjonstype"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "Les spesialinnstillinger for brukar"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "Les brukarar og grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "Opprett mellomlagerstrukturer"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "Lesar standardinnstillinger for innlogging …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for system …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "Lesar konfigurasjonstype …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "Lesar spesialinnstillinger …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "Les brukarar og grupper …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
#, fuzzy
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "Opprettar mellomlagerstrukturer …"
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
#, fuzzy
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "Brukaren finst ikkje."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "Gruppa finst ikkje."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrar brukar- og gruppekonfigurasjon"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "Lagre LDAP-brukarar og -grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "Lagre grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "Søk etter sletta brukarar"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "Lagre brukarar"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "Lagre passord"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "Lagre spesialinnstillinger"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for innlogging"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "Lagrar LDAP-brukarar og -grupper …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "Lagrar grupper …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "Søkar etter sletta brukarar …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "Lagrar brukarar …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "Lagrar passord …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar spesialinnstillinger …"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "Lagrar standardinnstillinger for innlogging …"
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "Fila %s kunne ikkje lesast riktig og vil ikkje vart lagra."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under sletting av brukarar."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "Fila %s kunne ikkje lesast riktig og vil ikkje vart lagra."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under konfigurasjon av vidaresending av rotbrukerens e-post."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
#, fuzzy
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "Det finst ingen tilgjengeleg UID for denne brukertypen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4997,7 +4677,7 @@
"Vel eit gyldig heiltal mellom %i og %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
@@ -5007,7 +4687,7 @@
"Vil du bruka det likevel?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -5019,7 +4699,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka henne?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -5031,7 +4711,7 @@
"Er du sikker at du vil endra typen til 'local'?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -5042,7 +4722,7 @@
"fordi verdet er mindre enn %i. \n"
"Er du sikker at du vil endra typen til 'system'?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -5052,7 +4732,7 @@
"Brukernavnet kan tilhøyra ein eksisterande NIS- eller LDAP-brukar."
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -5064,7 +4744,7 @@
"Prøv eit anna brukernavn."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
@@ -5074,7 +4754,7 @@
"innehalda eit kolon (:). Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
@@ -5086,7 +4766,7 @@
"Rediger oppføringene."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -5098,7 +4778,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -5108,7 +4788,7 @@
"Vel ein annan stig for hjemmekatalogen."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
@@ -5118,7 +4798,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
@@ -5130,7 +4810,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka denne stigen?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
@@ -5141,7 +4821,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -5153,7 +4833,7 @@
"Vil du bruka denne katalogen?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -5167,7 +4847,7 @@
"Vil du bruka denne katalogen?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
@@ -5177,13 +4857,13 @@
"Vil du bruka dette skalet?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
#, fuzzy
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "Ingen GJEV er tilgjengeleg for denne gruppetypen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -5193,7 +4873,7 @@
"Vel eit gyldig heiltal mellom %i og %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
@@ -5203,7 +4883,7 @@
"Vil du bruka det likevel?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -5215,7 +4895,7 @@
"Vil du verkeleg bruka henne?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -5227,7 +4907,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil endra gruppetypen til 'local'?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -5239,7 +4919,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil endra gruppetypen til 'system'?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
@@ -5249,7 +4929,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -5259,7 +4939,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
@@ -5273,7 +4953,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -5284,13 +4964,13 @@
"du skreiv inn og eit eksisterande gruppenavn.\n"
"Prøv eit anna namn."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "Brukaren %s finst ikkje."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
@@ -5302,7 +4982,7 @@
"som standardgruppe."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
@@ -5314,25 +4994,25 @@
"Slett desse brukarane frå gruppa først."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Brukarar</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Innstillingar for innlogging</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
#, fuzzy
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "Brukaren %1 vert logga automatisk inn"
@@ -5354,22 +5034,22 @@
"finst på LDAP-serveren. Vil du oppretta han no?"
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Diskkvotekonfigurasjon"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -5514,8 +5194,8 @@
"%2"
#. the ']' is or-ed...
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -5527,7 +5207,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -5543,7 +5223,7 @@
"</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
@@ -5555,43 +5235,43 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt gruppenavnet som ein del av passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr "Du har nytta brukernavnet som ein del av passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt berre små bokstavar for passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt berre store bokstavar for passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt eit palindrom som passord."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
#, fuzzy
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt berre tal for passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -5601,7 +5281,7 @@
"Det vil forkortast til %s teikn?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -5611,13 +5291,13 @@
"%s."
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr "Passordet bør innehalda minst %i teikn."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
@@ -5627,7 +5307,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -5637,7 +5317,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
@@ -5651,7 +5331,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -5662,16 +5342,14 @@
"skreiv inn og eit anna brukernavn.\n"
"Prøv eit anna brukernavn."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "Hentar %1-utviding …"
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
#, fuzzy
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "Frigjer -utviding"
@@ -5750,6 +5428,176 @@
msgstr "Fleire brukarar samsvarer med vilkåra."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Autentisering</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Her du kan du velja autentiseringsmetode for brukarar i systemet.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+#~ msgstr "Viss du har ein annan installasjon eller eit anna system, kan du oppretta brukarar basert på denne kjelda. Vel <b>Les brukerinformasjon frå tidlegare installasjon</b> for å gjera dette. Med dette valet kan du bruka ein eksisterande eller oppretta ein ny hjemmekatalog for kvar brukar på den spesifiserte staden for denne installasjonen."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&LDAP"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "&Windows-domane"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n"
+#~ "autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n"
+#~ "<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein NIS- eller LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n"
+#~ "aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata eller viss du vil\n"
+#~ "autentisere brukarar mot ein NT-servar, vel det aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter\n"
+#~ "<b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Viss du brukar ein LDAP-servar til lagring av brukerdata, vel det\n"
+#~ "aktuelle verdet. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og hald med fram klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Sett opp Kerberos-autentisering</b> for å konfigurera Kerberos etter at du har valt brukerinformasjonskilde.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "&Vel"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Sett opp &Kerberos-autentisering"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "A&vanserte alternativ …"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Viss du har til føremål å bruka dette passordet til å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
+#~ "må det har ei lengd på minst %1 teikn.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Kontrollar om gjeldande tastaturoppsett er riktig ved å skriva inn tekst i feltet <b>Test tastaturoppsett</b>.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Viss du har til føremål å oppretta sertifikat,\n"
+#~ "bør passordet ha minst %1 teikn."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Eit rotpassord kunne ikkje definerast.\n"
+#~ "Du vil kanskje ikkje kunna logga inn.\n"
+#~ "Vil du freista igjen?\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "Initialisering av modul for konfigurasjon av autentisering …"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Innloggingsinnstillinger</b></p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
+#~ msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoden er lokal"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&Endre …"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "Sammendrag"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr " -domane"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<%2>: %3"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<<%2>: %3 og Kerberos."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Brukarane<%2> %3 valt for import"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "No Password Entered"
#~ msgstr "Passord er ikkje angjeven"
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@
msgstr "Set opp den virtuelle maskina …"
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr "x86_64 er den einaste arkitekturen som vert støtta som vert for virtuelle maskiner. Din arktitektur er "
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -43,175 +43,167 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Kontrollar installerte pakkar"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Oppsett av nettverksbru"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "Set opp VM-tenaren (domene 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p>"
-"<p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Oppsett av VM-tenar</b></big></p>"
-"<p>VM-tenaren vert sett opp i to steg.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
+msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><big><b>Oppsett av VM-tenar</b></big></p><p>VM-tenaren vert sett opp i to steg.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Dei nødvendige pakkane vert først installerte. Systemet byter så tiloppstartslasteren GRUB (viss denne ikkje alt vert brukt), og ei Xen-blokk vert lagd til i oppstartsmenyen viss ho ikkje finst der frå før.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel.</p>"
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>GRUB må brukast, då han støttar standarden som trengst for å starta Xen- og Linux-kjernen.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Når oppsettet er fullført, kan du starta VM-tenaren frå oppstartsmenyen.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "Installasjonen vert avbroten."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr "Set opp den virtuelle maskina …"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Installasjonen vert avbroten."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "Installasjonen vert avbroten."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "Køyrer i tekstmodus. Vil du likevel installera grafiske komponentar?"
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer pakker …"
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "Installerer pakkar …"
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Kan ikkje installera nødvendige pakker."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "Set opp standard nettverksbru …"
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Nettverksbru."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
-msgid ""
-"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p>"
-"<p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>For vanlege nettverksoppsett med virtuelle maskiner bør du bruka ei nettverksbru.</p>"
-"<p>Vil du setja opp ei standard nettverksbru?</p>"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
+msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>For vanlege nettverksoppsett med virtuelle maskiner bør du bruka ei nettverksbru.</p><p>Vil du setja opp ei standard nettverksbru?</p>"
#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV
#. Progress::NextStage();
@@ -222,35 +214,35 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr "For å installera Xen-gjester må maskina startast på nytt for å lasta inn nødvendige drivarar.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr "For å installera Xen-gjester må maskina startast på nytt for å lasta inn nødvendige drivarar.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installerte."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
+++ trunk/yast/nn/po/vpn.nn.po 2016-09-02 21:39:57 UTC (rev 96704)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -200,12 +200,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -286,102 +286,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,32 +466,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -499,28 +499,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
1
0
02 Sep '16
Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:39:43 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96703
Modified:
trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po
Log:
nl merged
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -30,9 +30,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47
#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45
msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..."
-msgstr ""
-"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving "
-"uitgevoerd..."
+msgstr "Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -138,11 +136,8 @@
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
-msgstr ""
-"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende "
-"systeem"
+msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
+msgstr "Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem"
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
msgid "known modules: %1"
@@ -174,30 +169,22 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
-"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified "
-"location.</p>"
+"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op "
-"het geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de "
-"gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren.</p>"
+"<p>Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op het geïnstalleerde\n"
+"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren.</p>"
#. help 2/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n"
-"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a "
-"symbolic\n"
-"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit "
-"pattern for the\n"
+"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n"
+"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n"
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de "
-"permissies van de\n"
-"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis <i>userid:"
-"groupid</i> in te stellen.\n"
-"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken "
-"wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n"
+"<p>Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies van de\n"
+"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis <i>userid:groupid</i> in te stellen.\n"
+"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n"
"een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft.</p>"
# bedoelt men hier:
@@ -276,18 +263,13 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n"
-"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location "
-"in the\n"
-"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web "
-"server\n"
+"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n"
+"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een "
-"configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n"
-"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het "
-"geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren "
-"en u een\n"
+"<p>Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n"
+"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het geïnstalleerde\n"
+"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren en u een\n"
"httpd.conf-configuratiebestand heeft voorbereid.</p>"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332
@@ -314,29 +296,14 @@
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
-msgstr ""
-"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-"
-"instellingen"
+msgstr "Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-instellingen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
-#| msgid ""
-#| "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "%s\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the "
-#| "needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:"
-"<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not "
-"contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel kunnen op dit systeem niet verwerkt "
-"worden:<br><br>%s<br><br>Misschien zijn ze fout gespeld of uw profiel bevat "
-"niet alle benodigde YaST-pakketten in de sectie <software>."
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+msgstr "Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel kunnen op dit systeem niet verwerkt worden:<br><br>%s<br><br>Misschien zijn ze fout gespeld of uw profiel bevat niet alle benodigde YaST-pakketten in de sectie <software>."
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
@@ -458,8 +425,7 @@
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische "
-"installatie.</p>\n"
+"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
@@ -498,20 +464,8 @@
#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
-#| msgid ""
-#| "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "%s\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>"
-"%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change "
-"the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel worden niet meer ondersteund:<br><br>"
-"%s<br><br>Gebruik bijvoorbeeld <scripts/> of <files/> om de "
-"configuratie te wijzigen."
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr "Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel worden niet meer ondersteund:<br><br>%s<br><br>Gebruik bijvoorbeeld <scripts/> of <files/> om de configuratie te wijzigen."
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
@@ -561,9 +515,7 @@
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische "
-"installatie.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.</P>"
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
@@ -612,7 +564,6 @@
msgstr "SSH sleutels/instellingen importeren"
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-#| msgid "Configure Drives"
msgid "Confirm License"
msgstr "Licentie bevestigen"
@@ -658,12 +609,10 @@
msgstr "Configuratie van gebruikers en groepen importeren..."
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
-#| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..."
msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
msgstr "SSH sleutels/instellingen importeren..."
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
-#| msgid "Configuring language..."
msgid "Confirming License..."
msgstr "Licentie bevestigen..."
@@ -762,12 +711,10 @@
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217
msgid ""
-"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-"
-"out)\n"
+"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, "
-"loggen\n"
+"<p>Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, loggen\n"
"en/of bekijken (met tijdslimiet).</p> \n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223
@@ -775,10 +722,8 @@
"<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n"
"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het wordt aanbevolen alle <b>meldingen</b> te bekijken met een "
-"tijdslimiet.\n"
-"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen "
-"niet genegeerd worden.</p>\n"
+"<p>Het wordt aanbevolen alle <b>meldingen</b> te bekijken met een tijdslimiet.\n"
+"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet genegeerd worden.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230
msgid "Messages and Logging"
@@ -795,14 +740,12 @@
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
-"to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Kies één van de volgende <b>basis</b>selecties en klik op <i>gedetailleerd</"
-"i> om\n"
+"Kies één van de volgende <b>basis</b>selecties en klik op <i>gedetailleerd</i> om\n"
"<b>uitgebreide</b> selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -814,10 +757,8 @@
msgstr "Locatie van de installatiebron (zoals http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
-msgstr ""
-"De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)"
+msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
+msgstr "De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
msgid "using that installation source failed"
@@ -832,41 +773,31 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
-"to mount\n"
-"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
-"can be\n"
-"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
-"possible.\n"
+"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
+"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
+"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:</b>\n"
-"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door "
-"de\n"
-"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat "
-"het aan\n"
-"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een "
-"UUID\n"
-"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden "
-"via een\n"
-"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit "
-"onmogelijk.\n"
+"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n"
+"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan\n"
+"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een UUID\n"
+"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden via een\n"
+"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n"
"\t"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
"\t "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Volumelabel:</b>\n"
"\t De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft\n"
-"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel "
-"activeert.\n"
+"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n"
"\t Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n"
"\t "
@@ -967,8 +898,7 @@
"You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n"
"system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n"
msgstr ""
-"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig "
-"bestandssysteem\n"
+"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig bestandssysteem\n"
"geselecteerd. Gaarne een geldig bestandssysteem selecteren om door te gaan.\n"
#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we
@@ -1037,11 +967,8 @@
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
-msgid ""
-"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap"
-"\" is geselecteerd."
+msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
+msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" is geselecteerd."
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
@@ -1112,13 +1039,10 @@
"<p>\n"
"Voor deze machine kon geen profiel worden gevonden of opgehaald.\n"
"Controleer of u de juiste locatie op de commandoregel heeft opgegeven\n"
-"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres "
-"naar het\n"
+"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres naar het\n"
"profiel opgeven, geen map. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of op\n"
-"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces "
-"opnieuw\n"
-"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk "
-"zijn.</p>\n"
+"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces opnieuw\n"
+"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk zijn.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30
msgid "System Profile Location"
@@ -1153,8 +1077,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn "
-"gedetecteerd.\n"
+"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.\n"
"Selecteer de harde schijf waarop u &product; wilt installeren.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1228,17 +1151,14 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200
msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor "
-"besturingsbestanden. </p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor besturingsbestanden. </p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n"
"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een "
-"specifieke\n"
+"<p>U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een specifieke\n"
"afdeling, groep of terrein in uw bedrijfsomgeving.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213
@@ -1247,8 +1167,7 @@
"and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en "
-"wanneer\n"
+"<p>De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en wanneer\n"
"het wordt samengevoegd bij het aanmaken van een besturingsbestand.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1317,8 +1236,7 @@
"creating the classes.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Wanneer u <b>categorieën</b> gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n"
-"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw "
-"<i>profiel</i>.\n"
+"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw <i>profiel</i>.\n"
"Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n"
"van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n"
"de categorieën.</P>\n"
@@ -1525,12 +1443,8 @@
#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current "
-"system?"
-msgstr ""
-"Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw "
-"huidige systeem?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
+msgstr "Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw huidige systeem?"
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
@@ -1544,12 +1458,8 @@
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current "
-"system?"
-msgstr ""
-"Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw "
-"huidige system?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
+msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw huidige system?"
#. EXIT
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
@@ -1585,8 +1495,7 @@
"the <b>Repository</b> field.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Geef in het <b>depot</b>veld de map op, waarin u alle "
-"<em>besturingsbestanden</em>\n"
+"Geef in het <b>depot</b>veld de map op, waarin u alle <em>besturingsbestanden</em>\n"
"wilt opslaan.</P>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71
@@ -1603,8 +1512,7 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Instellingen"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Map selecteren"
@@ -1690,8 +1598,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"Kickstart file was imported.\n"
-"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and "
-"partitioning\n"
+"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n"
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
"Het 'kickstart'-bestand is geïmporteerd.\n"
@@ -1825,31 +1732,25 @@
"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n"
"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n"
"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n"
-"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without "
-"interruption.\n"
+"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een "
-"ongewenste installatie\n"
-"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een "
-"overzicht zien van de\n"
-"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie "
-"automatisch en\n"
+"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste installatie\n"
+"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een overzicht zien van de\n"
+"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie automatisch en\n"
"zonder onderbreking uit te voeren dient u deze optie te deselecteren.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
-"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in "
-"manual mode\n"
+"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n"
"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie "
-"voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n"
+"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n"
" na de eerste keer opnieuw opstarten (na de installatie van het pakket).\n"
" </P>\n"
@@ -1860,8 +1761,7 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van "
-"AutoYast.\n"
+"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van AutoYast.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172
@@ -1887,8 +1787,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333
msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)"
-msgstr ""
-"Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)"
+msgstr "Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341
msgid "Store answer in this file"
@@ -1994,17 +1893,13 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
-"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD "
-"and\n"
+"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt <em>xmllint</em> om het profiel te valideren aan "
-"de hand van DTD en het\n"
-"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk "
-"weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n"
-"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, "
-"bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.</p>\n"
+"<p>Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt <em>xmllint</em> om het profiel te valideren aan de hand van DTD en het\n"
+"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n"
+"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
@@ -2024,25 +1919,19 @@
"The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n"
"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het "
-"configuratiebestand\n"
-"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor "
-"configuratiebeheer worden \n"
+"<p>Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het configuratiebestand\n"
+"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor configuratiebeheer worden \n"
"geladen om zo meer configuratie-opties aan SUSE toe te voegen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package "
-"selections.</p>\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit "
-"systeem\n"
-"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op "
-"de\n"
-"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit systeem\n"
+"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n"
+"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36
msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>"
@@ -2050,12 +1939,10 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target "
-"system.\n"
+"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt "
-"zullen worden.\n"
+"<p>In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt zullen worden.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40
@@ -2094,12 +1981,10 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
-"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions "
-"are\n"
+"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n"
"created automatically:"
msgstr ""
-"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station "
-"tevens\n"
+"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station tevens\n"
"het station is waar de hoofdpartitie op moet komen, dan zullen de\n"
"volgende partities automatisch worden aangemaakt:"
@@ -2108,8 +1993,7 @@
" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n"
"Sizes are calculated automatically.\n"
msgstr ""
-" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een "
-"hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n"
+" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n"
"De groottes worden automatisch berekend.\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61
@@ -2117,41 +2001,27 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Geavanceerde opties</b></p>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new "
-"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST "
-"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended "
-"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition "
-"using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
-msgstr ""
-"AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe "
-"partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 "
-"de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of "
-"uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te "
-"specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes."
+msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
+msgstr "AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes."
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n"
"interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met "
-"behulp van deze\n"
-"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand "
-"toe te voegen.\n"
+"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met behulp van deze\n"
+"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand toe te voegen.\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
-"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID "
-"partitions as\n"
+"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de "
-"configuratie\n"
+"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de configuratie\n"
"aan een bestaand besturingsbestand toe. U kunt als voorbereiding alleen\n"
"niet-geformatteerde LVM- en RAID-partities aanmaken.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2183,23 +2053,20 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de "
-"installatie begint. </P>\n"
+"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie begint. </P>\n"
#. help 2/6
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the "
-"installation\n"
+"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n"
"is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Post-installatie scripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat "
-"de installatie is voltooid.\n"
+"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat de installatie is voltooid.\n"
"Deze scripts draaien buiten de 'chroot'-omgeving.\n"
"</P>"
@@ -2211,21 +2078,16 @@
"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n"
"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n"
"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n"
-"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the "
-"installed \n"
+"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n"
"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>'Chroot'-scripts</H3>\n"
-"<P>Kies de opties voor <i>'chroot'-scripts</i> om uw post-installatie-script "
-"binnen de\n"
-"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd "
-"voorafgaand\n"
-"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts "
-"op het\n"
-"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te "
-"benaderen,\n"
+"<P>Kies de opties voor <i>'chroot'-scripts</i> om uw post-installatie-script binnen de\n"
+"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd voorafgaand\n"
+"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts op het\n"
+"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te benaderen,\n"
"moet u altijd het koppelpunt \"/mnt\" in uw scripts gebruiken.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2234,16 +2096,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
-"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted"
-"\".\n"
+"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de "
-"bootloader-\n"
-"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label "
-"\"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n"
+"<p>Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de bootloader-\n"
+"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label \"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help 5/6
@@ -2272,15 +2131,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> "
-"or \n"
+"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n"
"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen "
-"<i>Perl</i> of \n"
+"<P>Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen <i>Perl</i> of \n"
"<i>Python</i> als pre-installatiescripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2290,44 +2147,32 @@
"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n"
"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n"
"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n"
-"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, "
-"which\n"
-"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an "
-"installation\n"
-"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, "
-"too.\n"
+"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n"
+"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n"
+"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n"
-" <P>Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk "
-"uitgeschakeld en\n"
-" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te "
-"maken. Een\n"
-" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van "
-"init-scripts, die\n"
-" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden "
-"uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n"
-" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie <b>Netwerk</b> ook voor het script na "
-"installatie gebruiken.\n"
+" <P>Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk uitgeschakeld en\n"
+" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. Een\n"
+" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van init-scripts, die\n"
+" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n"
+" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie <b>Netwerk</b> ook voor het script na installatie gebruiken.\n"
" </P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n"
-"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up "
-"box as feedback.\n"
-"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that "
-"might help\n"
+"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n"
+"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n"
"you to debug your script.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n"
-" <P>Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-"
-"upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n"
-" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het "
-"feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n"
+" <P>Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n"
+" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n"
" bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
@@ -2415,15 +2260,12 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the "
-"installation for\n"
+"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt "
-"u de installatie naar behoefte\n"
-"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie "
-"overnemen.</p>\n"
+"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u de installatie naar behoefte\n"
+"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie overnemen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
msgid "User Script Management"
@@ -2450,12 +2292,8 @@
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
-msgid ""
-"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The "
-"error message is:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-"
-"profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n"
+msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
+msgstr "De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
@@ -2468,10 +2306,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"De gebruiker-gedefinieerde categorieën konden niet opgehaald worden.\n"
-"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, "
-"via netwerk\n"
-"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het "
-"originele besturingsbestand \n"
+"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, via netwerk\n"
+"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het originele besturingsbestand \n"
"geïnstalleerd worden zonder daarbij van categorieën gebruik te maken.\n"
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
@@ -2536,35 +2372,27 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
msgid ""
-"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to "
-"those available\n"
-"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the "
-"data\n"
+"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
+"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, "
-"zijn identiek aan\n"
-"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van "
-"het instellen van\n"
-"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het "
-"besturingsbestand\n"
-"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te "
-"zetten.\n"
+"<p>De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn identiek aan\n"
+"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van het instellen van\n"
+"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het besturingsbestand\n"
+"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te zetten.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
-"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, "
-"including\n"
+"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n"
"interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n"
-"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</"
-"p>\n"
+"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</p>\n"
#. Construct node name for display in tree.
#.
@@ -2688,8 +2516,7 @@
#. the next instructions taints result
#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
-msgstr ""
-"Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven."
+msgstr "Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven."
#. PUBLIC INTERFACE
#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE
@@ -2779,24 +2606,16 @@
#. Install
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
-"log"
-msgstr ""
-"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/"
-"ay_image.log controleren"
+msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Image aanmaken - pakketten installeren"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
-"log"
-msgstr ""
-"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/"
-"ay_image.log controleren"
+msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
@@ -2808,18 +2627,14 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
-"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be "
-"changed anymore."
+"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
"U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n"
-"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer "
-"te wijzigen."
+"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer te wijzigen."
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr ""
-"Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log "
-"controleren"
+msgstr "Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
msgid "Image created successfully"
@@ -2860,12 +2675,10 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
msgid ""
-"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different "
-"AutoYaST XML file.\n"
+"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
-"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander "
-"AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n"
+"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n"
"Als u op de OK-knop drukt wordt de iso aangemaakt."
#. create the actual ISO file
@@ -2907,21 +2720,13 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the "
-"autoyast profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de "
-"softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
+msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel."
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
-msgid ""
-"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard "
-"disk. %1MB missing"
-msgstr ""
-"De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de "
-"harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt"
+msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
+msgstr "De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt"
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
@@ -2950,8 +2755,7 @@
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"Meerdere hoofdpartities gevonden. U heeft echter niet aangegeven welke\n"
-"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet "
-"mogelijk.\n"
+"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet mogelijk.\n"
#. return list of available devices
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
@@ -3006,14 +2810,10 @@
msgstr "&OK"
#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met "
-#~ "code %2."
+#~ msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2."
#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code "
-#~ "%2."
+#~ msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2."
#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
#~ msgstr "Lezen van bestand op %1/%2 is mislukt.\n"
@@ -3063,28 +2863,18 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>Enter the partition information according to your\n"
-#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the "
-#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and "
-#~ "no size.</P>\n"
+#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical "
-#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then "
-#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with "
-#~ "AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>Geef de partitie-informatie op overeenkomstig uw\n"
-#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u "
-#~ "het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met "
-#~ "partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.</P>\n"
+#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.</P>\n"
#~ " <p>\n"
-#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische "
-#~ "partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en "
-#~ "kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld "
-#~ "met AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld met AutoYaST.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ " <P>Raadpleeg de online documentatie voor meer informatie.\n"
#~ " </P>\n"
@@ -3143,16 +2933,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical "
-#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical "
-#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n"
+#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe "
-#~ "aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste "
-#~ "schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n"
+#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n"
#~ " </P>\n"
#~ msgid "&Volume Group"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -87,8 +87,7 @@
#. string: command line interface is not supported
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface."
+msgstr "Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface."
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
@@ -98,8 +97,7 @@
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's."
+msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
@@ -145,8 +143,7 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties."
+msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
@@ -180,8 +177,7 @@
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm "
-"'optie=waarde'."
+" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm 'optie=waarde'."
#. translators: example title for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
@@ -244,26 +240,17 @@
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties."
+msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie "
-"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie "
-"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
@@ -498,8 +485,7 @@
"\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te "
-"voeren.\n"
+"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te voeren.\n"
"Doorgaan met deze installatie laat u achter in een niet ondersteunde status\n"
"en kan van invloed zijn op vereisten voor compliance.\n"
" \n"
@@ -513,9 +499,7 @@
#. bugzilla #332436
#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende "
-"werkprocedures."
+msgstr "Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende werkprocedures."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
@@ -823,10 +807,8 @@
"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een bestaande TSIG-sleutel toevoegen</b></big><br>\n"
-"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de <b>naam</"
-"b>\n"
-"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>."
-"</p>\n"
+"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de <b>naam</b>\n"
+"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
@@ -838,10 +820,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel aanmaken</b></big><br>\n"
"Om een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel te maken moet u de <b>bestandsnaam</b> van het\n"
-"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de <b>sleutel-ID</b> "
-"om\n"
-"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op <b>Genereren</b> "
-"klikken.</p>\n"
+"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de <b>sleutel-ID</b> om\n"
+"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op <b>Genereren</b> klikken.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
@@ -954,8 +934,7 @@
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie "
-"te\n"
+"<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie te\n"
"verwijderen selecteert u deze en klikt u daarna op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
@@ -1033,26 +1012,15 @@
"Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>1) <i>Algemeen</i><br>\n"
-"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de "
-"dialoog.\n"
-"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + "
-"[TAB] om terug te gaan\n"
+"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de dialoog.\n"
+"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + [TAB] om terug te gaan\n"
"Selecteer of activeer elementen met [SPATIE] of [ENTER].\n"
-"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven "
-"schuiven in lijsten).</p>"
+"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven schuiven in lijsten).</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
-msgid ""
-"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
-"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of "
-"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog "
-"on the right.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om "
-"een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan "
-"er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant "
-"gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
@@ -1082,11 +1050,9 @@
"move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>2) <i>Vervanging van toetsaanslagen</i><br>\n"
-"<p>Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het "
-"toetsenbord,\n"
+"<p>Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het toetsenbord,\n"
"zijn er meerdere manieren om door de pagina's van de dialoog te navigeren.\n"
-"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus "
-"met\n"
+"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus met\n"
"[CTRL] + [F] vooruit en met [CTRL] + [B] achteruit verplaatsen.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
@@ -1097,20 +1063,17 @@
"[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als [ALT]+[letter] niet werkt,\n"
-"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + "
-"[H].\n"
+"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + [H].\n"
"[ESC] + [TAB] is tevens een vervanging voor [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
-"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>Functietoetsen</i><br>\n"
-"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van "
-"de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond.</p>"
+"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
@@ -1182,30 +1145,18 @@
#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same "
-"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service "
-"during boot'.</p>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running "
-"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the "
-"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to "
-"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service "
-"in the already running system.</p>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Huidige status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Toont de huidige status van de service. De status zal hetzelfde blijven na "
-"opslaan van de instellingen, onafhankelijk van de waarde van 'start service "
-"bij opstarten van het systeem'.</p>\n"
+"Toont de huidige status van de service. De status zal hetzelfde blijven na opslaan van de instellingen, onafhankelijk van de waarde van 'start service bij opstarten van het systeem'.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
-"Alleen van toepassing als de service nu actief is. Verzekert dat de actieve "
-"service de nieuwe configuratie na opslaan zal herladen (via knoppen 'ok' of "
-"'opslaan').</p>\n"
+"Alleen van toepassing als de service nu actief is. Verzekert dat de actieve service de nieuwe configuratie na opslaan zal herladen (via knoppen 'ok' of 'opslaan').</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Starten bij opstarten van systeem</big></b><br>\n"
-"Activeer dit veld om de service in te schakelen bij opstarten van het "
-"systeem. Deactiveer het om de service uit te schakelen. Dit heeft geen "
-"invloed op de huidige status van de service in het al actieve systeem.</p>\n"
+"Activeer dit veld om de service in te schakelen bij opstarten van het systeem. Deactiveer het om de service uit te schakelen. Dit heeft geen invloed op de huidige status van de service in het al actieve systeem.</p>\n"
#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
@@ -1996,14 +1947,12 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
-"information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel maken</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager "
-"voor meer informatie.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager voor meer informatie.\n"
" Druk op Ctrl+C om te annuleren.\n"
" </p>"
@@ -2066,8 +2015,7 @@
"and select the action to process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te "
-"slaan,\n"
+"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te slaan,\n"
"kik op <b>%1</b> en selecteer vervolgens de uit te voeren actie.</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label
@@ -2089,8 +2037,7 @@
"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op <B>Log opslaan</B> en "
-"selecteer\n"
+"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op <B>Log opslaan</B> en selecteer\n"
"vervolgens het bestand waarin u het log wilt opslaan.</P>\n"
#. menu button
@@ -2352,7 +2299,6 @@
msgstr "Zone voor home"
#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
-#| msgid "GPG Public Keys"
msgid "Public Zone"
msgstr "Publieke zone"
@@ -2382,8 +2328,7 @@
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
-msgstr ""
-"De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie."
+msgstr "De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie."
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
@@ -2432,8 +2377,7 @@
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd "
-"worden:\n"
+"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd worden:\n"
"%1\n"
#. question popup
@@ -2579,7 +2523,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
-#| msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr "Firewall-instellingen voor %{firewall}"
@@ -3047,8 +2990,7 @@
"Really continue?"
msgstr ""
"Al uw netwerkinterfaces worden momenteel beheerd door NetworkManager,\n"
-"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit "
-"programma.\n"
+"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit programma.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u toch doorgaan?"
@@ -3084,119 +3026,80 @@
"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+."
-"_-'.\n"
+"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+._-'.\n"
"Een poortnummer mag een getal zijn tussen de 0 en 65535.\n"
"Spaties zijn niet toegestaan.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-"
-"interface"
+msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-interface"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-"
-"interface"
+msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-interface"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden "
-"uitgeschakeld."
+msgstr "Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden uitgeschakeld."
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">uitschakelen</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">inschakelen</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</"
-"a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</"
-"a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
-"but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
-"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</"
-"a>), maar\n"
+"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>), maar\n"
"er zijn nog geen netwerkinterfaces ingesteld"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port "
-"on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort "
-"niet geopend op de firewall."
+msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
+msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort niet geopend op de firewall."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
-"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op "
-"afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall."
+msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
@@ -3210,12 +3113,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
-"needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de "
-"noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend."
+msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend."
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
@@ -3255,8 +3154,7 @@
"\n"
"%s"
msgstr ""
-"Conflicterende bestanden gedetecteerd, deze conflicterende bestanden zullen "
-"worden overschreven:\n"
+"Conflicterende bestanden gedetecteerd, deze conflicterende bestanden zullen worden overschreven:\n"
"%s"
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
@@ -3267,10 +3165,8 @@
"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
msgstr ""
"Bestandsconflicten treden op wanneer bestanden met dezelfde naam, maar\n"
-"verschillende inhoud uit twee pakketten worden geïnstalleerd. Als u "
-"doorgaat,\n"
-"worden conflicterende bestanden vervangen, waardoor u de vorige inhoud "
-"verliest."
+"verschillende inhoud uit twee pakketten worden geïnstalleerd. Als u doorgaat,\n"
+"worden conflicterende bestanden vervangen, waardoor u de vorige inhoud verliest."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
@@ -3336,8 +3232,7 @@
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken "
-"systeem.\n"
+"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n"
"Verifieer het systeem later door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien.\n"
#. At start of package install.
@@ -3372,26 +3267,21 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
-"module."
+"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
"Geen aandacht geven aan een pakketfout kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n"
-"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te "
-"draaien."
+"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien."
#. error report
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
-"changed. To \n"
-"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> "
-"from \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
+"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>De bron op de opgegeven URL geeft nu een ander media-ID.\n"
-"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is "
-"veranderd.\n"
+"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is veranderd.\n"
"Om deze bron te blijven gebruiken, open <i>Installatiebronnen</i> in \n"
"YaST Configuratiecentrum en vernieuw de installatiebron.</p>\n"
@@ -3674,8 +3564,7 @@
#. message in a progress popup
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten."
+msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
@@ -3895,8 +3784,7 @@
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
-"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be "
-"installed.\n"
+"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
@@ -3904,8 +3792,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Licentiebevestiging</big></b><br>\n"
"Het pakket in de kop van de dialoog heeft een expliciete bevestiging\n"
"nodig ten behoeve van de acceptatie van zijn licentie.\n"
-"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet "
-"geïnstalleerd worden.\n"
+"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet geïnstalleerd worden.\n"
"<br>\n"
"Klik op <b>Ik ga akkoord</b> als u de pakketlicentie accepteert.\n"
"Klik op <b>Ik ga niet akkoord</b> als u de pakketlicentie afwijst.</p>"
@@ -3914,18 +3801,14 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
-"to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
-"the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke "
-"software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n"
-"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie "
-"getoond\n"
+"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n"
+"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie getoond\n"
"in de linker\n"
"\t\tkolom. Om een beschrijving van een item te bekijken, selecteer\n"
"het item in de lijst.\n"
@@ -3960,8 +3843,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
-"disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3969,13 +3851,11 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over "
-"blijft\n"
+"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over blijft\n"
"\t\tnadat alle verzochte wijzigingen zijn uitgevoerd.\n"
"\t\tPartities die vol of bijna vol zijn kunnen de systeemprestaties nadelig\n"
"\t\tbeïnvloeden en in sommige gevallen zelfs leiden tot serieuze problemen.\n"
-"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen "
-"werken.\n"
+"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen werken.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
@@ -4076,12 +3956,8 @@
msgstr "Doorgaan in softwarebeheer"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
-"or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Installatierapport</B></BIG><BR>Hier is een samenvatting van de "
-"geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten.</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installatierapport</B></BIG><BR>Hier is een samenvatting van de geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten.</P>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
msgid "Installation Report"
@@ -4134,8 +4010,7 @@
"Het pakket %1 uit de installatiebron %2\n"
"%3\n"
"is niet digitaal ondertekend. Dit betekent dat de oorsprong\n"
-"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren "
-"van\n"
+"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren van\n"
"het pakket kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch installeren?"
@@ -4192,16 +4067,14 @@
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
-"Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"Geen controlesom voor bestand %1 gevonden in de installatiebron.\n"
"Dit betekent dat het bestand onderdeel is van de ondertekende bron,\n"
-"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het "
-"gebruiken\n"
+"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het gebruiken\n"
"van het bestand kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch gebruiken?"
@@ -4276,13 +4149,10 @@
msgstr ""
"Pakket %1 uit installatiebron %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole "
-"is mislukt: %4\n"
+"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n"
"\n"
-"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per "
-"ongeluk of\n"
-"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de "
-"integriteit\n"
+"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per ongeluk of\n"
+"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit\n"
"en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch installeren?\n"
@@ -4302,11 +4172,9 @@
msgstr ""
"Bestand %1 uit installatiebron %2\n"
"%3\n"
-" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole "
-"is mislukt: %4\n"
+" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n"
"\n"
-"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk "
-"of\n"
+"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk of\n"
"door een aanvaller gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan brengt een groot\n"
"risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n"
"\n"
@@ -4431,8 +4299,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>De eigenaar van de sleutel kan opwaarderingen,\n"
"pakketten en pakketbronnen aanleveren die uw systeem zal vertrouwen\n"
-"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere "
-"waarschuwing.\n"
+"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere waarschuwing.\n"
"Op die manier zal het importeren van de sleutel naar uw sleutelring met\n"
"vertrouwde sleutels de sleuteleigenaar toestaan om enige controle te hebben\n"
"over de software op uw systeem.</p>"
@@ -4442,8 +4309,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
-"used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Er zal een waarschuwingsvenster worden geopend voor elk\n"
"pakket dat niet is ondertekend door een vertrouwde (geïmporteerde) sleutel.\n"
@@ -4511,8 +4377,7 @@
"\n"
"Het bestand is, ofwel per ongeluk of door een aanvaller, nadat het in\n"
"de installatiebron is gezet en ondertekent, gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan\n"
-"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met "
-"zich mee.\n"
+"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n"
@@ -4529,8 +4394,7 @@
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
-"risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4538,10 +4402,8 @@
"is %2,\n"
"maar de verwachte controlesom is niet bekend.\n"
"\n"
-"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan "
-"worden\n"
-"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw "
-"systeem in gevaar.\n"
+"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan worden\n"
+"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n"
@@ -4591,16 +4453,8 @@
msgstr "<p>De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd.</p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
-"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
-"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
-"installed.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Afbreken van de installatie</B> Pakketinstallatie kan worden "
-"afgebroken met de <B>Afbreken</B>-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een "
-"inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen "
-"worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Afbreken van de installatie</B> Pakketinstallatie kan worden afgebroken met de <B>Afbreken</B>-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
@@ -5282,9 +5136,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
#. a comma separated list of file names.
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
-#| msgid ""
-#| "File %s has been created manually.\n"
-#| "YaST might lose this file."
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
@@ -5345,12 +5196,9 @@
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
"start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit."
msgstr ""
-"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden "
-"gescheiden.\n"
-"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken "
-"mag niet aan het begin\n"
-"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een "
-"cijfer beginnen."
+"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden gescheiden.\n"
+"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken mag niet aan het begin\n"
+"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een cijfer beginnen."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
@@ -5398,8 +5246,7 @@
"Voorbeelden:\n"
"IP: 192.168.0.1 of 2001:db8:0::1\n"
"IP/netwerkmasker: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 of 2001:db8:0::1/56\n"
-"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/"
-"ffff::0\n"
+"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
#. Byte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
@@ -5477,8 +5324,7 @@
"and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n"
msgstr ""
"Deze module moet als root draaien.\n"
-"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal "
-"functioneren.\n"
+"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal functioneren.\n"
"Bepaalde instellingen zullen bijvoorbeeld niet juist ingelezen kunnen\n"
"worden en waarschijnlijk kunnen de instellingen niet opgeslagen worden.\n"
@@ -6126,9 +5972,7 @@
#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250
msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format."
-msgstr ""
-"De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam "
-"hebben."
+msgstr "De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam hebben."
#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256
@@ -6179,14 +6023,12 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
-"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"Het omgekeerde IPv4-adres %1 is ongeldig.\n"
"\n"
"Een geldige omgekeerde IPv4 bestaat uit vier getallen tussen 0 en 255,\n"
-"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr."
-"arpa.'.\n"
+"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
"Voorbeeld: '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' voor het IPv4-adres '192.168.32.1'.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make
@@ -6198,8 +6040,7 @@
"such as 'host.example.org.'.\n"
msgstr ""
"De relatieve hostnaam %1 kan niet samen met zone %2 gebruikt worden.\n"
-"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt "
-"eindigt,\n"
+"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt eindigt,\n"
"zoals bijvoorbeeld: 'host.example.org.'.\n"
#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format
@@ -6236,8 +6077,7 @@
"Ongeldig SOA-record.\n"
"%1 moet een BIND tijdstype zijn.\n"
"Een BIND tijdstype bestaat uit getallen en uit de hoofdletterongevoelige\n"
-"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel "
-"toegestaan.\n"
+"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel toegestaan.\n"
"Geef waarden op zoals bijvoorbeeld 12H15m, 86400 of 1W30M.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record,
@@ -6253,8 +6093,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020
msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file."
-msgstr ""
-"Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn."
+msgstr "Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028
@@ -6353,9 +6192,7 @@
#~ "sommige pakketten hebben niet opgeloste afhankelijkheden."
#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden "
-#~ "is noodzakelijk."
+#~ msgstr "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden is noodzakelijk."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
@@ -6371,8 +6208,7 @@
#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "De softwarebeheerder starten en de problemen repareren\n"
-#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten "
-#~ "installeren?"
+#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten installeren?"
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "Installatiegrootte"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -36,9 +36,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden "
-"geïnstalleerd."
+msgstr "De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden geïnstalleerd."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. F#300779: end
@@ -67,7 +65,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
-#| msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
msgstr "Geselecteerde bootloaderpartitie %s is niet meer beschikbaar."
@@ -118,7 +115,6 @@
msgstr "Niet beheerd"
#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
-#| msgid " (default)"
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standaard"
@@ -156,12 +152,10 @@
msgstr "Type bootloader: %1"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
-#| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr "Vertrouwde boot inschakelen: %1"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
-#| msgid "Yes"
msgid "yes"
msgstr "ja"
@@ -190,59 +184,34 @@
msgstr " (MBR)"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</"
-"a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet "
-"installeren</a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot"
-"\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot"
-"\">installeren</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet "
-"installeren</a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
-"\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
-"\">installeren</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">installeren</a>"
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
-"are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-"Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u "
-"weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie."
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie."
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
@@ -257,12 +226,10 @@
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
-"loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Wachttijd in seconden</b><br>\n"
-"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</"
-"p>\n"
+"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</p>\n"
#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
@@ -272,17 +239,13 @@
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
-"code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
-"even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie</b><br>\n"
-"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start "
-"vervolgens\n"
-"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, "
-"zelfs\n"
+"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n"
+"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n"
"als de bootloader is geïnstalleerd in de MBR.</p>"
#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
@@ -292,12 +255,10 @@
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
-"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b> Vervang de MBR van uw "
-"schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n"
+"<p><b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b> Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n"
"de actieve partitie opstart).</p>"
#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
@@ -307,23 +268,16 @@
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Menu verbergen bij opstarten</b> om het opstartmenu te "
-"verbergen</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Menu verbergen bij opstarten</b> om het opstartmenu te verbergen</p>"
#. Represents if os prober should be run
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
-#| msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
msgstr "Vreemd OS &detecteren"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
-"foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vreemd OS detecteren</b> door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met "
-"andere vreemde distributie </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Vreemd OS detecteren</b> door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie </p>"
#. represents kernel command line
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
@@ -331,28 +285,17 @@
msgstr "O&ptionele kernelparameter voor op de commandoregel"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee "
-"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters.</p>"
#. Represents Protective MBR action
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
-#| msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
msgstr "&Beschermende MBR-vlag"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only "
-"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not "
-"touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Protective MBR-vlag</b> is een instelling alleen voor experts, die "
-"alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in "
-"GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Protective MBR-vlag</b> is een instelling alleen voor experts, die alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
@@ -379,23 +322,18 @@
msgstr "Ondersteuning van &secure boot inschakelen"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
-#| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
msgstr "Activeren om UEFI veilige boot in te schakelen\n"
#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
-#| msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
msgstr "Ondersteuning van &vertrouwde boot inschakelen"
#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
-msgid ""
-"<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Vertrouwde boot</b> zal TrustedGRUB2 installeren in plaats van het "
-"reguliere GRUB2.\n"
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
+msgstr "<b>Vertrouwde boot</b> zal TrustedGRUB2 installeren in plaats van het reguliere GRUB2.\n"
#. Represents grub password protection widget
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
@@ -433,28 +371,10 @@
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. "
-"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry "
-"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the "
-"way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it "
-"in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' "
-"which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not "
-"supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bootloader beveiligen met wachtwoord</b><br>\n"
-"Tijdens booten, wijzigen of zelfs booten zal elke item het wachtwoord "
-"vereisen. "
-"Als <b>Alleen wijzigen van item beschermen</b> is geactiveerd dan is het "
-"booten "
-"van elk item niet beperkt maar items wijzigen vereist het wachtwoord (wat de "
-"manier hoe GRUB 1 zich gedroeg).<br>YaST zal alleen het wachtwoord accepteren "
-"als u het herhaalt in <b>Wachtwoord nogmaals</b>. Het wachtwoord is van "
-"toepassing "
-"op de GRUB2 gebruiker 'root' die apart staat van de Linux 'root'. YaST "
-"ondersteunt "
-"nu geen andere GRUB2 gebruikers. Als u ze nodig hebt, gebruik dan een "
-"separaat GRUB2 "
-"script.</p>"
+"Tijdens booten, wijzigen of zelfs booten zal elke item het wachtwoord vereisen. Als <b>Alleen wijzigen van item beschermen</b> is geactiveerd dan is het booten van elk item niet beperkt maar items wijzigen vereist het wachtwoord (wat de manier hoe GRUB 1 zich gedroeg).<br>YaST zal alleen het wachtwoord accepteren als u het herhaalt in <b>Wachtwoord nogmaals</b>. Het wachtwoord is van toepassing op de GRUB2 gebruiker 'root' die apart staat van de Linux 'root'. YaST ondersteunt nu geen andere GRUB2 gebruikers. Als u ze nodig hebt, gebruik dan een separaat GRUB2 script.</p>"
#. there's mode specified, use it
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
@@ -500,18 +420,12 @@
"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p> Door op <b>Instellen als standaard</b> te klikken markeert u de "
-"geselecteerde \n"
-"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een "
-"opstartmenu\n"
-"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een "
-"ander \n"
-"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets "
-"wordt\n"
-"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem "
-"opgestart.\n"
-"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden "
-"gewijzigd met de toetsen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p> Door op <b>Instellen als standaard</b> te klikken markeert u de geselecteerde \n"
+"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n"
+"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n"
+"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt\n"
+"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n"
+"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b>.</p>\n"
#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
@@ -520,15 +434,13 @@
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
-msgstr ""
-"Aangepaste apparaat voor booten moet gespecificeerd worden indien geactiveerd"
+msgstr "Aangepaste apparaat voor booten moet gespecificeerd worden indien geactiveerd"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Ops&tarten van opstartpartitie"
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
-#| msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr "Boo&ten van hoofdpartitie"
@@ -546,7 +458,6 @@
#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
-#| msgid "Disk Order"
msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr "Schijfvolgorde voor booten b&ewerken"
@@ -559,28 +470,22 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Schijfvolgorde</b></big><br>\n"
-"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de "
-"BIOS,\n"
-"gebruik de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b> om de schijven op volgorde "
-"te zetten.\n"
-"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een schijf te "
-"verwijderen, druk op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
+"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n"
+"gebruik de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b> om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n"
+"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
-#| msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&Kernelparameters"
#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
-#| msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr "Bootco&de-opties"
#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
-#| msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr "Boot&loader-opties"
@@ -591,10 +496,8 @@
#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
#. error report
#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr ""
-"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd."
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd."
#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
@@ -613,24 +516,15 @@
#. warning text in the summary richtext
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
-"bootable."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien "
-"niet opstartbaar."
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar."
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr ""
-"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd"
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd"
#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-#| "Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
"Reading current configuration...</P>"
@@ -655,58 +549,33 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk "
-"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub "
-"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install "
-"stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
-"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT "
-"schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de "
-"bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-"
-"partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR."
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR."
#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
#. check if boot device is on raid0
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten."
+msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
-"Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie "
-"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record"
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record"
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
-"Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren."
+msgstr "Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren."
#. activate set or there is already activate flag
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
-msgid ""
-"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes "
-"could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Activeringsvlag is niet gezet door het installatieprogramma. Als het "
-"helemaal niet is gezet, kunnen somige BIOSen weigeren om te booten."
+msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
+msgstr "Activeringsvlag is niet gezet door het installatieprogramma. Als het helemaal niet is gezet, kunnen somige BIOSen weigeren om te booten."
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already "
-#| "contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgid ""
-"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already "
-"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Het installatieprogramma zal de MBR van de schijf niet wijzigen. Tenzij het "
-"al bootcode bevat, zal de BIOS niet in staat om van deze schijf te booten."
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
+msgstr "Het installatieprogramma zal de MBR van de schijf niet wijzigen. Tenzij het al bootcode bevat, zal de BIOS niet in staat om van deze schijf te booten."
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
@@ -750,7 +619,6 @@
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
-#| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie van bootloader opslaan"
@@ -762,7 +630,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
-#| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
msgstr "Configuratie van bootloader opslaan..."
@@ -803,9 +670,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Waarde was niet gespecificeerd."
#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve "
-#~ "commandoregelmodus"
+#~ msgstr "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve commandoregelmodus"
#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
#~ msgstr "Sectienaam moet gespecificeerd zijn."
@@ -830,152 +695,106 @@
#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>Opstartmenu</b></big><br></p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the "
-#~ "other is\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
#~ "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is een van de aanbevolen opties, "
-#~ "de andere is \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n"
#~ "<b>Opstarten van hoofdpartitie</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option "
-#~ "<i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Gebruik de vertrouwde grub</b> betekent installeer de vertrouwde "
-#~ "grub en gebruik deze. De optie <i>Grafisch menubestand</i> wordt "
-#~ "genegeerd.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Gebruik de vertrouwde grub</b> betekent installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie <i>Grafisch menubestand</i> wordt genegeerd.\n"
#~ "Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have "
-#~ "another operating system\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
#~ "installed on your computer</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR)</b> wordt afgeraden als "
-#~ "u een ander\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR)</b> wordt afgeraden als u een ander\n"
#~ "besturingssysteem hebt geïnstalleerd op de computer</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever "
-#~ "there is a suitable\n"
-#~ "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot "
-#~ "Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-#~ "in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is "
-#~ "needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+#~ "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+#~ "in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
#~ "to start this section.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is de aanbevolen optie wanneer "
-#~ "een geschikte partitie\n"
-#~ "aanwezig is. Selecteer <b>Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor "
-#~ "opstartpartitie</b> en <b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b>\n"
-#~ " in <b>Opties voor bootloader</b> om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig "
-#~ "is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n"
+#~ "aanwezig is. Selecteer <b>Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie</b> en <b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b>\n"
+#~ " in <b>Opties voor bootloader</b> om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n"
#~ "starten van deze sectie.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root "
-#~ "partition is on \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
#~ "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie</b> moet geselecteerd worden als "
-#~ "uw root-partitie zich op \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie</b> moet geselecteerd worden als uw root-partitie zich op \n"
#~ "een logische partitie bevindt en de partitie /boot ontbreekt</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from."
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Aangepaste opstartpartitie</b> laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan "
-#~ "wordt opgestart.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Aangepaste opstartpartitie</b> laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan wordt opgestart.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
#~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. <b>Redundantie voor MD-array "
-#~ "inschakelen</b>\n"
+#~ "<p>MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. <b>Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen</b>\n"
#~ "inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven.</p>"
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-#~| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info "
-#~| "grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+#~| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</"
-#~ "code>) for details.</p>"
+#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Gebruik seriële console</b> definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n"
-#~ "voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info "
-#~ "grub</code>) voor details.</p>"
+#~ "voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub</code>) voor details.</p>"
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e."
-#~| "g. a serial console),\n"
-#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass "
-#~| "<code>console</code> to the\n"
-#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in "
-#~| "which you\n"
+#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
#~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. "
-#~ "a serial console),\n"
-#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</"
-#~ "code> to the\n"
-#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in "
-#~ "which you\n"
+#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Terminaldefinitie</b></p><br>\n"
-#~ "Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal "
-#~ "(bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n"
-#~ "geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de "
-#~ "opdracht \n"
-#~ "toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal "
-#~ "waarop u een \n"
+#~ "Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n"
+#~ "geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de opdracht \n"
+#~ "toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop u een \n"
#~ "willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section "
-#~ "numbers\n"
-#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
+#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt</b> bevat een lijst "
-#~ "met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt</b> bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n"
#~ "het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical "
-#~ "boot menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Grafisch menubestand</b> definieert het voor het grafisch "
-#~ "opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Grafisch menubestand</b> definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Geluidssignalen</b> schakel geluidssignalen aan/uit.</p>"
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-#~| "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the "
-#~| "password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then "
-#~| "booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the "
-#~| "password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the "
-#~| "password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+#~| "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST "
-#~ "will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
#~ "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Bescherm de bootloader met een wachtwoord</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Definieer het wachtwoord dat vereist zal zijn om toegang te krijgen tot "
-#~ "het bootmenu. YaST zal het wachtwoord alleen accepteren als u het "
-#~ "herhaalt\n"
+#~ "Definieer het wachtwoord dat vereist zal zijn om toegang te krijgen tot het bootmenu. YaST zal het wachtwoord alleen accepteren als u het herhaalt\n"
#~ "in <b>Wachtwoord herhalen</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
@@ -1044,27 +863,14 @@
#~ msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
#~ msgstr "Partitie waar boot sequence is geïnstalleerd."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the "
-#~ "<i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te "
-#~ "stellen VGA-modus voor de <i>console</i>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te stellen VGA-modus voor de <i>console</i>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe "
-#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee "
-#~ "definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to "
-#~ "create boot entry name. </p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Distributeur</b> specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de "
-#~ "kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. </p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Distributeur</b> specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. </p>"
#~ msgid "D&istributor"
#~ msgstr "D&istributeur"
@@ -1087,11 +893,8 @@
#~ msgid "Unspecified"
#~ msgstr "Niet gespecificeerd"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig "
-#~ "aan."
+#~ msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+#~ msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig aan."
#~ msgid "Select File"
#~ msgstr "Bestand selecteren"
@@ -1248,16 +1051,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the "
-#~ "current \n"
-#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or "
-#~ "reread\n"
+#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
+#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P>Via de knop <B>Overig</B>\n"
#~ "kunt u de configuratiebestanden van de bootloader handmatig bewerken,\n"
-#~ "de huidige configuratie wissen en een nieuwe configuratie vanaf 0 "
-#~ "beginnen,\n"
+#~ "de huidige configuratie wissen en een nieuwe configuratie vanaf 0 beginnen,\n"
#~ "of de configuratie die op uw schijf is opgeslagen opnieuw inlezen. %1</P>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1289,18 +1089,12 @@
#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
#~ "menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P> Door op <b>Als standaard instellen</b> te klikken wordt de "
-#~ "geselecteerde \n"
-#~ "sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de "
-#~ "bootloader een \n"
-#~ "opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een "
-#~ "ander besturingssysteem \n"
-#~ "kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of "
-#~ "besturingssysteem) zal \n"
-#~ "worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt "
-#~ "gedrukt.\n"
-#~ "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp "
-#~ "van\n"
+#~ "<P> Door op <b>Als standaard instellen</b> te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n"
+#~ "sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n"
+#~ "opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n"
+#~ "kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n"
+#~ "worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n"
+#~ "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n"
#~ "de knoppen <B>Omhoog</B> en <B>Omlaag</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1331,22 +1125,18 @@
#~ "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
#~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
#~ "partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-#~ "<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation "
-#~ "Details</b>\n"
+#~ "<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
#~ "to update the master boot record\n"
#~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
#~ "to start &product;.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- In de <b>bootsector</b> van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> "
-#~ "(hoofdpartitie). \n"
+#~ "- In de <b>bootsector</b> van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n"
#~ "Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n"
#~ "Selecteer <b>Bootloaderpartitie activeren</b> of\n"
-#~ "<b>MBR door generieke code vervangen</b> bij <b>Details "
-#~ "bootloaderinstallatie</b>\n"
+#~ "<b>MBR door generieke code vervangen</b> bij <b>Details bootloaderinstallatie</b>\n"
#~ "om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n"
-#~ "het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van "
-#~ "&product;.</p>"
+#~ "het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van &product;.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -1373,20 +1163,16 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
#~ "limit that restricts booting to\n"
-#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager "
-#~ "used,\n"
+#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
#~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n"
-#~ "dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de "
-#~ "1024.\n"
-#~ "Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat "
-#~ "om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten.</p>"
+#~ "dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n"
+#~ "Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> "
-#~ "or\n"
+#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -1400,8 +1186,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Details bootloaderinstallatie</b><br>\n"
#~ "Om de geavanceerde opties van de bootloaderinstallatie aan te passen\n"
-#~ " (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op <b>Details "
-#~ "bootloaderinstallatie</b>.</p>"
+#~ " (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op <b>Details bootloaderinstallatie</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
@@ -1409,8 +1194,7 @@
#~ "<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Opties bootloader</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Om de opties van de bootloader aan te passen, zoals de wachttijd, klik "
-#~ "op\n"
+#~ "Om de opties van de bootloader aan te passen, zoals de wachttijd, klik op\n"
#~ "<b>Opties bootloader</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1420,18 +1204,15 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B>Handmatige configuratie</B><BR>\n"
#~ "Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.</P>\n"
-#~ "<P>Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong "
-#~ "hebben.</P>"
+#~ "<P>Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The "
-#~ "section\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
#~ "name must be unique.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Sectienaam</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Gebruik <b>Sectienaam</b> om de naam van de bootloadersectie op te "
-#~ "geven.\n"
+#~ "Gebruik <b>Sectienaam</b> om de naam van de bootloadersectie op te geven.\n"
#~ "De sectienaam dient uniek te zijn.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1446,49 +1227,40 @@
#~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
#~ "selected section.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Geselecteerde sectie klonen</b> om de momenteel "
-#~ "geselecteerde\n"
-#~ "sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in "
-#~ "de\n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Geselecteerde sectie klonen</b> om de momenteel geselecteerde\n"
+#~ "sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n"
#~ "geselecteerde sectie.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
#~ "to load and start.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Image-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere "
-#~ "image toe te voegen\n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Image-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n"
#~ "om te laden en te starten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Xen-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image "
-#~ "toe te voegen, \n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Xen-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n"
#~ "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used "
-#~ "for\n"
+#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Ander systeem (Chainloader)</b> om een sectie toe te "
-#~ "voegen\n"
-#~ "die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit "
-#~ "wordt gebruikt\n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Ander systeem (Chainloader)</b> om een sectie toe te voegen\n"
+#~ "die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n"
#~ "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of "
-#~ "the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Menu-sectie</b> om een sectie toe te voegen \n"
-#~ "die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een "
-#~ "partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n"
+#~ "die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n"
#~ "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen.</p>"
#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
@@ -1541,8 +1313,7 @@
#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd en u heeft de configuratiebestanden\n"
-#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de "
-#~ "bootloaderinstellingen.\n"
+#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de bootloaderinstellingen.\n"
#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
#~ msgstr "%1Standaard bootloaderlocatie instellen?\n"
@@ -1621,87 +1392,50 @@
#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Image-sectie</b></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name "
-#~ "directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Kernel-image</b> definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam "
-#~ "rechtstreeks in of kies via <b>Bladeren</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Kernel-image</b> definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam rechtstreeks in of kies via <b>Bladeren</b></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root "
-#~ "device.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Hoofdapparaat</b> stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet "
-#~ "worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Hoofdapparaat</b> stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to "
-#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allereerste RAM-schijf</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de "
-#~ "aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Allereerste RAM-schijf</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n"
#~ "rechtstreeks in of kies door te <b>Bladeren</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for "
-#~ "booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Chainloader-sectie</b> als u een sectie wilt definiëren "
-#~ "voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Chainloader-sectie</b> als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to "
-#~ "select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken</p> in om het selecteren "
-#~ "van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken</p> in om het selecteren van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating "
-#~ "systems found on your computer.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Met <b>Ander systeem</b> kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd "
-#~ "niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Met <b>Ander systeem</b> kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your "
-#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor "
-#~ "opstarten</b> als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de "
-#~ "partitie te kunnen opstarten</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten</b> als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen opstarten</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of "
-#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see "
-#~ "the grub documentation.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Met <b>Blok-offset voor chainloading</b> geeft u de lijst op te "
-#~ "starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n"
-#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer "
-#~ "bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Met <b>Blok-offset voor chainloading</b> geeft u de lijst op te starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n"
+#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or "
-#~ "other image \n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>XEN-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image "
-#~ "toe te voegen, \n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>XEN-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n"
#~ "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional "
-#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor</b>; hiermee definieert u "
-#~ "aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor</b>; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Menusectie</b></p>"
@@ -1709,27 +1443,17 @@
#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Partitie van menubestand</b></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which "
-#~ "is loaded menu file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu</b> specificeert het pad op het "
-#~ "root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu</b> specificeert het pad op het root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually "
-#~ "need to be on the first disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap</b> "
-#~ "Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap</b> Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is "
-#~ "possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is "
-#~ "possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1743,39 +1467,30 @@
#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</b><br>\n"
#~ "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
-#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to "
-#~ "a\n"
+#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Dumpsectie</b> om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt "
-#~ "opgegeven hoe\n"
-#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of "
-#~ "tapeapparaat of om een\n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Dumpsectie</b> om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt opgegeven hoe\n"
+#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of tapeapparaat of om een\n"
#~ " bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Menusectie</b> om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de "
-#~ "configuratie.\n"
-#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden "
-#~ "gegroepeerd</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Menusectie</b> om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de configuratie.\n"
+#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden gegroepeerd</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters "
-#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>SELinux inschakelen</b> om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-"
-#~ "parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te "
-#~ "schakelen. \n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>SELinux inschakelen</b> om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te schakelen. \n"
#~ "Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen.</p>"
#~ msgid "Image Section"
@@ -1907,8 +1622,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Secties:<br>%1"
#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken"
+#~ msgstr "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken"
#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
#~ msgstr "Voorstellen en &samenvoegen met bestaande GRUB-menu's"
@@ -1916,14 +1630,8 @@
#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
#~ msgstr "Onbekende bootloader: %1"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the "
-#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot "
-#~ "Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten "
-#~ "(booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze "
-#~ "zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\""
+#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#~ msgstr "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten (booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\""
#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
#~ msgstr "Toegevoegde kernelparameters: %1"
@@ -1946,11 +1654,8 @@
#~ msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
#~ msgstr "Geselecteerde bootloaderlocatie %{path} is niet meer op %{device}."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-"
-#~ "partitietabel"
+#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
+#~ msgstr "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-partitietabel"
#~ msgid "Linux"
#~ msgstr "Linux"
@@ -1998,64 +1703,39 @@
#~ msgstr "Diagnostiek leverancier"
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen "
-#~ "opstarten."
+#~ msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely "
-#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result "
-#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 "
-#~ "GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 "
-#~ "ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)."
+#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
+#~ msgstr "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n"
-#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of "
-#~ "range.\n"
-#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot "
-#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader "
-#~ "configuration)"
+#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n"
+#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/"
-#~ ">\n"
-#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten "
-#~ "bereik.\n"
-#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de "
-#~ "BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on "
-#~ "de configuratie van de bootloader)."
+#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/>\n"
+#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten bereik.\n"
+#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on de configuratie van de bootloader)."
#~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now."
#~ msgstr "De LILO is nu niet ondersteund."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your "
-#~ "system may not be bootable."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. "
-#~ "U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar."
+#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable."
+#~ msgstr "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a "
-#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition."
+#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat."
-#~ "<br>\n"
-#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine "
-#~ "primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt."
+#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br>\n"
+#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a "
-#~ "PReP Boot partition."
+#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat."
-#~ "<br>\n"
-#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-"
-#~ "Boot-partitie aanmaakt."
+#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br>\n"
+#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-Boot-partitie aanmaakt."
#~ msgid "Stay &LILO"
#~ msgstr "Bij &LILO blijven"
@@ -2063,12 +1743,8 @@
#~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB"
#~ msgstr "Instellingen converteren en &GRUB installeren"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to "
-#~ "GRUB"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van "
-#~ "LILO naar GRUB te selecteren"
+#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB"
+#~ msgstr "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van LILO naar GRUB te selecteren"
#~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options"
#~ msgstr "&ELILO Algemene opties"
@@ -2101,70 +1777,53 @@
#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\n"
#~ "in case of boot problems.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Uitgebreidheid [0-5]</b><br> Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-"
-#~ "meldingen zijn \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Uitgebreidheid [0-5]</b><br> Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-meldingen zijn \n"
#~ "wanneer zich problemen voordoen bij het opstarten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-"
-#~ "opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan "
-#~ "de kernel.\n"
-#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n"
+#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the "
-#~ "initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
+#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, "
-#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
-#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in "
-#~ "of kies door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
+#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het imagebestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert het te "
-#~ "gebruiken\n"
-#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies "
-#~ "door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het imagebestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert het te gebruiken\n"
+#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n"
#~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of "
-#~ "'tekstmenu')</b><br>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')</b><br>\n"
#~ "Let op: 'tekstmenu' heeft op sommige machines problemen veroorzaakt.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n"
-#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to "
-#~ "TRUE.\n"
+#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n"
#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n"
#~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n"
#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>EDD30-modus blokkeren</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te "
-#~ "stellen op TRUE.\n"
-#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de "
-#~ "variabele\n"
+#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te stellen op TRUE.\n"
+#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de variabele\n"
#~ "kan dan problemen veroorzaken. Daarom hebt u vanaf ELILO-3.2 de optie \n"
#~ "het forceren van de variabele te blokkeren.</p>\n"
@@ -2175,10 +1834,8 @@
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het "
-#~ "aanvankelijk laden van de \n"
-#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt "
-#~ "verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n"
+#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het aanvankelijk laden van de \n"
+#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n"
#~ " </p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2200,8 +1857,7 @@
#~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Stel het gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO</b>\n"
-#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of "
-#~ "\"tekstmenu\"</p>"
+#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\"</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Display the Content of a File by Function Keys</b>\n"
@@ -2223,8 +1879,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA</b>\n"
#~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA.\n"
-#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd "
-#~ "worden.</p>"
+#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd worden.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)</b>\n"
@@ -2232,8 +1887,7 @@
#~ "the chooser.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Bericht getoond op het hoofdscherm (Indien ondersteund)</b>\n"
-#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund "
-#~ "wordt\n"
+#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund wordt\n"
#~ "door het keuzeprogramma.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2242,8 +1896,7 @@
#~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n"
#~ "Default is 0</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch "
-#~ "opstarten</b>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten</b>\n"
#~ "Het aantal tienden van seconden dat moet worden gewacht alvorens\n"
#~ "automatisch op te starten in niet-interactieve modus.\n"
#~ "Standaard is 0</p>"
@@ -2251,12 +1904,8 @@
#~ msgid "Boot Image Location"
#~ msgstr "Locatie opstart-image"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive "
-#~ "mode)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch "
-#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)"
+#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)"
#~ msgid "Force interactive mode"
#~ msgstr "Interactieve modus forceren"
@@ -2280,8 +1929,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Naam van standaard image-bestand"
#~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')"
+#~ msgstr "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')"
#~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)"
#~ msgstr "Bericht dat verschijnt op hoofdscherm (indien ondersteund)"
@@ -2294,15 +1942,13 @@
#~ msgstr "EDD30-modus blokkeren"
#~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen"
+#~ msgstr "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen"
#~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate"
#~ msgstr "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan"
#~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel"
+#~ msgstr "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel"
#~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File"
#~ msgstr "&Naam van standaard image-bestand"
@@ -2324,16 +1970,10 @@
#~ msgstr "Forceren dat rootfs als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld"
#~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu"
-#~ "\")"
+#~ msgstr "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\")"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive "
-#~ "Mode)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch "
-#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)"
+#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)"
#~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys"
#~ msgstr "De inhoud van een bestand weergeven door functie&toetsen"
@@ -2388,8 +2028,7 @@
#~ "Dit is het partitienummer van uw opstartpartitie. Op een\n"
#~ "PowerMac moet het in HFS-formaat zijn omdat we de hfsutils gebruiken om\n"
#~ "de bestanden naar die partitie te kopiëren. Op CHRP hebt u een 41 PReP\n"
-#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar "
-#~ "opgeslagen.</p>"
+#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar opgeslagen.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Boot Folder Path</b>\n"
@@ -2401,42 +2040,30 @@
#~ "map wordt gemarkeerd als op te starten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-"
-#~ "opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan "
-#~ "de kernel.\n"
-#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n"
+#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the "
-#~ "initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
+#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, "
-#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
-#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in "
-#~ "of kies door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
+#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard image-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, "
-#~ "definieert het aanvankelijk \n"
-#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of "
-#~ "kies door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard image-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert het aanvankelijk \n"
+#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2450,84 +2077,65 @@
#~ "<p><b>Partition for Boot Loader Duplication</b>\n"
#~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n"
#~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n"
-#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a "
-#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
+#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Partitie voor bootloaderduplicatie</b>\n"
-#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen "
-#~ "zou moeten worden.\n"
+#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen zou moeten worden.\n"
#~ "Met deze optie wordt de bootpartitie geconverteerd naar FAT. \n"
-#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een "
-#~ "RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven.</p>"
+#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Change Boot Device in NV-RAM</b>\n"
#~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n"
-#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified "
-#~ "in\n"
+#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n"
#~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Opstartapparaat veranderen in NV-RAM</b>\n"
#~ "deze optie vertelt lilo om de OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n"
-#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar "
-#~ "het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n"
-#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen "
-#~ "opstarten.</p>"
+#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n"
+#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen opstarten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Do not Use OS-chooser</b>\n"
-#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script "
-#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n"
-#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple "
-#~ "G5 systems \n"
+#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n"
+#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n"
#~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Geen besturingssysteemkiezer gebruiken</b>\n"
-#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een "
-#~ "Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n"
-#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met "
-#~ "Apple G5 systemen \n"
+#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n"
+#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met Apple G5 systemen \n"
#~ "breekt af als er geen monitor is aagekoppeld.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux</b>\n"
-#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots "
-#~ "automatically \n"
+#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n"
#~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Wachttijd in seconden voor MacOS/Linux</b>\n"
-#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux "
-#~ "automatisch opstart \n"
+#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux automatisch opstart \n"
#~ "als er geen toets wordt ingedrukt om MacOS op te starten</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Always Boot from FAT Partition</b>\n"
-#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition "
-#~ "format\n"
-#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for "
-#~ "more\n"
+#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n"
+#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n"
#~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n"
#~ "the FAT formatted file system</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Altijd vanaf FAT-partitie opstarten</b>\n"
-#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat "
-#~ "selecteren\n"
-#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem "
-#~ "voor meer\n"
+#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat selecteren\n"
+#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem voor meer\n"
#~ "complexe instellingen. Deze optie forceert het lilo-script om het\n"
#~ "FAT geformatteerde bestandssysteem te gebruiken</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Install Boot Loader Even on Errors</b>\n"
#~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n"
-#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Bootloader zelfs bij foutmeldingen installeren</b>\n"
-#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy "
-#~ "is\n"
-#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet "
-#~ "ondersteunde setup.</p>"
+#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy is\n"
+#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet ondersteunde setup.</p>"
#~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location"
#~ msgstr "Locatie PPC-bootloader"
@@ -2735,13 +2343,10 @@
#~ msgstr "De LILO opstartlader is niet ondersteund"
#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen "
-#~ "opstarten."
+#~ msgstr "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten."
#~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt."
+#~ msgstr "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt."
#~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader"
#~ msgstr "S390-bootloader installeren"
@@ -2798,13 +2403,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n"
-#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard "
-#~ "disk.\n"
+#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n"
#~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "U wilt de bootloader op de harddisk installeren.\n"
-#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen "
-#~ "booten.\n"
+#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen booten.\n"
#~ "Wilt u deze vervangen zodat u van diskette kan booten?"
#~ msgid ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -205,7 +205,6 @@
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#| msgid "Online Update"
msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr "Bijwerken van installatieprogramma"
@@ -337,7 +336,6 @@
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#| msgid "Installation"
msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr "Opschonen van installatieprogramma"
@@ -464,17 +462,6 @@
msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie"
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#| "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -500,7 +487,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
-#| msgid "System for Update"
msgid "System Role"
msgstr "Systeemrol"
@@ -510,8 +496,7 @@
"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
"for the selected scenario."
msgstr ""
-"Systeem rollen zijn voorgedefinieerde gebruiksgevallen die het systeem "
-"aanpassen\n"
+"Systeem rollen zijn voorgedefinieerde gebruiksgevallen die het systeem aanpassen\n"
"voor het geselecteerde scenario."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
@@ -522,13 +507,10 @@
"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De aanpassingne aan de systeemrollen zijn in de reeks van pakketselectie "
-"tot \n"
+"<p>De aanpassingne aan de systeemrollen zijn in de reeks van pakketselectie tot \n"
"partitionering van schijven. Door een systeemrol te kiezen, zal het systeem \n"
-"overeenkomstig worden geconfigureerd om overeen te komen met de rol van het "
-"gebruiksgeval. \n"
-"De instellingen gedefinieerd door een rol kunnen, indien noodzakelijk, "
-"overschreven worden in de volgende stappen.</p>"
+"overeenkomstig worden geconfigureerd om overeen te komen met de rol van het gebruiksgeval. \n"
+"De instellingen gedefinieerd door een rol kunnen, indien noodzakelijk, overschreven worden in de volgende stappen.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
@@ -559,7 +541,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72
#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
-#| msgid "Initialization..."
msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
msgstr "Xen virtuele host"
@@ -580,7 +561,6 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
-#| msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Linuxrc-netwerkconfiguratie laden"
@@ -601,25 +581,12 @@
"\n"
"<p><b>Gefeliciteerd!</b></p>\n"
"<p>De installatie van openSUSE op uw computer is klaar.\n"
-"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> hebt geklikt kunt u uzelf aanmelden op het "
-"systeem.</p>\n"
+"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> hebt geklikt kunt u uzelf aanmelden op het systeem.</p>\n"
"<p>Bezoek ons op %1.</p>\n"
"<p>Veel plezier!<br>Uw openSUSE-ontwikkelteam</p>\n"
" "
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-#| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-#| "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-#| "manage your computer.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-#| "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-#| "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-#| "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-#| "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-#| "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
msgid ""
"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
@@ -633,22 +600,15 @@
"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
msgstr ""
-"De bureaubladomgeving van uw computer levert een grafisch "
-"gebruikersinterface\n"
-"voor uw computer, evenals een scala van programma's voor e-mail, "
-"webbrowsing,\n"
-"kantoorproductiviteit, spellen en hulpmiddelen voor het beheer van uw "
-"computer.\n"
+"De bureaubladomgeving van uw computer levert een grafisch gebruikersinterface\n"
+"voor uw computer, evenals een scala van programma's voor e-mail, webbrowsing,\n"
+"kantoorproductiviteit, spellen en hulpmiddelen voor het beheer van uw computer.\n"
"\n"
-"openSUSE levert een keuze aan bureaubladomgevingen. De meest breed "
-"gebruikte\n"
-"bureaubladomgevingen zijn GNOME en KDE Plasma, die gelijkwaardig ondersteund "
-"worden onder\n"
+"openSUSE levert een keuze aan bureaubladomgevingen. De meest breed gebruikte\n"
+"bureaubladomgevingen zijn GNOME en KDE Plasma, die gelijkwaardig ondersteund worden onder\n"
"openSUSE. Beide bureaubladomgevingen zijn gemakkelijk te gebruiken, hoog\n"
-"geïntegreerd en hebben een aantrekkelijke look-en-feel. Elke "
-"bureaubladomgeving\n"
-"heeft een bepaalde stijl, zodat persoonlijke smaak bepaalt welke voor u het "
-"meest\n"
+"geïntegreerd en hebben een aantrekkelijke look-en-feel. Elke bureaubladomgeving\n"
+"heeft een bepaalde stijl, zodat persoonlijke smaak bepaalt welke voor u het meest\n"
"geschikte bureaublad is."
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
@@ -656,17 +616,14 @@
msgstr "GNOME-desktop"
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-#| msgid "KDE Desktop"
msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
msgstr "KDE Plasma-bureaublad"
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
msgstr "Server (tekstmodus)"
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-#| msgid "XFCE Desktop"
msgid "Xfce Desktop"
msgstr "Xfce-bureaublad"
@@ -794,8 +751,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Virtuele machine (Voor geparavirtualiseerde omgevingen zoals Xen)"
#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Xen virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)"
+#~ msgstr "Xen virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)"
#~ msgid "Server Scenario"
#~ msgstr "Scenario van server"
@@ -805,8 +761,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Service"
#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "KVM virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)"
+#~ msgstr "KVM virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)"
#~ msgid "Root Password"
#~ msgstr "Root-wachtwoord"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -59,11 +59,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de "
-"mogelijke waarden te bekijken."
+msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken."
#. summary item
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
@@ -89,22 +86,15 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule "
-"verfijnen.\n"
-"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"keyboard</tt>.\n"
+"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule verfijnen.\n"
+"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n"
"Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
-"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. "
-"Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface "
-"heeft u een ander programma nodig.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface heeft u een ander programma nodig.</p>\n"
#. heading text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
@@ -186,16 +176,14 @@
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Kies de <b>toetsenbordindeling</b> die u wilt gebruiken\n"
"voor de installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem. \n"
"Test de indeling in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer "
-"<b>Geavanceerd</b>.\n"
+"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer <b>Geavanceerd</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
@@ -214,17 +202,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
-"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Kies de <b>toetsenbordindeling</b> die u in het systeem wilt gebruiken.\n"
-"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer "
-"<b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw "
-"bureaubladomgeving.</p>\n"
+"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw bureaubladomgeving.</p>\n"
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
@@ -350,8 +334,7 @@
#. help for write dialog
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>De configuratie wordt opgeslagen</b><br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>De configuratie wordt opgeslagen</b><br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>"
#. summary label
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
@@ -367,11 +350,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke "
-"waarden te bekijken."
+msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+msgstr "'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken."
#. label text
#. heading text
@@ -417,14 +397,11 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
-"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en "
-"secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer "
-"nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n"
+"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n"
"</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112
@@ -508,20 +485,13 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
-"primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to "
-"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted "
-"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Selecteer de optie <b>Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen</b> om de "
-"toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n"
-"Selecteer de optie <b>Tijdzone aanpassen</b> om de huidige tijdszone aan te "
-"passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al "
-"zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk "
-"uitgeschakeld.\n"
+"Selecteer de optie <b>Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen</b> om de toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n"
+"Selecteer de optie <b>Tijdzone aanpassen</b> om de huidige tijdszone aan te passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk uitgeschakeld.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
@@ -534,8 +504,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Secundaire talen</b><br>\n"
-"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt "
-"gaan gebruiken.\n"
+"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt gaan gebruiken.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. error message - package solver failed
@@ -549,8 +518,7 @@
"There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n"
"Remove some languages from the selection."
msgstr ""
-"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen "
-"installeren.\n"
+"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen installeren.\n"
"Verwijder enkele talen uit de selectie."
#. help text for langauge expert screen
@@ -564,8 +532,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen voor de taal verfijnen.\n"
-"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"language</tt>.\n"
+"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n"
"Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -578,38 +545,27 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker 'root'</b>\n"
-"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn "
-"ingesteld.</p>"
+"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn ingesteld.</p>"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
-"values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
"are unset.<br>\n"
"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Alleen ctype:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een "
-"normale gebruiker.\n"
+"<p><b>Alleen ctype:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een normale gebruiker.\n"
"Andere waarden zijn niet ingesteld.<br>\n"
-"<b>Ja:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een "
-"normale gebruiker.<br>\n"
-"<b>Nee:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen "
-"ingesteld.\n"
+"<b>Ja:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een normale gebruiker.<br>\n"
+"<b>Nee:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen ingesteld.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
-"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
-"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Gedetailleerde instellingen</b> om een lokaliteit voor de "
-"primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De "
-"vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Gedetailleerde instellingen</b> om een lokaliteit voor de primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit.</p>"
#. heading text
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
@@ -681,14 +637,11 @@
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the "
-"appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit "
-"medium.\n"
-"Voeg de <b>Language Add-On-CD</b> als extra installatiebron toe voor de "
-"juiste ondersteuning\n"
+"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit medium.\n"
+"Voeg de <b>Language Add-On-CD</b> als extra installatiebron toe voor de juiste ondersteuning\n"
"voor deze taal.\n"
#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
@@ -697,10 +650,8 @@
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
msgstr ""
-"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal "
-"zal worden\n"
-"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het "
-"nieuwe systeem."
+"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal zal worden\n"
+"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het nieuwe systeem."
#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
@@ -729,7 +680,6 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-#| msgid "New value for hardware clock"
msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
msgstr "Nieuwe waarde voor hardware-klok. Kan 'local', 'utc' of 'UTC' zijn."
@@ -789,27 +739,21 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware "
-"Clock Set To</b>.\n"
-"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as "
-"Microsoft\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
+"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
"Windows) use local time.\n"
"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
-"time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij "
-"<b>Hardwareklok ingesteld op</b>.\n"
-"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben "
-"(zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n"
+"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij <b>Hardwareklok ingesteld op</b>.\n"
+"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben (zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n"
"Computers met alleen Linux worden normaliter\n"
"ingesteld op Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen "
-"van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n"
+"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text: extra note about localtime
@@ -825,24 +769,19 @@
"<p>\n"
"Opmerking: De interne systeemklok zoals gebruikt door de Linux-kernel moet\n"
"altijd in UTC zijn, omdat dit de referentie is voor de juiste lokale tijd\n"
-"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, "
-"kijk\n"
-"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over "
-"neveneffecten.\n"
+"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, kijk\n"
+"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over neveneffecten.\n"
"</p>"
#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
msgid ""
"\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your "
-"system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n"
"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
"\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
-"year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
-"backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
"\n"
"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -850,17 +789,12 @@
"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te "
-"zijn geïnstalleerd.\n"
-"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op "
-"Annuleren te klikken.\n"
+"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te zijn geïnstalleerd.\n"
+"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op Annuleren te klikken.\n"
"\n"
-"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per "
-"jaar aanpassen\n"
-"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet "
-"omschakelt, kunnen\n"
-"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, "
-"etc.\n"
+"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per jaar aanpassen\n"
+"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet omschakelt, kunnen\n"
+"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, etc.\n"
"\n"
"Als u UTC gebruikt zal Linux de tijd automatisch aanpassen.\n"
"\n"
@@ -868,12 +802,8 @@
#. help text for set time dialog
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
-"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan "
-"op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
@@ -993,17 +923,14 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</"
-"b>.\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst "
-"de <b>regio</b>.\n"
-"Selecteer vervolgens bij <b>Tijdzone</b> de juiste tijdzone, land of regio "
-"uit de lijst.\n"
+"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst de <b>regio</b>.\n"
+"Selecteer vervolgens bij <b>Tijdzone</b> de juiste tijdzone, land of regio uit de lijst.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
@@ -1014,8 +941,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op <b>Wijzigen</b> om dit aan "
-"te passen.\n"
+"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op <b>Wijzigen</b> om dit aan te passen.\n"
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
@@ -1113,7 +1039,6 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
-#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
msgstr "Spaans (Asturische variant)"
@@ -1299,14 +1224,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to "
-#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n"
+#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Voor de te <b>vergrendelen apparaten</b>, voer een door spaties "
-#~ "gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll "
-#~ "Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n"
+#~ "Voor de te <b>vergrendelen apparaten</b>, voer een door spaties gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
-#| msgid "&Kill Container"
msgid "Changes in Container"
msgstr "Wijzigingen in container"
@@ -65,7 +64,6 @@
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
-#| msgid "&Stop Container"
msgid "Commit Container"
msgstr "Container vastleggen (commit)"
@@ -115,7 +113,6 @@
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
-#| msgid "Inject &Terminal"
msgid "Inject Shell"
msgstr "Shell injecteren"
@@ -129,19 +126,12 @@
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
-msgstr ""
-"Docker-service is niet actief. Moet YaST docker starten? anders zal YaST "
-"stoppen."
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr "Docker-service is niet actief. Moet YaST docker starten? anders zal YaST stoppen."
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service "
-"manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Docker-service is niet actief. Voer deze module uit als root of start de "
-"docker-service handmatig."
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr "Docker-service is niet actief. Voer deze module uit als root of start de docker-service handmatig."
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
@@ -253,7 +243,6 @@
#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
-#| msgid "&Containers"
msgid "Run Container"
msgstr "Container uitvoeren"
@@ -262,7 +251,6 @@
msgstr "Host"
#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
-#| msgid "&Containers"
msgid "Container"
msgstr "Container"
@@ -293,4 +281,3 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
msgid "Choose internal port"
msgstr "Interne poort kiezen"
-
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -193,8 +193,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te drukken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
@@ -236,8 +235,7 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bezig met booten:</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>activeren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij "
-"booten</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>activeren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij booten</p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>activeren van \"Uit\", de DRBD-server start alleen handmatig</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Schakel Aan en Uit:</b></p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>Nu starten of stoppen van DRBD-server</p>\n"
@@ -250,188 +248,80 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a "
-"resource</p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een "
-"hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen</p>\n"
+"<p>Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -"
-#| "n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, "
-#| "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to "
-#| "reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to "
-#| "connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource "
-#| "being described. You must use this device with your application (file "
-#| "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is "
-#| "specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, "
-#| "you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the "
-#| "name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
-#| "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/"
-#| "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and "
-#| "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on "
-#| "top of it.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
-#| "backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be "
-#| "generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in "
-#| "different resources.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) "
-"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which "
-"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach "
-"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to "
-"the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the "
-"ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:"
-"abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being "
-"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and "
-"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk "
-"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or "
-"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/"
-"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/"
-"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve "
-"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</"
-"p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
-"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated "
-"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different "
-"resources.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam "
-"(uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, "
-"die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-"
-"apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort "
-"nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-"
-"apparaat. Voor IPv6 moet het actuele adres dat komt na het ipv6 sleutelwoord "
-"geplaatst worden tussen rechte haakjes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de "
-"hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing "
-"gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau "
-"niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door "
-"zijn minor-getal. Anders mag u de naam weg of het woord minor en zijn getal. "
-"Als u de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n"
-"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of '/dev/"
-"drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te "
-"slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief "
-"is.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het "
-"reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node-id is een interne waarde voor drbd, die door yast "
-"automatisch zal worden gegenereerd. Een host kan verschillende \"node-id\" "
-"in verschillende hulpbronnen hebben.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam (uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-apparaat. Voor IPv6 moet het actuele adres dat komt na het ipv6 sleutelwoord geplaatst worden tussen rechte haakjes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door zijn minor-getal. Anders mag u de naam weg of het woord minor en zijn getal. Als u de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n"
+"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of '/dev/drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief is.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node-id is een interne waarde voor drbd, die door yast automatisch zal worden gegenereerd. Een host kan verschillende \"node-id\" in verschillende hulpbronnen hebben.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
-"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
-"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both "
-"local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node "
-"was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-"
-"error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by "
-"DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected "
-"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is "
-"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must "
-"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, "
-"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-"
-"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time "
-"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default "
-"unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
-"packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two "
-"write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write "
-"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The "
-"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top "
-"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by "
-"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is "
-"KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= "
-"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, "
-"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de "
-"locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de "
-"locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het "
-"zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: wacht op timeout van de verbinding</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als "
-"deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager "
-"niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-"
-"socket</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen "
-"door DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-socket</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen door DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet "
-"kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt "
-"daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet "
-"lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 "
-"seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden "
-"op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet "
-"binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De "
-"standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op "
-"een keep-alive-pakket</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen "
-"twee schrijfgrenzen</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire "
-"node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt "
-"deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie "
-"uitschakelt.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop "
-"DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door "
-"synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, "
-"de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-"
-"area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. "
-"(minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen twee schrijfgrenzen</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie uitschakelt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. (minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
@@ -442,63 +332,26 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the "
-"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t"
-"\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file "
-"layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the "
-"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is "
-"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than "
-"from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: "
-"According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed "
-"automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</"
-"p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These "
-"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed "
-"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, "
-"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. "
-"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata "
-"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is "
-"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be "
-"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster "
-"environments.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM-configuratiebestand /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Om LVM met DRBD te gebruiken is het nodig enige opties in het LVM-"
-"configuratiebestand te wijzigen en om ongebruikte cache-items op de nodes te "
-"verwijderen.</p>\t\t<p>Kijk in 'man lvm.conf' voor verdere informatie "
-"inclusief de indeling van het bestand.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Om LVM met DRBD te gebruiken is het nodig enige opties in het LVM-configuratiebestand te wijzigen en om ongebruikte cache-items op de nodes te verwijderen.</p>\t\t<p>Kijk in 'man lvm.conf' voor verdere informatie inclusief de indeling van het bestand.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Apparaatfilter</b>: dit maskeert het onderliggende blokapparaat "
-"uit de lijst met apparaten gemaakt door LVM scans naar Fysieke Volume "
-"signatures. Op deze manier wordt LVM geïnstrueerd Fysieke Volume signatures "
-"te lezen uit DRBD-apparaten, in plaats van uit de onderliggende "
-"blokapparaten die het ondersteunen.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: volgens de "
-"configuratie van drbd zal LVM-filter altijd automatisch worden gewijzigd. Om "
-"het handmatig te wijzigen schakelt u het keuzevakje van AutoFilter uit.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Het filter bestaat uit een array van reguliere expressies. Deze "
-"expressies kunnen omgeven worden door een teken naar eigen keuze, en een "
-"voorloopteken dat ofwel een 'a' (voor accepteren) of 'r' (voor afwijzen/"
-"reject) hebben.</p>\t\t<p>Bijvoorbeeld het filter instellen als [\"r|/dev/"
-"sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Apparaatfilter</b>: dit maskeert het onderliggende blokapparaat uit de lijst met apparaten gemaakt door LVM scans naar Fysieke Volume signatures. Op deze manier wordt LVM geïnstrueerd Fysieke Volume signatures te lezen uit DRBD-apparaten, in plaats van uit de onderliggende blokapparaten die het ondersteunen.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: volgens de configuratie van drbd zal LVM-filter altijd automatisch worden gewijzigd. Om het handmatig te wijzigen schakelt u het keuzevakje van AutoFilter uit.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Het filter bestaat uit een array van reguliere expressies. Deze expressies kunnen omgeven worden door een teken naar eigen keuze, en een voorloopteken dat ofwel een 'a' (voor accepteren) of 'r' (voor afwijzen/reject) hebben.</p>\t\t<p>Bijvoorbeeld het filter instellen als [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: schakel in/zet aan schrijven van de LVM-cache is "
-"standaard. Zou de LVM-cache uit moeten schakelen indien drbd is gecombineerd "
-"met LVM.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: Wanneer lvmetad is ingeschakeld, worden de "
-"metagegevens van de volumegroep en PV statusvlaggen verkregen uit het "
-"lvmetad exemplaar en wordt er geen scanning gedaan door de individuele "
-"commando's. Omdat de cache van lvmetad niet gesynchroniseerd kan worden "
-"tussen nodes, worden gebruikers geadviseerd om lvmetad in de clusteromgeving "
-"uit te schakelen.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: schakel in/zet aan schrijven van de LVM-cache is standaard. Zou de LVM-cache uit moeten schakelen indien drbd is gecombineerd met LVM.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: Wanneer lvmetad is ingeschakeld, worden de metagegevens van de volumegroep en PV statusvlaggen verkregen uit het lvmetad exemplaar en wordt er geen scanning gedaan door de individuele commando's. Omdat de cache van lvmetad niet gesynchroniseerd kan worden tussen nodes, worden gebruikers geadviseerd om lvmetad in de clusteromgeving uit te schakelen.</p>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t"
@@ -507,35 +360,24 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globale configuratie van DRBD</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's "
-"sanity check</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>\"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\"</b> om één van de drbdadm's "
-"fitheidtests uit te schakelen</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Activeer <b>\"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\"</b> om één van de drbdadm's fitheidtests uit te schakelen</p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it "
-"waited so\n"
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' "
-"seconds,\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dialoog verversen:</b> De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden "
-"die tot\n"
-" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de "
-"console van uw\n"
-" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met "
-"beperkte\n"
+"<p><b>Dialoog verversen:</b> De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden die tot\n"
+" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de console van uw\n"
+" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met beperkte\n"
" logcapaciteit.\n"
-" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-"
-"verversing' seconden,\n"
-" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. "
-"</p>"
+" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-verversing' seconden,\n"
+" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. </p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
@@ -570,8 +412,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een DRBD toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer een DRBD uit de lijst met gedetecteerde DRBD's.\n"
-"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet "
-"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
+"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
"Klik daarna op <b>Configureren</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -614,8 +455,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen DRBD.\n"
-"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
@@ -674,8 +514,7 @@
#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
-msgstr ""
-"Waarschuwing! Zou LVM cache moeten uitschakelen voor gebruik van drbd."
+msgstr "Waarschuwing! Zou LVM cache moeten uitschakelen voor gebruik van drbd."
#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
@@ -755,8 +594,7 @@
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
-msgstr ""
-"Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam."
+msgstr "Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam."
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/firewall.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -36,8 +36,7 @@
#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Gebruik ofwel de Yast2 commandoregel of het hulpprogramma 'firewall-cmd'."
+msgstr "Gebruik ofwel de Yast2 commandoregel of het hulpprogramma 'firewall-cmd'."
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
@@ -282,11 +281,9 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n"
"<br>Hier kunt u uw netwerkapparaten aan firewall zones toewijzen.\n"
-"Selecteer hiervoor het apparaat uit de tabel en klik op <b>Wijzigen</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"Selecteer hiervoor het apparaat uit de tabel en klik op <b>Wijzigen</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Met behulp van <b>Gebruikersinstelling</b> kunt u speciale regels, zoals "
-"<i>any</i>, \n"
+"<p>Met behulp van <b>Gebruikersinstelling</b> kunt u speciale regels, zoals <i>any</i>, \n"
"opgeven. Ook kunt u hier nog niet geconfigureerde interfaces opgeven.\n"
"Als u maskering nodig heeft is de string <i>any</i> niet toegestaan.</p>\n"
"\n"
@@ -313,55 +310,42 @@
"\n"
"<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n"
"<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed "
-"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
+"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n"
-"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network "
-"will\n"
+"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n"
"be unprotected.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Toegestane services</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Specificeer de services of poorten die vanaf het netwerk toegankelijk "
-"moeten zijn.\n"
+"<br>Specificeer de services of poorten die vanaf het netwerk toegankelijk moeten zijn.\n"
"Netwerken zijn opgedeeld in firewall zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>Om een service toe te staan, moet u de <b>Zone</b> en de\n"
-"<b>Service, toe te staan</b> selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b> "
-"klikken.</p>\n"
+"<b>Service, toe te staan</b> selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b> klikken.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Om een toegestane service te verwijderen, selecteert u de <b>Zone</b> en "
-"de <b>Toegestane service</b> en klikt u daarna op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Om een toegestane service te verwijderen, selecteert u de <b>Zone</b> en de <b>Toegestane service</b> en klikt u daarna op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Door de selectie van <b>Bescherm firewall vanaf interne zone</b> te "
-"verwijderen, wordt de beveiliging\n"
-"van de zone opgeheven. Alle services en poorten vanuit deze zone zijn dan "
-"onbeschermd.</p>\n"
+"<p>Door de selectie van <b>Bescherm firewall vanaf interne zone</b> te verwijderen, wordt de beveiliging\n"
+"van de zone opgeheven. Alle services en poorten vanuit deze zone zijn dan onbeschermd.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n"
-"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC "
-"ports and\n"
+"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n"
"IP protocols.</p>\n"
"<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
-"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or "
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
+"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aanvullende instellingen kunt u instellen door <b>Geavanceerd</b> te "
-"gebruiken.\n"
-"Items dienen van elkaar te worden gescheiden met een spatie. U kunt TCP, "
-"UDP, RPC-poorten en \n"
+"<p>Aanvullende instellingen kunt u instellen door <b>Geavanceerd</b> te gebruiken.\n"
+"Items dienen van elkaar te worden gescheiden met een spatie. U kunt TCP, UDP, RPC-poorten en \n"
"IP-protocollen toestaan.</p>\n"
-"<p>TCP- en UDP-poorten kunne worden ingevoerd als poortnamen (<tt>ftp-data</"
-"tt>),\n"
+"<p>TCP- en UDP-poorten kunne worden ingevoerd als poortnamen (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"poortnummers (<tt>3128</tt>) of poortbereiken (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
-"RPC-poorten dienen te worden ingevoerd als dienstnamen (<tt>portmap</tt> of "
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>) en\n"
+"RPC-poorten dienen te worden ingevoerd als dienstnamen (<tt>portmap</tt> of <tt>nlockmgr</tt>) en\n"
"IP-protocollen als de protocol-naam (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -369,21 +353,16 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your "
-"firewall and allows\n"
-"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, "
-"transparently. Requests\n"
+"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n"
+"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n"
"from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n"
"Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n"
"to the external network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Maskering</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Maskering is een functie die uw interne netwerk achter uw firewall "
-"verbergt en uw\n"
-"interne netwerk transparant toegang tot het externe netwerk, zoals het "
-"internet, verleent.\n"
-"Verzoeken vanaf het externe netwerk naar het interne netwerk worden "
-"geblokkeerd.\n"
+"<br>Maskering is een functie die uw interne netwerk achter uw firewall verbergt en uw\n"
+"interne netwerk transparant toegang tot het externe netwerk, zoals het internet, verleent.\n"
+"Verzoeken vanaf het externe netwerk naar het interne netwerk worden geblokkeerd.\n"
"Selecteer <b>Netwerk maskering</b> om uw netwerken voor\n"
"het externe netwerk te verbergen.</p>\n"
@@ -391,65 +370,45 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal "
-"network, it is possible to\n"
-"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal "
-"IP. \n"
-"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form."
-"</p>\n"
+"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n"
+"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n"
+"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Verzoeken aan een gemaskeerd IP-adres doorsturen.</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Hoewel verzoeken van het externe netwerk uw interne netwerk niet kunnen "
-"bereiken, is het\n"
-"transparant doorsturen van iedere gewenste poort op uw firewall naar elk "
-"intern IP-adres mogelijk. \n"
-"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe omleidingsregel toe te voegen en vul "
-"het omleidingsformulier volledig in.</p>\n"
+"<br>Hoewel verzoeken van het externe netwerk uw interne netwerk niet kunnen bereiken, is het\n"
+"transparant doorsturen van iedere gewenste poort op uw firewall naar elk intern IP-adres mogelijk. \n"
+"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe omleidingsregel toe te voegen en vul het omleidingsformulier volledig in.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Om een omleidingsregel te verwijderen, selecteert u deze eerst in de "
-"tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Om een omleidingsregel te verwijderen, selecteert u deze eerst in de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to "
-"find \n"
+"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n"
"neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n"
-"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues "
-"using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
+"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add "
-"needed broadcast\n"
-"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated "
-"ports for\n"
+"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n"
+"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n"
"particular zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of "
-"packets in wider networks.\n"
-"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast "
-"Packets</b>\n"
+"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n"
+"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n"
"for the desired zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast configuratie</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Broadcast pakketten zijn speciale UDP-pakketten die aan het hele netwerk "
-"verstuurd worden\n"
-"om naburige computers te zoeken of om informatie naar elke computer in het "
-"netwerk te versturen.\n"
-"CUPS servers bijvoorbeeld leveren informatie over hun print queues aan door "
-"middel van broadcast-pakketten.</p>\n"
+"<br>Broadcast pakketten zijn speciale UDP-pakketten die aan het hele netwerk verstuurd worden\n"
+"om naburige computers te zoeken of om informatie naar elke computer in het netwerk te versturen.\n"
+"CUPS servers bijvoorbeeld leveren informatie over hun print queues aan door middel van broadcast-pakketten.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Services, geselecteerd in SuSEfirewall2, toegestane interfaces, zijn hier "
-"automatisch\n"
-"toegevoegd. Om andere poorten van bepaalde zones te verwijderen of toe te "
-"voegen, dient\n"
+"<p>Services, geselecteerd in SuSEfirewall2, toegestane interfaces, zijn hier automatisch\n"
+"toegevoegd. Om andere poorten van bepaalde zones te verwijderen of toe te voegen, dient\n"
"u lijsten met poorten, door spaties gescheiden, te bewerken</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Andere afgewezen broadcast-pakketten worden gelogd. In grotere netwerken "
-"kunnen dat veel pakketten\n"
+"<p>Andere afgewezen broadcast-pakketten worden gelogd. In grotere netwerken kunnen dat veel pakketten\n"
"zijn. Deselecteer <b>Log niet-geaccepteerde broadcast-pakketten</b>\n"
" om het loggen van\n"
"deze pakketten voor de gewenste zones uit te schakelen.</p>\n"
@@ -457,108 +416,77 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their "
-"reply\n"
-"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP "
-"browsing.</p>\n"
+"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n"
+"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the "
-"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
-"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also "
-"choose from\n"
+"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n"
"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast antwoord</big></b><br>\n"
-"De firewall laat gewoonlijk pakketten vallen die door andere machines als "
-"antwoord\n"
-"op door uw systeem verzonden broadcast-pakkettten, bijv., Samba-browsing of "
-"SLP-browsing.</p>\n"
+"De firewall laat gewoonlijk pakketten vallen die door andere machines als antwoord\n"
+"op door uw systeem verzonden broadcast-pakkettten, bijv., Samba-browsing of SLP-browsing.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Hier kunt u configureren welke pakkettten door de firewall doorgelaten "
-"mogen worden.\n"
-"Gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe regel toe te voegen. U zult "
-"ook de firewall-zone\n"
-"moeten kiezen van reeds gedefinieerde services of uw regel volledig "
-"handmatig instellen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Hier kunt u configureren welke pakkettten door de firewall doorgelaten mogen worden.\n"
+"Gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe regel toe te voegen. U zult ook de firewall-zone\n"
+"moeten kiezen van reeds gedefinieerde services of uw regel volledig handmatig instellen.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n"
-"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks "
-"through untrusted networks, such as\n"
+"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n"
"the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n"
"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n"
-"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the "
-"internal zone.</p>\n"
+"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec ondersteuning</big></b>\n"
-"<br>IPsec is een versleutelde communicatie-methode tussen vertrouwde hosts "
-"of netwerken via onveilige netwerken\n"
-"zoals het internet. Kies in deze dialoog <b>IPsec inschakelen</b> om IPsec "
-"voor een\n"
+"<br>IPsec is een versleutelde communicatie-methode tussen vertrouwde hosts of netwerken via onveilige netwerken\n"
+"zoals het internet. Kies in deze dialoog <b>IPsec inschakelen</b> om IPsec voor een\n"
"externe zone te activeren</p>\n"
-"<p>Onder <b>Details</b> stelt u de behandeling van de succesvol "
-"ontsleutelde\n"
-"IPsec-pakketten in. Ze kunnen bijvoorbeeld behandeld worden als afkomstig "
-"uit de interne zone.</p>\n"
+"<p>Onder <b>Details</b> stelt u de behandeling van de succesvol ontsleutelde\n"
+"IPsec-pakketten in. Ze kunnen bijvoorbeeld behandeld worden als afkomstig uit de interne zone.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n"
-"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. "
-"Here,\n"
-"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not "
-"logged at all.</p>\n"
+"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n"
+"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and "
-"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
-"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> "
-"for logging every\n"
-"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do "
-"Not Log Any</b>\n"
+"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
+"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n"
+"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n"
"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Log level</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Dit is een basis configuratie-dialoog om het loggen van IP-pakketten in "
-"te stellen. Configureer hier\n"
-"het loggen van de inkomende verbindingspakketten. Uitgaande pakketten worden "
-"helemaal niet gelogd.</p>\n"
+"<br>Dit is een basis configuratie-dialoog om het loggen van IP-pakketten in te stellen. Configureer hier\n"
+"het loggen van de inkomende verbindingspakketten. Uitgaande pakketten worden helemaal niet gelogd.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Er zijn twee groepen van gelogde IP pakketten: <b>Geaccepteerde "
-"pakketten</b> en\n"
-"<b>Niet-geaccepteerde pakketten</b>. Bij elke groep kunt u kiezen uit drie "
-"log-niveaus: <b>Alles loggen</b>,\n"
-"<b>Log alleen kritieke</b> om alleen interessante exemplaren te loggen of "
-"<b>Niets loggen</b>\n"
-"om niets te registreren. U zou op z'n minst geaccepteerde kritieke pakketten "
-"moeten loggen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Er zijn twee groepen van gelogde IP pakketten: <b>Geaccepteerde pakketten</b> en\n"
+"<b>Niet-geaccepteerde pakketten</b>. Bij elke groep kunt u kiezen uit drie log-niveaus: <b>Alles loggen</b>,\n"
+"<b>Log alleen kritieke</b> om alleen interessante exemplaren te loggen of <b>Niets loggen</b>\n"
+"om niets te registreren. U zou op z'n minst geaccepteerde kritieke pakketten moeten loggen.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n"
"<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n"
-"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each "
-"firewall zone.\n"
+"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n"
"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n"
"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the "
-"following items in the summary:</p>\n"
+"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration "
-"name and device name.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed "
-"network services, additional\n"
-"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC "
-"(Remote Procedure Call)\n"
+"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n"
+"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n"
"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Samenvatting</big></b>\n"
@@ -566,22 +494,16 @@
"Dit overzicht is verdeeld in een algemene configuratie en onderdelen\n"
"voor elke firewall zone. Elke bestaande zone wordt hier samengevat.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Firewall opstarten</b> laat zien of de firewall tijdens het "
-"<b>opstartproces</b>\n"
+"<p><b>Firewall opstarten</b> laat zien of de firewall tijdens het <b>opstartproces</b>\n"
"of alleen <b>handmatig</b> wordt gestart.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Aan firewall zones moet een netwerk interface toegewezen zijn, om de "
-"volgende items in de samenvatting te kunnen weergeven:</p>\n"
+"<p>Aan firewall zones moet een netwerk interface toegewezen zijn, om de volgende items in de samenvatting te kunnen weergeven:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: alle interfaces worden weergegeven met hun "
-"configuratie- en apparaatnaam.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: alle interfaces worden weergegeven met hun configuratie- en apparaatnaam.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Open services, poorten en protocollen</b>: dit geeft alle toegestane "
-"netwerk services\n"
-"weer en tevens de TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram "
-"Protocol) en\n"
-"RPC (Remote Procedure Call) poorten en IP (Internet Protocol) protocollen.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p><b>Open services, poorten en protocollen</b>: dit geeft alle toegestane netwerk services\n"
+"weer en tevens de TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol) en\n"
+"RPC (Remote Procedure Call) poorten en IP (Internet Protocol) protocollen.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181
@@ -601,8 +523,7 @@
"such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>TCP-poorten</b> en <b>UDP-poorten</b> kunnen worden ingevoerd\n"
-"als lijst van poortnummers, poortnamen of poortbereiken, van elkaar "
-"gescheiden\n"
+"als lijst van poortnummers, poortnamen of poortbereiken, van elkaar gescheiden\n"
" door spaties. Voorbeelden: <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6
@@ -610,12 +531,10 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n"
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces."
-"</p>"
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RPC-poorten</b> is een lijst met RPC-services, zoals\n"
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> of <tt>portmap</tt>, door spaties "
-"gescheiden.</p>"
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> of <tt>portmap</tt>, door spaties gescheiden.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6
#. please, do not modify examples
@@ -627,8 +546,7 @@
"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>IP-protocollen</b> is een lijst met protocollen, zoals\n"
-"<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> of <tt>chaos</tt>, van elkaar gescheiden door "
-"spaties.\n"
+"<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> of <tt>chaos</tt>, van elkaar gescheiden door spaties.\n"
"De huidige lijst met protocollen is te vinden op\n"
"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>"
@@ -636,16 +554,13 @@
#. please, do not modify examples
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that "
-"represent\n"
+"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n"
"all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n"
"The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n"
"for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Poortbereik</b> bestaat uit twee nummers met een dubbele punt "
-"ertussen,\n"
-"die alle poortnummers binnen een bereik representeren, inclusief de nummers "
-"zelf.\n"
+"<p><b>Poortbereik</b> bestaat uit twee nummers met een dubbele punt ertussen,\n"
+"die alle poortnummers binnen een bereik representeren, inclusief de nummers zelf.\n"
"Het eerste poortnummer dient lager te zijn dan het tweede,\n"
"bijvoorbeeld: <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>"
@@ -657,20 +572,17 @@
"the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Poortnaam</b> is een naam die door de IANA-organisatie\n"
-" is toegewezen aan een poortnummer. Er kunnen meerdere poortnamen zijn "
-"toegewezen aan één poortnummer. De huidige lijst met toewijzingen kunt u\n"
+" is toegewezen aan een poortnummer. Er kunnen meerdere poortnamen zijn toegewezen aan één poortnummer. De huidige lijst met toewijzingen kunt u\n"
" vinden in het bestand <tt>/etc/services</tt>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
-"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
-"attacks.</p>\n"
+"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
-"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme die uw computer beschermt voor "
-"aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.</p>\n"
+"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme die uw computer beschermt voor aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223
@@ -695,8 +607,7 @@
"<p><b>Bronnetwerk</b><br>\n"
"Netwerk of IP-adres waar de connectie vandaan komt,\n"
"bijv, <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> of <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n"
-"of <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> of <tt>0/0</tt> (dit betekent <tt>alles</tt>)."
-"<p>\n"
+"of <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> of <tt>0/0</tt> (dit betekent <tt>alles</tt>).<p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4
@@ -707,8 +618,7 @@
"RPC services.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n"
-"Protocol in gebruik door dat pakket. Speciaal protocol <tt>RPC</tt> wordt "
-"gebruikt door\n"
+"Protocol in gebruik door dat pakket. Speciaal protocol <tt>RPC</tt> wordt gebruikt door\n"
"RPC-services.<p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5
@@ -724,8 +634,7 @@
"<p><b>Bestemmingspoort</b><br>\n"
"Poortnaam, poortnummer of een reeks poorten die toegankelijk zijn,\n"
"bijv., <tt>smtp</tt> of <tt>25</tt> of <tt>100:110</tt>.\n"
-"Indien dit het <tt>RPC</tt>-protocol betreft, gebruik dan de servicenaam "
-"RPC.\n"
+"Indien dit het <tt>RPC</tt>-protocol betreft, gebruik dan de servicenaam RPC.\n"
"Dit veld is optioneel.<p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5
@@ -1278,12 +1187,8 @@
msgstr "%1 eigen regels gedefinieerd"
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source "
-"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
-msgstr ""
-"Netwerk: <i>%1</i>, protocol: <i>%2</i>, bestemmingspoort: <i>%3</i>, "
-"bronpoort: <i>%4</i>, opties: <i>%5</i>"
+msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
+msgstr "Netwerk: <i>%1</i>, protocol: <i>%2</i>, bestemmingspoort: <i>%3</i>, bronpoort: <i>%4</i>, opties: <i>%5</i>"
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504
@@ -1326,8 +1231,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622
-msgid ""
-"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
+msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
msgstr "Firewall <b>zal worden gestopt</b> nadat de configuratie is opgeslagen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
@@ -1399,9 +1303,7 @@
#. that is possible to use in port-range
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506
msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)."
-msgstr ""
-"Het poortnummer dient zich te bevinden in de interval van 1 tot %1 "
-"(inclusief)."
+msgstr "Het poortnummer dient zich te bevinden in de interval van 1 tot %1 (inclusief)."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584
@@ -1416,8 +1318,7 @@
"max_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number."
msgstr ""
"Poortbereik %1 is ongeldig.\n"
-"Een poortbereik dient te worden opgegeven als min_poortnummer:"
-"max_poortnummer en\n"
+"Een poortbereik dient te worden opgegeven als min_poortnummer:max_poortnummer en\n"
"max_poortnummer moet groter zijn dan min_poortnummer."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
@@ -1454,8 +1355,7 @@
msgstr ""
"De instellingen voor de aanvullende diensten,\n"
"%1,\n"
-"blijken onjuist te zijn. De items dienen te worden gescheiden door spaties "
-"in plaats van komma's.\n"
+"blijken onjuist te zijn. De items dienen te worden gescheiden door spaties in plaats van komma's.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u de huidige instellingen toch gebruiken?"
@@ -1465,10 +1365,8 @@
#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
-msgid ""
-"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Maskering heeft minstens één externe interface en één andere interface nodig."
+msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
+msgstr "Maskering heeft minstens één externe interface en één andere interface nodig."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
@@ -2196,7 +2094,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
-#| msgid "Masquerading is %1"
msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr "De maskering is %1 %2"
@@ -2223,8 +2120,7 @@
#~ "or 0/0"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ongeldige netwerk definitie '%1'.\n"
-#~ "Netwerk kan worden gedefineerd als een IP-adres of een IP-adres met slash "
-#~ "en netwerkmasker.\n"
+#~ "Netwerk kan worden gedefineerd als een IP-adres of een IP-adres met slash en netwerkmasker.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Bijvoorbeeld: 192.168.0.1\n"
#~ "of 192.168.0.0/20\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -115,8 +115,7 @@
msgstr ""
"De grafische interface kon niet gestart worden.\n"
"\n"
-"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale "
-"installatie) \n"
+"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale installatie) \n"
"of de grafische kaart wordt niet correct ondersteund.\n"
"\n"
"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u nu verder door de\n"
@@ -188,8 +187,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu compleet.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu compleet.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
@@ -199,12 +197,9 @@
"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de "
-"voorgaande dialogen\n"
-"<b>bestaande partities</b> op uw harde schijf <b>verwijderd </b> of "
-"<b>geformatteerd</b>\n"
-"worden (waarbij de <b>bestaande gegevens</b> op deze partities verloren "
-"zullen gaan).</p>"
+"<p>Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de voorgaande dialogen\n"
+"<b>bestaande partities</b> op uw harde schijf <b>verwijderd </b> of <b>geformatteerd</b>\n"
+"worden (waarbij de <b>bestaande gegevens</b> op deze partities verloren zullen gaan).</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
@@ -238,8 +233,7 @@
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
@@ -275,25 +269,18 @@
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)."
+msgstr "Zwarte lijst van apparaten is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)."
+msgstr "Zwarte lijst van apparaten is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
-"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Zwarte lijst van apparaten</b> als u een zwarte lijst met "
-"channels naar zulke apparaten die de footprint van het kernelgeheugen "
-"verminderen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Zwarte lijst van apparaten</b> als u een zwarte lijst met channels naar zulke apparaten die de footprint van het kernelgeheugen verminderen.</p>"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
@@ -329,12 +316,8 @@
msgstr "Installatie vanuit images"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om "
-"RPM-installatie te versnellen."
+msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
+msgstr "Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om RPM-installatie te versnellen."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
msgid "&Install from Images"
@@ -345,12 +328,8 @@
msgstr "&Geen installatie vanuit images"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
-msgid ""
-"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
-"source"
-msgstr ""
-"Aangepast gebruik van images - dit vereist een te configureren URL als "
-"installatiebron"
+msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
+msgstr "Aangepast gebruik van images - dit vereist een te configureren URL als installatiebron"
#. Image name, Image location
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
@@ -358,20 +337,12 @@
msgstr "Hier kunt u aangepaste images aanmaken.\n"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
-msgid ""
-"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
-"image here"
-msgstr ""
-"U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image "
-"kunt aanmaken"
+msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
+msgstr "U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image kunt aanmaken"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
-"installation)"
-msgstr ""
-"Maak een image-bestand aan (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie "
-"bij installatie)"
+msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
+msgstr "Maak een image-bestand aan (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie bij installatie)"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
msgid "Create Image"
@@ -387,8 +358,7 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
-msgstr ""
-"ISO aanmaken (image en autoinst.xml zullen zich op het medium bevinden)"
+msgstr "ISO aanmaken (image en autoinst.xml zullen zich op het medium bevinden)"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -397,35 +367,25 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
-"the\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Installatie vanuit images</b> wordt gebruikt om de installatie te "
-"versnellen.\n"
-"Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem "
-"overeenkomstig\n"
-"uw keuze van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten "
-"worden\n"
+"<p><b>Installatie vanuit images</b> wordt gebruikt om de installatie te versnellen.\n"
+"Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem overeenkomstig\n"
+"uw keuze van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden\n"
"op de standaard manier uit pakketten geïnstalleerd.</p>\n"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
-"dump an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
-"already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-"
-"installation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aanmaken van eigen images</b> wordt gebruikt als u\n"
-"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt "
-"AutoYaST een\n"
-"image op de harde schijf wat heel wat sneller is en al voor-geconfigureerd "
-"kan zijn.\n"
-"Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale "
-"auto-installatie.</p>"
+"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt AutoYaST een\n"
+"image op de harde schijf wat heel wat sneller is en al voor-geconfigureerd kan zijn.\n"
+"Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale auto-installatie.</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
@@ -435,15 +395,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
-"originating from the images will\n"
-"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
+"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle "
-"pakketten uit de images komen\n"
-"en niet overeenkomen met de datum van installatie maar met de datum dat de "
-"image is gemaakt.</p>"
+"<p>Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle pakketten uit de images komen\n"
+"en niet overeenkomen met de datum van installatie maar met de datum dat de image is gemaakt.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
@@ -485,15 +441,13 @@
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)."
+msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)."
+msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
@@ -599,14 +553,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
-"translations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"De licentie moet geaccepteerd zijn voordat de installatie doorgaat.\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Vertalingen van licenties...</b> om de licentie te tonen in alle "
-"beschikbare vertalingen.\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Vertalingen van licenties...</b> om de licentie te tonen in alle beschikbare vertalingen.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
@@ -675,14 +627,12 @@
#. Report error about missing license acceptance
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
-msgstr ""
-"U moet de licentieovereenkomst accepteren om dit product te installeren"
+msgstr "U moet de licentieovereenkomst accepteren om dit product te installeren"
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
#. the translation VERY short.
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
-#| msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
msgstr "EULA locatie in het geïnstalleerde systeem: %s"
@@ -733,8 +683,7 @@
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>De installatie van &product; op uw computer is klaar.\n"
-"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem "
-"aanmelden.</p>\n"
+"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem aanmelden.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
@@ -776,30 +725,21 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Gebruik <b>Klonen</b> als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt aanmaken.\n"
-"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie "
-"uitvoeren zonder\n"
-"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het "
-"geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een "
-"profiel van het huidige\n"
+"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie uitvoeren zonder\n"
+"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het geïnstalleerde\n"
+"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel van het huidige\n"
"systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
-msgid ""
-"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket <b>%1</b> "
-"geïnstalleerd zijn.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket <b>%1</b> geïnstalleerd zijn.</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -842,12 +782,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
-"packages."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
"Debugging is aan gezet.\n"
-"YaST zal een softwarebeheerder voor u openen om de huidige status van de "
-"pakketten te controleren."
+"YaST zal een softwarebeheerder voor u openen om de huidige status van de pakketten te controleren."
#. unknown image
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
@@ -881,13 +819,8 @@
msgstr "Te gebruiken schijf"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
-"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer de schijf waarnaar de image zal worden geschreven. Alle gegevens "
-"op de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden "
-"zoals gedefinieerd in de image."
+msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+msgstr "Selecteer de schijf waarnaar de image zal worden geschreven. Alle gegevens op de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden zoals gedefinieerd in de image."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
@@ -955,9 +888,7 @@
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
-msgstr ""
-"Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra "
-"installatiebronnen:"
+msgstr "Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra installatiebronnen:"
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
@@ -1086,32 +1017,24 @@
"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om de aanbevolen externe softwarebronnen tijdens de installatie of het "
-"bijwerken\n"
-"te gebruiken, selecteer <b>Online-softwarebronnen toevoegen vóór de "
-"installatie</b>.</p>"
+"Om de aanbevolen externe softwarebronnen tijdens de installatie of het bijwerken\n"
+"te gebruiken, selecteer <b>Online-softwarebronnen toevoegen vóór de installatie</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-"select\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, "
-"selecteer\n"
+"Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n"
"<b>Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://"
-"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de "
-"installatie, zie dan de <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>site.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie, zie dan de <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>site.</p>"
#. Error message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
@@ -1167,12 +1090,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Een geconfigureerd netwerk is nodig voor externe installatiebronnen\n"
-"of voor addon-producten. Als u geen gebruik maakt van externe "
-"installatiebronnen\n"
+"of voor addon-producten. Als u geen gebruik maakt van externe installatiebronnen\n"
"dan kunt u het instellen overslaan.</p>\n"
#. error popup
@@ -1187,35 +1108,25 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-"number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-"ones \n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In Linux is <b>keuze</b> een topprioriteit. <i>openSUSE</i> biedt een "
-"aantal\n"
-"verschillende bureaubladomgevingen. Hieronder is een lijst met de 2 "
-"belangrijkste,\n"
+"<p>In Linux is <b>keuze</b> een topprioriteit. <i>openSUSE</i> biedt een aantal\n"
+"verschillende bureaubladomgevingen. Hieronder is een lijst met de 2 belangrijkste,\n"
"<b>GNOME</b> en <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in "
-"the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-"additional desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt een alternatieve bureaubladomgeving selecteren (of één van de "
-"minimale installatiepatronen)\n"
-"dat beter in uw behoeften voorziet door de <b>Overige</b> optie te kiezen . "
-"Later in de \n"
-"softwareselectie of na installatie, kunt u uw selectie wijzigen of een extra "
-"bureaubladomgeving \n"
+"<p>U kunt een alternatieve bureaubladomgeving selecteren (of één van de minimale installatiepatronen)\n"
+"dat beter in uw behoeften voorziet door de <b>Overige</b> optie te kiezen . Later in de \n"
+"softwareselectie of na installatie, kunt u uw selectie wijzigen of een extra bureaubladomgeving \n"
"toevoegen. Dit scherm staat u toe de standaard in te stellen.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
@@ -1241,8 +1152,7 @@
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan het basisproduct niet vinden. Uitgavenotities zullen niet getoond worden."
+msgstr "Kan het basisproduct niet vinden. Uitgavenotities zullen niet getoond worden."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:62
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:102
@@ -1391,19 +1301,16 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
-msgstr ""
-"YaST tast nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen af."
+msgstr "YaST tast nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen af."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-"installation."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's "
-"nodig hebt voor de installatie."
+"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie."
#. pop-up error report
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
@@ -1509,8 +1416,7 @@
"U kunt doorgaan met de installatie zonder de updates toe te passen.\n"
"Echter, enige potentieel belangrijke reparaties van bugs kunnen ontbreken.\n"
"\n"
-"Als u een proxy-server nodig hebt om toegang te krijgen tot de "
-"installatiebron\n"
+"Als u een proxy-server nodig hebt om toegang te krijgen tot de installatiebron\n"
"voor updates, gebruik dan de \"proxy\" bootparameter.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
@@ -1580,12 +1486,10 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
-"upgrade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hier kunt u alle gevonden software installatiebronnen zien\n"
-"op het systeem dat u aan het opwaarderen bent. Activeer diegenen die u wilt "
-"gebruiken bij het opwaardeerproces.</p>"
+"op het systeem dat u aan het opwaarderen bent. Activeer diegenen die u wilt gebruiken bij het opwaardeerproces.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
@@ -1600,8 +1504,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop <b>Wijzigen...</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop <b>Wijzigen...</b>.</p>"
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
@@ -1775,8 +1678,7 @@
"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voordat uw systeem klaar is voor gebruik moeten er nog enkele stappen "
-"worden ondernomen.\n"
+"<p>Voordat uw systeem klaar is voor gebruik moeten er nog enkele stappen worden ondernomen.\n"
"YaST zal u nu door enkele basisconfiguraties heen leiden. Klik op\n"
"<b>Verder</b> om door te gaan. </p>\n"
" \n"
@@ -1879,13 +1781,11 @@
#. proposal part - bootloader label
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
-#| msgid "Clone System Configuration"
msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
msgstr "SSH hostsleutels en configuratie importeren"
#. menubutton entry
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
-#| msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
msgstr "SSH hostsleutels en configuratie &importeren"
@@ -1907,8 +1807,7 @@
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
-msgstr ""
-"Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..."
+msgstr "Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..."
#. call command
#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
@@ -1929,8 +1828,7 @@
"\n"
"Laden van de geïnstalleerde kernel door kexec te gebruiken.\n"
"\n"
-"Bezig te proberen de geïnstalleerde kernel via kexec te laden i.p.v. met "
-"herstarten\n"
+"Bezig te proberen de geïnstalleerde kernel via kexec te laden i.p.v. met herstarten\n"
"Een ogenblik geduld.\n"
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1964,29 +1862,11 @@
msgstr "Ik wil SSH sleutels uit een vorige installatie importeren"
#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
-msgid ""
-"<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose "
-"an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the "
-"identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of "
-"files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</"
-"p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found "
-"in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Iedere SSH-server is geïdentificeerd door een of meerdere publieke "
-"hostsleutels. "
-"Kies een bestaande Linux installatie om de hostsleutels opnieuw te gebruiken "
-"-en dus "
-"de identiteit- van zijn SSH-server. De sleutelbestanden gevonden in /etc/ssh "
-"(één paar "
-"bestanden per hostsleutel) zal gekopieerd worden naar het nieuwe systeem dat "
-"wordt "
-"geïnstalleerd.</p><p>Activeer <b>SSH-configuratie importeren</b> om ook "
-"andere bestanden "
-"gevonden in /etc/ssh, naast de sleutels, te kopiëren .</p>"
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Iedere SSH-server is geïdentificeerd door een of meerdere publieke hostsleutels. Kies een bestaande Linux installatie om de hostsleutels opnieuw te gebruiken -en dus de identiteit- van zijn SSH-server. De sleutelbestanden gevonden in /etc/ssh (één paar bestanden per hostsleutel) zal gekopieerd worden naar het nieuwe systeem dat wordt geïnstalleerd.</p><p>Activeer <b>SSH-configuratie importeren</b> om ook andere bestanden gevonden in /etc/ssh, naast de sleutels, te kopiëren .</p>"
#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
-#| msgid "Device"
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Apparaat"
@@ -1997,7 +1877,6 @@
msgstr "%{system_name} op %{device}"
#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
-#| msgid "&Export Configuration"
msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
msgstr "SSH-configuratie importeren"
@@ -2033,8 +1912,7 @@
#. busy message
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr ""
-"Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..."
+msgstr "Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
@@ -2077,9 +1955,7 @@
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen..."
-"\" onderin het venster."
+msgstr "Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen...\" onderin het venster."
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
@@ -2133,13 +2009,11 @@
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-"displayed.\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Installeren</b> om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe "
-"installatie uit te voeren.\n"
+"Klik op <b>Installeren</b> om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe installatie uit te voeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. so update
@@ -2152,8 +2026,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Bijwerken</b> om bijwerken met de weergegeven waarden uit te "
-"voeren.\n"
+"Klik op <b>Bijwerken</b> om bijwerken met de weergegeven waarden uit te voeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
@@ -2229,9 +2102,7 @@
#. A Continue-Cancel popup
#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
-msgstr ""
-"Wijzigen van de rol van het systeem kan aanpassingen die u hebt gemaakt "
-"ongedaan maken."
+msgstr "Wijzigen van de rol van het systeem kan aanpassingen die u hebt gemaakt ongedaan maken."
#. Writes configuration
#.
@@ -2276,15 +2147,12 @@
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code "
-"%2."
+msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2."
+msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2."
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
@@ -2371,10 +2239,8 @@
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
-"De installatie was niet in staat om pakketafhankelijkheden automatisch op te "
-"lossen.\n"
-"De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te "
-"lossen."
+"De installatie was niet in staat om pakketafhankelijkheden automatisch op te lossen.\n"
+"De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te lossen."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Downloading installer updates from \n"
@@ -2383,8 +2249,7 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "Would you like to check your network configuration?"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Downloaden van elementen voor bijwerken voor het installatieprogramma "
-#~ "uit \n"
+#~ "Downloaden van elementen voor bijwerken voor het installatieprogramma uit \n"
#~ "%s\n"
#~ "is mislukt.\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -2398,43 +2263,25 @@
#~ msgstr "Bezig met generatie van AutoYaST profiel indien nodig..."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
-#~ "profile.\n"
-#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-#~ "interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If "
-#~ "this option is\n"
-#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-#~ "xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Gebruik <b>Systeeminstellingen klonen</b> als u een Autoyast-profiel "
-#~ "wilt aanmaken.\n"
-#~ "Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie "
-#~ "uitvoeren zonder\n"
-#~ "gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe "
-#~ "het geïnstalleerde\n"
-#~ "systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een "
-#~ "profiel van het huidige\n"
+#~ "<p>Gebruik <b>Systeeminstellingen klonen</b> als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt aanmaken.\n"
+#~ "Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie uitvoeren zonder\n"
+#~ "gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het geïnstalleerde\n"
+#~ "systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel van het huidige\n"
#~ "systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "AutoYaST profiel aan het eind van de installatie wegschrijven naar /root/"
-#~ "autoinst.xmlat?"
+#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+#~ msgstr "AutoYaST profiel aan het eind van de installatie wegschrijven naar /root/autoinst.xmlat?"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href="
-#~ "\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het AutoYaST profiel zal weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinst.xml "
-#~ "(<a href=\"%1\">het niet wegschrijven</a>)."
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "Het AutoYaST profiel zal weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">het niet wegschrijven</a>)."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/"
-#~ "autoinstxml (<a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)."
+#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr "Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinstxml (<a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
@@ -2452,10 +2299,8 @@
#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Enkele voorstellen kunnen\n"
-#~ "door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd "
-#~ "worden.\n"
-#~ "Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd "
-#~ "voorstel wilt aanpassen.</p>\n"
+#~ "door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd worden.\n"
+#~ "Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd voorstel wilt aanpassen.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
#~ msgstr "Installatieomgeving wordt geïnitialiseerd..."
@@ -2571,11 +2416,8 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Hardware informatie over geselecteerde netwerkkaart"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Hier kunt u uw netwerkkaarten instellen zodat ze onmiddellijk gebruikt "
-#~ "kunnen worden.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u uw netwerkkaarten instellen zodat ze onmiddellijk gebruikt kunnen worden.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\n"
@@ -2741,8 +2583,7 @@
#~ "Go back and change it?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Omdat de test van de internet verbinding is mislukt, zou u\n"
-#~ "doorgestuurd moeten worden naar het vorige scherm om de configuratie te "
-#~ "wijzigen\n"
+#~ "doorgestuurd moeten worden naar het vorige scherm om de configuratie te wijzigen\n"
#~ "Wilt u terug gaan om de configuratie te veranderen?"
#~ msgid "Go Back"
@@ -2796,12 +2637,8 @@
#~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..."
#~ msgstr "De netwerk instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..."
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wacht even terwijl de netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen en getest..."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Wacht even terwijl de netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen en getest...</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n"
@@ -2891,8 +2728,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on "
-#~ "your\n"
+#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -2918,25 +2754,21 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation "
-#~ "program\n"
+#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\n"
#~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n"
#~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n"
#~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n"
#~ "configuration.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Selecteer <b>Gebruik automatische configuratie</b> om het "
-#~ "installatieprogramma\n"
+#~ "Selecteer <b>Gebruik automatische configuratie</b> om het installatieprogramma\n"
#~ "uw netwerk automatische te laten instellen. Anders krijgt u een\n"
-#~ "configuratievoorstel met de mogelijkheid alle instellingen handmatig aan "
-#~ "te\n"
+#~ "configuratievoorstel met de mogelijkheid alle instellingen handmatig aan te\n"
#~ "passen. Onervaren gebruikers kunnen beter de automatische configuratie\n"
#~ "gebruiken.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Update mode does not support automatic configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De bijwerkmodus ondersteunt de automatische configuratie niet.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>De bijwerkmodus ondersteunt de automatische configuratie niet.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n"
@@ -3063,14 +2895,10 @@
#~ msgstr "Onbekend chroot-pad. De debugger kan niet verder gaan."
#~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De verbinding met inst-sys is mislukt. De debugger kan niet verder gaan."
+#~ msgstr "De verbinding met inst-sys is mislukt. De debugger kan niet verder gaan."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Het pakket <b>%1</b> moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot het X11-"
-#~ "systeem te kunnen krijgen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Het pakket <b>%1</b> moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot het X11-systeem te kunnen krijgen.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
#~ msgstr "oorbereidenet nu installeren?</p>"
@@ -3124,68 +2952,51 @@
#~ msgstr "Lettertypen worden geïnitialiseerd..."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation "
-#~ "up. \n"
-#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your "
-#~ "selection \n"
-#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be "
-#~ "installed from \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up. \n"
+#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n"
+#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n"
#~ "packages the standard way.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installatie vanuit images</b> wordt gebruikt om de installatie te "
-#~ "versnellen.\n"
-#~ "Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem "
-#~ "overeenkomstig uw keuze\n"
-#~ "van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden "
-#~ "op de standaard manier\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Installatie vanuit images</b> wordt gebruikt om de installatie te versnellen.\n"
+#~ "Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem overeenkomstig uw keuze\n"
+#~ "van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden op de standaard manier\n"
#~ "uit pakketten geïnstalleerd.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please "
-#~ "wait...</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De installatie is bezig met het schrijven van de automatische "
-#~ "configuratie. Even geduld...</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>De installatie is bezig met het schrijven van de automatische configuratie. Even geduld...</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on "
-#~ "your\n"
+#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Kies <b>Nieuwe installatie</b> in het geval er geen\n"
-#~ "Linux-systeem op uw computer is geïnstalleerd of als u een bestaand "
-#~ "Linux-\n"
+#~ "Linux-systeem op uw computer is geïnstalleerd of als u een bestaand Linux-\n"
#~ "systeem volledig wilt vervangen en geen instellingen wilt overnemen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-#~ "select\n"
+#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
#~ "<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, "
-#~ "selecteer\n"
+#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n"
#~ "<b>Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Even geduld a.u.b terwijl de installatie de netwerkkaarten onderzoekt..."
+#~ msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b terwijl de installatie de netwerkkaarten onderzoekt..."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely "
-#~ "abort.\n"
+#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Uw harde schijf is op geen enkele wijze gewijzigd, dus u kunt nog steeds "
-#~ "veilig afbreken.\n"
+#~ "Uw harde schijf is op geen enkele wijze gewijzigd, dus u kunt nog steeds veilig afbreken.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices"
@@ -3212,14 +3023,11 @@
#~ msgstr "Beschadigd systeem re&pareren"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux "
-#~ "system on\n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n"
#~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Kies <b>Geïnstalleerd systeem repareren</b> in het geval u een beschadigd "
-#~ "Linux-systeem op uw\n"
-#~ "harde schijf heeft staan. Met deze optie wordt getracht de problemen "
-#~ "automatisch op te lossen.\n"
+#~ "Kies <b>Geïnstalleerd systeem repareren</b> in het geval u een beschadigd Linux-systeem op uw\n"
+#~ "harde schijf heeft staan. Met deze optie wordt getracht de problemen automatisch op te lossen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -181,7 +181,6 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82
#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
-#| msgid "Manually"
msgid "manual"
msgstr "handmatig"
@@ -268,8 +267,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46
@@ -290,8 +288,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opslaan afbreken</big></b><br>\n"
"Breek de opslagprocedure af door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.\n"
-" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit "
-"te doen.\n"
+" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit te doen.\n"
" </p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
@@ -313,8 +310,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een iSCSI-initiator toevoegen</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer een iSCSI-initiator in de lijst met gedetecteerde initiators.\n"
-" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u <b>Overig (niet "
-"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
+" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u <b>Overig (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
" Klik vervolgens op <b>Instellen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -325,8 +321,7 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster "
-"geopend\n"
+"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n"
" waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
@@ -363,19 +358,8 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get "
-"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the "
-"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use "
-"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target "
-"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Lijst met huidige sessies.</p><p>Gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om "
-"extra doelen te krijgen. Een zoektocht wordt gestart om te nieuwe doelen te "
-"detecteren en de start-up-modus van reeds verbonden doelen blijven "
-"ongewijzigd.<br>Gebruik <b>Verbinding verbreken</b> om de verbinden te "
-"annuleren en daarmee het doel uit de lijst te verwijderen.<br>Om de start-up-"
-"status te wijzigen, druk op <b>Bewerken</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Lijst met huidige sessies.</p><p>Gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om extra doelen te krijgen. Een zoektocht wordt gestart om te nieuwe doelen te detecteren en de start-up-modus van reeds verbonden doelen blijven ongewijzigd.<br>Gebruik <b>Verbinding verbreken</b> om de verbinden te annuleren en daarmee het doel uit de lijst te verwijderen.<br>Om de start-up-status te wijzigen, druk op <b>Bewerken</b>.</p>"
#. Warning
#. Warning
@@ -384,69 +368,38 @@
msgstr "<h1>Waarschuwing</h1>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that "
-"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data "
-"corruption.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zorg er voor dat bij <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>-toegang tot een iSCSI-"
-"apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er "
-"datacorruptie optreedt.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Zorg er voor dat bij <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>-toegang tot een iSCSI-apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er datacorruptie optreedt.</p>\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname."
-#| "iscsi</tt>. \n"
-#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are "
-#| "only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</"
-"tt>. \n"
-"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only "
-"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Initiatornaam</b> is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname."
-"iscsi</tt>.\n"
-"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde "
-"alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen.</p>"
+"<p><b>Initiatornaam</b> is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n"
+"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
-"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for "
-"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
-"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should "
-"be 3205.\n"
+"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
+"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Als u gebruik wilt maken van <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) "
-"voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-"
-"methode,\n"
-"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is "
-"3205.\n"
+"Als u gebruik wilt maken van <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-methode,\n"
+"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is 3205.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
-#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</"
-#| "b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
-#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgid ""
"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
-"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> "
-"and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Voer het <b>IP-adres</b> van de iSCSI-doelserver in.\n"
-"Wijzig <b>Poort</b> alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik "
-"<b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b>. Als u geen\n"
+"Wijzig <b>Poort</b> alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b>. Als u geen\n"
"verificatie nodig hebt, selecteer <b>Geen verificatie</b>.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click "
-"<b>Connect</b>. "
-msgstr ""
-"Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er "
-"een en klik op <b>Verbinden</b>. "
+msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
+msgstr "Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er een en klik op <b>Verbinden</b>. "
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -456,11 +409,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n"
"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n"
-"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. "
-"when\n"
+"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n"
"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI "
-"service\n"
+"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n"
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>handmatig</b> is voor iSCSI-doelen waarmee niet standaard wordt\n"
@@ -476,52 +427,13 @@
msgstr "<h1>Authenticatie</h1>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the "
-"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter "
-"<b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing "
-"Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming "
-"Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target "
-"server side and the other way round.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De standaard instelling hier is <i>Geen authenticatie</i>. Deactiveer het "
-"keuzevak als authenticatie nodig is vanwege beveiliging. Voer in "
-"<b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> voor 'Inkomende authenticatie', "
-"'Uitgaande authenticatie' of voor beide.</p><p><b>Merk op:</b><br>'Inkomende "
-"authenticatie' correleert hier met 'Uitgaande authenticatie' aan de kant van "
-"de iSCSI-doelserver en omgekeerd.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De standaard instelling hier is <i>Geen authenticatie</i>. Deactiveer het keuzevak als authenticatie nodig is vanwege beveiliging. Voer in <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> voor 'Inkomende authenticatie', 'Uitgaande authenticatie' of voor beide.</p><p><b>Merk op:</b><br>'Inkomende authenticatie' correleert hier met 'Uitgaande authenticatie' aan de kant van de iSCSI-doelserver en omgekeerd.</p>"
#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the "
-"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server "
-"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the "
-"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status "
-"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen."
-"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> "
-"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, "
-"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</"
-"b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets "
-"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets "
-"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the "
-"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-"
-"up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit scherm toont de lijst met ontdekte doelen.</p><p>Gebruik de knop "
-"<b>Ontdekken</b> om de beschikbare iSCSI-doelen uit een server "
-"gespecificeerd door het IP-adres.<br><b>Verbinden</b> met een doel om de "
-"verbinding te maken. Als aanmelden is gelukt toont de kolom <i>Verbonden</i> "
-"de status 'Waar' en het doel zal verschijnen op het scherm <i>Verbonden "
-"doelen</i>.<br>Om een doel te verwijderen gebruikt u de knop <b>Verwijderen</"
-"b>.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Verwijderen van doelen is alleen mogelijk als ze niet "
-"verbondenen zijn. Indien vereist, gebruik dan eerst <b>Verbinding verbreken</"
-"b> op <i>Verbonden doelen</i>.</p><p><b>Merk op:</b> Opnieuw starten van "
-"<b>Ontdekken</b> betekent opnieuw ontdekken van doelen wat mogelijk de start-"
-"up-modus van al verbonden doelen kan wijzigen (naar de standaard "
-"'handmatig'). Schakel om naar het scherm <i>Verbonden doelen</i> en gebruik "
-"de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> als u nieuwe doelen zonder wijziging van de start-"
-"up-modus wilt toevoegen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dit scherm toont de lijst met ontdekte doelen.</p><p>Gebruik de knop <b>Ontdekken</b> om de beschikbare iSCSI-doelen uit een server gespecificeerd door het IP-adres.<br><b>Verbinden</b> met een doel om de verbinding te maken. Als aanmelden is gelukt toont de kolom <i>Verbonden</i> de status 'Waar' en het doel zal verschijnen op het scherm <i>Verbonden doelen</i>.<br>Om een doel te verwijderen gebruikt u de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Verwijderen van doelen is alleen mogelijk als ze niet verbondenen zijn. Indien vereist, gebruik dan eerst <b>Verbinding verbreken</b> op <i>Verbonden doelen</i>.</p><p><b>Merk op:</b> Opnieuw starten van <b>Ontdekken</b> betekent opnieuw ontdekken van doelen wat mogelijk de start-up-modus van al verbonden doelen kan wijzigen (naar de standaard 'handmatig'). Schakel om naar het scherm <i>Verbonden doelen</i> en gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> als u nieuwe doelen zonder wijziging van de start-up-modus wilt toevoegen.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -556,8 +468,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel."
+msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel."
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
msgid "No record found."
@@ -579,14 +490,6 @@
msgstr "Onjuiste initiatornaam"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
-#| "The correct syntax is\n"
-#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Example:\n"
-#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -643,12 +546,8 @@
#. check if not already connected
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
-msgid ""
-"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that "
-"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
-msgstr ""
-"Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor "
-"meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen."
+msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
+msgstr "Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen."
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
@@ -681,12 +580,8 @@
#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300)
#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt instellen, moet het <b>%1</b>-pakket worden "
-"geïnstalleerd.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt instellen, moet het <b>%1</b>-pakket worden geïnstalleerd.</p>"
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -769,8 +664,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Initiatornaam uit iBFT en die uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"zijn verschillend. De oude initiatornaam wordt vervangen door de waarde uit\n"
-"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS "
-"als\n"
+"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS als\n"
"u een andere naam wilt gebruiken.\n"
#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
@@ -791,26 +685,16 @@
#~ msgstr "Aanmelden"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press "
-#~ "<b>Add</b>.\n"
+#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer "
-#~ "het en klikt op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
+#~ "Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer het en klikt op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
#~ "Als u een doel wilt verwijderen klikt op <b>Afmelden</b>.\n"
#~ "Als u de opstartstatus wilt wijzigen, klikt op <b>Omschakelen</b>.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and "
-#~ "<b>Password</b>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de <b>gebruikersnaam</b> en het "
-#~ "<b>wachtwoord</b> in."
+#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+#~ msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de <b>gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>wachtwoord</b> in."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</"
-#~ "b> to any target."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe <b>Zoekopdracht</b> of klik "
-#~ "op <b>Verbinden</b> om verbinding te maken met een doel."
+#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+#~ msgstr "Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe <b>Zoekopdracht</b> of klik op <b>Verbinden</b> om verbinding te maken met een doel."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -46,8 +46,7 @@
msgstr "Service"
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr "Global"
@@ -273,8 +272,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n"
"Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -284,8 +282,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47
@@ -348,8 +345,7 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster "
-"geopend\n"
+"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n"
" waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
@@ -420,82 +416,40 @@
#. discovery authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
-"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
-"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik <b>Geen verificatie</b> of een van "
-"de <b>Inkomende</b> en <b>Uitgaande</b> (kunnen beide samen gebruikt "
-"worden). Voer daarna de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> in."
+msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik <b>Geen verificatie</b> of een van de <b>Inkomende</b> en <b>Uitgaande</b> (kunnen beide samen gebruikt worden). Voer daarna de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> in."
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN "
-"imported from\n"
-" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use "
-"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
-" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> "
-"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een initiator (iSCSI-client) toegang te geven "
-"tot een LUN\n"
-" geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke initiator is "
-"toegestaan om er mee te verbinden (gebruik <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
-" uit '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iSCSI-initiator). "
-"<b>Verwijderen</b> zal de toegang van de initiator tot de LUN verwijderen.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een initiator (iSCSI-client) toegang te geven tot een LUN\n"
+" geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke initiator is toegestaan om er mee te verbinden (gebruik <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" uit '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iSCSI-initiator). <b>Verwijderen</b> zal de toegang van de initiator tot de LUN verwijderen.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that "
-#| "LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, "
-#| "select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> "
-#| "or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please "
-#| "make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing "
-#| "authentication.\n"
-#| " If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit "
-#| "Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN "
-"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the "
-"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both "
-"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to "
-"set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
-" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</"
-"b> is disabled here.</p>"
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>LUN bewerken</b> kan de mapping van LUN worden gewijzigd. Merk op "
-"dat LUN-doelnummering uniek moet zijn.<br>Na inrukken van <b>Auth bewerken</"
-"b>, selecteer het type authenticatie. Gebruik <b>Inkomend</b>, <b>Uitgaand</"
-"b> of beide samen. Voeg dan <b>Gebruiker</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> in. Ga na "
-"dat er verschillende wachtwoorden voor inkomende en uitgaande authenticatie "
-"zijn.\n"
-" Als <b>Authenticatie gebruiken</b> is uitgeschakeld in de voorgaande "
-"dialoog, "
-"dan is <b>Auth bewerken</b> hier uitgeschakeld.</p>"
+"<p>Met <b>LUN bewerken</b> kan de mapping van LUN worden gewijzigd. Merk op dat LUN-doelnummering uniek moet zijn.<br>Na inrukken van <b>Auth bewerken</b>, selecteer het type authenticatie. Gebruik <b>Inkomend</b>, <b>Uitgaand</b> of beide samen. Voeg dan <b>Gebruiker</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> in. Ga na dat er verschillende wachtwoorden voor inkomende en uitgaande authenticatie zijn.\n"
+" Als <b>Authenticatie gebruiken</b> is uitgeschakeld in de voorgaande dialoog, dan is <b>Auth bewerken</b> hier uitgeschakeld.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access "
-"to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kopiëren</b> biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra initiator toegang te "
-"geven tot de LUN.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Kopiëren</b> biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra initiator toegang te geven tot de LUN.</p>"
#. target dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by "
-"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</"
-"b>."
+"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
-"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan "
-"door op <b>Toevoegen</b> te klikken.\n"
-"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op <b>Bewerken</b> "
-"of <b>Verwijderen</b>."
+"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan door op <b>Toevoegen</b> te klikken.\n"
+"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>."
#. edit target
#. add target
@@ -506,80 +460,58 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"<b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</"
-"b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te "
-"maken onder een <b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"U moet het <b>pad</b> naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n"
-"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te "
-"geven. \n"
-"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de "
-"gebruiker\n"
+"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te geven. \n"
+"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n"
"geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which "
-"address\n"
+"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-"<p>Onder <b>IP-adres</b> en <b>Portnummer</b> specificeert u onder welk "
-"adres\n"
-"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is "
-"3260.\n"
+"<p>Onder <b>IP-adres</b> en <b>Portnummer</b> specificeert u onder welk adres\n"
+"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is 3260.\n"
"Alleen IP-adressen toegekend aan een van de netwerkkaarten zijn mogelijk."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
-msgstr ""
-"Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden."
+msgstr "Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"lun.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</"
-"b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te "
-"maken onder een LUN.\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n"
"U moet het <b>pad</b> naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n"
-"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te "
-"geven. \n"
-"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de "
-"gebruiker\n"
+"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te geven. \n"
+"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n"
"geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
-"configuration options."
-msgstr ""
-"U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties <b>toevoegen</b>, <b>bewerken</b> of "
-"<b>verwijderen</b>."
+msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
+msgstr "U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties <b>toevoegen</b>, <b>bewerken</b> of <b>verwijderen</b>."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-"purposes).\n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
-"<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
-"Bewerk het <b>LUN</b>-nummer indien nodig, stel <b>Type</b> in (nullio is "
-"voor testdoeleinden).\n"
-"Als Type=fileio, zet <b>Pad</b> naar schijfstation of bestand. <b>SCSI-ID</"
-"b> en <b>Sectoren</b> zijn optioneel."
+"Bewerk het <b>LUN</b>-nummer indien nodig, stel <b>Type</b> in (nullio is voor testdoeleinden).\n"
+"Als Type=fileio, zet <b>Pad</b> naar schijfstation of bestand. <b>SCSI-ID</b> en <b>Sectoren</b> zijn optioneel."
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
@@ -607,8 +539,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
-msgstr ""
-"Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn."
+msgstr "Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -112,12 +112,10 @@
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n"
-"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the "
-"localhost.</p>\n"
+"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Het kiezen van <b>Geen verbinding</b> zal de e-mailserver starten \n"
-"maar alleen lokaal e-mailtransport is mogelijk. De MTA luistert op localhost."
-"</p>\n"
+"maar alleen lokaal e-mailtransport is mogelijk. De MTA luistert op localhost.</p>\n"
#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88
@@ -126,23 +124,19 @@
"<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Hier dient u voor elke gebruiker het te herschrijven adres van de "
-"afzender te specificeren.</p>\n"
+"<p>Hier dient u voor elke gebruiker het te herschrijven adres van de afzender te specificeren.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n"
-"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use "
-"authentication,\n"
+"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n"
"simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Sommige servers hebben voor het kunnen versturen van berichten "
-"verificatie\n"
-"nodig. Hier kunt u de informatie t.b.v. deze optie opgeven. Laat deze "
-"velden\n"
+"<p>Sommige servers hebben voor het kunnen versturen van berichten verificatie\n"
+"nodig. Hier kunt u de informatie t.b.v. deze optie opgeven. Laat deze velden\n"
"gewoon leeg indien u geen verificatie wilt gaan gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4
@@ -150,25 +144,20 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
-"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider."
-"com</b>.</p>\n"
+"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up "
-"verbindingen. Geef de\n"
-"SMTP server van de internet service provider op, zoals bijvoorbeeld <b>smtp."
-"provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up verbindingen. Geef de\n"
+"SMTP server van de internet service provider op, zoals bijvoorbeeld <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your "
-"provider.</p>\n"
+"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Geef in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de gebruikersnaam op die u van uw "
-"provider heeft gekregen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Geef in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de gebruikersnaam op die u van uw provider heeft gekregen.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113
@@ -209,15 +198,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n"
"Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n"
-"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses."
-"</p>\n"
+"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Deze tabel zorgt voor het doorsturen van lokaal afgeleverde mail.\n"
-"Het doorsturen naar een andere lokale gebruiker (zinvol voor "
-"systeemaccounts,\n"
-"vooral voor <b>root</b>), naar een remote adres, of naar een lijst met "
-"adressen.</p>\n"
+"Het doorsturen naar een andere lokale gebruiker (zinvol voor systeemaccounts,\n"
+"vooral voor <b>root</b>), naar een remote adres, of naar een lijst met adressen.</p>\n"
#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143
@@ -336,7 +322,6 @@
#. OUTGOING NOMX
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
-#| msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server."
msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
msgstr "Doe geen MX opzoeken voor de uitgaande mailserver."
@@ -345,8 +330,8 @@
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr "TLS-versleuteling"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nee"
@@ -664,8 +649,7 @@
"<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up "
-"verbindingen.\n"
+"<p>De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up verbindingen.\n"
"Geef de internet service providers SMTP server op, zoals bijvoorbeeld\n"
"<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -683,11 +667,9 @@
"Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Het is mogelijk dat u de door u verzonden mail er uit wilt laten ziet "
-"alsof het oorspronkelijk verzonden is\n"
+"<p>Het is mogelijk dat u de door u verzonden mail er uit wilt laten ziet alsof het oorspronkelijk verzonden is\n"
"door <b>company.com</b> in plaats van <b>pc-042.company.com</b>.\n"
-"Gebruik hiervoor het geboden tekstvenster of een meer gedetailleerd dialoog."
-"</p>\n"
+"Gebruik hiervoor het geboden tekstvenster of een meer gedetailleerd dialoog.</p>\n"
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122
@@ -734,8 +716,7 @@
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing "
-"mail\n"
+"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n"
"with AMaViS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -785,24 +766,17 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n"
-"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new "
-"service\n"
-"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can "
-"send\n"
+"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n"
+"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n"
"email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n"
-"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed "
-"with\n"
+"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n"
"the domain key.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>DKIM inschakelen voor uitgaande e-mail vereist extra acties. Er zal een\n"
-"SSL-sleutel worden gegenereerd voor de waarde 'mydomain' gedefinieerd in "
-"Postfix.\n"
-"Een nieuwe service 'submission' zal worden geconfigureerd in Postfix. Nadat "
-"dit is\n"
-"ingesteld kunt u e-mail met deze service 'submission' verzenden vanuit "
-"'mynetworks' met SASL-authenticatie ingeschakeld. Alleen de door deze nieuwe "
-"service verzonden\n"
+"SSL-sleutel worden gegenereerd voor de waarde 'mydomain' gedefinieerd in Postfix.\n"
+"Een nieuwe service 'submission' zal worden geconfigureerd in Postfix. Nadat dit is\n"
+"ingesteld kunt u e-mail met deze service 'submission' verzenden vanuit 'mynetworks' met SASL-authenticatie ingeschakeld. Alleen de door deze nieuwe service verzonden\n"
"e-mails zullen worden ondertekend met de domeinsleutel.</p>\n"
#. help text
@@ -813,30 +787,22 @@
"Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n"
"in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n"
"according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n"
-"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, "
-"the\n"
+"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n"
"public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n"
"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>De publieke sleutel van de domeinsleutel moet worden aangeboden door een\n"
-"Domain Name Service (DNS). De publieke sleutel zal worden opgeslagen als "
-"een\n"
+"Domain Name Service (DNS). De publieke sleutel zal worden opgeslagen als een\n"
"DNS TXT-record in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> en moet worden\n"
-"toegepast volgens de Domain Name Service. Als er een nameservice op deze "
-"server\n"
-"draait, die de 'authoritatieve server' voor dat domein is, dan zal de "
-"publieke\n"
-"sleutel automatisch worden toegevoegd als een TXT-record in die domeinzone.</"
-"p>\n"
+"toegepast volgens de Domain Name Service. Als er een nameservice op deze server\n"
+"draait, die de 'authoritatieve server' voor dat domein is, dan zal de publieke\n"
+"sleutel automatisch worden toegevoegd als een TXT-record in die domeinzone.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u ondersteuning voor DKIM inschakelt, zal de virusscanning (AMaViS) ook "
-"worden ingeschakeld."
+msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
+msgstr "Als u ondersteuning voor DKIM inschakelt, zal de virusscanning (AMaViS) ook worden ingeschakeld."
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224
@@ -872,10 +838,8 @@
"<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\n"
"for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het wordt aanbevolen om voor de systeembeheerder een algemeen "
-"gebruikersaccount\n"
-"te hanteren en de mail van de root gebruiker naar dit account door te sturen."
-"</p>"
+"<p>Het wordt aanbevolen om voor de systeembeheerder een algemeen gebruikersaccount\n"
+"te hanteren en de mail van de root gebruiker naar dit account door te sturen.</p>"
#. Translators: combo box label
#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA
@@ -885,13 +849,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not "
-"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>afleveringsmodus</b> is meestal via <b>Direct</b>, tenzij u de mail "
-"van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de mail "
-"wilt hebben.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De <b>afleveringsmodus</b> is meestal via <b>Direct</b>, tenzij u de mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de mail wilt hebben.</p>"
#. LogView label. take a string from users?
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345
@@ -931,9 +890,7 @@
#. Validation
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839
msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan procmail niet gebruiken wanneer de mail van de gebruiker root niet wordt "
-"doorgestuurd."
+msgstr "Kan procmail niet gebruiken wanneer de mail van de gebruiker root niet wordt doorgestuurd."
#. combo box choice:
#. deliver mail normally
@@ -1229,12 +1186,8 @@
#~ msgid "<P><B>Mail Server Configuration</B><BR>"
#~ msgstr "<P><B>E-mailserverconfiguratie</B></BR>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the "
-#~ "Cyrus IMAP server.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>Deze module configureert en start Postfix en, indien nodig, de Cyrus "
-#~ "IMAP-server.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P>This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P>Deze module configureert en start Postfix en, indien nodig, de Cyrus IMAP-server.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B>Warning:</B></P>\n"
@@ -1265,48 +1218,25 @@
#~ msgstr "E-mailserver is niet geconfigureerd."
#~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Selecteer het type configuratie aan de hand van uw persoonlijke behoeften."
+#~ msgstr "Selecteer het type configuratie aan de hand van uw persoonlijke behoeften."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard "
-#~ "configuration."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Als u 'sendmail' wilt gebruiken als MTA dan moet u de standaard "
-#~ "configuratie gebruiken."
+#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration."
+#~ msgstr "Als u 'sendmail' wilt gebruiken als MTA dan moet u de standaard configuratie gebruiken."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your "
-#~ "system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De geavanceerde configuratie gebruikt LDAP als backend en zal uw systeem "
-#~ "configureren als LDAP-client en een LDAP-server instellen indien nodig."
+#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary."
+#~ msgstr "De geavanceerde configuratie gebruikt LDAP als backend en zal uw systeem configureren als LDAP-client en een LDAP-server instellen indien nodig."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type \"Standaard"
-#~ "\"."
+#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type."
+#~ msgstr "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type \"Standaard\"."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite "
-#~ "all existing settings."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "U kunt dit veranderen in \"Geavanceerd\", maar dit zal alle bestaande "
-#~ "instellingen overschrijven."
+#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings."
+#~ msgstr "U kunt dit veranderen in \"Geavanceerd\", maar dit zal alle bestaande instellingen overschrijven."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type "
-#~ "\"Geavanceerd\"."
+#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type."
+#~ msgstr "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type \"Geavanceerd\"."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite "
-#~ "all existing settings."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "U kunt dit veranderen in \"Standaard\", maar dit zal alle bestaande "
-#~ "instellingen overschrijven."
+#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings."
+#~ msgstr "U kunt dit veranderen in \"Standaard\", maar dit zal alle bestaande instellingen overschrijven."
#~ msgid "Standard"
#~ msgstr "Standaard"
@@ -1355,51 +1285,28 @@
#~ msgstr "Uw computer is niet geconfigureerd als LDAP-client."
#~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Wij adviseren om een lokale LDAP-server voor de e-mailserver op te zetten."
+#~ msgstr "Wij adviseren om een lokale LDAP-server voor de e-mailserver op te zetten."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your "
-#~ "system."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Maak certificaten aan voor de LDAP- en e-mailserver om uw systeem te "
-#~ "beveiligen."
+#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system."
+#~ msgstr "Maak certificaten aan voor de LDAP- en e-mailserver om uw systeem te beveiligen."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is "
-#~ "local."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Uw computer is geconfigureerd als een LDAP-cliënt en de LDAP-server is "
-#~ "lokaal."
+#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local."
+#~ msgstr "Uw computer is geconfigureerd als een LDAP-cliënt en de LDAP-server is lokaal."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Wij adviseren om de LDAP-serverconfiguratie aan te passen voor de e-"
-#~ "mailserver."
+#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server."
+#~ msgstr "Wij adviseren om de LDAP-serverconfiguratie aan te passen voor de e-mailserver."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator "
-#~ "account:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Om deze reden dient u het wachtwoord voor het LDAP-beheeraccount te weten:"
+#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:"
+#~ msgstr "Om deze reden dient u het wachtwoord voor het LDAP-beheeraccount te weten:"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not "
-#~ "local."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Uw computer is geconfigureerd als een LDAP-cliënt en de LDAP-server is "
-#~ "niet lokaal."
+#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local."
+#~ msgstr "Uw computer is geconfigureerd als een LDAP-cliënt en de LDAP-server is niet lokaal."
#~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server."
#~ msgstr "Wij adviseren om de LDAP-server in te stellen voor de e-mailserver."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the <b>suse-mailserver."
-#~ "schema</b> and the corresponding index entries."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Verder moet de LDAP-server <b>suse-mailserver.schema</b> en bijhorende "
-#~ "indexregels bevatten."
+#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the <b>suse-mailserver.schema</b> and the corresponding index entries."
+#~ msgstr "Verder moet de LDAP-server <b>suse-mailserver.schema</b> en bijhorende indexregels bevatten."
#~ msgid "Create certificates."
#~ msgstr "Certificaten aanmaken"
@@ -1426,8 +1333,7 @@
#~ "Create the certificate with the YaST2 CA management module.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "U hebt geen servercertificaat en geen sleutel aangemaakt.\n"
-#~ "U zult geen gebruik kunnen maken van de serverzijdige SSL en TLS op de "
-#~ "mailserver.\n"
+#~ "U zult geen gebruik kunnen maken van de serverzijdige SSL en TLS op de mailserver.\n"
#~ "Maak het certificaat aan met de YaST-module CA-beheer.\n"
#~ msgid "Do Not Use TLS"
@@ -1777,15 +1683,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n"
-#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services."
-#~ "<br>\n"
-#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, "
-#~ "too.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n"
+#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Systeembeheerder-verificatie</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Om de YaST Mailserver-component te kunnen gebruiken dient uw systeem\n"
-#~ "LDAP als repository voor de gebruikers- groepsaccounts en de DNS-"
-#~ "services\n"
+#~ "LDAP als repository voor de gebruikers- groepsaccounts en de DNS-services\n"
#~ "te gebruiken.<br>\n"
#~ "Sommige mailserverinstellingen zullen ook in de LDAP-repository worden\n"
#~ "opgeslagen.<br></p>\n"
@@ -1809,8 +1712,7 @@
#~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</"
-#~ "b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+#~ "U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1841,14 +1743,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and "
-#~ "getting),\n"
+#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n"
#~ "including envelope information.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Mailgrootte:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Deze parameter beperkt de totale grootte in bytes van een mail (verzenden "
-#~ "en ontvangen),\n"
+#~ "Deze parameter beperkt de totale grootte in bytes van een mail (verzenden en ontvangen),\n"
#~ "inclusief envelopinformatie.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1881,65 +1781,45 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of "
-#~ "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n"
-#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists "
-#~ "or RBL\n"
+#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n"
+#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n"
#~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM-preventie</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Postfix biedt een aantal parameters aan die het afleveren van Unsolicited "
-#~ "Commercial E-mail (UCE) beperkt.\n"
+#~ "Postfix biedt een aantal parameters aan die het afleveren van Unsolicited Commercial E-mail (UCE) beperkt.\n"
#~ "In dit dialoog kunt u deze instellingen instellen. Bijvoorbeeld, u kunt\n"
-#~ "toegangslijsten of RBL (real-time blackhole list) naamservers "
-#~ "vastleggen.\n"
+#~ "toegangslijsten of RBL (real-time blackhole list) naamservers vastleggen.\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for "
-#~ "viruses and and for spam.\n"
-#~ "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder "
-#~ "<b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n"
-#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus "
-#~ "scanner engines.\n"
+#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n"
+#~ "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder <b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n"
+#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Start de virus scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Als u de virusscanner AMAVIS start, zullen uw e-mails gescand worden op "
-#~ "virussen en spam.\n"
-#~ "De virusscanner-engine <b>Clamavd</b> en de spamzoeker <b>SpamAssassin</"
-#~ "b> zullen ook worden geïnstalleerd \n"
-#~ "en geconfigureerd. U kunt ook andere (commerciële) virusscanner-engines "
-#~ "installeren.\n"
+#~ "Als u de virusscanner AMAVIS start, zullen uw e-mails gescand worden op virussen en spam.\n"
+#~ "De virusscanner-engine <b>Clamavd</b> en de spamzoeker <b>SpamAssassin</b> zullen ook worden geïnstalleerd \n"
+#~ "en geconfigureerd. U kunt ook andere (commerciële) virusscanner-engines installeren.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery "
-#~ "method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n"
-#~ "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be "
-#~ "created. Spam email \n"
-#~ "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the "
-#~ "folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n"
-#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-"
-#~ "spam email into\n"
-#~ "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by "
-#~ "anyone.\n"
+#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n"
+#~ "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be created. Spam email \n"
+#~ "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n"
+#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n"
+#~ "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Configureer de Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "De 'spam learning extension' kan alleen geconfigureerd worden als de "
-#~ "lokale afleveringsmethode <b>cyrus imapd</b> is.\n"
-#~ "In dat geval zullen de gemeenschappelijke folders <b>NewSpam</b> en "
-#~ "<b>NoSpam</b> worden aangemaakt. Spam e-mail \n"
-#~ "die niet was gedetecteerd door <b>SpamAssassin</b> zou in de folder "
-#~ "<b>NewSpam</b> gezet moeten worden.\n"
-#~ "Als u wilt dat uw spamzoeker het meest effectief werkt dan zou u uw non-"
-#~ "spam e-mail in\n"
-#~ "de folder <b>NoSpam</b> moeten zetten. De e-mails in deze folder kunnen "
-#~ "niet door iedereen gelezen worden.\n"
+#~ "De 'spam learning extension' kan alleen geconfigureerd worden als de lokale afleveringsmethode <b>cyrus imapd</b> is.\n"
+#~ "In dat geval zullen de gemeenschappelijke folders <b>NewSpam</b> en <b>NoSpam</b> worden aangemaakt. Spam e-mail \n"
+#~ "die niet was gedetecteerd door <b>SpamAssassin</b> zou in de folder <b>NewSpam</b> gezet moeten worden.\n"
+#~ "Als u wilt dat uw spamzoeker het meest effectief werkt dan zou u uw non-spam e-mail in\n"
+#~ "de folder <b>NoSpam</b> moeten zetten. De e-mails in deze folder kunnen niet door iedereen gelezen worden.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1949,8 +1829,7 @@
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Vertrouwde lokale netwerken:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Cliënten van deze netwerken kunnen uw mailserver voor e-mail-relaying "
-#~ "gebruiken.\n"
+#~ "Cliënten van deze netwerken kunnen uw mailserver voor e-mail-relaying gebruiken.\n"
#~ "(versturen van niet-lokale e-mail)\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
@@ -1968,15 +1847,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n"
-#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or "
-#~ "IMAP\n"
+#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n"
#~ "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Type lokale aflevering</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "In dit frame kunt u de methode van lokale aflevering kiezen.\n"
-#~ "Voor clients die via het POP- of IMAP-protocol verbinding kunnen maken "
-#~ "met uw mailserver, kies <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>.\n"
+#~ "Voor clients die via het POP- of IMAP-protocol verbinding kunnen maken met uw mailserver, kies <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>.\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1990,14 +1867,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this "
-#~ "regularly\n"
+#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n"
#~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Planner voor mail ophalen</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Als u mailboxen bij een internetprovider heeft, dan kunt u deze "
-#~ "regelmatig via\n"
+#~ "Als u mailboxen bij een internetprovider heeft, dan kunt u deze regelmatig via\n"
#~ "een opgegeven tijdinterval en tijdens een internetverbinding ophalen.\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
@@ -2006,8 +1881,7 @@
#~ "define mail fetching jobs.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Opmerking: als u geen type lokale aflevering hebt gedefinieerd, dan "
-#~ "kunt\n"
+#~ "<p>Opmerking: als u geen type lokale aflevering hebt gedefinieerd, dan kunt\n"
#~ "u geen taken voor het ophalen van mail definiëren.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -2024,14 +1898,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n"
-#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the "
-#~ "properties\n"
+#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n"
#~ "concerning the mail server.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Opmerking: u kunt de domeinen aanmaken en instellen met de\n"
-#~ "YaST DNS-servermodule. In de huidige module kunt u alleen de "
-#~ "eigenschappen\n"
+#~ "YaST DNS-servermodule. In de huidige module kunt u alleen de eigenschappen\n"
#~ "die te maken hebben met de mailserver instellen.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -2127,8 +1999,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#~ msgid "Reading mail server local delivery settings..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver worden gelezen..."
+#~ msgstr "Instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver worden gelezen..."
#~ msgid "Reading mail fetching jobs..."
#~ msgstr "Taken voor het ophalen van mail worden gelezen..."
@@ -2152,8 +2023,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor mailserver-relaying niet lezen."
#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server local delivery settings."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Kan de instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver niet lezen."
+#~ msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver niet lezen."
#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server fetching jobs."
#~ msgstr "Kan de taken voor het ophalen van mail door de server niet lezen."
@@ -2204,8 +2074,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Globale instellingen van mailserver worden geschreven..."
#~ msgid "Writing mail server local delivery settings..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver worden geschreven..."
+#~ msgstr "Instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver worden geschreven..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#~ msgid "Writing mail server transports..."
@@ -2231,8 +2100,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Kan de globale instellingen van de mailserver niet opslaan."
#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server local delivery settings."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Kan de instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver niet opslaan."
+#~ msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor lokale aflevering door mailserver niet opslaan."
#~ msgid "Cannot write mail server transports."
#~ msgstr "Kan de mailserver-transportroutes niet opslaan."
@@ -2262,25 +2130,17 @@
#~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format."
#~ msgstr "Ongeldig email formaat."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user .</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>In dit dialoog kunt u de mailinstellingen van een gebruiker instellen."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user .</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>In dit dialoog kunt u de mailinstellingen van een gebruiker instellen.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Eerst kunt u de e-mailadressen en aliassen voor de gebruiker instellen."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Eerst kunt u de e-mailadressen en aliassen voor de gebruiker instellen.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you "
-#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n"
+#~ "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n"
#~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als u \"cyrus\" selecteert voor de lokale aflevering van e-mail, dan "
-#~ "kunt u de maximale grootte voor de mailbox van de gebruiker instellen.\n"
+#~ "<p>Als u \"cyrus\" selecteert voor de lokale aflevering van e-mail, dan kunt u de maximale grootte voor de mailbox van de gebruiker instellen.\n"
#~ "Als u geen waarde instelt, dan is de grootte van de mailbox onbeperkt.</p>"
#~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses "
@@ -2391,28 +2251,23 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "To use the YaST2 mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n"
-#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services."
-#~ "<br>\n"
-#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, "
-#~ "too.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n"
+#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Systeembeheerder-verificatie</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Om het YaST2 Mailserver-component te kunnen gebruiken dient uw systeem\n"
-#~ "LDAP als repository voor de gebruikers- groepsaccounts en de DNS-"
-#~ "services\n"
+#~ "LDAP als repository voor de gebruikers- groepsaccounts en de DNS-services\n"
#~ "te gebruiken.<br>\n"
#~ "Sommige mailserverinstellingen zullen ook in de LDAP-repository worden\n"
#~ "opgeslagen.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus "
-#~ "scanner engine. \n"
+#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus scanner engine. \n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Virusscanner AMAVIS starten:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Als u de virusscanner AMAVIS start, vergeet dan niet om een virusscanner-"
-#~ "engine te installeren.\n"
+#~ "Als u de virusscanner AMAVIS start, vergeet dan niet om een virusscanner-engine te installeren.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2422,8 +2277,7 @@
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Vertrouwde lokale netwerken:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Clients van deze netwerken kunnen uw mailserver voor mail-relaying "
-#~ "gebruiken.\n"
+#~ "Clients van deze netwerken kunnen uw mailserver voor mail-relaying gebruiken.\n"
#~ "(versturen van niet-lokale mail)\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
@@ -2466,32 +2320,17 @@
#~ "voor het verzenden en ontvangen van e-mail. Ze hebben\n"
#~ "deze module niet nodig.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the <b>Standard</b> "
-#~ "type."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type "
-#~ "<b>Standaard</b>."
+#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the <b>Standard</b> type."
+#~ msgstr "De draaiende e-mailserverconfiguratie is gebaseerd op het type <b>Standaard</b>."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is possible to change to <b>Advanced</b> settings. This will overwrite "
-#~ "all existing settings."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "U kunt dit veranderen in <b>Geavanceerd</b>, maar dit zal alle bestaande "
-#~ "instellingen overschrijven."
+#~ msgid "It is possible to change to <b>Advanced</b> settings. This will overwrite all existing settings."
+#~ msgstr "U kunt dit veranderen in <b>Geavanceerd</b>, maar dit zal alle bestaande instellingen overschrijven."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the <b>Advanced</b> "
-#~ "type."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De draaiende e-mailserver is gebaseerd op het type <b>Geavanceerd</b>."
+#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the <b>Advanced</b> type."
+#~ msgstr "De draaiende e-mailserver is gebaseerd op het type <b>Geavanceerd</b>."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is possible to change to <b>Standard</b> settings. This will overwrite "
-#~ "all existing settings."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "U kunt dit veranderen in <b>Standaard</b>, maar dit zal alle bestaande "
-#~ "instellingen overschrijven."
+#~ msgid "It is possible to change to <b>Standard</b> settings. This will overwrite all existing settings."
+#~ msgstr "U kunt dit veranderen in <b>Standaard</b>, maar dit zal alle bestaande instellingen overschrijven."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "YaST2 can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n"
@@ -2500,10 +2339,5 @@
#~ "YaST2 kan alleen Postfix en Sendmail instellen,\n"
#~ "geen van beide is echter geïnstalleerd."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>procmail</b>, unless you do not "
-#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De <b>afleveringsmodus</b> is meestal via <b>procmail</b>, tenzij u de "
-#~ "mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot "
-#~ "de mail wilt hebben.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>procmail</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>De <b>afleveringsmodus</b> is meestal via <b>procmail</b>, tenzij u de mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de mail wilt hebben.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -135,23 +135,18 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
-"attacks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via "
-"dedicated\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall en SSH</big></b><br />\n"
-"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor "
-"aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n"
-"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt "
-"met een daarvoor specifieke\n"
+"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n"
+"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt met een daarvoor specifieke\n"
"SSH-client</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled "
-"after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hier kunt u kiezen of de firewall zal worden in- of uitgeschakeld na\n"
@@ -159,16 +154,12 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for "
-"SSH\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH "
-"service (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te "
-"zetten of niet\n"
-"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-"
-"service inschakelen (dwz. het\n"
+"<p>Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te zetten of niet\n"
+"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-service inschakelen (dwz. het\n"
"wordt ingeschakeld bij opstarten van de computer).</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -382,11 +373,8 @@
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
-msgid ""
-"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest "
-"kan niet worden uitgevoerd."
+msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgstr "Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest kan niet worden uitgevoerd."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
@@ -395,20 +383,15 @@
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
-"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any "
-"steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network "
-"configuration,\n"
+"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van "
-"de server.\n"
+"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van de server.\n"
"Dit hoeft niet te betekenen dat het netwerk onjuist is ingesteld.\n"
"\n"
-"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om "
-"de andere\n"
-"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te "
-"gaan\n"
+"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om de andere\n"
+"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te gaan\n"
"naar uw netwerconfiguratie.\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
@@ -595,8 +578,7 @@
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/remote.rb:85
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr ""
-"Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden."
+msgstr "Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden."
#. Command line output Headline
#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
@@ -639,8 +621,7 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:71
msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination"
-msgstr ""
-"Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming"
+msgstr "Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#: src/clients/routing.rb:79
@@ -779,8 +760,7 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
-msgstr ""
-"Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn."
+msgstr "Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
@@ -791,12 +771,8 @@
msgstr "Het IP-adres van de bestemming moet gespecificeerd worden."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
-msgid ""
-"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) "
-"must be specified"
-msgstr ""
-"Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, "
-"opties) moet worden gespecificeerd"
+msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
+msgstr "Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, opties) moet worden gespecificeerd"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
@@ -1265,9 +1241,7 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien "
-"nodig. </p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien nodig. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
@@ -1433,8 +1407,7 @@
#. tab set but not for one tab
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
@@ -1470,21 +1443,15 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with "
-"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On "
-"Cable Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have "
-"to\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>PRIORITEIT VAN IFPLUGD</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> en "
-"met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n"
-" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces "
-"<b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> heeft\n"
-" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. "
-"Daarom moeten we hebben om\n"
+"<p> Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> en met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n"
+" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> heeft\n"
+" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. Daarom moeten we hebben om\n"
" de prioriteit van elk interface in te stellen.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
@@ -1531,8 +1498,7 @@
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69
msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
-msgstr ""
-"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten"
+msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten"
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76
@@ -1701,12 +1667,8 @@
msgstr "Gebruik optie \"id\" om het apparaat te bepalen."
#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of "
-"\"id\"."
-msgstr ""
-"De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de "
-"maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren."
+msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
+msgstr "De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren."
#. Handler for action "add"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
@@ -1813,10 +1775,8 @@
"Het apparaat heeft firmware nodig om correct te functioneren. Firmware kan\n"
"doorgaans worden gedownload van de webpagina van de leverancier van het\n"
"stuurprogramma.\n"
-"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op "
-"<b>Doorgaan</b>\n"
-"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op <b>Annuleren</b> en keert "
-"u\n"
+"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op <b>Doorgaan</b>\n"
+"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op <b>Annuleren</b> en keert u\n"
"terug naar dit dialoogvenster nadat u de firmware hebt geïnstalleerd.\n"
#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-(
@@ -1828,12 +1788,8 @@
msgstr "De firmware wordt geïnstalleerd"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script "
-"needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
-msgstr ""
-"Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het "
-"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?"
+msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
+msgstr "Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
@@ -1857,9 +1813,7 @@
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
-msgstr ""
-"Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt "
-"verwijderen?"
+msgstr "Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt verwijderen?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
@@ -1915,76 +1869,57 @@
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Type apparaat</b>. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, "
-"selecteer \n"
+"<p><b>Type apparaat</b>. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, selecteer \n"
"er een naar behoefte.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
-"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name "
-"(for\n"
+"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die "
-"toestaan\n"
+"<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n"
"een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n"
"(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify "
-"now configured NIC. \n"
-"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will "
-"start blinking for selected time.\n"
+"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
+"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen</b> staat u toe om de nu "
-"geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n"
-"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik <b>Knipperen</b> en LED's op uw NIC zullen "
-"knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n"
+"<p><b>Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen</b> staat u toe om de nu geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n"
+"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik <b>Knipperen</b> en LED's op uw NIC zullen knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n"
"</p>"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
-"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if "
-"there is more than one driver available for\n"
-"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the "
-"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
+"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
+"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kernel-module</b>. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-"
-"naam, \n"
-"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u "
-"zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n"
-"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar "
-"gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Kernel-module</b>. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-naam, \n"
+"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n"
+"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.</p>\n"
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
-"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, "
-"for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
-"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while "
-"saving.</p>\n"
+"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
+"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> Bovendien mag u <b>Opties</b> specificeren voor de kernel-module.\n"
"Zij dienen geschreven te worden in het formaat: <i>optie</i>=<i>waarde</i>.\n"
"De items moeten gescheiden zijn door middel van spaties,\n"
"bijv: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Opmerking:</b> wanneer er twee kaarten met\n"
-"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het "
-"opslaan\n"
+"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het opslaan\n"
"samengevoegd worden.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool "
-"with these options.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u opties specificeert in <b>Ethtool-opties</b>, dan zal ifup ethtool "
-"aanroepen met deze opties.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Als u opties specificeert in <b>Ethtool-opties</b>, dan zal ifup ethtool aanroepen met deze opties.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
@@ -2003,8 +1938,7 @@
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hier kunt u uw netwerkapparaat instellen. De instellingen zullen in\n"
-"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> of in <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> worden opgeslagen.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> of in <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> worden opgeslagen.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
@@ -2012,8 +1946,7 @@
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat "
-"is gespecificeerd\n"
+"<p>De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat is gespecificeerd\n"
"in de handleiding <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>"
#. CheckBox label
@@ -2079,8 +2012,7 @@
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer de netwerkkaart die u wilt gaan instellen a.u.b.. U kunt naar\n"
-"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het "
-"zoekveld.</p>"
+"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het zoekveld.</p>"
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
@@ -2173,41 +2105,24 @@
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de <b>poortnaam</b> op.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de <b>poortnaam</b> op.</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by "
-"spaces).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef de eventuele extra <b>opties</b> voor deze interface op (gescheiden "
-"door spaties).</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Geef de eventuele extra <b>opties</b> voor deze interface op (gescheiden door spaties).</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be "
-"enabled for this interface.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>IPA Takeover activeren</b> als de IP adres takeover voor "
-"deze interface geactiveerd moet worden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>IPA Takeover activeren</b> als de IP adres takeover voor deze interface geactiveerd moet worden.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured "
-"with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen</b> asl dit apparaat layer "
-"2 ondersteund.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen</b> asl dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteund.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured "
-"with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voer het <b>Layer 2 MAC adres</b> in als dit apparaat layer 2 "
-"ondersteuning ondersteund.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voer het <b>Layer 2 MAC adres</b> in als dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteuning ondersteund.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
@@ -2308,8 +2223,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken."
-"</p>\n"
+"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
@@ -2381,8 +2295,7 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>Netwerkkaart toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen."
-"</P>\n"
+"Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen.</P>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
msgid ""
@@ -2401,24 +2314,19 @@
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n"
"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n"
-"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the "
-"response \n"
+"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n"
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6-protocol-instellingen</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Activeer <b>IPv6 activeren</b> om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te "
-"schakelen.\n"
+"<p>Activeer <b>IPv6 activeren</b> om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te schakelen.\n"
"U kunt IPv6 samen met IPv4 gebruiken. Dit is de standaard optie.\n"
-"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de "
-"kernelmodule\n"
-"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk "
-"wordt\n"
+"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de kernelmodule\n"
+"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk wordt\n"
"gebruikt kan de responstijd sneller zijn.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart.</p>"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92
@@ -2440,14 +2348,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed."
-"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n"
"gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n"
"het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n"
-"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</"
-"p>\n"
+"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
@@ -2455,8 +2361,7 @@
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>IPv4-forwarding</b> inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe "
-"netwerken\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4-forwarding</b> inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe netwerken\n"
"naar interne) als dit systeem een router is.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
@@ -2473,26 +2378,20 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone "
-"is not enough. \n"
+"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van "
-"IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n"
+"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n"
"U zou masquerading en/of minstens een redirect regel in de configuratie van\n"
-"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor "
-"gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor gebruiken.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
-"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the "
-"DHCP client.\n"
-"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical "
-"desktop. \n"
-"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that "
-"assign \n"
+"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
+"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n"
+"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n"
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Wanneer u DHCP gebruikt om een IP-adres te krijgen, geef dan op of u ook\n"
@@ -2500,29 +2399,21 @@
"zien via het commando <i>hostname</i>) zal automatisch door de DHCP-cliënt\n"
"worden ingesteld.\n"
"Het veranderen van de hostnaam tijdens het gebruik van de computer kan uw\n"
-"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u "
-"verbinding\n"
-"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam "
-"toewijzen.</p>"
+"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u verbinding\n"
+"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam toewijzen.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
-"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is "
-"a \n"
-"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, "
-"even \n"
-"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, "
-"especially \n"
+"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
+"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n"
+"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n"
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP</b> associeert uw hostnaam "
-"met \n"
-"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is "
-"een \n"
+"<p><b>Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP</b> associeert uw hostnaam met \n"
+"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is een \n"
"bruikbare optie als u wilt dat de hostnaam altijd oplosbaar is, zelfs \n"
-"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, "
-"speciaal \n"
+"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, speciaal \n"
"als deze computer enige netwerkservices levert.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137
@@ -2530,8 +2421,7 @@
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van "
-"hostnamen.\n"
+"<p>Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van hostnamen.\n"
"Gebruikelijk kunnen deze door middel van DHCP worden verkregen.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
@@ -2550,8 +2440,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
-"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search "
-"domains\n"
+"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n"
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Een zoekdomein is de domeinnaam waar het zoeken naar hostnamen\n"
@@ -2561,41 +2450,29 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the "
-"DNS domain\n"
-"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially "
-"important if this \n"
-"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using "
-"the <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
+"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
+"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n"
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. <i>mijnmachine</i>) en het DNS-"
-"domein\n"
-"(b.v. <i>voorbeeld.nl</i>) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal "
-"belangrijk als deze \n"
-"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met "
-"het <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. <i>mijnmachine</i>) en het DNS-domein\n"
+"(b.v. <i>voorbeeld.nl</i>) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal belangrijk als deze \n"
+"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met het <i>hostname</i> \n"
"commando.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
-"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is "
-"handled\n"
+"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n"
"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n"
-"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for "
-"most\n"
+"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n"
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de "
-"inhoud van het\n"
-"bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit "
-"gedaan door\n"
-"het script <i>netconfig</i> dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt "
-"met dynamische\n"
-"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de "
-"optie <b>Gebruik\n"
+"<p>Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de inhoud van het\n"
+"bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit gedaan door\n"
+"het script <i>netconfig</i> dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt met dynamische\n"
+"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de optie <b>Gebruik\n"
"standaard beleid</b> is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169
@@ -2609,18 +2486,13 @@
"Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n"
"policy.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Door de optie <b>Alleen handmatig</b> te kiezen, zal <i>netconfig</i> "
-"niet\n"
+"<p>Door de optie <b>Alleen handmatig</b> te kiezen, zal <i>netconfig</i> niet\n"
"langer worden toegestaan het bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i> te wijzigen. U\n"
-"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie <b>Gebruik "
-"aangepast\n"
-"beleid</b> kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die "
-"bestaat\n"
-"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, "
-"met\n"
+"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie <b>Gebruik aangepast\n"
+"beleid</b> kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die bestaat\n"
+"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met\n"
"STATIC en STATIC_FALLBACK als voorgedefinieerde speciale waarden. Voor meer\n"
-"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina <i>netconfig</i>. Opmerking: het veld "
-"leeg\n"
+"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina <i>netconfig</i>. Opmerking: het veld leeg\n"
"laten is hetzelfde als <b>Alleen handmatig</b> beleid.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
@@ -2628,22 +2500,16 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address "
-"to this device.\n"
+"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adres instellen</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Geen adres instellen</b> als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-"
-"adres wilt verbinden.\n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Geen adres instellen</b> als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-adres wilt verbinden.\n"
"Dit is vooral bruikbaar voor bonding-ethernetapparaten.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS."
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>iBFT</b> als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw "
-"BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Activeer <b>iBFT</b> als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw BIOS.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
@@ -2662,18 +2528,15 @@
"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Een van de methoden voor dynamisch toewijzen van adressen kiezen.\n"
-"Selecteer <b>DHCP</b> als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt "
-"draaien.\n"
+"Selecteer <b>DHCP</b> als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt draaien.\n"
"Netwerkadressen worden dan automatisch verkregen van de server.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
-"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + "
-"Zeroconf\n"
-"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Om automatisch te zoeken naar een IP-adres en deze statisch toe te\n"
"wijzen, selecteer <b>Zeroconf</b>. Om DHCP te gebruiken met zeroconf als\n"
@@ -2683,8 +2546,7 @@
#. Address dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for "
-"your computer, and the \n"
+"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2695,19 +2557,13 @@
#. Address dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your "
-"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
-"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix "
-"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written "
-"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
+"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voor <b>Statisch adres instellen</b>, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: "
-"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n"
-"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van "
-"het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n"
-"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal "
-"worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Voor <b>Statisch adres instellen</b>, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n"
+"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n"
+"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
@@ -2746,12 +2602,8 @@
"firewall woren uitgeschakeld.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports "
-"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vereiste interface</b> geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding "
-"geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Vereiste interface</b> geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid ""
@@ -2759,8 +2611,7 @@
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
"transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n"
"set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n"
-"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the "
-"recommended\n"
+"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n"
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Maximale overdrachtseenheid</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2774,12 +2625,10 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
-"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No "
-"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
+"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer de slave-apparaten voor het bond-apparaat.\n"
-"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op <b>Nooit</"
-"b> en met <b>Geen ingesteld netwerkadres</b> zijn beschikbaar.</p>"
+"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op <b>Nooit</b> en met <b>Geen ingesteld netwerkadres</b> zijn beschikbaar.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
@@ -2790,35 +2639,27 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
-"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for "
-"each\n"
+"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
"DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n"
"identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n"
"network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>DHCP cliënt identificatie label</b>, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt "
-"standaard\n"
-"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP "
-"cliënt op\n"
-"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier "
-"een vrij in\n"
-"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines "
-"heeft die van hetzelfde\n"
+"<p>De <b>DHCP cliënt identificatie label</b>, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt standaard\n"
+"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP cliënt op\n"
+"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier een vrij in\n"
+"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines heeft die van hetzelfde\n"
"netwerk interface gebruik maken en dus hetzelfde hardware adres hebben.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP "
-"server. Some \n"
+"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</"
-"b>\n"
-"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/"
-"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
+"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
+"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bij <b>Te versturen hostnaam</b> wordt een tekenreeks opgegeven\n"
@@ -2853,27 +2694,18 @@
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
-"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and "
-"legacy. The total\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 "
-"characters.</p>"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>IPv4-adreslabel</b>, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en "
-"verouderd. De totale\n"
-" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en "
-"label) is\n"
-" beperkt tot 15 tekens. De verouderde ifconfig-utility kort het "
-"af na 9 tekens.</p>"
+"<p><b>IPv4-adreslabel</b>, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en verouderd. De totale\n"
+" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en label) is\n"
+" beperkt tot 15 tekens. De verouderde ifconfig-utility kort het af na 9 tekens.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
-msgid ""
-"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter "
-"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sluit de interfacenaam niet in in het label. Bijvoorbeeld voer <b>foo</b> "
-"in in plaats van <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Sluit de interfacenaam niet in in het label. Bijvoorbeeld voer <b>foo</b> in in plaats van <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
@@ -2903,8 +2735,7 @@
"<br><b>Hexadecimaal</b>: geef rechtstreeks de hex-codes van de sleutel op.\n"
"Voor 64-bit sleutels moeten er 10 hex-digits opgeven worden, voor\n"
"128-bit sleutels 26, voor 156-bit sleutels 32 en voor 256-bit sleutels 58.\n"
-"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of "
-"groepen\n"
+"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of groepen\n"
"van elkaar te scheiden, een voorbeeld: <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n"
"</p> \n"
@@ -2925,11 +2756,9 @@
"called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n"
"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>operating modus</b> is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De "
-"modus kan\n"
+"<p>De <b>operating modus</b> is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De modus kan\n"
"<b>Ad-hoc</b> (peer-to-peer netwerk zonder accesspoint), <b>Managed</b>\n"
-"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de "
-"<i>Infrastructuur modus</i>\n"
+"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de <i>Infrastructuur modus</i>\n"
"genoemd), of <b>Master</b> zijn (de netwerkkaart gedraagt zich\n"
"als een accespoint).</p>\n"
@@ -2938,21 +2767,17 @@
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n"
-"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> "
-"authentication mode,\n"
+"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Stel de <b>Netwerknaam (ESSID)</b> in die gebruikt\n"
-"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde "
-"virtuele\n"
-"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde "
-"ESSID nodig om\n"
+"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde virtuele\n"
+"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde ESSID nodig om\n"
"met elkaar te kunnen communiceren. Als u de operatie modus <b>Managed</b>\n"
"kiest en de verificatie modus niet gelijk is aan <b>WPA</b>, dan kunt u dit\n"
-"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN "
-"kaart zich met\n"
+"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN kaart zich met\n"
"het access point associëren met de best mogelijke signaalsterkte.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
@@ -2968,33 +2793,26 @@
"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n"
"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n"
"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n"
-"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
-"Access)\n"
+"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In sommige netwerken dient u een <b>authenticatiemodus</b> in te "
-"stellen.\n"
+"<p>In sommige netwerken dient u een <b>authenticatiemodus</b> in te stellen.\n"
"Dit is afhankelijk van de gebruikte beveiligingstechnologie WEP of WPA.\n"
"<b>WEP</b> (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is een systeem voor het\n"
"versleutelen van draadloos netwerkverkeer met een optionele\n"
"authenticatie gebaseerd op de gebruikte versleutelcode.\n"
"In de meeste gevallen waar WEP wordt gebruikt, is de <b>WEP-Open</b>\n"
"modus (helemaal geen authenticatie) prima. Dit betekent niet dat u geen WEP\n"
-"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u <b>Geen versleuteling</"
-"b>).\n"
+"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u <b>Geen versleuteling</b>).\n"
"Sommige netwerken kunnen <b>WEP-shared key</b>-authenticatie nodig hebben.\n"
-"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële "
-"aanvaller\n"
+"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële aanvaller\n"
"gemakkelijker om in uw netwerk in te breken. Gebruik de <b>Open</b>\n"
-"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te "
-"gebruiken.\n"
-"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
-"Access)\n"
-"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle "
-"hardware\n"
+"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te gebruiken.\n"
+"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
+"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle hardware\n"
"biedt WPA-ondersteuning. Als u WPA wilt gebruiken, selecteer dan\n"
"<b>WPA-PSK</b> of <b>WPA-EAP</b> als authenticatiemodus.\n"
"Dit is alleen in de besturingsmodus <b>Managed</b> mogelijk.<p>\n"
@@ -3023,14 +2841,10 @@
"dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n"
"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared "
-"sleutel opgeven. Deze\n"
-"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden "
-"hiermee\n"
-"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, "
-"maar\n"
-"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te "
-"raden\n"
+"<p>Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared sleutel opgeven. Deze\n"
+"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden hiermee\n"
+"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, maar\n"
+"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te raden\n"
"woord als wachtwoord.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
@@ -3045,15 +2859,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
-"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for "
-"all\n"
+"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n"
"available options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Deze waarden zullen in het interface configuratie bestand\n"
-"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra "
-"instellingen nodig heeft,\n"
-"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand "
-"'wireless' voor alle\n"
+"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra instellingen nodig heeft,\n"
+"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand 'wireless' voor alle\n"
"beschikbare opties.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
@@ -3147,8 +2958,7 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voor TTLS en PEAP voert u uw <b>identiteit</b>\n"
"en <b>wachtwoord</b> in zoals ingesteld op de server.\n"
@@ -3175,16 +2985,13 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
-"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key "
-"pair\n"
+"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>TLS gebruikt een <b>clientcertificaat</b> in plaats van de combinatie "
-"van\n"
-"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/"
-"privé\n"
+"<p>TLS gebruikt een <b>clientcertificaat</b> in plaats van de combinatie van\n"
+"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/privé\n"
"sleutelpaar om de communicatie te versleutelen. Daarom heeft u tevens een\n"
"<b>clientkey</b> bestand nodig waar uw privé-sleutel in is opgeslagen en\n"
"het <b>client key wachtwoord</b> voor dat bestand.</p>\n"
@@ -3242,12 +3049,9 @@
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 "
-"authenticatiemethode).\n"
-"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden "
-"wilt\n"
-"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde "
-"authenticatie-\n"
+"<p>Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 authenticatiemethode).\n"
+"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden wilt\n"
+"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde authenticatie-\n"
"methoden, stel dan hier de ingebouwde authenticateimethode in.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label
@@ -3261,8 +3065,7 @@
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u PEAP gebruikt kunt u tevens het gebruik van een specifieke PEAP-\n"
-"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet "
-"noodzakelijk.</p>\n"
+"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.</p>\n"
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
@@ -3359,8 +3162,7 @@
#. Popup text
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
-msgstr ""
-"De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk."
+msgstr "De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
@@ -3376,9 +3178,7 @@
#. Error popup
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
-msgstr ""
-"De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters "
-"(inclusief)."
+msgstr "De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters (inclusief)."
#. Error popup
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
@@ -3433,13 +3233,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
-"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for "
-"access\n"
+"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Wanneer u uw draadloze LAN kaart in master of ad-hoc mode wilt gaan\n"
-"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken <b>Kanaal</b> "
-"instellen.\n"
+"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken <b>Kanaal</b> instellen.\n"
"Bij de managed mode is dit niet nodig -- om de accesspoints te vinden zal\n"
"de kaart bij deze mode alle kanalen namelijk gaan doorlopen.</p>\n"
@@ -3449,8 +3247,7 @@
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een "
-"transmissie\n"
+"<p>In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een transmissie\n"
"<b>Bit snelheid</b> instellen. Zo snel mogelijk is de standaard.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
@@ -3460,8 +3257,7 @@
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>In een omgeving met meerdere <b>Accesspoints</b> kunt u door het opgeven\n"
-"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen "
-"hebben.</p>"
+"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen hebben.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
@@ -3470,10 +3266,8 @@
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Energiebeheer gebruiken</b> activeert het energiebesparing "
-"mechanisme.\n"
-"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent "
-"en de\n"
+"<p><b>Energiebeheer gebruiken</b> activeert het energiebesparing mechanisme.\n"
+"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent en de\n"
"verbinding met de netspanning verbroken zou kunnen worden.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80
@@ -3534,16 +3328,14 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
-"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four "
-"keys,\n"
+"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
"although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n"
"The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n"
"one key.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>In dit venster kunt u uw WEP sleutels definieren waarmee u uw\n"
"data versleutelt voordat deze verzonden wordt. U mag maximaal vier sleutels\n"
-"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit "
-"is de\n"
+"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit is de\n"
"standaard sleutel. De andere sleutels kunnen voor het decoderen van data\n"
"gebruikt worden. Normaliter heeft u slechts één sleutel.</p>"
@@ -3603,12 +3395,10 @@
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
msgid ""
-"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in "
-"connections\n"
+"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
-"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan "
-"resulteren in\n"
+"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan resulteren in\n"
"onveilige, kwetsbare draadloze netwerken. Doorgaan zonder CA?"
#. error popup text
@@ -3677,13 +3467,11 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
msgstr "Remote beheer met sessiebeheer toest&aan"
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
-#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
msgstr "Remote beheer zonder sessiebeheer toest&aan"
@@ -3695,40 +3483,25 @@
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
-#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
-#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-#| "a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</"
-#| "tt>).\n"
-#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</"
-"tt>).</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
-"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with "
-"a single\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Instellingen voor remote beheer</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Als deze functie is ingeschakeld kunt\n"
"u het systeem vanaf een andere computer over het netwerk beheren.\n"
-"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</"
-"tt>),\n"
-"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>https://<hostname>:%"
-"2/</"
-"tt>).</p>\n"
+"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</tt>),\n"
+"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
"<p>Zonder sessiebeheer, alleen één gebruiker tegelijk kan verbonden worden\n"
"naar een sessie en die sessie wordt beëindigd wanneer de VNC client\n"
-"de verbinding verbreekt.</p><p>Met sessiebeheer kunnen meerdere gebruikers "
-"werken"
-"met een enkele\n"
+"de verbinding verbreekt.</p><p>Met sessiebeheer kunnen meerdere gebruikers werkenmet een enkele\n"
"sessie, en de sessie kan blijven bestaan zelfs als niemand is verbonden.</p>"
#. Dialog frame title
@@ -3933,12 +3706,8 @@
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
-msgid ""
-"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use "
-"it at your own risk?"
-msgstr ""
-"Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege "
-"Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?"
+msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
+msgstr "Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
@@ -4122,20 +3891,15 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
-"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the "
-"expression.\n"
+"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
"A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n"
"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n"
"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Wanneer <b>Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer</b> is "
-"ingesteld, kunnen\n"
-"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen "
-"zodat het met\n"
-"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</"
-"tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
-"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie "
-"wordt het\n"
+"<p>Wanneer <b>Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer</b> is ingesteld, kunnen\n"
+"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen zodat het met\n"
+"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
+"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie wordt het\n"
"gebruikers niet toegestaan om het toegangsnummer aan te passen.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label,method of setup
@@ -4198,8 +3962,7 @@
"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Handmatig</b>: U kunt de interface handmatig bedienen\n"
-"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' "
-"hieronder).</p>.\n"
+"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' hieronder).</p>.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
@@ -4234,10 +3997,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Met <b>Tijdens hotpluggen</b>,\n"
"zal de interface ingesteld worden zodra deze beschikbaar komt. Dit is\n"
-"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in "
-"een\n"
-"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig "
-"is.\n"
+"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in een\n"
+"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig is.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
@@ -4247,16 +4008,12 @@
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this "
-"startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still "
-"available.\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Gebruik maken van <b>Op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. "
-"Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
-"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt "
-"wel.\n"
+"Gebruik maken van <b>Op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
+"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt wel.\n"
"Gebruik dit als u een NFS- of iSCSI-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
@@ -4269,14 +4026,12 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> "
-"activates it during system boot, \n"
+"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Apparaatactivering</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. "
-"<b>Tijdens opstarten</b> start de interface op met het systeem.\n"
+"<p>Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. <b>Tijdens opstarten</b> start de interface op met het systeem.\n"
"<b>Nooit</b> start het apparaat niet op.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
@@ -4421,12 +4176,8 @@
msgstr "Bevestig het opnieuw opstarten van het netwerk"
#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply "
-"the settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de "
-"instellingen toe te passen."
+msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
+msgstr "Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de instellingen toe te passen."
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
@@ -4935,14 +4686,8 @@
msgstr "Geen hwinfo"
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
-msgid ""
-"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) "
-"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan "
-"devices). See dmesg output for details."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) "
-"niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware "
-"(voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details."
+msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
+msgstr "Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware (voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details."
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
msgid ""
@@ -5002,7 +4747,6 @@
msgstr "Service %{service} inschakelen is mislukt"
#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
-#| msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr "Service %{service} uitschakelen is mislukt"
@@ -5127,12 +4871,8 @@
#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
#~ msgstr "De configuratie van %1 starten?"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, "
-#~ "Wicked will be used."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet "
-#~ "beschikbaar, Wicked zal worden gebruikt."
+#~ msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+#~ msgstr "AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet beschikbaar, Wicked zal worden gebruikt."
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "Opstartprotocol apparaat"
@@ -5161,13 +4901,11 @@
#~ msgstr "niet ingeplugd"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this "
-#~ "startmode will never\n"
+#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Gebruik maken van <b>op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar "
-#~ "interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
+#~ "Gebruik maken van <b>op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
#~ "afgesloten via 'rcnetwork stop'. ifdown <interface> werkt wel.\n"
#~ "Gebruik dit als u een nfs- of iscsi-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n"
@@ -5178,14 +4916,11 @@
#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn "
-#~ "instellingen \n"
+#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn instellingen \n"
#~ "kunnen niet door YaST bewerkt worden.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager "
-#~ "connectiebewerker\n"
-#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele "
-#~ "methode met ifup.\n"
+#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager connectiebewerker\n"
+#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele methode met ifup.\n"
#~ msgid "Device name:"
#~ msgstr "Apparaatnaam:"
@@ -5196,19 +4931,11 @@
#~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
#~ msgstr "Beheerd door &wicked"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href="
-#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a "
-#~ "href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)"
+#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
+#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href="
-#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden "
-#~ "(<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)"
+#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)"
+#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)"
#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
#~ msgstr "Algemene &netwerkinstellingen"
@@ -5236,8 +4963,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Alias &naam"
#~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk"
+#~ msgstr "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -5311,11 +5037,8 @@
#~ msgid "Bond slaves"
#~ msgstr "Bond-slaves"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op <b>Bewerken</b> om het in "
-#~ "te stellen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op <b>Bewerken</b> om het in te stellen.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n"
@@ -5373,8 +5096,7 @@
#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a DSL device.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Een DSL apparaat toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat "
-#~ "instellen.</P>"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat instellen.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5382,8 +5104,7 @@
#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of "
-#~ "verwijderen.\n"
+#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n"
#~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid "Type"
@@ -5410,20 +5131,15 @@
#~ "<p>First, choose your <b>PPP mode</b>. This is either\n"
#~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE), <i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM),\n"
#~ "<i>CAPI for ADSL</i> or <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> (PPTP).\n"
-#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet "
-#~ "to your computer.\n"
-#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a "
-#~ "VPN server.\n"
+#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n"
+#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n"
#~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies eerst uw <b>PPP modus</b>. Dit is of\n"
#~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE) of <i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM).\n"
-#~ "<i>CAPI voor ADSL</i> of <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> "
-#~ "(PPTP).\n"
-#~ "Gebruik <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw "
-#~ "computer is verbonden.\n"
-#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan "
-#~ "gebruiken.</p>"
+#~ "<i>CAPI voor ADSL</i> of <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> (PPTP).\n"
+#~ "Gebruik <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw computer is verbonden.\n"
+#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan gebruiken.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are using <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>, first configure your\n"
@@ -5433,29 +5149,22 @@
#~ "uw ethernetkaart.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set "
-#~ "up\n"
-#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</"
-#~ "i>\n"
+#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set up\n"
+#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
#~ "connections, <b>Ethernet Card</b> is needed for <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n"
#~ "connections.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De <b>PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen</b> zijn instellingen die u "
-#~ "nodig heeft om uw\n"
-#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. <b>VPI/VCI</b> is alleen geschikt voor "
-#~ "<i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
-#~ "verbindingen, <b>Ethernetkaart</b> is nodig voor <i>PPP over Ethernet</"
-#~ "i>\n"
+#~ "<p>De <b>PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen</b> zijn instellingen die u nodig heeft om uw\n"
+#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. <b>VPI/VCI</b> is alleen geschikt voor <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
+#~ "verbindingen, <b>Ethernetkaart</b> is nodig voor <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n"
#~ "verbindingen.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>\n"
#~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld "
-#~ "<i>0.38</i>\n"
-#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld <i>0.38</i>\n"
+#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n"
@@ -5463,8 +5172,7 @@
#~ "so by pressing <b>Configure Network Cards</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Voor PPPoE moet u het apparaat van de ethernetkaart, waarmee uw DSL\n"
-#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft "
-#~ "ingesteld, kunt u dit\n"
+#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft ingesteld, kunt u dit\n"
#~ "doen door op <b>Netwerkkaarten instellen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address.</p>"
@@ -5579,8 +5287,7 @@
#~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations.<BR></P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Overzicht ISDN-kaarten</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en "
-#~ "verbindingsinstellingen.\n"
+#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en verbindingsinstellingen.\n"
#~ "Tevens kunt u hun configuratie hier wijzigen.<BR></P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5588,8 +5295,7 @@
#~ "Press <B>Add</B> to configure an ISDN card manually.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Een ISDN-kaart toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart "
-#~ "instellen.</P>\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart instellen.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5602,12 +5308,10 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Een ISDN-verbinding toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding "
-#~ "instellen.</P>\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding instellen.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5616,8 +5320,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "Selecteer een te wijzigen of te verwijderen ISDN-kaart of verbinding.\n"
-#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n"
#~ msgid "Hardware"
#~ msgstr "Hardware"
@@ -5636,8 +5339,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Gedetailleerde ISDN-instellingen"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n"
#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>Remote telefoonnummer lijst</b> bepaalt welke remote machines\n"
@@ -5651,53 +5353,41 @@
#~ "keuzevak om toestemming te geven aan alle caller id's.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally "
-#~ "without special \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n"
#~ "processing.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Als de <b>callback modus</b> <b>uit</b> staat worden de aanroepen \n"
#~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, "
-#~ "a callback \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
#~ "is triggered.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als de <b>callback modus</b> als <b>server</b> staat ingesteld zal na "
-#~ "een \n"
+#~ "<p>Als de <b>callback modus</b> als <b>server</b> staat ingesteld zal na een \n"
#~ "inkomende aanroep de callback modus worden uitgevoerd.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the "
-#~ "initial call then \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n"
#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als de callback modus als <b>cliënt</b> staat ingesteld zal het lokale "
-#~ "systeem als \n"
-#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Als de callback modus als <b>cliënt</b> staat ingesteld zal het lokale systeem als \n"
+#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial "
-#~ "call and the\n"
-#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the "
-#~ "server than on\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n"
+#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n"
#~ "the client.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De <b>callback wachttijd</b> is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste "
-#~ "aanroep en de\n"
-#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de "
-#~ "server dan op\n"
+#~ "<p>De <b>callback wachttijd</b> is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste aanroep en de\n"
+#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de server dan op\n"
#~ "de cliënt.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In <b>Additional ipppd Options</b>, add extra options for ipppd,\n"
#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Bij <b>Extra ipppd opties</b> kunt u extra opties voor ipppd "
-#~ "instellen,\n"
-#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie."
-#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Bij <b>Extra ipppd opties</b> kunt u extra opties voor ipppd instellen,\n"
+#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options"
#~ msgstr "&Extra ipppd opties"
@@ -5736,13 +5426,11 @@
#~ msgstr "Selectie van ISDN-service"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your "
-#~ "DSL\n"
+#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n"
#~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n"
#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u "
-#~ "uw DSL\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u uw DSL\n"
#~ "verbinding instellen met behulp van <b>DSL CAPI interface toevoegen</b>.\n"
#~ "U kunt dit echter ook later in het DSL configuratie dialoog doen.</p>\n"
@@ -5752,19 +5440,16 @@
#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Voor ISDN-netwerkgebruik zijn er twee type interfaces:\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> en <b>SyncPPP</b>. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP "
-#~ "gebruiken:\n"
+#~ "<b>RawIP</b> en <b>SyncPPP</b>. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP gebruiken:\n"
#~ "de standaard bij de meeste internet providers.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To switch between various Internet providers, an\n"
-#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple "
-#~ "providers to the\n"
+#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n"
#~ "same interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Om te kunnen schakelen tussen verschillende internet providers is een\n"
-#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van "
-#~ "meerdere providers\n"
+#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van meerdere providers\n"
#~ "aan dezelfde interface is voldoende.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5809,24 +5494,17 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n"
-#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected "
-#~ "directly\n"
-#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or "
-#~ "digits\n"
-#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally "
-#~ "means\n"
+#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n"
+#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n"
+#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n"
+#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n"
#~ "the default MSN is actually used.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw "
-#~ "telefoonnummer \n"
+#~ "<p>Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw telefoonnummer \n"
#~ "op (zonder kengetal) wanneer uw ISDN-kaart rechtstreeks is verbonden met\n"
#~ "de ISDN-aansluiting. Wanneer deze is verbonden met een PBX, geef dan het\n"
-#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de "
-#~ "laatste cijfer(s)\n"
-#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit "
-#~ "mislukt.\n"
+#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de laatste cijfer(s)\n"
+#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit mislukt.\n"
#~ "Normaal betekent dat dan dat de standaard MSN wordt gebruikt.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5839,10 +5517,8 @@
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "Note: ippp0 is an example</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' "
-#~ "aangemeld bent) met\n"
-#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en "
-#~ "stoppen:\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' aangemeld bent) met\n"
+#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en stoppen:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
@@ -5852,33 +5528,27 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Selecting <b>channel bundling</b> sets up a 128-kBit connection\n"
-#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second "
-#~ "channel,\n"
+#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n"
#~ "use the following commands:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen "
-#~ "automatically. If\n"
-#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic "
-#~ "goes down, it \n"
+#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen automatically. If\n"
+#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n"
#~ "removes a channel.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Door <b>kanalen bundelen</b> te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit "
-#~ "verbinding\n"
+#~ "<p>Door <b>kanalen bundelen</b> te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit verbinding\n"
#~ "worden gemaakt dat ook als Multilink PPP bekend staat.\n"
-#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende "
-#~ "commando's:\n"
+#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende commando's:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "U kunt ook het pakket <b>xibod</b> installeren om dit alles automatisch "
-#~ "te laten gebeuren.\n"
+#~ "U kunt ook het pakket <b>xibod</b> installeren om dit alles automatisch te laten gebeuren.\n"
#~ "Wanneer er meer bandbreedte nodig is zal het een kanaal toevoegen.\n"
#~ "Als de verkeersdrukte minder wordt zal het een kanaal verwijderen.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -5887,16 +5557,13 @@
#~ "<p>Selecting\n"
#~ "<b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\n"
#~ "and sets this interface as external.\n"
-#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is "
-#~ "established.\n"
+#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Door\n"
#~ "<b>Externe firewall interface</b> te selecteren zal de firewall\n"
-#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat "
-#~ "ingesteld.\n"
-#~ "<b>Herstart firewall</b> zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding "
-#~ "tot stand is gebracht.\n"
+#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n"
+#~ "<b>Herstart firewall</b> zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding tot stand is gebracht.\n"
#~ "</p> "
#~ msgid "D&efault Provider"
@@ -5993,8 +5660,7 @@
#~ "particular vendors by selecting a vendor.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Selecteer de in te stellen ISDN-kaart. U kunt de kaarten \n"
-#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren.</p>"
#~ msgid "All"
#~ msgstr "Alles"
@@ -6032,13 +5698,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n"
#~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n"
-#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your "
-#~ "salesman.</p>\n"
+#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Wanneer u een oude ISA-kaart heeft kunt u de waarden voor\n"
#~ "de IO poort of het geheugenadres en de gebruikte interrupt opgeven.\n"
-#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem "
-#~ "contact op met uw leverancier.</p>\n"
+#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem contact op met uw leverancier.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Start Mode: </b> With <b>OnBoot</b>, the driver is loaded during\n"
@@ -6046,12 +5710,9 @@
#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> command. Only the user root can do this.\n"
#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Startmodus: </b>Met <b>OnBoot</b> wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens "
-#~ "de\n"
-#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met <b>Handmatig</b> moet het stuurprogramma met "
-#~ "het\n"
-#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan "
-#~ "dit doen.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Startmodus: </b>Met <b>OnBoot</b> wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens de\n"
+#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met <b>Handmatig</b> moet het stuurprogramma met het\n"
+#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan dit doen.\n"
#~ "<b>HotPlug </b> is een speciaal geval voor PCMCIA- en USB-apparaten.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6061,11 +5722,8 @@
#~ "<p>Er zijn meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw ISDN-kaart beschikbaar.\n"
#~ "Selecteer er één uit de lijst.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>ISDN-protocol: </b>In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-"
-#~ "protocol.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>ISDN-protocol: </b>In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-protocol.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Area Code: </b> Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n"
@@ -6076,20 +5734,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dial Prefix: </b> If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n"
-#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common "
-#~ "one is \"0\".</p>\n"
+#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Bel toegangsnummer: </b> Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft "
-#~ "om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n"
-#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus "
-#~ "gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Bel toegangsnummer: </b> Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n"
+#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN "
-#~ "Log</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Zet <b>Start ISDN Loggen</b> uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt "
-#~ "gaan loggen.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN Log</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Zet <b>Start ISDN Loggen</b> uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt gaan loggen.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175
#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol"
@@ -6274,8 +5925,7 @@
#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a modem.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Modem toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen."
-#~ "</P>\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -6283,8 +5933,7 @@
#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of "
-#~ "verwijderen.\n"
+#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n"
#~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid "Modem Devices"
@@ -6297,18 +5946,13 @@
#~ msgstr "<p>Geef alle modem configuratie waarden op.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. "
-#~ "ttyS0,\n"
-#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, "
-#~ "etc.,\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n"
+#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n"
#~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Modem apparaat</b> specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is "
-#~ "aangesloten.\n"
-#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen "
-#~ "gewoonlijk met\n"
-#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB "
-#~ "poorten.</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Modem apparaat</b> specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is aangesloten.\n"
+#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen gewoonlijk met\n"
+#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB poorten.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:280
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6316,25 +5960,18 @@
#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P>Wanneer u op een PBX bent aangesloten moet u waarschijnlijk een\n"
-#~ "<B>Bel toegangsnummer</B> opgegeven. Vaak is dit een <I>9</I> of een "
-#~ "<I>0</I>.</P>\n"
+#~ "<B>Bel toegangsnummer</B> opgegeven. Vaak is dit een <I>9</I> of een <I>0</I>.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\n"
-#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the "
-#~ "additional\n"
-#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for "
-#~ "your\n"
-#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\n"
+#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\n"
+#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies de juiste <b>Bel-mode</b> voor uw telefoonaansluiting. De meeste\n"
-#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken <I>toon bellen</I> als <B>Bel-mode</B>. "
-#~ "Selecteer\n"
-#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker "
-#~ "(<i>Luidspreker aan</l>)\n"
-#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon "
-#~ "(<i>Kiestoon detectie</l>).</p>\n"
+#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken <I>toon bellen</I> als <B>Bel-mode</B>. Selecteer\n"
+#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker (<i>Luidspreker aan</l>)\n"
+#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon (<i>Kiestoon detectie</l>).</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Press <b>Details</b> to configure the baud rate and the modem \n"
@@ -6447,12 +6084,9 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dial on Demand</b> means that the Internet\n"
-#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet "
-#~ "is\n"
-#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. "
-#~ "Use\n"
-#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because "
-#~ "there are\n"
+#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n"
+#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. Use\n"
+#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n"
#~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Inbellen op verzoek</b> betekent dat de internetverbinding\n"
@@ -6466,8 +6100,7 @@
#~ "<p>When <b>Modify DNS</b> is enabled, the <i>name server</i> will be\n"
#~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer <b>DNS wijzigen</b> is geactiveerd, dan wordt de "
-#~ "<i>naamserver</i>\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer <b>DNS wijzigen</b> is geactiveerd, dan wordt de <i>naamserver</i>\n"
#~ "bij een gemaakte internetverbinding automatisch gewijzigd.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6475,36 +6108,28 @@
#~ "after connecting, disable <b>Automatically Retrieve DNS</b> and\n"
#~ "manually enter the DNS.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding "
-#~ "niet\n"
-#~ "doorgeeft, dient <b>Automatisch DNS opzoeken</b> uitgeschakeld te worden "
-#~ "en\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding niet\n"
+#~ "doorgeeft, dient <b>Automatisch DNS opzoeken</b> uitgeschakeld te worden en\n"
#~ "moet de DNS handmatig worden opgegeven.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name Servers</b> are required to convert hostnames\n"
-#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You "
-#~ "only\n"
+#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n"
#~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n"
#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>Naamservers</b> zijn nodig om hostnamen (bijv: www.suse.com)\n"
#~ "om te zetten in IP-adressen (bijv: 213.95.15.200). U hoeft alleen\n"
-#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u <i>Inbellen op verzoek</i> heeft "
-#~ "ingeschakeld of\n"
+#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u <i>Inbellen op verzoek</i> heeft ingeschakeld of\n"
#~ "als u <b>DNS wijzigen</b> tijdens de verbinding heeft uitgeschakeld.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the "
-#~ "dial-up\n"
-#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try "
-#~ "this\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n"
+#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n"
#~ "option.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Prompts negeren</b> schakelt de detectie van prompts van de "
-#~ "inbelserver uit.\n"
-#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, "
-#~ "probeer\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Prompts negeren</b> schakelt de detectie van prompts van de inbelserver uit.\n"
+#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, probeer\n"
#~ "dan deze optie.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6514,15 +6139,13 @@
#~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Door <b>Externe firewall interface</b> te selecteren zal de firewall\n"
-#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat "
-#~ "ingesteld.\n"
+#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n"
#~ "Door deze optie te kiezen zullen de dial-up verbindingen met\n"
#~ "het internet beschermd zijn tegen aanvallen van buitenaf.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>Idle Time-Out</b> specifies the time after which an idle\n"
-#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>Idle time-out</b> is de wachttijd waarna een idle verbinding\n"
#~ "wordt verbroken (0 betekent geen time-out bij de verbinding).</p>\n"
@@ -6594,10 +6217,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b>\n"
-#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this "
-#~ "case,\n"
-#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is "
-#~ "established.\n"
+#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n"
+#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n"
#~ "This is the default with most providers.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>dynamisch IP-adres</b> wanneer\n"
@@ -6607,30 +6228,24 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\n"
-#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your "
-#~ "static\n"
-#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, "
-#~ "almost all\n"
+#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n"
+#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n"
#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Schakel <b>Peer-DNS gebruiken</b> om uw\n"
-#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit "
-#~ "vervangt uw\n"
-#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-"
-#~ "servers. Vandaag de dag\n"
+#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit vervangt uw\n"
+#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-servers. Vandaag de dag\n"
#~ "ondersteunen bijna alle providers het gebruik van peer-DNS.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without "
-#~ "special \n"
+#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n"
#~ "processing.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Indien de callback mode uit staat worden de aanroepen \n"
#~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a "
-#~ "callback \n"
+#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
#~ "is triggered.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als server, zal na een \n"
@@ -6640,14 +6255,12 @@
#~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n"
#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem "
-#~ "als \n"
+#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem als \n"
#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to set the default\n"
-#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to "
-#~ "reach\n"
+#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n"
#~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klik op <b>Standaard route</b> voor het instellen van de standaard\n"
@@ -6731,8 +6344,7 @@
#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Provider toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ "Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -6741,8 +6353,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen provider.\n"
-#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</"
-#~ "B>.</P>\n"
+#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Select the appropriate <b>provider</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer de gewenste <b>provider</b> a.u.b..</p>"
@@ -6755,9 +6366,7 @@
#~ "kies dan één van de providers uit de lijst.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to add a provider not in the list.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Gebruik <b>Nieuw</b> voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in "
-#~ "de lijst staat.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Nieuw</b> voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in de lijst staat.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Choose one of the available provider types.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Kies één van de beschikbare provider types.</p>"
@@ -6798,16 +6407,14 @@
#~ "<p>Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n"
#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit "
-#~ "de lijst\n"
+#~ "<p>Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit de lijst\n"
#~ "heeft geselecteerd, dan worden deze waarden aangeleverd.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Geef een <b>providernaam</b> voor de provider op.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</"
-#~ "b>\n"
+#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</b>\n"
#~ "to access your provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Geef, om toegang tot uw provider te krijgen, een <b>providernaam</b>\n"
@@ -6815,8 +6422,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands "
-#~ "for\n"
+#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for\n"
#~ "Synchronous PPP.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies het type packet encapsulation a.u.b.. <b>RawIP</b> betekent\n"
@@ -6831,23 +6437,19 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Geef de <b>Lijn ID</b>\n"
#~ "(bijv: 0056780362), het <b>T-online nummer</b> (bijv:870008594732),\n"
-#~ "de <b>gebruikerscode</b> (typerend 0001) en het <b>wachtwoord</b> op dat "
-#~ "moet\n"
-#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u "
-#~ "het niet zeker weet).</p>"
+#~ "de <b>gebruikerscode</b> (typerend 0001) en het <b>wachtwoord</b> op dat moet\n"
+#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet).</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Enter the <b>User Name</b> and the\n"
#~ "<b>Password</b> to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Geef de <b>gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>wachtwoord</b> op dat moet\n"
-#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u "
-#~ "het niet zeker weet).</p>"
+#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet).</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>User Name</b> will be extended\n"
-#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</"
-#~ "i>\n"
+#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</i>\n"
#~ "at the end.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>gebruikersnaam</b> zal worden uitgebreid\n"
@@ -6855,21 +6457,17 @@
#~ "aan het eind.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password "
-#~ "every time.\n"
+#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password every time.\n"
#~ "Your\n"
#~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n"
#~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n"
#~ "(readable by root only).\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen</b> om telkens om het "
-#~ "wachtwoord te vragen.\n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen</b> om telkens om het wachtwoord te vragen.\n"
#~ "Uw\n"
-#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde "
-#~ "schijf opslaat.\n"
-#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de "
-#~ "harde schijf opgeslagen\n"
+#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde schijf opslaat.\n"
+#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de harde schijf opgeslagen\n"
#~ "(alleen voor root leesbaar).\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -6962,17 +6560,14 @@
#~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "NetworkManager kan niet naar een wachtwoord vragen.\n"
-#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het "
-#~ "systeem.\n"
+#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het systeem.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone "
-#~ "field.\n"
+#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Continue?"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen "
-#~ "zijn.\n"
+#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen zijn.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Doorgaan?"
@@ -6982,54 +6577,40 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space\n"
#~ "(after the <b>/</b>) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n"
-#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte\n"
#~ "(na <b>/</b>) met uw Kamp aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op\n"
-#~ "en klik op <b>Verder</b>. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "en klik op <b>Verder</b>. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Access AOL-DSL.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>AOL-DSL toegang.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (before\n"
-#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click "
-#~ "<b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you "
-#~ "need\n"
-#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can "
-#~ "enter\n"
-#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and "
-#~ "request\n"
+#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
+#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n"
+#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n"
+#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n"
#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte\n"
-#~ "(voor de <b>@</b>) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord "
-#~ "op en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt "
-#~ "inbellen, dan dient u uw\n"
-#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan "
-#~ "kunt u de PIN\n"
-#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan "
-#~ "de AOL hotline en\n"
-#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "(voor de <b>@</b>) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt inbellen, dan dient u uw\n"
+#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan kunt u de PIN\n"
+#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan de AOL hotline en\n"
+#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Kamp 1&1 DSL toegang.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
-#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click "
-#~ "<b>Next</b>.\n"
+#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</"
-#~ "b>)\n"
-#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op "
-#~ "<b>Verder</b>.\n"
+#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</b>)\n"
+#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
#~ "Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL.</p>"
@@ -7047,14 +6628,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
-#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password "
-#~ "and\n"
+#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n"
#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</"
-#~ "b>)\n"
-#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en "
-#~ "klik op\n"
+#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</b>)\n"
+#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op\n"
#~ "<b>Verder</b>. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
@@ -7064,24 +6642,19 @@
#~ msgstr "Providerconfiguratie"
#~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren"
+#~ msgstr "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n"
-#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-"
-#~ "root User\n"
-#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This "
-#~ "will require\n"
+#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n"
+#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n"
#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Apparaataansturing</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Gewoonlijk mag alleen de systeembeheerder een netwerkinterface \n"
-#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met <b>Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-"
-#~ "gebruiker via QInternet activeren</b>\n"
-#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit "
-#~ "vereist dat\n"
+#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met <b>Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren</b>\n"
+#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit vereist dat\n"
#~ "<b>smpppd</b> is geïnstalleerd en actief is.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration"
@@ -7350,19 +6923,11 @@
#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
#~ msgstr "Firewallinstellingen"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
-#~ "\">disable</a>)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--"
-#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)"
+#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+#~ msgstr "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
-#~ "\">enable</a>)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--"
-#~ "enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)"
+#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+#~ msgstr "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)"
#~ msgid "Password:"
#~ msgstr "Wachtwoord:"
@@ -7401,8 +6966,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties"
#~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden"
+#~ msgstr "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden"
#~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
#~ msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie"
@@ -7435,9 +6999,7 @@
#~ msgstr "&Proxy"
#~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-"
-#~ "instellingen effectief te maken."
+#~ msgstr "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen effectief te maken."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60
#~ msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
@@ -7503,17 +7065,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings "
-#~ "to take effect, \n"
-#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings "
-#~ "immediately. Please check \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n"
+#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
#~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Configureer uw internet proxy- (caching)-instellingen hier.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan "
-#~ "te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n"
-#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen "
-#~ "onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n"
+#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n"
#~ "wat uw applicatie (webbrowser, ftp-client,...) ondersteunt. </p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7524,8 +7082,7 @@
#~ "waarmee u toegang tot het world wide web (WWW) krijgt.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your "
-#~ "secured access\n"
+#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>URL van HTTPS-proxy</b> is de naam van de proxyserver\n"
@@ -7546,8 +7103,7 @@
#~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n"
#~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als de optie <b>Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken</b> is "
-#~ "ingeschakeld,\n"
+#~ "<p>Als de optie <b>Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken</b> is ingeschakeld,\n"
#~ "hoeft u alleen de URL van de HTTP-proxy in te vullen. Dit zal dan\n"
#~ "voor alle protocollen (HTTP, HTTPS en FTP) worden gebruikt.\n"
@@ -7556,30 +7112,25 @@
#~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n"
#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Geen proxy domeinen</b> is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de "
-#~ "verzoeken\n"
-#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te "
-#~ "maken,\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Geen proxy domeinen</b> is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de verzoeken\n"
+#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te maken,\n"
#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld: <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
#~ "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)."
-#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Als u een proxyserver met verificatie gebruikt, voer dan\n"
#~ "<b>Proxy-gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Proxy-wachtwoord</b> in. Een geldige\n"
-#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens "
-#~ "(aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).</p>\n"
+#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens (aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n"
#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klik op <b>Proxyinstellingen testen</b> om\n"
-#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen.</"
-#~ "p> \n"
+#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen.</p> \n"
#~ msgid "&Enable Proxy"
#~ msgstr "&Activeer proxy"
@@ -7641,16 +7192,13 @@
#~ msgstr "Onjuiste URL voor HTTP-proxy."
#~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
+#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy is ongeldig."
#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te "
-#~ "bevatten."
+#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
#~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
#~ msgstr "Onjuiste FTP proxy URL."
@@ -7681,29 +7229,23 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n"
-#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for "
-#~ "example,\n"
+#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n"
#~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die "
-#~ "toestaan\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n"
#~ "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n"
-#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een "
-#~ "herstart.\n"
+#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway "
-#~ "address,\n"
+#~ "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
#~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be "
-#~ "routed, \n"
+#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n"
#~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n"
#~ "gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n"
#~ "het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n"
-#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk "
-#~ "interface.</p>\n"
+#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -7716,8 +7258,7 @@
#~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Wanneer <b>Automatisch opnieuw verbinden</b> is geactiveerd zal de\n"
-#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80
#~ msgid "Automatically &Reconnect"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -34,44 +34,22 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using "
-"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable "
-"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Druk op <b>Nu synchroniseren</b> om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen "
-"met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik "
-"wilt maken, activeer dan de optie <b>NTP-configuratie opslaan</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Druk op <b>Nu synchroniseren</b> om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik wilt maken, activeer dan de optie <b>NTP-configuratie opslaan</b>.</p>"
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started "
-"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The "
-"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the "
-"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De optie <b>NTP als daemon uitvoeren</b> activeren, betekent dat de NTP-"
-"service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek "
-"gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de "
-"installatie wijzigen met de <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De optie <b>NTP als daemon uitvoeren</b> activeren, betekent dat de NTP-service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de installatie wijzigen met de <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
-msgid ""
-"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Met de <b>Configureer</b>-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Met de <b>Configureer</b>-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is "
-"configured.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een "
-"netwerk hebt ingesteld.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een netwerk hebt ingesteld.</p>"
#. translators: error popup
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
@@ -524,14 +502,12 @@
msgstr "NTP-server"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr "Lokale NTP-server"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr "Publieke NTP-server"
@@ -625,8 +601,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
@@ -650,29 +625,16 @@
#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-#| "Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be "
-#| "activated. \n"
-#| "The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. "
-#| "It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-#| " You can change this when the system was set up."
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be "
-"activated\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Start de NTP-daemon</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu en tijdens het opstarten van het systeem "
-"geactiveerd moet worden.\n"
-"Bij selectie van <b>Zonder daemon synchroniseren</b> zal de NTP-daemon niet "
-"geactiveerd worden. \n"
+"Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu en tijdens het opstarten van het systeem geactiveerd moet worden.\n"
+"Bij selectie van <b>Zonder daemon synchroniseren</b> zal de NTP-daemon niet geactiveerd worden. \n"
"De systeemtijd zal periodiek ingesteld worden door een <i>cron</i>script.\n"
"Het interval is aan te passen. De standaard is %d minuten."
@@ -692,23 +654,16 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote "
-"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
-"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</"
-"tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
-"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This "
-"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
+"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
+"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
+"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie van Secure NTP</big></b><br>\n"
-"Door het selecteren van <b>NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</"
-"b>\n"
+"Door het selecteren van <b>NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b>\n"
"voorkomt u dat alle externe hosts de NTP-instellingen op uw computer kunnen\n"
-"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de "
-"servers\n"
-"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host."
-"<br>\n"
-"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. "
-"Deze\n"
+"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de servers\n"
+"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host.<br>\n"
+"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. Deze\n"
"optie is niet beschikbaar als NTP geconfigureerd is via DHCP.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
@@ -723,28 +678,22 @@
"<p><b><big>Instellen via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"Activeer <b>NTP-daemon via DHCP instellen</b> om de informatie\n"
"over de NTP-servers via het DHCP-protocol van uw netwerkserver op te halen\n"
-"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder "
-"na\n"
-"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden "
-"wordt.</p>"
+"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder na\n"
+"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden wordt.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
-"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new "
-"synchronization\n"
+"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n"
"peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Geconfigureerde servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer de betreffende regel en klik vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> om NTP-"
-"servers, peers, lokale klokken\n"
-"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe "
-"synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n"
-"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren "
-"en op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
+"Selecteer de betreffende regel en klik vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> om NTP-servers, peers, lokale klokken\n"
+"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n"
+"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
@@ -753,21 +702,18 @@
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Logbestand weergeven </big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Als u de logbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de "
-"knop <b>Logbestand weergeven</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Als u de logbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de knop <b>Logbestand weergeven</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or "
-"against\n"
+"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
"a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Geavanceerde configuratie</big></b><br>\n"
"Om deze in te stellen voor het synchroniseren tegen meerdere externe\n"
-"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik <b>Geavanceerde "
-"configuratie</b>."
+"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik <b>Geavanceerde configuratie</b>."
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
@@ -793,8 +739,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
-"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic "
-"link to \n"
+"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
"the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n"
"<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n"
"click <b>Browse</b>.\n"
@@ -803,12 +748,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Klokapparaat</big></b><br>\n"
"Om de klok te kunnen laten werken is het noodzakelijk dat er een speciale\n"
-"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt "
-"gemaakt.\n"
+"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt gemaakt.\n"
"Om dit te doen klikt u op <b>Symlink aanmaken</b> en stelt u vervolgens het\n"
"<b>Apparaat</b> in. Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> als u het apparaat wilt gaan\n"
-"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link "
-"aan\n"
+"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link aan\n"
"te maken, of moet deze handmatig worden aangemaakt.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
@@ -818,8 +761,7 @@
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</big></b><br>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</b> om het klokstuurprogramma te "
-"kalibreren.</p>"
+"Klik op <b>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</b> om het klokstuurprogramma te kalibreren.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
@@ -845,8 +787,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Een server selecteren</big></b><br>\n"
"Klik op <b>Selecteren</b> om een NTP-server uit een lokaal netwerk, of\n"
"een lijst van bekende NTP-servers, te selecteren.\n"
-" Maak een keuze uit <b>Lokale NTP-server</b> en <b>Publieke NTP-server</b>.</"
-"p>"
+" Maak een keuze uit <b>Lokale NTP-server</b> en <b>Publieke NTP-server</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
@@ -897,8 +838,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
-"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in "
-"the\n"
+"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
"<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -911,23 +851,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
-"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the "
-"remote\n"
+"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n"
"host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n"
"<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n"
"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Toegangscontroleopties</big></b><br>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <b><tt>restrict</tt></"
-"b>\n"
-"in <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) voor deze server definieren, waarbij wordt "
-"aangegeven welke type\n"
+"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <b><tt>restrict</tt></b>\n"
+"in <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) voor deze server definieren, waarbij wordt aangegeven welke type\n"
"acties externe hosts mogen uitvoeren op uw NTP-daemon. Standaard is dit\n"
-"ingesteld op <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>. Deze optie is alleen "
-"beschikbaar\n"
-"als u <b>NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b> hebt "
-"geselecteerd\n"
+"ingesteld op <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar\n"
+"als u <b>NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b> hebt geselecteerd\n"
"bij de <b>Veiligheidsinstellingen</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/6
@@ -981,10 +916,8 @@
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Accepteer broadcast pakketten</b> om NTP-packets, die door "
-"andere hosts\n"
-"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale "
-"tijd mee in te stellen.</p>"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Accepteer broadcast pakketten</b> om NTP-packets, die door andere hosts\n"
+"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale tijd mee in te stellen.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
@@ -1010,22 +943,18 @@
"netwerk</b></big><br>\n"
"Klik op <b>Opzoeken</b> om met behulp van het\n"
"Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) de NTP-servers in het lokale netwerk te\n"
-"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers.</"
-"p>"
+"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To "
-"display\n"
+"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een publieke NTP-server selecteren</b></big><br>\n"
-"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van <b>Publieke NTP-"
-"servers</b>. Om alleen\n"
-"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in <b>Land</b> "
-"te selecteren.</p>"
+"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van <b>Publieke NTP-servers</b>. Om alleen\n"
+"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in <b>Land</b> te selecteren.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
@@ -1042,12 +971,9 @@
"<p><big><b>Opmerking</b></big><br>\n"
"De getoonde NTP-servers zijn mogelijk niet voor elk land beschikbaar,\n"
"misschien alleen maar voor een bepaald land of regio.\n"
-"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het "
-"beste even\n"
-"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server "
-"dichter bij u in de\n"
-"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke "
-"server dan ook van deze lijst.\n"
+"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het beste even\n"
+"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server dichter bij u in de\n"
+"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke server dan ook van deze lijst.\n"
"Kijk ook eens op <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n"
"voor een NTP-server bij u in de buurt.</p>"
@@ -1058,8 +984,7 @@
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Server toegankelijkheid testen</b></big><br>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Test</b> om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste "
-"manier reageert.</p>"
+"Klik op <b>Test</b> om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste manier reageert.</p>"
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
@@ -1067,51 +992,38 @@
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
-"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names "
-"are\n"
-"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means "
-"that\n"
+"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n"
+"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n"
"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Willekeurige servers gebruiken</b></big><br>\n"
-"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie "
-"selecteert,\n"
-" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De "
-"servernamen zijn\n"
-" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur "
-"gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n"
-" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.</"
-"p>\n"
+"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie selecteert,\n"
+" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De servernamen zijn\n"
+" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n"
+" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
-"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various "
-"calibration\n"
-"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the "
-"particular\n"
+"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
+"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n"
"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Klokstuurprogrammacalibratie</b></big><br>\n"
-"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster "
-"kunnen diverse calibratie\n"
-"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is "
-"afhankelijk van het\n"
-"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle "
-"opties.</p>"
+"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster kunnen diverse calibratie\n"
+"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is afhankelijk van het\n"
+"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle opties.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
-"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</"
-"i>.</p>\n"
+"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"Om meer over de betekenis van de opties te weten te komen kunt u het\n"
"beste het <i>ntp-doc</i> pakket installeren en\n"
-"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i> nader bekijken.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i> nader bekijken.</p>\n"
#. yes-no popup
#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -254,8 +254,7 @@
"\n"
"Would you like to configure it?"
msgstr ""
-"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een "
-"internetverbinding nodig.\n"
+"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een internetverbinding nodig.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u de internetverbinding confgureren?"
@@ -401,21 +400,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op <b>Verder</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op <b>Verder</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op "
-"<b>Voltooien</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op <b>Voltooien</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
@@ -434,9 +425,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de "
-"installatiebron...</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de installatiebron...</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
@@ -533,12 +522,8 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de "
-"softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile."
+msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel."
#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area
#. %1 - an error message (details)
@@ -598,12 +583,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de "
-"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
+msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
#. pad to 3 characters
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
@@ -787,37 +768,24 @@
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.</"
-"p>\n"
+"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
-msgid ""
-"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol "
-"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software "
-"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</"
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>A <B>service</B> of <B>Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) </B> is een "
-"protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software "
-"installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de "
-"servicebeheerder.</P>"
+msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>A <B>service</B> of <B>Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) </B> is een protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de servicebeheerder.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository "
-"or service.\n"
-"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is "
-"available at the entered location.\n"
+"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n"
+"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Een nieuwe bron of service toevoegen</b><br>\n"
-"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en "
-"specificeer de bron of service.\n"
-"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is "
-"ingegeven.\n"
+"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en specificeer de bron of service.\n"
+"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is ingegeven.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
@@ -859,70 +827,46 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, "
-"use\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh "
-"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use "
-"the check boxes below.\n"
+"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>De status van een installatiebron of service wijzigen</b><br>\n"
-"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik <b>Bewerken</b>. Om een bron te "
-"verwijderen, gebruik\n"
-"<b>Verwijderen</b>. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen "
-"tijdens de initialisatie aan\n"
-"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik "
-"onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n"
+"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik <b>Bewerken</b>. Om een bron te verwijderen, gebruik\n"
+"<b>Verwijderen</b>. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen tijdens de initialisatie aan\n"
+"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
-"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest "
-"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is "
-"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is "
-"used.</P>\n"
+"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Prioriteit van een installatiebron</B><BR>\n"
-"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de "
-"hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als "
-"een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste "
-"prioriteit gebruikt.</P>\n"
+"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste prioriteit gebruikt.</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
-msgid ""
-"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in "
-"repositories and services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in "
-"installatiebronnen en services.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in installatiebronnen en services.</P>"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
-"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after "
-"installation.</P>"
+"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren</B><BR>Activeer deze optie om "
-"gedownloade\n"
+"<P><B>Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren</B><BR>Activeer deze optie om gedownloade\n"
"pakketten te bewaren in een lokale cache zodat zij later opnieuw gebruik\n"
"kunnen worden bij het opnieuw installeren van pakketten. Indien niet\n"
-"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na "
-"installatie.</P>"
+"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na installatie.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
-msgid ""
-"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/"
-"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map <B>/var/cache/zypp/"
-"packages</B>, wijzig de locatie in het bestand <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</"
-"P>"
+msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, wijzig de locatie in het bestand <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
#. popup message part 1
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
@@ -1031,17 +975,14 @@
"Really add the repository again?"
msgstr ""
"Installatiebron %1\n"
-"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd "
-"moeten worden.\n"
+"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd moeten worden.\n"
"\n"
"Deze installatiebron nog eens toevvoegen?"
#. Error popup
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie</"
-"p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie</p>\n"
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
@@ -1054,11 +995,8 @@
#. warning text
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
-msgstr ""
-"De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige "
-"interventie is nodig"
+msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
+msgstr "De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is nodig"
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
@@ -1074,25 +1012,18 @@
#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de "
-"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
+msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
#. error message (%1 is a package file name)
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194
msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository."
-msgstr ""
-"Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren."
+msgstr "Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren."
#. error message
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216
msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd "
-"worden."
+msgstr "Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd worden."
#. error message
#. error message
@@ -1123,8 +1054,7 @@
#. start package manager
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362
msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
+msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369
msgid ""
@@ -1214,8 +1144,7 @@
#. rich text - error message
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112
msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken."
-msgstr ""
-"Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd."
+msgstr "Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd."
#. result of the check - success
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122
@@ -1224,17 +1153,13 @@
#. wrong MD5
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
-msgstr ""
-"<B>Fout</B> -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen<BR>Het medium is "
-"onbruikbaar."
+msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
+msgstr "<B>Fout</B> -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen<BR>Het medium is onbruikbaar."
#. the correct MD5 is unknown
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131
msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown."
-msgstr ""
-"<B>Onbekend</B> -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend."
+msgstr "<B>Onbekend</B> -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend."
#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1)
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251
@@ -1256,8 +1181,7 @@
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304
msgid ""
"<P>When you have a problem with\n"
-"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you "
-"should check\n"
+"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n"
"whether the medium is broken.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Als u tijdens het installeren problemen ondervindt en u\n"
@@ -1267,31 +1191,24 @@
#. help text - media check 3/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310
msgid ""
-"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</"
-"B>\n"
+"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n"
"or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n"
"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n"
"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> "
msgstr ""
-"<P>Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op "
-"<B>Controle starten</B>\n"
+"<P>Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op <B>Controle starten</B>\n"
"of gebruik <B>Controle ISO-bestand</B> en selecteer een ISO-bestand.\n"
"De controle kan enkele minuten duren, afhankelijk van de snelheid van het\n"
-"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum."
-"</P>"
+"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum.</P>"
#. help text - media check 4/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317
msgid ""
-"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the "
-"installation.\n"
-"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</"
-"P>\n"
+"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n"
+"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de "
-"installatie.\n"
-"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde "
-"medium te vervangen.</P>\n"
+"<P>Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de installatie.\n"
+"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde medium te vervangen.</P>\n"
#. help text - media check 5/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321
@@ -1304,32 +1221,21 @@
#. help text - media check 6/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system."
-"</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Let op:</B> U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het "
-"systeem wordt gebruikt.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Let op:</B> U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het systeem wordt gebruikt.</P>"
#. help text - media check 7/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329
-msgid ""
-"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the "
-"boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item "
-"medium controleren in het opstartmenu.</P>"
+msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item medium controleren in het opstartmenu.</P>"
#. help text - media check 8/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333
msgid ""
-"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your "
-"recording\n"
-"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</"
-"P>\n"
+"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n"
+"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie <B>pad</B> van uw "
-"brandsoftware.\n"
+"<P>Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie <B>pad</B> van uw brandsoftware.\n"
"Dit voorkomt leesfouten aan het einde van de media tijdens de controle.</P>\n"
#. advice check of the media
@@ -1486,8 +1392,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel</b><br>\n"
-"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het "
-"sleutelbestand op.\n"
+"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. header in file selection popup
@@ -1615,8 +1520,7 @@
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
-"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet "
-"mogelijk.\n"
+"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet mogelijk.\n"
"Wijzig het protocol of pak het ISO-image uit aan de kant van de server."
#. popup message part 2
@@ -1649,8 +1553,7 @@
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
-msgstr ""
-"Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem."
+msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem."
#. error report
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
@@ -1678,7 +1581,6 @@
#. push button
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
-#| msgid "Please wait..."
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "&Uitgavenotities..."
@@ -1707,8 +1609,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
msgid ""
-"The installation repository also contains the listed additional "
-"repositories.\n"
+"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
"De installatiebron bevat ook de lijst met additionele bronnen.\n"
@@ -1872,50 +1773,29 @@
#. warning text
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
-msgid ""
-"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-"
-"bit distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits "
-"distributie te installeren."
+msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
+msgstr "Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits distributie te installeren."
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
-msgid ""
-"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after "
-"installing the system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na "
-"installatie van het systeem.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na installatie van het systeem.</P>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
-msgid ""
-"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to "
-"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and "
-"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed "
-"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) "
-"free space before starting the installation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die "
-"geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden "
-"bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter "
-"zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens "
-"25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie "
-"te starten.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens 25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie te starten.</P>"
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
-"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if "
-"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
+"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>De totale 'te downloaden grootte' is de grootte van de pakketten die\n"
"gedownload zullen worden vanaf remote (network) installatiebronnen.\n"
-"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er "
-"een limiet is voor het downloaden.</P>\n"
+"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er een limiet is voor het downloaden.</P>\n"
#. help text for software proposal - header
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
@@ -1950,41 +1830,27 @@
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
-msgstr ""
-"Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1"
+msgstr "Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation "
-"media."
-msgstr ""
-"Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van "
-"nieuwe installatiemedia."
+msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
+msgstr "Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van nieuwe installatiemedia."
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation "
-"media."
-msgstr ""
-"Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een "
-"nieuw installatiemedium."
+msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
+msgstr "Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een nieuw installatiemedium."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
-msgid ""
-"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot "
-"start installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, "
-"kan installatie niet starten."
+msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
+msgstr "Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, kan installatie niet starten."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
-msgstr ""
-"Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren."
+msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren."
#. summary warning
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
@@ -1994,15 +1860,12 @@
#. summary warning
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
-msgstr ""
-"Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige "
-"selectie."
+msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige selectie."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
-msgstr ""
-"Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar.<BR>"
+msgstr "Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar.<BR>"
#. newly installed products
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
@@ -2017,8 +1880,7 @@
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
-msgstr ""
-"Product <b>%{old_product}</b> zal bijgewerkt worden tot <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> zal bijgewerkt worden tot <b>%{new_product}</b>"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
@@ -2031,8 +1893,6 @@
msgstr "<b>Waarschuwing:</b> Product <b>%s</b> zal verwijderd worden."
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr "<b>Fout:</b> Product <b>%s</b> zal automatisch verwijderd worden."
@@ -2042,20 +1902,15 @@
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
-"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or "
-"module\n"
-"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to "
-"the\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li><b>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</"
-"b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li><b>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Neem contact op met de verkoper van de verwijderde add-on om u van\n"
-"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met "
-"producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n"
-"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor "
-"verwijdering.\n"
+"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n"
+"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor verwijdering.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
@@ -2066,8 +1921,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
msgid ""
-"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the "
-"installation\n"
+"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2140,12 +1994,8 @@
msgstr "Kan licentiebestand '%1' niet lezen"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the "
-"root of the live media when building the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar."
-"gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image."
+msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
+msgstr "Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar.gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image."
#. combo box
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
@@ -2170,9 +2020,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %s is replaced with the filename
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-#| "on the first media in the file %1"
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %s"
@@ -2515,14 +2362,10 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is "
-"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name."
-"</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Bronnaam</b></big><br>\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Bronnaam</b> om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. "
-"Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of "
-"het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Bronnaam</b> om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. text entry
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
@@ -2533,13 +2376,10 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, "
-"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Service naam</b></big><br>\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Service naam</b> om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als "
-"dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam "
-"gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Service naam</b> om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. popup message
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
@@ -2587,15 +2427,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
-"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See "
-"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Opties voor aankoppelen</b></big><br>\n"
-"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume "
-"specificeren.\n"
-"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is "
-"aanbevolen. Zie <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume specificeren.\n"
+"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is aanbevolen. Zie <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"voor details en de lijst met ondersteunde opties."
#. radio button
@@ -2614,8 +2451,7 @@
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Cd- of dvd-media</b></big><br>\n"
-"Stel <b>CD-ROM</b> of <b>DVD-ROM</b> in om het type medium te specificeren.</"
-"p>"
+"Stel <b>CD-ROM</b> of <b>DVD-ROM</b> in om het type medium te specificeren.</p>"
#. dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
@@ -2702,10 +2538,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>USB-stick of -schijf</b></big><br>\n"
"Selecteer het USB-apparaat waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Pad naar map</b> om de map van de installatiebron te "
-"specificeren.\n"
-"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat "
-"gebruiken.\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Pad naar map</b> om de map van de installatiebron te specificeren.\n"
+"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat gebruiken.\n"
"Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n"
"(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n"
"<b>Gewone RPM-map</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2740,8 +2574,7 @@
"<p><big><b>Schijf</b></big><br>\n"
"Selecteer de schijf waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n"
"Stel <b>Pad naar map</b> in om het pad naar de map te specificeren.\n"
-"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf "
-"gebruiken.\n"
+"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf gebruiken.\n"
"Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n"
"(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n"
"<b>Gewone RPM-map</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2837,8 +2670,7 @@
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to "
-"Directory\n"
+"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2857,25 +2689,21 @@
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS "
-"repository.\n"
+"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het is mogelijk om het <b>poort</b>nummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te "
-"stellen.\n"
+"<p>Het is mogelijk om het <b>poort</b>nummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te stellen.\n"
"Laat het leeg om de standaardpoort te gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
-#| msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr "I&k zou een extra add-on-product willen installeren"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
-#| msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Net&werkconfiguratie..."
@@ -2955,18 +2783,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
-"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download "
-"the\n"
+"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bestanden downloaden</b><br>\n"
"Elke installatiebron heeft bestanden die de inhoud van bron beschrijven.\n"
-"Selecteer <b>Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden</b> om de "
-"bestanden\n"
+"Selecteer <b>Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden</b> om de bestanden\n"
"te downloaden op het moment dat deze YaST-module wordt afgesloten. Als deze\n"
-"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden "
-"wanneer\n"
+"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden wanneer\n"
"ze later nodig zijn.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271
@@ -3284,24 +3109,18 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all "
-#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
+#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Pakketzoeken</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van <i>Webpin pakketzoeken</i> om te "
-#~ "zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE "
-#~ "installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.</p>\n"
+#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van <i>Webpin pakketzoeken</i> om te zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of "
-#~ "the\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of the\n"
#~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n"
-#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Beveiliging</b></big><br> De gevonden software is vaak geen\n"
-#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron "
-#~ "van\n"
+#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron van\n"
#~ "een pakket vertrouwt. Wij nemen geen enkele verantwoordelijk voor het\n"
#~ "installeren van dit soort software.</p>\n"
@@ -3315,9 +3134,7 @@
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Zoeken is mislukt</b></p>"
#~ msgid "<p><b>No packages matching entered criteria were found.</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria "
-#~ "voldoen.</b></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria voldoen.</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -3328,8 +3145,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "<b>Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het "
-#~ "sleutelbestand.\n"
+#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het sleutelbestand.\n"
#~ "Activeer het keuzevakje <B>Vertrouwd</B> aan als u de sleutel vertrouwd.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -3350,12 +3166,10 @@
#~ "De server op afstand gaf de foutcode %1"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the "
-#~ "Internet.\n"
+#~ "<p>Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n"
#~ "Click on the repository to see its details.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet "
-#~ "zijn gedownload zien.\n"
+#~ "<p>Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet zijn gedownload zien.\n"
#~ "Klik op een installatiebron om de details te bekijken.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -3369,26 +3183,21 @@
#~ msgstr "Pakketinformatie wordt gelezen. Even geduld a.u.b..."
#~ msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
+#~ msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
#~ msgid "Search &In"
#~ msgstr "Zoeken &in"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. "
-#~ "They are\n"
-#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a "
-#~ "connection\n"
+#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
+#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n"
#~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n"
#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste "
-#~ "initiële\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste initiële\n"
#~ "uitgave, die deel uitmaakt van de installatiemedia. Als u tijdens de\n"
#~ "installatie een internetverbinding tot uw beschikking heeft, dan kunt u\n"
-#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden."
-#~ "</b></p>"
+#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden.</b></p>"
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Installatie van addon-product"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -294,8 +294,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
-msgstr ""
-"Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat."
+msgstr "Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat."
#. %s are error details
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
@@ -362,8 +361,7 @@
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden "
-"bereikt.\n"
+"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden bereikt.\n"
"Wilt u het netwerk nu instellen?"
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
@@ -402,8 +400,7 @@
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
msgstr ""
"Ga na of een product is geïnstalleerd en /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
-"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het "
-"basisproduct."
+"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het basisproduct."
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
@@ -589,24 +586,18 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you "
-"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective "
-"extension or module.</p>"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voer registratiecodes in voor de vereiste extensies of modules.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen "
-"registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de "
-"de respectievelijke extensie of module.</p>"
+"<p>Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de de respectievelijke extensie of module.</p>"
#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
-msgstr[0] ""
-"De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig."
-msgstr[1] ""
-"De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig."
+msgstr[0] "De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig."
+msgstr[1] "De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig."
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
@@ -643,21 +634,13 @@
#. help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
-msgid ""
-"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific "
-"registration code.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig "
-"kunnen hebben.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig kunnen hebben.</p>"
#. help text (3/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the "
-"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in "
-"het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen.</p>"
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
@@ -666,11 +649,8 @@
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</p>"
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
@@ -684,12 +664,8 @@
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u extensies en modulen selecteren die opnieuw geregistreerd "
-"zullen worden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u extensies en modulen selecteren die opnieuw geregistreerd zullen worden.</p>"
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
@@ -698,12 +674,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered "
-"together with the base product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen "
-"worden samen met het basisproduct.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen worden samen met het basisproduct.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
@@ -768,30 +740,22 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center "
-"database,\n"
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product "
-"Registration</b>.</p>"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE "
-"Customer Center,\n"
+"<p>Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE Customer Center,\n"
"waarmee u online-bijwerken en technische ondersteuning krijgt.\n"
-"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, "
-"selecteert u <b>Productregistratie uitvoeren</b>.</p>"
+"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, selecteert u <b>Productregistratie uitvoeren</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL "
-"of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. "
-"Refer\n"
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL "
-"van de server\n"
-"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de <b>SMT-server-instellingen</b> "
-"in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie.</p>"
+"<p>Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL van de server\n"
+"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de <b>SMT-server-instellingen</b> in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie.</p>"
#. the UI defition for the global registration status
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
@@ -806,8 +770,7 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
-msgstr ""
-"Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken"
+msgstr "Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
@@ -888,12 +851,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
-msgid ""
-"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get "
-"updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-"Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te "
-"registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies."
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr "Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies."
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
@@ -942,65 +901,28 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the "
-#| "authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the "
-"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Beveiligde verbindingen (bijv. HTTPS) gebruiken SSL-certificaten voor "
-"verifiëren van de authenticiteit van de server en versleuteling van de "
-"over te dragen gegevens.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Beveiligde verbindingen (bijv. HTTPS) gebruiken SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren van de authenticiteit van de server en versleuteling van de over te dragen gegevens.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known "
-#| "certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the "
-#| "issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known "
-"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the "
-"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met "
-"bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de "
-"uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed "
-#| "certificate.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Een certificaat importeren zal, bijvoorbeeld, het gebruik toestaan van "
-"een zelf-getekend certificaat.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Een certificaat importeren zal, bijvoorbeeld, het gebruik toestaan van een zelf-getekend certificaat.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate "
-#| "to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</"
-#| "p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of "
-"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> U zou altijd de vingerafdruk van de certificaten die "
-"u importeert moeten controleren om zeker te zijn dat ze echt zijn.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> U zou altijd de vingerafdruk van de certificaten die u importeert moeten controleren om zeker te zijn dat ze echt zijn.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big "
-"security risk.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot "
-"beveiligingsrisico.</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot beveiligingsrisico.</b></p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
@@ -1015,8 +937,7 @@
"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
msgstr ""
-"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te "
-"registreren.\n"
+"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te registreren.\n"
"Registratie van basissysteem en add-on overslaan?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
@@ -1026,21 +947,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for "
-"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found "
-"in the selected repositories.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>In dit dialoogvenster kunt u handmatig selecteren welke opslagruimten "
-"worden gebruikt voor online migratie. Op de pakketten wordt een upgrade "
-"uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten "
-"wordt gevonden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>In dit dialoogvenster kunt u handmatig selecteren welke opslagruimten worden gebruikt voor online migratie. Op de pakketten wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten wordt gevonden.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration"
-msgstr ""
-"De installatiebronnen selecteren die gebruikt zullen worden voor migratie"
+msgstr "De installatiebronnen selecteren die gebruikt zullen worden voor migratie"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -1100,27 +1013,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver "
-"may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de migratiedoelproducten selecteren. De registratieserver kan "
-"verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten aanbieden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de migratiedoelproducten selecteren. De registratieserver kan verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten aanbieden.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68
msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Er kan slechts één migratiedoel in de lijst worden geselecteerd.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Er kan slechts één migratiedoel in de lijst worden geselecteerd.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories "
-"later.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik het selectievakje <b>%s</b> om de migratieopslagruimten later "
-"handmatig te selecteren.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Gebruik het selectievakje <b>%s</b> om de migratieopslagruimten later handmatig te selecteren.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71
msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
@@ -1153,12 +1057,8 @@
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server "
-"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
-msgstr ""
-"FOUT: Product <b>%{product}</b> is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver "
-"(%{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie."
+msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgstr "FOUT: Product <b>%{product}</b> is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver (%{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie."
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
@@ -1178,15 +1078,13 @@
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
-msgstr ""
-"Op %{old_product} <b>wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar </b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr "Op %{old_product} <b>wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar </b> %{new_product}."
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
-msgstr ""
-"Op %{old_product} <b>wordt een downgrade uitgevoerd naar </b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr "Op %{old_product} <b>wordt een downgrade uitgevoerd naar </b> %{new_product}."
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
@@ -1209,21 +1107,12 @@
msgstr "<p>Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or "
-"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules "
-"registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE "
-"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich "
-"aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar "
-"verwijderen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar verwijderen.</p>"
#. button label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
@@ -1325,24 +1214,19 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-#~ "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields "
-#~ "below.\n"
+#~ "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
#~ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
#~ "a registered system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Voer een registratie- of evaluatie-code in voor dit product en uw\n"
-#~ "gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de "
-#~ "onderstaande velden.\n"
-#~ "Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen "
-#~ "mogelijk op\n"
+#~ "gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande velden.\n"
+#~ "Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk op\n"
#~ "een geregistreerd systeem."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
#~ "installation has completed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie "
-#~ "gereed is."
+#~ msgstr "Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie gereed is."
#~ msgid "Migration Repositories"
#~ msgstr "Installatiebronnen voor migratie"
@@ -1451,8 +1335,7 @@
#~ "select repositories which will be used for installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "U kunt handmatig de status van de installatiebron wijzigen,\n"
-#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de "
-#~ "installatie."
+#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de installatie."
#~ msgid "Repository State"
#~ msgstr "Status installatiebron"
@@ -1465,26 +1348,20 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-#~ "select\n"
+#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
#~ "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>%s</i> "
-#~ "site.</p>"
+#~ "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>%s</i> site.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, "
-#~ "selecteer\n"
+#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n"
#~ "<b>Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ "> <p>Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie "
-#~ "de site <i>%s</i>.</p>"
+#~ "> <p>Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie de site <i>%s</i>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions"
#~ msgstr "Geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren"
#~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies "
-#~ "registreren invoeren"
+#~ msgstr "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren invoeren"
#~| msgid "Registration &Code"
#~ msgid "Registration &Key"
@@ -1507,11 +1384,8 @@
#~ msgid "Adding Services"
#~ msgstr "bezig met toevoegen van services"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The repository manager is downloading registered repositories...</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde "
-#~ "installatiebronnen te downloaden...</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading registered repositories...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde installatiebronnen te downloaden...</p>"
#~ msgid "Online Update Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Configuratie van online-bijwerken"
@@ -1568,8 +1442,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Er is een server voor bijwerken toegevoegd aan uw configuratie."
#~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie."
+#~ msgstr "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie."
#~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed."
#~ msgstr "Geen software installatiebron heeft wijziging nodig."
@@ -1667,8 +1540,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with "
-#~ "Novell.\n"
+#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n"
#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n"
#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1681,22 +1553,17 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your "
-#~ "system\n"
+#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n"
#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n"
-#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be "
-#~ "involved\n"
-#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the "
-#~ "Novell\n"
-#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the "
-#~ "identity\n"
+#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n"
+#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n"
+#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n"
#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n"
-#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</b>.\n"
#~ "Met <b>Details</b> wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n"
#~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n"
#~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n"
@@ -1706,52 +1573,39 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</"
-#~ "b>\n"
+#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</b>\n"
#~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n"
-#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your "
-#~ "product.\n"
+#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan "
-#~ "<b>Registratiecode</b>\n"
-#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-"
-#~ "ondersteuning\n"
+#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan <b>Registratiecode</b>\n"
+#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-ondersteuning\n"
#~ "waar u voor uw product recht op hebt.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n"
-#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver "
-#~ "support\n"
-#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. "
-#~ "View\n"
-#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</"
-#~ "tt>.\n"
+#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n"
+#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n"
+#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten "
-#~ "Novell.\n"
-#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen "
-#~ "te\n"
-#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor "
-#~ "uw\n"
-#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Novell.\n"
+#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n"
+#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n"
+#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</b>.\n"
#~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n"
#~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your "
-#~ "update \n"
+#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, "
-#~ "such \n"
+#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n"
#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1768,53 +1622,43 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local "
-#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n"
+#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
#~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
#~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een "
-#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
+#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
#~ "Verzeker u ervan dat de netwerk- en proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n"
-#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of "
-#~ "te wijzigen.\n"
+#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with "
-#~ "Open-SLX.\n"
+#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n"
#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n"
#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Configureer uw systeem om online-bijwerken te activeren door het bij\n"
-#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer <b>Nu instellen</b> om dit nu te "
-#~ "doen.\n"
+#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer <b>Nu instellen</b> om dit nu te doen.\n"
#~ "Of stel de registratie uit met <b>Later instellen</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your "
-#~ "system\n"
+#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n"
#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n"
-#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be "
-#~ "involved\n"
-#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-"
-#~ "SLX\n"
-#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the "
-#~ "identity\n"
+#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n"
+#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n"
+#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n"
#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n"
-#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</b>.\n"
#~ "Met <b>Details</b> wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n"
#~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n"
#~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n"
@@ -1824,36 +1668,26 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used "
-#~ "for\n"
-#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver "
-#~ "support\n"
-#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. "
-#~ "View\n"
-#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</"
-#~ "tt>.\n"
+#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n"
+#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n"
+#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n"
+#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-"
-#~ "SLX.\n"
-#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen "
-#~ "te\n"
-#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor "
-#~ "uw\n"
-#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-SLX.\n"
+#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n"
+#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n"
+#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</b>.\n"
#~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n"
#~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your "
-#~ "update \n"
+#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-"
-#~ "SLX, such \n"
+#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n"
#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1862,8 +1696,7 @@
#~ "Met <b>Regelmatig synchroniseren met het Customer Center</b> wordt\n"
#~ "gecontroleerd of uw bronnen voor bijwerken nog geldig zijn, en worden\n"
#~ "eventuele nieuwe beschikbare bronnen toegevoegd. Daarnaast worden\n"
-#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX "
-#~ "verzonden,\n"
+#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX verzonden,\n"
#~ "bijvoorbeeld hardware-informatie als <b>Hardwareprofiel</b> geactiveerd\n"
#~ "is. Met deze optie worden geen opwaarderingsbronnen verwijderd die\n"
#~ "handmatig werden toegevoegd.\n"
@@ -1871,18 +1704,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local "
-#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n"
+#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
#~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
#~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een "
-#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
+#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
#~ "Verzeker u ervan dat het netwerk- en de proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n"
-#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te "
-#~ "controleren of te wijzigen.\n"
+#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid "Error"
@@ -1957,8 +1787,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Geavanceerd"
#~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren."
+#~ msgstr "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren."
#~ msgid "Xen DomU detected."
#~ msgstr "Xen DomU gedetecteerd."
@@ -1966,11 +1795,8 @@
#~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed."
#~ msgstr "Het is nodig om het volgende pakket installeren."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden "
-#~ "geïnstalleerd."
+#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed."
+#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden geïnstalleerd."
#~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first."
#~ msgstr "Daarom moeten de volgende pakketten eerst verwijderd worden."
@@ -1978,12 +1804,8 @@
#~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed."
#~ msgstr "Het pakket %1 zou geïnstalleerd moeten zijn en %2 verwijderd."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may "
-#~ "miscount this installation."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie "
-#~ "verkeerd telt."
+#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation."
+#~ msgstr "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie verkeerd telt."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373
#~ msgid "Setting up online update source..."
@@ -2017,29 +1839,19 @@
#~ msgid "Key is invalid."
#~ msgstr "Sleutel is ongeldig."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Get more information about the registration process with "
-#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met "
-#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\n"
-#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with "
-#~ "<tt>suse_register\n"
-#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove "
-#~ "a\n"
-#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with "
-#~ "<b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n"
+#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n"
+#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n"
+#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De overige informatie die voor registratie wordt gebruikt wordt\n"
-#~ "weergegeven in <b>Registratiegegevens</b>. Een nieuw sleutel- en "
-#~ "waardepaar\n"
-#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op <b>Toevoegen</b> en de gewenste "
-#~ "gegevens\n"
+#~ "weergegeven in <b>Registratiegegevens</b>. Een nieuw sleutel- en waardepaar\n"
+#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op <b>Toevoegen</b> en de gewenste gegevens\n"
#~ "in te voeren. Deze parameters zijn wat kan worden doorgegeven aan\n"
#~ "<tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Meer informatie over deze parameters kunt u\n"
#~ "verkrijgen met <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Verwijder een sleutel- en\n"
@@ -2156,30 +1968,11 @@
#~ msgid "See the help text for details."
#~ msgstr "Voor details, de hulptekst raadplegen."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, "
-#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the "
-#~ "<b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren "
-#~ "dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te "
-#~ "configureren via het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the <b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te configureren via het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas "
-#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</"
-#~ "i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/"
-#~ "path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the "
-#~ "keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling "
-#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met <i>https://</i> "
-#~ "terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met <i>http://"
-#~ "</i>, <i>https://</i> of <i>ftp://</i>. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen <i>/"
-#~ "patd/op/lokale/schijf</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/patd/op/floppy-disk</i> en "
-#~ "het sleutelwoord <i>done</i>. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-"
-#~ "certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met <i>https://</i> terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met <i>http://</i>, <i>https://</i> of <i>ftp://</i>. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen <i>/patd/op/lokale/schijf</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/patd/op/floppy-disk</i> en het sleutelwoord <i>done</i>. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</p>"
#~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?"
#~ msgstr "Wilt u registratie overslaan?"
@@ -2206,9 +1999,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Overslaan"
#~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden "
-#~ "opgevat."
+#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden opgevat."
#~ msgid "Change the URL and retry."
#~ msgstr "De URL wijzigen en het opnieuw proberen."
@@ -2246,8 +2037,7 @@
#~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dit certificaat wordt gebruikt om te verbinden met de SMT-server.\n"
-#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de "
-#~ "registratie.\n"
+#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de registratie.\n"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Uitgegeven voor:</b></p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -34,10 +34,6 @@
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-#| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -178,8 +174,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
-"te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44
@@ -211,39 +206,29 @@
#. Configure dialog help 2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio "
-"buttons\n"
-"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine "
-"supports,\n"
+"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n"
+"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n"
"choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n"
"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n"
"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies één van de methoden om uw machine opnieuw op te starten met de radio-"
-"buttons\n"
-"weergegeven binnen <b>reipl-methoden</b>. Afhankelijk van wat uw machine "
-"ondersteunt,\n"
+"<p>Kies één van de methoden om uw machine opnieuw op te starten met de radio-buttons\n"
+"weergegeven binnen <b>reipl-methoden</b>. Afhankelijk van wat uw machine ondersteunt,\n"
"kies tussen CCW (channel command word) apparaten en SCSI-apparaten,\n"
-"die gekoppeld zijn via zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Vul daarna de "
-"noodzakelijke\n"
+"die gekoppeld zijn via zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Vul daarna de noodzakelijke\n"
"invulvelden voor parameters in van de respectievelijke methode.</p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 3
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n"
-"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><"
-"device ID></i>,\n"
-"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a "
-"DASD or to\n"
+"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n"
+"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n"
"an FCP adapter.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>apparaat</b> moet een geldig apparaatbus-ID zijn met kleine "
-"letters\n"
-"in een sysfs-compatibel formaat 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><"
-"device ID></i>,\n"
-"zoals 0.0.5c51. Afhankelijk van de gekozen methode, kan dit ofwel verwijzen "
-"naar een DASD of naar\n"
+"<p>Het <b>apparaat</b> moet een geldig apparaatbus-ID zijn met kleine letters\n"
+"in een sysfs-compatibel formaat 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n"
+"zoals 0.0.5c51. Afhankelijk van de gekozen methode, kan dit ofwel verwijzen naar een DASD of naar\n"
"een FCP-adapter.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 4
@@ -253,8 +238,7 @@
"configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n"
"to select the default configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>loadparm</b> moet maximaal uit 8 tekens bestaan en selecteert een "
-"opstart\n"
+"<p>De <b>loadparm</b> moet maximaal uit 8 tekens bestaan en selecteert een opstart\n"
"configuratie uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. Gebruik één blank teken\n"
"om de standaard configuratie te selecteren.</p>"
@@ -264,23 +248,17 @@
"<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n"
"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>wereldwijde poortnummer</b> (WWPN) moet ingegeven worden met "
-"kleine\n"
-"letters als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde, zoals 0x5005076300c40e5a.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>Het <b>wereldwijde poortnummer</b> (WWPN) moet ingegeven worden met kleine\n"
+"letters als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde, zoals 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 6
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase "
-"letters\n"
-"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000."
-"</p>"
+"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n"
+"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>logische unit-nummer</b> (LUN) moet ingegeven worden in kleine "
-"letters\n"
-"als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde met alle achtergevoegde nullen, "
-"zoals 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
+"<p>Het <b>logische unit-nummer</b> (LUN) moet ingegeven worden in kleine letters\n"
+"als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde met alle achtergevoegde nullen, zoals 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 7
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88
@@ -289,10 +267,8 @@
"a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n"
"the default configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>keuzegetal voor het opstartprogramma</b> moet een niet-negatief "
-"geheel getal zijn\n"
-"die een opstartconfiguratie kiest uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. "
-"Gebruik 0 om de\n"
+"<p>Het <b>keuzegetal voor het opstartprogramma</b> moet een niet-negatief geheel getal zijn\n"
+"die een opstartconfiguratie kiest uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. Gebruik 0 om de\n"
"standaard configuratie te selecteren.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 8
@@ -301,21 +277,17 @@
"<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n"
"boot record and is currently always 0.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>logische blokadres van het opstartrecord</b> (LBA) specificeert "
-"het master\n"
+"<p>Het <b>logische blokadres van het opstartrecord</b> (LBA) specificeert het master\n"
"boot record en is nu altijd 0.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 9
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
-"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by "
-"shutdown,\n"
+"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n"
"and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Na confirmatie van deze dialoog, kunt u een herstart van het systeem "
-"starten, b.v. door afsluiten,\n"
-"waarna het systeem automatisch zal herstarten vanaf het door u "
-"gespecificeerde apparaat.</p>"
+"<p>Na confirmatie van deze dialoog, kunt u een herstart van het systeem starten, b.v. door afsluiten,\n"
+"waarna het systeem automatisch zal herstarten vanaf het door u gespecificeerde apparaat.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2016-09-02 21:39:43 UTC (rev 96703)
@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@
#. popup label, %{num} is number
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr "Momentopname %{num} wijzigen"
@@ -87,13 +86,11 @@
#. label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
-#| msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "Pre (%{pre})"
#. label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
-#| msgid "Post (%1)"
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr "Post (%{post})"
@@ -120,7 +117,6 @@
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
-#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr "Momentopname %{num} verwijderen?"
@@ -281,8 +277,7 @@
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
-msgstr ""
-"Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname tonen:"
+msgstr "Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname tonen:"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
@@ -292,14 +287,12 @@
#. radio button label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
-msgstr ""
-"Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
+msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
-msgstr ""
-"Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
+msgstr "Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
@@ -359,7 +352,6 @@
#. popup message
#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
-#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr "Geen bestand voor terugzetten geselecteerd."
@@ -375,19 +367,16 @@
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n"
"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?"
msgstr ""
"<p>Deze bestanden zullen hersteld worden vanuit de momentopname '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Bestanden die bestaan in de originele momentopname zullen gekopieerd "
-"worden\n"
+"<p>Bestanden die bestaan in de originele momentopname zullen gekopieerd worden\n"
"naar het huidige systeem.</p>\n"
-"<p>Bestanden die niet bestonden in de momentopname zullen worden verwijderd."
-"</p>OK?"
+"<p>Bestanden die niet bestonden in de momentopname zullen worden verwijderd.</p>OK?"
#. Read dialog help
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
@@ -400,87 +389,35 @@
#. Summary dialog help:
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
-#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three "
-#| "types\n"
-#| "of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots "
-#| "are\n"
-#| "used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and "
-#| "Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed "
-#| "between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled "
-#| "together in the table.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to "
-#| "see the\n"
-#| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three "
-"types\n"
-"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots "
-"are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post "
-"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between "
-"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in "
-"the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see "
-"the\n"
+"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
+"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er "
-"zijn drie typen momentopnamen, <b>enkel</b>, <b>vooraf</b> en <b>nadien</b>. "
-"Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van "
-"een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En "
-"Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan "
-"door een speciale operatie uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee "
-"momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn een paar in "
-"de tabel.</p>\n"
-"<p>Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenpaar en klik op "
-"<b>Wijzigingen tonen</b> om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te "
-"zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.</p>\n"
+"<p>De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er zijn drie typen momentopnamen, <b>enkel</b>, <b>vooraf</b> en <b>nadien</b>. Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan door een speciale operatie uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn een paar in de tabel.</p>\n"
+"<p>Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenpaar en klik op <b>Wijzigingen tonen</b> om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the "
-#| "first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see "
-#| "the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the "
-#| "time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By "
-#| "default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is "
-#| "possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first "
-"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the "
-"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of "
-"creation for both snapshots.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By "
-"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is "
-"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken "
-"van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de "
-"beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het "
-"tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n"
+"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de "
-"wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen "
-"geselecteerde gepaarde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het "
-"bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n"
+"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen geselecteerde gepaarde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
@@ -488,24 +425,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the "
-"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time "
-"of its creation.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between "
-"snapshot version and current system.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de "
-"geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de "
-"beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n"
+"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de "
-"verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n"
+"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
@@ -522,27 +453,18 @@
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
msgstr "Nieuwe momentopname aanmaken is mislukt:\n"
#. Modify existing snapshot
#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
msgstr "Wijzigen van momentopname is mislukt:\n"
#. Delete existing snapshot
#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-#| "%1"
msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
msgstr "Verwijderen van momentopname is mislukt:\n"
@@ -558,7 +480,6 @@
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
msgid "Read list of snapshots"
msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen lezen"
@@ -589,8 +510,7 @@
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
"Er is geen snapper-configuratie. U moet een of meer configuraties\n"
-"aanmaken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het "
-"commandoregelhulpprogramma\n"
+"aanmaken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het commandoregelhulpprogramma\n"
"snapper kan gebruikt worden om configuraties aan te maken."
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
@@ -658,9 +578,5 @@
#~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available."
#~ msgstr "Bestand /etc/sysconfig/snapper is niet beschikbaar."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</"
-#~ "p>Are you sure?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Deze bestanden zullen worden gekopieerd uit momentopname '%1' naar het "
-#~ "huidige systeem: <p>%2</p>Zeker weten?"
+#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</p>Are you sure?"
+#~ msgstr "Deze bestanden zullen worden gekopieerd uit momentopname '%1' naar het huidige systeem: <p>%2</p>Zeker weten?"
1
0
02 Sep '16
Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:39:35 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96702
Added:
trunk/yast/ne/po/journalctl.ne.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-client.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-server.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/autoinst.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/base.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/bootloader.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/ca-management.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/cio.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/cluster.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/control.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/country.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/crowbar.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/dhcp-server.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/dns-server.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/docker.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/drbd.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/fcoe-client.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/firstboot.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/fonts.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/geo-cluster.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/installation.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-client.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-lio-server.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/kdump.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/live-installer.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/mail.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/network.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/nis.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/ntp-client.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/pkg-bindings.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/printer.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/rdp.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/rear.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/registration.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/reipl.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-client.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-server.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/security.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/services-manager.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/snapper.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/storage.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/update.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/users.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/vm.ne.po
trunk/yast/ne/po/vpn.ne.po
Log:
ne merged
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/add-on.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -69,13 +69,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-client.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-client.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-client.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1110 +16,1666 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-server.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-server.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/auth-server.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -291,8 +291,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -435,12 +434,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,8 +465,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -475,7 +474,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -556,8 +555,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1816,8 +1815,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2191,7 +2189,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2259,7 +2257,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,237 +2418,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/autoinst.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/autoinst.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/autoinst.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -51,14 +51,13 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. unique id
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -239,7 +238,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -247,73 +246,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -367,8 +350,15 @@
"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. import "Arch";
#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
#. Package: Auto-installation
#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
@@ -376,65 +366,51 @@
#. the system as described in the profile file.
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr ""
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr ""
@@ -478,55 +454,63 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
msgid "Configure users and groups"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
@@ -534,15 +518,15 @@
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
@@ -554,7 +538,15 @@
msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -563,26 +555,27 @@
#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -656,11 +649,11 @@
#. Select packages
#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
@@ -671,19 +664,19 @@
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr ""
@@ -922,6 +915,11 @@
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
@@ -1372,8 +1370,7 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -1488,7 +1485,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1498,7 +1495,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1828,67 +1825,6 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Script Configuration
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
@@ -2103,12 +2039,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2119,45 +2055,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2167,14 +2103,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2183,7 +2119,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2286,20 +2222,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
msgid "Cannot update system time."
msgstr ""
@@ -2320,72 +2256,72 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr ""
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr ""
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
msgid "Post"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
msgid "Init"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2393,76 +2329,76 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2470,43 +2406,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2549,14 +2485,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2564,14 +2500,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/base.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/base.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/base.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -77,230 +77,230 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr ""
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
msgstr ""
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr ""
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr ""
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -424,14 +424,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -463,12 +463,12 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr ""
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
@@ -527,22 +527,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr ""
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -562,55 +562,55 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -618,12 +618,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr ""
@@ -682,46 +682,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -729,14 +729,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -764,27 +764,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -800,22 +800,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr ""
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr ""
@@ -869,19 +869,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr ""
@@ -992,9 +992,75 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1002,7 +1068,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1010,7 +1076,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1186,7 +1252,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1209,7 +1275,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1410,27 +1476,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1440,7 +1506,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1450,7 +1516,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1458,18 +1524,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1497,7 +1563,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
@@ -1508,7 +1574,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -1572,19 +1638,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
msgid "Error:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
msgid "Message:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1637,7 +1703,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr ""
@@ -1723,7 +1789,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr ""
@@ -1815,6 +1881,224 @@
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
@@ -1856,20 +2140,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -1878,7 +2162,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -1889,8 +2173,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -1900,29 +2184,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr ""
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -1930,7 +2214,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -1940,60 +2224,60 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr ""
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -2001,27 +2285,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -2031,389 +2315,389 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "TAP"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr ""
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2424,14 +2708,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2447,135 +2731,6 @@
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -2660,61 +2815,14 @@
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr ""
-
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -2728,35 +2836,75 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2765,57 +2913,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2826,34 +2974,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2862,7 +3010,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2872,83 +3020,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2956,99 +3104,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3058,64 +3206,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3126,27 +3274,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3154,20 +3302,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3231,12 +3379,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3244,34 +3392,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3283,7 +3431,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3292,7 +3440,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3301,7 +3449,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3309,7 +3457,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3322,124 +3470,124 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3451,7 +3599,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3465,7 +3613,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3477,16 +3625,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3497,7 +3645,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3508,62 +3656,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
msgid "ID: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
msgid "Name: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
msgid "Created: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3577,7 +3725,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3591,12 +3739,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3609,7 +3757,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3622,12 +3770,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3641,7 +3789,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3655,17 +3803,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -3675,7 +3823,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -3683,7 +3831,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3691,7 +3839,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -3700,23 +3848,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3730,12 +3878,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3748,7 +3896,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr ""
@@ -3757,83 +3905,83 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
-msgid "Slide Sho&w"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-msgid "&Details"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -4428,37 +4576,45 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
msgid ""
-"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+msgid ""
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr ""
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
-msgid ""
+msgid_plural ""
"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
#. error report
#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
@@ -4466,7 +4622,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4497,7 +4653,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4505,7 +4661,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -4572,13 +4728,13 @@
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4654,8 +4810,8 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
msgid "Module"
msgstr ""
@@ -5399,51 +5555,3 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/bootloader.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/bootloader.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/bootloader.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,935 +18,446 @@
"\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
-msgid "The key of the option"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+msgid "D&isks"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
-msgid "The value of the option"
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
-msgid "Value was not specified."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
+msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+"\n"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
-msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
-msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
-msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
+msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
+msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
-msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
+msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
-msgid "Re&type Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-msgid "Secure Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
msgid "set"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
msgid "remove"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
msgid "do not change"
msgstr ""
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
-msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
-msgid "Use &graphical console"
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
-msgid "&Console resolution"
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
-msgid "&Console theme"
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
-msgid "Select File"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
+"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
+"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Please wait...<br></p>"
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
+msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
+msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
+msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
+msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
+msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr ""
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
-msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
-msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
-"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. proposal part - bootloader label
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
msgid "Booting"
@@ -958,184 +469,120 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/ca-management.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/ca-management.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/ca-management.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -130,8 +130,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -203,8 +202,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr ""
@@ -1838,42 +1836,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2152,8 +2149,7 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2199,28 +2195,23 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/cio.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/cio.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/cio.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/cluster.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/cluster.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/cluster.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -201,169 +201,169 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -454,96 +454,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/control.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/control.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/control.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,238 +17,573 @@
"\n"
"\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
+msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
-msgid "Live Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
-msgid "Disk"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
+msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
-msgid "Time Zone"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
+msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
-msgid "User Settings"
+msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
+msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
-msgid "System for Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
-msgid "Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
+msgid "System for Update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-msgid "Perform Update"
+msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
+msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/country.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/country.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/country.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
msgstr ""
#. summary label
@@ -737,56 +737,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -804,12 +804,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
@@ -897,180 +897,185 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Italian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Greek"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Danish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
msgid "Czech"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
msgid "US International"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/crowbar.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/crowbar.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/crowbar.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -22,19 +22,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -46,11 +36,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -169,124 +159,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -294,91 +292,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -387,7 +385,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -432,37 +430,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/dhcp-server.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/dhcp-server.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/dhcp-server.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -58,9 +58,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -100,242 +98,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -360,190 +363,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -551,60 +514,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -612,48 +575,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -661,10 +624,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -672,61 +635,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -734,8 +697,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -743,135 +706,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -884,15 +847,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -904,7 +867,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1117,7 +1080,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1141,7 +1104,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1152,9 +1115,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1170,51 +1133,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1222,80 +1185,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1574,8 +1537,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1593,17 +1555,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1611,7 +1565,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1619,7 +1573,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1629,7 +1583,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1639,14 +1593,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1654,7 +1608,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1663,7 +1617,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1672,7 +1626,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1681,14 +1635,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1698,14 +1652,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1713,7 +1667,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1723,7 +1677,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1732,7 +1686,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1741,7 +1695,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1750,21 +1704,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1772,14 +1726,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1787,40 +1741,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1829,7 +1783,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1840,7 +1794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1848,14 +1802,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1863,14 +1817,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1880,45 +1834,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1926,7 +1880,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1936,23 +1890,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1962,101 +1916,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2064,7 +2018,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2072,7 +2026,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2080,206 +2034,195 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2290,101 +2233,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2392,22 +2335,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/dns-server.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/dns-server.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/dns-server.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -299,8 +299,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -371,11 +370,10 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
@@ -393,7 +391,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -403,9 +401,9 @@
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
@@ -418,8 +416,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -449,12 +447,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -483,14 +480,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
@@ -552,8 +549,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -575,7 +572,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -600,131 +597,88 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -732,181 +686,181 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr ""
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr ""
@@ -915,8 +869,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
@@ -926,9 +880,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr ""
@@ -937,107 +891,150 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. check box
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1045,116 +1042,116 @@
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr ""
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1165,104 +1162,104 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr ""
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1271,13 +1268,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
@@ -1287,79 +1284,73 @@
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr ""
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr ""
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr ""
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr ""
-
#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr ""
@@ -1367,24 +1358,24 @@
#.
#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1392,32 +1383,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -2190,197 +2181,197 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/docker.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/docker.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/docker.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,6 +17,110 @@
"\n"
"\n"
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -58,14 +162,6 @@
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
msgid "Image ID"
msgstr ""
@@ -86,15 +182,11 @@
msgid "Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
msgid "Ports"
msgstr ""
@@ -130,10 +222,59 @@
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/drbd.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/drbd.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/drbd.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -221,15 +221,16 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -255,11 +256,11 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -268,20 +269,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -291,7 +294,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -301,14 +304,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -317,7 +320,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -325,7 +328,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -333,14 +336,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -348,7 +351,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -357,7 +360,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -365,7 +368,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -373,50 +376,126 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -518,81 +597,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -600,46 +679,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/fcoe-client.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/fcoe-client.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/fcoe-client.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -486,33 +486,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr ""
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr ""
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -520,154 +520,154 @@
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
msgid "Check services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr ""
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr ""
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
msgstr ""
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/firewall.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,6 +17,16 @@
"\n"
"\n"
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
msgid ""
@@ -168,7 +178,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr ""
@@ -558,7 +568,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr ""
@@ -569,8 +579,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -624,28 +634,28 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr ""
@@ -765,10 +775,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -1250,217 +1260,219 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
msgid "Set value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
msgid "Record number"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -1473,180 +1485,180 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
msgid "Interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
msgid "Log all"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
msgid "Short"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr ""
@@ -1655,167 +1667,178 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
msgid "All ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/firstboot.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/firstboot.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/firstboot.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -112,11 +112,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/fonts.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/fonts.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/fonts.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,59 +20,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/geo-cluster.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/geo-cluster.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/geo-cluster.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -59,10 +59,8 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -114,17 +112,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -132,25 +130,24 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -159,177 +156,184 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/installation.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/installation.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/installation.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -95,29 +95,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr ""
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
msgid "Starting Installation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -173,28 +173,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -241,47 +241,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -458,7 +418,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -485,52 +445,26 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -540,7 +474,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -549,7 +483,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -557,7 +491,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -566,7 +500,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -574,22 +508,53 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -679,7 +644,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -688,43 +653,43 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -741,42 +706,43 @@
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -795,7 +761,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
@@ -820,71 +786,74 @@
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
-msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
msgstr ""
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
+msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -906,27 +875,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -934,7 +903,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -942,7 +911,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1051,7 +1020,7 @@
#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1083,7 +1052,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1106,102 +1075,102 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1209,7 +1178,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1218,12 +1187,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+msgid ""
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1275,8 +1290,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1458,7 +1473,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
@@ -1478,7 +1493,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1532,6 +1547,22 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
@@ -1589,64 +1620,77 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1657,42 +1701,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
@@ -1720,7 +1758,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1730,7 +1768,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1739,7 +1777,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1748,7 +1786,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1757,7 +1795,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1765,12 +1803,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1779,7 +1817,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1793,6 +1831,11 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1800,19 +1843,109 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1820,19 +1953,19 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-client.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-client.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-client.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -107,7 +107,6 @@
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,47 +164,62 @@
msgid "Startup"
msgstr ""
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr ""
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr ""
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -214,9 +228,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr ""
@@ -397,27 +411,25 @@
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr ""
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
msgid "No record found."
msgstr ""
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
msgid ""
"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -430,13 +442,18 @@
"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -444,36 +461,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -562,7 +579,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -570,12 +587,13 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-lio-server.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-lio-server.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/iscsi-lio-server.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -38,15 +38,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr ""
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -63,7 +62,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -84,7 +83,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
msgid "LUN"
msgstr ""
@@ -97,153 +96,159 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -363,19 +368,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -383,12 +393,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -397,19 +407,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -418,202 +428,208 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr ""
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
msgid "Path:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
msgid "Change:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -627,11 +643,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/ne/po/journalctl.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/journalctl.ne.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/journalctl.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# Nepali translations for opensuse-i package.
+# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
+# Automatically generated, 2016.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: ne\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/kdump.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/kdump.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/kdump.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -362,10 +362,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1096,148 +1094,163 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/live-installer.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/live-installer.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/live-installer.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -38,27 +38,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -68,78 +68,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -147,7 +129,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -234,7 +216,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/mail.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/mail.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/mail.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -245,69 +245,74 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr ""
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
msgid "Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "manual"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "daemon"
msgstr ""
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr ""
@@ -315,7 +320,7 @@
#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
@@ -326,7 +331,7 @@
#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -335,39 +340,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr ""
@@ -377,23 +382,23 @@
#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
#. ),
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
msgid "Local user"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
msgid "Display as"
msgstr ""
@@ -402,23 +407,23 @@
#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf"))
#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error popup
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr ""
@@ -426,106 +431,106 @@
#. list<string> lmod = [];
#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
msgid "&User name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
msgid "Alias"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -764,12 +769,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -777,56 +782,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message,
#. %1 is a file name,
#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n"
@@ -834,160 +839,160 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr ""
#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr ""
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr ""
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
msgid "MTA"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
msgid "From Header"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/network.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/network.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/network.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -317,26 +317,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -347,26 +347,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr ""
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""
@@ -640,76 +640,76 @@
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -810,70 +810,70 @@
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr ""
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr ""
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr ""
@@ -1000,27 +1000,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1029,8 +1029,8 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1040,156 +1040,156 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr ""
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1197,13 +1197,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1214,20 +1214,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1245,60 +1245,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1308,12 +1308,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1507,23 +1518,23 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr ""
@@ -1581,7 +1592,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1589,7 +1600,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1602,20 +1613,20 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr ""
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1625,12 +1636,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1639,7 +1650,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -1801,7 +1812,7 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -1811,14 +1822,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1826,138 +1837,137 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -1965,7 +1975,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr ""
@@ -2419,29 +2429,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2598,127 +2608,127 @@
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2801,27 +2811,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2831,7 +2841,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2841,97 +2851,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2946,38 +2956,46 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -2985,111 +3003,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3161,8 +3129,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3188,28 +3156,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3241,27 +3209,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3297,40 +3265,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3549,47 +3517,47 @@
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr ""
@@ -3598,7 +3566,7 @@
#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
msgid "configured"
msgstr ""
@@ -3647,7 +3615,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3670,7 +3638,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3682,440 +3650,436 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4123,30 +4087,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4155,22 +4119,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/nfs.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -128,14 +128,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -346,12 +346,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -359,52 +359,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
msgid "Start services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/nis.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/nis.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/nis.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -232,8 +232,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
+msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
@@ -344,11 +345,6 @@
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/ntp-client.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/ntp-client.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/ntp-client.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -32,66 +32,66 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -296,310 +296,302 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
msgid "NTP client configuration module."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
msgid "The address of the server"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
msgid "The address of the peer"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
msgid "The options of the relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Peer"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
msgid "Local Radio Clock"
msgstr ""
#. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
msgid "Reading the settings failed."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "New Synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. Server editing dialog
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "NTP Peer"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Local Reference Clock"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
msgid "&Reference ID"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "&Stratum"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Flag &1"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Flag &2"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Flag &3"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
msgid "Flag &4"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
@@ -620,7 +612,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -630,7 +622,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -640,14 +632,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -655,14 +647,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -670,7 +662,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -682,14 +674,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -698,7 +690,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -707,7 +699,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -715,7 +707,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -723,7 +715,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -731,7 +723,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -740,7 +732,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -748,7 +740,7 @@
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -760,49 +752,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -810,7 +802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -820,7 +812,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -828,7 +820,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -841,7 +833,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -849,7 +841,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -859,7 +851,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -868,7 +860,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -882,17 +874,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -902,14 +894,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
#. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
msgid ""
"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
"replace the current NTP server.\n"
@@ -918,44 +910,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Select the Device"
msgstr ""
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
msgstr ""
#. message report (no server selected)
#. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
msgid "Select an NTP server."
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
msgid "All Countries"
msgstr ""
#. combo box header
#. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
msgid "&Country"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
msgid ""
"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -963,205 +955,205 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
msgid "Address"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "No server is selected."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
msgid "A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
msgid "Only &Manually"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
msgid "Now and on &Boot"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
msgstr ""
#. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
msgid "Auto"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
msgid "&Custom Policy"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
msgid "&Select..."
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
msgid "&Test"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
msgid "Synchronization Type"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
msgid "Display &Log..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
msgid "Clock &Type"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
msgid "Unit &Number"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
msgid "Create &Symlink"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
msgid "Access Control Options"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
msgid "&Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
msgid "&Peer"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
msgid "&Radio Clock"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
msgid "Loc&al Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
msgid "&Public NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
msgid "NTP Server Location"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
msgid "&Lookup"
msgstr ""
@@ -1175,147 +1167,155 @@
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr ""
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr ""
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr ""
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -490,11 +490,6 @@
msgid "&Media"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
msgid "&Priority"
@@ -530,7 +525,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -763,7 +758,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -771,7 +766,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1270,42 +1265,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1317,32 +1312,37 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
#.
@@ -1350,82 +1350,88 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
msgstr ""
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr ""
-
#. update the trusted flag
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
msgid ""
@@ -1447,27 +1453,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
msgid "&Show Full Log"
msgstr ""
#. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
msgstr ""
#. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
msgid "Installation aborted by user."
msgstr ""
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1475,13 +1481,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ""
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
msgid "Done."
msgstr ""
@@ -1489,21 +1495,21 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr ""
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
@@ -1512,41 +1518,41 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr ""
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1669,7 +1675,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
@@ -1685,12 +1691,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1698,50 +1704,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr ""
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1750,34 +1756,42 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
msgid "&Language"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -1788,42 +1802,43 @@
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -1919,7 +1934,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -1964,100 +1979,100 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2066,53 +2081,53 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2122,23 +2137,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2147,42 +2162,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2190,17 +2205,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2210,20 +2225,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2236,7 +2251,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2244,11 +2259,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2260,12 +2275,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2273,71 +2288,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2352,7 +2367,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2361,12 +2376,16 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2374,7 +2393,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2382,7 +2401,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2392,7 +2411,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2401,25 +2420,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2429,19 +2448,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2626,18 +2645,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
msgid ""
"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
"before updating the system.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/pkg-bindings.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/pkg-bindings.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/pkg-bindings.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -45,12 +45,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/printer.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/printer.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/printer.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -206,8 +206,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -436,8 +436,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2534,56 +2534,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2593,7 +2593,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2621,74 +2621,74 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2699,33 +2699,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2734,25 +2734,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2779,28 +2779,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2808,25 +2808,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2846,53 +2846,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/rdp.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/rdp.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/rdp.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -94,52 +94,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr ""
#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr ""
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/rear.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/rear.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/rear.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -230,11 +230,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/registration.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/registration.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/registration.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,27 +17,6 @@
"\n"
"\n"
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -54,9 +33,9 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -70,30 +49,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -230,29 +209,25 @@
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-msgid "Connection time out."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -268,39 +243,39 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
-msgid "Registration failed."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -310,23 +285,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -334,26 +309,44 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -362,7 +355,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -371,14 +364,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""
@@ -388,34 +381,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -423,7 +416,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -437,7 +430,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -448,39 +441,39 @@
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -549,34 +542,38 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr ""
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr ""
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -591,7 +588,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
@@ -647,32 +644,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "&Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr ""
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
@@ -696,10 +693,8 @@
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr ""
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -708,56 +703,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. the UI defition for the main dialog
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+msgid "Register System via %s"
msgstr ""
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr ""
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
msgstr ""
@@ -765,51 +768,34 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
"\n"
"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
msgstr ""
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
@@ -834,22 +820,22 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
@@ -857,16 +843,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -897,17 +873,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
msgid "Priority: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -966,17 +942,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr ""
@@ -986,38 +962,38 @@
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr ""
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1064,11 +1040,62 @@
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
msgstr ""
-#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show.
+#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Local Registration Servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "No registration server selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default registration server
+#.
+#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
+
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/reipl.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/reipl.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/reipl.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-client.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-client.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-client.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -789,86 +789,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-server.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-server.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/samba-server.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/security.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/security.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/security.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -117,280 +117,247 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -399,33 +366,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -433,7 +400,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -442,7 +409,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -451,7 +418,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -459,14 +426,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -474,7 +441,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -484,7 +451,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -492,12 +459,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -505,26 +472,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -532,35 +499,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -578,7 +545,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -588,7 +555,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -597,7 +564,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -606,7 +573,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -617,21 +584,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -639,26 +606,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -670,7 +637,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -678,23 +645,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -706,13 +673,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -724,7 +691,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -736,38 +703,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -825,163 +840,236 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -997,61 +1085,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/services-manager.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/services-manager.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/services-manager.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -267,11 +267,11 @@
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/snapper.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/snapper.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/snapper.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -48,263 +48,263 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
msgstr ""
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -325,17 +325,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/storage.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/storage.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/storage.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -82,8 +82,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -145,7 +144,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -761,7 +764,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -779,7 +782,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -789,7 +792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -799,7 +802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -809,7 +812,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -820,7 +823,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -830,7 +833,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -843,7 +846,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -853,7 +856,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -865,7 +868,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -876,7 +879,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -888,11 +891,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -990,53 +993,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1045,7 +1048,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1055,7 +1058,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1065,7 +1068,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1080,13 +1083,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1113,7 +1116,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1124,7 +1127,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1144,7 +1147,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1153,7 +1156,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1450,7 +1453,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1465,17 +1468,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1507,7 +1510,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1520,7 +1523,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1533,7 +1536,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1555,7 +1558,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1714,7 +1717,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1729,12 +1732,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1742,26 +1745,26 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2019,11 +2022,9 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
@@ -2054,9 +2055,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2078,8 +2078,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2096,8 +2095,7 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
msgid "Delete..."
@@ -2157,39 +2155,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2197,54 +2200,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2253,17 +2256,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2273,7 +2276,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2282,56 +2285,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2339,8 +2342,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2352,33 +2355,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2388,7 +2391,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2397,12 +2400,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2585,108 +2588,113 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2694,51 +2702,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2748,50 +2756,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2831,8 +2839,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
msgid "Resize"
msgstr ""
@@ -2923,8 +2930,7 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
msgid "Add..."
@@ -3027,50 +3033,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3078,7 +3084,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr ""
@@ -3086,31 +3092,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3208,12 +3214,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3508,12 +3514,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3547,9 +3553,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3559,14 +3565,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3907,17 +3913,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4180,7 +4186,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -4905,38 +4911,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4946,7 +4965,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4960,7 +4979,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4973,7 +4992,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4982,7 +5001,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4990,7 +5009,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -4999,24 +5018,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5024,12 +5043,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5037,97 +5056,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5135,7 +5154,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5143,7 +5162,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5151,18 +5170,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5744,50 +5763,41 @@
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
msgstr ""
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5796,35 +5806,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/update.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/update.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/update.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -758,19 +758,19 @@
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
msgid ""
"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
"%{packages}"
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/users.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/users.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/users.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -126,540 +126,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -781,11 +247,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1026,93 +487,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1264,6 +638,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1287,6 +677,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1301,11 +698,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1473,6 +889,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1561,6 +1001,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1570,6 +1024,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1688,6 +1160,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1713,6 +1194,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2327,7 +1823,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2403,6 +1900,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2422,6 +1924,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2537,6 +2044,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2547,6 +2059,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2804,6 +2336,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3079,6 +2617,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3096,6 +2641,346 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3537,7 +3422,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3549,202 +3434,202 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3752,14 +3637,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3768,7 +3653,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3777,7 +3662,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3785,14 +3670,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3800,14 +3685,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3815,7 +3700,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3823,7 +3708,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3831,14 +3716,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3846,7 +3731,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3854,7 +3739,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -3863,7 +3748,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -3873,19 +3758,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3893,14 +3778,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3909,7 +3794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3918,7 +3803,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3927,14 +3812,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -3942,7 +3827,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -3951,20 +3836,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3972,7 +3857,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3980,22 +3865,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4013,21 +3898,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4144,7 +4029,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4152,7 +4037,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4162,7 +4047,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4170,37 +4055,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4208,7 +4093,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4216,20 +4101,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4237,7 +4122,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4246,22 +4131,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/vm.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/vm.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/vm.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -42,151 +42,151 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -199,26 +199,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/vpn.ne.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ne/po/vpn.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
+++ trunk/yast/ne/po/vpn.ne.po 2016-09-02 21:39:35 UTC (rev 96702)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -198,12 +198,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -284,102 +284,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -464,32 +464,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -497,28 +497,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
1
0
02 Sep '16
Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:39:22 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96701
Added:
trunk/yast/nds/po/journalctl.nds.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/nds/po/add-on.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/auth-client.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/auth-server.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/autoinst.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/base.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/bootloader.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/ca-management.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/cio.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/cluster.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/control.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/country.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/crowbar.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/dhcp-server.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/dns-server.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/docker.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/drbd.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/fcoe-client.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/firewall.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/firstboot.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/fonts.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/geo-cluster.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/installation.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/iscsi-client.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/iscsi-lio-server.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/kdump.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/live-installer.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/mail.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/network.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/nfs.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/nis.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/ntp-client.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/packager.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/pkg-bindings.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/printer.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/rdp.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/rear.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/registration.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/reipl.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/samba-client.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/samba-server.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/security.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/services-manager.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/snapper.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/storage.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/update.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/users.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/vm.nds.po
trunk/yast/nds/po/vpn.nds.po
Log:
nds merged
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/add-on.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/add-on.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/add-on.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -67,13 +67,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/auth-client.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/auth-client.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/auth-client.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1118 +16,1678 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disk Activation"
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Diskaktiveren"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Done."
msgid "None."
msgstr "Doon."
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device"
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "Lööpwark"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Disk Activation"
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "Diskaktiveren"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Device"
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Lööpwark"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/auth-server.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/auth-server.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/auth-server.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -293,8 +293,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -437,12 +436,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -468,8 +467,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -477,7 +476,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -558,8 +557,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1818,8 +1817,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2193,7 +2191,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2261,7 +2259,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2422,237 +2420,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Wählen"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/autoinst.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/autoinst.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/autoinst.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -49,14 +49,13 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. unique id
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -237,7 +236,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -245,73 +244,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Verlööp"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -365,8 +348,15 @@
"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. import "Arch";
#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
#. Package: Auto-installation
#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
@@ -374,65 +364,51 @@
#. the system as described in the profile file.
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr ""
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,55 +452,63 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
msgid "Configure users and groups"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
@@ -532,15 +516,15 @@
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
@@ -552,7 +536,15 @@
msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -561,26 +553,27 @@
#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -654,11 +647,11 @@
#. Select packages
#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
@@ -669,19 +662,19 @@
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr ""
@@ -920,6 +913,11 @@
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
@@ -1370,8 +1368,7 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -1486,7 +1483,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1496,7 +1493,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1826,67 +1823,6 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Script Configuration
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
@@ -2101,12 +2037,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2117,45 +2053,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2165,14 +2101,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2181,7 +2117,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2284,24 +2220,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Opening file..."
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr "Mak de Datei op..."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Opening file..."
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr "Mak de Datei op..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
msgid "Cannot update system time."
msgstr ""
@@ -2322,72 +2258,72 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr ""
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr ""
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
msgid "Post"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
msgid "Init"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2395,76 +2331,76 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2472,43 +2408,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2551,14 +2487,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2566,14 +2502,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/base.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/base.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/base.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -75,230 +75,230 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr ""
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
msgstr ""
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr ""
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr ""
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Installatschoonsfehler"
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -461,12 +461,12 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr ""
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
@@ -525,22 +525,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr ""
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -560,55 +560,55 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -616,12 +616,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr ""
@@ -680,46 +680,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -727,14 +727,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -762,27 +762,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -798,22 +798,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr ""
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr ""
@@ -867,19 +867,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr ""
@@ -990,9 +990,79 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Aktueller Tostand"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status"
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Aktueller Tostand"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1000,7 +1070,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1008,7 +1078,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1184,7 +1254,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1207,7 +1277,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1410,27 +1480,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1440,7 +1510,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1450,7 +1520,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1458,18 +1528,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1497,7 +1567,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
@@ -1508,7 +1578,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -1572,19 +1642,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
msgid "Error:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
msgid "Message:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1637,7 +1707,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr ""
@@ -1723,7 +1793,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr ""
@@ -1815,6 +1885,224 @@
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
@@ -1856,20 +2144,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -1878,7 +2166,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -1889,8 +2177,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -1900,29 +2188,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr ""
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -1930,7 +2218,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -1940,60 +2228,60 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr ""
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Netwarkkoort"
@@ -2001,27 +2289,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"
@@ -2031,389 +2319,389 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Ohn Kavel"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "TAP"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Verbunnen"
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2424,14 +2712,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2447,135 +2735,6 @@
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -2660,61 +2819,14 @@
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr ""
-
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -2728,35 +2840,75 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2765,57 +2917,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2826,34 +2978,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2862,7 +3014,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2872,83 +3024,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2956,99 +3108,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3058,64 +3210,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3126,27 +3278,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3154,20 +3306,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3231,12 +3383,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3244,34 +3396,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "Ik stimme &to"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3283,7 +3435,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3292,7 +3444,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3301,7 +3453,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3309,7 +3461,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3322,128 +3474,128 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Finished"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Fertig"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Installatschoonsfehler"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3455,7 +3607,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3469,7 +3621,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3481,16 +3633,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3501,7 +3653,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3512,64 +3664,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
msgid "ID: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
msgid "Name: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create Image"
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "Avbill erstellen"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3583,7 +3735,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3597,12 +3749,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3615,7 +3767,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3628,12 +3780,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3647,7 +3799,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3661,17 +3813,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -3681,7 +3833,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -3689,7 +3841,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3697,7 +3849,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -3706,23 +3858,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3736,12 +3888,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3754,7 +3906,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr ""
@@ -3763,83 +3915,83 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
-msgid "Slide Sho&w"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-msgid "&Details"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -4436,37 +4588,45 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
msgid ""
-"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+msgid ""
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr ""
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
-msgid ""
+msgid_plural ""
"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
#. error report
#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
@@ -4474,7 +4634,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4505,7 +4665,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4513,7 +4673,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -4580,13 +4740,13 @@
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4662,8 +4822,8 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
msgid "Module"
msgstr ""
@@ -5407,55 +5567,3 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Aktueller Tostand"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status"
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Aktueller Tostand"
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/bootloader.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/bootloader.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/bootloader.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,939 +16,450 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
-msgid "The key of the option"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+msgid "D&isks"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
-msgid "The value of the option"
-msgstr ""
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "Lööpwark"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
-msgid "Value was not specified."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
+msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+"\n"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
-msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
-msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
-msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
+msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
+msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
-msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
+msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
-msgid "Re&type Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-msgid "Secure Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
msgid "set"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Removed"
msgid "remove"
msgstr "Löscht"
#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
msgid "do not change"
msgstr ""
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
-msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
-msgid "Use &graphical console"
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
-msgid "&Console resolution"
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
-msgid "&Console theme"
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
-msgid "Select File"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
+"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
+"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Annere"
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Please wait...<br></p>"
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
+msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
+msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
+msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
+msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
+msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr ""
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
-msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
-msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
-"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Device"
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "Lööpwark"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. proposal part - bootloader label
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
msgid "Booting"
@@ -960,184 +471,123 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Other"
+#~ msgstr "Annere"
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/ca-management.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/ca-management.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/ca-management.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -128,8 +128,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -201,8 +200,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr ""
@@ -1836,42 +1834,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2150,8 +2147,7 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2197,28 +2193,23 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/cio.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/cio.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/cio.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/cluster.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/cluster.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/cluster.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -209,171 +209,171 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Current Status"
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Aktueller Tostand"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,102 +466,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/control.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/control.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/control.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,247 +15,584 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
+msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
-msgid "Live Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Setup"
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Netwarkinstellen"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Moin moin"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskaktiveren"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
-msgid "Disk"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
+msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
-msgid "Time Zone"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Online Update"
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Ut'm Innernet Opfrischen"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Schrievdiskutwahl"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
-msgid "User Settings"
+msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
+msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Mode"
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Installatschoonsmodus"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
-msgid "System for Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
-msgid "Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
+msgid "System for Update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-msgid "Perform Update"
+msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
+msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation Mode"
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Installatschoonsmodus"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Online Update"
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr "Ut'm Innernet Opfrischen"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Schrievdiskutwahl"
+
#~ msgid "Release Notes"
#~ msgstr "Veröpenlichennotizen"
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/country.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/country.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/country.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
msgstr ""
#. summary label
@@ -735,56 +735,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -802,12 +802,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
@@ -895,180 +895,185 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Italian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Greek"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Danish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
msgid "Czech"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
msgid "US International"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/crowbar.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/crowbar.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/crowbar.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,19 +20,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -46,11 +36,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -179,134 +169,142 @@
msgstr "&IP Anskrivt"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Sammlung"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Repository URL"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "&Sammlungs-URL"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Sammlung"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Passed"
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Döör"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "Deaktivert"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -314,103 +312,103 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "&IP Anskrivt"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "&IP Anskrivt"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Card"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Netwarkkoort"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Card"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Netwarkkoort"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Card"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Netwarkkoort"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Sammlung"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -419,7 +417,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -468,21 +466,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
@@ -490,24 +488,24 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/dhcp-server.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/dhcp-server.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/dhcp-server.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -56,9 +56,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -98,242 +96,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -358,190 +361,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -549,60 +512,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -610,48 +573,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -659,10 +622,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -670,61 +633,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -732,8 +695,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -741,135 +704,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP Anskrivt"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -882,15 +845,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -902,7 +865,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Net&maske"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/dns-server.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/dns-server.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/dns-server.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -297,8 +297,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -369,11 +368,10 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
@@ -391,7 +389,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -401,9 +399,9 @@
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
@@ -416,8 +414,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -447,12 +445,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -481,14 +478,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
@@ -550,8 +547,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -573,7 +570,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,131 +595,88 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -730,181 +684,181 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr ""
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr ""
@@ -913,8 +867,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
@@ -924,9 +878,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr ""
@@ -935,109 +889,152 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. check box
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1045,116 +1042,116 @@
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr ""
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1165,104 +1162,104 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr ""
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1271,13 +1268,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
@@ -1287,79 +1284,73 @@
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr ""
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr ""
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr ""
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr ""
-
#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr ""
@@ -1367,24 +1358,24 @@
#.
#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1392,32 +1383,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -2190,197 +2181,197 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/docker.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/docker.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/docker.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,6 +15,112 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status"
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Aktueller Tostand"
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr "Sammlung"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -56,14 +162,6 @@
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr "Sammlung"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
msgid "Image ID"
msgstr ""
@@ -86,18 +184,12 @@
msgid "Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status"
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Aktueller Tostand"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Port"
msgid "Ports"
msgstr "&Port"
@@ -136,10 +228,59 @@
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/drbd.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/drbd.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/drbd.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -235,15 +235,16 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -269,13 +270,13 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -284,20 +285,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -307,7 +310,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -317,14 +320,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -333,7 +336,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -341,7 +344,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -349,14 +352,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -364,7 +367,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -373,7 +376,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -381,7 +384,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -389,54 +392,130 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "Lööpwark"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -542,85 +621,85 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -628,50 +707,50 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/fcoe-client.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/fcoe-client.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/fcoe-client.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -512,37 +512,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr ""
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start service %1"
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start service %1"
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1"
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -550,167 +550,167 @@
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Pakete installeren..."
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
msgid "Check services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Card"
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "Netwarkkoort"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Pakete installeren..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Söke nah Systemdateien..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed"
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Künn dat Netwark nich opsetten"
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start service %1"
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start service %1"
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr ""
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr ""
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
@@ -718,13 +718,13 @@
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabled"
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "Aktivert"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "disabled"
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/firewall.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/firewall.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/firewall.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,6 +15,16 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
msgid ""
@@ -166,7 +176,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr ""
@@ -556,7 +566,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr ""
@@ -567,8 +577,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -622,28 +632,28 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr ""
@@ -767,10 +777,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -1252,217 +1262,219 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
msgid "Set value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
msgid "Record number"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -1475,180 +1487,180 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
msgid "Interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
msgid "Log all"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
msgid "Short"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr ""
@@ -1657,167 +1669,178 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
msgid "All ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/firstboot.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/firstboot.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/firstboot.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/fonts.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/fonts.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/fonts.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,59 +18,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/geo-cluster.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/geo-cluster.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/geo-cluster.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -59,10 +59,8 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
@@ -118,17 +116,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -136,25 +134,26 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration"
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,97 +164,102 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
@@ -263,76 +267,84 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration"
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
+msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid " created successfully."
msgstr ""
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
@@ -341,7 +353,7 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/installation.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/installation.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/installation.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-07 12:22+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Nils-Christoph Fiedler <ncfiedler(a)gnome.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <nds-lowgerman(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -95,29 +95,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr ""
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
msgid "Starting Installation..."
msgstr "Starte Installatschoon..."
@@ -173,28 +173,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Dem Opfrischen tostimmen"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "Starte &Opfrischen"
@@ -243,51 +243,7 @@
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -468,7 +424,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -495,52 +451,28 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Sprak"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Veröpenlichennotizen"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Lizenztostimmen"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "Lizenz & Översetten..."
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -550,7 +482,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -559,7 +491,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -567,7 +499,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -576,7 +508,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -584,24 +516,53 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Veröpenlichennotizen"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Lizenztostimmen"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Sprak"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "Lizenz & Översetten..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -691,7 +652,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -700,43 +661,43 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -753,44 +714,45 @@
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskaktiveren"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -809,7 +771,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
@@ -834,71 +796,74 @@
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr " * %1"
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr "Installatschoonsfehler"
+
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Fertig"
+
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Startoppasser installeren"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
-msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
msgstr ""
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
+msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr " * %1"
-
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "Fertig"
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr "Installatschoonsfehler"
-
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -922,31 +887,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Mode"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Installatschoonsmodus"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -954,7 +919,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -962,7 +927,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1071,7 +1036,7 @@
#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Pakete installeren..."
@@ -1103,7 +1068,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1126,110 +1091,110 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "Teste USB Lööpwarks"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "Teste USB Lööpwarks..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "Teste FireWire Lööpwarks"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "Teste FireWire Lööpwarks..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Probe floppy disks devices"
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "Teste Diskettenlööpwarks"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Probing floppy disks devices..."
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "Teste Diskettenlööpwarks..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Teste Spiekeroppasser"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Teste Spiekeroppasser..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "Teste Spieker"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Teste Spieker..."
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Sök nah Systemdateien"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Söke nah Systemdateien..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Install boot manager"
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Startoppasser installeren"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Install boot manager"
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Startoppasser installeren"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Teste System"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1237,7 +1202,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1246,12 +1211,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+msgid ""
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1303,8 +1314,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Ännern..."
@@ -1486,7 +1497,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
@@ -1508,7 +1519,7 @@
msgstr "Künn dat Netwark nich opsetten"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1564,6 +1575,26 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
@@ -1621,66 +1652,81 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "Lööpwark"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "All Ännern geihn in dutt."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Save configuration"
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1691,44 +1737,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Save configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Opfrischen"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Installeren"
@@ -1756,7 +1794,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1766,7 +1804,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1775,7 +1813,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1784,7 +1822,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1793,7 +1831,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1801,12 +1839,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1815,7 +1853,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1829,6 +1867,11 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1836,19 +1879,109 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "Anwennen..."
@@ -1856,7 +1989,7 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
@@ -1865,17 +1998,22 @@
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Save configuration"
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
+
#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
#~ msgstr "Je mutt de Lizenz tostimmen"
@@ -1905,9 +2043,6 @@
#~ msgid "Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Netwarkkoort"
-#~ msgid "Device"
-#~ msgstr "Lööpwark"
-
#~ msgid "&IP Address"
#~ msgstr "&IP Anskrivt"
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/iscsi-client.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/iscsi-client.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/iscsi-client.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -105,7 +105,6 @@
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,47 +164,62 @@
msgid "Startup"
msgstr ""
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr ""
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr ""
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -214,9 +228,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr ""
@@ -397,27 +411,25 @@
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr ""
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
msgid "No record found."
msgstr ""
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
msgid ""
"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -430,13 +442,18 @@
"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -444,36 +461,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -562,7 +579,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -570,12 +587,13 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/iscsi-lio-server.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/iscsi-lio-server.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/iscsi-lio-server.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -38,15 +38,14 @@
msgstr "Lööpwark"
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr ""
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -63,7 +62,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -88,7 +87,7 @@
msgstr "Diskaktiveren"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
msgid "LUN"
msgstr ""
@@ -101,127 +100,132 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Passed"
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Döör"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
@@ -229,29 +233,30 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -371,19 +376,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -391,12 +401,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -405,19 +415,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -426,206 +436,214 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr ""
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
msgid "Path:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select Mode"
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr "Modus wählen"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Change..."
msgid "Change:"
msgstr "&Ännern..."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disabled"
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Deaktivert"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Deaktivert"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Deaktivert"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -641,11 +659,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/nds/po/journalctl.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/journalctl.nds.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/journalctl.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# Low Saxon translations for opensuse-i package.
+# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
+# Automatically generated, 2016.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: nds\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/kdump.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/kdump.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/kdump.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -360,10 +360,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1094,148 +1092,163 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/live-installer.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/live-installer.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/live-installer.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -36,27 +36,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -66,80 +66,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Mode"
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installatschoonsmodus"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -147,7 +129,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -234,7 +216,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/mail.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/mail.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/mail.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -243,69 +243,74 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr ""
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
msgid "Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "manual"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "daemon"
msgstr ""
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr ""
@@ -313,7 +318,7 @@
#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
@@ -324,7 +329,7 @@
#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -333,39 +338,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr ""
@@ -375,23 +380,23 @@
#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
#. ),
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
msgid "Local user"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
msgid "Display as"
msgstr ""
@@ -400,23 +405,23 @@
#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf"))
#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error popup
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr ""
@@ -424,106 +429,106 @@
#. list<string> lmod = [];
#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
msgid "&User name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
msgid "Alias"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -762,12 +767,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -775,56 +780,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message,
#. %1 is a file name,
#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n"
@@ -832,161 +837,161 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr ""
#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Annere"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr ""
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr ""
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
msgid "MTA"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
msgid "From Header"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/network.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/network.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/network.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -317,26 +317,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -347,26 +347,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr ""
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""
@@ -640,76 +640,76 @@
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -810,70 +810,70 @@
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr ""
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr ""
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr ""
@@ -1000,12 +1000,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
@@ -1013,16 +1013,16 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1031,8 +1031,8 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1042,156 +1042,156 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr ""
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP Anskrivt"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1199,13 +1199,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1216,20 +1216,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1247,60 +1247,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1310,12 +1310,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1509,23 +1520,23 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr ""
@@ -1583,7 +1594,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1591,7 +1602,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1604,20 +1615,20 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr ""
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1627,12 +1638,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1641,7 +1652,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -1803,7 +1814,7 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -1813,14 +1824,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1828,138 +1839,137 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -1967,7 +1977,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr ""
@@ -2421,31 +2431,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "&IP Anskrivt"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Net&maske"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2602,127 +2612,127 @@
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2805,27 +2815,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2835,7 +2845,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2845,97 +2855,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2950,38 +2960,46 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -2989,111 +3007,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3167,8 +3135,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3194,28 +3162,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3247,27 +3215,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3303,40 +3271,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3555,47 +3523,47 @@
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr ""
@@ -3604,7 +3572,7 @@
#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
msgid "configured"
msgstr ""
@@ -3657,7 +3625,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Update configuration"
@@ -3682,7 +3650,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
msgid "Updating configuration..."
@@ -3696,442 +3664,438 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&IP Address"
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "&IP Anskrivt"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4139,30 +4103,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4171,22 +4135,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/nfs.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/nfs.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/nfs.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -126,14 +126,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -344,12 +344,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -357,52 +357,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
msgid "Start services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/nis.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/nis.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/nis.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -230,8 +230,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
+msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
@@ -344,11 +345,6 @@
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/ntp-client.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/ntp-client.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/ntp-client.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -30,66 +30,66 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -294,310 +294,302 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
msgid "NTP client configuration module."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
msgid "The address of the server"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
msgid "The address of the peer"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
msgid "The options of the relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Peer"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
msgid "Local Radio Clock"
msgstr ""
#. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
msgid "Reading the settings failed."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "New Synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. Server editing dialog
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "NTP Peer"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Local Reference Clock"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
msgid "&Reference ID"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "&Stratum"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Flag &1"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Flag &2"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Flag &3"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
msgid "Flag &4"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
@@ -618,7 +610,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -628,7 +620,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -638,14 +630,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -653,14 +645,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -668,7 +660,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -680,14 +672,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -696,7 +688,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -705,7 +697,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -713,7 +705,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -721,7 +713,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -729,7 +721,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -738,7 +730,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -746,7 +738,7 @@
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -758,49 +750,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -808,7 +800,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -818,7 +810,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -826,7 +818,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -839,7 +831,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -847,7 +839,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -857,7 +849,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -866,7 +858,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -880,17 +872,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -900,14 +892,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
#. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
msgid ""
"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
"replace the current NTP server.\n"
@@ -916,44 +908,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Select the Device"
msgstr ""
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
msgstr ""
#. message report (no server selected)
#. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
msgid "Select an NTP server."
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
msgid "All Countries"
msgstr ""
#. combo box header
#. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
msgid "&Country"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
msgid ""
"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -961,205 +953,205 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
msgid "Address"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "No server is selected."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
msgid "A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
msgid "Only &Manually"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
msgid "Now and on &Boot"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
msgstr ""
#. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
msgid "Auto"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
msgid "&Custom Policy"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
msgid "&Select..."
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
msgid "&Test"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
msgid "Synchronization Type"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
msgid "Display &Log..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
msgid "Clock &Type"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
msgid "Unit &Number"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
msgid "Create &Symlink"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
msgid "Access Control Options"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
msgid "&Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
msgid "&Peer"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
msgid "&Radio Clock"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
msgid "Loc&al Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
msgid "&Public NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
msgid "NTP Server Location"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
msgid "&Lookup"
msgstr ""
@@ -1173,147 +1165,155 @@
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr ""
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr ""
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr ""
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/packager.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/packager.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/packager.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -488,11 +488,6 @@
msgid "&Media"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
msgid "&Priority"
@@ -528,7 +523,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -763,7 +758,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -771,7 +766,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1270,42 +1265,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Sammlung"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1317,32 +1312,37 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
#.
@@ -1350,82 +1350,88 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
msgstr ""
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr ""
-
#. update the trusted flag
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
msgid ""
@@ -1447,31 +1453,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
msgid "&Show Full Log"
msgstr ""
#. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation from Images"
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
msgstr "Vun Avbiller ut installeren"
#. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Mode"
msgid "Installation aborted by user."
msgstr "Installatschoonsmodus"
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1479,13 +1485,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ""
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Doon."
@@ -1493,21 +1499,21 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr ""
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
@@ -1516,43 +1522,43 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Pakete installeren..."
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr ""
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1675,7 +1681,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
@@ -1691,12 +1697,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1704,50 +1710,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr ""
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1756,34 +1762,42 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Sprak"
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -1794,36 +1808,37 @@
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Lizenztostimmen"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "License Agreement"
@@ -1831,7 +1846,7 @@
msgstr "Lizenztostimmen"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -1927,7 +1942,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -1972,100 +1987,100 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2074,53 +2089,53 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2130,23 +2145,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2155,42 +2170,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2198,17 +2213,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2218,20 +2233,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2244,7 +2259,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2252,11 +2267,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2268,12 +2283,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2281,71 +2296,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2360,7 +2375,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2369,12 +2384,16 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2382,7 +2401,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2390,7 +2409,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2400,7 +2419,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2409,25 +2428,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2437,12 +2456,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Product"
msgid "Add On Product"
@@ -2451,7 +2470,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2636,19 +2655,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
msgid ""
"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
"before updating the system.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/pkg-bindings.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/pkg-bindings.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/pkg-bindings.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/printer.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/printer.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/printer.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -438,8 +438,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2540,56 +2540,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2627,74 +2627,74 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2705,33 +2705,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2740,25 +2740,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2785,28 +2785,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2814,25 +2814,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2852,53 +2852,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/rdp.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/rdp.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/rdp.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -96,62 +96,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start service %1"
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start service %1"
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr ""
#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr "Starte Deenst %1..."
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/rear.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/rear.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/rear.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -242,11 +242,11 @@
msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/registration.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/registration.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/registration.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,27 +15,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -52,9 +31,9 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -70,30 +49,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -236,29 +215,25 @@
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-msgid "Connection time out."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -274,41 +249,43 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No installation images are available"
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
+msgstr "Keene Installatschoonsavbiller sünd verfögbar"
+
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No installation images are available"
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Keene Installatschoonsavbiller sünd verfögbar"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -318,23 +295,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -342,6 +319,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -350,20 +345,20 @@
msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -372,7 +367,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -381,14 +376,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""
@@ -398,34 +393,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -433,7 +428,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -447,7 +442,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -458,39 +453,39 @@
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -559,34 +554,38 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr ""
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr ""
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -601,7 +600,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
@@ -663,34 +662,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "&Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "Veröpenlichennotizen"
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
@@ -714,10 +713,8 @@
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr ""
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&IP Address"
msgid "&E-mail Address"
@@ -728,60 +725,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. the UI defition for the main dialog
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No installation images are available"
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Keene Installatschoonsavbiller sünd verfögbar"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+msgid "Register System via %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No installation images are available"
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
msgstr "Keene Installatschoonsavbiller sünd verfögbar"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr ""
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No installation images are available"
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
@@ -791,52 +796,37 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
"\n"
"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
msgstr ""
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
#. SSL error message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
@@ -860,22 +850,22 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
@@ -883,16 +873,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -923,17 +903,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
msgid "Priority: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -994,17 +974,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr ""
@@ -1014,38 +994,38 @@
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr ""
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1094,15 +1074,68 @@
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
msgstr ""
-#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show.
+#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Local Registration Servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No installation images are available"
+msgid "No registration server selected"
+msgstr "Keene Installatschoonsavbiller sünd verfögbar"
+
+#. Default registration server
+#.
+#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr ""
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "No installation images are available"
#~ msgid "Registering Migration Products..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/reipl.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/reipl.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/reipl.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,11 +23,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/samba-client.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/samba-client.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/samba-client.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -787,86 +787,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/samba-server.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/samba-server.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/samba-server.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/security.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/security.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/security.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -115,282 +115,249 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "&ZMD Deenst deaktiveren"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktivert"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Deaktivert"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -399,33 +366,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -433,7 +400,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -442,7 +409,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -451,7 +418,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -459,14 +426,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -474,7 +441,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -484,7 +451,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -492,12 +459,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -505,26 +472,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -532,35 +499,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -578,7 +545,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -588,7 +555,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -597,7 +564,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -606,7 +573,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -617,21 +584,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -639,26 +606,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -670,7 +637,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -678,23 +645,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -706,13 +673,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -724,7 +691,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -736,38 +703,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -827,167 +842,240 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Deaktivert"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Probing"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Teste System"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -1003,63 +1091,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Söke nah Systemdateien..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/services-manager.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/services-manager.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/services-manager.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -291,11 +291,11 @@
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/snapper.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/snapper.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/snapper.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Description"
@@ -55,266 +55,266 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
msgstr ""
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start &Update"
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Starte &Opfrischen"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Pakete installeren..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Schrievdiskutwahl"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Schrievdiskutwahl"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -335,19 +335,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Opening file..."
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Mak de Datei op..."
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/storage.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/storage.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/storage.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -84,8 +84,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -147,7 +146,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -763,7 +766,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -781,7 +784,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -791,7 +794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -801,7 +804,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -811,7 +814,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -822,7 +825,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -832,7 +835,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -845,7 +848,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -855,7 +858,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -867,7 +870,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -878,7 +881,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -890,11 +893,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -992,53 +995,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1047,7 +1050,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1057,7 +1060,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1067,7 +1070,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1082,13 +1085,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1115,7 +1118,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1126,7 +1129,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1146,7 +1149,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1155,7 +1158,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1454,7 +1457,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1469,17 +1472,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1511,7 +1514,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1524,7 +1527,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1537,7 +1540,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1559,7 +1562,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1718,7 +1721,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1733,12 +1736,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1746,26 +1749,26 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2023,11 +2026,9 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
@@ -2058,9 +2059,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2082,8 +2082,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2100,8 +2099,7 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
msgid "Delete..."
@@ -2161,39 +2159,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disk Activation"
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Diskaktiveren"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2201,54 +2206,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2257,17 +2262,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2277,7 +2282,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2286,56 +2291,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2343,8 +2348,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2356,33 +2361,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2392,7 +2397,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2401,12 +2406,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2589,108 +2594,113 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2698,51 +2708,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2752,50 +2762,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2835,8 +2845,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
msgid "Resize"
msgstr ""
@@ -2927,8 +2936,7 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
msgid "Add..."
@@ -3031,50 +3039,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3082,7 +3090,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr ""
@@ -3090,31 +3098,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3212,12 +3220,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3512,12 +3520,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3551,9 +3559,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3563,14 +3571,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3911,17 +3919,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4184,7 +4192,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -4909,38 +4917,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4950,7 +4971,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4964,7 +4985,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4977,7 +4998,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4986,7 +5007,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4994,7 +5015,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5003,24 +5024,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5028,12 +5049,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5041,97 +5062,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5139,7 +5160,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5147,7 +5168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5155,18 +5176,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5750,50 +5771,41 @@
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
msgstr ""
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5802,35 +5814,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/update.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/update.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/update.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -758,19 +758,19 @@
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
msgid ""
"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
"%{packages}"
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/users.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/users.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/users.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -124,542 +124,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Moin moin!</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Ännern..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -781,11 +245,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1026,93 +485,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1264,6 +636,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1287,6 +675,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1301,11 +696,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1473,6 +887,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1561,6 +999,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1570,6 +1022,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1688,6 +1158,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1713,6 +1192,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2337,7 +1831,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2413,6 +1908,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2432,6 +1932,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2547,6 +2052,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2557,6 +2067,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2814,6 +2344,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3089,6 +2625,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3106,6 +2649,348 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Pass&word (Optional)"
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Pass&woord (Optschoonal)"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3547,7 +3432,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3559,202 +3444,202 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3762,14 +3647,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3778,7 +3663,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3787,7 +3672,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3795,14 +3680,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3810,14 +3695,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3825,7 +3710,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3833,7 +3718,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3841,14 +3726,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3856,7 +3741,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3864,7 +3749,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -3873,7 +3758,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -3883,19 +3768,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3903,14 +3788,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3919,7 +3804,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3928,7 +3813,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3937,14 +3822,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -3952,7 +3837,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -3961,20 +3846,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3982,7 +3867,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3990,22 +3875,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4023,23 +3908,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Instellen spiekern"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4156,7 +4041,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4164,7 +4049,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4174,7 +4059,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4182,37 +4067,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4220,7 +4105,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4228,20 +4113,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4249,7 +4134,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4258,22 +4143,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4334,3 +4217,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Moin moin!</b></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&Ännern..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/vm.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/vm.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/vm.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -40,153 +40,153 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Schrieve YaST Instellen..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -199,26 +199,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nds/po/vpn.nds.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nds/po/vpn.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
+++ trunk/yast/nds/po/vpn.nds.po 2016-09-02 21:39:22 UTC (rev 96701)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -200,12 +200,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -288,108 +288,108 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Diskaktiveren"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connected"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Verbunnen"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Szenario wählen"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,32 +476,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -509,28 +509,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
1
0
02 Sep '16
Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:39:11 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96700
Added:
trunk/yast/nb/po/journalctl.nb.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/nb/po/add-on.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/auth-client.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/auth-server.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/autoinst.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/base.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/bootloader.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/ca-management.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/cio.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/cluster.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/control.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/country.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/crowbar.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/dhcp-server.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/dns-server.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/docker.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/drbd.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/fcoe-client.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/firewall.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/firstboot.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/fonts.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/geo-cluster.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/installation.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/iscsi-client.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/iscsi-lio-server.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/kdump.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/live-installer.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/mail.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/network.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/nfs.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/nis.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/ntp-client.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/packager.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/pkg-bindings.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/printer.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/rdp.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/rear.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/registration.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/reipl.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/samba-client.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/samba-server.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/security.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/services-manager.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/snapper.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/storage.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/update.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/users.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/vm.nb.po
trunk/yast/nb/po/vpn.nb.po
Log:
nb merged
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/add-on.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/add-on.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/add-on.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-03 18:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: American English <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -89,15 +89,16 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>Medium: %1, sti: %2, produkt: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr "Gjør tillleggsproduktet \"%1\" tilgjengelig via \"%2\""
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "Kunne ikke legge til tilleggsprodukt."
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr "Gjør tillleggsproduktet \"%1\" tilgjengelig via \"%2\""
-
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/auth-client.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/auth-client.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/auth-client.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,1169 +17,1781 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Name"
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "Navn"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "Angi et navn for den nye profilen."
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "&Autentiseringsmodus"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil slette partisjonen %1?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "Opprett hjemmekatalog ved innlogging"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "&Autentiseringsmodus"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delete"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "Slett"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Basic Settings:"
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "Grunninnstillinger:"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "Generell konfigurasjon"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "Generell konfigurasjon"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Navn"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "Verdi"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "Nettverkstjenester"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Beskrivelse"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "Filter:"
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "None"
msgid "None."
msgstr "Ingen"
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount Parameters"
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "Monteringsparametere"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Optional Parameter File"
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "Fil med alternative parametere"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authenticated Clients"
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Autentiserte klienter"
-
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Generell konfigurasjon"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "Filter:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "&Autentiseringsmodus"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr "Opprett hjemmekatalog ved innlogging"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
-msgstr "Aktiver NTP-nisse"
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "Domene"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "Domene"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sections: %1"
-msgid "Sections"
+msgid "Service Options"
msgstr "Seksjoner: %1"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Services"
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "Nettverkstjenester"
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "Domene"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Selected Service"
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
-msgstr "Valgt tjeneste"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Custom Registration Server"
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr "Egendefinert registreringsserver"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Navn"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "Verdi"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil slette partisjonen %1?"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "Beskrivelse"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "Modemparametere"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Filter:"
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "Filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile."
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
-msgstr "Du kan ikke slette den aktive profilen."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
-msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil slette partisjonen %1?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem parameter details"
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr "Detaljerte modemparametere"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Logging enabled"
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr "Logging aktivert"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "Vil du aktivere tilgang til profilarkivet?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
+msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Tjeneste"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "Domene"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Identification:"
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "Identifikasjon:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "&Autentiseringsmodus"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "Disse tjenestene vil bli aktivert"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "Angi et navn for den nye profilen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "Dette domenet is allerede definert."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "Aktiver NTP-nisse"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "Angi et navn for den nye profilen."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "Dette domenet is allerede definert."
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Base DN for the database"
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr "Hoved-DN for database"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port"
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr "Sikker LDAP-port"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address (or host name) of the host with a fixed address"
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "IP-adressen (eller vertsmaskinnavnet) til vertsmaskinen med fast adresse"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "I&P address or name of NFS server:"
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "I&P-adresse eller navn på NFS-server:"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "I&P address or name of NFS server:"
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "I&P-adresse eller navn på NFS-server:"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
#
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The configuration of the NIS client will be saved.\n"
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr "Konfigurasjonen for NIS-klienten vil bli lagret.\n"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authenticated Clients"
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Autentiserte klienter"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Selected Service"
+#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "Valgt tjeneste"
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+#~ msgid "More Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "Modemparametere"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile."
+#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#~ msgstr "Du kan ikke slette den aktive profilen."
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
+#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#~ msgstr "Vil du aktivere tilgang til profilarkivet?"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Tjeneste"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Identification:"
+#~ msgid "Identification provider:"
+#~ msgstr "Identifikasjon:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#~ msgstr "Disse tjenestene vil bli aktivert"
+
#~ msgid "Cancel"
#~ msgstr "Avbryt"
@@ -1192,17 +1804,11 @@
#~ msgid "New"
#~ msgstr "Ny"
-#~ msgid "Basic Settings:"
-#~ msgstr "Grunninnstillinger:"
-
#~ msgid "Add"
#~ msgstr "Legg til"
#~ msgid "Edit"
#~ msgstr "Rediger"
-#~ msgid "Delete"
-#~ msgstr "Slett"
-
#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention"
#~ msgstr "Søppelpostblokkering"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/auth-server.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/auth-server.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/auth-server.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -304,8 +304,7 @@
msgstr "Registrer for en &SLP-nisse"
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr "Brannmurinnstillinger"
@@ -448,12 +447,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr "Sett opp konto for replikasjon"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr "er ikke en gyldig DN for LDAP"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Passord"
@@ -479,8 +478,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
@@ -488,7 +487,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr "Vertsnavn for leverandør"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr "Bruk StartTLS"
@@ -569,8 +568,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr "Kontrollen genererte følgende feilmeldinger:"
@@ -1886,8 +1885,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2261,7 +2259,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr "Indeksmellomlager (IDL cache)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2331,7 +2329,7 @@
msgstr "Legg til indeks"
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr "Passordregelinnstillinger"
@@ -2492,237 +2490,237 @@
msgstr "Katalogen finnes ikke. Vil du opprette den?"
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr "Autentisering mislyktes. Passordet er sannsynligvis feil.\n"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr "Feilmeldingen er: '"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Vil du prøve igjen?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr "Tilgjengelige attributtyper"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr "Valgte attributtyper"
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr "For hvem skal denne regelen gjelde"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr "Oppføringens DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Velg"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr "Definer tilgangsnivået"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr "Fortsett evaluering av denne regelen (\"continue\")"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr "Underfilstruktur-DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr "Gruppe-DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr "Rediger tilgangskontrollregel"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr "Målobjekter"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr "Samsvarer med filteret:"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr "LDAP-filter"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Attributter"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Rediger"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr "Tilgangsnivå"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr "Hvem"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr "DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr "Flytkontroll"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Opp"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Ned"
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr "Mål"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filter"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr "Leverandørnavn"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr "Replikasjonstype"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr "Replikasjonsintervall"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Dager"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Timer"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minutter"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekunder"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr "Autentiserings-DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr "Tilpasset oppdateringshenvisning"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr "Målvertsmaskin"
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr "Vil du likevel forsøke på nytt?"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr "Bekreft at målserveren er aktivert som LDAPsync-leverandør"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr "Aktiver ldapsync-leverandør for denne databasen"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "Handlinger"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/autoinst.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/autoinst.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/autoinst.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-08 12:43+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "Dette kan ta en stund"
@@ -59,14 +59,13 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. unique id
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -266,7 +265,7 @@
msgstr "Velg først en fil fra tabellen."
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -277,73 +276,57 @@
"</p>"
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Fremdrift"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av systemet med innstillingene for autoinstallasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr "Konfigurerer %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr "Konfigurerer ikke %1"
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Kjører postskript"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Starter alle kjørende tjenester på nytt"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr "Akiverer standardmål for systemd"
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Fullfører konfigurasjon"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Behandler ressursen %1"
@@ -403,8 +386,15 @@
"kjøring av diskbildeskript mislyktes:\n"
"%1"
-#. import "Arch";
#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
#. Package: Auto-installation
#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
@@ -412,7 +402,7 @@
#. the system as described in the profile file.
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
@@ -420,59 +410,45 @@
"<p>\n"
"Vent mens systemet klargjøres for autoinstallasjon.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr "Søk etter maskinvare"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr "Hent og les kontrollfil"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr "Analyser kontrollfil"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr "Innledende konfigurasjon"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr "Klargjør system for automatisk installasjon"
#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr "Analysefase"
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr "Søker etter maskinvare..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr "Analyserer kontrollfil"
@@ -516,59 +492,69 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<p>Vent mens systemet klargjøres for autoinstallasjon.</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "Kjør brukerskript før installasjon"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "Konfigurer generelle innstillinger "
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "Språkinnstillinger"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "Opprett partisjonstabeller"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "Konfigurer oppstartslaster"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Registrering"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "Konfigurer programvareutvalg"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr "Akiverer standardmål for systemd"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
msgid "Configure users and groups"
msgstr "Konfigurere volumgrupper"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configure Drives"
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr "Konfigurer disker"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "Kjører brukerskript før installasjon..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer generelle innstillinger..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Setter opp språk..."
@@ -576,17 +562,17 @@
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "Oppretter partisjonstabeller..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer oppstartslaster..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Reparerer filsystem..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer programvareutvalg..."
@@ -600,7 +586,19 @@
msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..."
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr "Importerer hurtigoppstartsfil..."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuring language..."
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr "Konfigurerer språk..."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "Klargjør system for automatisk installasjon"
@@ -609,19 +607,19 @@
#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr "Håndterer tilleggsprodukter..."
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer språk..."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -629,8 +627,9 @@
"Feil under konfigurasjon av partisjoner.\n"
"Forsøk igjen.\n"
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -710,11 +709,11 @@
#. Select packages
#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr "Programvareutvalg"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
@@ -729,19 +728,19 @@
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr "Plassering av installasjonskilde (f.eks. http://vertsmaskin/11.3/DVD1/)"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr "Installasjonskilde for dette systemet (du kan ikke opprette diskbilder hvis du velger dette)"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr "installasjonskilden kunne ikke brukes"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr "Leser pakkedatabase..."
@@ -993,6 +992,11 @@
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr "Volumgruppens enhetsnavn"
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
@@ -1482,8 +1486,7 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Innstillinger"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Velg katalog"
@@ -1607,7 +1610,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer XML med RNG-validering..."
@@ -1617,7 +1620,7 @@
msgstr "Seksjon %1:"
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer XML med RNC-validering..."
@@ -1998,67 +2001,6 @@
"en forberedelse.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "Kan ikke finne nettadressen '%1' via protokollen HTTP(S). Serveren rapporterte koden %2."
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "Kan ikke finne nettadressen '%1' via protokollen FTP. Serveren rapporterte koden %2."
-
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr "Lesing av filen på %1/%2 mislyktes.\n"
-
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr "Lesing av filen på %1 mislyktes.\n"
-
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr "Montering av %1 mislyktes."
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr "Lesing av fil fra CD mislyktes. Filsti: %1/%2."
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr "Den eksterne filen %1 kan ikke hentes"
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr "%1 er ikke montert og montering mislyktes"
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr "Filen %1 ble ikke funnet"
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr "Kan ikke finne nettadressen '%1' via protokollen TFTP."
-
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr "Ukjent protokoll %1."
-
#. Script Configuration
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
@@ -2325,12 +2267,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "XML-analysen rapporterte en feil under analysen av autoyast-profilen. Feilmeldingen var:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2346,45 +2288,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Velg profil"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "Henter kontrollfil fra diskett."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "Henter kontrollfil (%1) fra TFTP-server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "Henter kontrollfil (%1) fra NFS-server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "Henter kontrollfil (%1) fra HTTP-server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "Henter kontrollfil (%1) fra FTP-server: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil fra fil: %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil fra enhet: /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil fra standardplassering."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "Ukjent kilde."
@@ -2394,7 +2336,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2404,7 +2346,7 @@
"<p>Nesten alle ressursene i kontrollfilen kan\n"
"konfigureres ved hjelp av konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2418,7 +2360,7 @@
"installere et annet system ved hjelp av AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2524,24 +2466,24 @@
msgstr "Ikke importere nye GPG-nøkler"
#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Syncing server..."
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr "Synkroniserer server..."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parsing failed."
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr "Tolking mislyktes."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
msgid "Cannot update system time."
@@ -2564,18 +2506,18 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "Disker"
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not detected."
msgid "Not yet cloned."
@@ -2583,55 +2525,55 @@
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "Preinstallasjonsskript"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "Postinstallasjonsskript"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr "Chroot-skript"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr "Init-skript"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr "Skript etter partisjonering"
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Pre"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
msgid "Post"
msgstr "Post"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
msgid "Init"
msgstr "Init"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr "Chroot"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr "Etter partisjonering"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2641,31 +2583,31 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Kunne ikke legge til pakkebrønnen %1"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Diskbilde kunne ikke opprettes under installasjon av mønster. Kontroller /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Oppretter diskbilde - installerer pakker"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Diskbilde kunne ikke opprettes under installasjon av pakker. Kontroller /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr "Lagre diskbilde som ..."
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
@@ -2673,16 +2615,16 @@
"Du kan fremdeles endre diskbildet i %1/\n"
"Hvis du trykker OK, vil diskbildet bli komprimert og kan ikke lenger endres."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "Komprimering av diskbilde i '%1' mislyktes. Kontroller /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "Diskbildet er opprettet"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
@@ -2691,30 +2633,30 @@
"Du kan opprette filen med kommandoen 'ls -F > directory.yast' hvis den mangler."
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "kan ikke lese '%1'. Vil du forsøke igjen?"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "Kan ikke lese '%1'. ISO kunne ikke opprettes."
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "Klargjør ISO-filstruktur ..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr "Oppstartsoppsett for DVD"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2724,43 +2666,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "Lagre ISO-diskbilde som ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "Oppretter ISO-fil ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr "ISO er opprettet på %1"
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "Valgte mønstre"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "Valgte enkeltpakker"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "Pakker som skal fjernes"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "Velg spesiell kjernepakke"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikke definere mønstre: %1."
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "Kjøringen av pakkeløseren mislyktes. Kontroller programvareseksjonen i autoyast-profilen."
@@ -2805,14 +2747,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "Henter konfigurasjonsdata..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr "Kryptert Autoast-profil. Angi passordet to ganger."
@@ -2820,14 +2762,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Kunne ikke lagre seksjonen %1 i filen %2."
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr "Kryptert AutoYast-profil. Angi riktig passord."
@@ -2845,6 +2787,39 @@
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+#~ msgstr "Kan ikke finne nettadressen '%1' via protokollen HTTP(S). Serveren rapporterte koden %2."
+
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+#~ msgstr "Kan ikke finne nettadressen '%1' via protokollen FTP. Serveren rapporterte koden %2."
+
+#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Lesing av filen på %1/%2 mislyktes.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Lesing av filen på %1 mislyktes.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+#~ msgstr "Montering av %1 mislyktes."
+
+#~ msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+#~ msgstr "Lesing av fil fra CD mislyktes. Filsti: %1/%2."
+
+#~ msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+#~ msgstr "Den eksterne filen %1 kan ikke hentes"
+
+#~ msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+#~ msgstr "%1 er ikke montert og montering mislyktes"
+
+#~ msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+#~ msgstr "Filen %1 ble ikke funnet"
+
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+#~ msgstr "Kan ikke finne nettadressen '%1' via protokollen TFTP."
+
+#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+#~ msgstr "Ukjent protokoll %1."
+
#~ msgid "Configure runlevel"
#~ msgstr "Konfigurer kjørenivåer"
@@ -2976,9 +2951,6 @@
#~ "Du finner mer informasjon i dokumentasjonen.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
-#~ msgid "Configure Drives"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurer disker"
-
#~ msgid "&Drive"
#~ msgstr "&Disk"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/base.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/base.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/base.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-07 23:21+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -85,79 +85,79 @@
msgstr "Denne YaST2-modulen støtter ikke kommandolinjemodus."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Bruk 'help' for å få opp en fullstendig liste over tilgjengelige kommandoer."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Bruk 'yast2 %1 help' for å få opp en fullstendig liste over tilgjengelige kommandoer."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "Ukjent kommando: %1"
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "Alternativet '%1' mangler en verdi."
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "Ukjent alternativ for kommandoen '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "Ugyldig verdi for alternativet '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "Ugyldig verdi for alternativet '%1': %2 '%1' -- ventet '%2', mottatt %3"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "Alternativet '%1' kan ikke ha noen verdi. Angitt verdi: %2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Bruk '%1 %2 help' for å få opp en fullstendig liste over tilgjengelige alternativer."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Bruk 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for å få opp en fullstendig liste over tilgjengelige alternativer."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "YaST konfigurasjonsmodul %1\n"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "Ingen hjelp tilgjengelig"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "Kommando '%1'"
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
" Alternativer:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
" Alternatier av [streng]-type må være på formatet 'alternativ=verdi'."
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -184,137 +184,137 @@
" Eksempel:"
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "Dette er en YaST-modul."
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "Grunnsyntaks:"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <kommando> [informasjon] [alternativer]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <kommando> help"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <kommando> [alternativer]"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <kommando> help"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "Kommandoer:"
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "Ingen hjelp tilgjengelig."
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr "<Error: invalid help>"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr "Bruk 'yast2 %1 <kommando> help' for å få opp en liste over tilgjengelige alternativer."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "Navn på målfil (valget 'xmlfile') mangler. Bruk kommandolinjevalget xmlfile=<navn_på_målfil>."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "Navn på målfil (valget 'xmlfile') mangler. Bruk kommandolinjevalget xmlfile=<navn_på_målfil>."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "ukjent"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "eller '%1'"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "Spesifiser kommandoen '%1'."
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Spesifiser en av kommandoene: %1."
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Spesifiser kun én av kommandoene: %1."
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "Det er ikke noe tilgjengelig brukergrensesnitt for denne modulen."
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "Klart"
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Initialiserer"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "Fullfører"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "Avslutter (uten endringer)"
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "ja eller nei?"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr "ja"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr "nei"
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Installasjonsfeil"
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@
msgstr "Vil du fjerne pakken %1?"
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Ingen prosedyre er definert for denne installasjonsmodusen."
@@ -447,14 +447,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Fortsett installasjonen"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "&Avbryt installasjonen"
@@ -495,12 +495,12 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr "Det oppstod en intern feil ved integrasjon av tilleggsarbeidsflyt."
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "Verdien for %1 er ugyldig."
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "Ved oppstart"
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manuelt"
@@ -566,22 +566,22 @@
msgstr "Via xinetd"
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr "Via &xinetd"
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "Start av tjeneste"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "Tjenesten er aktivert"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "Tjenesten er ikke aktivert"
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -613,48 +613,48 @@
"tjenesten straks, bruk <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "Aktiver tjenesten nå"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "Deaktiver tjenesten nå"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "Lagre endringene og start tjenesten på nytt nå"
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "&Aktiver tjenesten nå"
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "D&eaktiver tjenesten nå"
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "L&agre endringene og start tjenesten på nytt nå"
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Aktivere og deaktivere"
#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Gjeldende status: "
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -665,12 +665,12 @@
"velg <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP-støtte aktivert"
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP-støtte aktivert"
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "&Ned"
@@ -732,12 +732,12 @@
msgstr "Den spesifiserte filen finnes. Vil du overskrive den?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr "TSIG-nøkkel-ID ble ikke spesifisert."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@
"Vil du slette den?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -755,27 +755,27 @@
"på disken. Vil du slette den?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr "Nøkkelen vil bli opprettet nå. Vil du fortsette?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "TSIG-nøkkelen kunne ikke opprettes."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "Den spesifiserte filen finnes ikke."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr "Den spesifiserte filen inneholder ikke noen TSIG-nøkkel."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
"De gamle kodene vil bli slettet. Vil du fortsette?"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@
"I denne dialogen kan du administrere TSIG-nøklene.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@
"som inneholder nøkkelen, og klikk <b>Legg til</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@
"<b>Generer</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -836,27 +836,27 @@
"i konfigurasjonen.</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr "Legge til en eksisterende TSIG-nøkkel"
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr "Opprette en ny TSIG-nøkkel"
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr "&Nøkkel-ID"
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "&Generer"
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr "Gjeldende TSIG-nøkler"
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -872,22 +872,22 @@
msgstr "Nøkkel-ID"
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Filnavn"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "&Valgt alternativ"
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "Gjeldende alternativ: "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "Det valgte alternativet finnes allerede."
@@ -951,19 +951,19 @@
"i listen.</p>"
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "&Annet"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "Enheten er ikke konfigurert"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr "Klikk på <B>Rediger</B> for å konfigurere"
@@ -1113,9 +1113,91 @@
"<p>I noen dialoger er ingen eller bare noen\n"
"av F-tastene tilgjengelige.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read Other Settings."
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Les andre innstillinger."
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read Other Settings."
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Les andre innstillinger."
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Start av tjeneste"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Gjeldende status:"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Operating System Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Oppstart av operativsystem"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Advarsel"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&top now ..."
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "S&topp nå ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Stopped"
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr "Stoppet"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start it now?"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "Start den nå?"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1125,7 +1207,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1135,7 +1217,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1313,7 +1395,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Hopp over"
@@ -1336,7 +1418,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passord"
@@ -1561,27 +1643,27 @@
msgstr "Kerberos-skjemafil ikke funnet"
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryte installasjonen?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryte YaST systemreparasjon?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Avbryt systemreparasjon"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Fortsett systemreparasjon"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1594,7 +1676,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1608,7 +1690,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1619,18 +1701,18 @@
"Du må installere på nytt."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Er du sikker at du vil avbryte?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle endringer vil gå tapt!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detaljer..."
@@ -1658,7 +1740,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
@@ -1669,7 +1751,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nei"
@@ -1733,19 +1815,19 @@
msgstr "Logg feil: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr "Advarsel:"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
msgid "Error:"
msgstr "Feil:"
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
msgid "Message:"
msgstr "Melding:"
@@ -1798,7 +1880,7 @@
msgstr "&Slett"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "&Variabel"
@@ -1894,7 +1976,7 @@
msgstr "Angi passfrase"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr "Angi passfrasen som låser opp GPG-nøkkelen %1: "
@@ -2000,6 +2082,235 @@
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under lesing av loggen."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr "Ukjent sone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Grensesnittet '%1' er ikke tilordnet noen brannmursone.\n"
+"Det kan tilordnes manuelt under Brannmur i YaST2.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr "Ekstern sone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr "Intern sone"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr "Demilitarisert sone"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr "TCP"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr "UDP"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr "RPC"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr "IP"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+"Grensesnittet %1 er med i flere brannmursoner.\n"
+"Denne konfigurasjonen kan føre til feil.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du bør avslutte konfigurasjonen og reparere den manuelt i\n"
+"filen '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialiserer brannmurkonfigurasjon"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr "Søk etter nettverksenheter"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr "Les gjeldende konfigurasjon"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr "Kontroller om det finnes tjenester som skaper konflikter"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr "Søker etter nettverksenheter..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr "Leser gjeldende konfigurasjon..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr "Kontrollerer om det finnes tjenester som skaper konflikter..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Lagrer brannmurkonfigurasjon"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr "Tilpass brannmurtjenesten"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr "Lagrer brannmurinnstillinger..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr "Tilpasser brannmurtjenesten..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr "Innstillingene kunne ikke lagres"
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr "Ukjent protokoll (%1)"
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service: %1"
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr "Tjeneste: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GPG Public Keys"
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr "Offentlige GPG-nøkler"
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr "Ukjent enhet '%1'"
+
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
@@ -2041,13 +2352,13 @@
msgstr "Grensesnittet er ikke tilordnet noen sone."
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "&Nettverksgrensesnitt med åpen port i brannmur"
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2056,7 +2367,7 @@
"%1\n"
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2069,7 +2380,7 @@
"Vil du fortsette?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2085,8 +2396,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2101,29 +2412,29 @@
"Vil du fortsette?"
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Nettverks&grensesnitt vil åpne port i brannmur"
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "Velg &alle"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "Velg &ingen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2131,7 +2442,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2144,7 +2455,7 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2153,7 +2464,7 @@
"klikk <b>%2</b>.<br>"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2162,46 +2473,48 @@
"er aktivert.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Åpne port i brannmur"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr "Brannmurinformasjon"
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr "Åpne port i &brannmur"
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "Brannmur&informasjon..."
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall Settings"
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr "Brannmurinnstillinger"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr "Brannmur er åpen"
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Nettverkskort"
@@ -2209,27 +2522,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent"
@@ -2239,389 +2552,389 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Tilleggsadresse"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "ARCnet-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Bluetooth-tilkobling"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond"
msgstr "Bond"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Bond-nettverk"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "CLAW (Common Link Access for Workstation)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN-kort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "CTC-grensesnitt (Channel to Channel)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL-forbindelse"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Prøve"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "Dummy-nettverksenhet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "ESCON (Enterprise System Connector)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Ethernet-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "Fiberkanaltilkobling (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "HIPPI (HIgh Performance Parallel Interface)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Hipersockets"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "HSI (Hipersockets Interface)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN-forbindelse"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Infrarød nettverksenhet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Infrarød enhet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "IUCV (Inter User Communication Vehicle)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "Loopback"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "Loopback-enhet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "Parallell linje"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "Parallell linjetilkobling"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSA-Express- eller QDIO-enhet (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4-innkapslingsenhet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Seriell linje"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "Seriell linjetilkopling"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Tokenring"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Tokenring-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB-nettverksenhet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare-nettsverksenhet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Trådløst"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Trådløst nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP-nettverk"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "Virtuelt LAN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Bro"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Nettverksbro"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "TUN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "Nettverkstunnel"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "TAP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "Nettverks-TAP"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "InfiniBand-enhet"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Ukjent enhet"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Ingen IP-adresse tilordnet"
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "Enhetstype"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Enhetsnavn"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Enhets-ID"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Tilkoblet"
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "Søker etter vertsmaskiner i dette lokalnettverket..."
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "&NFS-servere"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "Eks&terne vertsmaskiner"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "&Eksporterte kataloger"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2636,7 +2949,7 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
msgid ""
@@ -2645,7 +2958,7 @@
"or continue without network."
msgstr "Start intstallasjonen på nytt og sett opp nettverket i Linuxrc"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2670,142 +2983,6 @@
"Et portnummer kan være et tall mellom 0 og 65535.\n"
"Mellomrom er ikke tillatt.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr "Ekstern sone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr "Intern sone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr "Demilitarisert sone"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr "TCP"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr "UDP"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr "RPC"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr "IP"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr "Ukjent sone"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-"Grensesnittet %1 er med i flere brannmursoner.\n"
-"Denne konfigurasjonen kan føre til feil.\n"
-"\n"
-"Du bør avslutte konfigurasjonen og reparere den manuelt i\n"
-"filen '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Grensesnittet '%1' er ikke tilordnet noen brannmursone.\n"
-"Det kan tilordnes manuelt under Brannmur i YaST2.\n"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "Initialiserer brannmurkonfigurasjon"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr "Søk etter nettverksenheter"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr "Les gjeldende konfigurasjon"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr "Kontroller om det finnes tjenester som skaper konflikter"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr "Søker etter nettverksenheter..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr "Leser gjeldende konfigurasjon..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr "Kontrollerer om det finnes tjenester som skaper konflikter..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "Lagrer brannmurkonfigurasjon"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr "Tilpass brannmurtjenesten"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr "Lagrer brannmurinnstillinger..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr "Tilpasser brannmurtjenesten..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr "Innstillingene kunne ikke lagres"
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr "Ukjent protokoll (%1)"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -2892,63 +3069,14 @@
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr "Du installerer et system ved å bruke ISCSI-mål, men du har ikke åpnet nødvendige porter i brannmuren."
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service: %1"
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr "Tjeneste: %1"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr "Ukjent enhet '%1'"
-
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Følgende pakker må installeres:"
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -2962,35 +3090,77 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Avinstaller"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Kontrollerer om det finnes tjenester som skaper konflikter..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Laster ned pakken %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Laster ned pakken"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Feil ved pakke %1, problemer med integriteten."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Vil du forsøke å installere pakken på nytt?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Vil du avbryte installasjonen?"
@@ -2999,15 +3169,15 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Feil: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
@@ -3016,35 +3186,35 @@
"Kontroller systemet senere med modulen Legg til og fjern programmer.\n"
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Avinstallerer pakken %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Installerer pakken %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Avinstallerer pakke"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Installerer pakke"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Pakken %1 kunne ikke fjernes."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Installasjon av pakken %1 mislyktes."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
@@ -3053,7 +3223,7 @@
"Systemet bør kontrolleres senere ved å kjøre modulen Legg til og fjern programmer."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3068,27 +3238,27 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "Side A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "Side B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Disk %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Medium %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3097,7 +3267,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3110,7 +3280,7 @@
"Kontroller at katalogen er tilgjengelig."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3124,83 +3294,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Hopp over auto-oppdatering"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Løs ut"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Løs a&utomatisk ut CD- eller DVD-medium"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Vil du forsøke å installere på nytt?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Vil du hoppe over mediet?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Ignorerer ugyldig medium..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&Nettadresse"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Oppretter pakkebrønnen %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under oppretting av pakkebrønnen."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Kan ikke hente beskrivelse for ekstern pakkebrønn."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under henting av ny metainformasjon."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Pakkebrønnen er ikke gyldig."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Pakkebrønnen har ugyldige metadata."
@@ -3208,92 +3378,92 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Vil du prøve på nytt?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Undersøker pakkebrønnen %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under gransking av pakkebrønn."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Granskningsdetaljer."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Pakkebrønn har ugyldige metadata."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Pakkebrønn %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Laster ned delta-RPM-pakken %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Laster ned delta-RPM-pakke"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Bruker delta-RPM-pakken %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Bruker delta-RPM-pakke"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Pakke: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Starter skript %1 (pakkeoppdatering %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Kjører skript"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Pakkeoppdatering: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Skript: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Resultat av skriptet"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3302,7 +3472,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3317,36 +3487,36 @@
"mangle eller være foreldet."
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Hopp over oppdatering"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Laster ned"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Laster ned: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Søker i pakkedatabase"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Gjenoppretter pakkedatabasen. Denne prosessen kan ta en stund."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3355,16 +3525,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Konverterer pakkedatabase. Denne prosessen ta en stund."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3373,12 +3543,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Leser RPM-database..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Finner installerte pakker"
@@ -3389,27 +3559,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Skanner RPM-database..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Feil ved initialisering mål."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "RPM-database lest"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Brukerautentisering"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3420,20 +3590,20 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Brukernavn"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Vis &detaljer"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Størrelse: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Nytt forsøk blir automatisk utført om: %1"
@@ -3511,12 +3681,12 @@
"løses manuelt i pakkebehandleren."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Installasjon av nødvendige pakker mislyktes."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3527,12 +3697,12 @@
"kan det hende at YaST ikke fungerer riktig.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Kan ikke fortsette konfigurasjonen uten at alle nødvendige pakker er installert."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3541,22 +3711,22 @@
"installert, kan det hende at YaST ikke fungerer riktig.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Bekreft pakkelisens: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "&Godtar"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "Godtar &ikke"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3575,7 +3745,7 @@
"For å avvise pakkelisensen, klikk <b>Godtar ikke</b></p>."
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3589,7 +3759,7 @@
"\t\t fordelt på kategorier. Velg et element i listen for å vise en beskrivelse.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3603,7 +3773,7 @@
"\t\t Du kan også endre status for alle elementer i hurtigmenyen.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3615,7 +3785,7 @@
"\t\t Her kan du vise og velge individuelle programvarepakker.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3635,134 +3805,134 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "Programvareutvalg og systemoppgaver"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(flere)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Installasjonen er fullført"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallasjonen mislyktes"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Feilmelding: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Pakker som ikke kunne installeres: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Installerte pakker: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Oppdaterte pakker: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Pakker som er fjernet: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Ikke installerte pakker: %1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Pakker"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Brukt tid: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Samlet installert størrelse: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Samlet nedlastingsstørrelse: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Statistikk"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Installasjonslogg"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detaljer"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Installerer pakke"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "&Fullfør"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Feil ved tilgang til pakkebehandler"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installasjonssammendrag</B></BIG><BR>Dette er en oversikt over installerte pakker.</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Installasjonsfeil"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Installerte pakker"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Oppdaterte pakker"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Pakker som er fjernet"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Beholdte pakker"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3774,7 +3944,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3795,7 +3965,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3813,16 +3983,16 @@
"Vil du bruke den likevel?\n"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr "Usignerte pakker"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr "Usignerte filer"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3839,7 +4009,7 @@
"Vil du installere den likevel?\n"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3856,62 +4026,62 @@
"Vil du bruke den likevel?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr "Finner ingen kontrollsum"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr "ID: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "Fingeravtrykk: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "Navn: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr "Opprettet: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr "Utløper: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "ID: "
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "Navn:"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Fingeravtrykk:"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "Opprettet:"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr "Utløper:"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3934,7 +4104,7 @@
"Vil du installere den likevel?\n"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3957,12 +4127,12 @@
"Vil du bruke den likevel?\n"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "Valideringskontroll mislyktes"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3983,7 +4153,7 @@
"Vil du installere den likevel?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4004,12 +4174,12 @@
"Vil du bruke den likevel?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Ukjent GnuPG-nøkkel"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -4032,7 +4202,7 @@
"å hoppe over pakken.\n"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -4055,17 +4225,17 @@
"å hoppe over filen.\n"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr "Signert med ukjent offentlig nøkkel"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr "&Stol på og importer nøkkelen"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4080,7 +4250,7 @@
"systemet hvis du importerer nøkkelen til din samling med pålitelige nøkler.</p>"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -4091,7 +4261,7 @@
"vil pakker eller pakkebrønner som er opprettet av nøkkelens eier, ikke bli brukt.</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -4102,7 +4272,7 @@
"(%2):"
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4115,23 +4285,23 @@
"nøkkelen virkelig tilhører den eieren, før du importerer den."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr "ADVARSEL: Nøkkelen er utløpt!"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Importer ukjent GnuPG-nøkkel"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr "S&tol på"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4154,12 +4324,12 @@
"Vil du bruke den likevel?\n"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Feil sammendrag"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4180,7 +4350,7 @@
"Vil du bruke den likevel?\n"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Ukjent sammendrag"
@@ -4189,84 +4359,84 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Installerer..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Medium"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Beholdte pakker"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Tid"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Utførte handlinger:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pakkene installeres.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Avbryte installasjon</B> Pakkeinstallasjonen kan avbrytes med <B>Avbryt</B>-knappen. Men hvis ikke alle grunnleggende systemkomponenter er installert ennå, kan det hende at systemet blir inkonsistent, ubrukelig eller ikke kan startes.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Versjonsmerk&nader"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
+msgstr "&Detaljert"
+
+#. tab
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Lysbildepresentasjo&n"
-#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-msgid "&Details"
-msgstr "&Detaljert"
-
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "Utfør oppgradering"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Utfør installasjon"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallasjon"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4275,7 +4445,7 @@
"avslutte installasjonen?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Avbrutt"
@@ -4870,17 +5040,18 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Bluetooth-enhet"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
msgid ""
-"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
msgstr ""
-"Filen %1 er endret manuelt.\n"
-"YaST kan tilbakestille noen av endringene.\n"
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
@@ -4888,12 +5059,22 @@
"Filene %1 er endret manuelt.\n"
"YaST kan tilbakestille noen av endringene."
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+msgid ""
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Filen %1 er endret manuelt.\n"
+"YaST kan tilbakestille noen av endringene.\n"
+
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr "Ikke vis denne meldingen igjen"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
@@ -4901,30 +5082,23 @@
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
-msgstr ""
+msgid_plural ""
+"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose these files."
+msgstr[0] ""
"Filen %1 er endret manuelt.\n"
"YaST kan tilbakestille noen av endringene.\n"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Filen %1 er endret manuelt.\n"
+"YaST kan tilbakestille noen av endringene.\n"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
-#| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
-msgid ""
-"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
-"Filene %1 er endret manuelt.\n"
-"YaST kan tilbakestille noen av endringene."
-
#. error report
#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation."
msgstr "En feil oppstod under oppretting av initrd."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4959,7 +5133,7 @@
"heksadesimalsiffer adskilt av kolon."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4970,7 +5144,7 @@
"innlede eller avslutte et komponentnavn, og det siste komponentnavnet kan ikke begynne med et tall."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5057,13 +5231,13 @@
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr "%1/s"
@@ -5145,8 +5319,8 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
msgid "Module"
msgstr "Modul"
@@ -5926,68 +6100,17 @@
"Det er ikke noen baklengs sone for %1 som administreres av DNS-serveren.\n"
"Vertsnavnet %2 kan ikke legges til."
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Start av tjeneste"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
+#~| "YaST might lose some of the changes"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Files %s have been created manually.\n"
+#~ "YaST might lose these files."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Filene %1 er endret manuelt.\n"
+#~ "YaST kan tilbakestille noen av endringene."
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Gjeldende status:"
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Operating System Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "Oppstart av operativsystem"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read Other Settings."
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "Les andre innstillinger."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Warning"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "Advarsel"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "S&top now ..."
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "S&topp nå ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Stopped"
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr "Stoppet"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Start it now?"
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "Start den nå?"
-
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "Korrekt pakkebrønnmedium kunne ikke monteres."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/bootloader.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/bootloader.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/bootloader.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-25 13:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -26,663 +26,568 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr "Konfigurasjonsmodul for oppstartslaster"
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
-msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag for oppstartslaster"
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
+msgstr "Oppstartspartisjonen er av typen NFS. Oppstartslasteren kan ikke installeres."
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set a global option"
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "Definer et globalt alternativ"
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
+msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillinger"
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "Definer et globalt alternativ"
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "Enhetskartet må inneholde minst én enhet"
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
-msgstr "Skriv ut verdien for det spesifiserte alternativet"
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Innstillinger fir diskrekkefølge"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
-msgid "The key of the option"
-msgstr "Alternativets kode"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "D&isker"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
-msgid "The value of the option"
-msgstr "Alternativets verdi"
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "&Enhet"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
-msgid "Value was not specified."
-msgstr "Ingen verdi spesifisert."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
-msgstr "Alternativ ikke spesifisert."
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster..."
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Value: %1"
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "Verdi: %1"
-
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
-msgstr "Det spesifiserte alternativet finnes ikke."
-
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><big><b>Oppstartsmeny</b></big><br></p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n"
+#| "For details, read the related chapter \n"
+#| "in the documentation. \n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Angi oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b><br>\n"
-"Brukes for å aktivere partisjonen som inneholder oppstartslasteren. Den generiske MBR-koden vil da\n"
-"starte opp den aktive partisjonen. Eldre BIOS-er krever at en partisjon er aktiv selv om\n"
-"oppstartslasteren er installert i MBR.</p>"
+"\n"
+"Systemet vil bli slått av.%1%2\n"
+"Du finner mer informasjon i det aktuelle kapittelet \n"
+"i dokumentasjonen. \n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tidsavbrudd i sekunder</b><br>\n"
-"Angir hvor lenge oppstartslasteren skal vente før standardkjernen lastes.</p>\n"
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "Maskinen vil bli startet på nytt nå..."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> Ved å klikke <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valgte \n"
-"seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren vise en \n"
-"oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukeren skal velge en kjerne eller annet \n"
-"operativsystem som skal startes. Hvis det ikke blir trykket noen tast før tidsavbruddet, blir \n"
-"standardkjernen/operativsystemet lastet. Rekkefølgen på seksjonene i oppstartslasteren \n"
-"kan endres ved hjelp av <b>Opp</b> og <b>Ned</b>-knappen.</p>\n"
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
+msgstr "&Oppstartslaster"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b></big><br> erstatter «master boot record» på disken med generisk kode (OS-uavhengig kode som\n"
-"starter opp den aktive partisjonen).</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Start fra oppstartspartisjon</b> er ett av de anbefalte alternativene, det andre er \n"
-"<b>Start fra rotpartisjon</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Start fra hovedoppstartssektor</b> anbefales ikke hvis du har et annet operativsystem\n"
-"installert på datamaskinen</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Start fra rotpartisjon</b> er det anbefalte alternativet når det i det hele tatt finnes en egnet\n"
-"partisjon. Du kan enten velge <b>Angi oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b> og <b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b>\n"
-" i <b>Oppstartslastervalg</b> for å oppdatere \"master boot record\" hvis det er nødvendig, eller konfigurere den andre oppstartslasteren\n"
-" til å starte denne seksjonen.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " (default)"
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr " (standard)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+"\n"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Hvis du ikke installer noen oppstartslaster, kan systemet\n"
+"kanskje ikke startes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vil du fortsette?\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Med <b>Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon</b> kan du velge hvilken partisjon du vil starte fra.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>MD-tilordning opprettes fra 2 disker. <b>Aktiver redundans for MD-tilordning</b>\n"
-"aktiver lagring av GRUB i MBR på begge disker.</p>"
+"<p><b>Oppstartslastertype</b><br>\n"
+"Velg om en oppstartslaster skal installeres, og i så fall hvilken\n"
+"under <b>Oppstartslaster</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Med <b>Bruk seriell konsoll</b> kan du definere parametere som skal brukes\n"
-"for en seriell konsoll. Du finner mer informasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen (<code>info grub</code>).</p>"
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
+msgstr "Oppstartslastertype: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
-#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Terminaldefinisjon</b></p><br>\n"
-"Definerer typen terminal du vil bruke. For en seriell terminal (f.eks. en seriell konsoll),\n"
-" må du angi <code>seriell</code>. Du kan også sende <code>konsoll</code> til\n"
-" kommandoen, som <code>seriell konsoll</code>. I dette tilfellet vil det bli valgt en terminal \n"
-"der du kan trykke en hvilken som helst tast, som GRUB-terminal.</p>"
+#| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
+msgstr "Aktiver sikker oppstart: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Reserveseksjoner hvis standard mislykkes</b> inneholder en liste med numre \n"
-"på seksjoner som blir brukt til oppstart hvis filsystemet i standardseksjonen ikke kan startes.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Hvis du velger <b>Skjul meny ved oppstart</b>, skjules oppstartsmenyen.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
-#| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Passord for oppstartslaster</b><br>\n"
-"Angi passordet som må brukes for å få tilgang til oppstartsmenyen. YaST godkjenner bare passordet når du gjentar det i\n"
-" <b>Gjenta passordet</b>.</p>"
+#| msgid "Yes"
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "Ja"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Diskrekkefølge</b></big><br>\n"
-"Angi diskrekkefølgen i henhold til rekkefølgen i BIOS med\n"
-"<b>opp</b>- og <b>ned</b>-knappene.\n"
-"Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å legge til en disk.\n"
-"Bruk <b>Fjern</b> for å fjerne en disk.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
-msgstr "Plassering av oppstartslaster"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
+msgstr "Status for plassering: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
-msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Angi oppstartspartisjonen som &aktiv i partisjonstabellen"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
+msgstr "Harddiskrekkefølge: %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
-msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
-msgstr "&Tidsavbrudd i sekunder"
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+msgid " (extended)"
+msgstr " (utvidet)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
-msgstr "Standar&d oppstartsseksjon"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+msgid " (MBR)"
+msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
-msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
-msgstr "Skriv &generisk oppstartskode til MBR"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart fra MBR er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">deaktiver</a>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart fra MBR er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">aktiver</a>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Start fra hovedoppstartssektor"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart fra /boot-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktiver</a>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
-msgstr "Start fra rotpartisjon"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart fra /boot-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">aktiver</a>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Start fra oppstartspartisjon"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>"
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart fra «/»-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">deaktiver</a>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Start fra utvidet partisjon"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Oppstart fra «/»-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">aktiver</a>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
-msgstr "&Parametere for seriell tilkobling"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
-msgstr "Reserveseksjoner hvis standard mislykkes"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
-msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
-msgstr "&Skjul meny ved oppstart"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
-msgstr "Pa&ssord for menygrensesnitt"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
-msgstr "Feilsøk&ingsvalg"
-
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
-msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
-msgstr "B&eskytt oppstartslasteren med et passord"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "&Passord"
-
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
-msgid "Re&type Password"
-msgstr "Gjen&ta passordet"
-
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
-msgstr "Start fra &rotpartisjon"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Star&t fra oppstartspartisjon"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "E&gendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Start fra &Master Boot Record"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Start fra utvid&et partisjon"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
-msgstr "Aktiver red&undans for MD-tilordning"
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr "Alternativer for oppstartslaster"
+#| msgid "Change Location: %1"
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
+msgstr "Endre plassering: %1"
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr "Andre kjerne¶metere"
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+msgstr "&Tidsavbrudd i sekunder"
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr "Alternativer for oppstartslaster"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tidsavbrudd i sekunder</b><br>\n"
+"Angir hvor lenge oppstartslasteren skal vente før standardkjernen lastes.</p>\n"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "Alternativer for oppstartslaster"
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
+msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Angi oppstartspartisjonen som &aktiv i partisjonstabellen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-msgid "Secure Boot"
-msgstr "Sikker oppstart"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<b>Angi oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b><br>\n"
+"Brukes for å aktivere partisjonen som inneholder oppstartslasteren. Den generiske MBR-koden vil da\n"
+"starte opp den aktive partisjonen. Eldre BIOS-er krever at en partisjon er aktiv selv om\n"
+"oppstartslasteren er installert i MBR.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
-msgstr "Aktiver støtte for &sikker oppstart"
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
+msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
+msgstr "Skriv &generisk oppstartskode til MBR"
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><big><b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b></big><br> erstatter «master boot record» på disken med generisk kode (OS-uavhengig kode som\n"
+"starter opp den aktive partisjonen).</p>"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Med <b>Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen</b> kan du definere tilleggsparametere som skal sendes til kjernen.</p>"
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
+msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
+msgstr "&Skjul meny ved oppstart"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definerer VGA-modusen for <i>konsollen</i> kjernen skal stille inn ved oppstart.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hvis du velger <b>Skjul meny ved oppstart</b>, skjules oppstartsmenyen.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
+msgstr "Søk etter andre OS"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr "<p>Velg <b>Søk etter andre OS</b> for å søke etter oppstartsalternativer som omfatter andre operativsystemer </p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "Andre kommandolinje¶metere for kjernen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr "&VGA-modus"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Med <b>Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen</b> kan du definere tilleggsparametere som skal sendes til kjernen.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
-msgstr "Søk etter andre OS"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (modus %4)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr "Standard skrifttypemodus med 8 piksler."
-
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr "Tekstmodus"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr "Uspesifisert"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "[set]"
msgid "set"
msgstr "[angitt]"
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
msgid "remove"
msgstr "fjern"
#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not change name"
msgid "do not change"
msgstr "Ikke endre navnet"
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
-msgstr "Automatisk søk med grub2"
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
+msgstr "Aktiver støtte for &sikker oppstart"
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
+msgstr "Aktiver sikker oppstart: %1"
+
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
+msgstr "Aktiver støtte for &sikker oppstart"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+msgstr "B&eskytt oppstartslasteren med et passord"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+msgid "Re&type Password"
+msgstr "Gjen&ta passordet"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+msgid "The password must not be empty."
+msgstr "Passordfeltet må ikke være tomt."
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
+msgid ""
+"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
+"do not match. Retype the password."
+msgstr ""
+"'Passord og Bekreft passord'\n"
+"samsvarte ikke. Skriv inn passordet på nytt."
+
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+#| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Passord for oppstartslaster</b><br>\n"
+"Angi passordet som må brukes for å få tilgang til oppstartsmenyen. YaST godkjenner bare passordet når du gjentar det i\n"
+" <b>Gjenta passordet</b>.</p>"
+
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Velg ny fil for grafisk tema"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Bruk &grafisk konsoll"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "&Konsolloppløsning"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "&Konsolltema"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+msgstr "Automatisk søk med grub2"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "Bruk &seriell konsoll"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "&Konsollargumenter"
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+msgstr "Standar&d oppstartsseksjon"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
+msgid ""
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p> Ved å klikke <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valgte \n"
+"seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren vise en \n"
+"oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukeren skal velge en kjerne eller annet \n"
+"operativsystem som skal startes. Hvis det ikke blir trykket noen tast før tidsavbruddet, blir \n"
+"standardkjernen/operativsystemet lastet. Rekkefølgen på seksjonene i oppstartslasteren \n"
+"kan endres ved hjelp av <b>Opp</b> og <b>Ned</b>-knappen.</p>\n"
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
-msgid "Select File"
-msgstr "Velg fil"
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering"
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr "Oppstartspartisjonen er av typen NFS. Oppstartslasteren kan ikke installeres."
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
+msgstr ""
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillinger"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Star&t fra oppstartspartisjon"
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr "Ingen tilgjengelige valg for denne oppstartslasteren."
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
+msgstr "Start fra rotpartisjon"
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr "&Oppstartslaster"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Start fra &Master Boot Record"
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Hvis du ikke installer noen oppstartslaster, kan systemet\n"
-"kanskje ikke startes.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vil du fortsette?\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
+msgstr "Start fra utvid&et partisjon"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "&Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "E&gendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr "&Foreslå ny konfigurasjon"
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disk Order"
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
+msgstr "Diskrekkefølge"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr "&Lag helt ny"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
+msgid ""
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><big><b>Diskrekkefølge</b></big><br>\n"
+"Angi diskrekkefølgen i henhold til rekkefølgen i BIOS med\n"
+"<b>opp</b>- og <b>ned</b>-knappene.\n"
+"Bruk <b>Legg til</b> for å legge til en disk.\n"
+"Bruk <b>Fjern</b> for å fjerne en disk.</p>"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr "&Bruk konfigurasjon fra disk"
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
+msgstr "Andre kjerne¶metere"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Gjenopprett MBR på harddisk"
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
+msgstr "Alternativer for oppstartslaster"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr "Skriv oppstartskode for oppstartslaster til disk"
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
+msgstr "Alternativer for oppstartslaster"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Annet"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgstr "Aktiver sikker oppstart: %1"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr "MBR gjenopprettet."
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
+#. error report
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikke installeres riktig med denne partisjoneringen."
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr "MBR kunne ikke gjenopprettes."
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
+msgstr "Ikke installer noen oppstartslaster"
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillingene kunne ikke lagres."
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "Oppstart"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr "Oppstarts&lastervalg"
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "&Oppstart"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "&Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon"
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Ingen oppstartslaster er valgt for installasjon. Systemet vil kanskje ikke kunne startes opp."
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikke installeres riktig med denne partisjoneringen"
+
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+#| "Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P><BIG><B>Konfigurasjonsverktøy for oppstartslaster</B></BIG><BR>\n"
"Endre innstillingene for oppstartslasteren.</P>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -690,660 +595,606 @@
"<P><B><BIG>Lagrer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster </BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Vent...<br></p>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Under <B>Annet</B>\n"
-"kan du redigere konfigurasjonsfilene for oppstartslasteren manuelt, slette gjeldende \n"
-"konfigurasjon og foreslå en ny konfigurasjon, starte på nytt eller bruke\n"
-"konfigurasjonen som er lagret på disken som utgangspunkt. %1</P>"
+#. grub2 is sooo cool...
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
+msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
+msgstr "En kombinasjon av maskinvareplattformen %1 og oppstartslasteren %2 støttes ikke"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
-"<P>For å redigere konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslasteren\n"
-"manuelt, klikk <B>Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler</B>.</P>"
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P> I tabellen representerer hver seksjon én oppføring\n"
-"i oppstartsmenyen.</P>"
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
+msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
+msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er på raid-typen: %1. Systemet vil ikke starte opp."
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P> Klikk <B>Rediger</B> for å vise egenskapene til den\n"
-"valgte seksjonen.</P>"
+#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er plassert på programvarebasert RAID1. Velg en annen plassering for oppstartslasteren, f.eks. Master Boot Record."
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
+msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-"<P>Ved å klikke <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valgte\n"
-"seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren vise \n"
-"en oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukeren skal velge en kjerne eller \n"
-"et annet operativsystem som skal startes. Dersom ingen tast blir trykket inn før forsinkelsen, blir standardkjernen \n"
-"eller -operativsystemet lastet. Rekkefølgen for seksjonene i oppstartsmenyen\n"
-"kan endres ved å bruke <B>Opp</B>- og <B>Ned</B>knappene.</P>"
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#. activate set or there is already activate flag
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
+msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
msgstr ""
-"<P>Klikk <B>Legg til</B> for å opprette en ny oppstartslasterseksjon\n"
-"eller <B>Slett</B> for å slette den valgte seksjonen.</P>"
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Oppstartslasterplassering</b></big><br>\n"
-"Oppstartslasteren (%1) kan installeres på følgende måter:</p>"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>- I <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"Dette anbefales ikke dersom et annet operativsystem er installert\n"
-"på datamaskinen.</p>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
+msgid "Check boot loader"
+msgstr "Kontroller oppstartslaster"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- I <b>Oppstartssektor</b> på <tt>/boot</tt>- eller <tt>/</tt> (root)\n"
-"-partisjonen. Dette anbefales hvis det finnes en egnet\n"
-"partisjon. Velg enten <b>Aktiver oppstartslasterpartisjon</b> og\n"
-"<b>Erstatt MBR med generisk kode</b> under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>\n"
-"for å oppdatere master boot record\n"
-"hvis dette er nødvendig, eller konfigurer den andre oppstartslasteren\n"
-"for å starte &product;.</p>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
+msgid "Read partitioning"
+msgstr "Les partisjonstabell"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- På en <b>annen</b> partisjon. Tenk på hva som er mulig i systemet\n"
-"hvis du velger dette alternativet.</p>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
+msgid "Load boot loader settings"
+msgstr "Last innstillinger for oppstartslaster"
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De fleste PC-er har for eksempel begrensninger i BIOS\n"
-"som hindrer oppstart fra\n"
-"harddisksylindre under 1024. Avhengig av oppstartslaster,\n"
-"er det kanskje mulig å starte opp fra en logisk partisjon, og kanskje ikke.</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
+msgid "Checking boot loader..."
+msgstr "Kontrollerer oppstartslaster..."
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Angi partisjonens enhetsnavn (for eksempel, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> eller\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) i feltet.</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
+msgid "Reading partitioning..."
+msgstr "Leser partisjonstabell..."
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b><br>\n"
-"Bruk avanserte valg for oppstartslasterinstallasjonen (for eksempel\n"
-"enhetsmapping) under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>.</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
+msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
+msgstr "Laster innstillinger for oppstartslaster..."
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Oppstartslastertype</b><br>\n"
-"Velg om en oppstartslaster skal installeres, og i så fall hvilken\n"
-"under <b>Oppstartslaster</b>.</p>"
+#. dialog header
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
+msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialiserer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Oppstartslastervalg</b><br>\n"
-"For velge alternativer for oppstartslasteren, f.eks. forsinkelse, klikk på\n"
-"<b>Oppstartslastervalg</b>.</p>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
+msgid "Create initrd"
+msgstr "Opprett initrd"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Avansert manuell konfigurasjon</B><BR>\n"
-"Her kan du redigere oppstartslasterens konfigurasjon manuelt</P>\n"
-"<P>Merk: Den endelige konfigurasjonsfilen trenger ikke å ha samme tekstinnrykk.</P>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
+msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Seksjonsnavn</b><br>\n"
-"Klikk på <b>Seksjonsnavn</b> for å angi oppstartslasterseksjonens navn. Seksjonsnavnet\n"
-"må være unikt.</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Creating initrd..."
+msgstr "Oppretter initrd..."
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Ny seksjonstype</big></b><br>\n"
-"Velg hvilken ny seksjonstype som skal opprettes.</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
+msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster..."
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Velg <b>Klon valgt seksjon</b> for å kopiere den valgte\n"
-"seksjonen. Deretter kan du endre alternativer\n"
-"som skal være annerledes.</p>"
+#. progress line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
+msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
+msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Velg <b>Diskbildeseksjon</b> for å legge til en ny Linux-kjerne eller et annet diskbilde\n"
-"som skal lastes og startes.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag for oppstartslaster"
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Velg <b>Xen-seksjon</b> hvis du vil legge til en ny Linux-kjerne eller et annet diskbilde,\n"
-"men starte den i et XEN-miljø.</p>"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "Definer et globalt alternativ"
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Velg <b>Annet system (Chainloader)</b> for å legge til en seksjon som \n"
-"skal laste og starte opp en oppstartssektor på en diskpartisjon. Dette valget benyttes for\n"
-"å starte opp andre operativsystemer.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "Definer et globalt alternativ"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Velg <b>Menyseksjon</b> for å legge til en seksjon som\n"
-"laster oppsettsfilen (listen over oppstartsseksjoner) fra en partisjon på disken. Dette benyttes for\n"
-"å starte opp andre operativsystemer.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Print value of specified option"
+#~ msgstr "Skriv ut verdien for det spesifiserte alternativet"
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr "Harddiskrekkefølge: %1"
+#~ msgid "The key of the option"
+#~ msgstr "Alternativets kode"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
-msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr "Ikke installer noen oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "The value of the option"
+#~ msgstr "Alternativets verdi"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Ikke installer noen oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "Value was not specified."
+#~ msgstr "Ingen verdi spesifisert."
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "Option was not specified."
+#~ msgstr "Alternativ ikke spesifisert."
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Value: %1"
+#~ msgid "Value: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Verdi: %1"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr "Oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#~ msgstr "Det spesifiserte alternativet finnes ikke."
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr "Oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>Oppstartsmeny</b></big><br></p>"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne funksjonen er ikke tilgjengelig hvis ikke\n"
-"oppstartslasteren er spesifisert."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
+#~ "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Start fra oppstartspartisjon</b> er ett av de anbefalte alternativene, det andre er \n"
+#~ "<b>Start fra rotpartisjon</b>.</p>"
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Er du sikker på at du vil avslutte konfigurasjonen av oppstartslasteren uten å lagre?\n"
-"Alle endringer vil gå tapt.\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
+#~ "installed on your computer</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Start fra hovedoppstartssektor</b> anbefales ikke hvis du har et annet operativsystem\n"
+#~ "installert på datamaskinen</p>"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
-msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr "Passordfeltet må ikke være tomt."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+#~ "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+#~ "in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+#~ "to start this section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Start fra rotpartisjon</b> er det anbefalte alternativet når det i det hele tatt finnes en egnet\n"
+#~ "partisjon. Du kan enten velge <b>Angi oppstartspartisjonen som aktiv i partisjonstabellen</b> og <b>Skriv generisk oppstartskode til MBR</b>\n"
+#~ " i <b>Oppstartslastervalg</b> for å oppdatere \"master boot record\" hvis det er nødvendig, eller konfigurere den andre oppstartslasteren\n"
+#~ " til å starte denne seksjonen.</p>"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
-"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr ""
-"'Passord og Bekreft passord'\n"
-"samsvarte ikke. Skriv inn passordet på nytt."
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Med <b>Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon</b> kan du velge hvilken partisjon du vil starte fra.</p>"
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr "%1Definer oppstartslasterens plassering?\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
+#~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>MD-tilordning opprettes fra 2 disker. <b>Aktiver redundans for MD-tilordning</b>\n"
+#~ "aktiver lagring av GRUB i MBR på begge disker.</p>"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Navnet er allerede i bruk.\n"
-"Velg et annet.\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
+#~| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
+#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Med <b>Bruk seriell konsoll</b> kan du definere parametere som skal brukes\n"
+#~ "for en seriell konsoll. Du finner mer informasjon i grub-dokumentasjonen (<code>info grub</code>).</p>"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"En feil oppstod under installasjon av\n"
-"oppstartslasteren. Vil du forsøke å konfigurere oppstartslasteren på nytt?\n"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Terminaldefinisjon</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Definerer typen terminal du vil bruke. For en seriell terminal (f.eks. en seriell konsoll),\n"
+#~ " må du angi <code>seriell</code>. Du kan også sende <code>konsoll</code> til\n"
+#~ " kommandoen, som <code>seriell konsoll</code>. I dette tilfellet vil det bli valgt en terminal \n"
+#~ "der du kan trykke en hvilken som helst tast, som GRUB-terminal.</p>"
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Advarsel!\n"
-"\n"
-"Gjeldende MBR for %1 vil nå bli overskrevet av MBR\n"
-"lagret på %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Kun oppstartskoden i MBR vil bli overskrevet.\n"
-"Partisjonstabellen vil være uendret.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vil du fortsette?\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
+#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Reserveseksjoner hvis standard mislykkes</b> inneholder en liste med numre \n"
+#~ "på seksjoner som blir brukt til oppstart hvis filsystemet i standardseksjonen ikke kan startes.</p>"
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr "&Ja, overskriv"
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
+#~ msgstr "Plassering av oppstartslaster"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikke installeres riktig med denne partisjoneringen."
+#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "Enhetskartet må inneholde minst én enhet"
+#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
+#~ msgstr "Start fra hovedoppstartssektor"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "Innstillinger fir diskrekkefølge"
+#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Start fra oppstartspartisjon"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "D&isker"
+#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Start fra utvidet partisjon"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "&Enhet"
+#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "&Parametere for seriell tilkobling"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
+#~ msgstr "Reserveseksjoner hvis standard mislykkes"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
+#~ msgstr "Pa&ssord for menygrensesnitt"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster..."
+#~ msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
+#~ msgstr "Feilsøk&ingsvalg"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#~ msgid "&Password"
+#~ msgstr "&Passord"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Start fra &rotpartisjon"
+
+#~ msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
+#~ msgstr "Aktiver red&undans for MD-tilordning"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+#~ msgstr "Alternativer for oppstartslaster"
+
+#~ msgid "Secure Boot"
+#~ msgstr "Sikker oppstart"
+
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n"
-#| "For details, read the related chapter \n"
-#| "in the documentation. \n"
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Systemet vil bli slått av.%1%2\n"
-"Du finner mer informasjon i det aktuelle kapittelet \n"
-"i dokumentasjonen. \n"
+#~| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "Maskinen vil bli startet på nytt nå..."
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definerer VGA-modusen for <i>konsollen</i> kjernen skal stille inn ved oppstart.</p>"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "Oppstart"
+#~ msgid "&Vga Mode"
+#~ msgstr "&VGA-modus"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "&Oppstart"
+#~ msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
+#~ msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (modus %4)"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "Ingen oppstartslaster er valgt for installasjon. Systemet vil kanskje ikke kunne startes opp."
+#~ msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
+#~ msgstr "Standard skrifttypemodus med 8 piksler."
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikke installeres riktig med denne partisjoneringen"
+#~ msgid "Text Mode"
+#~ msgstr "Tekstmodus"
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>"
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart fra MBR er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">deaktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid "Unspecified"
+#~ msgstr "Uspesifisert"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>"
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart fra MBR er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">aktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid "Select File"
+#~ msgstr "Velg fil"
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>"
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart fra /boot-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
+#~ msgstr "Ingen tilgjengelige valg for denne oppstartslasteren."
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>"
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart fra /boot-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">aktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#~ msgstr "&Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>"
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart fra «/»-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">deaktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Foreslå ny konfigurasjon"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>"
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Oppstart fra «/»-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">aktiver</a>"
+#~ msgid "&Start from Scratch"
+#~ msgstr "&Lag helt ny"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
+#~ msgstr "&Bruk konfigurasjon fra disk"
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Change Location: %1"
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr "Endre plassering: %1"
+#~ msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "Gjenopprett MBR på harddisk"
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr "Oppstartslastertype: %1"
+#~ msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
+#~ msgstr "Skriv oppstartskode for oppstartslaster til disk"
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr " (utvidet)"
+#~ msgid "Other"
+#~ msgstr "Annet"
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr " (MBR)"
+#~ msgid "MBR restored successfully."
+#~ msgstr "MBR gjenopprettet."
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr "Status for plassering: %1"
+#~ msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
+#~ msgstr "MBR kunne ikke gjenopprettes."
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr "Aktiver sikker oppstart: %1"
+#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
+#~ msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillingene kunne ikke lagres."
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr "Ukjent oppstartslaster: %1"
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstarts&lastervalg"
-#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
-msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
-msgstr "En kombinasjon av maskinvareplattformen %1 og oppstartslasteren %2 støttes ikke"
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#~ msgstr "&Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon"
-#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
-msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
+#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
+#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
+#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Under <B>Annet</B>\n"
+#~ "kan du redigere konfigurasjonsfilene for oppstartslasteren manuelt, slette gjeldende \n"
+#~ "konfigurasjon og foreslå en ny konfigurasjon, starte på nytt eller bruke\n"
+#~ "konfigurasjonen som er lagret på disken som utgangspunkt. %1</P>"
-#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
-msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er på raid-typen: %1. Systemet vil ikke starte opp."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
+#~ "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>For å redigere konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslasteren\n"
+#~ "manuelt, klikk <B>Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler</B>.</P>"
-#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
-msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er plassert på programvarebasert RAID1. Velg en annen plassering for oppstartslasteren, f.eks. Master Boot Record."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
+#~ "in the boot menu.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P> I tabellen representerer hver seksjon én oppføring\n"
+#~ "i oppstartsmenyen.</P>"
-#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
-msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
+#~ "selected section.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P> Klikk <B>Rediger</B> for å vise egenskapene til den\n"
+#~ "valgte seksjonen.</P>"
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
+#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
+#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
+#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
+#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
+#~ "menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Ved å klikke <b>Bruk som standard</b> markerer du den valgte\n"
+#~ "seksjonen som standard. Ved oppstart vil oppstartslasteren vise \n"
+#~ "en oppstartsmeny og vente på at brukeren skal velge en kjerne eller \n"
+#~ "et annet operativsystem som skal startes. Dersom ingen tast blir trykket inn før forsinkelsen, blir standardkjernen \n"
+#~ "eller -operativsystemet lastet. Rekkefølgen for seksjonene i oppstartsmenyen\n"
+#~ "kan endres ved å bruke <B>Opp</B>- og <B>Ned</B>knappene.</P>"
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
+#~ "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Klikk <B>Legg til</B> for å opprette en ny oppstartslasterseksjon\n"
+#~ "eller <B>Slett</B> for å slette den valgte seksjonen.</P>"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
-msgid "Check boot loader"
-msgstr "Kontroller oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Oppstartslasterplassering</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Oppstartslasteren (%1) kan installeres på følgende måter:</p>"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
-msgid "Read partitioning"
-msgstr "Les partisjonstabell"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
+#~ "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
+#~ "on the computer.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>- I <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
+#~ "Dette anbefales ikke dersom et annet operativsystem er installert\n"
+#~ "på datamaskinen.</p>"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
-msgid "Load boot loader settings"
-msgstr "Last innstillinger for oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
+#~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+#~ "partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
+#~ "<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
+#~ "to update the master boot record\n"
+#~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+#~ "to start &product;.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- I <b>Oppstartssektor</b> på <tt>/boot</tt>- eller <tt>/</tt> (root)\n"
+#~ "-partisjonen. Dette anbefales hvis det finnes en egnet\n"
+#~ "partisjon. Velg enten <b>Aktiver oppstartslasterpartisjon</b> og\n"
+#~ "<b>Erstatt MBR med generisk kode</b> under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>\n"
+#~ "for å oppdatere master boot record\n"
+#~ "hvis dette er nødvendig, eller konfigurer den andre oppstartslasteren\n"
+#~ "for å starte &product;.</p>"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
-msgid "Checking boot loader..."
-msgstr "Kontrollerer oppstartslaster..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
+#~ "when selecting this option.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- På en <b>annen</b> partisjon. Tenk på hva som er mulig i systemet\n"
+#~ "hvis du velger dette alternativet.</p>"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
-msgid "Reading partitioning..."
-msgstr "Leser partisjonstabell..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
+#~ "limit that restricts booting to\n"
+#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
+#~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>De fleste PC-er har for eksempel begrensninger i BIOS\n"
+#~ "som hindrer oppstart fra\n"
+#~ "harddisksylindre under 1024. Avhengig av oppstartslaster,\n"
+#~ "er det kanskje mulig å starte opp fra en logisk partisjon, og kanskje ikke.</p>"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
-msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
-msgstr "Laster innstillinger for oppstartslaster..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
+#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Angi partisjonens enhetsnavn (for eksempel, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> eller\n"
+#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) i feltet.</p>"
-#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
-msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "Initialiserer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
+#~ "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
+#~ "mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Bruk avanserte valg for oppstartslasterinstallasjonen (for eksempel\n"
+#~ "enhetsmapping) under <b>Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon</b>.</p>"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
-msgid "Create initrd"
-msgstr "Opprett initrd"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
+#~ "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
+#~ "<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Oppstartslastervalg</b><br>\n"
+#~ "For velge alternativer for oppstartslasteren, f.eks. forsinkelse, klikk på\n"
+#~ "<b>Oppstartslastervalg</b>.</p>"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
-msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
+#~ "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P><B>Avansert manuell konfigurasjon</B><BR>\n"
+#~ "Her kan du redigere oppstartslasterens konfigurasjon manuelt</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>Merk: Den endelige konfigurasjonsfilen trenger ikke å ha samme tekstinnrykk.</P>"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
+#~ "name must be unique.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Seksjonsnavn</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Klikk på <b>Seksjonsnavn</b> for å angi oppstartslasterseksjonens navn. Seksjonsnavnet\n"
+#~ "må være unikt.</p>"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
-msgid "Creating initrd..."
-msgstr "Oppretter initrd..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Ny seksjonstype</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Velg hvilken ny seksjonstype som skal opprettes.</p>"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
-msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
+#~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
+#~ "selected section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Velg <b>Klon valgt seksjon</b> for å kopiere den valgte\n"
+#~ "seksjonen. Deretter kan du endre alternativer\n"
+#~ "som skal være annerledes.</p>"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr "Installerer oppstartslaster..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
+#~ "to load and start.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Velg <b>Diskbildeseksjon</b> for å legge til en ny Linux-kjerne eller et annet diskbilde\n"
+#~ "som skal lastes og startes.</p>"
-#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
-msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
+#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Velg <b>Xen-seksjon</b> hvis du vil legge til en ny Linux-kjerne eller et annet diskbilde,\n"
+#~ "men starte den i et XEN-miljø.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
+#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Velg <b>Annet system (Chainloader)</b> for å legge til en seksjon som \n"
+#~ "skal laste og starte opp en oppstartssektor på en diskpartisjon. Dette valget benyttes for\n"
+#~ "å starte opp andre operativsystemer.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
+#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Velg <b>Menyseksjon</b> for å legge til en seksjon som\n"
+#~ "laster oppsettsfilen (listen over oppstartsseksjoner) fra en partisjon på disken. Dette benyttes for\n"
+#~ "å starte opp andre operativsystemer.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "Ikke installer noen oppstartslaster"
+
+#~ msgid "Install the default boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster"
+
+#~ msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstartslaster"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstartslaster"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This function is not available if the boot\n"
+#~ "loader is not specified."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Denne funksjonen er ikke tilgjengelig hvis ikke\n"
+#~ "oppstartslasteren er spesifisert."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
+#~ "All changes will be lost.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Er du sikker på at du vil avslutte konfigurasjonen av oppstartslasteren uten å lagre?\n"
+#~ "Alle endringer vil gå tapt.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
+#~ msgstr "%1Definer oppstartslasterens plassering?\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The name selected is already used.\n"
+#~ "Use a different one.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Navnet er allerede i bruk.\n"
+#~ "Velg et annet.\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\n"
+#~ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En feil oppstod under installasjon av\n"
+#~ "oppstartslasteren. Vil du forsøke å konfigurere oppstartslasteren på nytt?\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Warning!\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
+#~ "saved at %2.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
+#~ "The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Continue?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Advarsel!\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Gjeldende MBR for %1 vil nå bli overskrevet av MBR\n"
+#~ "lagret på %2.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Kun oppstartskoden i MBR vil bli overskrevet.\n"
+#~ "Partisjonstabellen vil være uendret.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Vil du fortsette?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
+#~ msgstr "&Ja, overskriv"
+
+#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
+#~ msgstr "Ukjent oppstartslaster: %1"
+
+#~ msgid "Install boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster"
+
+#~ msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+#~ msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster..."
+
+#~ msgid "Installing boot loader..."
+#~ msgstr "Installerer oppstartslaster..."
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Distribution:"
#~ msgid "D&istributor"
@@ -1376,9 +1227,6 @@
#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
#~ msgstr "Et seksjonsnavn må spesifiseres."
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "Diskrekkefølge"
-
#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
#~ msgstr "Oppstartsmeny"
@@ -1821,9 +1669,6 @@
#~ msgid " (\"/\")"
#~ msgstr " (\"/\")"
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (standard)"
-
#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
#~ msgstr "Seksjoner:<br>%1"
@@ -2601,9 +2446,6 @@
#~ msgid "image"
#~ msgstr "diskbilde"
-#~ msgid "Yes"
-#~ msgstr "Ja"
-
#~ msgid "No"
#~ msgstr "Nei"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/ca-management.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/ca-management.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/ca-management.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management.nb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-08 08:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -140,8 +140,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr "&Passord:"
@@ -213,8 +212,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr "Nye passord samsvarer ikke."
@@ -1919,14 +1917,14 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "Oppretter sertifikat..."
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
@@ -1935,28 +1933,27 @@
"modulen CA-administrasjon.\n"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Fullfør"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil lagre konfigurasjonen?"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Avslutt"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avslutte konfigurasjonen uten å lagre?"
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detaljer"
@@ -2241,8 +2238,7 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr "LDAP-p&assord:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr "Sertifikat-p&assord:"
@@ -2290,28 +2286,23 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "Se&rtifikat og nøkkel ukryptert i PEM-format"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "S&ertifikat og nøkkel kryptert i PEM-format"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr "&Sertifikat i DER-format"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr "Ser&tifikat og nøkkel i PKCS12-format"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr "&Som PKCS12 og inkluder CA-kjede"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr "&Nytt passord"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/cio.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/cio.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/cio.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -45,13 +45,13 @@
msgstr "Brukt"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "nei"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "ja"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "nei"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/cluster.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/cluster.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/cluster.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
msgstr "Test lyden når kortet er konfigurert"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
msgstr "Bind-nettverksadresse:"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "Multikastadresse:"
@@ -225,133 +225,133 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Aktiver sikkerhetsautorisasjon"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr "Bruk knappen nedenfor fo rå generere /etc/corosync/authkey for en nyopprettet klynge."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr "For å bli medlem i en eksisterende klynge, kopier /etc/corosync/authkey manuelt fra andre noder."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Kjører"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Kjører ikke"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Oppstart"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "On -- Start openais at booting"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "På -- Start openais ved oppstart"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Off -- Start openais manually only"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Av -- Start openais manuelt"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Aktivere og deaktivere"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Gjeldende status: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start openais Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Start openais nå"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop openais Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Stopp openais nå"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Synkroniseringsvert"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Legg til"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Slett"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Rediger"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Synkroniseringsfil"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Legg til foreslåtte filer"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr "Generer forhåndsdelte nøkler"
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent Csync2-status"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr "Slå PÅ csync2"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr "Slå AV csync2"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Angi et vertsnavn."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Endre vertsnavn"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "Angi et navnet på en fil som skal synkroniseres"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Endre filnavn"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -360,12 +360,12 @@
"Vil du overskrive den?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Nøkkelfilen %1 kunne ikke slettes."
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
@@ -373,35 +373,35 @@
"Nøkkelfilen %1 er generert.\n"
"Klikk på «Legg til foreslåtte filer» for å legge den til i synkroniseringslisten."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Nøkkelen ble ikke genererert."
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
@@ -547,103 +547,103 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Cluster Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer klyngeoppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Les databasen"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Les tidligere innstillinger"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Leser databasen..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Leser tidligere innstillinger..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr "Leser brannmurinnstillinger..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Kan ikke installere nødvendig pakke"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot load existing configuration."
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Kan ikke laste gjeldende oppsett."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Kan ikke lese database1."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Kan ikke lese database2."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Finner ingen enheter."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Cluster Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer klyngeoppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingene"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "Lagre endringer i brannmuroppsett"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer innstillingene..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "Lagrer endringer i brannmuroppsett..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan ikke lagre innstillingene."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/control.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/control.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/control.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-01 12:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -24,326 +24,683 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-#| "\t "
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Gratulerer!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>Installasjonen av openSUSE på maskinen er fullført.\n"
-"Etter at du har klikket på <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logge på systemet.</p>\n"
-"<p>Besøk oss på %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>openSUSE-utviklerne</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Installasjonen er fullført.\n"
+"Systemet er klart til bruk.\n"
+"Klikk Fullfør for å logge på systemet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Besøk oss på http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"Skrivebordsmiljøet for datamaskinen utgjør datamaskinens grafiske\n"
-"brukergrensesnitt, og omfatter et sett programmer for\n"
-"e-post, nettlesing, kontorarbeid, spill og verktøy for å\n"
-"administrere datamaskinen.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE tilbyr ulike skrivebordsmiljøer. De mest\n"
-"brukte skrivebordsmiljøene er GNOME og KDE. Disse har like god\n"
-"støtte i openSUSE. Begge disse skrivebordsmiljøene er enkle å bruke,\n"
-"er godt integrert og har elegant utforming. De to\n"
-"skrivebordsmiljøene har sitt særpreg, så det er opp til deg\n"
-"hvilket skrivebord du foretrekker."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "CIM-server"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "GNOME-skrivebord"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE-skrivebord"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "XFCE-skrivebordet"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "LXDE-skrivebord"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "Minimalt grafisk grensesnitt"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Skrivebordsmiljøet Enlightenment"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Server uten grafisk grensesnitt (tekstmodus)"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installasjonsinnstillinger"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Oversikt"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Avansert"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Live-installasjonsinnstillinger"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Oppdater innstillinger"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Nettverkskonfigurasjon"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Maskinvarekonfigurasjon"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Forberedelser"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer nettverksoppsett"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Setup"
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Nettverksinnstillinger"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Velkommen"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Nettverksaktivering"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskaktivering"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Systemanalyse"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Online Update"
+msgid "Installer Update"
+msgstr "Online-oppdatering"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidssone"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "online-pakkebrønner"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Skrivebordsvalg"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Brukerinnstillinger"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installasjon"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Installasjonsoversikt"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Utfør installasjon"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation"
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
+msgstr "Installasjon"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Installasjon"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "System som skal oppgraderes"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Oppgradering"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "Oppgraderingssammendrag"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Utfør oppgradering"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurasjon"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Grunninstallasjon"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST-innstillinger"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfigurasjon"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Systemkonfigurasjon"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "\t"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Installasjonen er fullført.\n"
-#~ "Systemet er klart til bruk.\n"
-#~ "Klikk Fullfør for å logge på systemet.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Besøk oss på http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Installasjonen er fullført.\n"
+"Systemet er klart til bruk.\n"
+"Klikk Fullfør for å logge på systemet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Besøk oss på http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t"
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "CIM-server"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System for Update"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "System som skal oppgraderes"
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Oversikt"
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "Avansert"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Oppsett av nettverkstjenester"
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Installasjonssammendrag"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Oppgraderingssammendrag"
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "XEN Virtualization Host"
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "XEN-virtualiseringsvert"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "XEN Virtualization Host"
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "XEN-virtualiseringsvert"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "Oppsett av nettverkstjenester"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Lagrer nettverksoppsett"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Installasjonssammendrag"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#| "\t "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Gratulerer!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>Installasjonen av openSUSE på maskinen er fullført.\n"
+"Etter at du har klikket på <b>Fullfør</b>, kan du logge på systemet.</p>\n"
+"<p>Besøk oss på %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Ha det gøy!<br>openSUSE-utviklerne</p>\n"
+"\t"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#| "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#| "manage your computer.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+#| "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#| "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#| "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#| "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#| "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+"Skrivebordsmiljøet for datamaskinen utgjør datamaskinens grafiske\n"
+"brukergrensesnitt, og omfatter et sett programmer for\n"
+"e-post, nettlesing, kontorarbeid, spill og verktøy for å\n"
+"administrere datamaskinen.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE tilbyr ulike skrivebordsmiljøer. De mest\n"
+"brukte skrivebordsmiljøene er GNOME og KDE. Disse har like god\n"
+"støtte i openSUSE. Begge disse skrivebordsmiljøene er enkle å bruke,\n"
+"er godt integrert og har elegant utforming. De to\n"
+"skrivebordsmiljøene har sitt særpreg, så det er opp til deg\n"
+"hvilket skrivebord du foretrekker."
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr "GNOME-skrivebord"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "KDE Desktop"
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr "KDE-skrivebord"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr "Server uten grafisk grensesnitt (tekstmodus)"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr "XFCE-skrivebordet"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr "LXDE-skrivebord"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr "Minimalt grafisk grensesnitt"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr "Skrivebordsmiljøet Enlightenment"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr "Server uten grafisk grensesnitt (tekstmodus)"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr "online-pakkebrønner"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Skrivebordsvalg"
+
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Installer tilleggsprodukt"
@@ -403,9 +760,6 @@
#~ msgid "Customer Center"
#~ msgstr "Kundesenter"
-#~ msgid "Online Update"
-#~ msgstr "Online-oppdatering"
-
#~ msgid "Release Notes"
#~ msgstr "Versjonsmerknader"
@@ -522,9 +876,6 @@
#~ msgid "Virtual Machine"
#~ msgstr "Virtuell maskin"
-#~ msgid "XEN Virtualization Host"
-#~ msgstr "XEN-virtualiseringsvert"
-
#~ msgid "Software Selection"
#~ msgstr "Programvareutvalg"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/country.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/country.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/country.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-08 12:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -668,7 +668,9 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
msgstr "Ny verdi for maskinvareklokke"
#. summary label
@@ -855,8 +857,8 @@
"Ugyldig dato (DD-MM-ÅÅÅÅ) %1\n"
"Angi riktig dato.\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgid "Other &Settings..."
@@ -864,44 +866,44 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "Tid og dato (NTP er satt opp)"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Dato og tid"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "&Maskinvareklokken er innstilt på UTC"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Region"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "Tids&sone"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Date and Time"
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Dato og tid"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -910,7 +912,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Tidssone og tidsinnstillinger</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -925,7 +927,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -936,12 +938,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Klokke og tidssone"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Velg gyldig tidssone."
@@ -1029,181 +1031,188 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "Spansk (Latin-Amerika)"
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italiensk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Portugisisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasil)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasil --US-aksenter)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Gresk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Nederlandsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Dansk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Svensk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Tsjekkisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Tsjekkisk (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Slovakisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Slovakisk (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Slovensk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Ungarsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Russisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Serbisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Litauisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Tyrkisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Kroatisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belgisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Islandsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukrainsk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Khmer"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Koreansk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Arabisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tadsjikisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Tradisjonelt kinesisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Forenklet kinesisk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Rumensk"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
msgid "US International"
msgstr "Engelsk (US-internasjonalt)"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/crowbar.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/crowbar.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/crowbar.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -22,19 +22,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Oppsett av crowbar"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -48,11 +38,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -193,33 +183,36 @@
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Navn"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "Nettadresse"
# error box title
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "I/O Error"
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "Inn/ut-feil"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "Målnavn"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -232,14 +225,14 @@
"Velg et annet navn."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "LDAP-server&adresse"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Repository Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
@@ -247,74 +240,81 @@
# error box title
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "I/O Error"
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "Inn/ut-feil"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repository URL"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "Pakkebrønnadresse"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønn"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Ekstern WINS-server"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "Ekstern WINS-server"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Finger Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "Finger-server"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Egendefinert"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Brukernavn"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Passord"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Gjenta passordet"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Du må angi et servernavn."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -336,19 +336,19 @@
"Velg et annet navn."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Den angitte nettadressen er ugyldig."
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktivert"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -376,19 +376,19 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Ruteradressen '%1' tilhører ikke nettverket '%2'."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Adressen '%1' tilhører ikke nettverket '%2'."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -397,70 +397,70 @@
"Tilpass dem ved å bruke 'Rediger områder'-knappen."
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "Min. IP-adresse"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "Maks. IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Adressen '%1' tilhører ikke nettverket '%2'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Den laveste adressen må være lavere enn den høyeste."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr "Områdene '%1' og '%2' overlapper hverandre."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Brukerinnstillinger"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Nettverksmodus"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Bond-nettverk"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Networks"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Nettverk"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repositories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Pakkebrønner"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
"Besøk web-grensesnittet for Crowbar på http://%1:3000/"
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Oversikt over Crowbar-oppsett"
@@ -540,38 +540,38 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer crowbar-oppsett"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Les oppsett"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Leser konfigurasjonen..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer crowbar-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingene"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer innstillingene..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/dhcp-server.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/dhcp-server.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/dhcp-server.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.nb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-20 21:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav P. <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <>\n"
@@ -65,9 +65,7 @@
msgstr "Administrer alternativer for DHCP-undernettverk"
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "Vis alle definerte vertsmaskiner med fast adresse"
@@ -107,242 +105,249 @@
msgstr "IP-adresse (eller vertsnavn) til vertsmaskin med fast adresse"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "Velg nettverksgrensesnittet som skal brukes"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr "Skriv ut gjeldende grensesnitt og vis andre tilgjengelige grensesnitt"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "Skriv ut gjeldende alternativer"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "Definer et globalt alternativ"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "Valgnøkkel (f.eks. ntp-servers)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "Valgverdi (f.eks. IP address)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Laveste IP-adresse i tildelingsområdet for dynamiske adresser"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Høyeste IP-adresse i tildelingsområdet for dynamiske adresser"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Standard tildelingstid i sekunder"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Maksimal tildelingstid i sekunder"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren er aktivert"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren er deaktivert"
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "Vertsmaskin %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "Maskinvare: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "Vertsnavn ikke spesifisert."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "Den spesifiserte vertsmaskinen finnes ikke."
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Valgte grensesnitt: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Andre grensesnitt: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "Det spesifiserte grensesnittet finnes ikke."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "Operasjon med grensesnittet ikke spesifisert."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "En alternativnøkkel må spesifiseres."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "En verdi må spesifiseres."
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "Adresseområde: %1-%2"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Standard tildelingstid: %1"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Maksimal tildelingstid: %1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikke lagres. Vil du endre innstillingene?"
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikke lagres. Vil du endre innstillingene?"
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DHCP-server"
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Generelle alternativer"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "Subnettkonfigurasjon"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "Vert med fast adresse"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "Delt nettverk"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "Adresseutvalg"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "Gruppespesifikke alternativer"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Klasse"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "&Subnett"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "&Vertsmaskin"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "Delt &nettverk"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Gruppe"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "&Adresseutvalg"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "&Klasse"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "Deklarasjonstyper"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "Deklarasjonstype"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Grensesnittkonfigurasjon"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr "Administrasjon av TSIG-nøkkel"
@@ -367,190 +372,150 @@
msgstr "Sekunder"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Oppstart"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Oppstart"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Valg av kort"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "Valg av kort"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Generelle innstillinger"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "Generelle innstillinger"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Dynamisk DHCP"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "Dynamisk DHCP"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Vertsmaskinadministrasjon"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "Vertsmaskinadministrasjon"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Avanserte innstillinger"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Avanserte innstillinger"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Under &oppstart"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manuelt"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Under oppstart"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manuelt"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "DHCP-serveren kjører"
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "DHCP-serveren kjører ikke"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren nå"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "S&topp DHCP-serveren nå"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "Lagre innstillingene og start DHCP-serveren på nytt &nå"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren nå"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Stopp DHCP-serveren nå"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Lagre innstillingene og start DHCP-serveren på nytt nå"
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "Oppstartsargumenter for DHCP-server"
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "Nettverkskort for DHCP-server"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Valgte"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "Grensesnittnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Enhetsnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&Velg"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "&Velg bort"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "Minst ett nettverksgrensesnitt må velges."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
@@ -566,60 +531,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&LDAP-støtte"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "DHCP-server&navn (valgfritt)"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "&Domenenavn"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Primær navneserver-IP"
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Sekundær navneserver-IP"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "Standard &systemport (ruter) "
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "NTP-&tidsserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "&Utskriftsserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "&WINS-server"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "Standard tilde&lingstid"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Enheter"
@@ -627,48 +592,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "Den spesifiserte verdien er ikke et gyldig vertsnavn eller IP-adresse."
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Subnettkonfigurasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "Gjeldende &nettverk"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "Gjeldende nettverks&maske"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "Nettverksmaskebi&ts"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr "Laveste &IP-adresse"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "Hø&yeste IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "IP-adresseområde"
@@ -676,10 +641,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "&Første IP-adresse"
@@ -687,61 +652,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "&Siste IP-adresse"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "Tillat dynamisk &BOOTP"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "Tildelingstid"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "&Standard"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "&Maks. tildelingstid"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "Enhe&ter"
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Opprett ny DNS-sone"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "Rediger Gjeldende DNS-sone"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "Hent informasjon om gjeldende sone"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "&Synkroniser DNS-server..."
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -751,8 +716,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "Angi start- og sluttverdier for IP-adresseområdet."
@@ -760,8 +725,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
@@ -770,127 +735,127 @@
"IP '%1' samsvarer ikke med nettverket %2/%3."
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "Registrert vertsmaskin"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Navn"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Maskinvareadresse"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "Oppsettliste"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Navn"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "&Maskinvareadresse"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "&Ethernet"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "&Tokenring"
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "E&ndre i liste"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "Slet&te fra liste"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Tokenring"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "Maskinvareadressen er ugyldig.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "Maskinvareadressen må være unik."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "Du må angi et vertsnavn."
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "En vertsmaskin med navnet %1 finnes allerede."
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "Angi IP for vertsmaskin."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "Maskinvareadressen må spesifiseres."
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "Velg en vertsmaskin først."
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "Verdien må spesifiseres."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -910,15 +875,15 @@
"Vil du fortsette?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "\"-%1\" er ikke et gyldig kommandolinjevalg for DHCP-serveren"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr "Kommandolinjevalget \"-%1\" for DHCP-serveren krever et argument"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -937,7 +902,7 @@
"Vil du fortsette likevel?\n"
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "Veiviser for DHCP-server (%1 av 4)"
@@ -1227,7 +1192,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "Den siste IP-adressen må være høyere enn den første."
@@ -1254,7 +1219,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn."
@@ -1265,9 +1230,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "Ugyldig IP-adresse."
@@ -1285,44 +1250,44 @@
"IP-adresser (%2-%3) som er definert for DHCP-serveren.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "Genererer DNS-soneoppføringer på nytt..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "Legge til ny DNS-oppføring"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "&Vertsmaskinnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "Legger til DHCP-område %1-%2 for DNS-server..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "Fjerne samsvarsområde for DNS-oppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "Fjerner oppføringer i området %1-%2 fra DNS-server..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
@@ -1331,7 +1296,7 @@
"DNS-serveren kan ikke lagre oppføringer her.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1341,18 +1306,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "Kan ikke opprette sonen %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr "Synkroniserer reverserte DNS-oppføringer..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
@@ -1361,62 +1326,62 @@
"Vil du virkelig avbryte denne handlingen?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Domene"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Nettverk"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Nettverks&maske"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "DNS-soneoppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Vertsnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "Tilordnet IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "Le&gg til..."
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "&Spesielle oppgaver"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "Legg til nytt område for DNS-oppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Kjør veiviseren for å opprette DNS-sonen på nytt"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr "Synkroniser med baklengssone %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "DHCP-server: Synkronisering av DNS-server"
@@ -1712,8 +1677,7 @@
"Vent...</p>"
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1740,20 +1704,9 @@
"Dette alternativet er tilgjengelig bare dersom brannmuren\n"
"er aktivert.</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Start DHCP-server</big></b><br>\n"
-"For å kjøre DHCP-serveren hver gang datamaskinen starter opp, velg\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP-server</b>.</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1765,7 +1718,7 @@
"øker sikkerheten og anbefales sterkt.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1776,7 +1729,7 @@
"aktiver <b>LDAP-støtte</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1791,7 +1744,7 @@
"Velg en deklarasjon og klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette den.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1806,7 +1759,7 @@
"dynamiske DNS-oppdateringer.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
@@ -1815,7 +1768,7 @@
"Angi <b>Nettverksadresse</b> og <b>Nettverksmaske</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1826,7 +1779,7 @@
"spesielle valg.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1839,7 +1792,7 @@
"Navnet påvirker ikke funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1852,7 +1805,7 @@
"Navnet påvirker ikke funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1865,7 +1818,7 @@
"Navnet påvirker ikke funksjonen til DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -1874,7 +1827,7 @@
"Angi et navn for vertsmaskinklassen under <b>Klassenavn</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1889,7 +1842,7 @@
"et alternativ, velg alternativet og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
@@ -1898,7 +1851,7 @@
"Bruk <b>Dynamisk DNS</b> for å justere dynamisk DNS for vertsmaskinene i subnettet.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1909,7 +1862,7 @@
"<b>Aktiver dynamisk DNS for dette subnettet</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1924,7 +1877,7 @@
"og baklengs navnesone.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1937,7 +1890,7 @@
"<b>Oppdater generelle innstillinger for dynamisk DNS</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1950,7 +1903,7 @@
"serveren, kan du la feltene være tomme.</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1963,7 +1916,7 @@
"på manualsiden for dhcpd. Standardverdier vil bli brukt dersom ingen argumenter angis.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
@@ -1972,7 +1925,7 @@
"Velg ett eller flere nettverkskort som skal brukes for DHCP-serveren.</p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
@@ -1981,7 +1934,7 @@
"(navnet på LDAP-objektet dhcpServer) dersom dette avviker fra vertsnavnet.\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1991,7 +1944,7 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
@@ -2000,7 +1953,7 @@
"tildeler IP-adresser til klientene.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -2011,7 +1964,7 @@
"Disse verdiene må være IP-adresser.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
@@ -2020,19 +1973,19 @@
"verdien som standardrute i klientenes rutingtabell.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Tidsserver</b> forteller klientene at de skal bruke denne serveren til tidssynkronisering.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Utskriftsserver</b> definerer standard utskriftsserver.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
@@ -2041,7 +1994,7 @@
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
@@ -2050,7 +2003,7 @@
"slik at klienten må be om en ny IP-adresse.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -2063,7 +2016,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2080,7 +2033,7 @@
"og ordinære DHCP-klienter.</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -2091,7 +2044,7 @@
"Dette definerer den optimale IP-oppdateringstiden for klientene.<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
@@ -2100,7 +2053,7 @@
"når denne IP-adressen er sperret på DHCP-serveren for klienten.</p>"
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2111,7 +2064,7 @@
"<b>Avansert konfigurasjon av DHCP-server</b>.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
@@ -2120,7 +2073,7 @@
"Bruk denne dialogen for å redigere vertsmaskiner med statisk adressebinding.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2135,17 +2088,17 @@
"rediger alle verdiene og klikk <b>Endre i liste</b>.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>For å fjerne en vertsmaskin, velg den og klikk <b>Slett fra liste</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Velg deklarasjonstypen som skal legges til.</p>"
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
@@ -2154,7 +2107,7 @@
"velg <b>Subnett</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
@@ -2163,7 +2116,7 @@
"(vanligvis en fast adresse), velg <b>Vertsmaskin</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
@@ -2172,7 +2125,7 @@
"flere logiske nettverk), velg <b>Delt nettverk</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
@@ -2181,7 +2134,7 @@
"fordi de deler noen innstillinger, velg <b>Gruppe</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -2192,7 +2145,7 @@
"subnett, velg <b>Adresseutvalg</b>.</p>"
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -2205,23 +2158,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "A&dresser"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "Denne adressen er ikke gyldig."
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "Minst én adresse må spesifiseres."
@@ -2231,94 +2184,94 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "&Verdier"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "Disse adressene er ikke gyldige."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "Minst ett adressepar må spesifiseres."
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "På"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Av"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "En verdi må spesifiseres."
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "&Ny adresse"
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "&Ny Verdi"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "Adressene må være adskilt av mellomrom."
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "&Legg til adressepar"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Den laveste adressen må være lavere enn den høyeste."
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "Hvis du endrer dette, må du også oppdatere syslog-konfigurasjonen."
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "&Maskinvaretype"
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC-adresse"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "&Laveste IP-adresse"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "&Høyeste IP-adresse"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
@@ -2327,7 +2280,7 @@
"vil alle endringer vil gå tapt. Vil du avslutte likevel?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2338,7 +2291,7 @@
"Vil du fortsette?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2349,7 +2302,7 @@
"De kan tilordnes en sone i brannmurmodulen i YaST."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2359,8 +2312,8 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2368,199 +2321,188 @@
"Denne funksjonen er ikke tilgjengelig under\n"
"forberedelser til autoinstallasjon."
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Lagre innstillingene og start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "&Konfigurerte deklarasjoner"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "&Dynamisk DNS"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel for forlengssone"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel for baklengssone"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "Velg filen med autentiseringsnøkkelen"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "&Kjør DHCP-serveren i Chroot-varetekt"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "A&vansert"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "Vis &logg"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "&Grensesnittkonfigurasjon"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "&Nettverksadresse"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "Nettverks&maske"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "Gruppe&navn"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "&Navn på utvalg"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "&Navn på delt nettverk"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "Klasse&navn"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "Tilgjengelige grensesnitt"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "Åpne &brannmur for valgte grensesnitt"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "&Aktiver dynamisk DNS for dette subnettet"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "&Oppdater globale dynamiske DNS-innstillinger"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Sone"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "&Primær DNS-server"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "&Baklengssone"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "Pr&imær DNS-server"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon av DHCP-server..."
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av DHCP-server"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Kontroller miljøet"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Les innstillinger for DHCP-server"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "Les innstillinger for DNS-server"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Leser brannmurinnstillinger..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Leser innstillinger for DHCP-server..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Leser innstillinger for DNS-server..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2577,7 +2519,7 @@
"Avslutter."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
@@ -2586,7 +2528,7 @@
"DHCP-server vil ikke være tilgjengelig."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2595,87 +2537,87 @@
"konfigurert ennå. Vil du opprette en ny konfigurasjon?"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for DHCP-server"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Les innstillinger for DHCP-server"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillinger for DNS-server"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer innstillinger for DHCP-server..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer brannmurinnstillinger..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "Starter DHCP-serveren på nytt..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer innstillinger for DNS-server..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under omstart av DHCP-nissen."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "DHCP-serveren starter når systemet startes opp"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "DHCP-en starter ikke når systemet startes opp"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "Lytt på: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "Dynamisk adresseområde: %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP-konfigurasjon. Kan ikke bruke LDAP."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "Støtte for flere dhcpServiceDN er ikke implementert."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "DN for DHCP-tjeneste ikke spesifisert."
@@ -2683,27 +2625,69 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under uppretting av %1."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under oppdatering av %1."
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under oppretting av cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under lagring av /etc/dhcpd.conf."
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-serveren kjører"
+
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-serveren kjører ikke"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren nå"
+
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "S&topp DHCP-serveren nå"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingene og start DHCP-serveren på nytt &nå"
+
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren nå"
+
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Stopp DHCP-serveren nå"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingene og start DHCP-serveren på nytt nå"
+
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Start DHCP-server</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "For å kjøre DHCP-serveren hver gang datamaskinen starter opp, velg\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP-server</b>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingene og start DHCP-serveren på nytt"
+
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-serveren"
+
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "IP address %1 does not match\n"
#~ "the current network %2/%3\n"
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/dns-server.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/dns-server.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/dns-server.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server.nb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-08 08:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -307,8 +307,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -379,11 +378,10 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Verdi"
@@ -401,7 +399,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Navn"
@@ -411,9 +409,9 @@
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
@@ -426,8 +424,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "Videresendere"
@@ -457,12 +455,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "Sone"
@@ -491,14 +488,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "E-postserver"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Prioritet"
@@ -560,8 +557,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS-soner"
@@ -583,7 +580,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP-støtte aktivert"
@@ -608,139 +605,94 @@
msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon av DNS-server..."
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS-server"
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog"
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr "Lagre endringer for dialogboks"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr "Oppstart"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr "Grunnleggende valg"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "Logging"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr "ACLer"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr "TSIG-nøkler"
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DNS server configuration"
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DNS-server"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr "Tilpassede regler"
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name servers"
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "Sonenavneservere"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name servers"
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr "Sonenavneservere"
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr "Legg til IP-adresse"
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "IPv4- eller IPv6-&adresse"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr "&Liste over videresendere"
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr "Finner ikke lokal ekvivalent for IP %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -751,11 +703,11 @@
"er endret til sin lokale ekvivalent %2."
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "Ugyldig IPv4- eller IPv6-adresse."
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
@@ -764,46 +716,46 @@
"og ett eller flere kolon."
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr "Denne videresenderen finnes allerede."
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr "Legg til eller endre alternativ"
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr "A<ernativ"
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&Verdi"
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr "E&ndre"
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr "Gjeldende alternativer"
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Alternativ"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
@@ -812,7 +764,7 @@
"alternativet uten noen verdi?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -821,7 +773,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil bruke %2?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -830,7 +782,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil bruke %2?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -839,7 +791,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil bruke %1?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -848,7 +800,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil bruke %1?\n"
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
@@ -857,77 +809,77 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil legge til enda et alternativ?\n"
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr "Loggtype"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr "&Systemlogg"
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Fil"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr "Maksimal &størrelse (MB)"
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr "Maksimalt antall &versjoner"
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr "Andre typer logging"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr "Logg alle DNS-&forespørsler"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr "Logg sone&oppdateringer"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr "Logg sone&overføringer"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr "Velg loggfil"
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr "Velg alternativer"
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Navn"
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr "Gjeldende ACL-liste"
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACL"
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
@@ -936,12 +888,12 @@
"Vil du virkelig fjerne den?\n"
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr "Denne ACL-oppføringen finnes allerede."
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "Legg til ny sone "
@@ -950,8 +902,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Hoved"
@@ -961,9 +913,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "Slave"
@@ -972,36 +924,36 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Forlengs"
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr "Konfigurerte DNS-soner"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr "En sone med dette navnet er allerede konfigurert."
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikke lagres. Vil du endre innstillingene?"
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration files"
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -1009,40 +961,85 @@
"Alle endringer vil gå tapt.\n"
"Vil du virkelig avbryte konfigurasjonen av DNS-serveren uten å lagre?"
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "Lagre endringer for dialogboks"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr "Oppstart"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr "Grunnleggende valg"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr "Logging"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr "ACLer"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr "TSIG-nøkler"
+
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr "T&illat dynamiske oppdateringer"
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr "TSIG-&nøkkel"
#. check box
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr "Aktiver &sonetransport"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr "Generer oppføringer a&utomatisk fra"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr "Son&e"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr "Tilkoblede baklengssoner"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
@@ -1051,34 +1048,34 @@
"forberedelser til autoinstallasjon.\n"
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr "Ingen TSIG-nøkkel er definert."
#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr "&Navneserver som skal legges til"
#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr "Na&vneserverliste"
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr "Denne navneserveren finnes allerede."
#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr "E-postserver som skal legges til"
#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
@@ -1086,116 +1083,116 @@
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Prioritet"
#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr "Liste over E-postsystemer"
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "Den angitte verdien er ikke et gyldig vertsnavn eller en IP-adresse."
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr "Denne e-postserveren finnes allerede."
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekunder"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minutter"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Timer"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Dager"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr "Uker"
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr "Seri&e"
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr "TT&L"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr "&Enhet"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr "Opp&dater"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr "En&het"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr "Prøv &igjen"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr "Utlø&pstid"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr "E&nhet"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minimum"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr "Enh&et"
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr "Et serienummer for sonen må angis."
#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr "Serienummeret kan inneholde maksimalt %1 siffer."
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1210,104 +1207,104 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr "&Oppføringsnøkkel"
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr "T&ype"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr "Ver&di"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Tjeneste"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokoll"
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr "&Vekt"
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "A: Oversettelse av IPv4-domenenavn"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "AAAA: Oversettelse av IPv6-domenenavn"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr "CNAME: Alias for domenenavn"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr "NS: Navneserver"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr "MX: E-postsystem"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr "PTR: Baklengs oversettelse"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr "SRV: Tjenesteoppføring"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr "TXT: Tekstoppføring"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr "SPF: Retningslinjer for avsender"
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr "Oppføringsinnstillinger"
#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr "Konfigurerte oppføringer"
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr "Oppføringsnøkkel"
#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1320,13 +1317,13 @@
"eller relativt format til gjeldende sone."
#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr "Ugyldig IPv6-adresse."
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
@@ -1338,7 +1335,7 @@
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
@@ -1347,72 +1344,66 @@
"Denne meldingen inneholder {current} tegn."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr "CNAME kan ikke peke på seg selv."
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr "Det har oppstått en intern feil."
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr "Soneredigering"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr "&Grunnleggende"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr "NS-oppføring&er"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr "&SOA"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr "O&ppføringer"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr "M&X-oppføringer"
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr "Soneinnstillinger"
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr "A&vansert"
-
#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr "Minst én NS-server må angis."
@@ -1420,7 +1411,7 @@
#.
#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
@@ -1429,17 +1420,17 @@
"Deaktiver funksjonen 'Generer oppføringer automatisk fra' for å endre oppføringer."
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr "&Hoved-DNS-server-IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr "Hovedserver mangler"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1450,32 +1441,32 @@
"Hvis du fortsetter, vil gjeldende sone bli fjernet."
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr "Ingen hoved-DNS-server er definert."
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr "Denne hovednavneserveren er ikke en gyldig IP-adresse."
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse for &ny videresender"
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr "Gjeldende &sonevideresendere"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr "Rediger sonevideresendere"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -2514,56 +2505,56 @@
msgstr "&E-postsystem"
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av DNS-server"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Kontroller miljøet"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Tøm mellomlagre for DNS-nissen"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr "Les innstillingene"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Tømmer mellomlagre for DNS-nissen..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Leser brannmurinnstillinger..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Leser innstillingene..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
@@ -2572,72 +2563,72 @@
"Feil: "
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for DNS-server"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Start DNS-nissen på nytt"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr "Oppdater sonefiler"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr "Tilpass DNS-tjenesten"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr "Kjør netconfig"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjonsfiler..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Starter DNS-nissen på nytt..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer sonefiler..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr "Tilpasser DNS-tjenesten..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "Kjører netconfig..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer brannmurinnstillinger..."
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
@@ -2650,43 +2641,43 @@
"Feil: "
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr "Stub"
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "Hint"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "DNS-serveren starter når systemet starter opp."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr "DNS-serveren starter ikke når systemet starter opp."
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr "Konfigurerte soner: %s"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP-konfigurasjon. Kan ikke bruke LDAP."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr "Vil du aktivere LDAP-støtte?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
@@ -2695,30 +2686,33 @@
"LDAP-støtte vil ikke bli aktivert."
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr "Ukjent feil ved LDAP-initialisering."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under oppretting av %1."
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under oppretting av cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP vil ikke bli brukt."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under oppdatering av %1."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under oppretting av %1. LDAP vil ikke bli brukt."
+#~ msgid "Ad&vanced"
+#~ msgstr "A&vansert"
+
#~ msgid "When &Booting"
#~ msgstr "Under &oppstart"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/docker.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/docker.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/docker.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,6 +17,120 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr " Container"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Status"
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Exit"
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr "Avslutt"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr " Container"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr "Lagringskatalog"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tab"
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr "Fane"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Terminals"
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr "Terminaler"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -82,16 +196,6 @@
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr "Kontrollerer internettforbindelse"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr "Lagringskatalog"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Tab"
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr "Fane"
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image"
@@ -120,15 +224,11 @@
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Diskbilde"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Command"
msgstr "Kommando"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Status"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Port"
msgid "Ports"
@@ -177,14 +277,65 @@
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr "Kommentar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Exit"
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr "Avslutt"
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this user?"
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil slette denne brukeren?"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr " Container"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr " Container"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/drbd.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/drbd.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/drbd.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-21 10:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav P. <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <>\n"
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
@@ -256,15 +256,16 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -290,13 +291,13 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>reiIPL-oppsett for s390</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -305,20 +306,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Deaktiver IP-verifisering\"</b> for å deaktivere en av gyldighetskontrollene i drbdadm</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -334,7 +337,7 @@
" Dialogen vil oppdatere telleverdien i henhold til sekundverdien i 'Oppdater dialog'.\n"
" Bruk 0 for å deaktivere oppdatering av skjermen helt. </p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -349,7 +352,7 @@
" som denne filen angir. </p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -362,7 +365,7 @@
"Sett opp drbd her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -375,7 +378,7 @@
"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -386,7 +389,7 @@
"du kan endre konfigurasjonen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -402,7 +405,7 @@
"redigere oppsettene.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
@@ -411,7 +414,7 @@
"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å sette opp en drbd.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -422,7 +425,7 @@
"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter ønske.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -434,7 +437,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -445,7 +448,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -456,60 +459,140 @@
"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Oppsett av DRBD"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device type"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "Enhetstype"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..."
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr "Lagrer SCPM-database..."
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable Microphone."
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr "Aktiver mikrofon."
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Ressursnavn"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr "Andre nodenavn må angis."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fill out all fields."
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "Fyll ut alle felter."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "Andre nodenavn må angis."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -619,80 +702,80 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive til idmapd.conf."
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer DRBD-oppsett"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Les globale innstillinger"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Les ressurser"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configurations"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "Les oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Les nissestatus"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Leser globale innstillinger..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Leser ressurser..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configurations..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Leser oppsett..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Leser nissestatus..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr "Kunne ikke lagre ipsec.conf:"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups"
msgid ""
@@ -700,12 +783,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av ressursgrupper"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer DRBD-oppsett"
@@ -713,55 +796,55 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Lagre generelle innstillinger"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Lagre ressursene"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Lagre oppsett"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Definer nissestatus"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer generelle innstillinger..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Lagrer ressurser..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Lagrer oppsett..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Definerer nissestatus..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Lagrer brannmurinnstillinger..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/fcoe-client.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/fcoe-client.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/fcoe-client.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -598,39 +598,39 @@
msgstr "<p>Vil du installere den nå?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Finner ingen enheter."
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr "Kan ikke starte winbind-tjeneste."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot restart the service."
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr "Kan ikke starte tjenesten på nytt."
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -641,112 +641,112 @@
"VLAN-grensesnittet på nytt for å lage et gyldig oppsett."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett for fcoe-klient"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Kontroller installerte pakker"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Kontroller tjenester"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "Søk etter nettverkskort"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Les /etc/fcoe/config"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Søker etter installerte pakker..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Søker etter tjenester..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Søker etter nettverkskort..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Leser /etc/fcoe/config"
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Start av tjenester mislyktes."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Finner ingen enheter."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Kan ikke lese /etc/fcoe/config."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer oppsett for fcoe-klient"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingene"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "Start FCoE-tjenestene på nytt"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Tilpass start av tjenester"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer innstillingene..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Starter FCoE-tjenestene på nytt..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Tilpasser start av tjenester..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Kan ikke lagre innstillinger i /etc/fcoe/config."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
@@ -755,43 +755,43 @@
"Du finner mer informasjon i /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "Kunne ikke starte fcoe-tjenesten på nytt."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Kan ikke lagre /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-filer."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<b>Generelt FCoE-oppsett</b>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "<b>Grensesnitt</b>"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr "<i>Nettverkskort</i>:"
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
msgstr "<b>Start av tjenester</b>"
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktivert"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktivert"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/firewall.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/firewall.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/firewall.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-08 08:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -25,6 +25,16 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
msgid ""
@@ -185,7 +195,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr "Nivå for logging"
@@ -705,7 +715,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr "Kildenettverk"
@@ -716,8 +726,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
@@ -771,28 +781,28 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr "Forsp. IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr "Foresp. port"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr "Omdir. til IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr "Omdir. til port"
@@ -912,10 +922,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "Sone"
@@ -1415,217 +1425,219 @@
msgstr "Velg et element som skal slettes."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr "Brannmurkonfigurasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr "Kjente brannmursoner"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av nettverksgrensesnitt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr "Tillatte tjenester, porter og protokoller"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr "Innstillinger for kringkastede pakker"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr "Maskeringsinnstillinger"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr "Omdiriger forespørsler til maskert IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr "Innstillinger for logging"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr "Sammendrag av brannmurkonfigurasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr "Aktiverer brannmur"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr "Deaktiverer brannmur"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr "Vis gjeldende innstillinger"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr "Aktiver brannmur ved oppstart av maskinen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr "Aktiver brannmur manuelt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr "Vis konfigurerte oppføringer"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr "Kort sonenavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr "Legg til en ny oppføring"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr "Fjern en oppføring"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr "Navn på konfigurasjon for nettverksgrensesnitt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "Logging av godkjente pakker (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "Logging av ikke godkjente pakker (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr "Logging av kringkastede pakker (ja|nei)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
msgid "Set value"
msgstr "Spesifiser verdi"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "Portnavn eller -nummer; flere porter adskilt av komma"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
msgstr "Kjente brannmurtjenester; flere tjenester adskilt av komma"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "TCP-portnavn eller -nummer; flere porter adskilt av komma"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "UDP-portnavn eller -nummer; flere porter adskilt av komma"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "RPC-portnavn; flere porter adskilt av komma"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr "IP-protokollnavn; flere protokoller adskilt av komma"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr "Spesifiser sonebeskyttelse (ja|nei)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr "Detaljert informasjon"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "Aktiver alternativ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "Deaktiver alternativ"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr "Kildenettverk, f.eks. 0/0 eller 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr "Protokoll (tcp|udp)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr "Forespurt ekstern IP (valgfritt)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr "Forespurt portnavn eller -nummer"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr "Omdiriger til intern IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr "Omdiriger til port på intern IP (valgfritt)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
msgid "Record number"
msgstr "Oppføringsnummer"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr "Bruk portnavn i stedet for portnummer"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr "Ukjent sone %1."
@@ -1638,180 +1650,180 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr "Parameteren %1 må spesifiseres."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "Viser kjente brannmursoner:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr "Snarvei"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "Sonenavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr "Sammendrag:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "Kun én parameter er tillatt."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr "Oppstart:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr "Aktiverer brannmur ved oppstart av maskinen..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr "Brannmur blir ikke aktivert under oppstart av maskinen..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr "Brannmurport aktiveres ved oppstart av maskinen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr "Brannmuren må aktiveres manuelt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "Nettverksgrensesnitt i brannmursoner:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr "Spesiell brannmurkommando"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Grensesnitt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Enhetsnavn"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "Legger til spesialkommandoen %1 for sonen %2..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "Legger til grensesnittet %1 for sonen %2..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "Fjerner spesialkommandoen %1 fra sonen %2..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "Fjerner grensesnittet %1 fra sonen %2..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
msgid "Log all"
msgstr "Logg alt"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr "Logg bare kritiske"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr "Ikke logg noen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr "Globale innstillinger for logging:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr "Regeltype"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Verdi"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr "Godkjent"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr "Ikke godkjent"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr "Logging av kringkastede pakker:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr "Logging aktivert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr "Logging deaktivert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
msgid "Short"
msgstr "Kort"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr "Status for logging"
@@ -1820,168 +1832,181 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr "Verdien %1 er ikke tillatt for alternativet %2."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr "Tillatte kringkastingsporter:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr "Bare én handlingskommando er tillatt her."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr "Spesifiserte brannmurtjenester:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr "Navn på tjeneste"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr "TCP-port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr "UDP-port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr "RPC-port"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr "IP-protokoll"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr "Tillatte tjenester i soner:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
msgid "All services"
msgstr "Alle tjenester"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr "Hele sonen ubeskyttet"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr "Tjeneste-ID"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr "Flere tillatte porter:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
msgid "All ports"
msgstr "Alle porter"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr "Flere tillatte IP-protokoller i soner:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr "Alle IP-protokoller"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr "IP-protokoll"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr "Ukjent tjeneste %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr "Beskyttelse kan bare spesifiseres for interne soner."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr "Minst én av %1 må spesifiseres."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr "Minst én handlingskommando fra %1 må spesifiseres."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr "Omdiriger forespørsler til maskert IP:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr "Ukjent portnavn %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr "Maskeringsinnstillinger:"
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr "Maskering er %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktivert"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktivert"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/firstboot.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/firstboot.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/firstboot.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-01 12:23+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -122,13 +122,13 @@
msgstr "Betegnelse"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Status"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "Modulnavn"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Status"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr "Det er ikke nok plass til å installere alle tilleggspakkene."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/fonts.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/fonts.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/fonts.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,63 +20,63 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "Bitmap-redigering"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "Skrifter"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/geo-cluster.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/geo-cluster.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/geo-cluster.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,10 +60,8 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Printer Configurations"
@@ -121,17 +119,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Legg til"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Rediger"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Slett"
@@ -139,19 +137,18 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication"
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Autentisering"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
@@ -159,9 +156,9 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
@@ -174,195 +171,198 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "Autentiseringsnøkkel"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Key"
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "Autentiseringsnøkkel"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Basics"
msgid "Basic"
msgstr "&Grunnleggende"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Avbryt"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please enter a password"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "Angi et passord"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No entries."
msgid "retries"
msgstr "Ingen oppføringer."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Height"
msgid "weights"
msgstr "Høyde"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Expired"
msgid "expire"
msgstr "Utløpt"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Required patterns"
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "Nødvendige mønstre"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "Handlingen er ugyldig."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "' er ikke gyldig."
#
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "Den angitte nettadressen er ikke gyldig"
#
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "Den angitte nettadressen er ikke gyldig"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "' er ikke gyldig."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "Port-feltet kan ikke være tomt"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Brannmurkonfigurasjon"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine"
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "&Lokal IP-adresse for maskinen"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Local IP address of your machine"
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "&Lokal IP-adresse for maskinen"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "Sonenavnet %1 finnes allerede."
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Du må angi et navn på oppsettet."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "Du må angi et navn på oppsettet."
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "Nøkkelen er ugyldig."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "Programvare som skal installeres:"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr "Programvare som skal installeres:"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
@@ -370,20 +370,24 @@
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk."
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "Kan ikke opprette RAM-disk for installasjon."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "Definer autentisering for mellomserver"
+#| msgid "Authentication Key"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "Autentiseringsnøkkel"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -391,7 +395,7 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
@@ -400,7 +404,7 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "Oppsett av autoinstallasjon"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -557,6 +561,11 @@
msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag..."
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "Definer autentisering for mellomserver"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Software to be installed:"
#~ msgid "site have to be filled"
#~ msgstr "Programvare som skal installeres:"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/installation.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/installation.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/installation.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-13 22:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
@@ -120,29 +120,29 @@
"er forskjellige fra illustrasjonene i brukerveiledningen.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr "Start tjeneste %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr "Starter tjenesten %1..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr "Tilpasser nettverksinnstillinger"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr "Nettverksinnstillingene tilpasses."
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
"Merk: Du må kanskje legge inn noen typer informasjon på nytt."
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
msgid "Starting Installation..."
msgstr "Starter installasjon..."
@@ -213,28 +213,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Hvis du er usikker, kan du gå tilbake og kontrollere innstillingene.</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Bekreft oppgradering"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr "<p>All nødvendig informasjon for å utføre oppgraderingen er nå fullført.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "Start &oppgradering"
@@ -290,61 +290,7 @@
msgstr "Starter tjenesten %1..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bruk <b>Klon</b> hvis du vil opprette en AutoYaST-profil.\n"
-"Med AutoYaST kan hele SUSE Linux-installasjonen utføres uten medvirkning fra brukeren. AutoYaST\n"
-"trenger en profil for å vite hvordan det installerte systemet skal se ut. Når du krysser av for dette,\n"
-"blir en profil for gjeldende system lagret i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..."
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Lagrer systemoppsettet..."
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "&Hopp over konfigurasjon"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer filer til installert system..."
@@ -541,7 +487,7 @@
msgstr "Oppdateringer for %1 %2"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
@@ -570,54 +516,28 @@
"Velg om du vil kjøre en online-oppgradering nå.\n"
"Du kan hoppe over dette trinnet nå, og kjøre oppgraderingen senere.\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Språk"
-
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "Jeg godkjenner lisens&avtalen."
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard &test:"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "&Test tastaturet"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Versjonsmerknader"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Lisensavtale"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "Lisensoverse&ttelser..."
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -631,7 +551,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -644,7 +564,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -655,7 +575,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -668,7 +588,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -680,24 +600,57 @@
"installasjonen når som helst.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Versjonsmerknader"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Lisensavtale"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Språk"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "Jeg godkjenner lisens&avtalen."
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking the installed system..."
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr "Kontrollerer det installerte systemet..."
+
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard &test:"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "&Test tastaturet"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "Lisensoverse&ttelser..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -800,7 +753,7 @@
msgstr "Pakken autoyast2 er ikke installert. Kloning deaktivert."
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "Maskinen vil bli startet på nytt nå..."
@@ -809,16 +762,16 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "Bruker diskbilder..."
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
@@ -827,7 +780,7 @@
"Avbryter installasjonen...\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
@@ -836,20 +789,20 @@
"YaST vil åpne en pakkebehandler slik at du kan kontrollere gjeldende status for pakkene."
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Laster ned diskbilde med hastigheten %1/s"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Laster ned diskbildet %1 med hastigheten %2/s"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Bruker diskbilde..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Bruker diskbildet %1..."
@@ -866,44 +819,45 @@
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Søker etter tilgjengelige kontrollere"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskaktivering"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurer &DASD-disker"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurer &ZFCP-disker"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Sett opp &FCoE-grensesnitt"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurer &iSCSI-disker"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrer nettverkskonfigurasjon..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -922,7 +876,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Initialiserer"
@@ -947,71 +901,74 @@
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr "Vis &pakkeoppdateringer"
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr "Kjører trinn %1..."
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr " * %1"
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr "Installasjonsfeil"
+
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Fullfører grunninstallasjon"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Oppretter liste over fullføringsskript som skal kjøres..."
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Fullført"
+
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopier filer til installert system"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjon"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Lagre installasjonsinnstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Klargjør systemet for første oppstart"
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer trinn: %1..."
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
-msgstr "Kjører trinn %1..."
-
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr " * %1"
-
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "Fullført"
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr "Installasjonsfeil"
-
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -1033,24 +990,24 @@
msgstr "Klargjør første systemkonfigurasjon..."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Mode"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Installasjonsmodus"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "Legg til online-p&akkebrønner før installasjon"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "In&kluder tilleggsprodukter fra separate medier"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1061,7 +1018,7 @@
"Velg hva du vil gjøre:</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1072,7 +1029,7 @@
"<b>Legg til online-pakkebrønner før installasjon</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -1083,7 +1040,7 @@
"<b>Inkluder tilleggsprodukter fra separate medier</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Hvis du trenger spesifikke maskinvaredrivere for å installere, se <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
@@ -1210,7 +1167,7 @@
#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Installerer pakker..."
@@ -1244,7 +1201,7 @@
"Linux-systemet. De inneholder et kort sammendrag av nye funksjoner og endringer.</p>\n"
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen versjonsnotater ble installert.</p>"
@@ -1269,88 +1226,88 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "Analyserer datamaskinen"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "Søk etter USB-enheter"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "Søker etter USB-enheter..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "Søk etter FireWire-enheter"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "Søker etter FireWire-enheter..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "Søk etter diskettenheter"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "Søker etter diskettenheter..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Søk etter harddiskkontrollere"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Søker etter harddiskkontrollere..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Last kjernemoduler for harddiskkontrollere"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Laster kjernemoduler for harddiskkontrollere..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "Søk etter harddisker"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Søker etter harddisker..."
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Søk etter systemfiler"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Søker etter systemfiler"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Initialiser pakkebehandleren"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Initialiserer pakkebehandleren..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Systemsøk"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "YaST søker etter maskinvare og installerte systemer."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
@@ -1359,7 +1316,7 @@
"Se «drivers.suse.com» hvis du trenger spesielle maskinvaredrivere for å installere."
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1369,7 +1326,7 @@
"Kontroller maskinvaren!\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1380,7 +1337,7 @@
"(spesielt på S/390- eller iSCSI-systemer).\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1393,7 +1350,7 @@
"%1\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1401,6 +1358,52 @@
"Kunne ikke initialisere pakkebrønner.\n"
"Avbryter installasjonen."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+msgid ""
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1454,8 +1457,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Endre..."
@@ -1670,7 +1673,7 @@
"grunnoppsettet av systemet.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr "Ingen prosedyre er definert for denne installasjonsmodusen."
@@ -1690,7 +1693,7 @@
msgstr "Setter opp kommunikasjonsbuffer..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrer nettverkskonfigurasjon..."
@@ -1744,6 +1747,26 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrer maskinvarekonfigurasjon..."
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..."
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "Lagrer systemoppsettet..."
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "&Hopp over konfigurasjon"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
@@ -1811,6 +1834,34 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer loggfiler til installert system..."
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "Enhet"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr "&Hopp over konfigurasjon"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
#, fuzzy
@@ -1819,35 +1870,22 @@
msgstr "Søker etter Linux-partisjoner..."
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil tilbakestille alt til standardinnstillinger?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Alle endringer vil gå tapt."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Automatisk oppsett"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Hopper over konfigurasjon etter ønske fra bruker"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1856,25 +1894,25 @@
"rettes før du fortsetter.\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Tilpasser forslaget til gjeldende innstillinger..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analyserer systemet..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "FEIL: Ingen forslag"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1887,46 +1925,38 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Hopp over konfigurasjon"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Bruk følgende konfigurasjon"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "&Hopp over konfigurasjon"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Klikk på en overskrift for å endre, eller bruk menyen \"Endre...\" nedenfor."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Klikk på en overskrift for å endre, eller bruk menyen \"Endre...\" nedenfor."
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Tilbakestill til standardinnstillinger"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Oppgradering"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Installer"
@@ -1961,7 +1991,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1974,7 +2004,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1986,7 +2016,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1998,7 +2028,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2010,7 +2040,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2021,12 +2051,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Forslag til UML-installasjon</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2037,7 +2067,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2056,6 +2086,11 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon"
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2063,21 +2098,113 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "Kopierer rotfilsystem..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr "Kunne ikke lese informasjon om installasjonsdiskbilder"
#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "Bruker..."
@@ -2085,19 +2212,19 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "Lagrer brukerinnstillinger..."
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "Gjenoppretter brukerinnstillinger..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
@@ -2105,6 +2232,28 @@
"Installasjonsprogrammet kunne ikke løse pakkekonfliktene automatisk.\n"
"Pakkebehandleren vil bli åpnet, slik at du kan løse dem manuelt."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Bruk <b>Klon</b> hvis du vil opprette en AutoYaST-profil.\n"
+#~ "Med AutoYaST kan hele SUSE Linux-installasjonen utføres uten medvirkning fra brukeren. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "trenger en profil for å vite hvordan det installerte systemet skal se ut. Når du krysser av for dette,\n"
+#~ "blir en profil for gjeldende system lagret i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Automatisk oppsett"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "FEIL: Tittel mangler"
@@ -2222,9 +2371,6 @@
#~ msgid "Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Nettverkskort"
-#~ msgid "Device"
-#~ msgstr "Enhet"
-
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Maskinvareinformasjon om valgt nettverkskort"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/iscsi-client.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/iscsi-client.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/iscsi-client.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-11 22:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -116,7 +116,6 @@
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Legg til"
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Rediger"
@@ -176,47 +175,64 @@
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "Oppstart"
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Manually"
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr "Manuelt"
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Nøkkel"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Verdi"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Tjeneste"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "Tilkoblede mål"
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "Mål som ble funnet"
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "Oversikt over iSCSI-initiator"
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -225,9 +241,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "Søk etter iSCSI-initiator"
@@ -453,29 +469,27 @@
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under utlogging fra det valgte målet."
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
msgid "No record found."
msgstr "Finner ingen oppføring."
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr "Ingen gyldig IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr "Port-feltet kan ikke være tomt"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initiator Name"
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr "Initiatornavn"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
@@ -504,13 +518,18 @@
"Eksempel:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.no.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Angi IP-adressen."
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Angi porten."
@@ -518,37 +537,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
msgid "True"
msgstr "Sann"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
msgid "False"
msgstr "Usann"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "Målet med dette målnavnet er allerede tilkoblet. Pass på at Multipath er aktivert for å unngå ødelagte data."
# continue button label
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Fortsett"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Avbryt"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "Målet er allerede tilkoblet."
@@ -640,7 +659,7 @@
msgstr "alle"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -651,15 +670,16 @@
"Gammelt initiatornavn vil bli erstattet med verdien fra iBFT, og det vil bli opprettet en sikkerhetskopi.\n"
"Hvis du vil bruke et annet initiatornavn, kan du endre det i BIOS.\n"
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr "Feil under oppretting av diskbilde."
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Oppsettsammendrag..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/iscsi-lio-server.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/iscsi-lio-server.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/iscsi-lio-server.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -38,15 +38,14 @@
msgstr "Tjeneste"
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr "Global"
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr "Mål"
@@ -63,7 +62,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr "Portalgruppe"
@@ -86,7 +85,7 @@
msgstr "Brukerautorisasjon"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
msgid "LUN"
msgstr "LUN"
@@ -99,153 +98,163 @@
msgstr "Sti"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Legg til"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Rediger"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Slett"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "Klient"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Lun Mapping"
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr "LUN-mapping"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr "Aut."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "Rediger LUN"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr "Rediger aut."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr "Kopier"
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Ingen autentisering"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "Innkommende autentisering"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Brukernavn"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Passord"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "Utgående autentisering"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Under &oppstart"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manuelt"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Under oppstart"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manuelt"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Nøkkel"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Verdi"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr "Oversikt over iSCSI LIO-mål"
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-mål</h1>"
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "Legg til iSCSI-mål"
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
-msgstr "Endre klientoppsett for iSCSI-mål"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
+msgstr "Endre LUN-oppsett for iSCSI-mål"
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr "Endre LUN-oppsett for iSCSI-mål"
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr "Avansert innstillinger for iSCSI-mål"
@@ -403,21 +412,26 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "With <b>Edit LUN</b> on can modify which LUNs the client can access.After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here."
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr "Med <b>Rediger LUN</b> kan du endre hvilke LUN-er klienten har tilgang til. Velg <b>Rediger aut.</b>, og velg autentiseringstype. Bruk <b>Innkommende</b>, <b>Utgående</b> eller begge sammen. Angi deretter<b>Bruker</b> og <b>Passord</b>. Hvis <b>Bruk autentisering</b> var dektivert i forrige dialog, vil <b>Rediger autentisering</b> være deaktivert her."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n"
@@ -431,12 +445,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>IP/Port og LUN-oppsett for iSCSI-mål</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
@@ -457,8 +471,8 @@
"Navnet må være unikt innenfor målportalgruppen. Hvis brukeren\n"
"ikke angir et nav for LUN, blir det generert automatisk."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
@@ -468,11 +482,11 @@
"og port tjenesten vil være tilgjengelige. Standard portnummer er 3260.\n"
"Bare IP-adresser som er tilordnet et av nettverkskortene, kan brukes."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr "Opprett et nytt mål. Bytt ut verdiene i malen med riktige verdier."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -486,11 +500,11 @@
"Navnet må være unikt innenfor målportalgruppen. Hvis brukeren\n"
"ikke angir et nav for LUN, blir det generert automatisk."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr "Det er mulig å <b>legge til</b>, <b>redigere</b> eller <b>slette</b> alle tilleggsinnstilinger."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n"
@@ -503,193 +517,217 @@
"Hvis Type=fileio, angi <b>Sti</b> til diskenhet eller fil. <b>SCSI-id</b> og <b>Sektorer</b> er valgfritt."
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr "Problem under endring av autorisasjon"
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr "Ugyldig brukernavn"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr "Ugyldig passord."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "Valgt LUN er i bruk!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr "Det valgte navnet er i bruk!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr "Valgt filsti må enten være en blokkenhet eller en vanlig fil!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr "Den valgte filstien finnes allerede!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
msgid "Path:"
msgstr "Sti:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "Bla gjennom"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr "Velg fil eller enhet"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "Klient-LUN"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr "Mål-LUN"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
msgid "Change:"
msgstr "Endring:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr "Mål-LUN %1 brukt mer enn én gang!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr "Du må angi minst én autentisering!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "New client name:"
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "Nytt klientnavn:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr "Importer LUN-er fra TPG"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "Et klientnavn må angis!"
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr "Klientnavnet finnes allerede!"
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr "Nytt klientnavn:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Avbryt"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disabled"
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Deaktivert"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Deaktivert"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil slette valg oppføring?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr "Problem under oppretting av målet %1 med tpg %2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr "Problem under definisjon av nettverksportalen %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr "Problem under fjerning av LUN %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr "Problem under definisjon av LUN %1 (navn:%2) med filstien %3"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr "Problem under definisjona av autorisajson for %1:%2 til %3"
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "Målet kan ikke være blankt."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "Det må angis en målportalgruppe."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "Målet eksisterer allerede."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "Innkommende"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "Utgående"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Deaktivert"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Problem med å fjerne LUN %4 for klienten %3 i %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Problem med å legge til lun %4:%5 for klienten %3 i %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr "Problem med å fjerne klienten %3 fra %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr "Problem med å opprette klienten %3 for %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Problem med å endre autorisasjone for klienten %3 i %1:%2"
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -703,11 +741,11 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -812,6 +850,20 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag..."
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "Klient"
+
+#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#~ msgstr "Endre klientoppsett for iSCSI-mål"
+
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "Klient-LUN"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "New client name:"
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "Nytt klientnavn:"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "Kjør SuSEconfig"
Added: trunk/yast/nb/po/journalctl.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/journalctl.nb.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/journalctl.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# Norwegian Bokmal translations for opensuse-i package.
+# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
+# Automatically generated, 2016.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: nb\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/kdump.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/kdump.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/kdump.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-12 10:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -380,10 +380,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Maskinen må startes på nytt for å aktivere endringer."
@@ -1242,154 +1240,169 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?"
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr "Kjernevalget inkluderer flere områder. Vil du lagre på nytt?"
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer kdump-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Leser oppsettsfil..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Leser oppstartsvalg for kjernen..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Leser diskenes partisjoner..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Leser tilgjengelig minne..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Kan ikke lese oppsettsfilen /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Kan ikke lese oppstartsvalg for kjerne."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Kan ikke lese tilgjengelig minne."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer kdump-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingene"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Oppdater oppstartsvalg"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer innstillingene..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer oppstartsvalg..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan ikke lagre innstillingene."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Legger til crashkernel-parameter for oppstartslasterfeil."
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump-status: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktivert"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktivert"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Verdi for crashkernel-valg: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Dump-format: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Dump-mål: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Antall dumper: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/live-installer.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/live-installer.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/live-installer.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-01 12:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -43,27 +43,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Evaulerer filsystemer som skal kopieres..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Kopierer rotfilsystem..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Kopierer live-diskbilde..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "Kopierer %1..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -78,71 +78,53 @@
"av live-systemet."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Kopiering av Live-diskbilde til harddisk mislyktes."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installasjonsinnstillinger"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Analyserer systemet..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "Bruk %1%% av disken %2 for Linux"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Ikke bruk disken %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partisjonering"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Oppstart av systemet"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Spør om Linux eller det eksisterende systemet skal startes opp"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Start bare opp Linux"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Tidsavbrudd for systemoppstart: %1 sekunder"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Tastatur"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidssone"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Endre installasjonsinnstillinger"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
@@ -151,7 +133,7 @@
"Velg <b>Bekreft</b> for å utføre en ny installasjon med disse verdiene.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -162,7 +144,7 @@
"eller på <b>Endre installasjonsinnstillinger.</b></p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -277,7 +259,7 @@
"nytt med 'Reset'-knappen."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer filer til installert system..."
@@ -301,6 +283,18 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Lagrer tidssone..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Oppstart av systemet"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr "Spør om Linux eller det eksisterende systemet skal startes opp"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Start bare opp Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Tidsavbrudd for systemoppstart: %1 sekunder"
+
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "Installasjonsinnstillinger"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/mail.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/mail.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/mail.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-08 12:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -314,73 +314,80 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr "Utgående e-post"
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server."
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr "Du kan ikke definere lokale domener for e-postserveren."
+
#. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nei"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
msgid "Use"
msgstr "Bruk"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr "Bruk alltid"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr "&Maskering"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr "&Autentisering"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr "Innkommende e-post"
#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detaljer..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr "Start &fetchmail"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "[manually set]"
msgid "manual"
msgstr "[manuelt angitt]"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "FTP daemon"
msgid "daemon"
msgstr "FTP-nisse"
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr "&Nedlasting"
#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr "&Aliaser..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr "&Virtuelle domener..."
@@ -388,7 +395,7 @@
#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
@@ -402,7 +409,7 @@
#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -415,39 +422,39 @@
"Prøv igjen.\n"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr "Omskriving av avsenderadresse"
#. Translators: text entry label
#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr "&Lokal bruker"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr "&Vis som"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr "Denne brukerens adresse er allerede definert."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr "E-postadressen har feil format."
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr "Maskering"
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr "Masker &lokale domener"
@@ -457,23 +464,23 @@
#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
#. ),
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr "Ma&sker andre domener"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr "Do&mener som skal maskeres"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
msgid "Local user"
msgstr "Lokal bruker"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
msgid "Display as"
msgstr "Vis som"
@@ -482,23 +489,23 @@
#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf"))
#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "&Legg til"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Rediger"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "S&lett"
#. Translators: error popup
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr "Domenenavnet er feil"
@@ -506,106 +513,106 @@
#. list<string> lmod = [];
#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr "Utgående serverautentisering"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr "Utgående &server"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
msgid "&User name"
msgstr "&Brukernavn"
#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passord"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr "Nedlasting av e-post"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokoll"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
msgid "User"
msgstr "Bruker"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "&Slett"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr "Omadressering av innkommende e-post"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr "&Alias"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr "&Bestemmelsessteder"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr "Alias er feilformatert."
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr "Bestemmelsesstedene for dette aliaset er allerede definert."
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr "Aliaser"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "Alias"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr "Bestemmelsessteder"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr "Virtuelle domener"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr "E-postkonfigurasjon"
#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
@@ -891,12 +898,12 @@
msgstr "Til Cyrus IMAP-server"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Antivirusprogrammet AMaViS vil bli installert.\n"
#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -907,58 +914,58 @@
"Vil du konfigurere en skanner manuelt."
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Fetchmail, et nedlastingsverktøy for e-post, vil bli installert.\n"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Cyrus-imapd, en IMAP-server, vil bli installert.\n"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer e-postkonfigurasjon"
#. Translators: progress label
#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr "Bestemmer MTA (e-postsystem)"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr "Leser generelle innstillinger"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr "Leser maskeringsinnstillinger"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr "Leser nedlastingsinnstillinger"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr "Leser aliastabeller"
#. Translators: progress label
#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr "Leser innstillinger for autentisering..."
#. Translators: error message,
#. %1 is a file name,
#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n"
@@ -969,161 +976,161 @@
"%2"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr "Feil under lagring av fetchmail-konfigurasjon."
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr "Feil under lagring av filen %1"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
msgstr "Feil under kjøring av av config.postfix."
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr "Feil under aktivering av tjenesten %1."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr "Lagrer generelle innstillinger"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr "Lagrer maskeringsinnstillinger"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr "Lagrer aliastabeller"
#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr "Lagrer nedlastingsinnstillinger"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer innstillinger for autentisering..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr "Fullfører lagring av konfigurasjonsfiler"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr "Kjører config.postfix"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr "Starter tjenester på nytt"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer e-postkonfigurasjon"
#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Annet"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr "Permanent"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr "Oppringt"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
msgid "MTA"
msgstr "MTA"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr "Tilkoblingstype"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr "Utgående e-postserver"
#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
msgid "From Header"
msgstr "Fra-meldingshode"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr "Lokale domener"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr "Masker andre domener"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr "Masker brukere"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr "Godkjenn eksterne SMTP-tilkoplinger"
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr "Bruk AMaViS"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr "Bruk DKIM"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr "Fetchmail"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr "Virtuelle brukere"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Autentisering"
@@ -1598,9 +1605,6 @@
#~ "Passordene er ikke identiske.\n"
#~ "Prøv igjen."
-#~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server."
-#~ msgstr "Du kan ikke definere lokale domener for e-postserveren."
-
#~ msgid "Defined Domains"
#~ msgstr "Definerte domener"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/network.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/network.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/network.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-08 12:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Vertsmaskiner, oppsettssammendrag:"
@@ -369,13 +369,13 @@
msgstr "Installasjon av nedlastede versjonsmerknader mislyktes."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr "Tilkobling"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -384,13 +384,13 @@
"logger med mer informasjon.\n"
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr "Ingen nettadresse for versjonsmerknader er angitt. Internett-testen kan ikke utføres."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
"og klikk 'Avbryt'.\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
@@ -417,12 +417,12 @@
"logg for mer informasjon."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr "Søk etter oppgraderinger"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
"logger med mer informasjon.\n"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr "Frakobling av forbindelse"
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Oppsettfeil: Grensesnitt er ikke initialisert."
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Rutingoppsett"
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@
msgstr "Systemport"
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "Nettverksmaske"
@@ -720,90 +720,90 @@
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr "Ingen oppføring for destinasjon '%1' i rutingtabell"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP forwarding is enabled"
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "IP-overføring er aktivert"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP forwarding is disabled"
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "IP-overføring er deaktivert"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabling IP forwarding..."
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Aktiverer IP-overføring..."
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabling IP forwarding..."
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Deaktiverer IP-overføring..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr "Minst destinasjon og IP-adresser for systemport må angis."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr "Legger destinasjonen '%1' til rutingtabell ..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "IP-adresse for destinasjon må angis."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr "Minst én av følgende parametere (systemport, nettverksmaske, enhet, valg) må angis"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer destinasjonen '%1' i rutingtabellen ..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr "Sletter destinasjonen '%1' fra rutingtabellen ..."
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Advarsel: ingen kryptering benyttes."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Endre."
@@ -904,70 +904,70 @@
msgstr "Trådløst USB-nettverkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "Ukjent nettverksenhet"
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr "Satt opp som %1"
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "Satt opp som %1 med leverandør %2"
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr "Satt opp som %1 med leverandør %2 (protokoll %3)"
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "Konfigurert uten adresse (INGEN)"
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "Konfigurert uten adresse"
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "Satt opp med adressen %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr "Satt opp med adressen %1 (ekstern %2)"
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "Satt opp med %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr "Satt opp som %1 med adressen %2"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr "Satt opp som %1 med adressen %2 (ekstern %3)"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr "Satt opp som %1 med %2"
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "Styrt"
@@ -1106,12 +1106,12 @@
msgstr "&Velg logg:"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr "Tilleggsadresser"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
@@ -1119,16 +1119,16 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "Le&gg til"
@@ -1137,8 +1137,8 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1148,122 +1148,122 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "&Slett"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr "&Navn på grensesnitt"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr "<p>TODO er litt ullen!</p>"
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr "Tilordne grensesnitt til &brannmursone"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr "&Obligatorisk grensesnitt"
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "&Enhetstype"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "&Oppsettsnavn"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr "Tunneleier"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "Tunnelgruppe"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Bro-enheter"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr "Ekste grensesnitt for &VLAN"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr "VLAN ID"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr "Bond-slaver og rekkefølge"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Opp"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Ned"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr "Bond-&slaver"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "Valg for &bond-driver"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr "<p>Velg alternativer for bond-driveren, og rediger ved behov. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr "Tilkoblings- og IP-oppsett mangler (bonding-slaver)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use iBFT values"
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr "Bruk iBFT-verdier"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "Dynamisk IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr "DHCP-versjon 4 og 6"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr "Kun DHCP-versjon 4"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr "Kun DHCP-versjon 6"
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Statically assigned IP Address"
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
@@ -1271,37 +1271,37 @@
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr "&Nettverksmaske"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "&Vertsmaskinnavn"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr "E&kstern IP-adresse"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Den eksterne IP-adressen er ugyldig."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1312,13 +1312,13 @@
"du er sikker på at feil grensesnittype ble funnet."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Oppsettet %1 finnes allerede."
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1332,20 +1332,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Ugyldig IP-adresse."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Ugyldig nettverksmaske eller prefikslengde."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@
"Vil du likevel ikke angi noe vertsnavn?\n"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1370,54 +1370,54 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Generelt"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Enhetsaktivering"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Brannmursone"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Største overføringsenhet (MTU)"
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Velg detaljerte innstillinger for nettverkskort her.</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Sett opp IP-adressen din.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Maskinvare"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Bond-slaver"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Trådløst"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ifplugd priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1440,12 +1440,23 @@
" det angis en prioritet for hvert grensesnitt. </p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Nettverkskortoppsett"
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
@@ -1645,23 +1656,23 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr "Ugyldig verdi for bootproto."
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr "Ugyldig verdi for startmode."
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr "Valget «ip» kreves for et statisk oppsett."
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "Enheten er slettet."
@@ -1723,7 +1734,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1735,7 +1746,7 @@
"Legg først til CD-en som pakkebrønn i YaST, og gå tilbake \n"
"til denne oppsettdialogen.\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1752,20 +1763,20 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "Installerer fastvare"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr "For å installere fastvare må skriptet 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' kjøres. Vil du kjøre skriptet nå?"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under installasjon av fastvare."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1780,12 +1791,12 @@
"vil det ikke lenger kunne styres via NetworkManager.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr "Den valgte enheten har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Oppsettsmetode for nettverk"
@@ -1794,7 +1805,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Nettverksinnstillinger"
@@ -1986,7 +1997,7 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "&Nettverkskort"
@@ -1996,7 +2007,7 @@
msgstr "&Søk"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
@@ -2005,7 +2016,7 @@
"Velg et annet navn."
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Oppsett av S/390-nettverkskort"
@@ -2013,131 +2024,131 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "Innstillinger for S/390-enhet"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "&Portnavn"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Portnummer"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "&Aktiver IPA-overtakelse"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "Vil du aktivere &Layer 2-støtte"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC-adresse for Layer2"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "Lesekanal"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "Skrivekanal"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Kontrollkanal"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angi <b>portnavnet</b> for dette grensesnittet (det skilles mellom små og store bokstaver).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angi eventuelle ekstra <b>Alternativer</b> for dette grensesnittet (adskilt av mellomrom).</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Velg <b>Aktiver IPA-overtakelse</b> hvis overtakelse av IP-adresse skal aktiveres for dette grensesnittet.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Velg <b>Aktiver Layer 2-støtte</b> hvis dette kortet er satt opp med Layer 2-støtte.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angi <b>MAC-adresse for Layer 2-støtte</b> hvis dette kortet er satt opp med Layer 2-støtte.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "&Portnummer"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "&LANCMD-tidsavbrudd"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Velg <b>portnummeret</b> for dette grensesnittet.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angi <b>LANCMD-tidsavbrudd</b> for dette grensesnittet.</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "Kompatibilitetsmodus"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "Utvidet modus"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "CTC-basert tty (Linux til Linux-forbindelser)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "Kompatibilitetsmodus med OS/390 og z/OS"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokoll"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Velg <b>protokollen</b> for dette grenssnittet.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "Navn på &annen maskin"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2145,8 +2156,7 @@
"<p>Angi navnet til en annen IUCV-maskin,\n"
"for eksempel z/VM-brukernavnet som skal brukes ved tilkobling (det skilles mellom små og store bokstaver).</p>\n"
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -2156,7 +2166,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Maskinvaredialog"
@@ -2837,31 +2847,31 @@
"samme katalog.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Nettverks&maske"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr "For lang betegnelse."
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "IP-adressen er ugyldig."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "Ugyldig nettverksmaske."
@@ -3041,127 +3051,127 @@
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr "Ingen kryptering"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr "WEP - Åpen"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr "WEP - Delt nøkkel"
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA-versjon 1 eller 2)"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA-versjon 1 eller 2)"
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Oppsett av trådløst nettverkskort"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr "Innstillinger for trådløst nettverk"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr "D&riftsmodus"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "Ad-hoc"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Master"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "Ne&ttverksnavn (ESSID)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "Skann nettverk"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr "&Autentiseringsmodus"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr "&Krypteringsnøkkel"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr "&Avanserte innstillinger"
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr "&WEP-nøkler"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "WPA-autentiseringsmodus er bare mulig i styrt driftsmodus."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "Angi nettverksnavnet for denne modusen."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "Nettverksnavnet må ikke inneholde mer enn 32 tegn."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "Passfrasen må inneholde mellom 8 og 63 tegn (totalt)."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "Nøkkelen må ha %1 heksadesimalsiffer."
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkelen er ugyldig."
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkelen må angis for denne autentiseringsmodusen."
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3259,27 +3269,27 @@
msgstr "AP ScanMode"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "Angi krypteringsnøkkel"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "&Nøkkel"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Hjelp"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "Trådløsnøkler"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3294,7 +3304,7 @@
"én nøkkel.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3309,43 +3319,43 @@
"verdien til 64.</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP-nøkler"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "&Nøkkellengde"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr "Nr."
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Nøkkel"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "Definer som st&andard"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "Velg et sertifikat"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
@@ -3354,7 +3364,7 @@
"som er usikkert og sårbart. Vil du fortsette uten CA ?"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3363,47 +3373,47 @@
"eller klientsertifikatet."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Udefinert"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP-informasjon"
@@ -3418,24 +3428,44 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
msgstr "&Tillat ekstern administrasjon"
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr "&Tillat ekstern administrasjon"
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "&Ikke tillat ekstern administrasjon"
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
+#| "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
+#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
+#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
+#| "a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
+#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Innstillinger for ekstern administrasjon</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Hvis denne funksjonen er aktivert, kan du\n"
@@ -3445,17 +3475,17 @@
"Denne typen ekstern administrasjon er mindre sikker enn SSH.</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr "Innstillinger for ekstern administrasjon"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Følgende pakker må installeres:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3467,111 +3497,61 @@
"\n"
"Vil du forsøke igjen?\n"
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Oppsettet er lagret"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DNS-oppsettet er lagret"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DSL-oppsettet er lagret"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Vertsmaskinoppsettet er lagret"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ISDN-oppsettet er lagret"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Oppsettet for nettverkskort er lagret"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Modemoppsettet er lagret"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Mellomserveroppsettet er lagret"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Leverandøroppsettet er lagret"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "Rutingoppsettet er lagret"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "Vil du sette opp e-postsystemet nå?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "Vil du sette opp %1?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Nettverkskort"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Modemer"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN-kort"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL-enheter"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Alle nettverksenheter"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "Vertsnavnet er ugyldig."
@@ -3645,8 +3625,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "Vertsmaskin- og domenenavn"
@@ -3672,28 +3652,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr "På grunn av multikast-DNS anbefales det ikke å bruke .local som domenenavn. Vil du bruke det likevel?"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "Søkelisten kan ha maksimalt %1 domener."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "Søkelisten kan ha maksimalt %1 tegn."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "Søkedomenet '%1' er ugyldig."
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "Vertsnavn- og navneserveroppsett"
@@ -3727,27 +3707,27 @@
"<b>vertsmaskinaliaser</b> (valgfritt) adskilt av mellomrom.</p>\n"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "Gjeldende vertsmaskiner"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "Vertsnavn"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "Vertsmaskinaliaser"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "Ver&tsmaskinaliaser"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "Aliasnavnet \"%1\" er ugyldig."
@@ -3787,40 +3767,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Bestemmelsessted"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "Ge&nmaske"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Systemport"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "En&het"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "Destinasjonen er ugyldig."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Systemportens IP-adresse er ugyldig."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Nettverksmasken er ugyldig."
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Standard systemport er ugyldig."
@@ -4077,35 +4057,35 @@
"(plasmaskjermelement for KDE og nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Hvis den ikke allerede kjører, start den manuelt."
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "Generelt nettverksoppsett"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "IPv6-protokollinnstillinger"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Aktiver IPv6"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Ukjent enhet"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Ingen IP-adresse tilordnet"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
@@ -4114,12 +4094,12 @@
"%2 - %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "&Endre enhet"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "Valg av nettverksenhet"
@@ -4128,7 +4108,7 @@
#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not configured"
msgid "configured"
@@ -4186,7 +4166,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Oppdater konfigurasjon"
@@ -4209,7 +4189,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer konfigurasjon..."
@@ -4221,100 +4201,100 @@
msgstr "Oppdaterer /etc/resolve.conf..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Vertsnavn: Definert av DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Vertsnavn: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Vertsnavnet vil ikke bli lagret i /etc/hosts"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Navneservere: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Søkeliste: %1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Oppdater /etc/hosts"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer vertsnavnoppsett"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer /etc/hosts..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Søk etter nettverksenheter"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Les driverinformasjon"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Les enhetsoppsett"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Les nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Les vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Les installasjonsinformasjon"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Les rutingoppsett"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Søk etter gjeldende status"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Søker etter ndiswrapper..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
@@ -4324,7 +4304,7 @@
"men det ble ikke kjørt modprobe for kjernemodulen.\n"
"Vil du kjøre modprobe for ndiswrapper?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
@@ -4333,247 +4313,240 @@
"Kontroller oppsettet manuelt.\n"
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Søker etter nettverksenheter..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Leser enhetsoppsett..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Leser nettverksoppsett..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Leser brannmurinnstillinger..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Leser vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Leser installasjonsinformasjon..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Leser rutinginformasjon..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Søker etter gjeldende status..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Start maskinen på nytt for å aktivere denne endringen."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Lagre driverinformasjon"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Lagre enhetsoppsett"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Lagre nettverksoppsett"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Lagre rutingoppsett"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Lagre vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Sett opp nettverkstjenester"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Aktiver nettverkstjenester"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Lagrer /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrer enhetsoppsett..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrer nettverksoppsett..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrer rutinginformasjon..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Lagrer vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Setter opp nettverkstjenester..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer brannmurinnstillinger..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Aktiverer nettverkstjenester..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Ingen nettverk er aktivert"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Nettverksmodus"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Grensesnitt som kontrolleres av NetworkManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Deaktiver NetworkManager"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "Tradisjonelt nettveksoppsett med NetControl - ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Aktiver NetworkManager"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Støtte for IPv6-protokollen er aktivert"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Deaktiver IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Støtte for IPv6-protokollen er deaktivert"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not connected"
msgid "connected"
msgstr "Ikke tilkoblet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Startet automatisk ved oppstart"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Startet automatisk via kabelforbindelse"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Bruk NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Vil ikke bli startet i det hele tatt"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Startet manuelt"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-adresse tildelt via"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1/%2"
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %1/%2"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
@@ -4581,46 +4554,46 @@
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Ikke satt opp"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Enhetsnavn: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Bonding-slaver"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "enslaved in %1"
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "slave i %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "Bonding-master"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Ikke tilkoblet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Ingen maskinvareinfo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details.</p>"
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "<p>Kunne ikke sette opp nettverkskortet fordi kjerneenheten (eth0, wlan0) ikke finnes. Dette skyldes vanligvis manglende fastvare (for wlan-enheter). Se resultatet av dmesg-kommandoen.</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4632,17 +4605,17 @@
"<p>Enheten er ikke satt opp. Klikk <b>Rediger</b>\n"
"for å gå til oppsett.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Nødvendig fastvare"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "ukjent"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
msgid ""
@@ -4651,37 +4624,42 @@
msgstr "SuSEfirewall2-pakken er ikke installert, brannveggsfunksjonalitet vil bli deaktivert."
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Sett opp vindusbehandler"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Start tjenesten på nytt"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer oppsett av ekstern administrasjon"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Setter opp vindusbehandler..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Starter tjenesten på nytt..."
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed."
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr "Aktivering av tjenesten'uml' mislyktes."
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed."
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr "Aktivering av tjenesten'uml' mislyktes."
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4689,30 +4667,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon er aktivert."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon is deaktivert."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Lagre oppsett for IP-overføring"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Lagre oppsett for ruter"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer oppsett for ruter"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer oppsett for IP-overføring..."
@@ -4721,26 +4699,26 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer oppsett for ruter..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Systemport: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP-overføring:"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
@@ -4761,6 +4739,42 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(ubeskyttet"
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Oppsettet er lagret"
+
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DNS-oppsettet er lagret"
+
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DSL-oppsettet er lagret"
+
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Vertsmaskinoppsettet er lagret"
+
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ISDN-oppsettet er lagret"
+
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Oppsettet for nettverkskort er lagret"
+
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Modemoppsettet er lagret"
+
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Mellomserveroppsettet er lagret"
+
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Leverandøroppsettet er lagret"
+
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "Rutingoppsettet er lagret"
+
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "Vil du sette opp e-postsystemet nå?"
+
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "Vil du sette opp %1?"
+
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "Enhetsoppstartsprotokoll"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/nfs.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/nfs.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/nfs.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-12 12:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
"Gyldig domene: %3"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
"med monteringspunktet '%1'."
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -394,12 +394,12 @@
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av NFS-klient"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "Kunne ikke opprette katalogen '%1'."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -410,52 +410,52 @@
"NFS-klientkonfigurasjonen.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer NFS-konfigurasjon"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "Deaktiver tjenester"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "Aktiver tjenester"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "Deaktiverer tjenester..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "Aktiverer tjenester..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Lagrer innstillinger for NFS-klient. Vent..."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr "Kan ikke montere NFS-oppføringer fra /etc/fstab."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "NFS-oppføringer"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "%1 oppføringer er konfigurert"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/nis.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/nis.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/nis.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 07:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav P. <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <>\n"
@@ -267,9 +267,10 @@
msgstr "&Adresser for NIS-servere"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
-msgstr "Kr&ingkast"
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
+msgid "&Broadcast"
+msgstr "&Kringkasting"
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960)
@@ -382,11 +383,6 @@
msgstr "&Servere (adskilt av mellomrom eller komma)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr "&Kringkasting"
-
-#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr "&SLP"
@@ -595,6 +591,9 @@
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr "NIS-serveren ble ikke funnet."
+#~ msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#~ msgstr "Kr&ingkast"
+
#~ msgid "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Hvis du bruker <b>DHCP</b> for å definere NIS-domenenavn eller tjenere, kan du aktivere dette her. DHCP kan settes opp i nettverksmodulen.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/ntp-client.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/ntp-client.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/ntp-client.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-12 12:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
msgstr "Lagrer NTP-oppsett..."
#. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
msgstr "<p>Klikk <b>Synkroniser nå</b> for å stille inn riktig systemtid ved hjelp av valgt NTP- server. Hvis du vil bruke NTP permanent, kryss av for <b>Lagre NTP-oppsett</b>.</p>"
@@ -39,48 +39,48 @@
msgstr "<p>Velg <b>Kjør NTP som nisse</b> for å starte NTP-tjenesten som en nisse. Hvis ikke, vil systemklokken bli justert periodisk. Standardintervallet er 15 min. Du kan endre dette etter installasjonen i NTP-klientmodulen i <b>YaST</b>.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Klikk <b>Sett opp</b> for å gå til avansert NTP-oppsett.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Synkronisering med NTP-serveren kan ikke utføres før nettverket er satt opp.</p>"
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
msgstr "Vertsnavnet %1 for NTP-serveren er ugyldig"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "&NTP-serveradresse"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr "Kjø&r NTP som nisse"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "Lagre NTP-opp&sett"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
msgstr "S&ynkroniser nå"
#. push button label
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr "&Konfigurer..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
@@ -89,12 +89,12 @@
"uten at pakken %1 er installert."
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Synkroniserer med NTP-server..."
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgid ""
@@ -309,273 +309,267 @@
msgstr "JJY-mottakere"
#. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
msgid "NTP client configuration module."
msgstr "Konfigurasjonsmodul for NTP-klient."
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
msgstr "Skriv ut status for NTP-nisse"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
msgstr "Skriv ut alle konfigurerte synkroniseringsforbindelser"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgstr "Aktiver NTP-nisse"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
msgstr "Deaktiver NTP-nisse"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
msgstr "Legg til ny synkroniseringsforbindelse"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
msgstr "Rediger en eksisterende synkroniseringsforbindelse"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
msgstr "Slett en synkroniseringsforbindelse"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
msgid "The address of the server"
msgstr "Angi serveradressen"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
msgid "The address of the peer"
msgstr "Angi direkteforbindelsens adresse"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
msgstr "Adressen det skal kringkastes til"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
msgstr "Adressen kringkasting skal tillates fra"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
msgid "The options of the relationship"
msgstr "Alternativer for forbindelsen"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
msgstr "Alternativer for kalibrering av klokkedriver"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr "Bruk serveren ved første synkronisering"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr "Ikke bruk serveren ved første synkronisering"
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
msgstr "Synkroniseringsforbindelse ikke spesifisert."
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
msgstr "Spesifisert synkroniseringsforbindelse ikke funnet."
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
msgstr "NTP-nisse er aktivert."
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
msgstr "NTP-nisse er deaktivert."
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Peer"
msgstr "Direkteforbindelse"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr "Kringkasting"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
msgstr "Tillater kringkasting"
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
msgstr "Enhetsnummer: %1"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
msgid "Local Radio Clock"
msgstr "Lokal radioklokke"
#. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
msgid "Reading the settings failed."
msgstr "Innstillingene kunne ikke leses."
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon av NTP-server"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "NTP Configuration"
msgstr "NTP-konfigurasjon"
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr "Brannmurinnstillinger"
-
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Generelle innstillinger"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsinnstillinger"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
msgstr "Avansert NTP-konfigurasjon"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "New Synchronization"
msgstr "Ny synkronisering"
#. Server editing dialog
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Serverinnstillinger"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "NTP Server"
msgstr "NTP-server"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr "Lokal NTP-server"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr "Offentlig NTP-server"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "NTP Peer"
msgstr "NTP-server"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Local Reference Clock"
msgstr "Lokal referanseklokke"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr "Utgående kringkasting"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr "Innkommende kringkasting"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
msgid "&Reference ID"
msgstr "&Referanse-ID"
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "&Stratum"
msgstr "&Stratum"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
msgstr "Kalibreringsforsinkelse 1"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
msgstr "Kalibreringsforsinkelse 2"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Flag &1"
msgstr "Flagg &1"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Flag &2"
msgstr "Flagg &2"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Flag &3"
msgstr "Flagg &3"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
msgid "Flag &4"
msgstr "Flagg &4"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
msgstr "Kalibrering av klokkedriver"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -584,7 +578,7 @@
"Vent...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -593,7 +587,7 @@
"Du kan trygt avbryte konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikke <b>Avbryt</b> nå.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -602,7 +596,7 @@
"Vent...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -612,8 +606,8 @@
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikke <b>Avbryt</b>.\n"
"En ny dialog forteller deg om det er trygt å gjøre dette.</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -623,11 +617,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Aktiver NTP-nisse</big></b><br>\n"
"Velg om NTP-nissen skal aktiveres nå og under hver oppstart av systemet.\n"
@@ -660,7 +652,7 @@
"Tilgangskontrollvalgene kan finjusteres i serveroversiktstabellen. Dette valget er ikke tilgjengelig hvis NTP er satt opp via DHCP.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -675,7 +667,7 @@
"informasjon om NTP-servere er tilgjengelig via DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -690,7 +682,7 @@
"og klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette den.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -699,7 +691,7 @@
"Du kan vise loggene fra NTP-nissen ved å klikke på <b>Vis logg</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -710,7 +702,7 @@
"en lokalt tilkoblet klokke, velg <b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b>."
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
@@ -719,7 +711,7 @@
"Velg driveren for klokken som skal konfigureres.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -730,7 +722,7 @@
"<b>Enhetsnummer</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -748,7 +740,7 @@
"den må opprettes manuelt.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
@@ -757,7 +749,7 @@
"Klikk <b>Kalibrering av driver</b> for å kalibrere klokkedriveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -770,7 +762,7 @@
"nettverksadministratoren.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -783,7 +775,7 @@
"velg <b>Lokal NTP-server</b> eller <b>Offentlig NTP-server</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -794,7 +786,7 @@
"klikk <b>Test</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -805,7 +797,7 @@
"under <b>Adresse</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -816,7 +808,7 @@
"kringkastingsadressen.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -828,7 +820,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -840,7 +832,7 @@
"<b>Alternativer</b>. Du finner mer informasjon i\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -859,7 +851,7 @@
"<b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
@@ -868,7 +860,7 @@
"Her velger du en direkte synkroniseringsforbindelse som skal legges til.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
@@ -877,7 +869,7 @@
"under <b>Server</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
@@ -886,7 +878,7 @@
"<b>Direkteforbindelse</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
@@ -895,7 +887,7 @@
"velger du <b>Radioklokke</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
@@ -904,7 +896,7 @@
"<b>Utgående kringkasting</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
@@ -913,7 +905,7 @@
"og bruke dem til å definere lokal tid, velger du <b>Innkommende kringkasting<b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -924,7 +916,7 @@
"velge den fra en liste over kjente NTP-servere.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -939,7 +931,7 @@
"Velg deretter en server i listen over servere som ble funnet.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -950,7 +942,7 @@
"NTP-servere bare for et spesielt land, velg dette under <b>Land</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -971,7 +963,7 @@
"for å finne en NTP-server i nærheten.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -981,7 +973,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -996,7 +988,7 @@
"NTP-klienten synkroniseres med ulike servere hver time.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -1009,7 +1001,7 @@
"driveren. Noen drivere benytter ikke alle alternativene.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1028,17 +1020,17 @@
"Alle endringer vil gå tapt."
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr "Start NTP-nissen på nytt"
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr "Lagre innstillingene og start NTP-nissen på nytt"
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -1053,7 +1045,7 @@
"nissen vil kanskje ikke fungere riktig."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
@@ -1062,7 +1054,7 @@
"et fullstendig vertsmaskinnavn, en IPv4-adresse eller en IPv6-adresse."
#. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
msgid ""
"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
"replace the current NTP server.\n"
@@ -1075,44 +1067,44 @@
"Vil du virkelig erstatte gjeldende NTP-server?"
#. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Select the Device"
msgstr "Velg enhet"
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
msgstr "Offentlige NTP-&servere"
#. message report (no server selected)
#. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
msgid "Select an NTP server."
msgstr "Velg en NTP-server."
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
msgid "All Countries"
msgstr "Alle land"
#. combo box header
#. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
msgid "&Country"
msgstr "&Land"
#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
msgstr "Søker etter NTP-servere i lokalnettverket..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
msgid ""
"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -1123,205 +1115,205 @@
"og kanskje blokkerer nettverkssøk."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
msgstr "Ingen NTP-server ble funnet på nettverket."
#. combo box label
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
msgid "Address"
msgstr "Adresse"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "No server is selected."
msgstr "Ingen server er valgt."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
msgid "A&ddress"
msgstr "A&dresse"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
msgstr "A&vansert konfigurasjon"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
msgstr "&Kalibrering av driver"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
msgstr "Synkroniserings&intervall i minutter"
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
msgstr "Start NTP-nisse"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
msgid "Only &Manually"
msgstr "Kun &manuelt"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
msgstr "&Synkroniser uten nisse"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
msgid "Now and on &Boot"
msgstr "Nå og ved o&ppstart"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
msgstr "Kjør NTP-nisse i chroot-&varetekt"
#. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
msgstr "Beg&rens NTP-tjenesten til konfigurerte servere"
#. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "Manuelt"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "Auto"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Egendefinert"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
msgstr "Oppsetts®ler for kjøremiljø"
#. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
msgid "&Custom Policy"
msgstr "&Egendefinerte regler"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
msgstr "Br&uk vilkårlige servere fra pool.ntp.org"
#. text entry label
#. text entry
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
msgid "&Select..."
msgstr "&Velg..."
#. push button
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
msgid "&Test"
msgstr "&Test"
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
msgid "Synchronization Type"
msgstr "Synkroniseringstype"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
msgid "Display &Log..."
msgstr "Vis &logg..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
msgid "Clock &Type"
msgstr "Klokke&type"
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
msgid "Unit &Number"
msgstr "Enhets&nummer"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
msgid "Create &Symlink"
msgstr "Opprett &symlink"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Enhet"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
msgid "Access Control Options"
msgstr "Valg for tilgangskontroll"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
msgid "&Server"
msgstr "&Server"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
msgid "&Peer"
msgstr "&Direkteforbindelse"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
msgid "&Radio Clock"
msgstr "&Radioklokke"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr "&Utgående kringkasting"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr "&Innkommende kringkasting"
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
msgid "Loc&al Network"
msgstr "Lok&alnettverk"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
msgid "&Public NTP Server"
msgstr "&Offentlig NTP-server"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
msgid "NTP Server Location"
msgstr "NTP-serverens plassering"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
msgid "&Lookup"
msgstr "&Søk"
@@ -1335,146 +1327,91 @@
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av NTP-klient"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr "Les nettverkskonfigurasjon"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr "Les NTP-innstillinger"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr "Leser nettverkskonfigurasjon..."
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr "Leser NTP-innstillinger..."
-
-#. progress step
#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for NTP-klient"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr "Lagre NTP-innstillinger"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr "Start NTP-nissen på nytt"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr "Lagrer innstillingene..."
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr "Starter NTP-nissen på nytt..."
-
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr "Kan ikke oppdatere dynamisk oppsett."
-
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr "Kan ikke starte NTP-nissen på nytt."
-
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "NTP-nissen aktiveres når systemet starter opp."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "NTP-nissen starter ikke automatisk."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "Servere: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "Radioklokker: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "Direkteforbindelser: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "Kringkast tidsinformasjon til: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "Godta kringkastet tidsinformasjon fra: %1"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "Kombiner statisk oppsett og DHCP-oppsett."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Kun statisk oppsett."
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "Egendefinert oppsett."
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer NTP-server..."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "Serveren er tilgjengelig og svarer som den skal."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "Serveren er ikke tilgjengelig eller svarer ikke som den skal."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
@@ -1482,6 +1419,72 @@
"Kan ikke søke etter NTP-server i lokalnettverket\n"
"uten å ha installert pakken %1.\n"
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av NTP-klient"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr "Les nettverkskonfigurasjon"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr "Les NTP-innstillinger"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr "Leser nettverkskonfigurasjon..."
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr "Leser NTP-innstillinger..."
+
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for NTP-klient"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr "Lagre NTP-innstillinger"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr "Start NTP-nissen på nytt"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Lagrer innstillingene..."
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr "Starter NTP-nissen på nytt..."
+
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr "Kan ikke oppdatere dynamisk oppsett."
+
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr "Kan ikke starte NTP-nissen på nytt."
+
+#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Brannmurinnstillinger"
+
#~ msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables."
#~ msgstr "Kan ikke lagre sysconfig-variabler."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/packager.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/packager.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/packager.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager.nb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-01 12:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pakkebrønnbehandleren laster ned informasjon om pakkebrønner.../p>"
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
@@ -551,11 +551,6 @@
msgid "&Media"
msgstr "&Medier"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr "Lagrer oppsett for pakkebehandler..."
-
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
msgid "&Priority"
@@ -591,7 +586,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "Nettadresse: %1"
@@ -858,7 +853,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Detaljer:"
@@ -866,7 +861,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Vil du prøve igjen?"
@@ -1433,42 +1428,42 @@
"'%2'?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "Legger til ny pakkebrønn"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "Kontroller pakkebrønntype"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønn"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "Leser pakkebrønnlisens"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "Kontrollerer pakkebrønntype"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "Legger til pakkebrønn"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "Leser pakkebrønnlisens"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Pakkebrønn"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1485,8 +1480,8 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1495,7 +1490,7 @@
"fra adressen '%1'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
@@ -1504,12 +1499,12 @@
"Velg en annen protokoll eller pakk ut ISO-diskbildet på serveren."
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "Vil du endre adressen og forsøke igjen?"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1517,6 +1512,11 @@
"For å søke etter SLP-pakkebrønner\n"
"må pakken %1 være installert.\n"
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr "Lagrer oppsett for pakkebehandler..."
+
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
#.
@@ -1524,19 +1524,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under klargjøring av installasjonssystemet."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Kontrollfilen %1 ble ikke funnet på mediet."
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgid ""
@@ -1544,28 +1544,43 @@
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
msgstr "Pakken %1 ble ikke installert. Tjenesten kan ikke redigeres."
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release &Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Versjonsmerk&nader"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Kan ikke bruke tilleggsprodukter."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, adresse: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "Adresse: %1, Sti: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
@@ -1573,37 +1588,30 @@
"Installasjsonspakkebrønnen inneholder også de angitte tilleggspakkebrønnene.\n"
"Velg dem du vil bruke.\n"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter som kan velges"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Legg til valgte &produkter"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Sett inn mediet med tilleggsproduktet %1"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Sett inn mediet %1 %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Kan ikke legge til produktet %1."
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
-
#. update the trusted flag
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
msgid ""
@@ -1630,27 +1638,27 @@
msgstr "Kan ikke kopiere nøkkelen til midlertidig katalog."
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
msgstr "&Vis liste over pakker som ikke ble installert"
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
msgid "&Show Full Log"
msgstr "&Vis fullstendig logg"
#. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
msgstr "Installasjon av noen pakker mislyktes"
#. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
msgid "Installation aborted by user."
msgstr "Installasjon avbrutt av bruker."
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr "Medium %1"
@@ -1658,13 +1666,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ">%1"
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Fullført."
@@ -1672,21 +1680,21 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr "Neste: %1 -- %2"
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr "Neste: %1"
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Totalt"
@@ -1695,41 +1703,41 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "Laster ned %1 (nedlastingsstørrelse %2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr " (Gjenstår: %1%2 pakker)"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Laster ned pakker..."
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr " (%1 av %2 pakker lastet ned)"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "Sletter %1"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "Installerer %1 (installert størrelse %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Bruker delta-RPM: %1"
@@ -1864,7 +1872,7 @@
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<font color='red'><b>Error:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be automatically removed</font>"
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr "<font color='red'><b>Feil:</b> Produktet <b>%1</b> vil bli automatisk fjernet</font>"
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
@@ -1880,12 +1888,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Ingen pakkebrønner funnet på '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1897,31 +1905,31 @@
"fra SUSE Linux-serveren på nettet.</b></p>\n"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Integrerer medium..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Kunne ikke integrere pakkebrønnen med oppdateringspakker."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Initialiserer pakkebrønner..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "Sett inn %1 CD 1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 ikke funnet"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1930,7 +1938,7 @@
"Du finner mer informasjon i loggfilen %1."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1939,12 +1947,12 @@
"
Programvareforslaget vil bli behandlet på nytt."
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Vurderer pakkeutvalg..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1953,36 +1961,48 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "Kan ikke lese lisensfilen %1"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr "For å vise produktlisensen riktig må du plassere filen license.tar.gz i rotkatalogen på live-mediet når du bygger diskbildet."
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Språk"
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "Jeg godkjenner lisens&avtalen."
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
+#| "on the first media in the file %1"
+msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
msgstr ""
"Hvis du vil skrive ut lisensavtalen, finner du den\n"
"i filen filen %1 på det første mediet"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -1996,18 +2016,18 @@
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Lisensavtale"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryte installasjonen av tilleggsproduktet?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -2016,7 +2036,7 @@
"Ønsker du å avbryte?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -2025,11 +2045,12 @@
"av tilleggsprodukt. Ønsker du å avbryte?"
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "Systemet avsluttes..."
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " License Agreement"
@@ -2037,7 +2058,7 @@
msgstr "Lisensavtale"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
@@ -2149,7 +2170,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
@@ -2198,7 +2219,7 @@
msgstr "Last ne&d beskrivelsesfiler for pakkebrønnen"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2207,7 +2228,7 @@
"av mediet, velg <b>ISO-bilde</b>.</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
@@ -2216,86 +2237,86 @@
"hvis pakkebrønnen er fordelt på flere medier.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "&Servernavn"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "&Sti til katalog eller ISO-bilde"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "&ISO-bilde"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "N&FS v4-protokoll"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Monteringsalternativer"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "(standard)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Pakkebrønnadresse"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "P&rotokoll"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "P&akkebrønnadresse"
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "Pakkebrønnadresse"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-server"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "CD- eller DVD-medium"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Harddisk"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr "USB-pinne eller disk"
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Lokal katalog"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Lokalt ISO-bilde"
@@ -2304,24 +2325,24 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Server og katalog"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Et pakkebrønnnavn må angis."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Pakkeb&rønnavn"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2330,12 +2351,12 @@
"Bruk <b>Pakkebrønnnavn</b> for å angi pakkebrønnens navn. Hvis feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruke produktnavnet (hvis det er tilgjengelig) eller nettadressen.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Navn på tjene&ste"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
@@ -2344,17 +2365,17 @@
"Bruk <b>Navn på tjeneste</b> for å angi tjenestenavnet. Hvis feltet er tomt, vil Yast bruke en del av tjenestens nettadresse.</p>\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "Du må angi en nettadresse."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&Nettadresse"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2366,16 +2387,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "Rediger deler av adressen"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "Rediger hele adressen"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2385,7 +2406,7 @@
"Bruk <b>Servernavn</b> og <b>Sti til katalog eller ISO-bilde</b>\n"
"for å angi NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stien på serveren.<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2398,16 +2419,16 @@
"for mer informasjon og en liste over gyldige valg."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2416,12 +2437,12 @@
"Velg <b>CD-ROM</b> eller <b>DVD-ROM</b> for å angi medietypen.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO-bildefil"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
@@ -2430,7 +2451,7 @@
"eller katalogen finnes ikke.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
@@ -2439,7 +2460,7 @@
"eller filen finnes ikke.\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2450,17 +2471,17 @@
"Vil du bruke den likevel?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "&Sti til katalog"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "&Ren RPM-katalog"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2475,20 +2496,20 @@
"<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b> velges.</p>\n"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "&USB masselagringsenhet"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "&Filsystem"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "&Katalog"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2508,7 +2529,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2519,11 +2540,11 @@
"eller hvis du vil bruke et spesielt filsystem, velger du dette fra listen.</p>\n"
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Diskenhet"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2542,12 +2563,12 @@
"<b>Ren RPM-katalog</b>.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Sti til ISO-bilde"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2558,71 +2579,71 @@
"filen som inneholder ISO-bildet av installasjonsmediet.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Server&navn"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Delt ressurs"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "&ISO-bilde"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Katalog på server"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "Au&tentisering"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anonym"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "&Arbeidsgruppe eller domene"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Brukernavn"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Passord"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2647,7 +2668,7 @@
"av mediet, velg <b>ISO-diskbilde</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2658,12 +2679,18 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "Kontrollerer nettverksoppsett..."
+
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2674,7 +2701,7 @@
"eller på harddisken.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2685,7 +2712,7 @@
"må du ha en CD eller DVD med produktet tilgjengelig.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2701,7 +2728,7 @@
"til samme katalog.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2714,25 +2741,25 @@
"første CD er plassert, for eksempel /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Velg medietype"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Sett inn CD-en med tilleggsproduktet"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Sett inn DVD-en med tilleggsproduktet"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Ingen USB-disk ble funnet."
#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2747,12 +2774,12 @@
"automatisk laste ned filene når det er behov for dem senere. </p>\n"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Medietype"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Product"
msgid "Add On Product"
@@ -2762,7 +2789,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
@@ -2956,12 +2983,12 @@
msgstr "Ingen SLP-pakkebrønner ble funnet på nettverket."
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr "Partisjonen \"%1\" trenger %2 mer plass på disken."
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
msgid ""
"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
"before updating the system.\n"
@@ -2970,7 +2997,7 @@
"eller midlertidige filer før du oppgraderer systemet.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "Fjern noen pakker fra utvalget."
@@ -3017,9 +3044,6 @@
#~ msgid "Initialize Software Manager"
#~ msgstr "Initialiser pakkebehandleren"
-#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
-#~ msgstr "Kontrollerer nettverksoppsett..."
-
#~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... "
#~ msgstr "Initialiserer pakkebehandleren..."
@@ -3424,9 +3448,6 @@
#~ msgid "&Details"
#~ msgstr "&Detaljert"
-#~ msgid "Release &Notes"
-#~ msgstr "Versjonsmerk&nader"
-
#~ msgid "Package Installation"
#~ msgstr "Pakkeinstallasjon"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/pkg-bindings.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/pkg-bindings.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/pkg-bindings.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-12 17:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@
msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Oppdaterer pakkebrønn</B></BIG></P><P>Pakkebehandleren oppdaterer innholdet i pakkebrønnen...</P>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "Pakken kan ikke velges for installasjon."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "Pakken er ikke tilgjengelig."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/printer.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/printer.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/printer.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-12 23:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -219,8 +219,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
@@ -449,8 +449,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Ingenting er valgt"
@@ -3517,56 +3517,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr "Vis"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "&Lokal"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "Ekste&rn"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurasjon"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Navn"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Plassering"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standard"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "Opp&dater liste"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "Skriv ut &testside"
@@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -3615,7 +3615,7 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
@@ -3624,67 +3624,67 @@
"(dette kan ta en stund)"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr "Vil du ikke lenger bruker den utilgjengelige CUPS-serveren '%1'?"
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr "For å fortsette må du bekrefte at '%1' ikke lenger vil bli brukt."
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr "En server du ikke har tilgang til, fører til en endeløs rekke av forsinkelser og feil."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "CUPS-server %1"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer om en CUPS-server er tilgjengelig..."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Velg en oppføring."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "Kan ikke slette"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr "Dette er et eksternt oppsett. Bare lokale oppsett kan slettes."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Bekreft sletting"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr "Det valgte oppsettet vil bli slettet umiddelbart, og kan ikke gjenopprettes."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "Slett oppsettet %1"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "Ikke slett"
@@ -3695,33 +3695,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Bekreft sletting av en klasse"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "En slettet klasse kan ikke gjenopprettes med dette verktøyet."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Avviser utskriftsjobber"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr "Testsiden kan ikke skrives ut fordi utskriftsjobber avvises."
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Utskrift deaktivert"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr "Testsiden kan ikke skrives ut fordi utskrift er deaktivert."
@@ -3730,25 +3730,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr "Det er utskriftsjobber i køen som kanskje vil bli slettet før testsiden skrives ut."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Slett ventende utskriftsjobber for %1"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "Slett dem før utskrift av testside"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Skriv ut testsiden etter de andre utskriftsjobbene"
@@ -3756,7 +3756,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikke slette alle jobber i køen for %1."
@@ -3775,28 +3775,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "Utskriftstest"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr "Skriv ut én eller to sider, f.eks. for å teste tosidig utskrift"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "Én testside"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr "To testsider"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Kunne ikke skrive ut testside for %1."
@@ -3804,25 +3804,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr "Vent til testutskriften er fullført"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr "Testside sendt til %1. Utskriften bør snart starte."
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr "Testutskriften var vellykket"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "Testutskrift mislyktes."
@@ -3842,53 +3842,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr "Det er utskriftsjobber i køen som kan bli slettet nå."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Slett alle ventende jobber"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "Ikke slett"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Filen /var/log/cups/error_log inneholder hele loggen."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr "CUPS-logg for behandling av testside for %1 (kun engelsk)"
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Filen /var/log/cups/error_log inneholder CUPS-informasjon."
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr "Be en administrator for det eksterne systemet om hjelp hvis en utskrift via et eksternt system mislykkes."
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr "Det er en konflikt mellom ekstern CUPS-serverinnstilling og nytt oppsett."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "Kan ikke endre"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr "Dette er et eksternt oppsett. Bare lokale oppsett kan endres."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/rdp.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/rdp.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/rdp.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -101,52 +101,52 @@
msgstr "Brannmurinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr "Sett opp xrdp"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Start tjenesten på nytt"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr "Stopp tjenester"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer oppsett av ekstern administrasjon"
#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer brannmurinnstillinger..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr "Setter opp xrdp..."
#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Starter tjenesten på nytt..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr "stopper tjenesten..."
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon er aktivert."
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon is deaktivert."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/rear.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/rear.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/rear.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -230,13 +230,13 @@
msgstr "Leser Rear-oppsett"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgstr "Leser Rear-innstillinger"
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Analyserer systemet"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "Leser Rear-innstillinger"
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
msgid "Analyzing system..."
msgstr "Analyserer systemet..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/registration.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/registration.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/registration.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-10 09:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -23,33 +23,6 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Use custom registration server "
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr "Bruk egendefinert registreringsserver"
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr "Oppsett for Novell kundesenter"
-
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -68,9 +41,9 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -86,26 +59,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration was successful."
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Registreringen er fullført."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Download CA Certificate"
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Last ned CA-sertifikat"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Import Certificate"
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
@@ -114,8 +87,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
@@ -296,31 +269,27 @@
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Fingeravtrykk:"
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-msgid "Connection time out."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration code is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Registreringskoden er ugyldig."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -336,34 +305,36 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
+msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
+
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "Registreringen mislyktes."
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration can not be performed."
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Registreringen kan ikke utføres."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
@@ -372,7 +343,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -382,23 +353,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -406,6 +377,26 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Invalid value."
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "Ugyldig verdi."
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -414,20 +405,20 @@
msgstr "Lagrer oppsett av ekstern administrasjon"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -436,7 +427,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -445,8 +436,8 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
@@ -454,7 +445,7 @@
msgstr "Oppdaterer /etc/hosts..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -466,35 +457,35 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Leser oppsettet %1..."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait, while volumes are being detected.</p>"
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vent mens volumene registreres.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use custom registration server "
msgid ""
@@ -503,7 +494,7 @@
msgstr "Bruk egendefinert registreringsserver"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
@@ -517,7 +508,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Would you like to enable access to the profile repository?"
msgid ""
@@ -535,7 +526,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -546,7 +537,7 @@
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown error"
msgid "Unknown product"
@@ -554,7 +545,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting registration..."
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
@@ -562,27 +553,27 @@
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No products found to be registered."
msgid ""
@@ -657,7 +648,11 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details"
@@ -665,30 +660,30 @@
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "is not available"
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr "er ikke tilgjengelig"
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr ""
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -707,7 +702,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Her kan du vise alle tilleggsprodukter som er installert på systemet.</p>"
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
@@ -777,7 +772,7 @@
msgstr "Laster ned %1-utvidelse..."
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
@@ -785,30 +780,30 @@
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Vendor Identifier"
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr "Produsentidentifikasjon"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "&Versjon"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "&Arkitektur"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Release"
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "Ve&rsjon"
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
@@ -846,10 +841,8 @@
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "Registreringskode"
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Email Address"
msgid "&E-mail Address"
@@ -862,43 +855,43 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer tilgjengelige pakkebrønner"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SMT Server Settings"
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Innstillinger for SMT-server"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server CA certificate:"
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server CA certificate:"
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr "ingen"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CA Certificate File"
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
@@ -906,28 +899,40 @@
#. the UI defition for the main dialog
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Register System via %s"
+msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration server:"
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Registreringsserver:"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration"
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "Registrering"
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
@@ -937,53 +942,36 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
"\n"
"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
msgstr ""
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Oppsett for Novell kundesenter"
#. SSL error message
@@ -1012,22 +1000,22 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
@@ -1035,20 +1023,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Invalid value."
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr "Ugyldig verdi."
-
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -1083,21 +1057,21 @@
msgstr "Velg ny målarkitektur."
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Repositories..."
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr "Lagrer pakkebrønner..."
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL: %1"
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr "Nettadresse: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Priority"
msgid "Priority: %s"
@@ -1173,19 +1147,19 @@
msgstr "Velg ny målarkitektur."
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Possible &Solutions"
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr "Mulige &løsninger"
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Summary"
msgid "Migration Summary"
@@ -1197,14 +1171,14 @@
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr ""
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
@@ -1212,25 +1186,25 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1285,19 +1259,88 @@
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
msgstr ""
-#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show.
+#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+msgid "Local Registration Servers"
+msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use custom registration server "
+msgid "No registration server selected"
+msgstr "Bruk egendefinert registreringsserver"
+
+#. Default registration server
+#.
+#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr "Oppsett for Novell kundesenter"
+
+#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use local registration server"
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Bruk lokal registreringsserver"
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SMT Server Settings"
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr "Innstillinger for SMT-server"
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use custom registration server "
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr "Bruk egendefinert registreringsserver"
+
+#~ msgid "Registration failed."
+#~ msgstr "Registreringen mislyktes."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+#~ msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
+
#
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Additional Repositories"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/reipl.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/reipl.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/reipl.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-13 16:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -27,11 +27,16 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
+#| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Etter at maskinen er slått av, last systemet på nytt\n"
@@ -42,7 +47,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -56,7 +61,7 @@
"med WWPN '%2'\n"
"og LUN '%3'.\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/samba-client.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/samba-client.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/samba-client.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-18 12:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: norsk bokmål\n"
@@ -878,59 +878,59 @@
msgstr "Installerer nødvendige pakker..."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr "PAM-innlogging"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Bruk Kerberos"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Ikke bruk Kerberos"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr "Standardområde"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr "Standard domene"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr "KDC-serveradresse"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr "Tidsavvik"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>KDC-server</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<p><b>Arbeidsgruppe eller domene</b>: %1</p>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Standardområde</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
@@ -938,23 +938,23 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nei"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr "Oppsett hentet via DNS"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@
"Forsøk igjen.\n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/samba-server.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/samba-server.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/samba-server.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-31 00:45+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav P. <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <>\n"
@@ -253,11 +253,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
+#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
+#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
+#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"Fordi brukere er koblet til denne Samba-serveren,\n"
"er serverkonfigurasjonen lastet på nytt uten omstart av serveren.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/security.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/security.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/security.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-13 16:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -127,204 +127,204 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukjent"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "Aktiver magiske SysRq-taster"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "Bruk sikre filrettigheter"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "Ekstern tilgang til grafisk innlogging"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr "Lagre systemtiden tilbake til maskinvareklokken"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr "Generer alltid syslog-melding for cron-skript"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "Kjør DHCP-nissen i chroot-varetekt"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr "Kjør DHCP-nissen som dhcp-bruker"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "Ekstern grafisk innlogging for rotbruker"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "Ekstern tilgang til X-server"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "Ekstern tilgang til systemet for e-posttransport"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Start tjenester på nytt etter oppdatering"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "Deaktiver tjenester når programvare fjernes"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "Aktiver TCP-syncookies"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "IPv4-overføring"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "IPv6-overføring"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable the service"
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "Aktiver tjenesten"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable the service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "Deaktiver tjenesten"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "Konfigurer"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktivert"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Deaktivert"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsinnstilling"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsstatus"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Hjelp"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr " eller "
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>These basic system services are not running:<BR><B>%1</B></P>"
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Følgende grunnleggende systemtjeneser kjører ikke:<BR><B>%1</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Alle grunnleggende systemtjenester er aktivert.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<P>These extra services are running:<BR><B>%1</B></P>"
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Følgende ekstratjenester kjører:<BR><B>%1</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Kontroller listen over tjenester, og deaktiver alle ubrukte tjenester.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Bare grunnleggende systemtjenester er aktivert.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsoversikt"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Endre &status"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Beskrivelse"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Analyserer systemet..."
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "Oppstartsrettigheter"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "Diverse innstillinger"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "Passordinnstilliinger"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Kontroller"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "Passordvarighet"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
"verdi enn største antall."
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -342,17 +342,17 @@
"Maksimal passordlengde for den valgte krypteringsmetoden er %1."
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "Innloggingsinnstillinger"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Innlogging"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
"<br>Vent...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
"Du kan trygt avslutte konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikke <B>Avbryt</b> nå.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
"<br>Vent...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
@@ -387,55 +387,9 @@
"<p><b><big>Avbryte lagring</big></b><br>\n"
"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikke <b>Avbryt</b>.</p>"
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sikkerhet ved oppstart</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Bruk denne dialogen for å endre ulike innstillinger for sikkerhet ved oppstart.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Velg hvordan systemet skal reagere når noen trykker\n"
-"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt blir systemet\n"
-"startet på nytt, men noen ganger kan det være gunstig\n"
-"å ignorere kommandoen, for eksempel hvis systemet både fungerer som\n"
-"arbeidsstasjon og server.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Slå av maskinen fra innloggingsskjermen</b>\n"
-"Angi hvem som kan slå av maskinen fra KDM.</p>\n"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Systemdvale</b>:\n"
-"Angi betingelsene for at brukere skal kunne bruke dvalefunksjonen. Som standard har brukeren på den aktive konsollen slike rettigheter.\n"
-"Andre valg er å la alle brukere gjøre dette, eller alltid kreve autentisering.</p>\n"
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -449,7 +403,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
@@ -462,14 +416,14 @@
"til et lokalt nettverk eller til Internett.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
@@ -478,12 +432,12 @@
"server for en eller annen tjeneste.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Egendefinerte innstillinger</b>: Lag ditt eget oppsett.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -494,7 +448,7 @@
"er hovedsaklig lagret i filen /etc/login.defs.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -507,7 +461,7 @@
"for lenge hvis de skriver inn feil passord. Tre sekunder er en fornuftig verdi (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -520,7 +474,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -531,7 +485,7 @@
"til maskinen via en innloggingsbehandler kan være en sikkerhetsrisiko.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
@@ -540,7 +494,7 @@
"er hovedsaklig lagret i filen /etc/login.defs.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -551,7 +505,7 @@
"Hvis du krysser av i boksen, blir nye passord kontrollert mot disse reglene.</p>"
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -566,7 +520,7 @@
"Dette valget kan bare endres hvis <b>Kontroller nytt passord</b> er valgt.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -577,12 +531,12 @@
"Angi 0 dersom ingen passord skal lagres.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Krypteringsmetode for passord:</b></p>"
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -593,7 +547,7 @@
"avhengig av kompatibilitet med andre systemer.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
@@ -602,12 +556,12 @@
"distribusjoner, men ikke av andre systemer eller eldre programvare.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det anbefales ikke å bruke andre algoritmer dersom det ikke er nødvendig av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
@@ -616,7 +570,7 @@
"største antall dager som et passord kan benyttes.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -627,7 +581,7 @@
"gjør det mindre sannsynlig at noen kan gjette et passord.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
@@ -636,7 +590,7 @@
"<p>I denne dialogen kan du endre ulike innstillinger i forbindelse med oppretting av brukere.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
@@ -645,7 +599,7 @@
"Definer minste og største antall mulige brukernavn.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
@@ -654,7 +608,7 @@
"Definer minste og største antall mulige gruppenavn.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
@@ -663,7 +617,7 @@
"<p>I denne dialogen kan du endre diverse innstillinger i forbindelse med lokal sikkerhet.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -694,7 +648,7 @@
"definere hvilke brukere som kan kjøre X- og setuid-programmer.</p>\n"
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -709,7 +663,7 @@
" (noen filer) eller <b>root</b> (alle filer).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -722,7 +676,7 @@
"derimot utelukkende søkestien (variabelen PATH).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -735,7 +689,7 @@
"derimot utelukkende søkestien (variabelen PATH).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -752,7 +706,7 @@
"i systemet.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
@@ -762,7 +716,7 @@
"slik at denne blir gjennomsøkt sist.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
@@ -771,7 +725,7 @@
"gjeldende katalog ved å bruke prefikset \"./\". Eksempel: \"./configure\".</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -782,26 +736,26 @@
"oppsett av kjernen). Du finner mer informasjon i /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>."
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Sikkerhetsoversikt</B><BR>Dette er en oversikt over de viktigste sikkerhetsinnstillingene.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Klikk på lenkene for å endre gjeldende verdi for et valg.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr "<P>En hake i kolonnen <B>Sikkerhetsstatus</B> betyr at gjeldende verdi for valget er sikker.</P>"
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Gjeldende verdi kunne ikke leses. Tjenesten er sannsynligvis ikke installert, eller valget mangler i systemet.</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -819,7 +773,7 @@
"som benyttes.</P><P>Hvis du ikke trenger <EM>XDMCP</EM> for\n"
"kstern grafisk innlogging, bør du deaktivere dette valget.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -831,23 +785,23 @@
"slås av.</P><P>Konsistent systemtid er avgjørende for at systemet skal opprette\n"
"riktige loggmeldinger.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Funksjonsfeil kan vanligvis påvises av spesielle hendelser. Syslog-meldinger om hendelser som inntreffer regelmessig, er viktige for å finner årsakene til problemer, og en manglende oppføring kan fortelle mer enn om hele systemloggen mangler.</P><P>Man kan derfor si at syslog-meldinger om systemhendelser bare er nyttige dersom de finnes.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Chroot-miljøer brukes for å begrense en prosess bare til nødvendige filer og plassere disse i en separat underkatalog. Deretter kjøres prosessen av en endret rotbruker (chroot=changedroot) med adgang til den katalogen.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr "<P>DHCP-klientnissen bør kjøres som brukeren <EM>dhcpd</EM> for å minimere trusselen ved en eventuell svakhet i programkoden.</P><P>Husk at dhcpd ikke må kjøres som <EM>rot</EM> eller med mulighet for <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> dersom chroot-varetekten skal være effektiv.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr "<P>For å minimere bruken av rotprivilegier bør ikke administratorer logge på en X-vindusøkt som <EM>rot</EM>.</P><P>Dette valget hjelper ikke mot uforsiktige administratorer, men vil hindre angripere i å logge inn som <EM>rot</EM> via den grafiske innloggingsskjermen dersom de gjetter passordet eller får fatt i det på annen måte.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -867,7 +821,7 @@
"slik at X-vindusklienter kan koble til X-serveren\n"
"via en kryptert ssh-forbindelse.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
@@ -875,7 +829,7 @@
"<P>Systemet for e-postlevering kjører alltid. Som standard er det imidlertid ikke eksponert\n"
"utenfor systemet, fordi det ikke lytter på SMTP-nettverksport 25.</P><P>Hvis du ikke leverer e-post til systemet via SMTP-protokollen, bør du deaktivere dette valget.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -891,7 +845,7 @@
"Denne innstillingen bør bare endres hvis det finnes spesielle\n"
"grunner til dette.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -909,38 +863,139 @@
"bare endres hvis det finnes spesielle grunner\n"
"til dette.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Et system kan bli overkjørt av så mange tilkoblingsforsøk, at det ikke er mer tilgjengelig minne, noe som fører til en DoS-sårbarhet (Denial of Service).</P><P>Bruk av syncookies er en metode som kan hjelpe i sånne situasjoner, men i oppsett med et svært stort antall legitime tilkoblingsforsøk fra samme kilde, kan en <EM>Aktivert</EM>-innstilling føre til problemer med at TCP-tilkoblinger avvises ved høy belastning.</P><P>I de fleste miljøer er likevel syncookies første forsvarslinje mot DoS-angrep, så den sikre innstillingen er <EM>Aktivert</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>IP-overføring betyr videresending av nettverkspakker som mottas, men som ikke er beregnet for noen av systemets egne nettverksgrensesnitt, d.v.s. nettverkskortenes adresser.</P><P>Hvis et system videresender nettverkstrafikk via ISO/OSI 3, kalles det en ruter. Hvis du ikke trenger rutingfunksjonen, bør du deaktivere dette valget.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Denne innstillingen gjelder bare for <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Denne innstillingen gjelder bare for <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Med magiske SysRq-taster har du en viss grad av kontroll over systemet selv om det havarerer (f.eks. under feilsøking av kjernen) eller hvis systemet ikke svarer.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Det er forhåndsdefinerte filrettigheter i /etc/permissions.*-filene. De mest restriktive filrettighetene er definert som 'secure' eller 'paranoid'.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Grunnleggende systemtjenester må aktiveres for at systemet skal være konsistent og kunne kjøre sikkerhetsrelaterte tjenester.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Alle aktiverte tjenester er en potensiell sikkerhetsrisiko. Det anbefales derfor å deaktivere alle tjenester som ikke brukes av systemet.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Sikkerhet ved oppstart</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Bruk denne dialogen for å endre ulike innstillinger for sikkerhet ved oppstart.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Velg hvordan systemet skal reagere når noen trykker\n"
+"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt blir systemet\n"
+"startet på nytt, men noen ganger kan det være gunstig\n"
+"å ignorere kommandoen, for eksempel hvis systemet både fungerer som\n"
+"arbeidsstasjon og server.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Velg hvordan systemet skal reagere når noen trykker\n"
+"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt blir systemet\n"
+"startet på nytt, men noen ganger kan det være gunstig\n"
+"å ignorere kommandoen, for eksempel hvis systemet både fungerer som\n"
+"arbeidsstasjon og server.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Velg hvordan systemet skal reagere når noen trykker\n"
+"CTRL + ALT + DEL i konsollmodus. Normalt blir systemet\n"
+"startet på nytt, men noen ganger kan det være gunstig\n"
+"å ignorere kommandoen, for eksempel hvis systemet både fungerer som\n"
+"arbeidsstasjon og server.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Slå av maskinen fra innloggingsskjermen</b>\n"
+"Angi hvem som kan slå av maskinen fra KDM.</p>\n"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Systemdvale</b>:\n"
+"Angi betingelsene for at brukere skal kunne bruke dvalefunksjonen. Som standard har brukeren på den aktive konsollen slike rettigheter.\n"
+"Andre valg er å la alle brukere gjøre dette, eller alltid kreve autentisering.</p>\n"
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -1008,163 +1063,238 @@
"Minste antall gruppenavn kan ikke være større enn det\n"
"største."
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr "&Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "Ignorer"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "Start på nytt"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "Slå av"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "Bare rotbruker"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "Alle brukere"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "Ingen"
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr "&Tolking av Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr "Tillat ekstern &grafisk innlogging"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr "&Magiske SysRq-taster"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Deaktiver"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "Aktiver alle funksjoner"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "&Forsinkelse etter mislykket innloggingsforsøk"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "Størs&te"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "M&inste"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr "&Slå av maskinen fra KDM-innloggingsskjermen:"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "Bare rotbruker"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "Alle brukere"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Systemdvale"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "Bruker på aktiv konsoll"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr "Alle kan bruke dvalefunksjonen"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Autentisering kreves alltid"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for p&assord"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "&Kontroller nye passord"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "Antall passord som skal lagr&es"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "&Minste godkjente passordlengde"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "&Antall dager for varsel om utløp av passord"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "&Filrettigheter"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "Enkel"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "Sikker"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "Paranoid"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&Brukere som kan kjøre updatedb"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "St&ørste"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minste"
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr "&Slå av maskinen fra KDM-innloggingsskjermen:"
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr "Forhåndsdefinerte sikkerhetsoppsett"
@@ -1180,62 +1310,62 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer sikkerhetskonfigurasjon"
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "Lagre sikkerhetsinnstillinger"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "Lagre inittab-innstillinger"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "Lagre PAM-innstillinger"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Oppdater systeminnstillinger"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer sikkerhetsinnstillinger..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer inittab-innstillinger..."
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer PAM-innstillinger..."
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer systeminnstillinger..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "Gjeldende sikkerhetsnivå: Brukerdefinerte innstillinger"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "Gjeldende sikkerhetsnivå: %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/services-manager.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/services-manager.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/services-manager.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -304,13 +304,13 @@
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device"
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr "%1: Kunne ikke endre status på enheten"
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device"
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/snapper.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/snapper.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/snapper.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -48,144 +48,144 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Brukerdata"
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Opprryddingsalgoritme"
#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr "Endre øyeblikksbilde %1"
#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr "Endre øyeblikksbilder %1 - %2"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "Før (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Post (%1)"
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr "Etter (%1)"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Opprett nytt øyeblikksbilde"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr "Enkelt øyeblikksbilde"
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Før"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr "Etter, i par med:"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette øyeblikksbildet '%1'?"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette øyeblikksbildet '%1'?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "Øyeblikksbilder"
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Enkelt"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "Før og Etter"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Leser listen over øyeblikksbilder..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Gjeldende oppsett"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Startdato"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Sluttdato"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Brukerinformasjon"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Vis endringer"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Endre"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
@@ -194,131 +194,131 @@
"Det er ikke mulig å vise avvik."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Valgt oversikt over øyeblikksbilder"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Beregner endrede filer..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Beregner endringer i filer..."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "En ny fil er opprettet."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "Filen er slettet."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr "Filinnholdet er ikke endret."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Filen finnes ikke i noen av øyeblikksbildene."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Innholdet i filen er endret."
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filmodus er endret fra '%1' til '%2'."
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Brukereierskap for filer er endret fra '%1' til '%2'."
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Gruppeeierskap for filer er endret fra '%1' til '%2'."
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "Gj&enopprett fra første"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Gjenopprett"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Gjenoppre&tt fra andre"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom øyeblikksbilde og gjeldende system"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom gjeldende og valgt øyeblikksbilde:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom første og andre øyeblikksbilde"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom første øyeblikksbilde og gjeldende system"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom andre øyeblikksbilde og gjeldende system"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr "Tid for å opprette øyeblikksbildet:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "Tid for å opprette første øyeblikksbilde:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "Tid for å opprette andre øyeblikksbilde:"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Åpne"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Oppdater valgte"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -349,19 +349,19 @@
"fra øyeblikksbilde '%2' til gjeldende system?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr "Ingen fil er valgt for gjenoppretting"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Gjenoppretter filer"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/storage.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/storage.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/storage.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-08 13:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -100,8 +100,7 @@
msgstr "&Opprett partisjonsoppsett..."
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -184,7 +183,13 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Det er ikke nok ledig plass til å foreslå en separat partisjon for /home."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "Det er ikke tilordnet noe rotfilsystem!"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -972,7 +977,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Foreslå separat partisjon for &hjemmekatalog"
@@ -990,7 +995,7 @@
msgstr "Forslagstype"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1005,7 +1010,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruke dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1021,7 +1026,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruke dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1036,7 +1041,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruke dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1052,7 +1057,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1062,7 +1067,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1083,7 +1088,7 @@
"Vil du bruke dette oppsettet?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1098,7 +1103,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruke denne størrelsen på oppstartspartisjonen?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1110,7 +1115,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1137,7 +1142,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruke dette oppsettet uten en /boot-partisjon?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1156,11 +1161,11 @@
"\n"
"Vil du virkelig bruke dette oppsettet?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1306,7 +1311,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig beholde partisjonen uformatert?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1315,7 +1320,7 @@
"Fjern den fra RAID før du gjør endringer.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1324,7 +1329,7 @@
"Fjern den fra volumgruppen før du gjør endringer.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1333,7 +1338,7 @@
"Fjern den fra volumet før du gjør endringer.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1342,7 +1347,7 @@
"Fjern den fra RAID før du sletter den.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1350,12 +1355,12 @@
"Enheten (%2) benyttes av %1.\n"
"Fjern %1 før du sletter den.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Kan ikke slettes mens den er montert."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1364,7 +1369,7 @@
"en annen logisk partisjon med høyere nummer er i bruk.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1377,7 +1382,7 @@
"Klikk Avbryt hvis du ikke vet nøyaktig hva du gjør.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1392,7 +1397,7 @@
"før du sletter den utvidede partisjonen.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1407,7 +1412,7 @@
"den utvidede partisjonen.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1426,13 +1431,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Ikke glem hva du skriver inn her!"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Passord er ikke nødvendig."
@@ -1461,7 +1466,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "Skriv inn &et passord for filsystemet:"
@@ -1472,7 +1477,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "&Gjenta passordet:"
@@ -1495,7 +1500,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1506,7 +1511,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1874,7 +1879,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1889,7 +1894,7 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Du må angi et navn på undervolumet."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
@@ -1897,11 +1902,11 @@
"Bare undervolumnavn som begynner med \"%1\" er tillat!\n"
"Legger automatisk til \"%1\" foran undervolumnavnet."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Undervolumnavnet %1 finnes allerede."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "Alle tidligere endringer i dialogen vil gå tapt."
@@ -1944,7 +1949,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1963,7 +1968,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1982,7 +1987,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -2014,7 +2019,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2234,7 +2239,7 @@
"til enheter som mangler eller ha ukjent filsystem."
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2258,12 +2263,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "Filsystemet er montert på %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2273,12 +2278,12 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Avmonter"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2286,15 +2291,15 @@
"Du kan forsøke avmontere det nå eller avbryte.\n"
"Klikk på Avbryt hvis du ikke vet nøyaktig hva du holder på med."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Filsystemet kan ikke krympes mens det er montert."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Filsystemet kan ikke utvides mens det er montert."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Du kan ikke endre størrelse på filsystemet mens det er montert."
@@ -2581,11 +2586,9 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Rediger"
@@ -2616,9 +2619,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2640,8 +2642,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr "Rediger..."
@@ -2658,8 +2659,7 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
msgid "Delete..."
@@ -2725,36 +2725,43 @@
msgstr "<p>Velg størrelsen på den nye partisjonen.</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Format partition"
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Formater partisjon"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "Operativsystem"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr "Forløpsindikator for installasjon av delta-RPM"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Role: %s"
msgid "Role"
msgstr "Rolle: %s"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2763,7 +2770,7 @@
"og ønsket filsystemtype.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2774,7 +2781,7 @@
"volum, vil alle data på volumet bli slettet.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2783,47 +2790,47 @@
" og monteringspunktet ( /, /boot, /usr, /var osv.).</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Formateringsvalg"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formater partisjon"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Ikke formater partisjon"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Ikke monter partisjonen"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Monteringsvalg"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Monter partisjonen"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Monteringspunkt"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab-valg..."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Kryptofiler må være kryptert."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2836,17 +2843,17 @@
"Kryss av for formatering også.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Krypteringsfiler må ha et monteringspunkt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs må ha et monteringspunkt."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2861,7 +2868,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2875,21 +2882,21 @@
"(diskdvale).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle data som er lagret på volumet, vil gåt tapt!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Passord"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr "Enheten støtter ikke endring av størrelse."
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2899,7 +2906,7 @@
"Du kan ikke endre størrelse på den valgte partisjonen fordi filsystemet\n"
"på denne partisjonen ikke støtter endring av størrelse.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2908,7 +2915,7 @@
"-størrelsen mens filsystemet er montert."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2917,21 +2924,21 @@
"fordi filsystemet ser ut til å være inkonsistent.\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjon %1"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på logisk volum %1"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Gjeldende størrelse: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Brukt størrelse: %1"
@@ -2939,8 +2946,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2952,33 +2959,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Maksimal størrelse (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Minimum størrelse (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Egendefinert størrelse"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Velg en ny størrelse.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2988,7 +2995,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3001,12 +3008,12 @@
"endre størrelsen."
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Resultat fra %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Skanner disker på nytt..."
@@ -3198,50 +3205,50 @@
msgstr "Det angitte området er ugyldig."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Legg til partisjon på %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Rediger partisjonen %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Ingen ledig plass på den flyttede partisjonen %1."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Vil du flytte partisjonen %1 forover?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "Vil du flytte partisjonen %1 bakover?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Vil du flytte partisjonen %1?"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Forover"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Bakover"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Bekreft sletting av alle partisjoner"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3249,30 +3256,35 @@
"Disken «%1» inneholder minst én partisjon.\n"
"Hvis du fortsetter, vil følgende partisjoner bli slettet:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette alle partisjoner på «%1»?"
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Ingen harddisk valgt."
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Disken er i bruk, og kan ikke endres."
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "Velg ny partisjonstabelltype for %1."
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
@@ -3281,29 +3293,29 @@
"på %1, og alle RAID-enheter og volumgrupper som bruker partisjoner på %1."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Ingen disk valgt."
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette BIOS RAID %1?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil slette partisjonert RAID %1?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "Denne disken inneholder ingen partisjoner som kan slettes."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "Det er ikke mulig å opprette en partisjon på %1."
@@ -3311,15 +3323,15 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "Ingen partisjon er valgt."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3328,12 +3340,12 @@
"redigeres. For å redigere den %1, sørg for at den ikke er i bruk."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "En utvidet partisjon kan ikke redigeres."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
@@ -3342,12 +3354,12 @@
"og kan ikke flyttes."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "En utvidet partisjon kan ikke flyttes."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3356,12 +3368,12 @@
"endres. For å endre størrelse på %1, sørg for at den ikke er i bruk."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "Du kan ikke endre størrelsen på en utvidet partisjon."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3377,7 +3389,7 @@
"flere partisjoner. Etter kloning vil disse\n"
"partisjonene bli slettet.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
@@ -3385,11 +3397,11 @@
"Følgende partisjoner vil bli slettet\n"
"og alle data på dem vil gå tapt:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil slette disse partisjonene?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3399,7 +3411,7 @@
"disk må ha minst én partisjon).\n"
"Opprett noen partisjoner før du kloner disken.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
@@ -3407,20 +3419,20 @@
"Denne disken kan ikke klones. Det finnes ingen egnede\n"
"disker som kan ha samme partisjonsoppsett."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "Klon partisjonsoppsettet for %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "Tilgjengelige måldisker:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "Velg en måldisk for å opprette en klone."
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3429,7 +3441,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig kjøre dasdfmt for disken %1?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3473,8 +3485,7 @@
msgstr "Flytt"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Endre størrelse"
@@ -3573,8 +3584,7 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
msgid "Add..."
@@ -3691,11 +3701,11 @@
msgstr "Ugyldig passord ble gitt."
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "Bekreft sletting av partisjon som brukes av LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
@@ -3705,15 +3715,15 @@
"For at systemet skal være konsistent vil følgende volumgruppe\n"
"med tilhørende logiske volumer bli slettet:\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Vil du slette partisjonen «%1» og volumgruppen «%2» nå?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "Bekreft sletting av partisjonen som brukes av RAID"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
@@ -3723,24 +3733,24 @@
"For at systemet skal være konsistent, vil følgende\n"
"RAID-enhet bli slettet:\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Vil du slette partisjonen «%1» og RAID «%2» nå?"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil slette alle partisjonene på %1?"
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette %1?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3750,7 +3760,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "Ikke partisjonert"
@@ -3758,33 +3768,33 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "Ikke tilordnet"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen endringer i partisjoneringen.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Endringer i partisjoneringen:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ingen endringer i lagringsinnstillingene.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lagringsinnstillinger:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lagringsinnstillinger:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
@@ -3904,12 +3914,12 @@
"å opprette en fil."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "Legg til krypteringsfil"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "Rediger krypteringsfilen %1"
@@ -4237,12 +4247,12 @@
msgstr "Brukt pool"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Legg til logisk volum på %1"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Rediger det logiske volumet %1 på %2"
@@ -4280,9 +4290,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "Ingen logiske volumer er valgt."
@@ -4292,7 +4302,7 @@
msgstr "Det er ingen ledig plass i volumgruppen \"%1\"."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
@@ -4301,7 +4311,7 @@
"Det kan ikke redigeres."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4680,17 +4690,17 @@
msgstr "<p>Endre enhetene som brukes for RAID.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Legg til RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Rediger RAID %1"
@@ -4989,7 +4999,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Dette er et installasjonssammendrag.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr "Legg til tmpfs-monteringspunkt"
@@ -5846,19 +5856,63 @@
"du vet hva du gjør.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr "Hanlingen er ikke tillatt for disken %1.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
+#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Partisjoneringen på disken %1 kan enten ikke leses av\n"
+"partisjoneringsverktøyet parted, som benyttes for å endre\n"
+"partisjonstabellen eller støttes ikke av dette verktøyet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Du kan bruke partisjonene på disken %1 som de er eller\n"
+"formatere dem og tilordne monteringspunkter til dem, men du\n"
+"kan ikke legge til, redigere, endre størrelser eller slette partisjoner fra denne\n"
+"disken her.\n"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
+#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5872,15 +5926,25 @@
"kan ikke legge til, redigere, endre størrelser eller slette partisjoner fra denne\n"
"disken her.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+#| "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
+#| "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+#| "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
+#| "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5894,7 +5958,7 @@
"eller slette partisjonen fra den disken her.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5909,7 +5973,7 @@
"disken.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5927,7 +5991,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Størrelsen kunne ikke endres:"
@@ -5940,7 +6004,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5953,7 +6017,7 @@
"Et ugyldig krypteringspassord er kanskje angitt.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5964,7 +6028,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5976,24 +6040,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "Angi krypt&eringspassord"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Angi et passord"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Følgende krypterte volumer er allerede tilgjengelige."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Aktivering av krypterte volumer"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6005,12 +6069,12 @@
"Passordene må være kjent hvis det er behov for volumene, enten \n"
"under en oppdatering eller hvis de inneholder et fysisk kryptert LVM-volum."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Vil du ang krypteringspassord?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6021,65 +6085,65 @@
"Passordet vil bli forsøkt for alle enhetene."
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Angi krypteringspassord"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Det finnes ingen krypterte volumer å låse opp."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Angi passordet for en av følgende enheter:"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Angi passordet for følgende enhet:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Forsøker å låse opp krypterte volumer..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Passordet låste ikke opp noe volum."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "IDE-disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "SCSI-disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD RAID"
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Installasjon av nødvendige pakker mislyktes."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Vil du fortsette til tross for feilen?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6091,7 +6155,7 @@
"Partisjonen %1 kan ikke fjernes fordi andre partisjoner på\n"
"disken %2 er i bruk.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6101,7 +6165,7 @@
"Enheten %1 kan ikke endres fordi den benyttes som vekselminne,\n"
"og er nødvendig for å kjøre installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6111,7 +6175,7 @@
"Enheten %1 kan ikke endres fordi den inneholder installasjonsdata\n"
"som er nødvendig for installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6121,7 +6185,7 @@
"Enheten %1 kan ikke fjernes fordi den benyttes som vekselminne,\n"
"og er nødvendig for å kjøre installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6131,7 +6195,7 @@
"Enheten %1 kan ikke fjernes fordi den inneholder installasjonsdata\n"
"som er nødvendig for installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6143,7 +6207,7 @@
"%2, som benyttes som vekselminne, og er nødvendig for å kjøre\n"
"installasjonen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6155,7 +6219,7 @@
"installasjonen.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6166,18 +6230,18 @@
"disken %2 er i bruk.\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Det er ikke tilordnet noe rotfilsystem!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Installasjonen vil mislykkes!"
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Følgende kunn ikke legges til for å løse konflikter: %1"
@@ -6827,64 +6891,47 @@
"Lagringssystemet er låst av programmet \"%1\" (%2).\n"
"Dette programmet må avsluttes før du kan fortsette."
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Det er ikke mulig å endre størrelse på grunn av inkonistent filsystem. Forsøk å kontrollere filsystemet fra Windows."
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "Kr&ypter volumgruppen"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Alternativer for filsystem:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Foreslå separat partisjon for &hjemmekatalog"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "Utvid &bytt for dvale"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Proposal settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Forslag til innstillinger"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For å opprette ett LVM-basert forslag, velg den aktuelle knappen.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6893,35 +6940,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Angi passordet for det den foreslåtte krypteringen."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Passord:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Gjenta passordet for å bekrefte:"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Partition Based"
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "&Partisjonsbasert"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -6965,6 +7031,20 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Synlig informasjon om lagringsenheter:"
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "Kr&ypter volumgruppen"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p>\n"
+#~| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "For å opprette ett LVM-basert forslag, velg den aktuelle knappen.</p>\n"
+
#~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist."
#~ msgstr "Det finnes ingen ulagrede endringer."
@@ -7185,9 +7265,6 @@
#~ msgid "Default Filesystem:"
#~ msgstr "Standardfilsystem:"
-#~ msgid "&Partition Based"
-#~ msgstr "&Partisjonsbasert"
-
#~ msgid "&LVM Based"
#~ msgstr "&LVM-basert"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/update.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/update.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/update.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update.nb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-14 10:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
msgstr "Ingen av disse filene finnes:%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -875,19 +875,19 @@
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Ukjent produkt"
#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation"
msgid ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/users.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/users.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/users.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-01 12:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -134,637 +134,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr "Ikke be om manglende informasjon; vis feilmelding i stedet."
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Autentisering</b><br>\n"
-"Her du kan du velge autentiseringsmetode for brukere i systemet.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Velg <b>Lokal</b> hvis du vil autentisere brukere bare ved hjelp av lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "Hvis du har en annen installasjon eller et annet system, kan du opprette brukere basert på denne kilden. Velg <b>Les brukerinformasjon fra tidligere installasjon</b> for å gjøre dette. Med dette valget kan du bruke en eksisterende eller opprette en ny hjemmekatalog for hver bruker på det spesifiserte stedet for denne installasjonen."
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "&LDAP"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "N&IS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "&Samba"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "&Windows-domene"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du bruker en NIS- eller LDAP-server til lagring av brukerdata eller hvis du vil\n"
-"autentisere brukere mot en NT-server, velg den aktuelle verdien. Trykk deretter\n"
-"<b>Neste</b>, og fortsett med klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du bruker en NIS- eller LDAP-server til lagring av brukerdata, velg den\n"
-"aktuelle verdien. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og fortsett med klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du bruker en LDAP-server til lagring av brukerdata eller hvis du vil\n"
-"autentisere brukere mot en NT-server, velg den aktuelle verdien. Trykk deretter\n"
-"<b>Neste</b>, og fortsett med klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du bruker en LDAP-server til lagring av brukerdata, velg den\n"
-"aktuelle verdien. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og fortsett med klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Sett opp Kerberos-autentisering</b> for å konfigurere Kerberos etter at du har valgt brukerinformasjonskilde.</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon fra en tidligere installasjon"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "&Velg"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "Sett opp &Kerberos-autentisering"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "Velg brukere som skal le&ses"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "Velg eller velg bort &alle"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "Passord for systemadministratoren \"root\","
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "Ikke glem hva du skriver inn her."
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "&Passord for rotbruker"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "B&ekreft passord"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Test tastaturoppsett"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "A&vanserte alternativer..."
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Til forskjell fra vanlige brukere, som for eksempel jobber med tekst og\n"
-"grafikk eller surfer på nettet, finnes brukeren \"root\" i\n"
-"alle systemer, og må aktiveres hver gang en administrativ\n"
-"oppgave skal utføres. Logg inn som rot når\n"
-"du har behov for å være systemadministrator, aldri ellers.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Fordi rotbrukeren har omfattende rettigheter, bør passordet \n"
-"for \"root\" velges med omhu. En kombinasjon av bokstaver og tall\n"
-"anbefales. For å sikre at passordet ble skrevet riktig, må det skrives inn\n"
-"på nytt i det andre feltet.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Alle regler for brukerpassord gjelder for rotpassordet også:\n"
-"Skill mellom store og små bokstaver. Et passord bør bestå av minst 5 tegn,\n"
-"og bør normalt ikke inneholde bokstaver med aksenter eller tødler.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Ikke glem dette rotpassordet\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du har til hensikt å bruke dette passordet til å opprette sertifikater,\n"
-"må det har en lengde på minst %1 tegn.</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Kontroller om gjeldende tastaturoppsett er riktig ved å skrive inn tekst i feltet <b>Test tastaturoppsett</b>.</p>"
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Passordene er ikke identiske.\n"
-"Prøv igjen."
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Passord ble ikke angitt.\n"
-"Prøv igjen."
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har til hensikt å opprette sertifikater,\n"
-"bør passordet ha minst %1 tegn."
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "Vil du virkelig bruke dette passordet?"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Et rotpassord kunne ikke defineres.\n"
-"Du vil kanskje ikke kunne logge inn.\n"
-"Vil du forsøke igjen?\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "Initialisering av modul for konfigurasjon av autentisering..."
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Pakken %1 er ikke installert.\n"
-"Vil du installere den nå?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DES"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr "SHA-256"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr "SHA-512"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr "&DES"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "&MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr "SHA-&256"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr "SHA-&512"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Innloggingsinnstillinger</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det anbefales ikke å bruke andre algoritmer dersom det ikke er nødvendig av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "Brukerens &fulle navn"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "&Brukernavn"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "Bru&k dette passordet for systemadministrator"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "Motta s&ystemmeldinger"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "&Automatisk innlogging"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "Opprett ny bruker"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "Brukernavn ikke angitt"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"Å la brukernavnfeltet være tomt er bare hensiktsmessig\n"
-"i nettverksmiljøer som bruker en autentiseringsserver.\n"
-"Skal feltet være tomt?"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Angi <b>Brukerens fulle navn</b>, <b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b> for\n"
-"denne brukerkontoen.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Skill mellom store og små bokstaver når du velger passord.\n"
-"Passord må ikke inneholde bokstaver med aksenter eller tødler.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Med gjeldende passordkryptering (%1) må passordets lengde være mellom\n"
-"%2 og %3 tegn.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du har til hensikt å bruke dette passordet til å opprette sertifikater,\n"
-"må det har en lengde på minst %1 tegn.</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For å sikre at passordet ble skrevet riktig inn\n"
-"må det skrives inn en gang til i det andre feltet. Ikke glem passordet.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bare bokstaver (ingen tegn med aksenter), tall og tegnet <tt>._-</tt> benyttes.\n"
-"Ikke bruk store bokstaver her hvis du ikke vet nøyaktig hva du gjør.\n"
-"Brukernavn har flere begrensninger enn passord. Du kan omdefinere\n"
-"begrensningene i filen /etc/login.defs. Du finner mer informasjon på manualsiden for filen.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr " Kryss av for Bruk dette passordet hvis samme passord som ble angitt for første bruker, skal benyttes for rotbrukeren"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Brukernavnet og passordet som opprettes her, kreves for å logge på og arbeide med Linux-systemet. Hvis <b>Automatisk innlogging</b> aktiveres, blir Innloggingsprosedyren sløyfet, og denne brukeren blir logget inn automatisk.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"E-post til rotbrukeren vil bli videresendt til denne brukeren hvis du krysser av for <b>Motta systemmeldinger</b>.</p>\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "Avanserte innstillinger"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoden er lokal"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "User %1 will be imported."
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "Brukeren %1 vil bli importert."
-msgstr[1] "Brukeren %1 vil bli importert."
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Endre..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Sammendrag"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-#| "the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har til hensikt å opprette sertifikater,\n"
-"bør passordet ha minst %1 tegn."
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -886,11 +255,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "Ny UID for brukeren"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "Lagrer brukeroppsett..."
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1145,93 +509,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekunder"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr " -domene"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> definert"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> ikke definert"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "Ingen <%1>bruker<%2> satt opp"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<%2>: %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<<%2>: %3 og Kerberos."
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "<%1>Brukerne<%2> %3 valgt for import"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "<%1>Brukeren<%2> %3 vil bli importert."
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Brukeren<%2> %3 definert"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Brukeren<%2> %3 (%4) definert"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Brukerinnstillinger"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "&Bruker"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "&Rotpassord"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1394,6 +671,24 @@
"krypteringsinnstillingene for denne brukeren,\n"
"må du skrive inn brukerens gjeldende passord."
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Passordene er ikke identiske.\n"
+"Prøv igjen."
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1424,6 +719,13 @@
msgstr "&Endre hjemmekatalogeier"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "Brukerens &fulle navn"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr "&Fornavn"
@@ -1438,11 +740,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr "Bare medlemskap i tilleggsgrupper kan endres for eksterne brukere."
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "&Brukernavn"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "Motta s&ystemmeldinger"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "A&utomatisk innlogging"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "Bru&k dette passordet for systemadministrator"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1612,6 +933,33 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "Pro&gramtillegg"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "Brukernavn ikke angitt"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"Å la brukernavnfeltet være tomt er bare hensiktsmessig\n"
+"i nettverksmiljøer som bruker en autentiseringsserver.\n"
+"Skal feltet være tomt?"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "Vil du virkelig bruke dette passordet?"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1703,6 +1051,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "Gruppe&informasjon"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DES"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1716,6 +1078,32 @@
"Passord må ikke inneholde bokstaver med aksenter eller tødler.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Med gjeldende passordkryptering (%1) må passordets lengde være mellom\n"
+"%2 og %3 tegn.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For å sikre at passordet ble skrevet riktig inn\n"
+"må det skrives inn en gang til i det andre feltet. Ikke glem passordet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1881,6 +1269,19 @@
"<b>Passord</b> for brukeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Angi <b>Brukerens fulle navn</b>, <b>Brukernavn</b> og <b>Passord</b> for\n"
+"denne brukerkontoen.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1921,6 +1322,25 @@
"begrensningene i filen /etc/login.defs. Du finner mer informasjon på manualsiden for filen.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Brukernavnet og passordet som opprettes her, kreves for å logge på og arbeide med Linux-systemet. Hvis <b>Automatisk innlogging</b> aktiveres, blir Innloggingsprosedyren sløyfet, og denne brukeren blir logget inn automatisk.</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"E-post til rotbrukeren vil bli videresendt til denne brukeren hvis du krysser av for <b>Motta systemmeldinger</b>.</p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2675,7 +2095,8 @@
msgstr "Systembrukere"
#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Lokale brukere"
@@ -2751,6 +2172,11 @@
msgstr "Samba-grupper"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2770,6 +2196,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "&Samba"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2897,6 +2328,11 @@
"nettverksprotokoller støtter ikke dette, og det kan oppstå problemer i forbindelse med NIS.\n"
"</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det anbefales ikke å bruke andre algoritmer dersom det ikke er nødvendig av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2907,6 +2343,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "Krypteringstype"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr "&DES"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "&MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr "SHA-&256"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr "SHA-&512"
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -3201,6 +2657,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "System"
@@ -3538,6 +3000,15 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "Pakken %1 er ikke tilgjengelig for installasjon."
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Pakken %1 er ikke installert.\n"
+"Vil du installere den nå?\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3555,6 +3026,431 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#| "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du har til hensikt å opprette sertifikater,\n"
+"bør passordet ha minst %1 tegn."
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hvis du har til hensikt å bruke dette passordet til å opprette sertifikater,\n"
+"må det har en lengde på minst %1 tegn.</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "Lagrer brukeroppsett..."
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er standard hash-metode. Det anbefales ikke å bruke andre algoritmer dersom det ikke er nødvendig av kompatibilitetshensyn.</p>"
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "Ikke glem hva du skriver inn her."
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "&Passord for rotbruker"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "B&ekreft passord"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Test tastaturoppsett"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Til forskjell fra vanlige brukere, som for eksempel jobber med tekst og\n"
+"grafikk eller surfer på nettet, finnes brukeren \"root\" i\n"
+"alle systemer, og må aktiveres hver gang en administrativ\n"
+"oppgave skal utføres. Logg inn som rot når\n"
+"du har behov for å være systemadministrator, aldri ellers.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Fordi rotbrukeren har omfattende rettigheter, bør passordet \n"
+"for \"root\" velges med omhu. En kombinasjon av bokstaver og tall\n"
+"anbefales. For å sikre at passordet ble skrevet riktig, må det skrives inn\n"
+"på nytt i det andre feltet.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Alle regler for brukerpassord gjelder for rotpassordet også:\n"
+"Skill mellom store og små bokstaver. Et passord bør bestå av minst 5 tegn,\n"
+"og bør normalt ikke inneholde bokstaver med aksenter eller tødler.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Ikke glem dette rotpassordet\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "Passord for systemadministratoren \"root\","
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Passord ble ikke angitt.\n"
+"Prøv igjen."
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Velg <b>Lokal</b> hvis du vil autentisere brukere bare ved hjelp av lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "Opprett ny bruker"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Skill mellom store og små bokstaver når du velger passord.\n"
+"Passord må ikke inneholde bokstaver med aksenter eller tødler.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+#| "</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Med gjeldende passordkryptering (%1) må passordets lengde være mellom\n"
+"%2 og %3 tegn.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For <b>Brukernavn</b> må bare bokstaver (ingen tegn med aksenter), tall og tegnet <tt>._-</tt> benyttes.\n"
+"Ikke bruk store bokstaver her hvis du ikke vet nøyaktig hva du gjør.\n"
+"Brukernavn har flere begrensninger enn passord. Du kan omdefinere\n"
+"begrensningene i filen /etc/login.defs. Du finner mer informasjon på manualsiden for filen.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr " Kryss av for Bruk dette passordet hvis samme passord som ble angitt for første bruker, skal benyttes for rotbrukeren"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon fra en tidligere installasjon"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Users"
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "Lokale brukere"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "Opprett ny bruker"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon fra en tidligere installasjon"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Users"
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "Systembrukere"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "&Automatisk innlogging"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No user was specified."
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "Ingen bruker er spesifisert."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User %1 will be imported."
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "Brukeren %1 vil bli importert."
+msgstr[1] "Brukeren %1 vil bli importert."
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "Velg brukere som skal le&ses"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Velg eller velg bort &alle"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr "SHA-256"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr "SHA-512"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "Brukerinnstillinger"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "&Bruker"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "&Rotpassord"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> definert"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "<%1>Rotpassord<%2> ikke definert"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "Ingen <%1>bruker<%2> satt opp"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "<%1>Brukeren<%2> %3 vil bli importert."
+msgstr[1] "<%1>Brukeren<%2> %3 vil bli importert."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Brukeren<%2> %3 definert"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Brukeren<%2> %3 (%4) definert"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Passordkrypteringsmetode: %1"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -4012,7 +3908,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4031,202 +3927,202 @@
"etter at de er riktig montert. Vil du fortsette brukerkonfigurasjonen?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "Flere brukere samsvarer med vilkårene."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer bruker- og gruppekonfigurasjon"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for innlogging"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for system"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "Les konfigurasjonstype"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "Les spesialinnstillinger for bruker"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "Les brukere og grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "Opprett mellomlagerstrukturer"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "Leser standardinnstillinger for innlogging..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "Leser standardinnstillinger for system..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "Leser konfigurasjonstype..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "Leser spesialinnstillinger..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "Leser brukere og grupper..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "Oppretter mellomlagerstrukturer..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fullført"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "Brukeren finnes ikke."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "Gruppen finnes ikke."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Lagrer bruker- og gruppekonfigurasjon"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "Lagre LDAP-brukere og -grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "Lagre grupper"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "Søk etter slettede brukere"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "Lagre brukere"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "Lagre passord"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "Lagre spesialinnstillinger"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "Les standardinnstillinger for innlogging"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "Lagrer LDAP-brukere og -grupper..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "Lagrer grupper..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "Søker etter slettede brukere..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "Lagrer brukere..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "Lagrer passord..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer spesialinnstillinger..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "Lagrer standardinnstillinger for innlogging..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "Filen %s kunne ikke leses riktig og vil ikke ble lagret."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under sletting av brukere."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "Filen %s kunne ikke leses riktig og vil ikke ble lagret."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "Det oppstod en feil under konfigurasjon av videresending av rotbrukerens e-post."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "Det finnes ingen tilgjengelig UID for denne brukertypen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4236,7 +4132,7 @@
"Velg et gyldig heltall mellom %i og %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4245,7 +4141,7 @@
"Vil du bruke det likevel?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4257,7 +4153,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruke den?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4269,7 +4165,7 @@
"Er du sikker at du vil endre typen til 'local'?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4280,7 +4176,7 @@
"fordi verdien er mindre enn %i. \n"
"Er du sikker at du vil endre typen til 'system'?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
@@ -4289,7 +4185,7 @@
"Brukernavnet kan tilhøre en eksisterende NIS- eller LDAP-bruker.\n"
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4300,7 +4196,7 @@
"Prøv et annet brukernavn."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4309,7 +4205,7 @@
"inneholde et kolon (:). Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4320,7 +4216,7 @@
"Rediger oppføringene."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4331,7 +4227,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4341,7 +4237,7 @@
"Velg en annen sti for hjemmekatalogen."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4350,7 +4246,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4361,7 +4257,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruke denne stien?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4371,7 +4267,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4383,7 +4279,7 @@
"Vil du bruke denne katalogen?\n"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4397,7 +4293,7 @@
"Vil du bruke denne katalogen?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
@@ -4406,12 +4302,12 @@
"Vil du bruke dette skallet?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "Ingen GID er tilgjengelig for denne gruppetypen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4421,7 +4317,7 @@
"Velg et gyldig heltall mellom %i og %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4430,7 +4326,7 @@
"Vil du bruke det likevel?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4442,7 +4338,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruke den?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4454,7 +4350,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil endre gruppetypen til 'local'?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4466,7 +4362,7 @@
"Er du sikker på at du vil endre gruppetypen til 'system'?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4475,7 +4371,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4485,7 +4381,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4498,7 +4394,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4508,13 +4404,13 @@
"du skrev inn og et eksisterende gruppenavn.\n"
"Prøv et annet navn."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "Brukeren %s finnes ikke."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4525,7 +4421,7 @@
"som standardgruppe."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4536,22 +4432,22 @@
"Slett disse brukerne fra gruppen først."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Brukere</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Innstillinger for innlogging</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "Brukeren %1 blir logget automatisk inn"
@@ -4571,23 +4467,23 @@
"finnes på LDAP-serveren. Vil du opprette den nå?"
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Quota Configuration"
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Diskkvotekonfigurasjon"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4719,7 +4615,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4730,7 +4626,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4745,7 +4641,7 @@
"</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4756,37 +4652,37 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt gruppenavnet som en del av passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr "Du har benyttet brukernavnet som en del av passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt bare små bokstaver for passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt bare store bokstaver for passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt et palindrom som passord."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr "Du har brukt bare tall for passordet."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4796,7 +4692,7 @@
"Det vil bli forkortet til %s tegn?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4806,13 +4702,13 @@
"%s."
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr "Passordet bør inneholde minst %i tegn."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4821,7 +4717,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4831,7 +4727,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4844,7 +4740,7 @@
"Prøv igjen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -4854,15 +4750,13 @@
"skrev inn og et annet brukernavn.\n"
"Prøv et annet brukernavn."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "Henter %1-utvidelse..."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "Frigjør -utvidelse"
@@ -4929,6 +4823,148 @@
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr "Flere brukere samsvarer med vilkårene."
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Autentisering</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Her du kan du velge autentiseringsmetode for brukere i systemet.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+#~ msgstr "Hvis du har en annen installasjon eller et annet system, kan du opprette brukere basert på denne kilden. Velg <b>Les brukerinformasjon fra tidligere installasjon</b> for å gjøre dette. Med dette valget kan du bruke en eksisterende eller opprette en ny hjemmekatalog for hver bruker på det spesifiserte stedet for denne installasjonen."
+
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS"
+
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "&Windows-domene"
+
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)"
+
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hvis du bruker en NIS- eller LDAP-server til lagring av brukerdata eller hvis du vil\n"
+#~ "autentisere brukere mot en NT-server, velg den aktuelle verdien. Trykk deretter\n"
+#~ "<b>Neste</b>, og fortsett med klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hvis du bruker en NIS- eller LDAP-server til lagring av brukerdata, velg den\n"
+#~ "aktuelle verdien. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og fortsett med klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hvis du bruker en LDAP-server til lagring av brukerdata eller hvis du vil\n"
+#~ "autentisere brukere mot en NT-server, velg den aktuelle verdien. Trykk deretter\n"
+#~ "<b>Neste</b>, og fortsett med klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hvis du bruker en LDAP-server til lagring av brukerdata, velg den\n"
+#~ "aktuelle verdien. Trykk deretter <b>Neste</b>, og fortsett med klientkonfigurasjonen.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Kryss av for <b>Sett opp Kerberos-autentisering</b> for å konfigurere Kerberos etter at du har valgt brukerinformasjonskilde.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "&Velg"
+
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Sett opp &Kerberos-autentisering"
+
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "A&vanserte alternativer..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hvis du har til hensikt å bruke dette passordet til å opprette sertifikater,\n"
+#~ "må det har en lengde på minst %1 tegn.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Kontroller om gjeldende tastaturoppsett er riktig ved å skrive inn tekst i feltet <b>Test tastaturoppsett</b>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Hvis du har til hensikt å opprette sertifikater,\n"
+#~ "bør passordet ha minst %1 tegn."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Et rotpassord kunne ikke defineres.\n"
+#~ "Du vil kanskje ikke kunne logge inn.\n"
+#~ "Vil du forsøke igjen?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "Initialisering av modul for konfigurasjon av autentisering..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Innloggingsinnstillinger</b></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Avanserte innstillinger"
+
+#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
+#~ msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoden er lokal"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1."
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&Endre..."
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "Sammendrag"
+
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr " -domene"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<%2>: %3"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Autentiseringsmetode<<%2>: %3 og Kerberos."
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Brukerne<%2> %3 valgt for import"
+
#~ msgid "No Password Entered"
#~ msgstr "Passord er ikke angitt"
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/vm.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/vm.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/vm.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm.nb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-31 01:17+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Olav P. <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <>\n"
@@ -34,12 +34,12 @@
msgstr "Konfigurerer virtuell maskin..."
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr "x86_64 er den eneste arkitekturen som støttes som vert for virtuelle maskiner. Din arktitektur er "
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -49,167 +49,167 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Kontroller installerte pakker"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Oppsett av nettverksbro"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "Konfigurerer VM-serveren (domene 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Konfigurasjon av VM-server</b></big></p><p>Konfigurasjon av VM-serveren (domene 0) foregår i to deler.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nødvendige pakker installeres først. Deretter bytter systemet til oppstartslasteren GRUB (hvis denne ikke allerede brukes), og Xen-seksjonen legges til i oppstartslastermenyen hvis den mangler.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>GRUB må brukes fordi den støtter multiboot-standarden som kreves for å starte Xen- og Linux-kjernen.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Når oppsettet er fullført, kan VM-serveren startes fra oppstartslastermenyen.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "Installasjonen vil bli avbrutt."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installert."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr "Konfigurerer virtuell maskin..."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Admin tools"
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr "Administrasjonsverktøy"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installert."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Broken server"
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr "Deaktivert server"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Admin tools"
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr "Administrasjonsverktøy"
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Installasjonen vil bli avbrutt."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "Installasjonen vil bli avbrutt."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "Kjører i tekstmodus. Vil du likevel installere grafiske komponenter?"
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Kontrollerer pakker..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "Installerer pakker..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Kan ikke installere nødvendige pakker."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Oppdaterer konfigurasjonsfiler for grub2..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "Setter opp standard nettverksbro..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Nettverksbro."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr "<p>For vanlige nettverksoppsett med virtuelle maskiner anbefales det en nettverksbro.</p><p>Vil du sette opp en standard nettverksbro?</p>"
@@ -222,35 +222,35 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr "For å installere Xen-gjester, start maskinen på nytt og velg Xen-seksjonen i oppstartslastermenyen.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr "For å installere Xen-gjester, start maskinen på nytt og velg Xen-seksjonen i oppstartslastermenyen.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installert."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisor og verktøy er installert."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/nb/po/vpn.nb.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nb/po/vpn.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
+++ trunk/yast/nb/po/vpn.nb.po 2016-09-02 21:39:11 UTC (rev 96700)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -237,14 +237,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "Det spesifiserte kønavnet %1 er allerede i bruk."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -345,122 +345,122 @@
msgstr "Vil du forsøke en annen CD ?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Navn"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All networks"
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "Alle nettverk"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Management"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Administrasjon av tilkoblinger"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master Server"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Hovedserver"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Klienter"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Velg scenario"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Velg katalogen med sertifikater"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "External credentials"
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Eksterne sertifikater"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "Serveren krever autentisering"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read certificates"
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Les sertifikater"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "Standard &systemport"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -579,40 +579,40 @@
msgstr "Smart er ikke tilgjengelig for denne disken."
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Nødvendige pakker kunne ikke installeres."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon"
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Kunne ikke starte CUPS-nissen"
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system."
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "Kunne ikke bruke innstillingene i systemet."
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the new map."
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Kunne ikke opprette nytt kart."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -620,35 +620,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Global Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Generelle innstillinger"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "Aktiver VPN-tjenester"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Opprett klienttilkobling"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
msgid "A client connecting to "
1
0
02 Sep '16
Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:38:58 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96699
Added:
trunk/yast/my/po/journalctl.my.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/docker.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/fonts.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po
trunk/yast/my/po/vpn.my.po
Log:
my merged
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/add-on.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -67,13 +67,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/auth-client.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1110 +16,1666 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/auth-server.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -291,8 +291,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -435,12 +434,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,8 +465,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -475,7 +474,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -556,8 +555,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1816,8 +1815,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2191,7 +2189,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2259,7 +2257,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,237 +2418,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/autoinst.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -49,14 +49,13 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. unique id
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -237,7 +236,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -245,73 +244,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -365,8 +348,15 @@
"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. import "Arch";
#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
#. Package: Auto-installation
#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
@@ -374,65 +364,51 @@
#. the system as described in the profile file.
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr ""
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,55 +452,63 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
msgid "Configure users and groups"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
@@ -532,15 +516,15 @@
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
@@ -552,7 +536,15 @@
msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -561,26 +553,27 @@
#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -654,11 +647,11 @@
#. Select packages
#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
@@ -669,19 +662,19 @@
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr ""
@@ -920,6 +913,11 @@
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
@@ -1370,8 +1368,7 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -1486,7 +1483,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1496,7 +1493,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1826,67 +1823,6 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Script Configuration
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
@@ -2101,12 +2037,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2117,45 +2053,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2165,14 +2101,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2181,7 +2117,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2284,20 +2220,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
msgid "Cannot update system time."
msgstr ""
@@ -2318,72 +2254,72 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr ""
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr ""
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
msgid "Post"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
msgid "Init"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2391,76 +2327,76 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2468,43 +2404,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2547,14 +2483,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2562,14 +2498,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/base.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -75,230 +75,230 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr ""
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
msgstr ""
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr ""
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr ""
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -461,12 +461,12 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr ""
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
@@ -525,22 +525,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr ""
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -560,55 +560,55 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -616,12 +616,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr ""
@@ -680,46 +680,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -727,14 +727,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -762,27 +762,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -798,22 +798,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr ""
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr ""
@@ -867,19 +867,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr ""
@@ -990,9 +990,75 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1000,7 +1066,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1008,7 +1074,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1184,7 +1250,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1207,7 +1273,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1408,27 +1474,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1438,7 +1504,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1514,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1456,18 +1522,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1495,7 +1561,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
@@ -1506,7 +1572,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -1570,19 +1636,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
msgid "Error:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
msgid "Message:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1635,7 +1701,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr ""
@@ -1721,7 +1787,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr ""
@@ -1813,6 +1879,224 @@
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
@@ -1854,20 +2138,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -1876,7 +2160,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -1887,8 +2171,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -1898,29 +2182,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr ""
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -1928,7 +2212,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -1938,60 +2222,60 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr ""
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -1999,27 +2283,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -2029,389 +2313,389 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "TAP"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr ""
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2422,14 +2706,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2445,135 +2729,6 @@
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -2658,61 +2813,14 @@
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr ""
-
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -2726,35 +2834,75 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2763,57 +2911,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2824,34 +2972,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2860,7 +3008,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2870,83 +3018,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2954,99 +3102,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3056,64 +3204,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3124,27 +3272,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3152,20 +3300,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3229,12 +3377,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3242,34 +3390,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3281,7 +3429,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3290,7 +3438,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3299,7 +3447,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3307,7 +3455,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3320,124 +3468,124 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3449,7 +3597,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3463,7 +3611,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3475,16 +3623,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3495,7 +3643,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3506,62 +3654,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
msgid "ID: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
msgid "Name: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
msgid "Created: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3575,7 +3723,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3589,12 +3737,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3607,7 +3755,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3620,12 +3768,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3639,7 +3787,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3653,17 +3801,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -3673,7 +3821,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -3681,7 +3829,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3689,7 +3837,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -3698,23 +3846,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3728,12 +3876,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3746,7 +3894,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr ""
@@ -3755,83 +3903,83 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
-msgid "Slide Sho&w"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-msgid "&Details"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -4426,37 +4574,45 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
msgid ""
-"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+msgid ""
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr ""
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
-msgid ""
+msgid_plural ""
"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
#. error report
#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
@@ -4464,7 +4620,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4495,7 +4651,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4503,7 +4659,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -4570,13 +4726,13 @@
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4652,8 +4808,8 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
msgid "Module"
msgstr ""
@@ -5397,51 +5553,3 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/bootloader.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,935 +16,446 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
-msgid "The key of the option"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+msgid "D&isks"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
-msgid "The value of the option"
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
-msgid "Value was not specified."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
+msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+"\n"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
-msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
-msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
-msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
+msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
+msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
-msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
+msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
-msgid "Re&type Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-msgid "Secure Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
msgid "set"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
msgid "remove"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
msgid "do not change"
msgstr ""
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
-msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
-msgid "Use &graphical console"
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
-msgid "&Console resolution"
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
-msgid "&Console theme"
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
-msgid "Select File"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
+"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
+"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Please wait...<br></p>"
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
+msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
+msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
+msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
+msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
+msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr ""
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
-msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
-msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
-"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. proposal part - bootloader label
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
msgid "Booting"
@@ -956,184 +467,120 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/ca-management.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -128,8 +128,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -201,8 +200,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr ""
@@ -1836,42 +1834,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2150,8 +2147,7 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2197,28 +2193,23 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/cio.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/cluster.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -199,169 +199,169 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -452,96 +452,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/control.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,238 +15,573 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
+msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
-msgid "Live Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
-msgid "Disk"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
+msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
-msgid "Time Zone"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
+msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
-msgid "User Settings"
+msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
+msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
-msgid "System for Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
-msgid "Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
+msgid "System for Update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-msgid "Perform Update"
+msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
+msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/country.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
msgstr ""
#. summary label
@@ -735,56 +735,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -802,12 +802,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
@@ -895,180 +895,185 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Italian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Greek"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Danish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
msgid "Czech"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
msgid "US International"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/crowbar.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,19 +20,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -44,11 +34,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -167,124 +157,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -292,91 +290,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -385,7 +383,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -430,37 +428,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/dhcp-server.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -56,9 +56,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -98,242 +96,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -358,190 +361,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -549,60 +512,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -610,48 +573,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -659,10 +622,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -670,61 +633,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -732,8 +695,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -741,135 +704,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -882,15 +845,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -902,7 +865,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1115,7 +1078,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1139,7 +1102,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1150,9 +1113,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1168,51 +1131,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1220,80 +1183,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1572,8 +1535,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1591,17 +1553,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1563,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1617,7 +1571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1637,14 +1591,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1652,7 +1606,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1661,7 +1615,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1670,7 +1624,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1679,14 +1633,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1696,14 +1650,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1711,7 +1665,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1730,7 +1684,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1739,7 +1693,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1748,21 +1702,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1770,14 +1724,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1785,40 +1739,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1827,7 +1781,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1838,7 +1792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1846,14 +1800,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1861,14 +1815,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1878,45 +1832,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1924,7 +1878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1934,23 +1888,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1960,101 +1914,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2062,7 +2016,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2070,7 +2024,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2078,206 +2032,195 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2288,101 +2231,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2390,22 +2333,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/dns-server.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -297,8 +297,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -369,11 +368,10 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
@@ -391,7 +389,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -401,9 +399,9 @@
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
@@ -416,8 +414,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -447,12 +445,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -481,14 +478,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
@@ -550,8 +547,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -573,7 +570,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,131 +595,88 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -730,181 +684,181 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr ""
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr ""
@@ -913,8 +867,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
@@ -924,9 +878,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr ""
@@ -935,107 +889,150 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. check box
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1043,116 +1040,116 @@
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr ""
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1163,104 +1160,104 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr ""
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1269,13 +1266,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
@@ -1285,79 +1282,73 @@
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr ""
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr ""
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr ""
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr ""
-
#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr ""
@@ -1365,24 +1356,24 @@
#.
#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1390,32 +1381,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -2188,197 +2179,197 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/docker.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/docker.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/docker.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,6 +15,110 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -56,14 +160,6 @@
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
msgid "Image ID"
msgstr ""
@@ -84,15 +180,11 @@
msgid "Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
msgid "Ports"
msgstr ""
@@ -128,10 +220,59 @@
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/drbd.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -219,15 +219,16 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -253,11 +254,11 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -266,20 +267,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -289,7 +292,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -299,14 +302,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -315,7 +318,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -323,7 +326,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -331,14 +334,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -346,7 +349,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -355,7 +358,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -363,7 +366,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -371,50 +374,126 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -516,81 +595,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -598,46 +677,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/fcoe-client.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -484,33 +484,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr ""
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr ""
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -518,154 +518,154 @@
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
msgid "Check services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr ""
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr ""
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
msgstr ""
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/firewall.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,6 +15,16 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
msgid ""
@@ -166,7 +176,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr ""
@@ -556,7 +566,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr ""
@@ -567,8 +577,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -622,28 +632,28 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr ""
@@ -763,10 +773,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -1248,217 +1258,219 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
msgid "Set value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
msgid "Record number"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -1471,180 +1483,180 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
msgid "Interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
msgid "Log all"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
msgid "Short"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr ""
@@ -1653,167 +1665,178 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
msgid "All ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/firstboot.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/fonts.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/fonts.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/fonts.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -18,59 +18,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/geo-cluster.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -59,10 +59,8 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -114,17 +112,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -132,25 +130,24 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -159,177 +156,184 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/installation.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -93,29 +93,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr ""
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
msgid "Starting Installation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -171,28 +171,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -239,47 +239,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -456,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -483,52 +443,26 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -538,7 +472,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -547,7 +481,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -555,7 +489,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -564,7 +498,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -572,22 +506,53 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -677,7 +642,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -686,43 +651,43 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -739,42 +704,43 @@
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -793,7 +759,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
@@ -818,71 +784,74 @@
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
-msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
msgstr ""
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
+msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -904,27 +873,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -932,7 +901,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -940,7 +909,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1049,7 +1018,7 @@
#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1081,7 +1050,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1104,102 +1073,102 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1207,7 +1176,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1216,12 +1185,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+msgid ""
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1273,8 +1288,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1456,7 +1471,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
@@ -1476,7 +1491,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1530,6 +1545,22 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
@@ -1587,64 +1618,77 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1655,42 +1699,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
@@ -1718,7 +1756,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1728,7 +1766,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1737,7 +1775,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1746,7 +1784,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1755,7 +1793,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1763,12 +1801,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1777,7 +1815,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1791,6 +1829,11 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1798,19 +1841,109 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1818,19 +1951,19 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-client.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -105,7 +105,6 @@
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
@@ -163,47 +162,62 @@
msgid "Startup"
msgstr ""
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr ""
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr ""
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -212,9 +226,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr ""
@@ -395,27 +409,25 @@
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr ""
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
msgid "No record found."
msgstr ""
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
msgid ""
"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -428,13 +440,18 @@
"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -442,36 +459,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -560,7 +577,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -568,12 +585,13 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/iscsi-lio-server.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -36,15 +36,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr ""
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -61,7 +60,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -82,7 +81,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
msgid "LUN"
msgstr ""
@@ -95,153 +94,159 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -361,19 +366,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -381,12 +391,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -395,19 +405,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -416,202 +426,208 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr ""
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
msgid "Path:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
msgid "Change:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -625,11 +641,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/my/po/journalctl.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/journalctl.my.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/journalctl.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# Burmese translations for opensuse-i package.
+# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
+# Automatically generated, 2016.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: my\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/kdump.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -360,10 +360,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1094,148 +1092,163 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/live-installer.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -36,27 +36,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -66,78 +66,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -145,7 +127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -232,7 +214,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/mail.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -243,69 +243,74 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr ""
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
msgid "Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "manual"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "daemon"
msgstr ""
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr ""
@@ -313,7 +318,7 @@
#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
@@ -324,7 +329,7 @@
#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -333,39 +338,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr ""
@@ -375,23 +380,23 @@
#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
#. ),
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
msgid "Local user"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
msgid "Display as"
msgstr ""
@@ -400,23 +405,23 @@
#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf"))
#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error popup
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr ""
@@ -424,106 +429,106 @@
#. list<string> lmod = [];
#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
msgid "&User name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
msgid "Alias"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -762,12 +767,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -775,56 +780,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message,
#. %1 is a file name,
#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n"
@@ -832,160 +837,160 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr ""
#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr ""
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr ""
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
msgid "MTA"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
msgid "From Header"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/network.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -315,26 +315,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -345,26 +345,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr ""
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""
@@ -638,76 +638,76 @@
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -808,70 +808,70 @@
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr ""
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr ""
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr ""
@@ -998,27 +998,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1027,8 +1027,8 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1038,156 +1038,156 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr ""
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1195,13 +1195,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1212,20 +1212,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1243,60 +1243,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1306,12 +1306,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1505,23 +1516,23 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr ""
@@ -1579,7 +1590,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1587,7 +1598,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1600,20 +1611,20 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr ""
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1623,12 +1634,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1637,7 +1648,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -1799,7 +1810,7 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -1809,14 +1820,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1824,138 +1835,137 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -1963,7 +1973,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr ""
@@ -2417,29 +2427,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2596,127 +2606,127 @@
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2799,27 +2809,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2829,7 +2839,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2839,97 +2849,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2944,38 +2954,46 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -2983,111 +3001,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3159,8 +3127,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3186,28 +3154,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3239,27 +3207,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3295,40 +3263,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3547,47 +3515,47 @@
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr ""
@@ -3596,7 +3564,7 @@
#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
msgid "configured"
msgstr ""
@@ -3645,7 +3613,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3668,7 +3636,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3680,440 +3648,436 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4121,30 +4085,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4153,22 +4117,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/nfs.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -126,14 +126,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -344,12 +344,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -357,52 +357,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
msgid "Start services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/nis.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -230,8 +230,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
+msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
@@ -342,11 +343,6 @@
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/ntp-client.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -30,66 +30,66 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -294,310 +294,302 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
msgid "NTP client configuration module."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
msgid "The address of the server"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
msgid "The address of the peer"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
msgid "The options of the relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Peer"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
msgid "Local Radio Clock"
msgstr ""
#. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
msgid "Reading the settings failed."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "New Synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. Server editing dialog
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "NTP Peer"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Local Reference Clock"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
msgid "&Reference ID"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "&Stratum"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Flag &1"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Flag &2"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Flag &3"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
msgid "Flag &4"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
@@ -618,7 +610,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -628,7 +620,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -638,14 +630,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -653,14 +645,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -668,7 +660,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -680,14 +672,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -696,7 +688,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -705,7 +697,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -713,7 +705,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -721,7 +713,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -729,7 +721,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -738,7 +730,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -746,7 +738,7 @@
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -758,49 +750,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -808,7 +800,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -818,7 +810,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -826,7 +818,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -839,7 +831,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -847,7 +839,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -857,7 +849,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -866,7 +858,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -880,17 +872,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -900,14 +892,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
#. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
msgid ""
"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
"replace the current NTP server.\n"
@@ -916,44 +908,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Select the Device"
msgstr ""
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
msgstr ""
#. message report (no server selected)
#. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
msgid "Select an NTP server."
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
msgid "All Countries"
msgstr ""
#. combo box header
#. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
msgid "&Country"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
msgid ""
"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -961,205 +953,205 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
msgid "Address"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "No server is selected."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
msgid "A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
msgid "Only &Manually"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
msgid "Now and on &Boot"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
msgstr ""
#. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
msgid "Auto"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
msgid "&Custom Policy"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
msgid "&Select..."
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
msgid "&Test"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
msgid "Synchronization Type"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
msgid "Display &Log..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
msgid "Clock &Type"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
msgid "Unit &Number"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
msgid "Create &Symlink"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
msgid "Access Control Options"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
msgid "&Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
msgid "&Peer"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
msgid "&Radio Clock"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
msgid "Loc&al Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
msgid "&Public NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
msgid "NTP Server Location"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
msgid "&Lookup"
msgstr ""
@@ -1173,147 +1165,155 @@
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr ""
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr ""
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr ""
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/packager.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -488,11 +488,6 @@
msgid "&Media"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
msgid "&Priority"
@@ -528,7 +523,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -761,7 +756,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -769,7 +764,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1268,42 +1263,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1315,32 +1310,37 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
#.
@@ -1348,82 +1348,88 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
msgstr ""
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr ""
-
#. update the trusted flag
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
msgid ""
@@ -1445,27 +1451,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
msgid "&Show Full Log"
msgstr ""
#. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
msgstr ""
#. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
msgid "Installation aborted by user."
msgstr ""
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1473,13 +1479,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ""
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
msgid "Done."
msgstr ""
@@ -1487,21 +1493,21 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr ""
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
@@ -1510,41 +1516,41 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr ""
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1667,7 +1673,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
@@ -1683,12 +1689,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1696,50 +1702,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr ""
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1748,34 +1754,42 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
msgid "&Language"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -1786,42 +1800,43 @@
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -1917,7 +1932,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -1962,100 +1977,100 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2064,53 +2079,53 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2120,23 +2135,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2145,42 +2160,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2188,17 +2203,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2208,20 +2223,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2234,7 +2249,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2242,11 +2257,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2258,12 +2273,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2271,71 +2286,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2350,7 +2365,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2359,12 +2374,16 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2372,7 +2391,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2380,7 +2399,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2390,7 +2409,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2399,25 +2418,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2427,19 +2446,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2624,18 +2643,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
msgid ""
"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
"before updating the system.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/pkg-bindings.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/printer.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -204,8 +204,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -434,8 +434,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2532,56 +2532,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2619,74 +2619,74 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2697,33 +2697,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2732,25 +2732,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2758,7 +2758,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2777,28 +2777,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2806,25 +2806,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2844,53 +2844,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/rdp.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -92,52 +92,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr ""
#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr ""
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/rear.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/registration.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,27 +15,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -52,9 +31,9 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -68,30 +47,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -228,29 +207,25 @@
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-msgid "Connection time out."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -266,39 +241,39 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
-msgid "Registration failed."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -308,23 +283,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -332,26 +307,44 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -360,7 +353,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -369,14 +362,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""
@@ -386,34 +379,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -421,7 +414,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -435,7 +428,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -446,39 +439,39 @@
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -547,34 +540,38 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr ""
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr ""
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -589,7 +586,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
@@ -645,32 +642,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "&Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr ""
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
@@ -694,10 +691,8 @@
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr ""
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -706,56 +701,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. the UI defition for the main dialog
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+msgid "Register System via %s"
msgstr ""
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr ""
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
msgstr ""
@@ -763,51 +766,34 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
"\n"
"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
msgstr ""
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
@@ -832,22 +818,22 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
@@ -855,16 +841,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -895,17 +871,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
msgid "Priority: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -964,17 +940,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr ""
@@ -984,38 +960,38 @@
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr ""
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1062,11 +1038,62 @@
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
msgstr ""
-#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show.
+#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Local Registration Servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "No registration server selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default registration server
+#.
+#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
+
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/reipl.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,11 +23,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/samba-client.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -787,86 +787,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/samba-server.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/security.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -115,280 +115,247 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -397,33 +364,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -431,7 +398,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -440,7 +407,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -449,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -457,14 +424,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -472,7 +439,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -482,7 +449,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -490,12 +457,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -503,26 +470,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -530,35 +497,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -576,7 +543,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -586,7 +553,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -595,7 +562,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -604,7 +571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -615,21 +582,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -637,26 +604,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -668,7 +635,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -676,23 +643,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -704,13 +671,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -722,7 +689,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -734,38 +701,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -823,163 +838,236 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -995,61 +1083,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/services-manager.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -267,11 +267,11 @@
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/snapper.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,263 +46,263 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
msgstr ""
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -323,17 +323,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/storage.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -80,8 +80,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -143,7 +142,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -759,7 +762,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -777,7 +780,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -787,7 +790,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -797,7 +800,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -807,7 +810,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -818,7 +821,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -828,7 +831,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -841,7 +844,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -851,7 +854,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -863,7 +866,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -874,7 +877,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -886,11 +889,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -988,53 +991,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1043,7 +1046,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1053,7 +1056,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1063,7 +1066,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1078,13 +1081,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1111,7 +1114,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1122,7 +1125,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1142,7 +1145,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1151,7 +1154,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1448,7 +1451,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1463,17 +1466,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1505,7 +1508,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1518,7 +1521,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1531,7 +1534,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1553,7 +1556,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1712,7 +1715,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1727,12 +1730,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1740,26 +1743,26 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2017,11 +2020,9 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
@@ -2052,9 +2053,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2076,8 +2076,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2094,8 +2093,7 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
msgid "Delete..."
@@ -2155,39 +2153,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2195,54 +2198,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2251,17 +2254,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2271,7 +2274,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2280,56 +2283,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2337,8 +2340,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2350,33 +2353,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2386,7 +2389,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2395,12 +2398,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2583,108 +2586,113 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2692,51 +2700,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2746,50 +2754,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2829,8 +2837,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
msgid "Resize"
msgstr ""
@@ -2921,8 +2928,7 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
msgid "Add..."
@@ -3025,50 +3031,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3076,7 +3082,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr ""
@@ -3084,31 +3090,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3206,12 +3212,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3506,12 +3512,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3545,9 +3551,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3557,14 +3563,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3905,17 +3911,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4178,7 +4184,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -4903,38 +4909,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4944,7 +4963,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4958,7 +4977,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4971,7 +4990,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4980,7 +4999,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4988,7 +5007,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -4997,24 +5016,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5022,12 +5041,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5035,97 +5054,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5133,7 +5152,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5141,7 +5160,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5149,18 +5168,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5742,50 +5761,41 @@
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
msgstr ""
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5794,35 +5804,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/update.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -756,19 +756,19 @@
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
msgid ""
"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
"%{packages}"
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/users.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -124,540 +124,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -779,11 +245,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1024,93 +485,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1262,6 +636,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1285,6 +675,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1299,11 +696,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1471,6 +887,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1559,6 +999,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1568,6 +1022,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1686,6 +1158,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1711,6 +1192,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2325,7 +1821,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2401,6 +1898,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,6 +1922,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2535,6 +2042,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2545,6 +2057,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2802,6 +2334,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3077,6 +2615,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3094,6 +2639,346 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3535,7 +3420,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3547,202 +3432,202 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3750,14 +3635,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3766,7 +3651,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3775,7 +3660,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3783,14 +3668,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3798,14 +3683,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3813,7 +3698,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3821,7 +3706,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3829,14 +3714,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3844,7 +3729,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3852,7 +3737,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -3861,7 +3746,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -3871,19 +3756,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3891,14 +3776,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3907,7 +3792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3916,7 +3801,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3925,14 +3810,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -3940,7 +3825,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -3949,20 +3834,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3970,7 +3855,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3978,22 +3863,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4011,21 +3896,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4142,7 +4027,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4150,7 +4035,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4160,7 +4045,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4168,37 +4053,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4206,7 +4091,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4214,20 +4099,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4235,7 +4120,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4244,22 +4129,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/vm.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -40,151 +40,151 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -197,26 +197,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/my/po/vpn.my.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/my/po/vpn.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
+++ trunk/yast/my/po/vpn.my.po 2016-09-02 21:38:58 UTC (rev 96699)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -282,102 +282,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -462,32 +462,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -495,28 +495,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
1
0
02 Sep '16
Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:38:46 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96698
Added:
trunk/yast/ms/po/journalctl.ms.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-client.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-server.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/autoinst.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/base.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/bootloader.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/ca-management.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/cio.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/cluster.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/control.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/country.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/crowbar.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/dhcp-server.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/dns-server.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/docker.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/drbd.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/fcoe-client.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/firstboot.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/fonts.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/geo-cluster.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/installation.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-client.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-lio-server.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/kdump.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/live-installer.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/mail.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/network.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/nis.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/ntp-client.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/packager.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/pkg-bindings.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/printer.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/rdp.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/rear.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/registration.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/reipl.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-client.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-server.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/security.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/services-manager.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/snapper.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/storage.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/update.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/users.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/vm.ms.po
trunk/yast/ms/po/vpn.ms.po
Log:
ms merged
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/add-on.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -68,13 +68,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-client.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-client.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-client.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1110 +16,1666 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-server.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-server.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/auth-server.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -291,8 +291,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -435,12 +434,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -466,8 +465,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -475,7 +474,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -556,8 +555,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1816,8 +1815,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2191,7 +2189,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2259,7 +2257,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,237 +2418,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/autoinst.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/autoinst.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/autoinst.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -50,14 +50,13 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. unique id
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -238,7 +237,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -246,73 +245,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -366,8 +349,15 @@
"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. import "Arch";
#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
#. Package: Auto-installation
#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
@@ -375,65 +365,51 @@
#. the system as described in the profile file.
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr ""
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr ""
@@ -477,55 +453,63 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
msgid "Configure users and groups"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
@@ -533,15 +517,15 @@
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
@@ -553,7 +537,15 @@
msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -562,26 +554,27 @@
#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -655,11 +648,11 @@
#. Select packages
#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
@@ -670,19 +663,19 @@
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr ""
@@ -921,6 +914,11 @@
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
@@ -1371,8 +1369,7 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -1489,7 +1486,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1499,7 +1496,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1830,67 +1827,6 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Script Configuration
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
@@ -2106,12 +2042,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2122,45 +2058,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2170,14 +2106,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2186,7 +2122,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2289,20 +2225,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
msgid "Cannot update system time."
msgstr ""
@@ -2323,71 +2259,71 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr ""
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr ""
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
msgid "Post"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
msgid "Init"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2395,76 +2331,76 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2472,43 +2408,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2551,14 +2487,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2566,14 +2502,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/base.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/base.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/base.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -76,232 +76,232 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr ""
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
msgstr ""
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr ""
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr ""
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr ""
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr ""
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr ""
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr ""
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr ""
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -425,14 +425,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -464,12 +464,12 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr ""
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
@@ -528,22 +528,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr ""
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr ""
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -563,55 +563,55 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -619,12 +619,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr ""
@@ -683,46 +683,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -730,14 +730,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -765,27 +765,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -801,23 +801,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
#, fuzzy
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Vietnamese"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr ""
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr ""
@@ -871,19 +871,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr ""
@@ -997,9 +997,75 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1007,7 +1073,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1015,7 +1081,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1194,7 +1260,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1218,7 +1284,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1422,27 +1488,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1452,7 +1518,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1462,7 +1528,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1470,18 +1536,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1509,7 +1575,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
@@ -1520,7 +1586,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -1584,19 +1650,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
msgid "Error:"
msgstr ""
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
msgid "Message:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1649,7 +1715,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr ""
@@ -1735,7 +1801,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr ""
@@ -1827,6 +1893,224 @@
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
@@ -1868,20 +2152,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -1890,7 +2174,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -1901,8 +2185,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -1912,29 +2196,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr ""
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -1942,7 +2226,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -1952,60 +2236,60 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr ""
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -2013,27 +2297,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -2043,389 +2327,389 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "TAP"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr ""
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2436,14 +2720,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2459,135 +2743,6 @@
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -2672,61 +2827,14 @@
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr ""
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr ""
-
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -2740,35 +2848,74 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2777,57 +2924,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2838,34 +2985,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2874,7 +3021,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2884,83 +3031,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2968,99 +3115,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3070,64 +3217,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3138,27 +3285,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3166,20 +3313,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3243,12 +3390,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3256,34 +3403,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3295,7 +3442,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3304,7 +3451,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3313,7 +3460,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3321,7 +3468,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3334,126 +3481,126 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Finnish"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3465,7 +3612,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3479,7 +3626,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3491,16 +3638,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3511,7 +3658,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3522,62 +3669,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
msgid "ID: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
msgid "Name: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
msgid "Created: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3591,7 +3738,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3605,12 +3752,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3623,7 +3770,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3636,12 +3783,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3655,7 +3802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3669,17 +3816,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -3689,7 +3836,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -3697,7 +3844,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3705,7 +3852,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -3714,23 +3861,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3744,12 +3891,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3762,7 +3909,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr ""
@@ -3771,84 +3918,84 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Macedonian"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
-msgid "Slide Sho&w"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-msgid "&Details"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -4444,37 +4591,44 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
msgid ""
-"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+msgid ""
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr ""
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
-msgid ""
+msgid_plural ""
"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr[0] ""
#. error report
#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
@@ -4482,7 +4636,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4513,7 +4667,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4521,7 +4675,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -4588,13 +4742,13 @@
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4670,8 +4824,8 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
msgid "Module"
msgstr ""
@@ -5424,54 +5578,6 @@
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
-
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Import"
#~ msgstr "Feringgi"
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/bootloader.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/bootloader.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/bootloader.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,935 +17,446 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
-msgid "The key of the option"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+msgid "D&isks"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
-msgid "The value of the option"
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
-msgid "Value was not specified."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
+msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+"\n"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
-msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
-msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
-msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
+msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
+msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
-msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
+msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
-msgid "Re&type Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-msgid "Secure Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
msgid "set"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
msgid "remove"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
msgid "do not change"
msgstr ""
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
-msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
-msgid "Use &graphical console"
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
-msgid "&Console resolution"
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
-msgid "&Console theme"
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
-msgid "Select File"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
+"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
+"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Please wait...<br></p>"
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
+msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
+msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
+msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
+msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
+msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr ""
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
-msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
-msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
-"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. proposal part - bootloader label
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
msgid "Booting"
@@ -957,185 +468,121 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/ca-management.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/ca-management.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/ca-management.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -129,8 +129,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -202,8 +201,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr ""
@@ -1839,14 +1837,14 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
@@ -1854,29 +1852,28 @@
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2155,8 +2152,7 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2202,28 +2198,23 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/cio.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/cio.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/cio.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -42,11 +42,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/cluster.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/cluster.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/cluster.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -202,169 +202,169 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -455,99 +455,99 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Finnish"
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/control.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/control.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/control.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,238 +16,573 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
+msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
-msgid "Live Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
-msgid "Disk"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
+msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
-msgid "Time Zone"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
+msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
-msgid "User Settings"
+msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
+msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
-msgid "System for Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
-msgid "Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
+msgid "System for Update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-msgid "Perform Update"
+msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
+msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/country.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/country.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/country.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
msgstr ""
#. summary label
@@ -736,56 +736,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -803,12 +803,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
@@ -903,190 +903,195 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Itali"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Portugis"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
#, fuzzy
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Portugis"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
#, fuzzy
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Yunani"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Danish"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norwegian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Swedish"
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Czech"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Slovak"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Slovenia"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Hungarian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polish"
# ui/galeon.glade.h:273
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Russian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Serbian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estonian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Lithuanian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Turkish"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Croatian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
#, fuzzy
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belgium"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Icelandic"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukraine"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Korean"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Bahasa Arab"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tadjikistan"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr ""
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:272
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Romanian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
msgid "US International"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/crowbar.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/crowbar.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/crowbar.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -21,19 +21,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -45,11 +35,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -168,124 +158,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -293,91 +291,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -386,7 +384,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -431,40 +429,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Finnish"
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/dhcp-server.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/dhcp-server.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/dhcp-server.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -57,9 +57,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -99,242 +97,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -359,190 +362,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -550,60 +513,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -611,48 +574,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -660,10 +623,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -671,61 +634,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -733,8 +696,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -742,135 +705,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -883,15 +846,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -903,7 +866,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1116,7 +1079,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1140,7 +1103,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1151,9 +1114,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1169,51 +1132,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1221,80 +1184,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1574,8 +1537,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1593,17 +1555,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1611,7 +1565,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1619,7 +1573,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1629,7 +1583,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1639,14 +1593,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1654,7 +1608,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1663,7 +1617,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1672,7 +1626,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1681,14 +1635,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1698,14 +1652,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1713,7 +1667,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1723,7 +1677,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1732,7 +1686,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1741,7 +1695,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1750,21 +1704,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1772,14 +1726,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1787,40 +1741,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1829,7 +1783,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1840,7 +1794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1848,14 +1802,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1863,14 +1817,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1880,45 +1834,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1926,7 +1880,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1936,23 +1890,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1962,103 +1916,103 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
#, fuzzy
msgid "On"
msgstr "Oman"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
#, fuzzy
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "New Caledonia"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2066,7 +2020,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2074,7 +2028,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2082,208 +2036,197 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2294,101 +2237,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2396,22 +2339,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/dns-server.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/dns-server.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/dns-server.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -298,8 +298,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -371,11 +370,10 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
@@ -393,7 +391,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -403,9 +401,9 @@
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
@@ -418,8 +416,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -449,12 +447,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -483,14 +480,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
@@ -553,8 +550,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -578,7 +575,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -603,131 +600,88 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -735,181 +689,181 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr ""
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr ""
@@ -918,8 +872,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
@@ -929,9 +883,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr ""
@@ -940,108 +894,151 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Norway"
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. check box
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1049,116 +1046,116 @@
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr ""
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1169,105 +1166,105 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "Feringgi"
#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr ""
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1276,13 +1273,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
@@ -1292,79 +1289,73 @@
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr ""
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr ""
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr ""
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr ""
-
#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr ""
@@ -1372,24 +1363,24 @@
#.
#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1397,32 +1388,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -2195,200 +2186,200 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/docker.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/docker.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/docker.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,6 +16,110 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -57,14 +161,6 @@
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
msgid "Image ID"
msgstr ""
@@ -85,15 +181,11 @@
msgid "Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portuguese"
msgid "Ports"
@@ -131,10 +223,59 @@
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/drbd.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/drbd.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/drbd.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -220,15 +220,16 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -254,11 +255,11 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -267,20 +268,22 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -290,7 +293,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -300,14 +303,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -316,7 +319,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -324,7 +327,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -332,14 +335,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -347,7 +350,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -356,7 +359,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -364,7 +367,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -372,50 +375,126 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -517,83 +596,83 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -601,46 +680,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/fcoe-client.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/fcoe-client.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/fcoe-client.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -485,33 +485,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr ""
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr ""
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -519,157 +519,157 @@
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
msgid "Check services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Finnish"
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr ""
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr ""
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
msgstr ""
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/firewall.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,6 +16,16 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
msgid ""
@@ -167,7 +177,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr ""
@@ -557,7 +567,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr ""
@@ -568,8 +578,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -623,28 +633,28 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr ""
@@ -764,10 +774,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -1250,217 +1260,219 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
msgid "Set value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
msgid "Record number"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -1473,180 +1485,180 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
msgid "Interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
msgid "Log all"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
msgid "Short"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr ""
@@ -1655,168 +1667,179 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Feringgi"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
msgid "All ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/firstboot.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/firstboot.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/firstboot.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -111,11 +111,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/fonts.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/fonts.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/fonts.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,59 +19,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/geo-cluster.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/geo-cluster.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/geo-cluster.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -59,10 +59,8 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -114,17 +112,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -132,25 +130,24 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -159,177 +156,184 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/installation.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/installation.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/installation.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -94,29 +94,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr ""
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
msgid "Starting Installation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -172,28 +172,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -240,47 +240,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -457,7 +417,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -484,52 +444,26 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -539,7 +473,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -548,7 +482,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -556,7 +490,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -565,7 +499,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -573,22 +507,53 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -678,7 +643,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -687,43 +652,43 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -740,42 +705,43 @@
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -794,7 +760,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
@@ -819,73 +785,76 @@
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr ""
+# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Finnish"
+
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
-msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
msgstr ""
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
+msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "Finnish"
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -907,27 +876,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -935,7 +904,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -943,7 +912,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1052,7 +1021,7 @@
#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1084,7 +1053,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1107,102 +1076,102 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1210,7 +1179,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1219,12 +1188,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+msgid ""
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1276,8 +1291,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1459,7 +1474,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
@@ -1479,7 +1494,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1533,6 +1548,22 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
@@ -1590,64 +1621,77 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1658,42 +1702,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
@@ -1721,7 +1759,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1731,7 +1769,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1740,7 +1778,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1749,7 +1787,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1758,7 +1796,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1766,12 +1804,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1780,7 +1818,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1794,6 +1832,11 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1801,19 +1844,109 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1821,19 +1954,19 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-client.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-client.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-client.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -106,7 +106,6 @@
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,49 +164,64 @@
msgid "Startup"
msgstr ""
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Feringgi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Kenya"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr ""
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr ""
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -216,9 +230,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr ""
@@ -399,27 +413,25 @@
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr ""
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
msgid "No record found."
msgstr ""
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
msgid ""
"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -432,13 +444,18 @@
"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -446,37 +463,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Perancis"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -567,7 +584,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -575,12 +592,13 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-lio-server.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-lio-server.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/iscsi-lio-server.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -37,15 +37,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr ""
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -62,7 +61,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portugal"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -85,7 +84,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
msgid "LUN"
msgstr ""
@@ -98,157 +97,163 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suriname"
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Surinam"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Kenya"
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Kenya"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -368,19 +373,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -388,12 +398,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -402,19 +412,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -423,204 +433,210 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr ""
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
msgid "Path:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
msgid "Change:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "France"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Perancis"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -634,11 +650,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/ms/po/journalctl.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/journalctl.ms.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/journalctl.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# Malay translations for opensuse-i package.
+# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
+# Automatically generated, 2016.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: ms\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/kdump.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/kdump.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/kdump.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -361,10 +361,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1095,150 +1093,165 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/live-installer.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/live-installer.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/live-installer.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -37,27 +37,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -67,78 +67,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -146,7 +128,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -233,7 +215,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/mail.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/mail.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/mail.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -246,71 +246,76 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr ""
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
msgid "Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Vanuatu"
msgid "manual"
msgstr "Vanuatu"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "daemon"
msgstr ""
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr ""
@@ -318,7 +323,7 @@
#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
@@ -329,7 +334,7 @@
#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -338,39 +343,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr ""
@@ -380,23 +385,23 @@
#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
#. ),
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
msgid "Local user"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
msgid "Display as"
msgstr ""
@@ -405,23 +410,23 @@
#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf"))
#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error popup
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr ""
@@ -429,106 +434,106 @@
#. list<string> lmod = [];
#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
msgid "&User name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
msgid "Alias"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -767,12 +772,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -780,56 +785,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message,
#. %1 is a file name,
#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n"
@@ -837,163 +842,163 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr ""
#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr ""
#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:153
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr "German"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr ""
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
msgid "MTA"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
msgid "From Header"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/network.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/network.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/network.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -317,26 +317,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -347,26 +347,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr ""
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""
@@ -640,76 +640,76 @@
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -810,70 +810,70 @@
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr ""
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr ""
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr ""
@@ -1000,27 +1000,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1029,8 +1029,8 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1040,158 +1040,158 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr ""
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr "Antarctica"
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "Vietnamese"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1199,13 +1199,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1216,20 +1216,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1247,60 +1247,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1310,12 +1310,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1509,23 +1520,23 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr ""
@@ -1583,7 +1594,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1591,7 +1602,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1604,20 +1615,20 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr ""
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1627,12 +1638,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1641,7 +1652,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -1803,7 +1814,7 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -1813,14 +1824,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1828,138 +1839,137 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -1967,7 +1977,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr ""
@@ -2421,29 +2431,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2600,127 +2610,127 @@
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2803,27 +2813,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2833,7 +2843,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2843,98 +2853,98 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Kenya"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2949,38 +2959,46 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -2988,111 +3006,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3164,8 +3132,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3191,28 +3159,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3244,28 +3212,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "Vietnamese"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3303,40 +3271,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3555,47 +3523,47 @@
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr ""
@@ -3604,7 +3572,7 @@
#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
msgid "configured"
msgstr ""
@@ -3653,7 +3621,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3676,7 +3644,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3688,442 +3656,438 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4131,30 +4095,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4163,22 +4127,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/nfs.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -127,14 +127,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -345,12 +345,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -358,54 +358,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
msgid "Start services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/nis.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/nis.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/nis.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -231,8 +231,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
+msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
@@ -343,11 +344,6 @@
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/ntp-client.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/ntp-client.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/ntp-client.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -31,66 +31,66 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -295,310 +295,302 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
msgid "NTP client configuration module."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
msgid "The address of the server"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
msgid "The address of the peer"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
msgid "The options of the relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Peer"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
msgid "Local Radio Clock"
msgstr ""
#. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
msgid "Reading the settings failed."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "New Synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. Server editing dialog
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "NTP Peer"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Local Reference Clock"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
msgid "&Reference ID"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "&Stratum"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Flag &1"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Flag &2"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Flag &3"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
msgid "Flag &4"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
@@ -619,7 +611,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -629,7 +621,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -639,14 +631,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -654,14 +646,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -669,7 +661,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -681,14 +673,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -697,7 +689,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -706,7 +698,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -714,7 +706,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -722,7 +714,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -730,7 +722,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -739,7 +731,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -747,7 +739,7 @@
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -759,49 +751,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -809,7 +801,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -819,7 +811,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -827,7 +819,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -840,7 +832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -848,7 +840,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -858,7 +850,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -867,7 +859,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -881,17 +873,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -901,14 +893,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
#. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
msgid ""
"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
"replace the current NTP server.\n"
@@ -917,44 +909,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Select the Device"
msgstr ""
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
msgstr ""
#. message report (no server selected)
#. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
msgid "Select an NTP server."
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
msgid "All Countries"
msgstr ""
#. combo box header
#. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
msgid "&Country"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
msgid ""
"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -962,206 +954,206 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
msgid "Address"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "No server is selected."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
msgid "A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
msgid "Only &Manually"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
msgid "Now and on &Boot"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
msgstr ""
#. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "Vanuatu"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
msgid "Auto"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
msgid "&Custom Policy"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
msgid "&Select..."
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
msgid "&Test"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
msgid "Synchronization Type"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
msgid "Display &Log..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
msgid "Clock &Type"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
msgid "Unit &Number"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
msgid "Create &Symlink"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
msgid "Access Control Options"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
msgid "&Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
msgid "&Peer"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
msgid "&Radio Clock"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
msgid "Loc&al Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
msgid "&Public NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
msgid "NTP Server Location"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
msgid "&Lookup"
msgstr ""
@@ -1175,149 +1167,157 @@
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr ""
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
-#. progress step
#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr ""
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr ""
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/packager.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/packager.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/packager.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -489,11 +489,6 @@
msgid "&Media"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
#, fuzzy
@@ -530,7 +525,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -764,7 +759,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -772,7 +767,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1272,42 +1267,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1319,32 +1314,37 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
#.
@@ -1352,82 +1352,88 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
msgstr ""
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr ""
-
#. update the trusted flag
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
msgid ""
@@ -1449,27 +1455,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
msgid "&Show Full Log"
msgstr ""
#. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
msgstr ""
#. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
msgid "Installation aborted by user."
msgstr ""
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1477,13 +1483,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ""
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
msgid "Done."
msgstr ""
@@ -1491,14 +1497,14 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr ""
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
#, fuzzy
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr "Kenya"
@@ -1506,7 +1512,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
@@ -1515,41 +1521,41 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr ""
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1672,7 +1678,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
@@ -1688,12 +1694,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1701,50 +1707,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr ""
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1753,34 +1759,42 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
msgid "&Language"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -1791,42 +1805,43 @@
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -1922,7 +1937,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -1967,100 +1982,100 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2069,53 +2084,53 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2125,23 +2140,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2150,42 +2165,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2193,17 +2208,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2213,20 +2228,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2239,7 +2254,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2247,11 +2262,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2263,12 +2278,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2276,72 +2291,72 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "Feringgi"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2356,7 +2371,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2365,12 +2380,16 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2378,7 +2397,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2386,7 +2405,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2396,7 +2415,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2405,25 +2424,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2433,19 +2452,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2634,18 +2653,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
msgid ""
"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
"before updating the system.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/pkg-bindings.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/pkg-bindings.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/pkg-bindings.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,12 +44,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/printer.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/printer.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/printer.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -205,8 +205,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -435,8 +435,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2540,56 +2540,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2627,74 +2627,74 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2705,34 +2705,34 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Saint Lucia"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2741,25 +2741,25 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2767,7 +2767,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2786,28 +2786,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2815,25 +2815,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2853,53 +2853,53 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/rdp.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/rdp.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/rdp.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -93,52 +93,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr ""
#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr ""
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/rear.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/rear.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/rear.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -231,11 +231,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/registration.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/registration.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/registration.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,27 +16,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -53,9 +32,9 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -69,30 +48,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -229,29 +208,25 @@
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-msgid "Connection time out."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -267,39 +242,39 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
-msgid "Registration failed."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -309,23 +284,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -333,26 +308,44 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -361,7 +354,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -370,14 +363,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""
@@ -387,34 +380,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -422,7 +415,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -436,7 +429,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -447,39 +440,39 @@
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -546,34 +539,38 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr ""
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr ""
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -588,7 +585,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
@@ -644,32 +641,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr ""
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "&Version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr ""
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
@@ -693,10 +690,8 @@
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr ""
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -705,56 +700,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. the UI defition for the main dialog
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+msgid "Register System via %s"
msgstr ""
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr ""
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
msgstr ""
@@ -762,51 +765,34 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
"\n"
"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
msgstr ""
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
@@ -831,22 +817,22 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
@@ -854,16 +840,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -894,17 +870,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
msgid "Priority: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -963,17 +939,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr ""
@@ -983,38 +959,38 @@
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr ""
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1061,15 +1037,66 @@
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
msgstr ""
-#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show.
+#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Local Registration Servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "No registration server selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default registration server
+#.
+#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr ""
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Key"
#~ msgstr "Kenya"
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/reipl.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/reipl.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/reipl.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -24,11 +24,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-client.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-client.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-client.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -790,86 +790,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-server.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-server.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/samba-server.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/security.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/security.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/security.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -116,280 +116,247 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -398,33 +365,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -432,7 +399,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -441,7 +408,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -450,7 +417,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -458,14 +425,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -473,7 +440,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -483,7 +450,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -491,12 +458,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -504,26 +471,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -531,35 +498,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -577,7 +544,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -587,7 +554,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -596,7 +563,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -605,7 +572,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -616,21 +583,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -638,26 +605,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -669,7 +636,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -677,23 +644,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -705,13 +672,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -723,7 +690,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -735,38 +702,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -824,163 +839,236 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -996,63 +1084,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/services-manager.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/services-manager.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/services-manager.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -267,11 +267,11 @@
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/snapper.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/snapper.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/snapper.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -47,265 +47,265 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
msgstr ""
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Singapura"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -326,17 +326,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/storage.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/storage.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/storage.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -82,8 +82,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -145,7 +144,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -762,7 +765,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -780,7 +783,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -790,7 +793,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -800,7 +803,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -810,7 +813,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -821,7 +824,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -831,7 +834,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -844,7 +847,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -854,7 +857,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -866,7 +869,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -877,7 +880,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -889,11 +892,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -991,53 +994,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1046,7 +1049,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1056,7 +1059,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1066,7 +1069,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1081,13 +1084,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1114,7 +1117,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1125,7 +1128,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1145,7 +1148,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1154,7 +1157,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1451,7 +1454,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1466,17 +1469,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1508,7 +1511,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1521,7 +1524,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1534,7 +1537,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1556,7 +1559,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1715,7 +1718,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1730,12 +1733,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1743,26 +1746,26 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2020,11 +2023,9 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
@@ -2055,9 +2056,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2079,8 +2079,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2097,8 +2096,7 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
msgid "Delete..."
@@ -2158,39 +2156,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Amerika Syarikat"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2198,54 +2202,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2254,17 +2258,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2274,7 +2278,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2283,56 +2287,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2340,8 +2344,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2353,33 +2357,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2389,7 +2393,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2398,12 +2402,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2586,110 +2590,115 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Norway"
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Norway"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2697,51 +2706,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2751,50 +2760,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2834,8 +2843,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
msgid "Resize"
msgstr ""
@@ -2926,8 +2934,7 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
msgid "Add..."
@@ -3030,50 +3037,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3081,7 +3088,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "Amerika Syarikat"
@@ -3090,32 +3097,32 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "Amerika Syarikat"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3213,12 +3220,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3513,12 +3520,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3552,9 +3559,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3564,14 +3571,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3912,17 +3919,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4185,7 +4192,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -4910,38 +4917,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4951,7 +4971,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4965,7 +4985,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4978,7 +4998,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4987,7 +5007,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4995,7 +5015,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5004,24 +5024,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5029,12 +5049,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5042,97 +5062,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5140,7 +5160,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5148,7 +5168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5156,18 +5176,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5751,50 +5771,41 @@
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
msgstr ""
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5803,35 +5814,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/update.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/update.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/update.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -757,19 +757,19 @@
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
msgid ""
"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
"%{packages}"
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/users.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/users.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/users.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,539 +125,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -779,11 +246,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1024,93 +486,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1262,6 +637,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1285,6 +676,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1299,11 +697,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1471,6 +888,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1559,6 +1000,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1568,6 +1023,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1686,6 +1159,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1711,6 +1193,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2325,7 +1822,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2401,6 +1899,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2420,6 +1923,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2535,6 +2043,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2545,6 +2058,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2802,6 +2335,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3077,6 +2616,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3094,6 +2640,344 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3536,7 +3420,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3548,204 +3432,204 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
# ui/galeon.glade.h:138
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finnish"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3753,14 +3637,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3769,7 +3653,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3778,7 +3662,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3786,14 +3670,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3801,14 +3685,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3816,7 +3700,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3824,7 +3708,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3832,14 +3716,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3847,7 +3731,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3855,7 +3739,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -3864,7 +3748,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -3874,19 +3758,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3894,14 +3778,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3910,7 +3794,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3919,7 +3803,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3928,14 +3812,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -3943,7 +3827,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -3952,20 +3836,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -3973,7 +3857,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -3981,22 +3865,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4014,21 +3898,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4145,7 +4029,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4153,7 +4037,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4163,7 +4047,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4171,37 +4055,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4209,7 +4093,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4217,20 +4101,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4238,7 +4122,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4247,22 +4131,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/vm.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/vm.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/vm.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -41,151 +41,151 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -198,26 +198,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ms/po/vpn.ms.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ms/po/vpn.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
+++ trunk/yast/ms/po/vpn.ms.po 2016-09-02 21:38:46 UTC (rev 96698)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -287,102 +287,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -467,32 +467,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -500,28 +500,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
1
0
02 Sep '16
Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:38:35 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96697
Added:
trunk/yast/mr/po/journalctl.mr.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po
trunk/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po
Log:
mr merged
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-11 20:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Ameya Palande <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -68,15 +68,16 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>मिडीया: %1, मार्ग: %2, वस्तू: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "अधिक वस्तू मिळवण्याचे अयशस्वी झाले."
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr ""
-
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1160 +16,1770 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Name"
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "नाव"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा."
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "आपल्याला खरोखरच विभाजन काढून टाकायचे आहे काय %1?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delete"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "हटवा"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "नाव"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "मूल्य"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Service"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "वर्णन"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "चाळणी:"
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "None"
msgid "None."
msgstr "कोणी नाही"
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Optional Parameter File"
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "पर्यायी निकष फाईल"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्वारण पद्धत"
-
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Filter:"
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "चाळणी:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
-msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा."
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "क्षेत्र"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "क्षेत्र"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selections"
-msgid "Sections"
+msgid "Service Options"
msgstr "निवड"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Service"
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा"
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "क्षेत्र"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Create Service"
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
-msgstr "सेवा तयार करा"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "नाव"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "मूल्य"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr "आपल्याला खरोखरच विभाजन काढून टाकायचे आहे काय %1?"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "वर्णन"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem Parameters"
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Filter:"
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "चाळणी:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
-msgstr "भाग %1 खरोखर कमी करावा?"
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
-msgstr "आपल्याला खरोखरच विभाजन काढून टाकायचे आहे काय %1?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Parameter Details"
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr "मॉडेम पॅरामिटर डीटेल्स"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Logging enabled"
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr "नोंदी कार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "ही अभिव्यक्ती संपादन पर्यायात उघडू इच्छिता का?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
+msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "सेवा"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "क्षेत्र"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Identification:"
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "ओळख:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Authentication Mode"
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "These services will be enabled"
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "ह्या सेवा कार्यान्वित होईल"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "हा डोमेन आधीच ठरवण्यात आला आहे"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा."
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile."
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This domain is already defined."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "हा डोमेन आधीच ठरवण्यात आला आहे"
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Password for LDAP server"
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port"
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr " सुरक्षित एलडिएपि पोर्ट "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n"
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर पॅकेज स्थापित केले जाईल.\n"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्वारण पद्धत"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Create Service"
+#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "सेवा तयार करा"
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Modem Parameters"
+#~ msgid "More Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#~ msgstr "भाग %1 खरोखर कमी करावा?"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
+#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#~ msgstr "ही अभिव्यक्ती संपादन पर्यायात उघडू इच्छिता का?"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "सेवा"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Identification:"
+#~ msgid "Identification provider:"
+#~ msgstr "ओळख:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "These services will be enabled"
+#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#~ msgstr "ह्या सेवा कार्यान्वित होईल"
+
#~ msgid "Cancel"
#~ msgstr "रद्द करा"
@@ -1187,6 +1797,3 @@
#~ msgid "Edit"
#~ msgstr "संपादन"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete"
-#~ msgstr "हटवा"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -293,8 +293,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी"
@@ -437,12 +436,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr "गुप्तशब्द"
@@ -468,8 +467,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "शिष्टाचार"
@@ -477,7 +476,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -558,8 +557,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1822,8 +1821,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2197,7 +2195,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2267,7 +2265,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची मांडणी"
@@ -2428,237 +2426,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "गुणविशेष"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr "DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr "पोर्ट"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr "दिवस"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "तास"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "मिनिटे"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "सेकंद"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "ह्याला काही वेळ लागू शकेल"
@@ -49,14 +49,13 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. unique id
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -267,7 +266,7 @@
msgstr "पहिल्या टेबलमधून फाईल निवडा."
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -278,75 +277,59 @@
"</p>"
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "प्रगती"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr "स्व-स्थापीत मांडणीप्रमाणे यंत्रणा संरचीत होत आहे"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr "संरचित करत आहे %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr "संरचित करत नाही %1"
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "पोस्ट-स्क्रिप्ट्स वापरत आहे"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services"
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "सेवा परत सुरू करत आहे"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "संरचना संपत आहे"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 ची चौकशी करत आहे"
@@ -407,8 +390,15 @@
"%1"
msgstr "एस यू एस ई कॉपिंग शब्दावली अयशस्वी ठरली"
-#. import "Arch";
#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
#. Package: Auto-installation
#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
@@ -416,7 +406,7 @@
#. the system as described in the profile file.
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
@@ -424,59 +414,45 @@
"<p>\n"
"स्व-स्थापनेकरता यंत्रणा तयारी करत असल्यामुळे कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr "हार्डवेअरची चौकशी करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल पुन्हा मिळवून वाचा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल पार्स करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr "सुरवातीची संरचना"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr "आपोआप स्थापनेकरता यंत्रणा तयार केली जात आहे"
#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr "चौकशी करण्यापूर्वीची पायरी"
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr "हार्डवेअरची चौकशी केली जात आहे..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल पार्स करत आहे"
@@ -520,59 +496,69 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>स्थव-स्थापनेकरता यंत्रणा तयार होईपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "स्थापने पूर्वीच्या वापरायच्या स्क्रिप्ट्स अंमलबजावित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "साधारण बांधणी संरचित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "भाषा नक्की करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "विभागणी ठराव निर्माण करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निवडी संरचित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
msgid "Configure users and groups"
msgstr "ध्वनिचा गट संरचित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configure Drives"
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr "संरचित चालक"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "स्थापने पूर्वीच्या वापरायच्या स्क्रिप्ट्स अंमलबजावित करा"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "साधारण मांडणी संरचित करत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set up language"
msgid "Setting up language..."
@@ -582,17 +568,17 @@
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "विभागणी ठराव निर्माण करत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "फाईल यंत्रणा दुरूस्त होत आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निवडी संरचित करत आहे..."
@@ -606,7 +592,19 @@
msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..."
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr "किकस्टार्ट फाईल आयात होत आहे..."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuring language..."
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "ऑटोमेटेड स्थापनेकरता यंत्रणा तयार करत आहेत"
@@ -615,7 +613,7 @@
#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -624,12 +622,12 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -637,8 +635,9 @@
"विभाजक संरचना करताना चूक.\n"
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n"
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -718,11 +717,11 @@
#. Select packages
#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
@@ -737,21 +736,21 @@
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "OS installation source is not configured"
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr "OS स्थापना स्त्रोताची संरचना केलेली नाही"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr "पॅकेज माहितीसंग्रह वाचत आहे..."
@@ -1038,6 +1037,11 @@
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr "&साधन नाव"
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
@@ -1541,8 +1545,7 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "स्थापिते"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "डिरेक्टरी निवडा"
@@ -1666,7 +1669,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "RNG वैधतेबरोबर XML तपासले जात आहे..."
@@ -1677,7 +1680,7 @@
msgstr "भाग %1 सापडत नाही."
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "RNC वैधतेबरोबर XML तपासले जात आहे..."
@@ -2076,67 +2079,6 @@
" निर्माण करु शकता.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "प्रोटोकोल HTTP(S) मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही. सेवा संगणक सांकेतीक परत पाठवा %2."
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "प्रोटोकोल FTP मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही. सेवा संगणक सांकेतीक परत पाठवा %2."
-
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr "%1/%2 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
-
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
-
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr "स्वार करणे %1 अपयशी ठरले."
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr "सीडीवरील फाईल वाचता येऊ शकली नाही. मार्ग: %1/%2."
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr "दुरस्थ फाईल %1 परत मिळविली जाऊ शकत नाही"
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr "%1 फाईल सापडू शकत नाही"
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr "प्रोटोकोल TFTP मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही."
-
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr "अनोळखी शिष्टाचार %1."
-
#. Script Configuration
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
@@ -2422,12 +2364,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr "ऑटोयास्ट फाईल पार्स करताना XML पार्सरने चूक असा अहवाल दाखविला. चूक संदेश असा:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2443,46 +2385,46 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "प्रोफाईल वापरा"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "फ्लॉपीवरून नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "TFTP सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "NFS सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "HTTP सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "FTP सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "फाईलमधून नियंत्रण फाईल प्रतिकृत होत आहे: %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "उपकरणावरून नियंत्रण फाईल प्रतिकृत होत आहे: /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "मूळ ठिकाणावरून नियंत्रण फाईल प्रतिकृत होत आहे."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "अवैध स्त्रोत."
@@ -2492,7 +2434,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2502,7 +2444,7 @@
"<p> प्रणाली वापरुन नियंत्रण फाईलच्या जवळजवळ \n"
" सर्व साधनांचा आकृतीबंध करता येऊ शकतो.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
@@ -2517,7 +2459,7 @@
"AutoYaST वापरुन दुसरी प्रणाली स्थापित करण्यासाठी वापरला जातो.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2627,24 +2569,24 @@
msgstr " नवीन GPG कीज बाहेरुन मागवत नाही."
#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr "वेळ विभाग संग्रहीत करा..."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot mount file system."
msgid "Cannot update system time."
@@ -2670,18 +2612,18 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "चालक"
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not detected."
msgid "Not yet cloned."
@@ -2689,23 +2631,23 @@
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "स्थापने अगोदरची स्क्रिप्ट"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "स्थापने नंतरची स्क्रिप्ट"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr "सीचरूट स्क्रिप्ट"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr "इनइट स्क्रिप्ट"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr "स्थापने नंतरची स्क्रिप्ट"
@@ -2713,33 +2655,33 @@
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "च्याआधी"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
msgid "Post"
msgstr "पोस्ट्"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
msgid "Init"
msgstr "इनइट"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr "सीएरूट"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
#, fuzzy
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr "विभाजन चालू"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
@@ -2750,29 +2692,29 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजस तपासली जात आहेत..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Retrieving image file..."
msgid "Store image to ..."
@@ -2780,60 +2722,60 @@
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Archive created successfully"
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "अर्काइव्ह यशस्वीपणे निर्माण केला गेला"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image directory..."
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "ISO प्रतिमेची डिरेक्टरी तयार करत आहे..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "ठिक"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2841,19 +2783,19 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
@@ -2861,29 +2803,29 @@
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "निवडलेले साचे"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "एकेरी निवडलेली पॅकेजेस"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "काढून टाकण्याची पॅकेजेस"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "कर्नेल पॅकेजेसला जोर करा"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr "पॅकेजची सोडवणूक अपयशी ठरली. कृपया ऑटोयास्ट संक्षेपातीलसॉफ्टवेयर विभाग बघा."
@@ -2931,14 +2873,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "संरचना माहिती गोळा करत आहे..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2946,7 +2888,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "फाईलबद्दल मत लिहू शकत नाही %1."
@@ -2954,7 +2896,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
@@ -2972,6 +2914,36 @@
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&ठीक आहे"
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+#~ msgstr "प्रोटोकोल HTTP(S) मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही. सेवा संगणक सांकेतीक परत पाठवा %2."
+
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+#~ msgstr "प्रोटोकोल FTP मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही. सेवा संगणक सांकेतीक परत पाठवा %2."
+
+#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "%1/%2 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+#~ msgstr "स्वार करणे %1 अपयशी ठरले."
+
+#~ msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+#~ msgstr "सीडीवरील फाईल वाचता येऊ शकली नाही. मार्ग: %1/%2."
+
+#~ msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ फाईल %1 परत मिळविली जाऊ शकत नाही"
+
+#~ msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+#~ msgstr "%1 फाईल सापडू शकत नाही"
+
+#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+#~ msgstr "प्रोटोकोल TFTP मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही."
+
+#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+#~ msgstr "अनोळखी शिष्टाचार %1."
+
#~ msgid "Configure runlevel"
#~ msgstr "चालू पातळी संरचित करा"
@@ -3105,9 +3077,6 @@
#~ " अधिक माहितीसाठी, दस्तावेजाचा सल्ला घ्या..\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
-#~ msgid "Configure Drives"
-#~ msgstr "संरचित चालक"
-
#~ msgid "&Drive"
#~ msgstr "&चालक"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -73,79 +73,79 @@
msgstr "हे यास्ट2 मॉड्यूल सूचना ओळ पडद्याकरता सहाय्य करीत नाही."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "उपलब्ध सूचनांच्या पूर्ण यादीकरता 'मदत' कळ वापरा."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "उपलब्ध सूचनांच्या पूर्ण यादीकरता 'यास्टt2 %1 मदत' वाप."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "अनोळखी आज्ञा: %1"
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "पर्याय '%1' चुकला."
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "आज्ञेसाठी अनोळखी पर्याय '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "पर्यायासाठी अयोग्य किंमत '%1': %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "विकल्पाकरता अवैध मूल्य '%1' -- अपेक्षित '%2',मिळालेले %3"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "विकल्पाला '%1' कोणतीही किंमत असू शकत नाही. ही दिलेली किंमत आहे: %2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "उपलब्ध विकल्पाला पूर्ण यादीकरता '%1 %2 मदत' वापरा."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "उपलब्ध विकल्पाला पूर्ण यादीकरता 'यास्ट2 %1 %2 मदत' वापरा."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "यास्ट पृथकरण %1\n"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "मदत उपलब्ध नाही"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "आज्ञा '%1'"
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -154,14 +154,14 @@
" पर्याय:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -170,139 +170,139 @@
" उदाहरण:"
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module."
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "ही YaST2 प्रणाली आहे."
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "मूळ नमुना:"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr " यास्ट %1 <command> [व्हर्बोस] [पर्याय]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " यास्ट2 %1 <command> मदत"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <command> [पर्याय]"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <command> मदत"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "आज्ञा:"
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "मदत उपलब्ध नाही."
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr "उपलब्ध विकल्पाला यादीकरता 'यास्ट2 %1 <सूचना> मदत' वापरा."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "लक्ष्य फाईल नाव('एक्सएमएलफाईल' विकल्प) हरवले आहे. एक्सएमएलफाईल =<लक्ष्य_एक्सएमएल_फाईल> सूचना ओळ विकल्प वापरा."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "लक्ष्य फाईल नाव('एक्सएमएलफाईल' विकल्प) रिकामे आहे. एक्सएमएलफाईल =<लक्ष्य_एक्सएमएल_फाईल> सूचना ओळ विकल्प वापरा."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "किंवा '%1'"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "आज्ञा निर्देशित करा '%1'."
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "आज्ञापैकी एक निर्देशित करा: %1."
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "आज्ञापैकी फक्त एक आज्ञा निर्देशित करा: %1."
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे."
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "तयार"
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "सुरु करणे"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "संपवत आहे"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr "Done"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "बाहेर पडत आहे (बदल न करता)"
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "हो किंवा नाही?"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr "योय"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr "नाहीं"
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "ह्या स्थापनेच्या पध्दतीच्या कामाचा मार्ग सूचीत झाला नाही."
@@ -440,14 +440,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "संस्थापित करणे सुरू ठेवा"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "संस्थापन करण्यात व्यत्यय"
@@ -481,14 +481,14 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the installation source."
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr "प्रणाली स्थापीत करत असताना चूक सापडली."
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "%1ची किंमत अयोग्य आहे."
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "सुरू होताना"
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाताने"
@@ -550,22 +550,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "सेवा सुरू"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "सेवा चालू आहे"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही"
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -597,48 +597,48 @@
"लगेच पुन्हा सुरू करा, वापरा <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "आता सेवा सुरू करा"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "आता सेवा बंद करा"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "बदल संग्रहीत करा आणि आता सेवा पुन्हा सुरू का"
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "&आता सेवा सुरू करा"
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "&आता सेवा बंद करा"
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "बदल संग्रहीत करा आणि आता सेवा पुन्हा सुरू का"
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद"
#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: "
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -649,12 +649,12 @@
"<b>%1</b>.</p>सेट करा."
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP पाठिंबा सक्रिय करा"
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP पाठिंबा सक्रिय करा"
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "खाली"
@@ -716,12 +716,12 @@
msgstr "दर्शवलेली फाईल अस्तित्वात आहे. ती परत लिहा?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr "TSIG कळ ओळखचिन्ह दर्शवला नाही."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@
"ती कायमची काढून टाका?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -739,27 +739,27 @@
"ती कायमची काढून टाका? "
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr "आता कळ तयार होईल. सुरू ठेवा? "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "TSIG कळ तयार करण्यास अयशस्वी."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "अपेक्षित फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही"
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr "कोणतीही TSIG कळ सुचविलेल्या फाईलमध्ये नाही."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@
"आडेन्टिफायरसहित TSIG की असते जुन्या कीज काढून टाकल्या जातील. पुढे चालू ठेवायचे"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@
"हा डायलॉग TSIG की हाताळण्यासाठी वापरा.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@
"<b>Add</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
"<b>जनरेट</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -820,27 +820,27 @@
"सर्वप्रथम सर्व्हरने आकृतीबंधात ती वापरणे थांबवले पाहिजे.</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेली TSIG कळ तयार करा"
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr "TSIG कळ नवीन तयार करा"
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr "&कळ ओळखकर्ता"
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "गोळा करा"
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr "सत्य TSIG कळ"
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -856,22 +856,22 @@
msgstr "कळ ओळखकर्ता"
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "फाइलचे नाव"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "&निवडलेले पर्याय"
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "सध्याचे पर्याय: "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
@@ -935,19 +935,19 @@
"वापरा.</p>"
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "&उपलब्ध"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr "संपरचित करण्यासाठी <B>संपादन करा</B>दाबा"
@@ -1103,9 +1103,89 @@
"<p>काही वातावरणात, सर्व किंवा\n"
"एफ कळ उपलब्द नाहीत.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings"
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings"
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे"
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "सेवेची स्थिती"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: "
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Activate During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "बूटींग दरम्यान सुरु करा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Running"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "चालू आहे"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "S&top now ..."
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "आता थांबवा ..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start now ..."
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "आता सुरूवात करा ..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1115,7 +1195,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1125,7 +1205,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1303,7 +1383,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "सोडा"
@@ -1326,7 +1406,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
@@ -1551,27 +1631,27 @@
msgstr "नियंत्रक फाईल %1 सापडली नाही."
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "खरोखरच स्थापनेतून बाहेर यायचे आहे का?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "यास्ट प्रणाली दुरूस्तीत खरंच व्यत्यय?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "प्रणाली दुसरूस्त व्यत्यय"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "प्रणाली दुसरूस्त व्यत्यय चालू ठेवा"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1584,7 +1664,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1598,7 +1678,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1609,18 +1689,18 @@
"तुम्हाला पुन्हा स्थापना करायला हवी."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "खरंच व्यत्यय?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "सर्व बदल!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&तपशील..."
@@ -1648,7 +1728,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हो"
@@ -1659,7 +1739,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "नाही"
@@ -1723,7 +1803,7 @@
msgstr "नोंद चूक: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Warning:"
#| msgid_plural "Warnings:"
@@ -1731,7 +1811,7 @@
msgstr "इशारा:"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error:"
#| msgid_plural "Errors:"
@@ -1740,8 +1820,8 @@
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Message:"
#| msgid_plural "Messages:"
@@ -1797,7 +1877,7 @@
msgstr "काढून करा"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "विविध"
@@ -1894,7 +1974,7 @@
msgstr "&परवली शब्द टाका:"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr "GPG की %1 की उघडण्यासाठी पासफ्रेज प्रविष्ट करा: "
@@ -2001,6 +2081,234 @@
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "नोंदी वाचत असताना चूक सापडली."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr "अनोळखी भाग"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"कोणत्याही '%1' फायरवॉल विभागाशी पडदा संबधीत नाही.\n"
+"यास्ट2 फायरवॉल वापरा आणि संबंध करा.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr "बहि:स्थ भाग"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr "अंत:स्थ भाग"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr "भाग सैनिक मुक्त करा"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+"अनेक फायरवॉल झोन्समधे '%1' इंटरफेसचा समावेश आहे.\n"
+"आकृतीबंध तसाच चालू ठेवल्यास चुका येऊ शकतात.\n"
+"\n"
+"आकृतीबंध सोडून द्यायची व हाताने तो\n"
+"फाईलमधे दुरुस्त करण्याची शिफारस करण्यात येते'/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना सुरू होत आहे"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr "जाळे उपकरणासाठी तपास सुरू आहे"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr "कदाचित एकमेकांच्यात येणाऱ्या सुविधा तपासा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr "जाळे उपकरण तपासत आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr "सध्याची संरचना वाचत आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचत आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "फायरवॉलचे पृथ:करण लिहीत आहे"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr "फायरवॉल सेवा अनुकुल करा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहिण्यास अनुकुल करत आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr "रचना लिहण्यास अयशस्वी"
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr "सेवेचे प्रकार"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "GPG Public Keys"
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr "GPG सार्वजनिक कीज"
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr "अनोळखी सेवा '%1'"
+
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
@@ -2045,20 +2353,20 @@
msgstr "हया विभागांकरता कोणतीही पडदे दिलेले नाहीत."
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये उघडे पोर्ट असलेले महाजाल पडदे"
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2071,7 +2379,7 @@
"पुढे जायचे आहे का?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2087,8 +2395,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2103,29 +2411,29 @@
"पुढे जायचे का?"
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये महाजाल उघड्या पोर्टसहीत पडदे"
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "सर्व चयन करा"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "निवडा काही नाही"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2133,7 +2441,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2146,7 +2454,7 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2155,7 +2463,7 @@
"टिचकी मारा <b>%2</b>.<br>"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2164,47 +2472,49 @@
" हा पर्याय उपलब्ध.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये ठिकाण उघडा"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr "फायरवॉल आणि विस्तृत वर्णन"
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये ठिकाण उघडा"
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल आणि विस्तृत वर्णन"
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall Settings"
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr "फायरवॉल उघडत आहे"
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "मोडेम"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड"
@@ -2212,27 +2522,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
@@ -2242,395 +2552,395 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त नोंदी पत्ते"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "ARCnet महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "Asynchronous ट्रान्सफर मोड (ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ जोडणी"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Bond नेटवर्क"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "समान लींक संपर्क वर्कस्टेशनकरता (CLAW)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "चॅनेल ते चॅनेल पडदा (CTC)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL जोडणी"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "नकली महाजाल उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "एन्टर फाईल्स कनेक्टर (ESCON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "इथरनेट"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "इथरनेट महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "फायबरचॅनेल सीसीस्ट कनेक्टर (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "होत परफारन्स संमातर पडदा (HIPPI)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Hipersockets"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "हायफर सॉकेट पडदा (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN जोडणी"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "इनफ्रारेड नेटवर्क उपकरण"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "इनफ्रारेड उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "इन्टर युझर कमुनीकेशन व्हेईकल्स (IUCV)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "लूपबॅक"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "लूपबॅक उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "मायरीनेट"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "मायरीनेट महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "समांतर ओळ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "संमातर ओळ जोडणी"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSA-एक्सप्रेस or QDIO उपकरण (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6-इन-IPv4 Encapsulation उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "अनुक्रमे ओळ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "अनुक्रमे ओळीचे संपर्क"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "टोकण रिंग"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "टोकन बेल महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB महाजाल उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare महाजाल उपकरण"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "बिनतारी"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "वायरलेस महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP महाजाल"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "व्हर्च्यूहल युजर्स"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "पूल"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "महाजाल मोड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "FTP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "इनफिनीबॅड"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "इनफ्रारेड उपकरण"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "अनोळखी उपकरण"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP सेवा संगणक"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "DHCP वापरून IP पत्ता सोपवला"
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा प्रकार"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा आयडी"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "संपर्क साधला."
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "ह्या LAN वर सादरकर्त्याकरता तपासत आहे..."
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "&NFS सेवा संगणक"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "दूरस्थ सादरकर्ता"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "निर्यात केलेली संचिका"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2645,14 +2955,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2671,142 +2981,6 @@
"पोर्ट क्रमांक हा 0 ते 65535 मधील क्रमांक असेल.\n"
"मोकळ्या जागांना अनुमती नाही.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr "बहि:स्थ भाग"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr "अंत:स्थ भाग"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr "भाग सैनिक मुक्त करा"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr "अनोळखी भाग"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-"अनेक फायरवॉल झोन्समधे '%1' इंटरफेसचा समावेश आहे.\n"
-"आकृतीबंध तसाच चालू ठेवल्यास चुका येऊ शकतात.\n"
-"\n"
-"आकृतीबंध सोडून द्यायची व हाताने तो\n"
-"फाईलमधे दुरुस्त करण्याची शिफारस करण्यात येते'/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"कोणत्याही '%1' फायरवॉल विभागाशी पडदा संबधीत नाही.\n"
-"यास्ट2 फायरवॉल वापरा आणि संबंध करा.\n"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना सुरू होत आहे"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr "जाळे उपकरणासाठी तपास सुरू आहे"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr "कदाचित एकमेकांच्यात येणाऱ्या सुविधा तपासा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr "जाळे उपकरण तपासत आहे..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr "सध्याची संरचना वाचत आहे..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचत आहे..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "फायरवॉलचे पृथ:करण लिहीत आहे"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr "फायरवॉल सेवा अनुकुल करा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहिण्यास अनुकुल करत आहे..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr "रचना लिहण्यास अयशस्वी"
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -2897,62 +3071,14 @@
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr "SSH वर यंत्रणा तुम्ही स्थापीत आहात, पण तुम्ही SSH फायरवॉलवरील स्थान उघडलेले नाही."
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr "सेवेचे प्रकार"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr "अनोळखी सेवा '%1'"
-
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना संस्थापित करण्याची आवश्यकता"
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -2967,36 +3093,78 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचत आहे..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "फाईल एकत्रितपणाचा तपास फसला:"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना पुन्हा करून पाहायची आहे का?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "स्थापनामध्ये थांबवायची आहे का?"
@@ -3005,57 +3173,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "चूकः %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "पॅकेज विस्थापित होत आहे %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "पॅकेज विस्थापित होत आहे"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना %1 फसली."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
@@ -3071,29 +3239,29 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "\"अ\" बाजू"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "\"ब\" बाजू"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1x %2"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1x %2"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3102,7 +3270,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
@@ -3115,7 +3283,7 @@
"ही सूची संपर्कात आहे का ते तपासा."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
@@ -3129,53 +3297,53 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "बाहेर पडा"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "DNS आपोआप परत बोलावले आहे"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "स्थापनेचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "माध्यम वगळायचे आहे का?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "वाईट माध्यम विसरत आहे..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&युआरएल"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे "
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली."
@@ -3183,9 +3351,9 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "दूरच्या संदर्भाचे वर्णन मिळवू शकले नाही."
@@ -3193,24 +3361,24 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "नवीन मेटाडेटा मिळविताना चूक झाली"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडाटा अवैध आहे."
@@ -3219,97 +3387,97 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "पुर्नजीवनाचा पुन: प्रयत्न करायचा का?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 ची चौकशी करत आहे"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "स्रोताच्या चौकशीचा तपशील"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडाटा अवैध आहे."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पॅकेज %1 लागू करत आहे..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "पॅकेज: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट %1 सुरु करत आहे (पॅच %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट चालवत आहे"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "पॅकेज: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "स्क्रिप्टचा आऊटपुट"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3318,7 +3486,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3328,38 +3496,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "नूतनीकरण"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस तपासली जात आहे"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस पुर्ननिर्मित होत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेला काही वेळ लागेल."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3368,16 +3536,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस बदलत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेत थोडा वेळ लागेल."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3386,13 +3554,13 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "सर्व स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा"
@@ -3404,30 +3572,30 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "लक्ष्यसूची सुरवात करताना असमर्थ झाली"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "MySQL डेटाबेस"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
@@ -3436,20 +3604,20 @@
msgstr "युआरएल: %1"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "आकार: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3523,12 +3691,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेसची स्थापना अयशस्वी झाली"
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3539,12 +3707,12 @@
"कदाचित YaST नीट काम करणार नाही.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "आवश्यक असणारे पॅकेज संस्थापित केल्याशिवाय चालू होऊ शकत नाही."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3553,22 +3721,22 @@
"यास्ट व्यवस्थित काम करू शकणार नाही.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "पॅकेज परवाना नक्की करा: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "मी मान्य आहे"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "मी अमान्य आहे"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3591,7 +3759,7 @@
"अशा पॅकेजची स्थापना नाकारण्यासाठी,<b>I Disagree with All</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3605,7 +3773,7 @@
"\t\t वस्तूबद्दल वर्णन पाहण्यासाठी यादीतून मजकूर निवडा.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3619,7 +3787,7 @@
"\t\t संदर्भ मेनूने, सर्व वस्तूंची स्थिती ही तु्म्ही बदलू शकता.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3631,7 +3799,7 @@
"\t\t जेथे तुम्ही स्वतंत्र सॉफ्टवेअर पॅकेजेस पाहू व निवडू शकता.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3651,149 +3819,149 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअरची निवड व प्रणाली जबाबदाऱ्या"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "अधिक..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "स्थापन करणे संपले.\n"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "नोंद निरोप: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "सेवा फसली: %1."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "एकूण पुर्नबांधणी केलेले पॅकेजेस:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "एकूण पुर्नबांधणी केलेले पॅकेजेस:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजची संख्या:"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "पॅकेजेस"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
#, fuzzy
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "उपयोक्ता नाव:%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "स्थापित आकार"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "एकूण उतरविण्याची आकार: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "बॅकअप आकडेवारी:"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "संस्थापन"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "अधिक माहिती"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "पूर्ण करा"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3805,7 +3973,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3825,7 +3993,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3842,18 +4010,18 @@
"तरीही ते प्रस्थापित करायचे?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr " &स्वाक्षरी नसलेल्या फाईल्स स्वीकारा "
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
@@ -3871,7 +4039,7 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे आहे का?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
@@ -3889,70 +4057,70 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे आहे का?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr "बेरीजतपासणी मिळू शकली नाही"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "नाव: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr " निर्माण करा%1$s "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ID: %1"
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "नाव: %1"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट:"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: "
msgstr " निर्माण करा%1$s "
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3974,7 +4142,7 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
@@ -3996,12 +4164,12 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "वैधतेचा तपास अयशस्वी झाला"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4021,7 +4189,7 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे का? "
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4041,12 +4209,12 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे का? "
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "अज्ञात जीएनयुपीजी कळ"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
@@ -4072,7 +4240,7 @@
"गाळणे हेच योग्य ठरेल."
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
@@ -4098,17 +4266,17 @@
"गाळणे हेच योग्य ठरेल."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr "अविश्वासू सार्वजनिक कळ आयात करा"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4123,7 +4291,7 @@
"यंत्रेनेतील सॉफ्टवेअर वर थोडासा कंट्रोल ठेवण्यास मदत होते.</p>"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
@@ -4139,7 +4307,7 @@
"तर कळीच्या मालकाने निर्माण केलेली पॅकेजेस <tt>%1</tt> ही सूचना दाखवते.</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -4147,7 +4315,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The GnuPG key %1\n"
@@ -4172,17 +4340,17 @@
"करण्यासाठी पूर्वी ही कळला मालकाचीच आहे."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "अविश्वासू GnuPG आयात करा"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Trust"
msgid "&Trust"
@@ -4190,7 +4358,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4212,13 +4380,13 @@
"तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "इशारा"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4236,7 +4404,7 @@
"तरीही ते प्रस्थापित करायचे?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "अनोळखी फाईल प्रणाली"
@@ -4246,85 +4414,85 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "ड्रायवर स्थापित होत आहे..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "माध्यम"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "वेळ"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
#, fuzzy
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांना कृत्याची परवानगी:\n"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>पॅकेजेस स्थापीत होईपर्यंत कृपया वाट पाहा.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
+msgstr "अधिक माहिती"
+
+#. tab
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "चलचित्र दाखवा"
-#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-msgid "&Details"
-msgstr "अधिक माहिती"
-
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "अपडेट करा"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "स्थापना करा"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4333,7 +4501,7 @@
"कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "अर्धवट सोडून दिले"
@@ -4928,38 +5096,46 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ उपकरण"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
msgid ""
-"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+msgid ""
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr "हा निरोप परत दाखवू नका"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
-msgid ""
+msgid_plural ""
"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
#. error report
#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
@@ -4967,7 +5143,7 @@
msgstr "इनट्रीड निर्मिती दरम्यान चूक झाली."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -5000,7 +5176,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -5011,7 +5187,7 @@
"संयोगचिन्हे असतात. संयोगचिन्ह कॉम्पोनन्टची सुरुवात किंवा समाप्ती करणार नाही, व शेवटचा कॉम्पोनन्ट आकडयाने सुरु होणार नाही."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5115,13 +5291,13 @@
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr "CD..."
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr ""
@@ -5209,8 +5385,8 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modules"
msgid "Module"
@@ -5968,67 +6144,7 @@
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "सेवेची स्थिती"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status: "
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: "
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Activate During Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "बूटींग दरम्यान सुरु करा"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings"
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Running"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "चालू आहे"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "S&top now ..."
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "आता थांबवा ..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Start now ..."
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "आता सुरूवात करा ..."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "योग्य संदर्भ माध्यम चढवू शकले नाही."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -14,697 +14,574 @@
"\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना मॉड्युल"
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
-msgstr "बूट लोडरचा संरचना सारांश"
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
+msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही."
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी"
+
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज"
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "वर्गामध्ये कमीत कमी एक मुद्रणयंत्र हवे."
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज"
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "फिल्टर स्थापिते"
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
-msgstr "ठरवलेल्या विकल्पाची किंमत छापा"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "तबकड्या"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
-msgid "The key of the option"
-msgstr "विकल्पाची कळ"
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "उपकरण"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
-msgid "The value of the option"
-msgstr "पर्यायी किंमत"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+msgstr ""
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
-msgid "Value was not specified."
-msgstr "किंमत दर्शवली नाही."
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना साठवले जात आहे..."
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
-msgstr "पर्याय सुचवला नाही."
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Value: %1"
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "मूल्य: %1"
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "ही यंत्रणा आता पुन्हा सुरू करा..."
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
-msgstr "सुचविलेला पर्याय अस्तित्वात नाही."
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><big><b>बूट मेनू</b></big><br></p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
msgstr ""
-"<b>बूट पार्टिशनसाठी पार्टीशन टेबलमध्ये एक्टीव फ्लॅग सेट करा</b><br>\n"
-"बूटलोडरचा समावेश असलेले पार्टिशन सक्रिय करण्यासाठी,\n"
-"<b>अक्टिव्हेट बूटलोडर पार्टिशन</b> निश्चित करा. त्यानंतर जेनेरिक MBR कोड \n"
-"सक्रिय पार्टिशन बूट करतो. जरी बूट लोड जेनेरिक MBR मधे स्थापित असेल तरी जुन्या BIOSes साठी एक पार्टिशन सक्रिय असणे आवश्यक आहे.</p>"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>सेकंदांमध्ये संपण्याची वेळ</b><br>\n"
-"डिफॉल्त कर्नेल लोड होईपर्यंत बूटलोडर किते वेळ थांबेल हे सांगते..</p>\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " (default)"
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr " (मूळ)"
+
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p> <b>Set as Default</b> दाबून आपण निवडलेला\n"
-"विभाग डिफॉल्ट म्हणून चिन्हांकित करता. बूट होत असताना\n"
-" बूटलोडर एक बूट मेन्यू पुरवेल व प्रयोक्त्याने बूट करण्यासाठी कर्नेल अगर दुसरी ओएस\n"
-" निवडण्यासाठी थांबेल. वेळ संपेपर्यंत कोणतीच की दाबली गेली नाही तर डिफॉल्ट कर्नेल अगर ओएस\n"
-"बूट केली जाईल. बूट लोडर\n"
-" मेन्यूमधील विभागांचा क्रम <b>Up</b> आणि <b>Down</b>बटने वापरुन बदलता येतो. </p>\n"
+"\n"
+"आपण कोणताही बूट लोडर स्थापित करत नसल्यास,\n"
+"कदाचित प्रणाली सुरु होणार नाही.\n"
+"\n"
+"पुढे चालू करायचे?\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>जेनेरिक कोड MBR च्या जागी घालणे.</b></big><br>\n"
-"आपल्या डिस्कच्या मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्ड ऐवजी जेनेरिक कोड \n"
-"घालण्यासाठी (ओएस जेनेरिक कोड, ज्यामुळे सक्रिय पार्टिशन बूट होते),<b>रिप्लेस MBR विथ जेनेरिक\n"
-"कोड),</b>निश्चित करा.</b>.</p>"
+"<p><big><b>बूट लोडरचा प्रकार</b></big><br>\n"
+"Tबूट लोडर स्थापित करायचा किंवा काय आणि कोणता बूट लोडरस्थापित\n"
+"करायचा हे निवडण्यासाठी, <b>बूट लोडर</b>वापरा.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर प्रकार: %1"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1"
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
+msgstr "एलडिएपि सिक्यूअर पोर्ट: % १"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Yes"
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "होय"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>बूट फ्रॉम बूट पार्टिशन </b> एक शिफारस केलेला पर्याय, दुसरा आहे कर \n"
-"<b>पार्टिशनमधील बूट</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
+msgstr "स्थान: %1"
+
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
+msgstr "हार्डडिस्कची आज्ञा: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-"<p>-<b>मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्डमधून बूट करणे</b> \n"
-"संगणकावर आणखी एकादी कार्य प्रणाली स्थापित\n"
-"असल्यास शिफारस करण्यात येत नाही.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>रुट पार्टिशनमधून बूट करा</b>या पर्यायाची शिफारसजेव्हा जेव्हा योग्य पार्टिशन असेल तेव्हा करण्यात येते.\n"
-"आवश्यक असेल मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्ड अद्यतन करण्यासाठी बूट लोडर ऑप्शन्समध्ये एमबीआरला जेनेरिक बूट\n"
-"कोड लिहा किंवा हा विभाग चालूकरण्यासाठीतुमचा बूट मॅनेजर\n"
-"सक्रिय करा.<p><p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>कस्टम बूट पार्टिशन </b> च्यावरून बूट करण्यासाठी पार्टिशन निवडू देते </p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>सीरीयल कनेक्शन पॅरामीटर्स </b> सीरीयल कन्सोल साठी आपणास \n"
-" निकषांची व्याख्या करु देते. अधिक माहितीसाठी कृपया grub दस्तावेद (<code>info grub</code>) पहा.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
-#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>टर्मिनल डेफिनिशन </b></p><br>\n"
-"आपणास जे टर्मिनल वापरायचे आहे ते सांगते. सीरीयल टर्मिनलसाठी (उदा. सीरीयल कन्सोल),\n"
-"आपण <code>सीरीयल</code> नमूद करणे आवश्यक आहे. आपण <code>सीरीयल कन्सोल</code> म्हणून\n"
-"कमांडकडे <code>सीरीयल कन्सोल</code> देखील पाठवू शकता. अशा वेळी, आपण \n"
-"कोणतीही की दाबाल ते टर्मिनल GRUB टर्मिनल म्हणून निवडले जाईल.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>फॉलबॅक सेक्शन्स जर डिफॉल्ट अयशस्वी ठरला</b> मधे सेक्शनक्रमांकांची सूची समाविष्ट असते\n"
-"जी डिफॉल्ट सेक्शन बूट करण्यासारखा नसल्यास बूटींगसाठी वापरली जाईल.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>सिलेक्टिंग<b>हाईड मेन्यू ऑन बूट </b> बूट मेन्यू लपवेल </p>"
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>पासवर्ड फॉर द मेन्यू इंटरफेस </b><br>\n"
-"बूट मेन्यू अक्सेस करण्यासाठी आवश्यक असलेल्या पासवर्डची व्याख्या करा. आपण पुन्हा <b>रीटाईप पासवर्ड</b> मधे पुनरावृत्ती केल्यास YaST फक्त\n"
-"पासवर्ड स्वीकारेल.</p>"
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
+msgstr "स्थान: %1"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+msgstr "एक दशांश सेकंदात वेळ संपली"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>डिस्क्स ऑर्डर</b></big><br>\n"
-"BIOS मधील ऑर्डरनुसार डिस्क्सची ऑर्डर नमूद करण्यासाठी, \n"
-"डिस्कचा क्रम पुन्हा लावण्यासाठी<b>अप</b> आणि <b>डाऊन</b>बटणे वर खाली करा.</p>"
+"<p><b>सेकंदांमध्ये संपण्याची वेळ</b><br>\n"
+"डिफॉल्त कर्नेल लोड होईपर्यंत बूटलोडर किते वेळ थांबेल हे सांगते..</p>\n"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "बूट पार्टिशनसाठी पार्टिशन तक्त्यात सक्रिय फ्लॅग निश्चित करा."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
-msgstr "एक दशांश सेकंदात वेळ संपली"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<b>बूट पार्टिशनसाठी पार्टीशन टेबलमध्ये एक्टीव फ्लॅग सेट करा</b><br>\n"
+"बूटलोडरचा समावेश असलेले पार्टिशन सक्रिय करण्यासाठी,\n"
+"<b>अक्टिव्हेट बूटलोडर पार्टिशन</b> निश्चित करा. त्यानंतर जेनेरिक MBR कोड \n"
+"सक्रिय पार्टिशन बूट करतो. जरी बूट लोड जेनेरिक MBR मधे स्थापित असेल तरी जुन्या BIOSes साठी एक पार्टिशन सक्रिय असणे आवश्यक आहे.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
-msgstr "मूळ बूट भाग"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "MBR साठी सर्वसाधारण बूट कोड लिहा."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
-msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
-msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><big><b>जेनेरिक कोड MBR च्या जागी घालणे.</b></big><br>\n"
+"आपल्या डिस्कच्या मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्ड ऐवजी जेनेरिक कोड \n"
+"घालण्यासाठी (ओएस जेनेरिक कोड, ज्यामुळे सक्रिय पार्टिशन बूट होते),<b>रिप्लेस MBR विथ जेनेरिक\n"
+"कोड),</b>निश्चित करा.</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
-msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
-msgstr "डिफॉल्ट अयशस्वी झाल्यास फॉलबॅक सेक्शन्स"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
-#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "बूटवर मेन्यू लपवा"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
-msgstr "मेन्यू इंटरफेससाठी पासवर्ड"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>सिलेक्टिंग<b>हाईड मेन्यू ऑन बूट </b> बूट मेन्यू लपवेल </p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
-msgstr "फ्लॅग डीबग करत आहे."
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
+msgstr ""
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
-msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
-msgstr "परवलीशब्दाच्या मदतीने बूट लोडरचे संरक्षण करा"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Security Event Notification"
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना"
+msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "वैकल्पीत कर्नेल सूचना ओळ पॅरामीटर्स"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरामीटर </b> आपणास केर्नेलकडे पाठवण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त निकषांची व्याख्या करू देते </p>"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
-msgid "Re&type Password"
-msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्द परत लिहा"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
-msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
+#| msgid "1st"
+msgid "set"
+msgstr "पहिला"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन"
+#| msgid "Remove"
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr "कमी करा"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
+msgid "do not change"
msgstr ""
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय"
+#| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
+msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा"
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स"
+#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1"
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
+msgstr "एलडिएपि सिक्यूअर पोर्ट: % १"
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय"
-
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Secure"
-msgid "Secure Boot"
-msgstr "सुरक्षित"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा"
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरामीटर </b> आपणास केर्नेलकडे पाठवण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त निकषांची व्याख्या करू देते </p>"
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+msgstr "परवलीशब्दाच्या मदतीने बूट लोडरचे संरक्षण करा"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Vga मोड</b> बूटिंगच्या वेळी केर्नेलने सेट करण्याच्या <i>कन्सोल</i> साठी Vga मोडची व्याख्या करते </p>"
+#| msgid "Security Event Notification"
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+msgid "Re&type Password"
+msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्द परत लिहा"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-msgstr "वैकल्पीत कर्नेल सूचना ओळ पॅरामीटर्स"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+msgid "The password must not be empty."
+msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr "VGA मोड"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
+msgid ""
+"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
+"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+"'परवलीशब्द' आणि 'परत लिहिलेला परवलीशब्द'\n"
+"दोन्ही जुळत नाही. परत परवली शब्द लिहा."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr "%1x%2, %3 बीट्स (मोड %4)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr "सामान्य प्रिंटर"
-
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Unspecified"
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr "निर्देश न केलेले"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "1st"
-msgid "set"
-msgstr "पहिला"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Remove"
-msgid "remove"
-msgstr "कमी करा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
-msgid "do not change"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>पासवर्ड फॉर द मेन्यू इंटरफेस </b><br>\n"
+"बूट मेन्यू अक्सेस करण्यासाठी आवश्यक असलेल्या पासवर्डची व्याख्या करा. आपण पुन्हा <b>रीटाईप पासवर्ड</b> मधे पुनरावृत्ती केल्यास YaST फक्त\n"
+"पासवर्ड स्वीकारेल.</p>"
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Autodetected card"
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
-msgstr "कार्ड आपोआप शोधणे"
-
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "अनुक्रम पडदा"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "काँफ्लिक्ट रिझोल्यूशन"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "इनव्हेलिड अर्गुमेन्ट"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Autodetected card"
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+msgstr "कार्ड आपोआप शोधणे"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "अनुक्रम पडदा"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "इनव्हेलिड अर्गुमेन्ट"
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+msgstr "मूळ बूट भाग"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p> <b>Set as Default</b> दाबून आपण निवडलेला\n"
+"विभाग डिफॉल्ट म्हणून चिन्हांकित करता. बूट होत असताना\n"
+" बूटलोडर एक बूट मेन्यू पुरवेल व प्रयोक्त्याने बूट करण्यासाठी कर्नेल अगर दुसरी ओएस\n"
+" निवडण्यासाठी थांबेल. वेळ संपेपर्यंत कोणतीच की दाबली गेली नाही तर डिफॉल्ट कर्नेल अगर ओएस\n"
+"बूट केली जाईल. बूट लोडर\n"
+" मेन्यूमधील विभागांचा क्रम <b>Up</b> आणि <b>Down</b>बटने वापरुन बदलता येतो. </p>\n"
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
-msgid "Select File"
-msgstr "फाईल निवडा"
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण"
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही."
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
+msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
+msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr "सध्याचा बूट अद्ययावतकरता विकल्प मांडणी केली नाहीत "
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड"
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
+msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन"
+
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disk Order"
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
+msgstr "तबकडीची आज्ञा"
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"आपण कोणताही बूट लोडर स्थापित करत नसल्यास,\n"
-"कदाचित प्रणाली सुरु होणार नाही.\n"
-"\n"
-"पुढे चालू करायचे?\n"
+"<p><big><b>डिस्क्स ऑर्डर</b></big><br>\n"
+"BIOS मधील ऑर्डरनुसार डिस्क्सची ऑर्डर नमूद करण्यासाठी, \n"
+"डिस्कचा क्रम पुन्हा लावण्यासाठी<b>अप</b> आणि <b>डाऊन</b>बटणे वर खाली करा.</p>"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "संरचना फाईल्स संपादीत करा"
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
+msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr "नवीन संरचना सुचवा"
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr "स्क्रॅचेसपासून सुरू"
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr "तबकडीपासून संरचना पुन्हा वाचा"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1"
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgstr "एलडिएपि सिक्यूअर पोर्ट: % १"
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr "हार्डडिस्कचा MBR पुन्हा स्थापीत करा"
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
+#. error report
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "विभाजनामुळे, बूट लोडर व्यवस्थितरित्या स्थापना होऊ शकणार नाही. "
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr "डिस्कवर बूट लोडरचा बूट कोड लिहा."
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
+msgstr "कोणताही बूटलोडर स्थापन करू नका"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "इतर"
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "बूटीग"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr "MBR यशस्वीरीत्या पुन्हा साठविले."
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "बूटीग"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr "MBR पुन्हा साठवून ठेवण्यात अयशस्वी."
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "स्थापनेकरता बूट लोडर निवडलेला नाही. यंत्रणा बुटेबल नाही"
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी लिहिण्यास अयशस्वी."
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही."
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापना आणि अधिक माहिती"
-
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+#| "Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P><BIG><B>बूट लोडर आकृतीबंधाचे साधन</B></BIG><BR>\n"
"आपल्या बूट लोडरवरील सेटिंग्ज बदला.</P>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -712,651 +589,615 @@
"<P><B><BIG>बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध जतन करणे.</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#. grub2 is sooo cool...
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
+msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>अन्य</B> पासून\n"
-"आपण हाताने बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध फाईल्स संपादित करु शकाल, सध्याचा\n"
-"आकृतीबंध मोकळा करु शकाल व नवीन आकृतीबंधाचा प्रस्ताव ठेवू शकाल.\n"
-"स्क्रॅच पासून सुरुवात करा किंवा आपल्या डिस्कवर साठवलेला आकृतीबंध पुन्हा वाचा. %1</P>"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
-"<P>बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध फाईल्स हाताने संपादित करण्यासाठी, \n"
-"<B>आकृतीबंध फाईल्स संपादित करा</B> वर क्लिक करा.</P>"
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P> तक्त्यात, प्रत्येक विभाग बूट मेन्यूमधील एक आयटेमचे\n"
-"प्रतिनिधित्व करतो.</P>"
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
+msgstr "बूट उपकरण मिळाले नाही"
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
+#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-"<P>निवडलेल्या विभागाची वैशिष्टये प्रदर्शित करण्यासाठी<B>एडिट</B>\n"
-"दाबा</P>"
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
+msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
-"<P><b>सेट अज डिफॉल्ट</b>दाबून,\n"
-"निवडलेल्या विभागावर डिफॉल्ट म्हणून खूण करा. बूटिंग करतांना बूट लोडर मेन्यू पुरवेल व \n"
-"उपभोक्त्याने बूट करण्यासाठी कर्नेल किंवा \n"
-"इतर OS निवडण्याची वाट पाहील. वेळ संपेपर्यंत कोणतीही की न दाबल्यास, डिफॉल्ट\n"
-"कर्नेल किंवा OS बूट होईल. बूट लोडर मेन्यूमधील सेक्शन्सचा\n"
-"क्रम<B>अप</B> आणि <B>डाऊन</B> बटणे वापरुन बदलता येऊ शकेल.</P>"
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#. activate set or there is already activate flag
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
+msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
msgstr ""
-"<P>नवीन बूट लोडर सेक्शन निर्माण करण्यासाठी <B>अड</B>दाबा.\n"
-"किंवा निवडलेला सेक्शन पुसण्यासाठी <B>डिलीट</B> दाबा.</P>"
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>बूट लोडरचे ठिकाण</b></big><br>\n"
-"पुढील मार्गांनी बूट लोडर मॅनेजर (%1) स्थापित करता येऊ शकतोः</p>"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>-<b>मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्ड</b> (MBR)मधे.\n"
-"संगणकावर आणखी एकादी कार्य प्रणालीस्थापित\n"
-"असल्यास याला शिफारस करण्यात येत नाही.</p>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
+msgid "Check boot loader"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर तपासा"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- <b>बूट</b>च्या किंवा रुट पार्टिशनच्या<tt>/बूट सेक्टर</tt> मधे.<tt>/</tt> \n"
-"जेव्हा जेव्हा योग्य पार्टिशन असेल तेव्हा या पर्यायाची शिफारस करण्यात येते.\n"
-"आवश्यक असेल तर मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड अपडेट करण्यासाठी\n"
-"एकतर बूट लोडर स्थापन तपशीलात<b>अक्टिव्हेट बूट लोडर पार्टिशन</b>आणि\n"
-"<b>रिप्लेस MBR वुईथ जेनेरिक कोड</b> निश्चित करा\n"
-"किंवा &उत्पादन सुरु करण्यासाठी\n"
-" आपल्या दुस-या बूट मॅनेजरचा आकृतिबंध बनवा.\n"
-"</p>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
+msgid "Read partitioning"
+msgstr "विभाजन वाचा"
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- काही <b>अन्य</b> पार्टिशनमधे. हा पर्याय निवडतांना\n"
-"आपल्या प्रणालीच्या मर्यादा विचारात घ्या.</p>"
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
+msgid "Load boot loader settings"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी भरा"
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>उदाहरणार्थ, अनेक पीसीज मधे BIOS मर्यादा असते\n"
-"जी 1024 पेक्षा छोट्या हार्ड डिस्क सिलेंडर्सना बूट करण्यावर\n"
-"मर्यादा आणते. वापरलेल्या बूट मॅनेजरनुसार, आपण तार्किक पार्टिशनवरुन बूट करु शकाल\n"
-"किंवा शकणार नाही.</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
+msgid "Checking boot loader..."
+msgstr "बूट लोडर तपासला जात आहे..."
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-" इनपुट फिल्डमधे पार्टिशनवरुन डिव्हाईसचे<tt>/dev/hda3</tt>\n"
-"नांव प्रविष्ट करा. (उदाहरणार्थ,...)</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
+msgid "Reading partitioning..."
+msgstr "विभाजने वाचली जात आहे..."
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>बूट लोडरच्या स्थापनेचा तपशील</b></big><br>\n"
-"प्रगत बूट लोडर स्थापना पर्याय जुळवून घेण्यासाठी (डिव्हाईस\n"
-"मॅपिंग प्रमाणे),<b>बूट लोडर इन्स्टॉलेशन डीटेल्स</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
+msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
+msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी भरली जात आहे..."
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>बूट लोडरचा प्रकार</b></big><br>\n"
-"Tबूट लोडर स्थापित करायचा किंवा काय आणि कोणता बूट लोडरस्थापित\n"
-"करायचा हे निवडण्यासाठी, <b>बूट लोडर</b>वापरा.</p>"
+#. dialog header
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
+msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना सुरू होत आहे"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
+msgid "Create initrd"
+msgstr "इनट्रीड निर्माण करा"
+
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>बूट लोडरचे पर्याय</b></big><br>\n"
-"बूट लोडरचे पर्याय जुळवून घेण्यासाठी, (जसे टाईम-आऊट),\n"
-"<b>बूट लोडर ऑप्शन्स</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>"
+#| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल संग्रहीत करा"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>हातानी उत्तम आकृतीबंध</B><BR>\n"
-"या ठिकाणी, हाताने बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध संपादित करा.</P>\n"
-"<P>टीपः अंतिम आकृतीबंध फाईलमधे वेगळी इंडेटिंग असू शकतात.</P>"
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Creating initrd..."
+msgstr "इंड्रीड निर्माण करत आहे..."
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>सेक्शनचे नांव</big></b><br>\n"
-"बूट लोडरच्या सेक्शनचे नांव नमूद करण्यासाठी <b>सेक्शन नेम</b>वापरा.\n"
-"सेक्शनचे नांव अगदी वेगळे असले पाहिजे.</p>"
+#| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
+msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना साठवले जात आहे..."
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>नवीन विभागाचा प्रकार</b></big><br>\n"
-"निर्मितीसाठी नवीन विभागाचा प्रकार निवडा.</p>"
+#. progress line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
+msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
+msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
-msgstr "सध्या निवडलेला विभाग क्लोन करण्यासाठी <b>क्लोन सिलेक्टेड सेक्शन</b><p>निवडा.नंतर पर्यायात बदल कराते जे निवडलेल्या विभागापेक्षावेगळे असावेत.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडरचा संरचना सारांश"
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>लोड व सुरु करण्यासाठी नवीन लायनक्स कर्नेल किंवा इतर प्रतिमा\n"
-"घालण्याकरिता<b>कर्नेल (लायनक्स)</b>निवडा.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज"
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>नवीन लायनक्स कर्नेल किंवा इतर प्रतिमा घालण्यासाठी, परंतु ती XEN वातावरणात सुरु करण्यासाठी <b>कर्नेल व्हाया XEN<b> \n"
-" निवडा.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज"
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>डिस्कच्या पार्टिशनचा बूट सेक्टर लोड करणाराव सुरु करणारा सेक्शन घालण्यासाठी <b>अन्य प्रणाली</b>(चेनलोडर)निवडा.\n"
-"\n"
-"इतर कार्य प्रणाली बूट करण्यासाठी तो वापरला जातो.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Print value of specified option"
+#~ msgstr "ठरवलेल्या विकल्पाची किंमत छापा"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>डिस्कच्या विभागणीचा (पार्टिशन) बूट सेक्टर लोड व\n"
-"सुरु करणारा विभाग (सेक्शन) घालण्यासाठी<b>अन्य प्रणाली</b>निवडा.\n"
-"इतर कार्य प्रणाली बूट करण्यासाठी हे वापरले जाते.</p>"
+#~ msgid "The key of the option"
+#~ msgstr "विकल्पाची कळ"
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr "हार्डडिस्कची आज्ञा: %1"
+#~ msgid "The value of the option"
+#~ msgstr "पर्यायी किंमत"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
-msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr "कोणताही बूटलोडर स्थापन करू नका"
+#~ msgid "Value was not specified."
+#~ msgstr "किंमत दर्शवली नाही."
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr "कोणताही बूट लोडर स्थापन करू नका"
+#~ msgid "Option was not specified."
+#~ msgstr "पर्याय सुचवला नाही."
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr "मूळ बूट लोडर स्थापन करा"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Value: %1"
+#~ msgid "Value: %s"
+#~ msgstr "मूल्य: %1"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr "मूळ बूट लोडर स्थापन करा"
+#~ msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#~ msgstr "सुचविलेला पर्याय अस्तित्वात नाही."
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr "बूट लेडर"
+#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>बूट मेनू</b></big><br></p>"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
+#~ "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>बूट फ्रॉम बूट पार्टिशन </b> एक शिफारस केलेला पर्याय, दुसरा आहे कर \n"
+#~ "<b>पार्टिशनमधील बूट</b>.</p>"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-"जर बूट लेडर ठरवला नाही तर \n"
-"हे फंक्शन उपलब्ध होणार नाही."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
+#~ "installed on your computer</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>-<b>मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्डमधून बूट करणे</b> \n"
+#~ "संगणकावर आणखी एकादी कार्य प्रणाली स्थापित\n"
+#~ "असल्यास शिफारस करण्यात येत नाही.</p>"
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"न साठवून ठेवता बूट लेडर कॉनफिग्युरेशन खरोखरच ?\n"
-"तसेच ठेवायचे आहे का.\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+#~ "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+#~ "in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+#~ "to start this section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>रुट पार्टिशनमधून बूट करा</b>या पर्यायाची शिफारसजेव्हा जेव्हा योग्य पार्टिशन असेल तेव्हा करण्यात येते.\n"
+#~ "आवश्यक असेल मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्ड अद्यतन करण्यासाठी बूट लोडर ऑप्शन्समध्ये एमबीआरला जेनेरिक बूट\n"
+#~ "कोड लिहा किंवा हा विभाग चालूकरण्यासाठीतुमचा बूट मॅनेजर\n"
+#~ "सक्रिय करा.<p><p>"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
-msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये."
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>कस्टम बूट पार्टिशन </b> च्यावरून बूट करण्यासाठी पार्टिशन निवडू देते </p>"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
-"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr ""
-"'परवलीशब्द' आणि 'परत लिहिलेला परवलीशब्द'\n"
-"दोन्ही जुळत नाही. परत परवली शब्द लिहा."
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
+#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>सीरीयल कनेक्शन पॅरामीटर्स </b> सीरीयल कन्सोल साठी आपणास \n"
+#~ " निकषांची व्याख्या करु देते. अधिक माहितीसाठी कृपया grub दस्तावेद (<code>info grub</code>) पहा.</p>"
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr "बूट लेडर ठिकाण सेट करा."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>टर्मिनल डेफिनिशन </b></p><br>\n"
+#~ "आपणास जे टर्मिनल वापरायचे आहे ते सांगते. सीरीयल टर्मिनलसाठी (उदा. सीरीयल कन्सोल),\n"
+#~ "आपण <code>सीरीयल</code> नमूद करणे आवश्यक आहे. आपण <code>सीरीयल कन्सोल</code> म्हणून\n"
+#~ "कमांडकडे <code>सीरीयल कन्सोल</code> देखील पाठवू शकता. अशा वेळी, आपण \n"
+#~ "कोणतीही की दाबाल ते टर्मिनल GRUB टर्मिनल म्हणून निवडले जाईल.</p>"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"जे नाव निवडले आहे ते आधिच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n"
-"दुसरे नाव वापरा.\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
+#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>फॉलबॅक सेक्शन्स जर डिफॉल्ट अयशस्वी ठरला</b> मधे सेक्शनक्रमांकांची सूची समाविष्ट असते\n"
+#~ "जी डिफॉल्ट सेक्शन बूट करण्यासारखा नसल्यास बूटींगसाठी वापरली जाईल.</p>"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"बूट लेडर स्थापनेवेळी \n"
-"चूक झाली . बूट लोडर कॉनफिग्युरेशनचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा का?\n"
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण"
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"इशारा!\n"
-"\n"
-"सध्याचा %1 चा MBR चा MBR आता \n"
-"यापुढे %2 ने जतन केलेला\n"
-"\n"
-"MBR म्हणून लिहिला जाईल.\n"
-"MBR मधील फक्त बूटिंग कोड पुन्हा लिहिला जाईल.\n"
-"विभागणी (पार्टिशन) तक्त्यात बदल होणार नाही.\n"
-"पुढे चालू ठेवायचे?\n"
+#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन"
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr "हो, परत लिहा"
+#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
+#~ msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
+
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "विभाजनामुळे, बूट लोडर व्यवस्थितरित्या स्थापना होऊ शकणार नाही. "
+#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
+#~ msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "वर्गामध्ये कमीत कमी एक मुद्रणयंत्र हवे."
+#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "फिल्टर स्थापिते"
+#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
+#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट अयशस्वी झाल्यास फॉलबॅक सेक्शन्स"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "तबकड्या"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
+#~ msgstr "मेन्यू इंटरफेससाठी पासवर्ड"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "उपकरण"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
+#~ msgstr "फ्लॅग डीबग करत आहे."
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "&Password"
+#~ msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
+#~ msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना साठवले जात आहे..."
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Secure"
+#~ msgid "Secure Boot"
+#~ msgstr "सुरक्षित"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "ही यंत्रणा आता पुन्हा सुरू करा..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "बूटीग"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Vga मोड</b> बूटिंगच्या वेळी केर्नेलने सेट करण्याच्या <i>कन्सोल</i> साठी Vga मोडची व्याख्या करते </p>"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "बूटीग"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Vga Mode"
+#~ msgstr "VGA मोड"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "स्थापनेकरता बूट लोडर निवडलेला नाही. यंत्रणा बुटेबल नाही"
+#~ msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
+#~ msgstr "%1x%2, %3 बीट्स (मोड %4)"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही."
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
+#~ msgstr "सामान्य प्रिंटर"
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Text Mode"
+#~ msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Unspecified"
+#~ msgid "Unspecified"
+#~ msgstr "निर्देश न केलेले"
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Select File"
+#~ msgstr "फाईल निवडा"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
+#~ msgstr "सध्याचा बूट अद्ययावतकरता विकल्प मांडणी केली नाहीत "
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#~ msgstr "संरचना फाईल्स संपादीत करा"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "नवीन संरचना सुचवा"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "&Start from Scratch"
+#~ msgstr "स्क्रॅचेसपासून सुरू"
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#~ msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
+#~ msgstr "तबकडीपासून संरचना पुन्हा वाचा"
+
+#~ msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "हार्डडिस्कचा MBR पुन्हा स्थापीत करा"
+
+#~ msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
+#~ msgstr "डिस्कवर बूट लोडरचा बूट कोड लिहा."
+
+#~ msgid "Other"
+#~ msgstr "इतर"
+
+#~ msgid "MBR restored successfully."
+#~ msgstr "MBR यशस्वीरीत्या पुन्हा साठविले."
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
+#~ msgstr "MBR पुन्हा साठवून ठेवण्यात अयशस्वी."
+
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr "स्थान: %1"
+#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
+#~ msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी लिहिण्यास अयशस्वी."
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर प्रकार: %1"
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प"
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापना आणि अधिक माहिती"
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
+#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
+#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
+#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P><B>अन्य</B> पासून\n"
+#~ "आपण हाताने बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध फाईल्स संपादित करु शकाल, सध्याचा\n"
+#~ "आकृतीबंध मोकळा करु शकाल व नवीन आकृतीबंधाचा प्रस्ताव ठेवू शकाल.\n"
+#~ "स्क्रॅच पासून सुरुवात करा किंवा आपल्या डिस्कवर साठवलेला आकृतीबंध पुन्हा वाचा. %1</P>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
+#~ "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध फाईल्स हाताने संपादित करण्यासाठी, \n"
+#~ "<B>आकृतीबंध फाईल्स संपादित करा</B> वर क्लिक करा.</P>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
+#~ "in the boot menu.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P> तक्त्यात, प्रत्येक विभाग बूट मेन्यूमधील एक आयटेमचे\n"
+#~ "प्रतिनिधित्व करतो.</P>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
+#~ "selected section.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>निवडलेल्या विभागाची वैशिष्टये प्रदर्शित करण्यासाठी<B>एडिट</B>\n"
+#~ "दाबा</P>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
+#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
+#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
+#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
+#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
+#~ "menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P><b>सेट अज डिफॉल्ट</b>दाबून,\n"
+#~ "निवडलेल्या विभागावर डिफॉल्ट म्हणून खूण करा. बूटिंग करतांना बूट लोडर मेन्यू पुरवेल व \n"
+#~ "उपभोक्त्याने बूट करण्यासाठी कर्नेल किंवा \n"
+#~ "इतर OS निवडण्याची वाट पाहील. वेळ संपेपर्यंत कोणतीही की न दाबल्यास, डिफॉल्ट\n"
+#~ "कर्नेल किंवा OS बूट होईल. बूट लोडर मेन्यूमधील सेक्शन्सचा\n"
+#~ "क्रम<B>अप</B> आणि <B>डाऊन</B> बटणे वापरुन बदलता येऊ शकेल.</P>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
+#~ "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>नवीन बूट लोडर सेक्शन निर्माण करण्यासाठी <B>अड</B>दाबा.\n"
+#~ "किंवा निवडलेला सेक्शन पुसण्यासाठी <B>डिलीट</B> दाबा.</P>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>बूट लोडरचे ठिकाण</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "पुढील मार्गांनी बूट लोडर मॅनेजर (%1) स्थापित करता येऊ शकतोः</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
+#~ "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
+#~ "on the computer.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>-<b>मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्ड</b> (MBR)मधे.\n"
+#~ "संगणकावर आणखी एकादी कार्य प्रणालीस्थापित\n"
+#~ "असल्यास याला शिफारस करण्यात येत नाही.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
+#~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+#~ "partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
+#~ "<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
+#~ "to update the master boot record\n"
+#~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+#~ "to start &product;.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- <b>बूट</b>च्या किंवा रुट पार्टिशनच्या<tt>/बूट सेक्टर</tt> मधे.<tt>/</tt> \n"
+#~ "जेव्हा जेव्हा योग्य पार्टिशन असेल तेव्हा या पर्यायाची शिफारस करण्यात येते.\n"
+#~ "आवश्यक असेल तर मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड अपडेट करण्यासाठी\n"
+#~ "एकतर बूट लोडर स्थापन तपशीलात<b>अक्टिव्हेट बूट लोडर पार्टिशन</b>आणि\n"
+#~ "<b>रिप्लेस MBR वुईथ जेनेरिक कोड</b> निश्चित करा\n"
+#~ "किंवा &उत्पादन सुरु करण्यासाठी\n"
+#~ " आपल्या दुस-या बूट मॅनेजरचा आकृतिबंध बनवा.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
+#~ "when selecting this option.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "- काही <b>अन्य</b> पार्टिशनमधे. हा पर्याय निवडतांना\n"
+#~ "आपल्या प्रणालीच्या मर्यादा विचारात घ्या.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
+#~ "limit that restricts booting to\n"
+#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
+#~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>उदाहरणार्थ, अनेक पीसीज मधे BIOS मर्यादा असते\n"
+#~ "जी 1024 पेक्षा छोट्या हार्ड डिस्क सिलेंडर्सना बूट करण्यावर\n"
+#~ "मर्यादा आणते. वापरलेल्या बूट मॅनेजरनुसार, आपण तार्किक पार्टिशनवरुन बूट करु शकाल\n"
+#~ "किंवा शकणार नाही.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
+#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ " इनपुट फिल्डमधे पार्टिशनवरुन डिव्हाईसचे<tt>/dev/hda3</tt>\n"
+#~ "नांव प्रविष्ट करा. (उदाहरणार्थ,...)</p>"
+
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr "स्थान: %1"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
+#~ "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
+#~ "mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>बूट लोडरच्या स्थापनेचा तपशील</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "प्रगत बूट लोडर स्थापना पर्याय जुळवून घेण्यासाठी (डिव्हाईस\n"
+#~ "मॅपिंग प्रमाणे),<b>बूट लोडर इन्स्टॉलेशन डीटेल्स</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1"
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr "एलडिएपि सिक्यूअर पोर्ट: % १"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
+#~ "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
+#~ "<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>बूट लोडरचे पर्याय</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "बूट लोडरचे पर्याय जुळवून घेण्यासाठी, (जसे टाईम-आऊट),\n"
+#~ "<b>बूट लोडर ऑप्शन्स</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>"
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
+#~ "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P><B>हातानी उत्तम आकृतीबंध</B><BR>\n"
+#~ "या ठिकाणी, हाताने बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध संपादित करा.</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>टीपः अंतिम आकृतीबंध फाईलमधे वेगळी इंडेटिंग असू शकतात.</P>"
+
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr "अज्ञात मॉडेल: %1"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
+#~ "name must be unique.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>सेक्शनचे नांव</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "बूट लोडरच्या सेक्शनचे नांव नमूद करण्यासाठी <b>सेक्शन नेम</b>वापरा.\n"
+#~ "सेक्शनचे नांव अगदी वेगळे असले पाहिजे.</p>"
-#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
-msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>नवीन विभागाचा प्रकार</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "निर्मितीसाठी नवीन विभागाचा प्रकार निवडा.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
-msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
+#~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
+#~ "selected section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "सध्या निवडलेला विभाग क्लोन करण्यासाठी <b>क्लोन सिलेक्टेड सेक्शन</b><p>निवडा.नंतर पर्यायात बदल कराते जे निवडलेल्या विभागापेक्षावेगळे असावेत.</p>"
-#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr "बूट उपकरण मिळाले नाही"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
+#~ "to load and start.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>लोड व सुरु करण्यासाठी नवीन लायनक्स कर्नेल किंवा इतर प्रतिमा\n"
+#~ "घालण्याकरिता<b>कर्नेल (लायनक्स)</b>निवडा.</p>"
-#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
-msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
+#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>नवीन लायनक्स कर्नेल किंवा इतर प्रतिमा घालण्यासाठी, परंतु ती XEN वातावरणात सुरु करण्यासाठी <b>कर्नेल व्हाया XEN<b> \n"
+#~ " निवडा.</p>"
-#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
-msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
+#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>डिस्कच्या पार्टिशनचा बूट सेक्टर लोड करणाराव सुरु करणारा सेक्शन घालण्यासाठी <b>अन्य प्रणाली</b>(चेनलोडर)निवडा.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "इतर कार्य प्रणाली बूट करण्यासाठी तो वापरला जातो.</p>"
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
+#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>डिस्कच्या विभागणीचा (पार्टिशन) बूट सेक्टर लोड व\n"
+#~ "सुरु करणारा विभाग (सेक्शन) घालण्यासाठी<b>अन्य प्रणाली</b>निवडा.\n"
+#~ "इतर कार्य प्रणाली बूट करण्यासाठी हे वापरले जाते.</p>"
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "कोणताही बूट लोडर स्थापन करू नका"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
-msgid "Check boot loader"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर तपासा"
+#~ msgid "Install the default boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "मूळ बूट लोडर स्थापन करा"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
-msgid "Read partitioning"
-msgstr "विभाजन वाचा"
+#~ msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "मूळ बूट लोडर स्थापन करा"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
-msgid "Load boot loader settings"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी भरा"
+#~ msgid "Boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लेडर"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
-msgid "Checking boot loader..."
-msgstr "बूट लोडर तपासला जात आहे..."
+#~ msgid "Boot Loader"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
-msgid "Reading partitioning..."
-msgstr "विभाजने वाचली जात आहे..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This function is not available if the boot\n"
+#~ "loader is not specified."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "जर बूट लेडर ठरवला नाही तर \n"
+#~ "हे फंक्शन उपलब्ध होणार नाही."
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
-msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
-msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी भरली जात आहे..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
+#~ "All changes will be lost.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "न साठवून ठेवता बूट लेडर कॉनफिग्युरेशन खरोखरच ?\n"
+#~ "तसेच ठेवायचे आहे का.\n"
-#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
-msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना सुरू होत आहे"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लेडर ठिकाण सेट करा."
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
-msgid "Create initrd"
-msgstr "इनट्रीड निर्माण करा"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The name selected is already used.\n"
+#~ "Use a different one.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "जे नाव निवडले आहे ते आधिच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n"
+#~ "दुसरे नाव वापरा.\n"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल संग्रहीत करा"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\n"
+#~ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "बूट लेडर स्थापनेवेळी \n"
+#~ "चूक झाली . बूट लोडर कॉनफिग्युरेशनचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा का?\n"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापा"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Warning!\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
+#~ "saved at %2.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
+#~ "The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Continue?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "इशारा!\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "सध्याचा %1 चा MBR चा MBR आता \n"
+#~ "यापुढे %2 ने जतन केलेला\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "MBR म्हणून लिहिला जाईल.\n"
+#~ "MBR मधील फक्त बूटिंग कोड पुन्हा लिहिला जाईल.\n"
+#~ "विभागणी (पार्टिशन) तक्त्यात बदल होणार नाही.\n"
+#~ "पुढे चालू ठेवायचे?\n"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
-msgid "Creating initrd..."
-msgstr "इंड्रीड निर्माण करत आहे..."
+#~ msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
+#~ msgstr "हो, परत लिहा"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
-msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल्स संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
+#~ msgstr "अज्ञात मॉडेल: %1"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापीत करत आहे..."
+#~ msgid "Install boot loader"
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापा"
-#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
-msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
+#~ msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल्स संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
+#~ msgid "Installing boot loader..."
+#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापीत करत आहे..."
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Distribution:"
#~ msgid "D&istributor"
@@ -1386,9 +1227,6 @@
#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
#~ msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे."
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "तबकडीची आज्ञा"
-
#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
#~ msgstr "बूट मेनू"
@@ -1807,9 +1645,6 @@
#~ msgid "Section &Name"
#~ msgstr "भागांची नावे"
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (मूळ)"
-
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
#~ msgstr "भाग: %1"
@@ -2392,9 +2227,6 @@
#~ msgid "image"
#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा"
-#~ msgid "Yes"
-#~ msgstr "होय"
-
#~ msgid "No"
#~ msgstr "नाही"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -129,8 +129,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr "परवलीशब्द:"
@@ -202,8 +201,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr ""
@@ -1905,43 +1903,42 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2228,8 +2225,7 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2275,28 +2271,23 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,13 +44,13 @@
msgstr "वापरलेले"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "नाहीं"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "योय"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "नाहीं"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
msgstr "जेव्हा कार्डची संरचना होईल तेव्हा चाचणी ध्वनी करा"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
msgstr "महाजाल पत्ता मांडणी"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portal Address"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
@@ -238,149 +238,149 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "सुरक्षा घटने संबंधी सूचना लागू करा."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr "चालू आहे"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No network running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "नेटवर्क चालू नाही"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "बूटीग"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Started manually"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Started manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Firewall Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "आता फायरवॉल सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "आता फायरवॉल बंद करा"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "लोकल होस्ट"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोडा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "उशीर होणे"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "फाईल निवडा"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "सुचविलेल्या fstab ओळी"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid host name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "होस्टचे वैध नाव प्रविष्ट करा."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile."
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "कार्यक्रमाकरिता नवीन नाव %1 घाला."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the file name"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "फाईलचे नाव लिहा"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Archive %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -393,50 +393,50 @@
" आपल्याका तो खरोखरच ओव्हरराईट करायचा आहे?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n"
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
@@ -549,41 +549,41 @@
msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना कार्यान्वयीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे"
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -591,75 +591,75 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचासध्याचा आकृतीबंध बदला"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 वाचू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database2."
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "डाटाबेस 2 वाचू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "अभिव्यक्तितील बदल संग्रहीत करा"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -12,323 +12,659 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>अभिनंदन!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>आपल्या मशीनवर ओपनSUSE ची स्थापना पूर्ण झाली\n"
-"<b>Finish</b>वर क्लिक केल्यानंतर, आपण प्रणालीवर लॉग इन करु शकाल</p>\n"
-"<p>आम्हाला %1 या ठिकाणी भेटा</p>\n"
-"<p>खूप मजा करा!<br>आपला SUSE विकास गट</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"स्थापना यशस्वीरित्या पूर्ण झाली आहे.\n"
+"आपली प्रणाली वापरासाठी सज्ज आहे.\n"
+"प्रणाली वर लॉगइन करण्यासाठी Finish पर क्लिक करा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"कृपया आम्हाला://www.novell.com/linux/वर भेटा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
#, fuzzy
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+#| msgid "IMAP Server"
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "IMAP सेवा संगणक"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "पर्यायी डेस्कटॉप"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "रचना संस्थापन"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "सार"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "निपुण"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
#, fuzzy
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "रचना संस्थापन"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "अद्ययावत रचना"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "जाळे संरचना"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "तयारी"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Address Setup"
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "महाजाल पत्ता मांडणी"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr " सुस्वागतम्"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "तबकडी"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "तबकडी"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "प्रणाली विश्लेषण"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
-msgid "Disk"
-msgstr "चकती"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
-msgid "Time Zone"
-msgstr "वेळ विभाग"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Online Repositories"
+#| msgid "Online Update"
+msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "डेस्कटॉप निवड"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr "चकती"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "वेळ विभाग"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "मूळ मांडणी"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "संस्थापन"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "स्थापना करा"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation"
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
+msgstr "संस्थापन"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "संस्थापन"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "प्रणाली अद्ययावत"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
msgid "Update"
msgstr "अद्ययावत करा"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "अद्ययावत सारांश"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "अपडेट करा"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "संरचना"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "पायाभूत स्थापना"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST सेटींग्ज"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "संरचना"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "\t"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "स्थापना यशस्वीरित्या पूर्ण झाली आहे.\n"
-#~ "आपली प्रणाली वापरासाठी सज्ज आहे.\n"
-#~ "प्रणाली वर लॉगइन करण्यासाठी Finish पर क्लिक करा.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "कृपया आम्हाला://www.novell.com/linux/वर भेटा.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"स्थापना यशस्वीरित्या पूर्ण झाली आहे.\n"
+"आपली प्रणाली वापरासाठी सज्ज आहे.\n"
+"प्रणाली वर लॉगइन करण्यासाठी Finish पर क्लिक करा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"कृपया आम्हाला://www.novell.com/linux/वर भेटा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "IMAP Server"
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "IMAP सेवा संगणक"
+#| msgid "System for Update"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "प्रणाली अद्ययावत"
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "सार"
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "निपुण"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
-#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संरचना"
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "कल्पनेत डोळ्यापुढे आणणे"
-#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
-#~ msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत सारांश"
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "कल्पनेत डोळ्यापुढे आणणे"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संरचना"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>अभिनंदन!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>आपल्या मशीनवर ओपनSUSE ची स्थापना पूर्ण झाली\n"
+"<b>Finish</b>वर क्लिक केल्यानंतर, आपण प्रणालीवर लॉग इन करु शकाल</p>\n"
+"<p>आम्हाला %1 या ठिकाणी भेटा</p>\n"
+"<p>खूप मजा करा!<br>आपला SUSE विकास गट</p>\n"
+"\t"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr "डेस्कटॉप"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr "पर्यायी डेस्कटॉप"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "डेस्कटॉप निवड"
+
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "जास्तीची वस्तू स्थापना"
@@ -394,9 +730,6 @@
#~ msgid "Customer Center"
#~ msgstr "ग्राहक केंद्र"
-#~ msgid "Online Update"
-#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा"
-
#~ msgid "Release Notes"
#~ msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
@@ -466,10 +799,6 @@
#~ msgid "Virtual Machine"
#~ msgstr "व्हर्च्यूअ डोमेन्स"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "XEN Virtualization Host"
-#~ msgstr "कल्पनेत डोळ्यापुढे आणणे"
-
#~ msgid "Software Selection"
#~ msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -683,7 +683,9 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
msgstr "हार्डवेअर घड्याळाकरता नवीन किंमत"
#. summary label
@@ -861,8 +863,8 @@
"अयोग्य वेळ (दिनांक-महिना-वर्ष) %1.\n"
"बरोबर दिनांक नोंदवा.\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgid "Other &Settings..."
@@ -870,46 +872,46 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "हे मुद्रणयंत्र संरचीत नाही"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "प्रणालीची दिनांक आणि वेळ बदला"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "हार्डवेअर घडयाळला सेट केले आहे."
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "प्रांत"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "वेळ आणि विभाग"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "प्रणालीची दिनांक आणि वेळ बदला"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -918,7 +920,7 @@
"<p><b><big>वेळ विभाग आणि घड्याळ प्रणाली</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -933,7 +935,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -944,12 +946,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "घड्याळ आणि वेळ विभाग"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "योग्य वेळ विभाग निवडा."
@@ -1038,181 +1040,188 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "स्पॅनिश (लॅटीन अमेरिका)"
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "इटालियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "पोर्चुगीस"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "पोर्तुगीज (ब्राज़िल)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "पोर्तुगीज (ब्राझील -- युएस एक्सेंट्स)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "ग्रीक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "डच्"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "डॅनिश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "नोर्वेजियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "स्वीडिश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "फिन्निश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "चेक्"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "चेक(क्वेर्टी)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "स्लोव्हाक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "स्लोव्हाक (क्वार्टी)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "स्लोव्हेन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "हन्गेरियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "पोलिश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "रशीयन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "सर्बियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "इस्टोनियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "लिथॉनियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "टर्किश"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "क्रोवेशियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "जॅपनीज"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "बल्जीयन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "व्होरक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "आइसलॅंडिक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukrainian"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "ख्मेर"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "कोरियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "अरेबिक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "ताजिक"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "परंपरागत चायनिज"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "अनलंकृत चायनिज"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "रोमेनियन"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internal Zone"
msgid "US International"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,19 +23,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "सीडी निर्मात्याचा आकृतीबंध"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -49,11 +39,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -198,30 +188,33 @@
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाव"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "यूआरएल"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "लक्ष्य नाव"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -234,90 +227,97 @@
"एखादे निराळे निवडा."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server URL: "
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक युआरएल:"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Report Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "अहवालाचे नाव"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package Repository"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enable Repository"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "संग्रह सक्षम करा"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "दुर्गम WINS सेवासंगणक"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "दुर्गम WINS सेवासंगणक"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mail Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "कस्टम"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "गुप्तशब्द"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set the password."
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्द."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -339,19 +339,19 @@
"एखादे निराळे निवडा."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "शोध यंत्र '%1' अवैध आहे."
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -379,97 +379,97 @@
msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "'%1' हया सर्व्हर पत्याची पद्धत अयोग्य आहे."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "'%1' हया सर्व्हर पत्याची पद्धत अयोग्य आहे."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "नेटवर्क नाव 32 अक्षरांपेक्षा कमी असलेच पाहीजे."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Other Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "&अन्य मांडणी"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "महाजाल मोड"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Bond नेटवर्क"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "जाल"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Countries"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "अनेक देश"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modem Configuration Overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -545,44 +545,44 @@
msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "समांतरण संरचना चालू करत आहे"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "संरचना वाचा"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -57,9 +57,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -99,242 +97,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr "कोणी नाही"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr "गट"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "गट"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "वर्ग"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -359,191 +362,151 @@
msgstr "सेकंद"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "सुरू करा"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "हाताने"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "बुटींग करताना"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाताने"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "सेवा संगणक पर्याय"
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "निवडले"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "निवड"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP सेवा संगणक"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -551,60 +514,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -612,49 +575,49 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "प्रणाली माहिती"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -662,10 +625,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -673,61 +636,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "मूलभूत"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -735,8 +698,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -744,135 +707,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाव"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&नांव"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "इथरनेट"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "टोकण रिंग"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -885,15 +848,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -905,7 +868,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1122,7 +1085,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1146,7 +1109,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1157,9 +1120,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1175,18 +1138,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hostname"
@@ -1194,33 +1157,33 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1228,81 +1191,81 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&डोमेन"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&जाळे"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "व०ॖतॴन॥ॕीृॣ"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1582,8 +1545,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1601,17 +1563,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1619,7 +1573,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1627,7 +1581,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1637,7 +1591,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1647,14 +1601,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1662,7 +1616,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1671,7 +1625,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1680,7 +1634,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1689,14 +1643,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1706,14 +1660,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1721,7 +1675,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1731,7 +1685,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1740,7 +1694,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1749,7 +1703,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1758,7 +1712,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1769,14 +1723,14 @@
"कोनफिगरेशन एडिशनली एडिट करा .<br></p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1784,14 +1738,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1799,40 +1753,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1841,7 +1795,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1852,7 +1806,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1860,14 +1814,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1875,14 +1829,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1892,45 +1846,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1938,7 +1892,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1948,23 +1902,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1974,101 +1928,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "सुरु"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "बंद"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2076,7 +2030,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2084,7 +2038,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2092,8 +2046,8 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2101,200 +2055,189 @@
"स्वस्थापाने तयारीच्यावेळी\n"
"हे फंक्शन अनुउपलब्ध आहे. "
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "प्रगत"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "गटाचे नाव"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "वातावरण तपासा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "वातावरण तपासत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2305,101 +2248,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2407,22 +2350,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -302,8 +302,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -375,11 +374,10 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr "मूल्य"
@@ -397,7 +395,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाव"
@@ -407,9 +405,9 @@
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
@@ -422,8 +420,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -453,12 +451,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "विभाग"
@@ -487,14 +484,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
@@ -556,8 +553,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -580,7 +577,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "LDAP पाठिंबा सक्रिय करा"
@@ -607,137 +604,92 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक"
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Drop Changes"
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr "बदल सोडून द्या"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr "सुरू करा"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr "लॉगिंग"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr "कस्टम दुरूस्ती"
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "IPv4 किंवा IPv6 पत्ता"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याकरिता अकाऊंट तयार करू शकत नाही %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -745,12 +697,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "IP पत्ता वैध नाही"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
@@ -760,170 +712,170 @@
"4 पूर्णांक बिंदूनी विभागले असतात."
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&मूल्य"
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr ""
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr "पर्याय"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr "फाईल"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&नांव"
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "प्रगत पर्याय"
@@ -933,8 +885,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr "मालक"
@@ -944,9 +896,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr ""
@@ -955,112 +907,157 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Drop Changes"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "बदल सोडून द्या"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr "सुरू करा"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr "लॉगिंग"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. check box
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr "DNS आपोआप परत बोलावले आहे"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr "विभाग"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr "जोडलेले लक्ष्य"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "पत्ता"
@@ -1068,116 +1065,116 @@
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "सेकंद"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "मिनिटे"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "तास"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr "दिवस"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr "&यूनिट"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr "परत प्रयत्न करा"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&किमान"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr ""
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1188,105 +1185,105 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "सेवा"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार"
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&स्थान"
#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
#, fuzzy
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr "RPC सेवा"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr ""
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1295,14 +1292,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr "IP पत्ता वैध नाही"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
@@ -1312,79 +1309,73 @@
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr ""
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr ""
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr ""
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr "प्रगत"
-
#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr "%1 मधील कमीतकमी एक तरी सेट झालाच पाहिजे."
@@ -1393,24 +1384,24 @@
#.
#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1418,32 +1409,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -2249,57 +2240,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "वातावरण तपासा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "वातावरण तपासत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
@@ -2307,73 +2298,73 @@
msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली."
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "SuSE कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
@@ -2381,77 +2372,80 @@
msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली."
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "जेव्हा प्रणाली सुरू होत असेल तेव्हा NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम सुरू करा"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr "जेव्हा प्रणाली सुरू होत असेल तेव्हा NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम सुरू करा"
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Ad&vanced"
+#~ msgstr "प्रगत"
+
#~ msgid "When &Booting"
#~ msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,6 +16,120 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr " कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr " कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package Repository"
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tab"
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr "टॅब"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Terminals"
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr "कॉम्प्युटरच्या मशीनी"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -81,18 +195,6 @@
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr "महाजाल संपर्क चाचणी चालू करत ाहे"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Package Repository"
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Tab"
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr "टॅब"
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image"
@@ -121,17 +223,13 @@
msgid "Image"
msgstr "प्रतिमा"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Commands:"
msgid "Command"
msgstr "आज्ञा:"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Port"
msgid "Ports"
@@ -181,12 +279,65 @@
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr "मतप्रदर्शन"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?"
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr "आपल्याला खरोखरच विभाजन काढून टाकायचे आहे काय %1?"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr " कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Container"
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr " कंटेनर"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>"
@@ -259,15 +259,16 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -293,13 +294,13 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -308,21 +309,23 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -332,7 +335,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -342,7 +345,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -352,7 +355,7 @@
"केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध येथे तयार करा.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -371,7 +374,7 @@
"मग दाबा:<b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -382,7 +385,7 @@
"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -394,7 +397,7 @@
"संपादन करा.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -407,7 +410,7 @@
"केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध करण्यासाठी <b>Add</b> दाबा.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -423,7 +426,7 @@
"मग हवे तसे<b>Edit</b> किंवा<b>Delete</b> दाबा.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -435,7 +438,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -446,7 +449,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -458,60 +461,138 @@
"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device type"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..."
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr "SCPM डेटाबेस लिहीत आहे..."
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable Microphone."
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr "ध्वनिवर्धक उपलब्ध करा."
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "स्त्रोत"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "शिष्टाचार"
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scheme name must be set."
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr "योजनेचे नाव स्थिर व्हायला हवे."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Scheme name must be set."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "योजनेचे नाव स्थिर व्हायला हवे."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -624,83 +705,83 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "DSL संरचना सुरू करत आहे"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "जागतिक सांबा मांडणी वाचा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "साधने ग्रुप वाचत आहे"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LVM configuration"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "LVM संरेखन"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "जागतिक सांबा मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "साधने ग्रुप वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups"
msgid ""
@@ -708,12 +789,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "साधने गट संरचीत करा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "NFS संरचना लिहीत आहे"
@@ -722,59 +803,59 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "साधने गट लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "संरचना लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "जागतिक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "साधने गट लिहीत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -612,39 +612,39 @@
msgstr "<p>आता स्थापा ?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही."
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा सुरू नाही केली गेली."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr "'%1' सेवा सुरू करू शकत नाही"
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -652,59 +652,59 @@
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network services"
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "सेवा महाजाल"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड शोधत आहे..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf"
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf वाचा"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..."
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr " स्थापित RPM पॅकेजेस तपासत आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "जाळे उपकरण तपासत आहे..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड शोधत आहे..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
@@ -712,123 +712,123 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the configuration."
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही"
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart the service"
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करा"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust spooler services"
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "स्पुलर सुविधा सांभाळत आहे"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..."
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "स्पूलर सुविधा सांभाळत आहेत..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "/etc/samba/smb.conf ला मांडणी लिहू शकत नाही."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables."
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "सीस कॉनफिग व्हेरीएबल्स लिहू शकत नाही."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Interfaces"
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "संवादमच"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
@@ -836,11 +836,11 @@
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -12,6 +12,16 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
msgid ""
@@ -174,7 +184,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr "नोंदी पातळी"
@@ -671,7 +681,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr "स्त्रोत महाजाल"
@@ -682,8 +692,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "शिष्टाचार"
@@ -737,28 +747,28 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr "आवश्यक IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr "आवश्यक फोर्ट"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr "IP कडे पुर्ननिर्देशीत करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr "फोर्टकडे पुर्ननिर्देशीत करा"
@@ -883,10 +893,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "विभाग"
@@ -1404,221 +1414,223 @@
msgstr "संपादीत करण्यासाठी मजकूर काढून टाका."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr "सुरवातीची रचना"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr "ज्ञात फायरवॉल विभाग"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr "संवादमंच जाळे संरचना"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr "सेवा, ठिकाण, आणि संगणकीय शिष्टाचाराला परवानगी"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr "पुडके सेटींग्ज प्रसारित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr "नकली सेटींग्ज"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr "नकली IP कडे विनंत्या पुननिर्देशीत करा."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr "नोंदी रचना मांडणी"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना सारांश"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall"
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉल लिहा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall"
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr "फायरवॉल लिहा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दाखवा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल सुरू करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr "फायरवॉल हाताने सुरू करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr "संरचना नोंदीत यादी"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr "विभागाचे लहान नाव"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr "नवीन माहिती भरा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr "माहिती काढून टाका"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr "जाळे संवादमंच संरचना नाव"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "स्वीकारलेली पुडकी लॉगींग होते आहेत (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "न स्वीकारलेली पुडकी लॉगींग होते आहेत (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr "प्रसारण पुडकी लॉगींग होत आहे (होय|नाही)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
msgid "Set value"
msgstr "किंमत सेट करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "पोर्टचा क्रमांक वा नाव; अनेक पोर्टस स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
msgstr "ज्ञात फायरवॉल सुविधा; अनेक पोर्टस स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "TCP पोट नाव व क्रमांक; अनेक पोर्टस स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "UDP पोर्ट नाव वा क्रमांक; अनेक पोर्टस स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "RPC पोटचे नाव; अनेक पोर्टस स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr "IP प्रोटोकॉलमध्ये नाव; अनेक प्राटोकॉल्स स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr "विभाग सुरक्षा सेट करा (होय|नाही)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr "सविस्तर माहिती"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "पर्याय कार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "पर्याय अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr "नेटवर्क सोर्स, जसे 0/0 किंवा 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार (tcp|udp)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr "विनंती केलेल बाह्य IP (पर्याय)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr "विनंती केलेले ठिकाणाचे नाव अथवा क्रमांक"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr "अंतर्गत IP वर पुननिर्देशीत करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr "अंतर्गत IP वर पोर्टवर पुननिर्देशीत करा(वैकल्पी)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
msgid "Record number"
msgstr "अभिलेख क्रमांक"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr "पोर्ट क्रमांकऐवजी पोर्टची नावे वापरा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr "अनोळखी विभाग %1."
@@ -1631,180 +1643,180 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr "%1 पॅरामीटर सेट केलाच पाहिजे."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "माहिती असलेल्या फायरवॉल विभागांची यादी करा:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr "लघुमार्ग"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "विभाग नाव"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr "सारांश-"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "फक्त एका पॅरामिटरलाच परवानगी आहे."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr "सुरू"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कार्यान्वित करत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कायमचे काढून टाकत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कायमचे आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr "फायरवॉलला हाताने सुरू करण्याची गरज"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "फायरवॉल विभागात संवादमंचाचे जाळे:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr "खास फायरवॉल अक्षरमंच"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "दुवा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "घटकाचे नाव"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "विभाग %2 मध्ये खास %1 अक्षरमंच अधिक करा..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "विभाग %2 मध्ये संवादमंच %1 अधिक करा..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "विभाग %2 मधून खास %1 अक्षरसंच कायमचे काढत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "%1 विभाग %2 मधून संवादमंच कायमचा काढत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
msgid "Log all"
msgstr "सर्व नोंदी"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr "फक्त अवघड नोंदी"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr "कुठल्याही नोंदी करू नका"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr "ग्लोबल नोंदी रचना:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr "नियम प्रकार"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
msgid "Value"
msgstr "मूल्य"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr "स्वीकृत"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr "स्वीकार करू नका"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr "प्रसारण पुडकी लॉगइन होत आहेत:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr "नोंदी कार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr "नोंदी अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
msgid "Short"
msgstr "लहान"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr "नोंदी स्थिती"
@@ -1813,168 +1825,181 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr "पर्यायासाठी %1 ही पर्याय %2 साठी परवानगी देत नाही."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr "परवानगी दिलेली प्रसारण पोटर्स:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
msgid "Port"
msgstr "पोर्ट"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr "फक्त एक कृती सुचनेला परवानबगी आहे."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr "ठरविलेल्या फायरवॉल सुविधा:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ओळख चिन्ह"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr "सेवा नाव"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr "TCP ठिकाण"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr "UDP ठिकाण"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr "RPC ठिकाण"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr "IP संगणकीय शिष्टाचार"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr "विभागामध्ये सेवांना अनुमती द्या:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
msgid "All services"
msgstr "सर्व सेवा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr "संपूर्ण विभाग असुरक्षित आहे"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr "सेवा ओळखचिन्ह"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr "अधिक पोर्टसना परवानगी आहे:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
msgid "All ports"
msgstr "सर्व ठिकाण"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr "विभागामध्ये अतिरिक्त IP प्रोटोकॉज्सना परवानगी आहे:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr "सर्व IP संगणकीय शिष्टाचार"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr "IP संगणकीय शिष्टाचार"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr "अनोळखी सेवा %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr "अंर्तगत विभागांकरेताच फक्त सुरक्षा सेट केलेली आहे."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr "%1 मधील कमीतकमी एक तरी सेट झालाच पाहिजे."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr "%1 मधील कमीतकमी एक तरी कृती सेट झालाच पाहिजे."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr "नकली IP वर विनंत्या पुर्ननिर्देशीत करा:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr "अनोळखी ठिकाणाचे नाव %1."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr "नकली सेटींग्ज:"
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr "%1 हे नकली आहे"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:35+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -110,13 +110,13 @@
msgstr "लेबल"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "मॉड्यूलचे नाव"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -19,63 +19,63 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bitmap Editors"
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "बिटमॅप संपादक"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "नित्यस्थिती"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fonts"
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "फॉन्ट्स"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -59,10 +59,8 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Class Configuration"
@@ -122,17 +120,17 @@
msgstr "दिशादर्शक"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोडा"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "हटवा"
@@ -140,19 +138,18 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication"
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
@@ -160,9 +157,9 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ठीक आहे"
@@ -175,200 +172,207 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्धारण कळीसाठी फाईल निवडा"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द करा"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address."
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "वैध ई-मले पत्ता प्रविष्ट करा"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directories"
msgid "retries"
msgstr "डिरेक्टरी"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Required patterns"
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "आवश्यक नमुने (पॅटर्न्स)"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "कृती अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "' अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The source is not valid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "' अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "' अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists."
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव रिक्त नसते."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव रिक्त नसते."
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "कळ अवैध आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार आयपी पत्ता अयोग्य आहे."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk."
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "स्थापनेची रॅम डिस्क निर्माण करण्यात अपयशी."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "प्रॉक्सीकरता ऑथेन्टीकेशप सेट करा"
+#| msgid "Authentication"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -376,7 +380,7 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update configuration files"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
@@ -385,7 +389,7 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "TV Station Configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "टिव्ही केंद्राची संरचना"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -542,6 +546,11 @@
msgstr "आकृतीबंध सारांश ..."
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सीकरता ऑथेन्टीकेशप सेट करा"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
#~ msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
#~ msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव रिक्त नसते."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..."
@@ -133,32 +133,32 @@
"पुस्तिकेत दाखवल्यापेक्षा वेगळे असतात.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन सुरु करत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing network settings failed."
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी लिहिण्यास अयशस्वी."
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
"टीप – आपणास कदाचित पुन्हा काही माहिती प्रविष्ट करावा लागेल."
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
msgid "Starting Installation..."
msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
@@ -233,21 +233,21 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>तुम्हाला खात्री वाटत नसेल तर मागे जाऊन व सेटींग्ज तपासा.</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "अपडेट नक्की करा"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "अपडेट सुरु करा"
@@ -310,56 +310,7 @@
msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन सुरु करत आहे..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>आपणास AutoYaST प्रोफाईल निर्माण करायचा असेल तर<b>क्लोन</b>\n"
-"AutoYaST हा उपभोक्त्याच्या इंटरअक्सनशिवाय SUSE लायनक्स स्थापना पूर्ण करण्याचा मार्ग आहे. AutoYaST ला स्थापित प्रणाली कशी दिसली पाहिजे हे \n"
-" जाणून घेण्यासाठी\n"
-"प्रोफाईलची गरज असते. /रुट/autoyast.xml.मधे जतन होतो.</p>\n"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..."
@@ -555,7 +506,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "अज्ञात मोड"
@@ -585,56 +536,28 @@
"ऑनलाईन अपडेट आता चालवायचे की नाही ते निवडा.\n"
"आपण ही पायरी वगळून, नंतर ऑनलाईन अपडेट चालवू शकाल.\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&भाषा"
-
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
#, fuzzy
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "होय, मी परवाना करार मान्य करतो"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "कळफलक"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "टिव्ही केंद्र लिहत आहे..."
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -649,7 +572,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -658,7 +581,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -669,7 +592,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -682,7 +605,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -695,24 +618,59 @@
"निवडू शकता.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र"
+
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&भाषा"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "होय, मी परवाना करार मान्य करतो"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking the installed system..."
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr "स्थापीत केलेली प्रणाली हलवत आहे..."
+
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "कळफलक"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "टिव्ही केंद्र लिहत आहे..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
@@ -829,7 +787,7 @@
msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केलेले नाही आणि ते स्थापित केले जआणार नाही"
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "ही यंत्रणा आता पुन्हा सुरू करा..."
@@ -838,17 +796,17 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "प्रतिमा वापरा %1"
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
@@ -856,30 +814,30 @@
msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी."
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..."
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..."
@@ -897,46 +855,47 @@
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "उपलब्ध कट्रोलर्सचा शोध घेतले जात आहे"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "तबकडी"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "DASD डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "ZFCP डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "ZFCP डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "iSCSI डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -956,7 +915,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "सुरु करणे"
@@ -984,74 +943,77 @@
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr "स्थितीसह पॅकेजेस दाखवा"
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr "प्रणाली माहीती गोळा करीत आहे..."
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
+
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "बेसीक स्थापना संपत आहे"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "स्थापने अगोदरची स्क्रिप्ट"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
+
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत करा."
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "संरचना संचित करा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "स्थापना सेटींग्ज साठवून ठेवा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "बूट प्रंबधक स्थापन करा"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "प्राथमिक बूटसाठी यंत्रणा तयार करा"
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "तपासत आहे"
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
-msgstr "प्रणाली माहीती गोळा करीत आहे..."
-
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती"
-
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -1078,26 +1040,26 @@
msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "रचना संस्थापन"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media"
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "जास्तीच्या वस्तू वेगळया मिडीयाहून सामील करा"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1108,7 +1070,7 @@
"निवडा, जे करायचे आहे:</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1116,7 +1078,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -1132,7 +1094,7 @@
"<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>निवडा.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1257,7 +1219,7 @@
#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..."
@@ -1297,7 +1259,7 @@
"त्या नवीन वैशिष्ट्ये व बदल थोडक्यात सांगतात.</p>"
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1321,88 +1283,88 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "संगणक ऍ़नलाईझ करा "
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "माऊस शोधत आहे..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "फायरवायर उपकरणांची शहानिशा होत आहे..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "प्रॉब फ्लॉपी तबकडी उपकरणे तपासा"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "फ्लॉपीडिस्क उपकरणे तपासली जात आहेत..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "प्रोब हार्डडिस्क नियंत्रक तपासा"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क नियंत्रक तपासले जात आहेत..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "तबकडी नियंत्रणकरण्याकरिता कर्नेल मॉड्यूल्स भरा"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क कर्नेसकरिता कर्नेल मॉड्यूल भरले जात आहेत..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क तपासा"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क तपासा..."
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "हरवलेल्या विभाजने शोधा"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "मूळ उपकरणाकरिता शोध घेत आहे..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "नविन पॅकेजेस डेटाबेस सुरू करत आहे..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "नविन पॅकेजेस डेटाबेस सुरू करत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
@@ -1411,7 +1373,7 @@
"</p>"
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1424,7 +1386,7 @@
"तुमचे हार्डवेअर कृपया तपासा!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1437,7 +1399,7 @@
"स्थापनेकरता हार्डडिस्क मिळू शकल्या नाहीत.\n"
"तुमचे हार्डवेअर कृपया तपासा!\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1445,7 +1407,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1462,13 +1424,59 @@
"आढळले नाहीत. आपले हार्डवेअर तपासा.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+msgid ""
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
#, fuzzy
@@ -1525,8 +1533,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&बदला..."
@@ -1740,7 +1748,7 @@
"कॉनफिग्युरेशनमध्ये जाण्यासाठी.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr ""
@@ -1763,7 +1771,7 @@
msgstr "लींकर कॅश स्थापिम होत आहे"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
@@ -1821,6 +1829,26 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
@@ -1878,40 +1906,56 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर लॉग फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..."
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "साधन"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "खरोखरच सर्व डिफॉल्ट किंमतीवर रिसेट करायचे का?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "सर्व बदल तुम्ही घालवाल."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "वापरकत्याच्या विनंतीवरुन कॉनफिग्युरेशन टाळत आहे"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1920,26 +1964,26 @@
" चूक आधी सुधारली पाहिजे.\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "सध्याच्या मांडणीसाठी सारांश दाखवा"
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ERROR: ठराव नाही"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1952,48 +1996,40 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "बदलासाठी कोणतेही शीर्षक क्लीक करा किंवा \"बदल...\" मेन्यू वापरा."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "बदलासाठी कोणतेही शीर्षक क्लीक करा किंवा \"बदल...\" मेन्यू वापरा."
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रिसेट वापरा"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "अद्ययावत करा"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा"
@@ -2034,7 +2070,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2048,7 +2084,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2061,7 +2097,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2073,7 +2109,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2085,7 +2121,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2096,12 +2132,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML स्थापना ठराव</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2112,7 +2148,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2131,6 +2167,11 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "दुरस्थ व्यवस्थापक"
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2138,22 +2179,115 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking root file system entry of fstab..."
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "एफएसटॅबची मूळ फाईल यंत्रणा प्रवेश तपासत आहेत..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No Linux root partition found."
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr "लिनक्स मूळ विभाजन मिळाले नाही."
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "अज्ञात मोड"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr "स्थापनेची रॅम डिस्क निर्माण करण्यात अपयशी."
#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..."
@@ -2162,7 +2296,7 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..."
@@ -2170,18 +2304,34 @@
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "पॅकेज पुन्हा साठवून ठेवत आहे %1..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>आपणास AutoYaST प्रोफाईल निर्माण करायचा असेल तर<b>क्लोन</b>\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST हा उपभोक्त्याच्या इंटरअक्सनशिवाय SUSE लायनक्स स्थापना पूर्ण करण्याचा मार्ग आहे. AutoYaST ला स्थापित प्रणाली कशी दिसली पाहिजे हे \n"
+#~ " जाणून घेण्यासाठी\n"
+#~ "प्रोफाईलची गरज असते. /रुट/autoyast.xml.मधे जतन होतो.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "ERROR: ठराव नाही"
@@ -2295,9 +2445,6 @@
#~ msgid "Network Card"
#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड"
-#~ msgid "Device"
-#~ msgstr "साधन"
-
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "निवडलेल्या वापरकर्त्यांची माहिती दाखवा"
@@ -2914,9 +3061,6 @@
#~ msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
#~ msgstr "मूळ विभाजक वापरून बघितला जात आहे कृपया काही सेकंद थांबा..."
-#~ msgid "No Linux root partition found."
-#~ msgstr "लिनक्स मूळ विभाजन मिळाले नाही."
-
#~ msgid "Booting from %1"
#~ msgstr "%1 वरुन बूटींग होत आहे"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -109,7 +109,6 @@
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोडा"
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
@@ -170,47 +169,64 @@
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "सुरू करा"
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Manually"
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr "हाताने"
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP पत्ता"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Port"
msgstr "पोर्ट"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Key"
msgstr "कळ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr "मूल्य"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr "सेवा"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "जोडलेले लक्ष्य"
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "लक्ष्य शोधले"
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "iSCSI Initiator ओव्हरव्हूय"
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -219,9 +235,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "iSCSI Initiator शोध"
@@ -442,31 +458,29 @@
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr "निवडलेल्या लक्ष्यामधून बाहेर येताना चूक झाली."
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
msgid "No record found."
msgstr "माहिती सापडली नाही."
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr "उपकरण आयपी पत्ता"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initiator Name"
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr "इनिशिएटरचे नाव"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -486,13 +500,18 @@
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "IP पत्ता घाला."
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "पोर्ट घाला."
@@ -500,37 +519,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
msgid "True"
msgstr "खरा"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
msgid "False"
msgstr "खोटा"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "या TargetNameचे लक्ष्य आधीपासूनच जोडलेले आहे. खातरजमा करा कीडेटा खराब होण्यापासून वाचविण्यासाठी Multipathing सुरू केलेले आहे."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "पुढे चालू करा"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द करा"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "लक्ष्य अगोदरच जोडलेले आहे."
@@ -625,7 +644,7 @@
msgstr "सर्व"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
@@ -637,15 +656,16 @@
"जुने initiatorname बदलून iBFT मधील नाव कायम राहील आणि एकबॅकअप तयार केला जाईल.\n"
"जर आपल्याला इतर initiatorname वापरावयाचे असेल तर त्याला BIOS मध्ये बदलून घ्या."
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल"
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "सारांश संरचना..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,15 +43,14 @@
msgstr "सेवा"
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr "ग्लोबल"
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
@@ -74,7 +73,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write groups"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -105,7 +104,7 @@
msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
msgid "LUN"
msgstr ""
@@ -118,133 +117,136 @@
msgstr "मार्ग"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
msgid "Add"
msgstr "जोडा"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "हटवा"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "गि-हाईक"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Author"
msgid "Auth"
msgstr "लेखकः"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit User"
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "प्रयोक्त्याचे संपादन करा"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit RAID"
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr "&संपादित करा RAID"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "खात्री नाही"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "आत येणारे Authentication"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
msgid "Username"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचे नाव"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
msgid "Password"
msgstr "गुप्तशब्द"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "बाहेर जाणारे Authentication"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "हाताने"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "बुटींग करताना"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "हाताने"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "कळ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "मूल्य"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
@@ -252,33 +254,34 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य"
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CUPS Expert Settings"
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
@@ -469,19 +472,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "List of Discovery Domain Sets. Create a new dds by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n"
@@ -495,12 +503,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -509,19 +517,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -530,255 +538,279 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr "आत येणारे Authentication"
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid username."
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr "वैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr "पुरविणारा परवलीशब्द लिहा"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr "हे ठराविक रांगेचे नाव %1 आधीच वापरले आहे."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Path:"
msgid "Path:"
msgstr "मार्ग"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Browse"
msgid "Browse"
msgstr " ब्राऊझ करा "
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select a device."
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr "उपकरण निवडा."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Clients"
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "गि-हाईक"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Target Name"
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr "लक्ष्य नाव"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Changes:"
msgid "Change:"
msgstr "बदल:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्धारण कळ बरोबर फाईल निवडा"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "NIS client"
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "NIS ग्राहक"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Import from File"
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr "फाईलवरून इंपोर्ट करा"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत."
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists."
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NIS client"
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr "NIS ग्राहक"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ठीक आहे"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "रद्द करा"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disabled"
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "अक्षम केले "
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "अक्षम केले "
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "निवडलेली नोंद खरोखर कमी करावी का?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Share path cannot be empty."
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Share %1 already exists."
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "वाटप %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "येणारी पत्र"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "जाणीरी पत्र"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
msgid "None"
msgstr "कोणी नाही"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "अक्षम केले "
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"संचिका तयार करताना चूक झाली %1:\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"संचिका तयार करताना चूक झाली %1:\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
+"संचिका तयार करताना चूक झाली %1:\n"
+"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n"
#| "%2"
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
"संचिका तयार करताना चूक झाली %1:\n"
"%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Incoming Authentication"
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
+msgstr "आत येणारे Authentication"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110
@@ -793,11 +825,11 @@
msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -907,6 +939,21 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "सारांश संरचना..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "गि-हाईक"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Clients"
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "गि-हाईक"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "NIS client"
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "NIS ग्राहक"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा"
Added: trunk/yast/mr/po/journalctl.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/journalctl.mr.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/journalctl.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# Marathi translations for opensuse-i package.
+# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
+# Automatically generated, 2016.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: mr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -402,10 +402,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "बदल लागू करण्यासाठी रिबूट आवश्यक आहे."
@@ -1313,163 +1311,178 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "मोडेम संरचना कार्यान्वित करा"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "विभाजने वाचली जात आहे..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ शोधले जात आहे..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/kdump ही कॉंफिग फाइल वाचू शकत नाही"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "%1फाईल वाचू शकत नाही"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "मोडेम संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "अद्ययावत पर्याय"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "क्रॅशकर्नेल निकष बूटलोडर फॉल्ट्मध्ये समाविष्ट करत आहे."
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "रनलेव्हलमध्ये %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "पर्यायासाठी रिकामी किंमत: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "फाईल पध्दती"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -38,17 +38,17 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "मूळ विभाजक वापरून बघितला जात आहे कृपया काही सेकंद थांबा..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "फाईल यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "पॅकेजेसच्या प्रती काढत आहे..."
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "नक्कल प्रत बनवत आहे..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -72,75 +72,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "रचना संस्थापन"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "NIS वापरू नका"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "विभाजन चालू"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "प्रणालीचा बॅकअप"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "कळफलक"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "वेळ विभाग"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "रचना संस्थापन"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -151,7 +132,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -164,7 +145,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -258,7 +239,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..."
@@ -283,6 +264,10 @@
msgstr "वेळ विभाग संग्रहीत करा..."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "प्रणालीचा बॅकअप"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "रचना संस्थापन"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -304,75 +304,80 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr "जाणीरी पत्र"
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr "नाही"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr "मास्करेडींग"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr "विश्वासनियता निर्धारण"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr "येणारी पत्र"
#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&तपशील..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr "शोध सुरू करा"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Manually"
msgid "manual"
msgstr "हाताने"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Daemon"
msgid "daemon"
msgstr "पार्श्वभूमीत चालणाऱ्या कार्यक्रम"
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr "आलायसेस..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr "व्हर्च्यूअल डोमेन्स..."
@@ -380,7 +385,7 @@
#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
@@ -395,7 +400,7 @@
#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -408,39 +413,39 @@
"कृपया परत प्रयत्न करा.\n"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr "पाठवण्याचा पत्ता पुन्हा लिहिला जातोय"
#. Translators: text entry label
#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr "याप्रमाणे दाखवा"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr "ह्या वापरकर्त्यांसाठीचा पत्ता आधीच दाखविला गेला."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr "पत्र पत्त्यांची पध्दत चूकीची आहे."
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr "मास्करेडिग"
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr "स्थानिक डोमेन्स मास्करेड करा"
@@ -450,23 +455,23 @@
#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
#. ),
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr "इतर डोमेन्स मास्करेड करा"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr "मास्करेड कराययाचे डोमेन्स"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
msgid "Local user"
msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
msgid "Display as"
msgstr "याप्रमाणे दाखवा"
@@ -475,23 +480,23 @@
#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf"))
#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "भरा/मिळवा"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "काढून टाका"
#. Translators: error popup
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr "क्षेत्राचे नाव चूकीचे आहे"
@@ -499,106 +504,106 @@
#. list<string> lmod = [];
#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr "बाहेर जाणा-या सर्व्हरचे ऑथेन्टीकेशन"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr "बाहेर जाणारा सर्व्हर"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
msgid "&User name"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr "मेल उतरवले जात आहेत"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "शिष्टाचार"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
msgid "User"
msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "काढून करा"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr "आत येणारे मेल पुर्नु: निर्देशन"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr "अथवा"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr "स्थळ"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr "अलाइस पद्धत चुकीचा आहे."
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr "हया आलायसची गंतव्यस्थाने आधीच ठरवली आहेत."
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr "दुसरे नाव"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "उर्फ नांव"
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr "गंतव्य स्थाने"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr "व्हर्च्यूअ डोमेन्स"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr "पत्र संरचना"
#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..."
@@ -877,12 +882,12 @@
msgstr " Cyrus IMAP सर्व्हरकडे"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "AMaViS, व्हयरस गाळणी, स्थापित केली जाईल.\n"
#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -893,58 +898,58 @@
"स्केनरला मेन्यूअली कोन्फिगर करा."
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "फेचमेल, एक मेल डाउनलोड करण्याची युटिलिटि इन्स्टोल होइल.\n"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "AMaViS, व्हयरस गाळणी, स्थापित केली जाईल.\n"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr "मेल संरचना कार्यान्वयन करत आहे"
#. Translators: progress label
#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr "मेळ ट्रान्सपोर्ट एजंट (MTA) ठरवताना"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr "सर्वसाधारण रचना वाचत आहे"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr "मसयकोडींग सेंटीग्ज वाचताना"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr "उतरवून घेतलेली सेटींग्ज वाचताना"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr "अलीअस टेबल्स वाचताना"
#. Translators: progress label
#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशन सेटींग्ज लिहिताना चूक..."
#. Translators: error message,
#. %1 is a file name,
#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
@@ -956,18 +961,18 @@
"%२"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr "फेचमेल कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिताना चूक"
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr "फाईल लिहिताना चूक %1"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error running SuSEconfig."
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
@@ -976,147 +981,147 @@
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr "सेवा सुरू करताना चूक %1."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr "सर्वसाधारण मांडणी लिहीत आहे"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr "मास्केरेडींग सेटींग्ज लिहिताना."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr "अलाईस टेबल्स लिहिताना"
#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr "उतरवलेली सेंटीग्ज लिहिताना"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशन सेटींग्ज लिहिताना..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन टेबल्स लिहिणे संपवताना"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींग"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr "सेवा परत सुरू करत आहे"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr "मेल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
msgid "Other"
msgstr "इतर"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr "कायमचे"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr "डायल-अप"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
msgid "None"
msgstr "कोणी नाही"
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
msgid "MTA"
msgstr "MTA"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr "जुळणी प्रकार..."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr "बाहेर जाणारा मेल सर्व्हर"
#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
msgid "From Header"
msgstr "शीर्षकावरुन"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr "स्थानिक क्षेत्र"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr "इतर डोमेन्ट मास्करेड करा"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr "युजर्स मास्करेड करा"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr "दुर्गम SMTP संपर्क स्वीकारा"
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "हो"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr "AMaViS वापरा"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Use NIS"
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr "NIS वापरा"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr "फेचमेल"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr "व्हर्च्यूहल युजर्स"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "सादरकर्त्याची संरचना सारांश:"
@@ -359,26 +359,26 @@
msgstr "उतरवून घेतलेली रीलीझ नोटस स्थापन अपयशी झाले."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr "जोडणी सुरू करत आहे"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr "इन्टरनेट कनेक्टिंग असफल झाले.तपशीलासाठी लोगफाइल बघा.\n"
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
" जायला <b>Cancel</b> दाबा.\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
@@ -405,12 +405,12 @@
" माहिती करता लॉग पहा."
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr "ठिगळेकरता तपासा"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@
"माहिती करता लॉग पहा.\n"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr "जोडणी बंद करत आहे"
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr " कोन्फिगरेशन एरर: इन्टरफेस इनिशियलाइझ झाला नाही"
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींग"
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@
msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार"
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क"
@@ -726,87 +726,87 @@
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "इन्फ्रारेड नियंत्रक अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr "तक्त्यामध्ये फाईल्स मिळवल्या जात आहेत..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr "बूट लोडर मेन्यूत भाषांतरे अपडेट केली जात आहेत..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "सूचना: इन्क्रीप्शंन वापरले गेले नाही."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
msgid "Change."
msgstr "बदला."
@@ -907,72 +907,72 @@
msgstr "USB वायरलेस महाजाल कार्ड"
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "अनोळखी जाळे उपकरम"
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr "%1 प्रमाणे संरचीत केले"
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "पुरविणद्वाराबरोबर %2 प्रमाणे संरचित केले %1"
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr "पुरविणद्वाराबरोबर %2 प्रमाणे संरचित केले %1 (प्रोटोकेल %3)"
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1"
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1 (दूरस्थ %2)"
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "%1 बरोबर संरचित केले"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर %2 याप्रमाणे संरचित केले %1"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर %2 याप्रमाणे संरचित केले %1 (दूरस्थ %3)"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr "%2 याप्रमाणे संरचित केले %1"
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "प्रंबधीत"
@@ -1114,12 +1114,12 @@
msgstr "लॉग निवडा:"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त पत्ते"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
@@ -1127,16 +1127,16 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP पत्ता"
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "मिळवा"
@@ -1145,8 +1145,8 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1156,176 +1156,176 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "काढून करा"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr "संवादमंचाचे नाव"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr "<p>TODO प्रकारचा व्हेगू!</p>"
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr "फायरवॉल विभागात संवादमंचाचे जाळे:"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr "मॅन्डेटरी पडदा"
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "संरचना नाव"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "नवीन गट मिळवा"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "मोडेम उपकरण"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "CHAN IDS"
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr "CHAN IDS"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Up"
msgid "Up"
msgstr "वर"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Down"
msgid "Down"
msgstr "खाली"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "बोन्ड ड्रायव्हर विकल्प"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr "<p> बोन्ड ड्रायव्हर विकल्प सिलेक्ट करा, गरज वाटल्यास एडिट करा. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "डायनॉमिक IP पत्ता"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr "उत्पादन आवृत्ती व रिलीज"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr "LDAP आवृत्ती 2"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr "LDAP आवृत्ती 2"
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr "स्थानिक आयपी पत्ता"
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr "सबनेट मास्क"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "&सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता"
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr "S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1335,13 +1335,13 @@
"जर तुम्हाला खात्री आहे कि डिटेक्टशन चुकीचे आहे तरच हे अर्थपूर्ण ठरते."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "संरचना %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1354,23 +1354,23 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "उपकरण आयपी पत्ता"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "वैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "वैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1390,55 +1390,55 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
msgid "&General"
msgstr "सर्वसाधारण"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>येथे महाजाल कार्ड मांडणीच्या तपशीलाची संरचना करा.</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "पत्ता"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>तुमचा आयपी पत्ता संरचीत करा.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "हार्डवेअर"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "बिनतारी"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1456,12 +1456,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
@@ -1658,25 +1669,25 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr " ह्या बूटप्रोटोसाठी शक्य वेल्यु नाही!!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr "ह्या स्टार्टमोडसाठी शक्य वेल्यु नाही!"
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "डिवाइस डिलिट केलेले आहे"
@@ -1739,7 +1750,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
@@ -1752,7 +1763,7 @@
"फर्मवेअर इन्स्टोल करण्यासाठी, एड-ओन सिडि वायएएसटी इन्स्टोलेशन स्त्रोतामधे घाला व ह्या\n"
" कोन्फिगरेशन डायलोग कडे परत या."
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
@@ -1771,22 +1782,22 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "फर्मवेअर स्थापीत करत आहे..."
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "स्थापनेच्या वेळी चूक झाली."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1801,12 +1812,12 @@
"तर इन्टरफेस नेटवर्कमेनेजरने मेनेज केला जाणार नाही.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "महाडाल रचना पध्दत"
@@ -1815,7 +1826,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज"
@@ -1995,7 +2006,7 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड"
@@ -2005,7 +2016,7 @@
msgstr "शोधा"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -2015,7 +2026,7 @@
"एखादे निराळे निवडा."
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "S/390 महाजाल कार्ड संरचना"
@@ -2023,135 +2034,135 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "S/390 उपकरण मांडणी"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "पोर्टाचे नाव"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "पोर्ट क्रंमाक"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "IP A टेकओव्हर चालू करा"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "Layer2 MAC पत्ता"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "चॅनेल"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "बदल आता लिहा"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल बदलली."
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>ह्या इन्टरफेसचे <b>पोर्ट नेम</b> एन्टर करा (केस-सिन्सिटिव).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेसचे एडिशनल <b>ओप्शन्स</b> एन्टर करा (स्पेसने वेगळे केलेले).</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "जर इन्टरफेससाठी आयपिए एड्रेस टेक ओवर एनेबल केले असले पाहिजे तर <p><b>एनेबल आयपिए टेक ओवर</b>निवडा.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>जर हे कार्ड लेयर २ सपोर्टने कोन्फिगर केले आहे तर <b> एनेबल लेयर २ सपोर्ट </b> निवडा.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p> जर हे कार्ड लेयर २ सपोर्टने कोन्फिगर केले आहे तर <b> लेयर २ मेक एड्रेसेस</b> एन्टर करा.<p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "पोर्ट क्रंमाक"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "LANCMD टाईम-उट"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>पोर्ट नंबर</b> निवडा.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>एलएएनसिएमडि टाइम-आउट</b> दर्शवा.</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "किम्पेटिबिलिटी मोड"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "एक्सटेन्डेड मोड"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "सिटिसि-बेस्ड टिटिवाय (लायन्क्स टु लायन्क्स क्नेक्शन)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "कंपेटिबिलिटी मोड विथ ओएस /३९० व झेड्/ओएस"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>प्रोटोकोल</b> निवडा.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "पिअरचे नाव"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2159,8 +2170,7 @@
"<p>आययुसिवि पिर चे नाव एन्टर करा,\n"
"उदा, the झेड/विएम युजर नेम ज्याने कनेक्ट करायचे आहे (केस-सेन्सिटिव).</p>\n"
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2169,7 +2179,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती"
@@ -2753,31 +2763,31 @@
"'वायरलेस'फाइल रिफर करा.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "IP पत्ता"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "सबनेट मास्क अवैध आहे"
@@ -2953,130 +2963,130 @@
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr "इनक्रिप्शन"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr "वाटलेली कळ"
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "बिनतारी महाजाल कार्ड संरचना"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr "बिनतारी उपकरण मांडणी"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr "ऑपरेटींग मोड"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Master"
msgstr "मालक"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr "महाजालाचे नाव (ESSID)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "स्त्रोत महाजाल"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr "तज्ञ सेटींग्ज"
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP कळ"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr "WPA ऑथेन्टीकेशप मोड फक्त मॅनेज्ड ऑपरेशन मोड मध्येच शक्य आहे."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "हया मोडकरजा नेटवर्क नाव ठरवा."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "नेटवर्क नाव 32 अक्षरांपेक्षा कमी असलेच पाहीजे."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr "पासफ्रेज मध्ये 8 ते 63 मधील अक्षरे असलीच पाहीजे(दोन्ही मिळून)."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "%1 हेक्झाडेसीमल डीजीटस कळीकरता आवश्यक आहे."
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ अवैध आहे."
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "हया ऑथेटीकेशन मोड करता इनक्रीप्शन कळ ठरवा"
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3171,27 +3181,27 @@
msgstr "EAP पध्दत"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "कळ"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदत"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "बिनतारी कळ"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3204,7 +3214,7 @@
"दुसरया किज डाटा डिक्रिप्ट करण्यासाठी वापरतात. बहुतेक करुन तुमच्या कडे एकच कि असते.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3218,50 +3228,50 @@
"६४ ला सेट करावी लागेल.</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "वेप कळ"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "कळ लांबी"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr "नाही."
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "किल्ली"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "नित्यस्थिती"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "डीफॉल्ट म्हणून सेट करा"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र निवडा"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3270,47 +3280,47 @@
"सर्टीपिकेट घाला."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
msgid "Any"
msgstr "एखादे"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP तपशील"
@@ -3325,25 +3335,37 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापनाला परवानगी"
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापनाला परवानगी"
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापनाला परवानगी नाही"
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>हे फिचर एनेबल केले तर ,\n"
"तुम्ही हे मशिन दुसरया मशिनवरुन रिमोटली एड्मिनिस्टर करु शकता. \n"
@@ -3351,17 +3373,17 @@
"हा रिमोट एड्मिनिस्टरेशनचा प्रकार SSH पेक्षा कमी सुरक्षित असतो.</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापन मांडणी"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना संस्थापित करण्याची आवश्यकता"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3373,111 +3395,61 @@
"\n"
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?\n"
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या सग्रहीत झाली"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DNS संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "DSL संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "सादरकर्ता संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "ISDN संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "मोडेम संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "पुरविणारा संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "रामुटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन यशस्वी पणे साठवले"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "%1 ची संरचना सुरू करा?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "महाजाल पत्र"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "मोडेम्स"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN कार्ड"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL उपकरण"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "सर्व महाजाल उपकरण"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव अवैध आहे."
@@ -3554,8 +3526,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता नाव आणि क्षेत्र नाव"
@@ -3583,28 +3555,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "शोध यादीत जास्तीत जास्त %1 डोमेन्स."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "शोध यादीत जास्तीत जास्त %1 शब्द असू शकत नाही."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "शोध यंत्र '%1' अवैध आहे."
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता आणि नाव असलेला सेवासंगणक संरचना"
@@ -3638,27 +3610,27 @@
"<b>सादरकर्त्याचे खोटे नाव</b>, अंतराद्वारे विभागा.</p>\n"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "सध्याचा सादरकर्ता"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "खोटा सादरकर्ता"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "खोटा सादरकर्ता"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "खोटे नाव \"%1\" अवैध आहे."
@@ -3702,43 +3674,43 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "लक्ष्य"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Net&mask"
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "नेटमास्क"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "साधन"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "लक्ष्य अवैध आहे."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार आयपी पत्ता अयोग्य आहे."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "सबनेट मास्क अवैध आहे."
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे."
@@ -3989,36 +3961,36 @@
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 कार्यान्वित करा"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "अनोळखी उपकरण"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "IP पत्ता"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "IP पत्ता सोपवलापत्ता नेमस्त केलेला नाही"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
@@ -4026,12 +3998,12 @@
msgstr "पुढे %1: %2 -- %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "उपकरण बदला"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण निवडा"
@@ -4040,7 +4012,7 @@
#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unconfigured"
msgid "configured"
@@ -4099,7 +4071,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "अद्ययावत संरचना"
@@ -4125,7 +4097,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..."
@@ -4138,360 +4110,353 @@
msgstr "वाचत आहे /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता: DHCP च्याद्वारे मांडणी"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "सादरकर्ता: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "होस्टनेम लहिले जाणार नाही /etc/होस्ट्स"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "यादी शोधा: %1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "अद्ययावत रचना"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "पॅकेजेस सुधारणा करत आहे..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना कार्यान्वित करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण शोधा"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "चालक माहिती वाचा"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "उपकरण संरचना वाचा"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "स्थापीत माहिती वाचा"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचा"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधा"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "हार्डवेअर शोधत आहे..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण शोधत आहे..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "उपकरण संरचना वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "सादरकर्ता आणि DNS संरचना वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "स्थापीत माहिती वाचत आहे..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचले जात आहे..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधत आहे..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "बदल लागू करण्यासाठी रिबूट आवश्यक आहे."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "उपकरण संरचना लिहा"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना लिहा"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहा"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहा"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "महाजाल सेवा मांडणी"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "महाजाल सेवा सक्रीय करा"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "लिहीत आहे /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "उपकरण संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "महाजाल संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "नेटवर्क सुविधा सेट होत आहेत..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संक्रिय करत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "महाजाल मोड"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "महाजाल प्रबंधक अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "महाजाल प्रबंधक कार्यान्वित करा"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "डिसेबल आइपिवि६ "
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "(असुरक्षितकनेक्ट केलेले नाही)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "बूट वर आपोआप चालू झाले"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "केवळ जोडणी आपोआप सुरु झाले"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "नेटवर्क प्रंबधकात मॅनेज केले"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "सुरु होणार नाही"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "DHCP वापरून IP पत्ता सोपवला"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
@@ -4499,47 +4464,47 @@
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "संरचित केले नाही"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "उपकरण नाव: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Ending Banner"
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "बॅनर संपादीत करत आहे"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "(असुरक्षितकनेक्ट केलेले नाही)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4549,18 +4514,18 @@
"साउंड कार्ड आकृतीबंध मोड्यूल सुरू करण्यासाठी<b>कॉनफिगर साउंड कार्डस्</b>दाबा.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "माहिती आवश्यक आहे"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed."
msgid ""
@@ -4569,42 +4534,47 @@
msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केलेले नाही आणि ते स्थापित केले जआणार नाही"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करा"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "iSCSI Initiator कॉनफिग्येशन साठवले जात आहे"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..."
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश."
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश."
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4612,33 +4582,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक कार्यान्वित आहे."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक अकार्यान्वित आहे."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "उतरवलेली सेंटीग्ज लिहिताना"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींग"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
@@ -4648,26 +4618,26 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू"
@@ -4688,6 +4658,42 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(असुरक्षित)"
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या सग्रहीत झाली"
+
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DNS संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
+
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "DSL संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
+
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "सादरकर्ता संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
+
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "ISDN संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
+
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
+
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "मोडेम संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
+
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
+
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "पुरविणारा संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली"
+
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "रामुटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन यशस्वी पणे साठवले"
+
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?"
+
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "%1 ची संरचना सुरू करा?"
+
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "उपकरण बूट प्रोटोकॉल"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
"0-9, A-Z, a-z, dots, -, बिंदु आणि _ य़ांचा वापर असला पाहिजे. "
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
"'%1' सहितची प्रविष्टी समाविष्ट आहे."
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -383,12 +383,12 @@
msgstr "NFS ग्राहक संरचना"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "संचिका तयार करण्यास असमर्थ '%1'."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -399,52 +399,52 @@
" NFS क्लाएंट आकृतीबंध.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "NFS संरचना लिहीत आहे"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "सेवा थांबवा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "सेवा सुरू करा"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "सेवा सुरू करत आहे..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "NFS ग्राहक रचना लिहीत आहे. कृपया वाट पाहा..."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "NFS नोंदी"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -257,8 +257,9 @@
msgstr "NIS सेवा संगणकाचा पत्ता"
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
+msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr "प्रसारण"
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
@@ -376,11 +377,6 @@
msgstr "सेवासंगमक (अंतर किंवा अल्पविरामाने विभागा)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr "प्रसारण"
-
-#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr "&SLP"
@@ -589,6 +585,9 @@
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr "NIS सेवासंगणक मिळाला नाही."
+#~ msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#~ msgstr "प्रसारण"
+
#~ msgid "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "</p> आपण <b>DHCP</b> वापरत असल्यास, व सर्व्हर जर NIS\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr "NIS संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
#. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -29,68 +29,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>आकृतीबंध पुढे सुरु ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> वापरा.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
msgstr "वैध सेवासंगणकाचे नाव लिहा."
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "सेवा संगणक पत्ता"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक संरचना"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
msgstr "परवलीशब्द नियंत्रीत करा"
#. push button label
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr "&संरचित करा..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "ZEवर्क्ससोबत जुळवून घेत आहे"
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -303,273 +303,267 @@
msgstr "JJY ग्राहक"
#. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
msgid "NTP client configuration module."
msgstr "NTP क्लांयट कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयूल"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP डीमनची एन्ट्री छापा."
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
msgstr "सर्व कॉनफिग्युअर्ड synchronization संबंध छापा"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा."
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम अकार्यान्वित करा."
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
msgstr "नवीन synchronization संबंध छापा"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
msgstr "सध्या अस्तित्वात असलेले synchronization संबंध सुधारु"
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
msgstr "हा synchronization संबंध काढून टाका"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
msgid "The address of the server"
msgstr "सेवा संगणकाचा पत्ता."
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
msgid "The address of the peer"
msgstr "पीअरचा पत्ता"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
msgstr "ज्या पत्त्यावर प्रसारीत करायचे तो पत्ता"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
msgstr "ज्या पत्त्यावर प्रसारण स्विकारचे तो पत्ता"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
msgid "The options of the relationship"
msgstr "नात्याचे पर्याय"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
msgstr "क्लॉक ड्रायव्हर synchronization विकल्प"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr "प्राथमिक synchronization सर्व्हर वापरा"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr "प्राथमिक synchronization सर्व्हर वापरु नका"
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
msgstr "सींक्रोनायझेशन पीर ठरवलेली नाही."
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
msgstr "ठराविक सींक्रोनायझेशन पीर मिळत नाही."
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा."
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम अकार्यान्वित करा."
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Peer"
msgstr "पीर"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr "प्रसारीत करा"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
msgstr "प्रसारणे स्वीकारली जात आहेत"
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
msgstr "युनीट क्रंमाक: %1"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
msgid "Local Radio Clock"
msgstr "स्थानिक रेडिओ घड्याळ"
#. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
msgid "Reading the settings failed."
msgstr "सेटींग्ज वाचण्यात अपयश."
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक संरचना"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "NTP Configuration"
msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक संरचना"
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी"
-
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "साधारण जुळणी"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना साठवत आहे"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "New Synchronization"
msgstr "नवीन synchronization"
#. Server editing dialog
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "NTP Server"
msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr "स्थानिक NTP सेवासंगणक"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr "स्थानिक NTP सेवासंगणक"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "NTP Peer"
msgstr "NTP पीअर"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Local Reference Clock"
msgstr "स्थानिक संदर्भ घडयाळ"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr "बाहेर जाणारे प्रसारण"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr "आत जाणारे प्रसारण"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
msgid "&Reference ID"
msgstr "संदर्भ ID"
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "&Stratum"
msgstr "स्ट्राटम"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
msgstr "कॅलीब्रेशन ऑफसेट 1"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
msgstr "कॅलीब्रेशन ऑफसेट 2"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Flag &1"
msgstr "झेंडा 1"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Flag &2"
msgstr "झेंडा 2"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Flag &3"
msgstr "झेंडा 3"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
msgid "Flag &4"
msgstr "झेंडा 4"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
msgstr "घडयाळ ड्रायव्हरचे कॅलीब्रेशन"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -578,7 +572,7 @@
"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -587,7 +581,7 @@
"आकृतीबंधाचे साधन <b>Abort</b> दाबून आता सुरक्षितपणे सोडून द्या.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -596,7 +590,7 @@
"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -606,17 +600,15 @@
"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतन प्रक्रिया सोडून द्या.\n"
"हे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही हे एक वेगळा संवाद आपल्याला सांगेल.</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big> NTP Daemon स्वयंचलितरीत्या सुरू करm</big></b><br>\n"
"प्रणाली boot करताना NTP daemon सुरू करावा हे निवडा.\n"
@@ -646,7 +638,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -663,7 +655,7 @@
"आपल्या network administrator ला विचारा.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -679,7 +671,7 @@
"Synchronization peer काढून टाकण्यासाठी तो निवडून <b>Delete</b> क्लिक करा.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -689,7 +681,7 @@
"घड्याळाचा ड्रायव्हर कॅलिब्रेटकरण्यासाठी <b>ड्रायव्हर कॅलिब्रेशन</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -701,7 +693,7 @@
"वापरा</b>."
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
@@ -710,7 +702,7 @@
"घडयाकरता कॉनफिग्युअर करायचा ड्रायव्हर निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -721,7 +713,7 @@
"<b>Unit Number</b> set करा.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -742,7 +734,7 @@
"ते स्वतः करावे लागते.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
@@ -751,7 +743,7 @@
"घड्याळाचा driver calibrate करण्यासाठी <b>Driver Calibration</b> क्लिक करा.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -764,7 +756,7 @@
"विचारा.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -777,7 +769,7 @@
"<b>Select</b> क्लिक करा किंवा <b>Local NTP Server</b>आणि <b>Public NTP Server</b> मधून निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -788,7 +780,7 @@
"<b>Test</b> क्लिक करा.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -799,7 +791,7 @@
"set करण्यासाठी <b>Address</b> वापरा.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -810,7 +802,7 @@
"<b>Address</b> चे text field वापरा.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -822,7 +814,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -835,7 +827,7 @@
"च्या text field ला लिहा. तपशीलासाठी पहा,\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm</i>.</p>"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -847,7 +839,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
@@ -856,7 +848,7 @@
"Synchronization peer चा प्रकार येथे घेण्यासाठी निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
@@ -865,7 +857,7 @@
"<b>Server</b> निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
@@ -874,7 +866,7 @@
"<b>Peer</b> निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
@@ -883,7 +875,7 @@
"करण्यासाठी <b>Radio Clock</b> निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
@@ -892,7 +884,7 @@
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b> निवडा.</p> "
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
@@ -901,7 +893,7 @@
"व स्थानिक वेळ set करण्यास ती वापरण्यासाठी <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -912,7 +904,7 @@
"निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -927,7 +919,7 @@
"नंतर सापडलेल्या servers च्या यादीतून server निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -939,7 +931,7 @@
"निवडा.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -961,7 +953,7 @@
"सुद्धा पाहू शकता.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -971,7 +963,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -987,7 +979,7 @@
"असतो.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -1000,7 +992,7 @@
"अवलंबून असतो. काही drivers सर्व पर्याय वापरत नाहीत.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
@@ -1019,17 +1011,17 @@
"सर्व बदल नाहीसे होतील."
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा."
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr "मांडणी संग्रहीत करा आणि NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा."
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -1044,7 +1036,7 @@
"daemon नीट चालेल असे नाही."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
@@ -1053,7 +1045,7 @@
"पूर्णपणे qualified hostname, IPv4 address,किंवा IPv6 address."
#. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
msgid ""
"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
"replace the current NTP server.\n"
@@ -1066,44 +1058,44 @@
"खरोखर सध्याचा NTP server replace करायचा?"
#. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Select the Device"
msgstr "उपकरण निवडा"
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
msgstr "सार्वजनिक सेवासंगणक"
#. message report (no server selected)
#. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
msgid "Select an NTP server."
msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक निवडा."
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
msgid "All Countries"
msgstr "सर्व देश"
#. combo box header
#. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
msgid "&Country"
msgstr "देश"
#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
msgstr "तुमच्या नेटवर्कवर NTP सर्व्हर्स करता छाननी होत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
msgid ""
"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -1114,216 +1106,216 @@
"जे बहुधा नेटवर्क scanning ला अडथळा आणते."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
msgstr "तुमच्या जाळ्यामध्ये NTP सेवासंगणक सापडला नाही."
#. combo box label
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
msgid "Address"
msgstr "पत्ता"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "No server is selected."
msgstr "सेवासंगणक निवडलेला नाही."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
msgid "A&ddress"
msgstr "पत्ता"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
msgstr "कम्पलीष्ट कॉनफिग्युरेशन"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
msgstr "ड्रायव्हर कॅलीब्रेशन"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Synchronization"
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
msgstr "दुरस्थ सिंकोनायझेशन"
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा."
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only &Manually"
msgstr "हाताने"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Synchronizing with ZENworks"
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
msgstr "ZEवर्क्ससोबत जुळवून घेत आहे"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
msgid "Now and on &Boot"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
msgstr "NTP डीमन च्रुट व जेल"
#. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
msgstr ""
#. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "हाताने"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
#, fuzzy
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "स्वंयचलित"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "कस्टम"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
msgstr "माऊस संरचना सारांश."
#. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Custom Policy"
msgstr "अकॉस्टिक पॉलिसी"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
msgstr "pool.ntp.org हून रॅन्डम सर्व्हर्स वापरा"
#. text entry label
#. text entry
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "पत्ता"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
msgid "&Select..."
msgstr "&निवडा..."
#. push button
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
msgid "&Test"
msgstr "परिक्षा"
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
msgid "Synchronization Type"
msgstr "Synchronization प्रकार"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
msgid "Display &Log..."
msgstr "लॉग दाखवा..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
msgid "Clock &Type"
msgstr "घडयाळाचा प्रकार"
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
msgid "Unit &Number"
msgstr "विभाग क्रमांक"
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
msgid "Create &Symlink"
msgstr "सिमलिंक तयार करा"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "उपकरण"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
#, fuzzy
msgid "Access Control Options"
msgstr "&अक्सेस नियंत्रण सूची (ACL)"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
msgid "&Server"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
msgid "&Peer"
msgstr "पिअर"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
msgid "&Radio Clock"
msgstr "रेडिओ घड्याळ"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr "बाहेर जाणारे प्रसारण"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr "आत जाणारे प्रसारण"
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
msgid "Loc&al Network"
msgstr "स्थानिक जाळे"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
msgid "&Public NTP Server"
msgstr "सामायिक NTP सेवासंगणक"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
msgid "NTP Server Location"
msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक स्थळ"
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
msgid "&Lookup"
msgstr "लूकअप"
@@ -1337,155 +1329,166 @@
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..."
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना कार्यान्वित करत आहे"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचा"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..."
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
-
-#. progress step
#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना साठवत आहे"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr "NTP मांडणी लिहा"
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr "अ"
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे"
-
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही"
-
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करू शकत नाही."
-
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "जेव्हा प्रणाली सुरू होत असेल तेव्हा NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम सुरू करा"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम आपोआप सुरू होत नाही."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "रेडिओ घड्याळ: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "पिअर: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "वेळेची माहिती प्रसारीत: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "%1 कडून प्रसारीत झालेली वेळेची माहिती स्वीकारा"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहा"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करत आहे..."
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "माऊस संरचना सारांश."
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक चाचणी घेत आहे..."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "सर्व्हर संपर्कात आहे व व्यवस्थीत प्रतिसाद देतो."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "सर्व्हर संपर्कात नाही व व्यवस्थीत प्रतिसाद देत नाही."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना कार्यान्वित करत आहे"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचा"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..."
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
+
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना साठवत आहे"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr "NTP मांडणी लिहा"
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "अ"
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे"
+
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही"
+
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करू शकत नाही."
+
+#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
+#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी"
+
#~ msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables."
#~ msgstr "सीस कॉनफिग व्हेरीएबल्स लिहू शकत नाही."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:42+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solution<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..."
@@ -572,12 +572,6 @@
msgid "&Media"
msgstr "साधन"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr "पॅकेज प्रबंधक संरचना साठवली जात आहे..."
-
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
#, fuzzy
@@ -617,7 +611,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "युआरएल: %1"
@@ -901,7 +895,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "विस्तृत:"
@@ -909,7 +903,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?"
@@ -1520,50 +1514,50 @@
msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "संदर्भ मिळविताना..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र निवडा"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे "
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "संदर्भ मिळविताना..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे "
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
@@ -1587,8 +1581,8 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1598,25 +1592,31 @@
"करण्यात अपयश आले '%1'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "प्रगत पर्याय"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr "पॅकेज प्रबंधक संरचना साठवली जात आहे..."
+
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
#.
@@ -1624,20 +1624,20 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "प्रणाली स्थापीत करत असताना चूक सापडली."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "नियंत्रक फाईल %1 सापडली नाही."
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgid ""
@@ -1645,76 +1645,83 @@
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
msgstr " %1 पॅकेज स्थापित झाले नाही. सुविधा सुधारता येणार नाही."
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr "अज्ञात मोड"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "युआरएल: %1"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "युआरएल: %1, संचिका: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "अतिरिक्त माहिती"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू निवड"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा."
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "प्रथम स्थापनेचे माध्यम सरकवा."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ."
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr "अज्ञात मोड"
-
#. update the trusted flag
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
#, fuzzy
@@ -1744,31 +1751,31 @@
"प्रतिकृत करून ठेवता येत नाही.\n"
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
msgstr "फसलेल्या पॅकेजची यादी दाखवा"
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
msgid "&Show Full Log"
msgstr "पूर्ण क्रमवारी मालिका दाखवा"
#. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation of Some Packages Failed"
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
msgstr "काही पॅकेजची स्थापना अपयशी झाली"
#. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation aborted."
msgid "Installation aborted by user."
msgstr "स्थापना मध्येच अर्धवट सोडली."
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr "माध्यम"
@@ -1777,13 +1784,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ">%1"
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
msgid "Done."
msgstr "झाली."
@@ -1791,7 +1798,7 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
@@ -1800,7 +1807,7 @@
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Next: %1"
@@ -1809,7 +1816,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
msgid "Total"
msgstr "एकूण"
@@ -1818,12 +1825,12 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे %1 (%2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1832,34 +1839,34 @@
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Package"
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे %1"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "स्थापित नाही (%1 -> %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू करत आहे: %1"
@@ -2000,8 +2007,10 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
+msgstr "%1 पॅकेजेस अपडेट केली जातील"
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
@@ -2016,13 +2025,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "संदर्भ मिळाला नाही '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
@@ -2040,33 +2049,33 @@
"SUSE लायनक्स वेब सर्व्हरवरुन अपडेटेड रीलीज नोट्स डाऊनलोड करु शकाल</b></p>"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "वाईट माध्यम विसरत आहे..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "सुविधा पॅक उगम एकत्रित करण्याचे अयशस्वी ठरले."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "सीडी %1 आत सरकवा 1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 आढळली नाही."
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -2075,19 +2084,19 @@
"%1 ही लॉग फाईल अधिक माहितीकरता तपासून पहा."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "पॅकेज निवड अभ्यासन पहात आहे..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2096,37 +2105,45 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "%1फाईल वाचू शकत नाही"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "भाषा"
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "होय, मी परवाना करार मान्य करतो"
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -2140,38 +2157,39 @@
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "खरोखरच जास्तीच्या वस्तूंची स्थापनेतून बाहेर पडायचे का?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "यंत्रणा बंद होत आहे..."
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "License Agreement"
@@ -2179,7 +2197,7 @@
msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -2285,7 +2303,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
@@ -2337,7 +2355,7 @@
msgstr "वर्णन नाही"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2346,7 +2364,7 @@
"तर <b>ISO इमेज</b> सेट करा.</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
@@ -2356,53 +2374,53 @@
"मीडीयाचे स्थळ सेट करा.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Protocol"
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "आरोहण पर्याय"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " (default)"
msgid "(default)"
msgstr " (मूळ)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "पर्यायाचे नाव"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "प्रोटोकोल"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "पर्यायाचे नाव"
@@ -2410,40 +2428,40 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS सेवा संगणक"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "सीडी किंवा डीव्हिडी चालक"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ"
@@ -2453,26 +2471,26 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक आणि संचिका"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2483,13 +2501,13 @@
"वापरा.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "सेवा नाव"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2500,17 +2518,17 @@
"वापरा.</p>"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&युआरएल"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2523,16 +2541,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2543,7 +2561,7 @@
" NFS सर्व्हरच्या यजमानाचे नांव व सर्व्हवरील पाथ करण्यासाठी,<b>सर्व्हर नेम</b> आणि<b>\n"
"डिरेक्टरी किंवा ISO प्रतिमेचा पाथ </b> वापरा.<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2552,16 +2570,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2570,12 +2588,12 @@
"मीडीयाचा प्रकार नमूद करण्यासाठी, <b>CD-ROM</b> किंवा <b>DVD-ROM</b> सेट करा.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा फाईल"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2585,7 +2603,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2593,7 +2611,7 @@
msgstr "अपेक्षित फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2601,18 +2619,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2625,23 +2643,23 @@
"RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी</b>nवापरा.</p>"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
#, fuzzy
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "व्यापक साठवण उपकरण"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "सिस्टम"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2657,7 +2675,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2665,12 +2683,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी उपकरण"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2685,13 +2703,13 @@
"RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी</b>nवापरा.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2702,73 +2720,73 @@
"RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी</b>nवापरा.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&स्थान"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "वाटप"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "शिक्कामोर्तब करा"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "अनामिक"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "डोमेन किंवा वर्कग्रुप"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&परवली शब्द"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "HTTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2794,7 +2812,7 @@
"असेल, तर <b>ISO इमेज</b>सेट करा.</p>"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2803,12 +2821,17 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..."
+
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2820,7 +2843,7 @@
"वा हार्ड डिस्क वरून.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2831,7 +2854,7 @@
"उपलब्ध प्रॉडक्ट; CD संच घ्या वा उपलब्ध DVD घ्या.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2857,7 +2880,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2876,28 +2899,28 @@
"करा, जसे /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the media type."
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "मीडीयाचा प्रकार निवडा"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr " अड-ऑन उत्पादन DVD सरकवा."
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क शोधता आल्या नाहीत"
#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2907,12 +2930,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "मिडिया तपासा"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Products"
msgid "Add On Product"
@@ -2921,7 +2944,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "' is not valid."
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
@@ -3136,12 +3159,12 @@
msgstr "SLP नामावली सापडत नाही"
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr "विभागणीसाठी \"%1\" अधिक %2 जागा व्हावी."
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Deselect some packages or delete some data\n"
@@ -3154,7 +3177,7 @@
"किंवा तात्पुरत्या फाईल्स काढा यंत्रणा अपडेट करण्याआधी."
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please deselect some packages."
msgid "Deselect some packages."
@@ -3208,10 +3231,6 @@
#~ msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेसची सुरवात होऊ शकली नाही."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
-#~ msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... "
#~ msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन संपत आहे..."
@@ -3604,10 +3623,6 @@
#~ msgid "&Details"
#~ msgstr "अधिक माहिती"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Release &Notes"
-#~ msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा"
-
#~ msgid "Package Installation"
#~ msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iso-countries\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "%1 पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "वर्णन"
@@ -474,8 +474,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "काहीच निवडले गेले नाही"
@@ -2720,60 +2720,60 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show"
msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "स्थानिक"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "दूरस्थ"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "संरचना"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाव"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "स्थान"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "नित्यस्थिती"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "सूची रिफ्रेश करा"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "परिक्षा पान छापा"
@@ -2784,7 +2784,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2797,7 +2797,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2812,39 +2812,39 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणक"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The print server is accessible."
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
@@ -2853,39 +2853,39 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "नोंद निवडा"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "TSIGकळ काढू शकत नाही."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "आकृतीबंध %1 आता काढून टाकायचे?"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "खरोखर ते काढून टाका?"
@@ -2897,36 +2897,36 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "छापणे संपले"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2935,26 +2935,26 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "ह्या आज्ञेसाठी मदत छापा"
@@ -2963,7 +2963,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1."
@@ -2983,26 +2983,26 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Test Printing"
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "मुद्रणाची चाचणी"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print test page"
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "परिक्षा पान छापा"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Print test page"
msgid "Two test pages"
@@ -3010,7 +3010,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापन होऊ शकले नाही."
@@ -3019,19 +3019,19 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repair was successful"
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
@@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "T&est Printing"
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
@@ -3061,56 +3061,56 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "खरोखर ते काढून टाका?"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "फ्लॉपी माऊंट करू शकलो नाही"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -110,66 +110,66 @@
msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure Later"
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr "नंतर आकृतीबंध बनवा"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart the service"
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करा"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr "सेवा थांबवा"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration"
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "iSCSI Initiator कॉनफिग्येशन साठवले जात आहे"
#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring runlevel..."
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr "चालू पातळी संरचित करत आहे..."
#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stopping services..."
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..."
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक कार्यान्वित आहे."
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक अकार्यान्वित आहे."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -284,16 +284,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading general settings"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgstr "सर्वसाधारण रचना वाचत आहे"
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading general settings"
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "सर्वसाधारण रचना वाचत आहे"
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -12,31 +12,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध"
-
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -54,9 +29,9 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -72,25 +47,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "दुरूस्ती यशस्वी झाली."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल डाऊनलोड करणे अयशस्वी झाले"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र"
@@ -98,8 +73,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
@@ -272,31 +247,27 @@
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1"
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-msgid "Connection time out."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "लक्ष्य अवैध आहे."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -312,35 +283,34 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration failed."
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
@@ -349,7 +319,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -359,23 +329,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -383,6 +353,26 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Invalid time"
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "आवैध वेळ"
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -391,20 +381,20 @@
msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -413,7 +403,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -422,8 +412,8 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating boot options..."
@@ -431,7 +421,7 @@
msgstr "बूट पर्याय अपडेट करत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
@@ -443,31 +433,31 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "आकृतीबंध %1 लोड करत आहे..."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
@@ -475,7 +465,7 @@
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
@@ -489,7 +479,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
msgid ""
@@ -506,7 +496,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -517,41 +507,41 @@
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "अनोळकी चूक सांकेतीक"
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा"
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No product found in the catalog"
msgid ""
@@ -626,7 +616,11 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details"
@@ -634,30 +628,30 @@
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "is not available"
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr "हे उपलब्ध नाही"
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr ""
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -673,7 +667,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
@@ -738,7 +732,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
@@ -746,32 +740,32 @@
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Vendor Identifier"
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr "विक्रेता ओळखचिन्ह"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "आवृत्ती"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Architecture"
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "निर्मिती (आर्किटेक्चर)"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rule Type"
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "नियम प्रकार"
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
@@ -803,10 +797,8 @@
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Email Address"
msgid "&E-mail Address"
@@ -817,39 +809,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr "कोणी नाही"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Certificate File to Import"
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
@@ -857,25 +849,36 @@
#. the UI defition for the main dialog
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Register System via %s"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
+#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
@@ -884,53 +887,36 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
"\n"
"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
msgstr ""
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध"
#. SSL error message
@@ -958,22 +944,22 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
@@ -981,19 +967,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Invalid time"
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr "आवैध वेळ"
-
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -1028,21 +1001,21 @@
msgstr "विभाग सुधारण्याआधी बूट लोडर निवडा"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Importing repositories..."
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..."
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL: %1"
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr "युआरएल: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Priority: %s"
@@ -1113,19 +1086,19 @@
msgstr "विभाग सुधारण्याआधी बूट लोडर निवडा"
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "P&ossible Solutions"
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr "होऊ शकणारे मार्ग"
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Summary"
msgid "Migration Summary"
@@ -1137,14 +1110,14 @@
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr ""
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
@@ -1152,25 +1125,25 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1224,19 +1197,85 @@
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
msgstr ""
-#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show.
+#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Local Registration Servers"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No registration server selected"
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#. Default registration server
+#.
+#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध"
+
+#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "तपासत आहे..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "नोंदणी माहितीचा 1 आयटेम"
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी"
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Registration failed."
+#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Migration Details"
#~ msgid "Migration Repositories"
#~ msgstr "स्थलांतराचा तपशील"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -938,59 +938,59 @@
msgstr "आवश्यक असणाऱ्या पॅकेजेस स्थापीत करा..."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr "PAM प्रवेश"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr "केरबेरोस वापरा"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr "केरबेरोस वापरू नका"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr "डीफॉल्ट रीआल्म"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr "साधारण क्षेत्र"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणक पत्ता"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr "क्लॉक स्क्यू"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>KDC सेवासंगणक</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<p><b>कार्यसमूह किंवा डोमेन</b>: %1</p>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>डिफॉल्ट रीआल्म</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
@@ -998,23 +998,23 @@
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "होय"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "नाही"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -241,11 +241,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
+#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
+#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
+#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"कारण हया सांबा सर्व्हरच्या संपर्कात युजर्स सध्या आहेत,\n"
"सर्व्हर कॉनफिग्युरेशन पुन्हा स्थापन झाले आहे.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -115,223 +115,223 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "अज्ञात"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr " &मॅजिक SysRq कीज शक्य करा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "आधीपासून आलेल्या परवानग्या वापरा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "NTP डीमन च्रुट व जेल"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "VPN सुविधा कार्यान्वित"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable the service"
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable the service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "&संरचित करा..."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Enabled"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "अक्षम केले "
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "मदत"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"ह्या आवश्यक सुविधा हरवल्या आहेत:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
"ह्या आवश्यक सुविधा हरवल्या आहेत:\n"
"%1."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "वर्णन"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "विशेष कीज ओव्हरव्ह्यू"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "हे बदलू?"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr " वर्णन "
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..."
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "बूट सेटिंग्ज"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "बूट परमीश्न्स"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "किरकोळ सेटिंग्ज"
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "पासवर्ड सेटिंग्ज"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "चेक्स"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "पासवर्ड एज"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
" असू शकत नाही."
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -349,17 +349,17 @@
"निवडलेल्या एनक्रिप्शन पद्धतीसाठीची पासवर्डची कमाल लांबी %1 आहे."
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "लॉगइन सेटिंग्ज"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr "प्रवेश"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
"<br>कृपया बाट पहा...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
"आता <b>अबॉर्ट</b>दाबून आकृतीबंध युटिलिटी सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@
"<br>कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
@@ -394,53 +394,9 @@
"<p><b><big>थांबवत आहे संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n"
"<b>थांबवत आहे</b>कळ दाबून संग्रहीत पध्दतीतून बाहेर या.</p>"
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><मोठा>बूट सिक्युरिटी </मोठा></b></p>\n"
-"<p>या डायलॉगमधे, सुरक्षासंबंधीची विविध बूट सेटिंग्ज बदला.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>इंटरप्रिटेशन ऑफ Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"कन्सोलवरील एखाद्याला प्रतिसाद देतांना \n"
-" CTRL + ALT + DEL की कम्बिनेशन दाबून प्रणालीने काय करावे याचा आकृतीबंध\n"
-"बनवा. साधारणपणे प्रणाली रीबूट होते. कधीकधी \n"
-"याकडे दुर्लक्षच केलेले बरे, उदा. जेव्हा प्रणाली वर्कस्टेशन \n"
-"व सर्व्हर या दोन्हींचे कार्य करते.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>शटडाउन विहव्हिअर ऑफ KDM</b>:\n"
-" KDM वरून मशीन कोण बंद करू शकतो ते सेट करा.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -454,7 +410,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
@@ -464,14 +420,14 @@
"जोडलेल्या संगणकासाठी.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
@@ -480,13 +436,13 @@
" संगणकासाठी.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>आपल्या प्रतिमा आकृतीबंध ची<b>Version</b> घाला</p>"
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -497,7 +453,7 @@
"मुख्यत्वे /etc/login.defs फाईलमधे जतन केलेली आहेत.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -510,7 +466,7 @@
"जास्त वेळ थांबावे लागणार नाही एवढा वेळ ठेवा. योग्य वेळ तीन सेकंदांची आहे (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
@@ -524,7 +480,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -535,7 +491,7 @@
"डिस्प्ले मॅनेजर वापरून आपल्या मशीनसाठी रिमोट अक्सेस हा सुरक्षाविषयक धोका ठरू शकतो. </p>"
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
@@ -544,7 +500,7 @@
"मुख्यत्वे /etc/login.defs फाईलमधे जतन केलेली असतात.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -555,7 +511,7 @@
"बॉक्स चेक करुन, या नियमांच्या संबंधात पासवर्ड चेकिंग लागू करा.</p>"
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
@@ -570,7 +526,7 @@
"हा चेक गुप्त ठेवते. </p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -581,12 +537,12 @@
"पासवर्ड जतन केलेले नसल्यास 0 प्रविष्ट करा. </p>"
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्शन मेथड:</b></p>"
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>des</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
@@ -602,7 +558,7 @@
"प्रणालींबरोबर सुसंगती हवी असल्यास, ही पद्धत वापरा. </p>"
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
@@ -611,12 +567,12 @@
"याला समर्थन आहे, परंतु इतर प्रणाली किंवा जुन्या सॉफ्टवेअरचे नाही. </p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
@@ -625,7 +581,7 @@
"दिवस वापरायचा ते सेट करा.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -636,7 +592,7 @@
"जास्त तेवढी कोणीतरी पासवर्ड ओळखण्याची शक्यता कमी. </p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
@@ -645,7 +601,7 @@
"<p>या डायलॉगमधे, प्रयोक्ते निर्माण करण्यासाठी वापरलेली विविध सेटिंग्ज बदला.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
@@ -654,7 +610,7 @@
"शक्य तेवढे किमान व कमाल यूजर ID सेट करा.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
@@ -663,7 +619,7 @@
"शक्य तेवढे किमान व कमाल ग्रुप आयडी सेट करा.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
@@ -672,7 +628,7 @@
"<p>या डायलॉगमधे, स्थानिक सुरक्षेसंबंधीची किरकोळ सेटिंग्ज बदला. </p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -703,7 +659,7 @@
"आपण कोणते प्रयोक्ते X अनुप्रयोग व setuid प्रोग्रॅम चालवू शकतात ते ठरवेल पाहिजे.</p>\n"
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -718,7 +674,7 @@
" (काही फाईल्स) किंवा <b>रूट</b> (सर्व फाईल्स).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -731,7 +687,7 @@
"ते फक्त सर्च पाथद्वारे (व्हेरिएबल पाथ)शोधते.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -744,7 +700,7 @@
"ते फक्त सर्च पाथद्वारे (व्हेरिएबल पाथ)शोधते.<p>"
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -761,7 +717,7 @@
"आपण हा पर्याय सेच केलात. </p>"
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
@@ -770,7 +726,7 @@
"त्यामुळे ते सर्वात शेवटी शोओधले जाते.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
@@ -779,7 +735,7 @@
"जोडलेल्या चालू डिरेक्टरीमधील प्रोग्रॅम सुरू केले पाहिजेत \"./\". उदाहरणार्थ: \"./कन्फीगर\".</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -790,26 +746,26 @@
" दरम्यान). अधिक तपाशीलासाठी /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt पहा</p>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -821,7 +777,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -829,23 +785,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -857,13 +813,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -875,7 +831,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -887,23 +843,23 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
@@ -911,18 +867,113 @@
"तपासून पहिल्यास, आपले प्रणालीवर थोडेसे नियंत्रण राहील, जरी ती क्रॅश झाली, (उदाहरणार्थ, केर्नेल डीबगिंग \n"
" दरम्यान). अधिक तपाशीलासाठी /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt पहा</p>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><मोठा>बूट सिक्युरिटी </मोठा></b></p>\n"
+"<p>या डायलॉगमधे, सुरक्षासंबंधीची विविध बूट सेटिंग्ज बदला.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>इंटरप्रिटेशन ऑफ Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"कन्सोलवरील एखाद्याला प्रतिसाद देतांना \n"
+" CTRL + ALT + DEL की कम्बिनेशन दाबून प्रणालीने काय करावे याचा आकृतीबंध\n"
+"बनवा. साधारणपणे प्रणाली रीबूट होते. कधीकधी \n"
+"याकडे दुर्लक्षच केलेले बरे, उदा. जेव्हा प्रणाली वर्कस्टेशन \n"
+"व सर्व्हर या दोन्हींचे कार्य करते.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>इंटरप्रिटेशन ऑफ Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"कन्सोलवरील एखाद्याला प्रतिसाद देतांना \n"
+" CTRL + ALT + DEL की कम्बिनेशन दाबून प्रणालीने काय करावे याचा आकृतीबंध\n"
+"बनवा. साधारणपणे प्रणाली रीबूट होते. कधीकधी \n"
+"याकडे दुर्लक्षच केलेले बरे, उदा. जेव्हा प्रणाली वर्कस्टेशन \n"
+"व सर्व्हर या दोन्हींचे कार्य करते.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>इंटरप्रिटेशन ऑफ Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"कन्सोलवरील एखाद्याला प्रतिसाद देतांना \n"
+" CTRL + ALT + DEL की कम्बिनेशन दाबून प्रणालीने काय करावे याचा आकृतीबंध\n"
+"बनवा. साधारणपणे प्रणाली रीबूट होते. कधीकधी \n"
+"याकडे दुर्लक्षच केलेले बरे, उदा. जेव्हा प्रणाली वर्कस्टेशन \n"
+"व सर्व्हर या दोन्हींचे कार्य करते.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>शटडाउन विहव्हिअर ऑफ KDM</b>:\n"
+" KDM वरून मशीन कोण बंद करू शकतो ते सेट करा.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -988,176 +1039,249 @@
"किमान ग्रुप ID कमालपेक्षा मोठा असू शकणार \n"
" नाही.."
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr " Ctrl + Alt + Del चे &वर्णन "
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "दुर्लक्षित करा"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "रीबूट करा"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "हॉल्ट करा"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "फक्त रूट"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "सर्व प्रयोक्ते"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "निर्मनुष्य"
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr " Ctrl + Alt + Del चे &वर्णन "
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr " रिमोट व &ग्राफिकल लॉगइनला अनुमती द्या "
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Magic SysRq Keys"
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr " &मॅजिक SysRq कीज शक्य करा"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "अक्षम केले "
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions"
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "अॅपआर्मर कार्यान्वित"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "&चुकीच्या लॉगइन प्रयत्नानंतर विलंब:"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "कमीत कमी"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr " KDM ते विहेवियर &बंद करा:"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "फक्त रूट"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "सर्व प्रयोक्ते"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "निर्मनुष्य"
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Designation"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "सिस्टीमचे पद"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot open the virtual machine console."
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "आभासी यंत्र पडदा उघडू शकत नाही."
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Authentication Data"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशन माहिती"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्शन पद्धत"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "&नवीन पासवर्ड तपासा "
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "लक्षात ठेवण्याच्या पासवर्डची संख्या"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "&पासवर्डची किमान स्वीकारार्ह लांबी"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "&पासवर्डची मुदत संपण्यापूर्वीच्या इसार्याचे दिवस "
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "&फाईल परमीशन्स "
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "सुलभ"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "सुरक्षित"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "संभ्रमावस्था"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&यूजर लाँचिंग अपडेटेडb "
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&कमीत कमी "
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr " KDM ते विहेवियर &बंद करा:"
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
@@ -1174,66 +1298,66 @@
msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "सुरक्षा आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे "
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज लिहा "
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr " inittab सेटिंग्ज लिहा"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "PAM मांडणी लिहा"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save system settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी संग्रहीत करा"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr " inittab सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे"
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "PAM मांडणी लिहीत आहे..."
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving system settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "प्रणाली मांडणी साठवत आहे..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "पूर्ण झाले"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "सध्याची सुरक्षा पातळीः कस्टम सेटिंग्ज"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "सध्याची सुरक्षा पातळीः %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -299,13 +299,13 @@
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Could not add interface."
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr "इंटरफेस घालता आला नाही."
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Could not add interface."
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -49,14 +49,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Description"
msgstr "वर्णन"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Map"
msgid "User data"
@@ -64,45 +64,45 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&leanup Script"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "स्वच्छता स्क्रिप्ट"
#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "(%1)"
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "(%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "USB port (%1)"
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr "USB स्थान (%1)"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create New Partition"
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -110,250 +110,250 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "च्याआधी"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Singapore"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची यादी वाचत आहे..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "स्वच्छ व सध्याची संरचना"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ओळख चिन्ह"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "दिनांकाच्या सुरवातीला"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "दिनांकाचा शेवट"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Us&er Data"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याविषयी माहिती"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Change"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "काही बदल नाही"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Modify"
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "बदला"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected IDE device"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "निवडलेले IDE उपकरण"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "पुढे %1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr " अयशस्वी पडताळणी स्वीकारत आहे."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File %1 does not exists"
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File Contents: %1"
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "फाईलमधील माहिती: %1"
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restored Files:"
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "फाईल्सची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे:"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore Options"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "विकल्प पुन्हा आणा"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "निवडले"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "उघडा"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "निवडले"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
msgid ""
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -376,21 +376,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले."
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -105,8 +105,7 @@
msgstr "&निर्माण करा विभाजन सेटअप"
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -197,7 +196,13 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set global root filesystem"
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "ग्लोबल रुट फाईलप्रणाली निश्चित करा."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -1037,7 +1042,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "वेगळे &गृह विभाजन प्रस्तावित करा "
@@ -1056,7 +1061,7 @@
msgstr "प्रस्ताव प्रकार "
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
@@ -1070,7 +1075,7 @@
"विभाजनाला\"/\" मूळ माउंट पॉइंट निर्देशित करा.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
@@ -1084,7 +1089,7 @@
" ext2 किंवा reiserfs सारखी लिनक्स प्रणाली या माउंट पॉइंटसाठी वापरा.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
@@ -1098,7 +1103,7 @@
" ext2 किंवा reiserfs सारखी लिनक्स प्रणाली या माउंट पॉइंटसाठी वापरा.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
@@ -1113,7 +1118,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1123,7 +1128,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1145,7 +1150,7 @@
"हे बदलू?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1161,7 +1166,7 @@
"आपणास हे करायचे आहे?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1173,7 +1178,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1192,7 +1197,7 @@
"आपणास आपले सेटअप बदलायचे आहे का?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1213,11 +1218,11 @@
"\n"
"हे बदलू?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1378,7 +1383,7 @@
"आपणास आपले सेटअप बदलायचे आहे का?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1387,7 +1392,7 @@
"त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी ते RAID मधून काढा.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1396,7 +1401,7 @@
"त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी व्हॉल्यूम समूहातून काढा.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1405,7 +1410,7 @@
"त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी व्हॉल्यूम काढा.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1414,7 +1419,7 @@
"ते काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी RAID मधून काढा.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1422,13 +1427,13 @@
"साधन (%2) %1 कडून वापरात आहे.\n"
"ते काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी %1 काढा.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "डिवाइस डिलिट केलेले आहे"
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n"
@@ -1443,7 +1448,7 @@
"विभाजन उच्चक्रमाकासह वापरात आहे.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1462,7 +1467,7 @@
"आपण खरोखरच काय करत आहात हे माहीत नसेल तर कृपया निवडा रद्द करा. \n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1477,7 +1482,7 @@
"वाढीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1492,7 +1497,7 @@
"वाढीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1513,15 +1518,15 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "आपण जे इथे लिहीले ते विसरू नका"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr " रिक्त पर्यायाच्या स्ट्रिंग्जना अनुमती नाही."
@@ -1557,7 +1562,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:"
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
@@ -1570,7 +1575,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1596,7 +1601,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1607,7 +1612,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -2014,7 +2019,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -2033,19 +2038,19 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr " रिक्त पर्यायाच्या स्ट्रिंग्जना अनुमती नाही."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists."
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -2089,7 +2094,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2109,7 +2114,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -2128,7 +2133,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -2161,7 +2166,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2398,7 +2403,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2413,12 +2418,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2426,32 +2431,32 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount"
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "स्वार व्हा"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ते काढून टाकणे शक्य नाही."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ते काढून टाकणे शक्य नाही."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
@@ -2745,11 +2750,9 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "संपादन"
@@ -2780,9 +2783,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2805,8 +2807,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit..."
@@ -2824,8 +2825,7 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
#, fuzzy
@@ -2898,38 +2898,44 @@
"</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "विभाजनाचा आकार."
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "ऑपरेटींग मोड"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम उपयोग सुरु झाला आहे"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Role: %s"
msgid "Role"
msgstr "काम: %s"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
@@ -2937,7 +2943,7 @@
msgstr "<p>प्रथम विभाजनाचा प्रकार व हे विभाजन फॉरमॅट करायचे आहे किंवा नाही हे निवडा.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2945,7 +2951,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
@@ -2953,55 +2959,55 @@
msgstr "<p>नंतर माउंट पॉईंट लिहा, ( /, /बूट, /usr, /var, इत्यादी)</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "संरचना पर्याय"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "विभाजनाचा आकार."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "विभाजनाचा आकार."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "विभाजनाला डिस्क"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "आरोहण पर्याय"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "विभाजन"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "स्वार होण्याचा बिंदू"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab विकल्प"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
@@ -3015,19 +3021,19 @@
"फॉरमॅट पर्यायही तपासा.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "माउंट पॉईंट पुरवा."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "माउंट पॉईंट पुरवा."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3043,7 +3049,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -3052,23 +3058,23 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "सर्व बदल!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr "गुप्तशब्द"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -3078,7 +3084,7 @@
"आपण निवडलेले विभाजन पुनरआकारित करु शकत नाही कारण फाइल यंत्रणा\n"
"या विभाजनावरील, पुनरकारणीला समर्थन देत नाही.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid ""
@@ -3087,7 +3093,7 @@
msgstr "विभाजन निर्माण करणे शक्य नाही %1 वर."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -3100,24 +3106,24 @@
"कारण फाइल यंत्रणा विसंगत दिसते.\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "भाग संपादीत करा"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr " तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम पूनर्आकरित करा "
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: %1"
@@ -3126,8 +3132,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -3139,7 +3145,7 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
@@ -3147,14 +3153,14 @@
msgstr "लिनक्स आकार (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "लिनक्स आकार (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
@@ -3162,7 +3168,7 @@
msgstr "इच्छित आकार"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3172,7 +3178,7 @@
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
#, fuzzy
@@ -3185,7 +3191,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3194,13 +3200,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "आऊटपुट"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "डिस्क विभाग वाचत आहे..."
@@ -3420,67 +3426,67 @@
msgstr "नोंदविलेला LDAP URL अवैध आहे."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "विभाजन संपादित करा %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "विभाजन संपादित करा %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition."
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजनात एकही जागा उरली नाही."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap"
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "स्वॅपमध्ये विभाजन %1 मिळवत आहोत"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "विभाजन"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Forward"
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "पुढे"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Background"
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "पृष्ठभूमि"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "सर्व विभाजन माऊंट करीत आहोत..."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "खरोखर काढून टाकू सर्व विभाजने %1 वरील?"
@@ -3488,58 +3494,63 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क शोधता आल्या नाहीत"
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "तबकडीचे विभाजन स्तंभ संग्रहीत करत आहे %1..."
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "हार्डडिस्क शोधता आल्या नाहीत"
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "खरोखर काढून टाकू सर्व विभाजने %1 वरील?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलसाठी कोणतेही पर्याय नाहीत"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "विभाजन निर्माण करणे शक्य नाही %1 वर."
@@ -3547,29 +3558,29 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
#, fuzzy
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "विभाजन मिळाली नाहीत"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन करता येत नाही."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgid ""
@@ -3578,26 +3589,26 @@
msgstr "/var भाग %1 चे आरोहण करता आले नाही.\n"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन करता येत नाही."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
#, fuzzy
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन करता येत नाही."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3607,49 +3618,49 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete the selected option?"
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय खरंच काढून टाकायचे आहेत का?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repair Partition Table of %1"
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "%1 चे विभाजन स्तंभ दुरूस्त करा"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "उपलब्ध आहेत:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3658,7 +3669,7 @@
"खरोखर चालवू dasdfmt डिस्क %1 वरील?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3705,8 +3716,7 @@
msgstr "हलवा &वर"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Re&size"
@@ -3807,8 +3817,7 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
#, fuzzy
@@ -3930,54 +3939,54 @@
msgstr "चुकीचा परवलीचा शब्द"
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे विभाजन %1$s"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "डेस्टिनेशन %1 आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे विभाजन %1$s"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "काढून टाका विभाजन %1$s (%2$s)"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "खरोखर काढून टाकू सर्व विभाजने %1 वरील?"
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "खरोखरच %1 काढून टाकू?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3987,7 +3996,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "विभाजन ठराव"
@@ -3996,36 +4005,36 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "विभाजन ठराव"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "साठवण उपकरण"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "साठवण उपकरण"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -4154,13 +4163,13 @@
"निर्माण कार्यान्वित करा."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "&संपादित करा क्रिप्ट फाइल"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "&संपादित करा क्रिप्ट फाइल"
@@ -4507,13 +4516,13 @@
msgstr "द्वारा वापरले"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम संपादित करा"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम संपादित करा"
@@ -4551,9 +4560,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही."
@@ -4565,7 +4574,7 @@
msgstr "एकही जागा उपलब्ध नाही या वर्तमान संख्या समूहात %1."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -4580,7 +4589,7 @@
"ही पुन्हा मिळविता येत नाही.\n"
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
@@ -4989,19 +4998,19 @@
"</p>\n"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr " RAI&D जोडा"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr " RAID काढा"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "&संपादित करा RAID"
@@ -5297,7 +5306,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -6232,12 +6241,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6251,11 +6260,44 @@
#| "disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"आपली डिस्क %1 वरील विभाजन एकतर वाचनीय नाही द्वारा \n"
+"विभाजक उपकरण वापरले गेले बदलण्यासाठी \n"
+"विभाजन तक्ता किंवा त्याला या उपकरणाचे समर्थन नाही.\n"
+"\n"
+"आपण डिस्क %1 वरील विभाजने आहेत तशी वापरू शकता किंवा \n"
+"फॉरमॅट करून त्यांना माउंट पॉईंट्स देऊ शकता, पण आपण \n"
+"विभाजने जोडू, संपादित करू, पुनर्आकार देऊ किंवा काढू शकत नाही येथील \n"
+"डिस्कमधून.\n"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable by\n"
+#| "the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table or is not supported by this tool.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You may use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n"
+#| "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n"
+#| "disk here.\n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6269,8 +6311,8 @@
"विभाजने जोडू, संपादित करू, पुनर्आकार देऊ किंवा काढू शकत नाही येथील \n"
"डिस्कमधून.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6284,11 +6326,11 @@
#| "disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -6303,7 +6345,7 @@
"डिस्कमधून.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6327,7 +6369,7 @@
"होईल.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6345,7 +6387,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "पुनर्आकार शक्य नाही:"
@@ -6358,7 +6400,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Could not set encryption.\n"
@@ -6377,7 +6419,7 @@
"पुरविलेला क्रिप्ट संकेतशब्द चूक असू शकतो. \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6389,7 +6431,7 @@
"कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6402,29 +6444,29 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "पुरविणारा परवलीशब्द लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह "
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6432,14 +6474,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "आपल्याला परत प्रयत्न करायचा आहे?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6447,60 +6489,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "DASD तबकडी"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "DASD तबकडी"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "चकती"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "R&AID:"
@@ -6508,50 +6550,50 @@
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेसची स्थापना अयशस्वी झाली"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Continue resizing the %1?"
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr " %1 चा पुनर्आकारित करणे चालू ठेवू?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6559,7 +6601,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6567,7 +6609,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6575,20 +6617,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set global root filesystem"
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "ग्लोबल रुट फाईलप्रणाली निश्चित करा."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -7246,64 +7288,49 @@
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
msgstr ""
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows."
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "अनियमित fs मुळे पुर्नआकार अशक्य आहे. विंडोज खाली fs तपासाचा प्रयत्न करा."
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr " &LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करा "
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह "
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली विकल्प:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "वेगळे &गृह विभाजन प्रस्तावित करा "
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
-#, fuzzy
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करण्यासाठी जुळते बटण निवडा.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7312,37 +7339,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणालीसाठी आपला संकेतशब्द लिहा."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Password:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "&पडताळणीसाठी पुन्हा एकदा संकेतशब्द लिहा:"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "विभाजन ठराव"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr " &LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करा "
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr " &LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करा "
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -7392,6 +7437,18 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "वापरणाऱ्याच्या माहितीचे उगम"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करण्यासाठी जुळते बटण निवडा.</p>"
+
#~ msgid "Changes:"
#~ msgstr "बदल:"
@@ -7609,10 +7666,6 @@
#~ msgstr "स्थानिक फाईलप्रणाली"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "&Partition Based"
-#~ msgstr "विभाजन ठराव"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&LVM Based"
#~ msgstr "ओळी-आधारित"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@
msgstr "यापैकी कोणतीहि फाइल अस्तित्वात नाहीः%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -878,20 +878,20 @@
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर"
#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation."
msgid ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -122,654 +122,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>सत्यापन</b><br>\n"
-"आपल्या सिस्टिमवर उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी सत्यापनाची विधी निवडा.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Local</b> निवडल्याने उपयोगकर्त्यांचे सत्यापन फक्त स्थानीय फाइल्स<i>/etc/passwd</i> आणि <i>/etc/shadow</i> वापरून होते.</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "जर का तुमच्याकडे आधीचे स्थापन असेल किंवा इतर सिस्टिम असेल तर त्यावर आधारूनउपयोगकर्ते निर्माण करता येतात. तसे करण्यासाठी <b>Read User Data from a PreviousInstallation</b> निवडा. या विकल्पाद्वारे आधीपासून असलेली किंवा नवी डायरेक्टरी प्रत्येकाउपयोगकर्त्यासाठी निर्देशित ठिकाणी निर्माण होते."
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "&LDAP"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "सांबा"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "विंडोज क्षेत्र"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "स्थानिक (/etc/passwd)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP संचिका"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>जर आपण NIS किंवा LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, किंवा आपल्याला\n"
-"NT सर्व्हर वरून उपयोगकर्त्याला सत्यापित करावयाचे असेल तर उचित निवड करून मग\n"
-"संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>जर आपण NIS किंवा LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, तर\n"
-"उचित निवड करा. मग आपल्या क्लायंटची संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा."
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>जर आपण LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, किंवा आपल्याला\n"
-"NT सर्व्हर वरून उपयोगकर्त्याला सत्यापित करावयाचे असेल तर उचित निवड करून मग\n"
-"संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>जर आपण LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, तर\n"
-"उचित निवड करा. मग आपल्या क्लायंटची संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा."
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> निवडून Kerberos संरचनाउपयोगकर्त्याच्या डेटा सोर्सच्या संरचने नंतर सुरू ठेवा.</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "आधीच्या स्थापनेतून उपयोगकर्त्याची माहिती मिळवा."
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "निवडा"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्वारण पद्धत"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "निवडलेला वापरकर्ता यंत्रणा वापरकर्ता आहे"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "सर्व मोड्यूल्सना निवडा किंवा सोडा"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "सिस्टिम व्यवस्थापक \"root\" चा परवलीचा शब्द"
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "आपण जे इथे लिहीले ते विसरू नका"
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "मूळ वापरकर्त्यासाठी परवलीशब्द"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची खात्री करा"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "तज्ञ विकल्प..."
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"सामान्य उपयोगकर्ते, जे लिहीतात, चित्र बनवितात किंवा इंटरनेट बघतात, त्यांच्या शिवाय \"root\"\n"
-" हा उपयोगकर्ता प्रत्येका सिस्टिमवर असतो आणि जेव्हा व्यवस्थापनाची कामे करावयाची असतील,\n"
-"तेव्हा याला पाचारण केले जाते.\n"
-"आपण सिस्टिमचे व्यवस्थापन करणार असाल तरच \"root\" प्रमाणे\n"
-"लॉग-इन करा.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"रूट उपयोगकर्त्याला फार विस्तृत अधिकार असल्यामुळे त्याचा परवलीचा शब्द काळजीपूर्वक निवडा.\n"
-"याकरितां अक्षरे आणि अंकांच्या मिश्रणाची शिफारस केली जाते.\n"
-"परवलीचा शब्द नीट लिहीला गेला आहे हे\n"
-"पडताळायला दुस-या ठिकाणीही लिहा.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"परवलीच्या शब्दांचे नियम \"root\"लाही लागू पडतात.\n"
-"इंग्रजीच्या मोठ्या आणि लहान अक्षरांचे अंतर पाळा.\n"
-"परवलीच्या शब्दांत किमान 5 अक्षरे हवीत\n"
-"आणि विशिष्ट अक्षरे यथा स्वराघातयुक्त अक्षरे वापरू नये.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"हा \"मूळ\" संकेतशब्द विसरू नका.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>जर आपण या परवलीच्या शब्दाचा उपयोग सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करण्यासाठी करणार असाल\n"
-"तर याची लांबी किमान %1 अक्षरांएवढी असायला हवी.</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाहीत.\n"
-"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"परवलीशब्द प्रविष्ट केलेले नाही.\n"
-"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
-#| "Really use this shorter password?"
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"जर आपण सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करणार असाल,\n"
-"तर परवलीच्या शब्दात किमान %1 अक्षरे हवीत.\n"
-"खरेच परवलीसाठी हा आखूड शब्द वापरावयाचा?"
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Reset Password"
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची खात्री करा"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"रूटचा परवलीचा शब्द सेट नाही झाला. \n"
-"आपण लॉग-इन नाही करू शकणार.\n"
-"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करावयाचा काय?\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "सत्यापनाची संरचनेचे मोड्यूल सुरू होत आहे........."
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"पॅकेज %1 स्थापित केलेले नाही.\n"
-"आता स्थापीत करू?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DES"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "परवलीशब्द कुटयुक्त करा"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>स्थानिक मांडणी</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्श्न पद्धत"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे पूर्ण नाव"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "सिस्टिम व्यवस्थापक \"root\" चा परवलीचा शब्द"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "यंत्रणेकडील पत्र स्वीकारा"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "आपोआप प्रवेश"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "रिक्त वापरकर्ता प्रवेश"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"उपयोगकर्त्याचे नांव नाही लिहिणे अशा नेटवर्कमध्ये बरोबर ठरू शकते\n"
-"जिथे सत्यापन करणारे सर्व्हर असेल.\n"
-"याला रिकामेच ठेवावयाचे?"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>उपयोगकर्त्याचे संपूर्ण नांव</b>, <b>उपयोगकर्ता नांव</b>, आणि <b>परवलीचा शब्द</b>या उपयोगकर्त्याच्या खात्यासाठी\n"
-"लिहा\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"परवलीचा शब्द लिहितांना इंग्रजीच्या मोठ्या आणि लहान अक्षरांचे लक्ष ठेवा.\n"
-"परवलीच्या शब्दांत विशेष अक्षरेजसे\n"
-"स्वराघात असलेली अक्षरे नसावीत.\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"सध्याच्या कूटलेखन पद्धती (%1) प्रमाणे परवलीच्या शब्दाची लांबी%2 आणि %3 अक्षरे\n"
-"एवढी असावयास हवी.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>जर आपण या परवलीच्या शब्दाचा उपयोग सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करण्यासाठी करणार असाल\n"
-"तर याची लांबी किमान %1 अक्षरांएवढी असायला हवी.</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"परवलीचा शब्द बरोबर लिहीला गेला आहे हे पडताळण्यासाठी \n"
-"त्याला तसेच पुन्हा खालील जागी लिहा. आपला परवलीचा शब्द कृपया विसरू नका.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>उपयोगकर्ता नांव</b>साठी फक्त अक्षरे (स्वराघातांशिवाय),\n"
-"अंक, आणि <tt>._-</tt> वापरा.\n"
-"यांत इंग्रजीची मोठी अक्षरे घालू शकता, पण त्याबद्दल नक्की ठरवून घ्या.\n"
-"उपयोगकर्ता नांवांसाठी परवलीच्या शब्दांपेक्षा अधिक बंधने आहेत. आपण ही बंधने/etc/login.defs या फाइलमध्ये पुनःपरिभाषित करू शकता. अधिक माहितीसाठी\n"
-"त्याचे मुखपृष्ठ बघा.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"इथे निर्माण केलेले उपयोगकर्ता नांव आणि परवलीचा शब्द आपल्या लिनक्स सिस्टिमवर लॉग इन आणिकामासाठी आवश्यक आहेत. <b>स्वतः लॉग इन</b> सुरू असल्यावर लॉग इनची प्रक्रिया नाही होत.या उपयोगकर्ताचे लॉग इन स्वतः होते.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Receive System Mail</b> करून या उपयोगकर्ताला rootची मेल पाठविलीजाऊ शकते. </p>\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्श्न पद्धत"
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल"
-msgstr[1] "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&बदला..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "सारांश"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
-#| "Really use this shorter password?"
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"जर आपण सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करणार असाल,\n"
-"तर परवलीच्या शब्दात किमान %1 अक्षरे हवीत.\n"
-"खरेच परवलीसाठी हा आखूड शब्द वापरावयाचा?"
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -891,12 +243,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचा नवीन UID"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "NIS संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1155,106 +501,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "सेकंद"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "एन.आय.एस."
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr "विंडोज क्षेत्र"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "संरचित केले नाही"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्शन पद्धत"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "मूळ मांडणी"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "&वापरकर्ता"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1419,6 +665,24 @@
"लागणारी माहिती मिळविण्यासाठी\n"
"उपयोगकर्त्याचा चालू परवलीचा शब्द लिहा."
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाहीत.\n"
+"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1446,6 +710,13 @@
msgstr "आरंभ संचिका बदलून %1 करू का?"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे पूर्ण नाव"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr "पहिले नाव"
@@ -1463,11 +734,31 @@
"दूरस्थ वापरकर्त्यासाठी, फक्त अतिरिक्त\n"
"समूह सदस्य बदलता येईल."
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "यंत्रणेकडील पत्र स्वीकारा"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "आपोआप प्रवेश"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "सिस्टिम व्यवस्थापक \"root\" चा परवलीचा शब्द"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1639,6 +930,35 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "पूरक प्रणाली"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "रिक्त वापरकर्ता प्रवेश"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"उपयोगकर्त्याचे नांव नाही लिहिणे अशा नेटवर्कमध्ये बरोबर ठरू शकते\n"
+"जिथे सत्यापन करणारे सर्व्हर असेल.\n"
+"याला रिकामेच ठेवावयाचे?"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Reset Password"
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची खात्री करा"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1731,6 +1051,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "समूह माहिती"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DES"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
#, fuzzy
@@ -1745,6 +1079,32 @@
"परवलीच्या शब्दांत विशेष अक्षरेजसे\n"
"स्वराघात असलेली अक्षरे नसावीत.\n"
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"सध्याच्या कूटलेखन पद्धती (%1) प्रमाणे परवलीच्या शब्दाची लांबी%2 आणि %3 अक्षरे\n"
+"एवढी असावयास हवी.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"परवलीचा शब्द बरोबर लिहीला गेला आहे हे पडताळण्यासाठी \n"
+"त्याला तसेच पुन्हा खालील जागी लिहा. आपला परवलीचा शब्द कृपया विसरू नका.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1910,6 +1270,19 @@
"या उपयोगकर्तासाठी लिहा.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"<b>उपयोगकर्त्याचे संपूर्ण नांव</b>, <b>उपयोगकर्ता नांव</b>, आणि <b>परवलीचा शब्द</b>या उपयोगकर्त्याच्या खात्यासाठी\n"
+"लिहा\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1950,6 +1323,25 @@
"त्याचे मुखपृष्ठ बघा.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"इथे निर्माण केलेले उपयोगकर्ता नांव आणि परवलीचा शब्द आपल्या लिनक्स सिस्टिमवर लॉग इन आणिकामासाठी आवश्यक आहेत. <b>स्वतः लॉग इन</b> सुरू असल्यावर लॉग इनची प्रक्रिया नाही होत.या उपयोगकर्ताचे लॉग इन स्वतः होते.</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"<b>Receive System Mail</b> करून या उपयोगकर्ताला rootची मेल पाठविलीजाऊ शकते. </p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2708,7 +2100,8 @@
msgstr "यंत्रणा वापरकर्ते"
#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता"
@@ -2793,6 +2186,11 @@
msgstr "सांबा समूह"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "एन.आय.एस."
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2812,6 +2210,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "सांबा"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2941,6 +2344,11 @@
"काही नेटवर्क नियमावलींमध्ये हे चालत नाहीआणि NIS मध्ये आपल्याला अडचण येऊ शकते.\n"
"</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2951,6 +2359,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "कुट प्रकार"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -3250,6 +2678,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "सिस्टम"
@@ -3587,6 +3021,15 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेजस्थापना झाली नाही व स्थापनेकरिता उपलब्ध नाही."
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"पॅकेज %1 स्थापित केलेले नाही.\n"
+"आता स्थापीत करू?\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3604,6 +3047,437 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
+#| "Really use this shorter password?"
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"जर आपण सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करणार असाल,\n"
+"तर परवलीच्या शब्दात किमान %1 अक्षरे हवीत.\n"
+"खरेच परवलीसाठी हा आखूड शब्द वापरावयाचा?"
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>जर आपण या परवलीच्या शब्दाचा उपयोग सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करण्यासाठी करणार असाल\n"
+"तर याची लांबी किमान %1 अक्षरांएवढी असायला हवी.</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "NIS संरचना लिहीत आहे..."
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्श्न पद्धत"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "परवलीशब्द कुटयुक्त करा"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "आपण जे इथे लिहीले ते विसरू नका"
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "मूळ वापरकर्त्यासाठी परवलीशब्द"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची खात्री करा"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"सामान्य उपयोगकर्ते, जे लिहीतात, चित्र बनवितात किंवा इंटरनेट बघतात, त्यांच्या शिवाय \"root\"\n"
+" हा उपयोगकर्ता प्रत्येका सिस्टिमवर असतो आणि जेव्हा व्यवस्थापनाची कामे करावयाची असतील,\n"
+"तेव्हा याला पाचारण केले जाते.\n"
+"आपण सिस्टिमचे व्यवस्थापन करणार असाल तरच \"root\" प्रमाणे\n"
+"लॉग-इन करा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"रूट उपयोगकर्त्याला फार विस्तृत अधिकार असल्यामुळे त्याचा परवलीचा शब्द काळजीपूर्वक निवडा.\n"
+"याकरितां अक्षरे आणि अंकांच्या मिश्रणाची शिफारस केली जाते.\n"
+"परवलीचा शब्द नीट लिहीला गेला आहे हे\n"
+"पडताळायला दुस-या ठिकाणीही लिहा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"परवलीच्या शब्दांचे नियम \"root\"लाही लागू पडतात.\n"
+"इंग्रजीच्या मोठ्या आणि लहान अक्षरांचे अंतर पाळा.\n"
+"परवलीच्या शब्दांत किमान 5 अक्षरे हवीत\n"
+"आणि विशिष्ट अक्षरे यथा स्वराघातयुक्त अक्षरे वापरू नये.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"हा \"मूळ\" संकेतशब्द विसरू नका.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "सिस्टिम व्यवस्थापक \"root\" चा परवलीचा शब्द"
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"परवलीशब्द प्रविष्ट केलेले नाही.\n"
+"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Local</b> निवडल्याने उपयोगकर्त्यांचे सत्यापन फक्त स्थानीय फाइल्स<i>/etc/passwd</i> आणि <i>/etc/shadow</i> वापरून होते.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"परवलीचा शब्द लिहितांना इंग्रजीच्या मोठ्या आणि लहान अक्षरांचे लक्ष ठेवा.\n"
+"परवलीच्या शब्दांत विशेष अक्षरेजसे\n"
+"स्वराघात असलेली अक्षरे नसावीत.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+#| "</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"सध्याच्या कूटलेखन पद्धती (%1) प्रमाणे परवलीच्या शब्दाची लांबी%2 आणि %3 अक्षरे\n"
+"एवढी असावयास हवी.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"<b>उपयोगकर्ता नांव</b>साठी फक्त अक्षरे (स्वराघातांशिवाय),\n"
+"अंक, आणि <tt>._-</tt> वापरा.\n"
+"यांत इंग्रजीची मोठी अक्षरे घालू शकता, पण त्याबद्दल नक्की ठरवून घ्या.\n"
+"उपयोगकर्ता नांवांसाठी परवलीच्या शब्दांपेक्षा अधिक बंधने आहेत. आपण ही बंधने/etc/login.defs या फाइलमध्ये पुनःपरिभाषित करू शकता. अधिक माहितीसाठी\n"
+"त्याचे मुखपृष्ठ बघा.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "आधीच्या स्थापनेतून उपयोगकर्त्याची माहिती मिळवा."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "आधीच्या स्थापनेतून उपयोगकर्त्याची माहिती मिळवा."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "यंत्रणा वापरकर्ते"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "आपोआप प्रवेश"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No user was specified."
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "कुठला वापरकर्ता सूचीत केलेला नाही."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल"
+msgstr[1] "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल"
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "निवडलेला वापरकर्ता यंत्रणा वापरकर्ता आहे"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "सर्व मोड्यूल्सना निवडा किंवा सोडा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्शन पद्धत"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "परवलीशब्द कुटयुक्त करा"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "मूळ मांडणी"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "&वापरकर्ता"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "संरचित केले नाही"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
+msgstr[1] "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्शन पद्धत"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -4078,7 +3952,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4097,202 +3971,202 @@
"आवाक्यातून बाहेर असू शकतील. उपयोगकर्ताची रचना सुरू ठेवावी का नाही?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "इनपुट अटी अनेक वापरकर्ते पूर्ण करत आहेत."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "वापरक्र्ता व समूह संरचना सुरू करत आहे"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "प्रांरभीची प्रवेशाची मांडणी वाचा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "संरचनेचा प्रकार वाचा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "वापरकर्त्याच्या पसंतीची मांडणी वाचा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "वापरकर्ते व समूह वाचा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "कॅश रचना बांधा"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "प्रारंभीची प्रवेश मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "संरचनेचा प्रकार वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "इच्छित मांडणी वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "वापरकर्ते व समूह वाचत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "कॅश रचना बांधत आहे..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "समाप्त झाले"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "वापरकर्ता अस्तित्वात नाही."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "समूह अस्तित्वात नाही."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता व समूह संरचना लिहीत आहे"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "LDAP वापरकर्ते व समूह लिहा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "समूह लिहा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "काढून टाकलेले वापरकर्ते तपासा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "वापरकर्ते लिहा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "परवलीशब्द लिहा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "इच्छित मांडणी लिहा"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "प्रथम पसंतीची प्रवेश मांडणी लिहा"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "LDAP वापरकर्ते व समूह लिहीत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "समूह लिहीत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "काढून टाकलेले वापरकर्ते तपासत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "वापरकर्ते लिहीत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "परवलीशब्द लिहीत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "इच्छित मांडणी लिहीत आहे..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "प्रारंभीची प्रवेश मांडणी लिहीत आहे..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "फाईल %s अचूक वाचली गेली नाही, म्हणून ती लिहली जाणार नाही."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "वापरकर्ते काढताना चूक झाली."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "फाईल %s अचूक वाचली गेली नाही, म्हणून ती लिहली जाणार नाही."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "मूळच्या पत्राच्या पाठवणीसंबधी मांडणी करताना चूक झाली."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "ह्या प्रकारत्या वापरकर्त्यासाठी UID उपलब्ध नाही."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4302,7 +4176,7 @@
"%i आणि %i च्या मधील पूर्णांकाचा वापर करा."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4311,7 +4185,7 @@
"खरंच तो वापरू?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4323,7 +4197,7 @@
"आपण हे नांव खरंच वापरणार आहांत?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4335,7 +4209,7 @@
"आपण खरंच बदलून नांवाला स्थानीय करणार आहांत?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4346,14 +4220,14 @@
" कारण हे नांव %i पेक्षा कमी आहे. \n"
"आपण खरंच बदलून सिस्टिम यादीत नांव टाकणार आहांत? "
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
@@ -4365,7 +4239,7 @@
"दुसरे नांव लिहून बघा."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4374,7 +4248,7 @@
" अपूर्णविराम(:) चालत नाही. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4385,7 +4259,7 @@
"जास्तीचे स्वल्पविराम काढून टाका."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4396,7 +4270,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4406,7 +4280,7 @@
"स्थानिक डायरेक्टरीसाठी इतर पाथ निवडा"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4415,7 +4289,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4426,7 +4300,7 @@
"हाच पाथ वापरणार आहांत?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4436,7 +4310,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4448,7 +4322,7 @@
"तिलाच वापरावयाचे?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4462,7 +4336,7 @@
" तिलाच वापरावयाचे?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
@@ -4471,12 +4345,12 @@
"याच शेलला निवडावयाचे?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "ह्या समूह प्रकारासाठी GID उपलब्ध नाही."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4486,7 +4360,7 @@
"%i आणि %iच्या मधील पूर्णांक निवडा."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4495,7 +4369,7 @@
"तो खरंच वापरू का?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4507,7 +4381,7 @@
"यालाच वापरायचे?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4519,7 +4393,7 @@
"आपण खरंच बदलून नांवाला स्थानीय करणार आहांत?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4531,7 +4405,7 @@
"खरंच ग्रुप टाइप बदलून सिस्टिममध्ये टाकणार आहांत?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4540,7 +4414,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4550,7 +4424,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4563,7 +4437,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4573,14 +4447,14 @@
"समूहाच्या नांवाशी जुळते\n"
"दुसरे नांव लिहून बघा."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid "User does not exist."
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "वापरकर्ता अस्तित्वात नाही."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4591,7 +4465,7 @@
"समूहाप्रमाणे वापरतात."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4602,23 +4476,23 @@
"आधी त्यांना या समूहातून काढावे लागेल."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>वापरकर्ता</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>समूह</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "लॉगइन सेटिंग्ज"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4638,22 +4512,22 @@
"आता निर्माण करू नका?"
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "संरचना स्वस्थापीत करा"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4789,7 +4663,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4800,7 +4674,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4815,7 +4689,7 @@
"</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4826,7 +4700,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You have used the group name as a part of the password.\n"
@@ -4837,7 +4711,7 @@
"हे सुरक्षेच्या दृष्टी ने बरे नाही. परवलीच्या शब्दासाठी हेच वापरणार आहांत?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You have used the username as a part of the password.\n"
@@ -4848,7 +4722,7 @@
"हे सुरक्षेच्या दृष्टीने बरे नाही. परवलीच्या शब्दासाठी हेच वापरणार आहांत?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -4859,7 +4733,7 @@
"तुम्ही लॉगईन करताना वरच्या केसमधील अक्षरे प्रविष्ट केली आहेत.</p>"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -4870,7 +4744,7 @@
"तुम्ही लॉगईन करताना वरच्या केसमधील अक्षरे प्रविष्ट केली आहेत.</p>"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -4881,12 +4755,12 @@
"तुम्ही वापरकर्त्यांच्या परवलीशब्दाच्या प्रारंभीचे कूट बदललेले आहे.</p>"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4899,7 +4773,7 @@
"यातील %s अक्षरे कमी करावयाची काय?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4914,7 +4788,7 @@
"हा परवलीशब्द खरचं वापरू?"
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, fuzzy, perl-format
#| msgid ""
#| "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
@@ -4925,7 +4799,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4934,7 +4808,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्र्यत्न करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4944,7 +4818,7 @@
"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4957,7 +4831,7 @@
"सुरू झाले पाहिजे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -4967,16 +4841,14 @@
"नांवाशी जुळते\n"
"दुसरे नांव लिहून बघा."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे"
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
#, fuzzy
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे"
@@ -5044,7 +4916,152 @@
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr "इनपुटच्या अटी पूर्ण करणारे अनेक वापरकर्ते आहेत."
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>सत्यापन</b><br>\n"
+#~ "आपल्या सिस्टिमवर उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी सत्यापनाची विधी निवडा.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+#~ msgstr "जर का तुमच्याकडे आधीचे स्थापन असेल किंवा इतर सिस्टिम असेल तर त्यावर आधारूनउपयोगकर्ते निर्माण करता येतात. तसे करण्यासाठी <b>Read User Data from a PreviousInstallation</b> निवडा. या विकल्पाद्वारे आधीपासून असलेली किंवा नवी डायरेक्टरी प्रत्येकाउपयोगकर्त्यासाठी निर्देशित ठिकाणी निर्माण होते."
+
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "NIS"
+
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "विंडोज क्षेत्र"
+
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "स्थानिक (/etc/passwd)"
+
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "LDAP संचिका"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>जर आपण NIS किंवा LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, किंवा आपल्याला\n"
+#~ "NT सर्व्हर वरून उपयोगकर्त्याला सत्यापित करावयाचे असेल तर उचित निवड करून मग\n"
+#~ "संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>जर आपण NIS किंवा LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, तर\n"
+#~ "उचित निवड करा. मग आपल्या क्लायंटची संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>जर आपण LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, किंवा आपल्याला\n"
+#~ "NT सर्व्हर वरून उपयोगकर्त्याला सत्यापित करावयाचे असेल तर उचित निवड करून मग\n"
+#~ "संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>जर आपण LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, तर\n"
+#~ "उचित निवड करा. मग आपल्या क्लायंटची संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा."
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> निवडून Kerberos संरचनाउपयोगकर्त्याच्या डेटा सोर्सच्या संरचने नंतर सुरू ठेवा.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "निवडा"
+
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्वारण पद्धत"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत"
+
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "तज्ञ विकल्प..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>जर आपण या परवलीच्या शब्दाचा उपयोग सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करण्यासाठी करणार असाल\n"
+#~ "तर याची लांबी किमान %1 अक्षरांएवढी असायला हवी.</p>"
+
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n"
+#~| "Really use this shorter password?"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "जर आपण सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करणार असाल,\n"
+#~ "तर परवलीच्या शब्दात किमान %1 अक्षरे हवीत.\n"
+#~ "खरेच परवलीसाठी हा आखूड शब्द वापरावयाचा?"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "रूटचा परवलीचा शब्द सेट नाही झाला. \n"
+#~ "आपण लॉग-इन नाही करू शकणार.\n"
+#~ "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करावयाचा काय?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "सत्यापनाची संरचनेचे मोड्यूल सुरू होत आहे........."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>स्थानिक मांडणी</b></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्श्न पद्धत"
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&बदला..."
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "सारांश"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr "विंडोज क्षेत्र"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "No Password Expiration"
#~ msgid "No Password Entered"
#~ msgstr "परवलीशब्दाचे अस्तित्व संपले नाही"
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -26,12 +26,12 @@
msgstr "आभासी यंत्राची संरचना करत आहे..."
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -39,28 +39,28 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "सर्व स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "VM सेवासंगणकाची संरचना करत आहे (क्षेत्र 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>व्हीएम सर्व्हर आकृतीबंध</b></big></p><p>व्हीएम सर्व्हर आकृतीबंधाचे (डोमेन 0) दोन भाग आहेत.<p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -69,151 +69,151 @@
"तेथे नसेल तर तो बूट लोडर मेनूमध्ये वाढविला जातो.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel.</p>"
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>GRUB आवश्यक आहे कारण क्झेन आणि लिनक्स बूट करण्यासाठीआवश्यकअसलेल्या मल्टीबूट स्टॅंडर्डला समर्थन करतो.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>जेव्हा आकृतीबंध यशस्वीपणे पूर्ण केला जातो, बूट लोडर मेनूमधूनव्हीएम सर्व्हर बूट करणे शक्य होते.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "स्थापना खंडीत केली जाईल."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr "आभासी यंत्राची संरचना करत आहे..."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Broken server"
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr "मोडलेले सर्व्हर"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Broken server"
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr "मोडलेले सर्व्हर"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Xen Section"
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr "कर्नेल भाग"
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "स्थापना खंडीत केली जाईल."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "स्थापना खंडीत केली जाईल."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "पॅकेज तपासत आहे..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration files..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करत आहे..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "साधारण मांडणी संरचित करत आहे..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Bridge"
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "नेटवर्क ब्रिज"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -226,11 +226,11 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n"
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
"\n"
"मशिन रिबूट करा आणि क्झेन सेक्शन सुरू करण्यासाठी तोबूट लोडरमधून निवडा.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n"
@@ -254,19 +254,19 @@
"\n"
"मशिन रिबूट करा आणि क्झेन सेक्शन सुरू करण्यासाठी तोबूट लोडरमधून निवडा.\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
+++ trunk/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po 2016-09-02 21:38:35 UTC (rev 96697)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -235,14 +235,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "हे ठराविक रांगेचे नाव %1 आधीच वापरले आहे."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -345,118 +345,118 @@
msgstr "तुम्ही सीडी हदलून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "नाव"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "वर्णन"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection Type"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "जुळणी प्रकार..."
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "प्रकार"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name Servers"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "सेवासंगणक नाव"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clients"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "गि-हाईक"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The scheme name"
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "योजनेचे नाव"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You must select a certificate."
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "तुम्ही प्रमाणपत्र निवडलेच पाहिजे."
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit Crypt File"
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "&संपादित करा क्रिप्ट फाइल"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read certificates"
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र वाचा"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -563,38 +563,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापन करण्यास अपयश."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा"
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "MBR पुन्हा साठवून ठेवण्यात अयशस्वी."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -602,35 +602,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Expert Global Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "तज्ञ जागतिक मांडणी"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable VPN Services"
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "VPN सुविधा कार्यान्वित"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create Client Connection"
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "ग्राहक संपर्क तयार करा"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current connection setup"
msgid "A client connecting to "
1
0
02 Sep '16
Author: minton
Date: 2016-09-02 23:38:17 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96696
Added:
trunk/yast/mk/po/journalctl.mk.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/autoinst.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/base.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/bootloader.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/ca-management.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/cio.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/cluster.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/control.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/country.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/crowbar.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/dhcp-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/dns-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/docker.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/drbd.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/fcoe-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/firstboot.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/fonts.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/geo-cluster.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/installation.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-lio-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/kdump.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/live-installer.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/mail.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/network.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/nis.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/ntp-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/packager.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/pkg-bindings.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/printer.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/rdp.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/rear.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/registration.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/reipl.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/security.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/services-manager.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/snapper.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/storage.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/update.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/users.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/vm.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/vpn.mk.po
Log:
mk merged
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-17 15:57+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -71,15 +71,16 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>Медиум: %1, патека: %2, производ: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr ""
-
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-client.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-client.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,1133 +16,1709 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Host Name"
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "Ве молам внесете го вашето презиме"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Au&thentication"
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "П&роверка"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "Изберете ја папката за експортирање"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Au&thentication"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "П&роверка"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на тастатура"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на тастатура"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Host Name"
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "Вредност"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Done."
msgid "None."
msgstr "Завршено."
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Optional Information"
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "Изборни информации"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard Configuration"
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на тастатура"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "П&роверка"
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard Configuration"
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "Конфигурација на тастатура"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr "Изберете ја папката за експортирање"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action"
-msgid "Sections"
+msgid "Service Options"
msgstr "Акција"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
msgstr ""
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Host Name"
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "Вредност"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Сервис"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Au&thentication"
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "П&роверка"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "Ве молам внесете го вашето презиме"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter your last name"
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "Ве молам внесете го вашето презиме"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521
msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537
msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542
msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551
msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566
msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571
msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Au&thentication"
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "П&роверка"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Сервис"
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#~ msgid "Help"
#~ msgstr "Помош"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-server.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-server.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -293,8 +293,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -437,12 +436,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -468,8 +467,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -477,7 +476,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -558,8 +557,8 @@
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1820,8 +1819,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2195,7 +2193,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2263,7 +2261,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2424,237 +2422,237 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Сакате да се обидете повторно?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Својства"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/autoinst.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/autoinst.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/autoinst.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -52,14 +52,13 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. unique id
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -242,7 +241,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -253,75 +252,59 @@
"</p>"
#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Напредок"
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s\n"
-"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr ""
#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисите..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -379,8 +362,15 @@
"%1"
msgstr "Неуспешно извршување на скриптата „SuSEconfig“."
-#. import "Arch";
#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
#. Package: Auto-installation
#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de>
@@ -388,65 +378,51 @@
#. the system as described in the profile file.
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr ""
-#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
-#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
-#. //
-#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) {
-#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true");
-#. symbol ret = processProfile();
-#. if( ret != `ok ) {
-#. return ret;
-#. }
-#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok");
-#. profileFetched = true;
-#.
-#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) {
-#. y2milestone("dasd found");
-#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) {
-#. y2milestone("zfcp found");
-#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]);
-#. }
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr ""
@@ -490,57 +466,65 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Administration"
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Далечна администрација"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
msgid "Configure users and groups"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+msgid "Confirm License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set new values for language"
msgid "Setting up language..."
@@ -550,17 +534,17 @@
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
@@ -572,7 +556,15 @@
msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+msgid "Confirming License..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -581,7 +573,7 @@
#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Products"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
@@ -590,19 +582,20 @@
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -676,11 +669,11 @@
#. Select packages
#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
@@ -691,19 +684,19 @@
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr ""
@@ -959,6 +952,11 @@
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
@@ -1420,8 +1418,7 @@
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -1536,7 +1533,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1546,7 +1543,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1887,67 +1884,6 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
-msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175
-msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
-msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
-msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
-msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
-msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
-msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Device
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
-msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
-msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Script Configuration
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
@@ -2164,12 +2100,12 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
msgstr ""
#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2180,46 +2116,46 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Хардверски профил"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2229,14 +2165,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2245,7 +2181,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2349,24 +2285,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Syncing server..."
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr "Синхронизирање на серверот..."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr "Неуспешно запишување на поставувањата"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgid "Cannot update system time."
@@ -2389,18 +2325,18 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not detected."
msgid "Not yet cloned."
@@ -2408,56 +2344,56 @@
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr ""
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
msgid "Post"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
msgid "Init"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
#, fuzzy
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr "Прашање"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Непознато"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2465,80 +2401,80 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service"
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "Не можам да го рестартирам сервисот „%1“"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "Во ред"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
@@ -2546,45 +2482,45 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting YOU server ..."
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "Рестартирање на „YOU“ серверот ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
msgstr ""
@@ -2627,14 +2563,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2642,7 +2578,7 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540
#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата во „%1“"
@@ -2650,7 +2586,7 @@
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/base.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/base.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/base.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-17 16:01+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -78,79 +78,79 @@
msgstr "Овој „YaST2“ модул не поддржува командна линија."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Користете „help“ за целосна листа на достапни команди."
#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Користете „yast2 %1 help“ за целосна листа на достапни команди."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "Непозната команда: %1"
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "Недостасува вредност на опцијата „%1“."
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "Непозната опција за командата „%1“: %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "Невалидна вредност за опцијата „%1“: %2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "Невалидна вредност за опцијата „%1“ -- очекувано „%2“, добиено „%3“"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "Опцијата „%1“ не може да прима вредност. Дадена вредност: %2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Користете „%1 %2 help“ за целосна листа на достапни опции."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Користете „yast2 %1 %2 help“ за целосна листа на достапни опции."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "Конфигурациски модул на „YaST“ - %1\n"
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "Нема достапна помош"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "Команда „%1“"
#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -159,14 +159,14 @@
" Опции:"
#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -175,139 +175,139 @@
" Пример:"
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module."
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "Ова е „YaST2“ модул."
#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "Основна синтакса:"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <command> [опширно] [опции]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <command> help"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <command> [опции]"
#. translators: module command line help
#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <command> help"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "Команди:"
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "Нема достапна помош"
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
msgstr "За листа на достапни опции извршете „yast2 %1 <command> help“."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "Недостасува целното име на датотеката („xmlfile“ опција). Користете ја опцијата за командна линија „xmlfile=<target_XML_file>“."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
msgstr "Целното име на датотеката е празно („xmlfile“ опција). Користете ја опцијата за командна линија „xmlfile=<target_XML_file>“."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "непознато"
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "или „%1“"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "Одредете ја командата „%1“."
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Одредете една од командите: %1."
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Одредете само една од командите: %1."
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "Нема достапен кориснички интерфејс за овој модул."
#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "Подготвено"
#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Подготвувам"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "Завршувам"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "Напуштам (без промени)"
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "da или ne?"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr "da"
#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr "ne"
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
#. from YaST logs.
#.
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Инсталација"
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Нема дефиниран тек на работа за овој режим на инсталација."
@@ -438,14 +438,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "П&родолжи со инсталацијата"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "&Прекини ја инсталацијата"
@@ -477,14 +477,14 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occurred while connecting to the server."
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при поврзување со серверот."
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "При подигање"
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Рачно"
@@ -550,22 +550,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "Вклучување на сервиси"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "Сервисот работи"
#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "Сервисот не работи"
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
#. (without quotes)
#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -597,48 +597,48 @@
"рестартирате сервисот, користете <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "Вклучи го сервисот"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "Исклучи го сервисот"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "Зачувај ги промените и рестартирај го сервисот"
#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "&Вклучи го сервисот"
#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "&Исклучи го сервисот"
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "&Зачувај ги промените и рестартирај го сервисот"
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Вклучи или исклучи"
#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Тековен статус: "
#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -649,12 +649,12 @@
"поставете <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "Поддршката за „LDAP“ е активна"
#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "Поддршката за „&LDAP“ е активна"
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
#. push button
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "На&долу"
@@ -716,12 +716,12 @@
msgstr "Одредената датотека постои. Запишувате врз неа?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr "Не е одредена идентификација за „TSIG“ клучот."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@
"Сакате да го отстраните?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -739,27 +739,27 @@
"идентификација. Сакате да го отстраните?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr "Клучот сега ќе се креира. Продолжувате?"
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "Неуспешно креирање на „TSIG“ клучот."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "Одредената датотека не постои."
#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr "Одредената датотека не содржи било каков „TSIG“ клуч."
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@
"Старите клучеви ќе бидат отстранети. Продолжувате?"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@
"Користете го овој дијалог за раководење со „TSIG“ клучеви.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@
"која го содржи клучот и притиснете <b>„Додај“</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
"притиснете на <b>„Генерирај“</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -820,27 +820,27 @@
"во конфигурацијата на серверот.</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr "Додај постоечки „TSIG“ клуч"
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr "Креирај нов „TSIG“ клуч"
#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr "ИД на &клучот"
#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "&Генерирај"
#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr "Тековни „TSIG“ клучеви"
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. table header - GPG key ID
#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
@@ -856,22 +856,22 @@
msgstr "ИД на клучот"
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Име на датотеката"
#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "&Избрани опции"
#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "Тековна опција: "
#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
@@ -935,19 +935,19 @@
"или долу во листата.</p>"
#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "Д&руго"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr "За да го конфигурирате, притиснете на <B>„Уреди“</B>"
@@ -1104,9 +1104,91 @@
"<p>Во некои околини, не се достапни сите или\n"
"некои од „F“ тастерите.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the previous settings"
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the previous settings"
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Вклучување на сервиси"
+
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Status: "
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Тековен статус: "
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "При подигање"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Warning"
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "Предупредување"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "&Стопирај"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start"
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "&Вклучи"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1116,7 +1198,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1126,7 +1208,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1304,7 +1386,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Прескони"
@@ -1327,7 +1409,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
@@ -1548,27 +1630,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја прекинете инсталацијата?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Навистина ја прекинувате „YaST“ поправката на системот?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Прекини ја поправката на системот"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Продолжи со поправката на системот"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1581,7 +1663,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1595,7 +1677,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1606,18 +1688,18 @@
"Ќе треба повторно да го инсталирате."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да прекинете?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Сите промени ќе бидат изгубени!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1645,7 +1727,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Да"
@@ -1656,7 +1738,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "Не"
@@ -1720,7 +1802,7 @@
msgstr "Грешки од дневникот: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Warning:"
#| msgid_plural "Warnings:"
@@ -1728,7 +1810,7 @@
msgstr "Предупредување:"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error:"
#| msgid_plural "Errors:"
@@ -1737,8 +1819,8 @@
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Message:"
#| msgid_plural "Messages:"
@@ -1794,7 +1876,7 @@
msgstr "И&збриши"
#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "&Променлива"
@@ -1889,7 +1971,7 @@
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr ""
@@ -1995,6 +2077,234 @@
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при читање на дневникот."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+msgid "Unknown Zone"
+msgstr "Непозната зона"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
+"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Мрежната картичка „%1“ не е доделена во ниту една зона на огнениот ѕид.\n"
+"Вклучете го огнениот ѕид на „YaST2“ и доделете ѝ зона.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+msgid "External Zone"
+msgstr "Надворешна зона"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+msgid "Internal Zone"
+msgstr "Внатрешна зона"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
+msgstr "Демиталиризирана зона"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "TCP"
+msgstr "UTC"
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+msgid "RPC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+msgid "IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+msgid ""
+"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
+"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
+"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
+msgstr ""
+"Мрежната картичка „%1“ е вклучена во повеќе зони на огнениот ѕид.\n"
+"Доколку продолжите, може да се појават грешки.\n"
+"\n"
+"Препорачано е да ја напуштите конфигурацијата и да ја поправите рачно\n"
+"во датотеката „/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall“."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+msgid "Check for network devices"
+msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgstr "Читај ја тековната конфигурација"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
+msgstr "Проверка за можни конфликтни сервиси"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+msgid "Checking for network devices..."
+msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgstr "Проверување за можни конфликтни сервиси..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+msgid "Adjust firewall service"
+msgstr "Прилагоди го сервисот за огнениот ѕид"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
+msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
+msgstr "Прилагодување на сервисот за огнениот ѕид..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgstr "Неуспешно запишување на поставувањата"
+
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
+msgstr "Непозната опција: %1"
+
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Service: %{filename}"
+msgstr "Сервис"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+msgid "Block Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+msgid "Drop Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+msgid "Home Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+msgid "Public Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+msgid "Trusted Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+msgid "Work Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
+msgstr "Непознат сервис „%1“"
+
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
@@ -2037,20 +2347,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "&Мрежни картички со отворена порта во огнениот ѕид"
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2063,7 +2373,7 @@
"Продолжувате?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2079,8 +2389,8 @@
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2095,29 +2405,29 @@
"Продолжувате?"
#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Мрежни &картички со отворена порта во огнениот ѕид"
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "Избери ги &сите"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "&Не избирај"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2125,7 +2435,7 @@
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2138,7 +2448,7 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2147,7 +2457,7 @@
"притиснете <b>„%2“</b>.<br>"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2156,49 +2466,49 @@
"е овозможен.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Отвори порта во огнениот ѕид"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr "Детали за огнениот ѕид"
#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr "Отвори порта во &огнениот ѕид"
#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "&Детали за огнениот ѕид"
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Firewall Details"
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
+msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr "Детали за огнениот ѕид"
#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е отворен"
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
@@ -2207,27 +2517,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Непознато"
@@ -2237,411 +2547,411 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "„MAC“ адреса"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
#, fuzzy
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#, fuzzy
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
#, fuzzy
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "„IrDA“ тест"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
#, fuzzy
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#, fuzzy
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Сериска порта"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB"
msgstr "&USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280
#, fuzzy
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "UTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "„DHCP“ адреса"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "Тип на уред"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Име на уред"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Идентификација на уред"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr ""
#. label message
#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "Барам компјутери во оваа локална мрежа..."
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "„&NFS“ сервери"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "Да&лечни компјутери"
#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "&Експортирани папки"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2656,14 +2966,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2682,144 +2992,6 @@
"Бројот на портата може да е број од 0 до 65535.\n"
"Не се дозволени празни места.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
-msgid "External Zone"
-msgstr "Надворешна зона"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
-msgid "Internal Zone"
-msgstr "Внатрешна зона"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
-msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
-msgstr "Демиталиризирана зона"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "TCP"
-msgstr "UTC"
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
-msgid "UDP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
-msgid "RPC"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
-msgid "IP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
-msgid "Unknown Zone"
-msgstr "Непозната зона"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
-"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
-"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
-msgstr ""
-"Мрежната картичка „%1“ е вклучена во повеќе зони на огнениот ѕид.\n"
-"Доколку продолжите, може да се појават грешки.\n"
-"\n"
-"Препорачано е да ја напуштите конфигурацијата и да ја поправите рачно\n"
-"во датотеката „/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall“."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
-msgid ""
-"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
-"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Мрежната картичка „%1“ не е доделена во ниту една зона на огнениот ѕид.\n"
-"Вклучете го огнениот ѕид на „YaST2“ и доделете ѝ зона.\n"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
-msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
-msgid "Check for network devices"
-msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
-msgid "Read current configuration"
-msgstr "Читај ја тековната конфигурација"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
-msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr "Проверка за можни конфликтни сервиси"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
-msgid "Checking for network devices..."
-msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
-msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
-msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr "Проверување за можни конфликтни сервиси..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
-msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
-msgid "Write firewall settings"
-msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
-msgid "Adjust firewall service"
-msgstr "Прилагоди го сервисот за огнениот ѕид"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
-msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
-msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
-msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
-msgstr "Прилагодување на сервисот за огнениот ѕид..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
-msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgstr "Неуспешно запишување на поставувањата"
-
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
-msgstr "Непозната опција: %1"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
@@ -2915,62 +3087,14 @@
msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
msgstr "Вие инсталирате систем преку „SSH“, но, во огнениот ѕид ја немате отворено портата за „SSH“."
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
-msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Service: %{filename}"
-msgstr "Сервис"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
-msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr "Непознат сервис „%1“"
-
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Потребно е да се инсталираат следниве пакети:"
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
@@ -2985,38 +3109,81 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Инсталирај"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Проверување за можни конфликтни сервиси..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+msgstr[2] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата од инсталацијата"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја прекинете инсталацијата?"
@@ -3026,62 +3193,62 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Грешки од дневникот: %1"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата од инсталацијата"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3092,34 +3259,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3128,7 +3295,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3138,52 +3305,52 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Отвори"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја прекинете инсталацијата?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при читање на дневникот."
@@ -3191,18 +3358,18 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при поврзување со серверот."
@@ -3210,15 +3377,15 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
@@ -3227,105 +3394,105 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Пов&торно"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при читање на дневникот."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Вклучување на „SuSEconfig“..."
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
#, fuzzy
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Скрипта за најавување"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3335,68 +3502,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Освежи"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "&Преземи"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Статус"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Поп&рави инсталиран систем"
@@ -3408,29 +3575,29 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "П&роверка"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3438,21 +3605,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Корисничко име"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "&Детали"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3525,12 +3692,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3541,12 +3708,12 @@
"„YaST“ можеби нема да работи исправно.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Не можам да продолжам без инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3555,22 +3722,22 @@
"пакети, „YaST“ можеби нема да работи исправно.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Потврдете ја лиценцата за паќетот: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "Се &согласувам"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "&Не се согласувам"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3593,7 +3760,7 @@
"нивните лиценци, притиснете <b>„Не се согласувам со сите“</b>.</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3602,7 +3769,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3611,7 +3778,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3619,7 +3786,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3632,143 +3799,143 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Инсталација на јазикот"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Пораки од дневникот: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Поп&рави инсталиран систем"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Поп&рави инсталиран систем"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Подигни инсталиран &систем"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Статус"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Инсталација"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details"
msgstr "&Детали"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
#, fuzzy
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "&Заврши"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Инсталација"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Поп&рави инсталиран систем"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Поп&рави инсталиран систем"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата од инсталацијата"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3780,7 +3947,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3794,7 +3961,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3806,16 +3973,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3826,7 +3993,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3837,66 +4004,66 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr "&Креирај"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
msgid "ID: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Name:"
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "Име на домаќинот:"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
#, fuzzy
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "&Креирај"
#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3910,7 +4077,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3924,12 +4091,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3942,7 +4109,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3955,13 +4122,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3975,7 +4142,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3989,17 +4156,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4009,7 +4176,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -4017,7 +4184,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -4025,7 +4192,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4034,23 +4201,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4064,13 +4231,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Предупредувања"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4083,7 +4250,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
@@ -4093,28 +4260,28 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Македонија"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата од инсталацијата"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Временска зона"
@@ -4122,12 +4289,12 @@
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -4135,48 +4302,48 @@
"Ве молам почекајте додека се инсталира основниот систем.\n"
"</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+msgid "&Details"
+msgstr "&Детали"
+
+#. tab
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
-#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-msgid "&Details"
-msgstr "&Детали"
-
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "Изврши надградба"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Избрши инсталирање"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Инсталација на јазикот"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
@@ -4184,7 +4351,7 @@
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја прекинете инсталацијата?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Пре&кини"
@@ -4780,38 +4947,47 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
msgid ""
-"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
-"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
msgstr ""
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+msgid ""
+"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
+"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr "Не ја прикажувај оваа порака &повторно"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
-msgid ""
+msgid_plural ""
"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose these files."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+msgstr[2] ""
#. error report
#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
@@ -4819,7 +4995,7 @@
msgstr "Се појави грешка при креирање на „initrd“."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4854,7 +5030,7 @@
"бројки одделени со две точки."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4865,7 +5041,7 @@
"може да започнува и да завршува со интерпукциски знак а последната компонента не смее да започнува со бројка."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -4971,13 +5147,13 @@
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr ""
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr ""
@@ -5065,8 +5241,8 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Module Name"
msgid "Module"
@@ -5820,69 +5996,7 @@
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Service Start"
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Вклучување на сервиси"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Current Status: "
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Тековен статус: "
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "During Boot"
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "При подигање"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Read the previous settings"
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Warning"
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "Предупредување"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Stop"
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "&Стопирај"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Start"
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "&Вклучи"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
#~ msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/bootloader.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/bootloader.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/bootloader.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,969 +17,471 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
-msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195
+msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "&Избрани опции"
-
-#. command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "&Избрани опции"
-
-#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
-msgid "Print value of specified option"
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
-msgid "The key of the option"
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr ""
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
-msgid "The value of the option"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
-msgid "Value was not specified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Value"
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "Вредност"
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
-#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
-msgid "Specified option does not exist."
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+msgid "D&isks"
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Режим на инсталирање</b></big><br>\n"
-"Изберете што ќе правите:</p>"
+#| msgid "Device ID"
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "Идентификација на уред"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
-"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
msgid ""
-"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
-"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
-"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
-"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
-"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
-"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
-"boots the active partition).</p>"
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
-"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
-"installed on your computer</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+msgid "GRUB2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start this section.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
-"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+msgid "Not Managed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
+msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
-"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
+"\n"
+"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
+"might not start.\n"
+"\n"
+"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
+"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
+"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
-"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77
+msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
-"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
+msgstr "При подигање"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
-"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
-"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
-"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
+#| msgid "Yes"
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "Да"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
-msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
-msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116
+msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Default Boot Section"
-msgstr "<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
-msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178
+msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
-msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190
+msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
-msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195
+msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
-msgstr "&Протокол на врската:"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
-msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
-msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
-msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
-msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. Validate function of a popup
-#. @param [String] key any widget key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
-#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
-msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
-msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "&Лозинка"
-
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
-msgid "Re&type Password"
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""
-#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
-#.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
+msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
+msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
-msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot Code Options"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Kernel Parameters"
-msgstr "&Протокол на врската:"
-
-#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
+msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "During Boot"
-msgid "Secure Boot"
-msgstr "При подигање"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
-msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
-msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
+msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. Bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
-#.
-#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr "&Модем"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
-msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
-msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box item
-#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
-#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
-#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
-#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
-msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
-msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. item of a combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
-msgid "Text Mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Unspecified"
-msgid "Unspecified"
-msgstr "Не&одредено"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
msgid "set"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Remove"
msgid "remove"
msgstr "&Отстрани"
#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
msgid "do not change"
msgstr ""
-#. Init function for console
-#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
-msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
-#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
-msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
-msgid "Use &graphical console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
-msgid "&Console resolution"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
-msgid "&Console theme"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
-msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select File"
-msgstr "Ве молам изберете"
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
+msgstr "При подигање"
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
-msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
-msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
-"might not start.\n"
-"\n"
-"Proceed?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
-msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
-msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
-msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
-msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
-msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr "Неуспешно запишување на поставувањата"
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
+msgstr "При подигање"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
+msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
+msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr ""
-#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Please wait...<br></p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
-"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
-msgid ""
-"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
-"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid ""
-"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
-"in the boot menu.</P>"
+"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
+"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
-#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
msgid ""
-"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
-"selected section.</P>"
+"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
-"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
-"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n"
-"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n"
-"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
-"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
+msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
-"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
+msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
-#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
-#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
-"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
-"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
-"on the computer.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
+msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
-"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
-"to update the master boot record\n"
-"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
-"to start &product;.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
-"when selecting this option.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
+msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
-#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
-"limit that restricts booting to\n"
-"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
-"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
+msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
-#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
-"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Default Boot Section"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
-"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
+"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
+"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
+"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n"
+"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n"
+"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
+"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
-"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
-"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
-"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
-"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
-"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
-"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
-"name must be unique.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
+msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
-"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
-"selected section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
+msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
-"to load and start.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
+"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
+"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
+"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n"
+"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
-"booting other operating systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
+msgstr "&Протокол на врската:"
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
-msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr ""
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
+msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
-msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr ""
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot&loader Options"
+msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
-msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "During Boot"
+msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
+msgstr "При подигање"
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
-msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
-msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
-msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
-msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"This function is not available if the boot\n"
-"loader is not specified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup question
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
-msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
-"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
-#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
-#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
-msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"The name selected is already used.\n"
-"Use a different one.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
-"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
-#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Warning!\n"
-"\n"
-"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n"
-"saved at %2.\n"
-"\n"
-"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n"
-"The partition table remains unchanged.\n"
-"\n"
-"Continue?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
-msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
-
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Device ID"
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "Идентификација на уред"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. proposal part - bootloader label
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
msgid "Booting"
@@ -991,193 +493,194 @@
msgstr "&Подигање"
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
-#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"Reading current configuration...</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
-msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
-msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
-msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
-msgid "Status Location: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "During Boot"
-msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
-msgstr "При подигање"
-
-#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr "Непозната опција: %1"
-
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
-msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
+msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
-msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
-msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227
+msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
-msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "&Избрани опции"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "&Избрани опции"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Value"
+#~ msgid "Value: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Вредност"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><big><b>Режим на инсталирање</b></big><br>\n"
+#~ "Изберете што ќе правите:</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "&Протокол на врската:"
+
+#~ msgid "&Password"
+#~ msgstr "&Лозинка"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "During Boot"
+#~ msgid "Secure Boot"
+#~ msgstr "При подигање"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
+#~ msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Vga Mode"
+#~ msgstr "&Модем"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&Unspecified"
+#~ msgid "Unspecified"
+#~ msgstr "Не&одредено"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Select File"
+#~ msgstr "Ве молам изберете"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
+#~ msgstr "Неуспешно запишување на поставувањата"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
+#~ msgstr "Непозната опција: %1"
+
#~ msgid "&Up"
#~ msgstr "&Нагоре"
@@ -1321,9 +824,6 @@
#~ msgid "other"
#~ msgstr "Д&руго"
-#~ msgid "Yes"
-#~ msgstr "Да"
-
#~ msgid "No"
#~ msgstr "Не"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/ca-management.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/ca-management.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/ca-management.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -129,8 +129,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -202,8 +201,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr ""
@@ -1857,42 +1855,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2175,8 +2172,7 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2222,28 +2218,23 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/cio.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/cio.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/cio.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -44,13 +44,13 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ne"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "da"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "ne"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
msgid "Filter channels"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/cluster.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/cluster.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/cluster.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
@@ -222,191 +222,191 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to write /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr "Не можам да запишувам во „/etc/sysconfig/apache2“"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service is not running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Сервисот не работи"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Booting"
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "&Подигање"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "Вклучи го сервисот"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Вклучи го сервисот"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Вклучи или исклучи"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Тековен статус: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Вклучи го сервисот"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Исклучи го сервисот"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&dd"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "До&дај"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Задоцнување"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&Уреди"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Synchronization failed for:"
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Неуспешна синхронизација поради:"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -517,41 +517,41 @@
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Читај ја базата на податоци"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -559,71 +559,71 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата1."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database2."
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата2."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Не можам да пронајдам уреди."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/control.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/control.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/control.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-11 20:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -19,317 +19,653 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>\n"
-"p>Инсталацијата на „openSUSE“ на вашата машина е завршена.\n"
-"Откако ќе притиснете на <b>„Заврши“</b> ќе може да се најавите на системот.</p>\n"
-"<p>Посетете не на %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Забавувајте се!<br>Вашиот „SUSE“ развоен тим</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Инсталацијата заврши успешно.\n"
+"Вашиот систем е подготвен за употреба.\n"
+"За да се најавите на системот притиснете на „Заврши“.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Посетете не на http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "IMAP Server"
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "„IMAP“ сервер"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Преглед"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Експерт"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
#, fuzzy
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на хардверот"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Подготовка"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Овозможување на дискот"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Овозможување на дискот"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Овозможување на дискот"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Анализа на системот"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
-msgid "Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
-msgid "Time Zone"
-msgstr "Временска зона"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Online Repositories"
+#| msgid "Online Update"
+msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr "Онлајн надградување"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Додатни производи"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Избор на работна површина"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "Временска зона"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Инсталација"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Инсталација"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Избрши инсталирање"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation"
+msgid "Installer Cleanup"
+msgstr "Инсталација"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Инсталација"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Системот е за надградување"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Надгради"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "Резиме на надградбата"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Изврши надградба"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Конфигурација"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Основна инсталација"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Системска конфигурација"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~| "\t"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Инсталацијата заврши успешно.\n"
-#~ "Вашиот систем е подготвен за употреба.\n"
-#~ "За да се најавите на системот притиснете на „Заврши“.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Посетете не на http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Инсталацијата заврши успешно.\n"
+"Вашиот систем е подготвен за употреба.\n"
+"За да се најавите на системот притиснете на „Заврши“.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Посетете не на http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"\t"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "IMAP Server"
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "„IMAP“ сервер"
+#| msgid "System for Update"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "Системот е за надградување"
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Преглед"
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid ""
+"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "Експерт"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid ""
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Default System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid ""
+"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
+"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Network Configuration"
-#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
+msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "Подготвувам..."
-#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Резиме на надградбата"
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
+msgstr "Подготвувам..."
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+msgid ""
+"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
+"• No separate /home partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>\n"
+"p>Инсталацијата на „openSUSE“ на вашата машина е завршена.\n"
+"Откако ќе притиснете на <b>„Заврши“</b> ќе може да се најавите на системот.</p>\n"
+"<p>Посетете не на %1.</p>\n"
+"<p>Забавувајте се!<br>Вашиот „SUSE“ развоен тим</p>\n"
+"\t"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+msgid ""
+"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+"manage your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n"
+"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+msgid "Xfce Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Minimal X Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
+msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr "Онлајн надградување"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "Избор на работна површина"
+
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
@@ -395,9 +731,6 @@
#~ msgid "Customer Center"
#~ msgstr "Центар за потрошувачи"
-#~ msgid "Online Update"
-#~ msgstr "Онлајн надградување"
-
#~ msgid "Release Notes"
#~ msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
@@ -450,10 +783,6 @@
#~ "\t"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "XEN Virtualization Host"
-#~ msgstr "Подготвувам..."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Software Selection"
#~ msgstr "Потврдете го пронаоѓањето на хардверот"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/country.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/country.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/country.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-17 16:04+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -585,7 +585,9 @@
#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
-msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New value for hardware clock"
+msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
msgstr "Нова вредност за хардверскиот часовник"
#. summary label
@@ -742,8 +744,8 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Locale Settings"
msgid "Other &Settings..."
@@ -751,53 +753,53 @@
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Промени ја датата и времето на системот"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "&Хардверскиот часовник е наместен на"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Регион"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "Временска &зона"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
#, fuzzy
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Промени ја датата и времето на системот"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -807,7 +809,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -815,12 +817,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Изберете валидна временска зона."
@@ -909,182 +911,189 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "Шпански (Латинска Америка)"
+
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Италијански"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Португалски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Португалски (Бразил)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Португалски (Бразил -- амерички акцент)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Грчки"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Холандски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Дански"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Норвешки"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Шведски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Фински"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Чешки"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Чешки (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Словачки"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Словачка (qwerty)"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Словенечки"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Унгарски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Полски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Русија"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Србски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Естонски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Литвански"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Турски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Хрватски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Јапонски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Белгиски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Исландски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Украински"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Кмер"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Корејски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Арапски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Таџикистан"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Традиционален Кинески"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Поедноставен Кинески"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Романски"
#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internal Zone"
msgid "US International"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/crowbar.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/crowbar.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/crowbar.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -23,19 +23,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Конфигурација на „IrDA“"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -49,11 +39,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
@@ -184,146 +174,154 @@
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "&Корисничко име"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server"
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "Сервер"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Name"
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Server"
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "Вклучи сервер"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "&Корисничко име"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Password"
msgid "Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root Password"
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "Оневозможено"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -333,7 +331,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -342,7 +340,7 @@
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid ""
@@ -351,93 +349,93 @@
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Мрежа"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dire&ctories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Па&пки"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -446,7 +444,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
@@ -509,21 +507,21 @@
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "Читај ја тековната конфигурација"
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
@@ -531,24 +529,24 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „IrDA“"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/dhcp-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/dhcp-server.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/dhcp-server.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -57,9 +57,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -99,242 +97,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -359,191 +362,151 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Рачно"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Име на уред"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&Избери"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "&Избери"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "„DHCP“ адреса"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
@@ -551,60 +514,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -612,37 +575,37 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Информации за системот"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
@@ -650,13 +613,13 @@
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "„MAC“ адреса"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -664,10 +627,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -675,61 +638,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -737,8 +700,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -746,135 +709,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тип"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -887,15 +850,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -907,7 +870,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1126,7 +1089,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1150,7 +1113,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1161,9 +1124,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1179,51 +1142,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "Име на &домаќинот"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1231,80 +1194,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1586,8 +1549,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1605,17 +1567,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1623,7 +1577,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1631,7 +1585,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1641,7 +1595,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1651,14 +1605,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1666,7 +1620,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1675,7 +1629,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1684,7 +1638,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1693,14 +1647,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1710,14 +1664,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1725,7 +1679,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1735,7 +1689,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1744,7 +1698,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1753,7 +1707,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
@@ -1762,21 +1716,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1784,14 +1738,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1799,40 +1753,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1841,7 +1795,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1852,7 +1806,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1860,14 +1814,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1875,14 +1829,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1892,45 +1846,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1938,7 +1892,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1948,23 +1902,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1974,101 +1928,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "Вклучи"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Исклучи"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2076,7 +2030,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2084,7 +2038,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2092,206 +2046,195 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "На&предно"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Изберете ја околината"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2302,101 +2245,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2404,22 +2347,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/dns-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/dns-server.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/dns-server.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -300,8 +300,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -372,11 +371,10 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Вредност"
@@ -394,7 +392,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -404,9 +402,9 @@
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тип"
@@ -419,8 +417,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -450,12 +448,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -484,14 +481,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "Сервер за е-пошта"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - listing mail servers
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
@@ -553,8 +550,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -576,7 +573,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "Поддршката за „&LDAP“ е активна"
@@ -603,134 +600,89 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "„DNS“ сервер"
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Change"
-msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr "&Промени"
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
-msgid "Start-Up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
-msgid "Basic Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
-msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
-msgid "TSIG Keys"
-msgstr ""
-
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr ""
#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "Внесете валидна адреса на вашата е-пошта"
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr ""
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr ""
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -738,12 +690,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "Внесете валидна адреса на вашата е-пошта"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
@@ -753,170 +705,170 @@
"во опес од 0-255 одделени со точки."
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr ""
#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Опција"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Датотека"
#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr ""
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr ""
@@ -925,8 +877,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
@@ -936,9 +888,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr ""
@@ -947,109 +899,154 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr ""
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration"
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Change"
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "&Промени"
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+msgid "Start-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+msgid "Basic Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+msgid "ACLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+msgid "TSIG Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. check box
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1057,116 +1054,116 @@
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr "Пов&торно"
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr ""
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1177,106 +1174,106 @@
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "Сервис"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Протокол на врската:"
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr ""
#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Порта"
#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr ""
#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr ""
#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1285,14 +1282,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr "Внесете валидна адреса на вашата е-пошта"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
@@ -1302,79 +1299,73 @@
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr ""
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr ""
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr ""
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr ""
-#. );
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502
-msgid "Ad&vanced"
-msgstr "На&предно"
-
#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr "Мора да се постави корисник."
@@ -1383,24 +1374,24 @@
#.
#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1408,32 +1399,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr ""
#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr ""
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -2237,56 +2228,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Изберете ја околината"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
@@ -2294,73 +2285,73 @@
msgstr "Се појави грешка при читање на дневникот."
#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "Вклучување на „SuSEconfig“..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
@@ -2368,73 +2359,76 @@
msgstr "Се појави грешка при читање на дневникот."
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr ""
#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Ad&vanced"
+#~ msgstr "На&предно"
+
#~ msgid "Manually"
#~ msgstr "Рачно"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/docker.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/docker.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/docker.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -16,6 +16,114 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n"
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Changes in Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Статус"
+
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Continue"
+msgid "Commit Container"
+msgstr "Продолжи"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tab"
+msgid "Tag"
+msgstr "Ливче"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "Author"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Ok"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Inject Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Target Shell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
@@ -59,16 +167,6 @@
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
-msgid "Repository"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Tab"
-msgid "Tag"
-msgstr "Ливче"
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
msgid "Image ID"
msgstr ""
@@ -93,17 +191,13 @@
msgid "Image"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Commands:"
msgid "Command"
msgstr "Команди:"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Статус"
-
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Port"
msgid "Ports"
@@ -147,10 +241,63 @@
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
-msgid "&Exit"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Continue"
+msgid "Run Container"
+msgstr "Продолжи"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Continue"
+msgid "Container"
+msgstr "Продолжи"
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "Volumes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+msgid "Choose directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Choose target directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+msgid "Choose external port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+msgid "Choose internal port"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/drbd.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/drbd.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/drbd.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Конфигурирање на „TFTP“ сервер</b></big></p>"
@@ -259,15 +259,16 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -293,12 +294,12 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Конфигурирање на „TFTP“ сервер</b></big></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -307,21 +308,23 @@
"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Конфигурирање на „TFTP“ сервер</b></big></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -331,7 +334,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -341,7 +344,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -351,7 +354,7 @@
"Овде ја конфигурирате „CASA“.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -360,7 +363,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -373,7 +376,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -385,7 +388,7 @@
"обратете со во документацијата на „CASA“.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -396,7 +399,7 @@
"За да ја конфигурирате „CASA“, притиснете на <b>„Конфигурирај CASA“</b>.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -408,7 +411,7 @@
"Потоа, притиснете на <b>„Деконфигурирај CASA“</b>.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -421,7 +424,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -433,7 +436,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -445,56 +448,134 @@
"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Конфигурација на „IrDA“"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Type"
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "Тип на уред"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Име на уред"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -608,81 +689,81 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Локални поставувања"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "Читај ја тековната конфигурација"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Читање на листата со модули..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Читање на листата со модули..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgid ""
@@ -690,12 +771,12 @@
"%2"
msgstr "Конфигурациски модул на „YaST“ - %1\n"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“"
@@ -704,59 +785,59 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Сними ги промените на каталогот"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update configuration"
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Ажурирај ја конфигурацијата"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/fcoe-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/fcoe-client.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/fcoe-client.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -577,39 +577,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Не можам да пронајдам уреди."
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr "Не можам да го вклучам сервисот „%1“"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr "Не можам да го вклучам сервисот „%1“"
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -617,181 +617,181 @@
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Рестартирај ги сервисите"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "network card"
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Пронаоѓање на уредите..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting services..."
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Не можам да пронајдам уреди."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read catalogs."
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам каталозите."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ клиент"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "Рестартирај ги сервисите"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Рестартирај ги сервисите"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисот..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Прилагодување на сервисот за огнениот ѕид..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'"
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата во „%1“"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting services..."
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read catalogs."
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам каталозите."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><big><b>Configuring a TFTP Server</b></big></p>"
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Конфигурирање на „TFTP“ сервер</b></big></p>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr ""
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting services..."
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
@@ -799,13 +799,13 @@
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabled"
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "Овозможено"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "disabled"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,6 +16,16 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
msgid ""
@@ -171,7 +181,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr ""
@@ -561,7 +571,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr ""
@@ -572,8 +582,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -627,28 +637,28 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr ""
@@ -770,10 +780,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""
@@ -1272,219 +1282,221 @@
msgstr "Изберете валидна временска зона."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr "Овозможи „IrDA“"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr "Оневозможи „IrDA“"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
msgid "Set value"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
msgid "Record number"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -1497,180 +1509,180 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
msgid "Interface"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Име на уред"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
msgid "Log all"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Вредност"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
msgid "Short"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr ""
@@ -1679,168 +1691,179 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
msgid "All ports"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+msgid "everywhere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+msgid "in the %1 zone"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
-msgid "Masquerading is %1"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/firstboot.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/firstboot.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/firstboot.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-11 20:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -113,13 +113,13 @@
msgstr "Ознака"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Статус"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "Име на модулот"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Статус"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/fonts.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/fonts.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/fonts.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -19,59 +19,59 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/geo-cluster.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/geo-cluster.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/geo-cluster.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -59,10 +59,8 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
@@ -120,17 +118,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -138,19 +136,18 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "П&роверка"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Ca&ncel"
@@ -158,9 +155,9 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -171,113 +168,116 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "П&роверка"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "Изберете датотека за клучот со проверка"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "Внесете валидна адреса на вашата е-пошта"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Dire&ctories"
msgid "retries"
msgstr "Па&пки"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "Невалидна акција."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay is invalid."
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "Невалидно задоцнување."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "Невалидна акција."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "Невалидна акција."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay is invalid."
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "Невалидно задоцнување."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
@@ -285,80 +285,84 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Конфигурацијата заврши"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "Конфигурацијата заврши"
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Action is invalid."
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "Невалидна акција."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "Изберете датотека за клучот со проверка"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "Изберете датотека за клучот со проверка"
+#| msgid "Au&thentication"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "П&роверка"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
@@ -366,7 +370,7 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mouse configuration"
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
@@ -375,7 +379,7 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Configuration"
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -530,3 +534,8 @@
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
msgstr "Резиме на конфигурацијата ..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "Изберете датотека за клучот со проверка"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/installation.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/installation.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/installation.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 19:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
@@ -100,33 +100,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr "Вклучи сервиси"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr "Ве молам почекајте додека се подготвуваат додатните производи..."
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
"Дали сакате да ја креирате?"
#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting Installation..."
@@ -200,21 +200,21 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ако не сте сигурни, вратете се назад и проверете ги поставувањата.</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Потвди надградба"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -277,56 +277,7 @@
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Користете <b>„Клонирај“</b> ако сакате да креирате „AutoYaST“ профил. „AutoYaST“\n"
-"е начин на извршување комплетна инсталација на „SUSE Linux“ без дејстување од страна на\n"
-"корисникот. На „AutoYaST“ му е потребен профил за да знае како треба да изгледа системот.\n"
-"Ако оваа опција е избрана, профилот од тековниот систем ќе се зачува во /root/autoyast.xml.</p>\n"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Запишување на системската конфигурација"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "П&рескокни ја конфигурацијата"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Копирам датотеки во инсталираниот систем..."
@@ -519,7 +470,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
@@ -549,56 +500,28 @@
"Изберете дали сакате сега да вклучите „Онлајн надградување“.\n"
"Можете да го прескокнете овој чекор и подоцна да го вклучите „Онлајн надградување“.\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Јазик"
-
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Распоред на тастатурата"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "Распоред на тастатурата"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Лиценцен договор"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "Завршување на основната инсталација"
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -608,7 +531,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -617,7 +540,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -625,7 +548,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -634,7 +557,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -642,24 +565,58 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Лиценцен договор"
+
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Јазик"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "Распоред на тастатурата"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
+msgstr "Копирам датотеки во инсталираниот систем..."
+
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard Layout"
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "Распоред на тастатурата"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "Завршување на основната инсталација"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
@@ -767,7 +724,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -776,17 +733,17 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "Подготвување на достапните каталози"
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
@@ -794,30 +751,30 @@
msgstr "Читање на достапни пакетите од изворите на инсталацијата..."
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
@@ -835,45 +792,46 @@
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Пронаоѓање на достапните контролери"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Овозможување на дискот"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Конфигурирај „&DASD“ дискови"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Конфигурирај „&ZFCP“ дискови"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Конфигурирај „&ZFCP“ дискови"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Конфигурирај „&iSCSI“ дискови"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -893,7 +851,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Подготвувам"
@@ -919,75 +877,78 @@
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr ""
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Calling step %1..."
+msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
+
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+msgid " * %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Installation Error"
+msgstr "Инсталација"
+
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Завршување на основната инсталација"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Пре&кини ја инсталацијата"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Завршено"
+
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Копирај датитеки на инсталираниот систем"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Зачувај конфигурација"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата од инсталацијата"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Инсталирај менаџер на подигање"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Подготовка на системот за прво вклучување"
-#. merge steps from add-on products
-#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549
+msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..."
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Calling step %1..."
-msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
-
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
-msgid " * %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
-msgid "Finished"
-msgstr "Завршено"
-
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr "Инсталација"
-
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
@@ -1011,24 +972,24 @@
msgstr "Запишување на системската конфигурација"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1039,7 +1000,7 @@
"Изберете што ќе правите:</p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1047,7 +1008,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
@@ -1055,7 +1016,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1168,7 +1129,7 @@
#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Инсталирање на „HTTP“ сервер..."
@@ -1202,7 +1163,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1230,104 +1191,104 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "Испитување за „USB“ уреди"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "Испитување за „USB“ уреди"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "Испитување за „FireWire“ уреди..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "Испитување за „FireWire“ уреди..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "Испитување за дискетни единици"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "Испитување за дискетни единици"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Испитување за контролери за хард дискот"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Испитување за контролери за хард дискот"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Вчитување на модули на кернелот за контролерите на хард дискот"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Вчитување на модули на кернелот за контролерите на хард дискот"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "Испитување за хард дискови"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Испитување за хард дискови"
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Анализирање на вашиот систем..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Подготовка на фонтовите..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Подготовка на фонтовите..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Информации за системот"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "Ве молам почекајте додека се подготвуваат додатните производи..."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1340,7 +1301,7 @@
"Ве молам проверете го вашиот хардвер!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1353,7 +1314,7 @@
"Не се пронајдени хард дискови за инсталацијата.\n"
"Ве молам проверете го вашиот хардвер!\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1361,7 +1322,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1378,12 +1339,58 @@
"Проверете го вашиот хардвер.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
+"and try installing the updates again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+msgid ""
+"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n"
+"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n"
+"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
#, fuzzy
@@ -1439,8 +1446,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Промени..."
@@ -1639,7 +1646,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr "Нема дефиниран тек на работа за овој режим на инсталација."
@@ -1662,7 +1669,7 @@
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1720,6 +1727,26 @@
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "Запишување на системската конфигурација"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
+msgstr "П&рескокни ја конфигурацијата"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
@@ -1777,66 +1804,81 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr "Копирам дневници во инсталираниот систем..."
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "Идентификација на уред"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
+msgstr "П&рескокни ја конфигурацијата"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Ќе ги загубите сите промени."
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "&Користи ја следната конфигурација"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Прескокнување на конфигурацијата поради барање на корисникот"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Анализирање на вашиот систем..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ГРЕШКА: нема предлог"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1849,44 +1891,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "П&рескокни ја конфигурацијата"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Користи ја следната конфигурација"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "П&рескокни ја конфигурацијата"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Врати на основни"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Надгради"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Инсталирај"
@@ -1915,7 +1949,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1925,7 +1959,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1934,7 +1968,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1943,7 +1977,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1952,7 +1986,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1960,12 +1994,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1974,7 +2008,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1990,6 +2024,11 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Далечна администрација"
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1997,19 +2036,112 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+msgid "Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No Linux root partition found."
+msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
+msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
+
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Непозната зона"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr ""
#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
@@ -2018,7 +2150,7 @@
#.
#. @see #all_supported_types
#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "Исклучување на сервисите..."
@@ -2026,18 +2158,34 @@
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисите..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Користете <b>„Клонирај“</b> ако сакате да креирате „AutoYaST“ профил. „AutoYaST“\n"
+#~ "е начин на извршување комплетна инсталација на „SUSE Linux“ без дејстување од страна на\n"
+#~ "корисникот. На „AutoYaST“ му е потребен профил за да знае како треба да изгледа системот.\n"
+#~ "Ако оваа опција е избрана, профилот од тековниот систем ќе се зачува во /root/autoyast.xml.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "&Користи ја следната конфигурација"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "ГРЕШКА: недостасува наслов"
@@ -2095,10 +2243,6 @@
#~ msgstr "мрежна карта"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Device"
-#~ msgstr "Идентификација на уред"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "IP address cannot be empty."
#~ msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни."
@@ -2463,9 +2607,6 @@
#~ msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
#~ msgstr "Проценување „root“ партиција. Само еден момент..."
-#~ msgid "No Linux root partition found."
-#~ msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
-
#~ msgid "Booting from %1"
#~ msgstr "Подигам од %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-client.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-client.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -111,7 +111,6 @@
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit"
@@ -171,48 +170,65 @@
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "&Вклучи"
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Manually"
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr "Рачно"
+
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+msgid "onboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Key"
msgstr "ИД на клучот"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Вредност"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Сервис"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr ""
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr ""
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -221,9 +237,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr ""
@@ -406,30 +422,28 @@
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr ""
-#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
msgid "No record found."
msgstr ""
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr "Внесете валидна адреса на вашата е-пошта"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ed&it Name"
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr "У&реди име"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
msgid ""
"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -442,13 +456,18 @@
"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -456,37 +475,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Продолжи"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "О&ткажи"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -579,7 +598,7 @@
msgstr "Валонски"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -587,13 +606,14 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-lio-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-lio-server.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-lio-server.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -43,15 +43,14 @@
msgstr "Сервис"
#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr ""
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
@@ -72,7 +71,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portugal"
msgid "Portal group"
@@ -101,7 +100,7 @@
msgstr "П&роверка"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312
msgid "LUN"
msgstr ""
@@ -118,75 +117,74 @@
msgstr "Патека до дома"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&dd"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "До&дај"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&Уреди"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "De&lete"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "И&збриши"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "NFS Client"
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "„NFS“ клиент"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "&Уреди"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "П&роверка"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
@@ -194,28 +192,28 @@
msgstr "П&роверка"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User name:"
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Ко&рисничко име:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Password"
msgid "Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
@@ -223,21 +221,21 @@
msgstr "П&роверка"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Booting"
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "&Подигање"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Manually"
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "Рачно"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Booting"
@@ -245,26 +243,30 @@
msgstr "&Подигање"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Рачно"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Key ID"
msgid "Key"
msgstr "ИД на клучот"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Вредност"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
@@ -272,33 +274,34 @@
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "„iSCSI“ цел"
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "„iSCSI“ цел"
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "iSCSI Target"
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
@@ -506,19 +509,24 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
@@ -526,12 +534,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -540,19 +548,19 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -561,236 +569,242 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr ""
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&onfirm Password"
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr "П&отврдете ја лозинката"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321
msgid "Path:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Browse"
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "&Разгледај"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detect the devices"
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr "Пронајди ги уредите"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "NFS Client"
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "„NFS“ клиент"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Change"
msgid "Change:"
msgstr "&Промени"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr "Изберете ја датотеката со клучот за проверка"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "NFS Client"
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "„NFS“ клиент"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни."
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
+msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&OK"
msgid "OK"
msgstr "&Во ред"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "О&ткажи"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disabled"
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Оневозможено"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Оневозможено"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete this item?"
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја избришете оваа ставка?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Outgoing &MSN"
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "Појдовен „&MSN“"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Оневозможено"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -806,11 +820,11 @@
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
@@ -922,6 +936,21 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Резиме на конфигурацијата ..."
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "NFS Client"
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "„NFS“ клиент"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "NFS Client"
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "„NFS“ клиент"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "NFS Client"
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "„NFS“ клиент"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "Вклучи „SuSEconfig“"
Added: trunk/yast/mk/po/journalctl.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/journalctl.mk.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/journalctl.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# Macedonian translations for opensuse-i package.
+# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
+# Automatically generated, 2016.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: mk\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/kdump.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/kdump.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/kdump.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -379,10 +379,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1184,161 +1182,176 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам тековните поставувања."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Пронаоѓање на достапните каталози..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам тековните поставувања."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам каталозите."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "Овозможено"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "Оневозможено"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Празна вредност за опцијата: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/live-installer.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/live-installer.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/live-installer.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -38,29 +38,29 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Проценување „root“ партиција. Само еден момент..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Копирам датотеки во инсталираниот систем..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -70,82 +70,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
#, fuzzy
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Анализирање на вашиот систем..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Предупредување"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Распоред на тастатурата"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Временска зона"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -153,7 +135,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -241,7 +223,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Копирам датотеки во инсталираниот систем..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/mail.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/mail.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/mail.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -267,78 +267,83 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr "Појдовен „&MSN“"
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr "Не"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use"
msgstr "Корисник"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr "П&роверка"
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "Детали..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Manually"
msgid "manual"
msgstr "Рачно"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "SLP Daemon"
msgid "daemon"
msgstr "„SLP“ даемон"
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr "&Преземи"
#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr ""
@@ -346,7 +351,7 @@
#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
@@ -357,7 +362,7 @@
#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -366,41 +371,41 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr "Локално време"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr "Прикажи пораки: %1"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr ""
@@ -410,24 +415,24 @@
#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
#. ),
#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local user"
msgstr "Локално време"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display as"
msgstr "Прикажи пораки: %1"
@@ -437,23 +442,23 @@
#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf"))
#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "До&дај"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Уреди"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Избри&ши"
#. Translators: error popup
#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr ""
@@ -461,76 +466,76 @@
#. list<string> lmod = [];
#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
#, fuzzy
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr "П&роверка"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
#, fuzzy
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr "Појдовен „&MSN“"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User name"
msgstr "Ко&рисничко име:"
#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Сервер"
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
msgid "User"
msgstr "Корисник"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "И&збриши"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
#, fuzzy
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -539,35 +544,35 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
msgid "Alias"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: table column headings
#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr "Зачувај конфигурација"
#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
@@ -818,12 +823,12 @@
msgstr "„IMAP“ сервер"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -831,54 +836,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Translators: progress label
#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. Translators: progress label
#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
@@ -886,7 +891,7 @@
#. Translators: error message,
#. %1 is a file name,
#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n"
@@ -894,20 +899,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr "Запишување на системската конфигурација"
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr "Грешка при запишување на датотеката „%1“"
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
msgstr "Вклучување на „SuSEconfig“..."
@@ -915,25 +920,25 @@
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr "Грешка при вклучување на „apache“."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr "Неуспешно запишување на поставувањата"
@@ -941,133 +946,133 @@
#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr "Сними ги промените на каталогот"
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
#, fuzzy
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr "Конфигурација на телефонска секретарка."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr "Вклучување на „SuSEconfig“..."
#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисите..."
#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на каталогот"
#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Д&руго"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr "Германски"
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr ""
#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
#, fuzzy
msgid "MTA"
msgstr "GMT"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr "&Протокол на врската:"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr "Сервер за е-пошта"
#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
msgid "From Header"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr "Поставувања на локале"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Да"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
#, fuzzy
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "П&роверка"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/network.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/network.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/network.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -341,26 +341,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
msgstr ""
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
@@ -371,26 +371,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr ""
#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr ""
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ клиент"
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""
@@ -682,84 +682,84 @@
#. Handler for action "list"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:264
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е оневозможен"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:278
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "Внесете валидна адреса на вашата е-пошта"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr ""
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -860,70 +860,70 @@
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device)
#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr ""
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr ""
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr ""
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr ""
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr ""
@@ -1050,12 +1050,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
@@ -1063,16 +1063,16 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "Д&одај"
@@ -1081,8 +1081,8 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1092,164 +1092,164 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "И&збриши"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Up"
msgid "Up"
msgstr "На&горе"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Down"
msgid "Down"
msgstr "На&долу"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "&Други опции"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use Default Values"
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr "Користи основни вредности"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr ""
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "Име на &домаќинот"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1257,13 +1257,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1274,23 +1274,23 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Внесете валидна адреса на вашата е-пошта"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101
#, fuzzy
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Внесете валидна адреса на вашата е-пошта"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Внесете валидна адреса на вашата е-пошта"
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1308,62 +1308,62 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Овозможување на дискот"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Огнен ѕид"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Хардвер"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1373,13 +1373,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+msgid ""
+"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
+"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1573,23 +1584,23 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
#. Handler for action "edit"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266
msgid "Impossible value for bootproto."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290
msgid "Impossible value for startmode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272
msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Handler for action "delete"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318
#, fuzzy
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
@@ -1651,7 +1662,7 @@
#. Write settings dialog
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198
msgid ""
"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n"
"the add-on CD.\n"
@@ -1659,7 +1670,7 @@
"to this configuration dialog.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212
msgid ""
"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n"
"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n"
@@ -1672,22 +1683,22 @@
#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded
#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems
#. #45960
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing firmware"
msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232
msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при креирање на „initrd“."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1697,12 +1708,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1711,7 +1722,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
@@ -1876,7 +1887,7 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -1886,14 +1897,14 @@
msgstr "&Барај"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1901,141 +1912,140 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Телефонски броеви"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Контролен центар „YaST2“"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2044,7 +2054,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Хардверски профил"
@@ -2504,31 +2514,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2685,128 +2695,128 @@
#. Wireless authentication modes:
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353
msgid "No Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "WEP - Open"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359
msgid "WEP - Shared Key"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390
msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420
msgid "Wireless Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429
msgid "O&perating Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Master"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445
msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scan Network"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462
msgid "&Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471
msgid "E&xpert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474
msgid "&WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2889,27 +2899,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Помош"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2919,7 +2929,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2929,97 +2939,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -3034,38 +3044,46 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
-msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
+msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
-"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n"
+"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n"
+"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n"
+"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n"
+"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Потребно е да се инсталираат следниве пакети:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3073,111 +3091,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Непознато"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3252,8 +3220,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3280,28 +3248,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3333,27 +3301,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3394,41 +3362,41 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "Идентификација на уред"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3655,52 +3623,52 @@
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на локале"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Овозможи „IrDA“"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Непознат сервис „%1“"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "„MAC“ адреса"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr ""
@@ -3709,7 +3677,7 @@
#. to "0.0.0.0/32"
#.
#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "configured"
msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
@@ -3765,7 +3733,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Ажурирај ја конфигурацијата"
@@ -3790,7 +3758,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
@@ -3803,457 +3771,453 @@
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата за јазикот"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "Зачувување на „/etc/exports“..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Пронаоѓање на уредите..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Оневозможи „IrDA“"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "Не е пронајдено."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Име на уред"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Не е пронајдено."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Потребни информации"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "непознато"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Конфигурирај подоцна"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Рестартирај го сервисот"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на каталогот"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Резиме на конфигурацијата ..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисот..."
-#. Enable xinetd
-#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#. Install required packages
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267
+msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4261,33 +4225,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на каталогот"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..."
@@ -4297,24 +4261,24 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 20:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
"0-9, A-Z, a-z, точки, -, и _."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
"на монтирање во „%1“."
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
-#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137
msgid ""
"The path entered is invalid.\n"
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
@@ -389,12 +389,12 @@
msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ клиент"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
msgstr "Не можам да ја креирам папката „%1“."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -405,52 +405,52 @@
"во конфигурацијата на „NFS“ клиентот.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451
msgid "Stop services"
msgstr "Исклучи сервиси"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453
msgid "Start services"
msgstr "Вклучи сервиси"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457
msgid "Stopping services..."
msgstr "Исклучување на сервисите..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459
msgid "Starting services..."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на „NFS“ клиентот. Ве молам почекајте..."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
msgstr "Не можам да ги монтирам „NFS“ записите од „/etc/fstab“."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506
msgid "NFS Entries"
msgstr "„NFS“ записи"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
-#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "%1 entries configured"
msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/nis.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/nis.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/nis.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -231,8 +231,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
-msgid "Br&oadcast"
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
+msgid "&Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton label, find nis servers
@@ -345,11 +346,6 @@
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853
-msgid "&Broadcast"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/ntp-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/ntp-client.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/ntp-client.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -32,71 +32,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, cont.
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. translators: error popup
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
msgstr "Име на „&NFS“ серверот"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "„NTP“ сервер"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувај конфигурација"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
msgstr "Синхронизација"
#. push button label
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Синхронизирање на серверот..."
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -301,313 +301,305 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for NTP client module
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22
msgid "NTP client configuration module."
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60
msgid "Add new synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74
msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82
msgid "The address of the server"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89
msgid "The address of the peer"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110
msgid "The options of the relationship"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130
msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
msgstr ""
#. error report for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Сервер"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Peer"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
msgstr ""
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570
msgid "Local Radio Clock"
msgstr ""
#. command line error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344
+#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335
msgid "Reading the settings failed."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "NTP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177
-msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на локале"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "New Synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. Server editing dialog
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на локале"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "NTP Server"
msgstr "„NTP“ сервер"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Local NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493
msgid "Public NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "NTP Peer"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Local Reference Clock"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524
msgid "&Reference ID"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527
msgid "&Stratum"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Calibration Offset 1"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Calibration Offset 2"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Flag &1"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Flag &2"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Flag &3"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551
msgid "Flag &4"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
-" You can change this when the system was set up."
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n"
+"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n"
+"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes."
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
@@ -628,7 +620,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -638,7 +630,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -648,7 +640,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -659,7 +651,7 @@
"прикажан во полето долу.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -667,14 +659,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -682,7 +674,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -694,14 +686,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -710,7 +702,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -719,7 +711,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -727,7 +719,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -735,7 +727,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -743,7 +735,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -752,7 +744,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -760,7 +752,7 @@
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -772,49 +764,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -822,7 +814,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -832,7 +824,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -840,7 +832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -853,7 +845,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -861,7 +853,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -871,7 +863,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -880,7 +872,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -894,17 +886,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
msgstr ""
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
+#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666)
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -914,14 +906,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
msgstr ""
#. if there is already some server defined
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509
msgid ""
"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n"
"replace the current NTP server.\n"
@@ -930,44 +922,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037
msgid "Select the Device"
msgstr ""
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734
msgid "Public NTP &Servers"
msgstr ""
#. message report (no server selected)
#. report message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191
msgid "Select an NTP server."
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139
msgid "All Countries"
msgstr ""
#. combo box header
#. combo box header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724
msgid "&Country"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216
msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231
msgid ""
"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -975,213 +967,213 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516
msgid "Address"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "No server is selected."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
msgid "A&ddress"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356
msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Synchronization"
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
msgstr "Далечна синхронизација"
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388
#, fuzzy
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
msgstr "„SLP“ даемон"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only &Manually"
msgstr "Рачно"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Synchronization"
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
msgstr "Синхронизација"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395
msgid "Now and on &Boot"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS:
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
msgstr ""
#. combo box item FIXME usability
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "Рачно"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436
msgid "Auto"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy"
msgstr "Резиме од конфигурацијата на глушецот."
#. FIXME
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448
msgid "&Custom Policy"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490
msgid "&Select..."
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772
msgid "&Test"
msgstr "&Тестирај"
#. table header
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514
msgid "Synchronization Type"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529
msgid "Display &Log..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554
msgid "Clock &Type"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565
msgid "Unit &Number"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575
msgid "Create &Symlink"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624
msgid "Access Control Options"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636
msgid "&Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638
msgid "&Peer"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640
msgid "&Radio Clock"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тип"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661
msgid "Loc&al Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663
msgid "&Public NTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668
msgid "NTP Server Location"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749
+#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692
msgid "&Lookup"
msgstr ""
@@ -1195,155 +1187,163 @@
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Подготвувам ..."
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486
-msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501
-msgid "Read network configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503
-msgid "Read NTP settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507
-msgid "Reading network configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509
-msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
+#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending
+#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
-#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
-#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740
-msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757
-msgid "Write NTP settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
-msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
-msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
-
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
-msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
-msgstr "Променете ја конфигурацијата на „IrDA“"
-
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
-msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "Променете ја конфигурацијата на „IrDA“"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Зачувај конфигурација"
-#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049
+#. summary string, FIXME: too generic!
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "Резиме од конфигурацијата на глушецот."
-#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082
+#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers
+#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server
+#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning,
+#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result
+#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016
+msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+msgid "Read network configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023
+msgid "Read NTP settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027
+msgid "Reading network configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029
+msgid "Reading NTP settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040
+msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045
+msgid "Write NTP settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047
+msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
+
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053
+msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an
+#. error if some of the call fails.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
+msgstr "Променете ја конфигурацијата на „IrDA“"
+
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135
+msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Configure..."
#~ msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/packager.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/packager.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/packager.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-11 20:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
@@ -540,12 +540,6 @@
msgid "&Media"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
-msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата за јазикот"
-
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
#, fuzzy
@@ -585,7 +579,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL"
@@ -842,7 +836,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Детали:"
@@ -850,7 +844,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Сакате да се обидете повторно?"
@@ -1381,50 +1375,50 @@
msgstr "Навистина сакате да го избришете „%1“?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "Додавање на каталог..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "Изберете „SLP“ каталог"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "Детали за јазикот"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "Конфигурирани каталози"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "Вклучување на модулот „%1“..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "Додавање на каталог..."
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "Вклучување на модулот „%1“..."
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Детали за јазикот"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
@@ -1448,8 +1442,8 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1459,25 +1453,31 @@
"од „URL - %1“."
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "Промени ја конфигурацијата на „XPRAM“"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..."
+msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата за јазикот"
+
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
#.
@@ -1485,91 +1485,98 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при поврзување со серверот."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
msgstr ""
+#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
+#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
+#. no such products
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgstr "Непозната зона"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "URL"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Додатни производи"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Додатни производи"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
-#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
-#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unknown Product"
-msgstr "Непозната зона"
-
#. update the trusted flag
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214
#, fuzzy
@@ -1594,30 +1601,30 @@
msgstr "Се појави грешка при читање на дневникот."
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63
msgid "&Show Full Log"
msgstr ""
#. dialog headline
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. collect and set installation summary data
-#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
+#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Completed"
msgid "Installation aborted by user."
msgstr "Инсталацијата е завршена"
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1625,13 +1632,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ""
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Завршено."
@@ -1639,14 +1646,14 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr ""
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277
#, fuzzy
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr "Патека до директориумот: %1"
@@ -1654,7 +1661,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
@@ -1663,46 +1670,46 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr "Предупредувања од дневникот: %1"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1828,7 +1835,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
-msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
@@ -1844,13 +1851,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Додај &папка"
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1858,54 +1865,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Подготовка на фонтовите..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "Пронајден е „%1“ модул"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
#, fuzzy
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Читање на информацијата за пакетот..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1914,36 +1921,44 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "Не можам да ја отворам датотеката „%1“"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Јазик"
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "Лиценцен договор"
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383
+#. %s is replaced with the directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
msgid ""
+"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %s is replaced with the filename
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
-"on the first media in the file %1"
+"on the first media in the file %s"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -1954,37 +1969,38 @@
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Лиценцен договор"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја прекинете инсталацијата?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
+#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "License Agreement"
@@ -1992,7 +2008,7 @@
msgstr "Лиценцен договор"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -2092,7 +2108,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -2139,43 +2155,43 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "Име на „&NFS“ серверот"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "Зачувај во датотека"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount options"
msgid "Mount Options"
@@ -2183,22 +2199,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Конфигурирани каталози"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Конфигурирани каталози"
@@ -2206,41 +2222,41 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "Детали за јазикот"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "„NFS“ сервер"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Додај &папка"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Локално време"
@@ -2250,58 +2266,58 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Додај &папка"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Детали за јазикот"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Име на „&NFS“ серверот"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2311,23 +2327,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2336,30 +2352,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
#, fuzzy
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-R"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "Зачувај во датотека"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2367,7 +2383,7 @@
msgstr "Одредената датотека не постои."
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2375,7 +2391,7 @@
msgstr "Одредената датотека не постои."
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2383,19 +2399,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2405,22 +2421,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "Тип на податочен систем"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "Додај &папка"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2433,7 +2449,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2441,11 +2457,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2457,13 +2473,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "Зачувај во датотека"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2471,75 +2487,75 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Сервер"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Порта"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "Зачувај во датотека"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "Папка за експортирање"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "П&роверка"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Анонимен"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Ко&рисничко име:"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2554,7 +2570,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2563,12 +2579,17 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
-msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001
+msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..."
+
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2576,7 +2597,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2584,7 +2605,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2594,7 +2615,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2603,29 +2624,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Пронајди ги уредите"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Не е пронајдено."
#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2635,13 +2656,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Типови на сервиси"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Products"
msgid "Add On Product"
@@ -2650,7 +2671,7 @@
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
@@ -2863,19 +2884,19 @@
msgstr "Во вашата мрежа не се пронајдени „SLP“ каталози."
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
msgid ""
"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
"before updating the system.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
#, fuzzy
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "Ве молам изберете"
@@ -2913,10 +2934,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Подготовка на основниот менаџер на прозорци..."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
-#~ msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... "
#~ msgstr "Подготовка на основниот менаџер на прозорци..."
@@ -3162,10 +3179,6 @@
#~ msgstr "&Детали"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Release &Notes"
-#~ msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Package Installation"
#~ msgstr "Основна инсталација"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/pkg-bindings.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/pkg-bindings.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/pkg-bindings.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 22:08-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <mkde-l10n(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
@@ -45,13 +45,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "Не е избран ниту еден пакет за инсталирање."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/printer.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/printer.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/printer.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -220,8 +220,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -470,8 +470,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Не е пронајдено"
@@ -2660,61 +2660,61 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "Локално време"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "Отстра&ни"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Користи основни вредности"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Статус"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "&Освежи"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2724,7 +2724,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2737,7 +2737,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2752,39 +2752,39 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
#, fuzzy
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "„DHCP“ сервер"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
#, fuzzy
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2794,40 +2794,40 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Пронајди ги уредите"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "Не можам да го избришам„TSIG“ клучот."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Поврдете ја инсталацијата"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "Ажурирај ја конфигурацијата"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2838,36 +2838,36 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Поврдете ја инсталацијата"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Пронајди ги уредите"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
#, fuzzy
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Оневозможено"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2876,26 +2876,26 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Пронајди ги уредите"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Печати ја помошта за овој модул"
@@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -2924,29 +2924,29 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
#, fuzzy
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "Оневозможи „IrDA“"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
@@ -2955,25 +2955,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2993,54 +2993,54 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Пронајди ги уредите"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/rdp.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/rdp.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/rdp.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -113,69 +113,69 @@
msgstr "Детали за огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configure Later"
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr "Конфигурирај подоцна"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart the service"
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Рестартирај го сервисот"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr "Исклучи сервиси"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving Catalog Configuration"
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на каталогот"
#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration summary ..."
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr "Резиме на конфигурацијата ..."
#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисот..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stopping services..."
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr "Исклучување на сервисите..."
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Administration"
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Далечна администрација"
#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Administration"
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/rear.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/rear.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/rear.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -262,16 +262,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Анализирање на вашиот систем..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/registration.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/registration.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/registration.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -16,30 +16,6 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n"
-#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Local Registration Servers"
-msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"or the default SUSE registration server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No registration server selected."
-msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-
-#. %s is the default SCC URL
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер"
-
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -57,9 +33,9 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
@@ -74,33 +50,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Вашата конфигурација е успешна."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading file..."
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -250,31 +226,27 @@
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-msgid "Connection time out."
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
+"the connection is reliable."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "StationID is invalid."
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Невалидна ИД на станицата."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -290,35 +262,34 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled"
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "„&SLP“ регистрацијата е овозможена"
+msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Информации за регистрација и приватност"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+"Retry the operation later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
@@ -327,7 +298,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -337,23 +308,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -361,6 +332,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
#, fuzzy
@@ -369,20 +358,20 @@
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на каталогот"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -391,7 +380,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -400,8 +389,8 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
@@ -409,7 +398,7 @@
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
@@ -420,30 +409,30 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
@@ -451,7 +440,7 @@
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -459,7 +448,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -473,7 +462,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -484,41 +473,41 @@
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Вклучување на серверот..."
#. # error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -589,7 +578,11 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details"
@@ -597,30 +590,30 @@
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unavailable"
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr "Недостапно"
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr ""
#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -636,7 +629,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
@@ -700,7 +693,7 @@
msgstr "Преземам датотеки..."
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
@@ -708,32 +701,32 @@
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Version"
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "Верзија"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Architecture"
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "Архитектура"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
@@ -759,10 +752,8 @@
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "&E-mail Address"
@@ -773,61 +764,70 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
#, fuzzy
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. the UI defition for the main dialog
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+msgid "Register System via %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
+#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
@@ -836,52 +836,35 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
"\n"
"You can register after the installation or visit our\n"
-"Customer Center for online registration.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really skip the registration now?"
+"Customer Center for online registration."
msgstr ""
-#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
-"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
-"a registered system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
-#. not displayed in installed system
-#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
-"installation has completed."
-msgstr ""
-
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер"
#. SSL error message
@@ -906,22 +889,22 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
@@ -929,17 +912,6 @@
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
-msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
@@ -974,18 +946,18 @@
msgstr "Изберете датотека за клучот со проверка"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr "„DNS“ сервер"
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
msgid "Priority: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -1050,17 +1022,17 @@
msgstr "Изберете датотека за клучот со проверка"
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration summary ..."
msgid "Migration Summary"
@@ -1072,38 +1044,38 @@
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr ""
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1154,19 +1126,84 @@
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
msgstr ""
-#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show.
+#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text
+#. will be used if it's not specified.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Local Registration Servers"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No registration server selected"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#. Default registration server
+#.
+#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер"
+
+#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking..."
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Проверувам..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Service selection"
+msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No service was selected."
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled"
+#~ msgid "Registration failed."
+#~ msgstr "„&SLP“ регистрацијата е овозможена"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+#~ msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Select the Mount Point"
#~ msgid "Select the Migration Repositories"
#~ msgstr "Изберете ја точката на монтирање"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/reipl.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/reipl.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/reipl.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
+"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-client.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-client.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -823,86 +823,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Да"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "Не"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-server.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-server.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/security.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/security.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/security.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -116,300 +116,267 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Непознато"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "Далечен приказ до менаџерот за приказ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "Далечен приказ до менаџерот за приказ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "Далечен приказ до менаџерот за приказ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "Далечен приказ до менаџерот за приказ"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Рестартирај ги сервисите"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "Исклучи сервиси"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable the TFTP service"
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "Овозможи го „TFTP“ сервисот"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable the TFTP service"
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "Оневозможи го „TFTP“ сервисот"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Овозможено"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Оневозможено"
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Статус"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Статус на сервисот: %1"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Помош"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Преглед на „CASA“"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Статус"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Опции"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Анализирање на вашиот систем..."
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
@@ -418,33 +385,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -452,7 +419,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -461,7 +428,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -470,7 +437,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -478,14 +445,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
@@ -493,7 +460,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -503,7 +470,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
@@ -511,12 +478,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
@@ -524,26 +491,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -551,35 +518,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
@@ -597,7 +564,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
@@ -607,7 +574,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -616,7 +583,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
@@ -625,7 +592,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -636,21 +603,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
@@ -658,26 +625,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -689,7 +656,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
@@ -697,23 +664,23 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
@@ -725,13 +692,13 @@
"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -743,7 +710,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -755,38 +722,86 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
#, fuzzy
@@ -852,169 +867,242 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Оневозможено"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Information"
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Информации за системот"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Au&thentication"
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "П&роверка"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
#, fuzzy
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
@@ -1031,66 +1119,66 @@
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update Settings"
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/services-manager.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/services-manager.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/services-manager.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -305,11 +305,11 @@
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/snapper.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/snapper.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/snapper.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -49,14 +49,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User data"
@@ -64,39 +64,39 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Креирај нов „TSIG“ клуч"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the database..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -104,147 +104,147 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Probe"
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Тестирај"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да го избришете „%1“?"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да го избришете „%1“?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Сингапур"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the database..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Читај ја тековната конфигурација"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ISDN"
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ISDN"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тип"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Start IrDA"
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "&Вклучи „IrDA“"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Time and Date"
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Време и дата"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "&Корисничко име"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Change"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "&Промени"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The path %1 does not exist.\n"
@@ -255,97 +255,97 @@
"Дали сакате да ја креирате?\n"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Restart"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "&Рестартирај"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Избор на работна површина"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Избор на работна површина"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -366,21 +366,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr "Не е избран ниту еден пакет за инсталирање."
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parsing files..."
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Проверувам датотеки..."
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/storage.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/storage.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/storage.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -89,8 +89,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -154,7 +153,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -774,7 +777,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -792,7 +795,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -802,7 +805,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -812,7 +815,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -822,7 +825,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -833,7 +836,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -843,7 +846,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -856,7 +859,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -866,7 +869,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -878,7 +881,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -889,7 +892,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -901,11 +904,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1004,53 +1007,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1059,7 +1062,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1069,7 +1072,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1079,7 +1082,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1094,13 +1097,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Не се дозволени празни стрингови во опциите."
@@ -1129,7 +1132,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
@@ -1141,7 +1144,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
@@ -1162,7 +1165,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1171,7 +1174,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1476,7 +1479,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1493,18 +1496,18 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Не се дозволени празни стрингови во опциите."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1536,7 +1539,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1549,7 +1552,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1562,7 +1565,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1584,7 +1587,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1744,7 +1747,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1759,12 +1762,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1772,27 +1775,27 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Точка на монтирање"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2068,11 +2071,9 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&Уреди"
@@ -2104,9 +2105,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2129,8 +2129,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit..."
@@ -2148,8 +2147,7 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
#, fuzzy
@@ -2213,40 +2211,46 @@
msgstr "<p>Изберете ја категоријата која е соодветна на вашиот проблем.</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "Далечен податочен систем"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2254,61 +2258,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Точка на монтирање"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "&Други опции"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Оваа ставка мора да е завршена."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2317,17 +2321,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2337,7 +2341,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2346,60 +2350,60 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Сите промени ќе бидат изгубени!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Тековна временска зона: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Тековен тип на глушец: %1"
@@ -2408,8 +2412,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2421,21 +2425,21 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Рачно"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
@@ -2443,14 +2447,14 @@
msgstr "Центар за потрошувачи"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Изберете ја категоријата која е соодветна на вашиот проблем.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2460,7 +2464,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2469,12 +2473,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Скенирање на мрежата..."
@@ -2672,62 +2676,62 @@
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
#, fuzzy
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Norway"
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Норвешка"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Back"
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Н&азад"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја избришете оваа ставка?"
@@ -2735,55 +2739,60 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Испитување за хард дискови"
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Испитување за хард дискови"
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја избришете оваа ставка?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2791,51 +2800,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2845,53 +2854,53 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја избришете оваа ставка?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "До&стапни се:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2933,8 +2942,7 @@
msgstr "&Отстрани"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
msgid "Resize"
msgstr ""
@@ -3029,8 +3037,7 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
#, fuzzy
@@ -3142,51 +3149,51 @@
msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3194,7 +3201,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "О&пции"
@@ -3203,35 +3210,35 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Изберете ја категоријата која е соодветна на вашиот проблем.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Изберете ја категоријата која е соодветна на вашиот проблем.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "Локални поставувања"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "Локални поставувања"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3335,12 +3342,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3647,12 +3654,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Невалидна опција: %1"
@@ -3689,9 +3696,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3701,14 +3708,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4059,17 +4066,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4341,7 +4348,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -5079,38 +5086,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5120,7 +5140,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5134,7 +5154,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -5147,7 +5167,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5156,7 +5176,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5164,7 +5184,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5173,28 +5193,28 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5202,14 +5222,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5217,105 +5237,105 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "„YaST2“ го пронајде следниов уред"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "„YaST2“ го пронајде следниов уред"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "&Продолжи со поправката на системот"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5323,7 +5343,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5331,7 +5351,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5339,18 +5359,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5969,56 +5989,45 @@
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
msgstr ""
-#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
+#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Samba Group Name"
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "Име на „Samba“ група"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Locale settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Локални поставувања"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6027,37 +6036,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "О&пции"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -6104,6 +6127,11 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Samba Group Name"
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "Име на „Samba“ група"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Changes:"
#~ msgstr "&Промени"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/update.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/update.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/update.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -769,20 +769,20 @@
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
msgid ""
"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
"%{packages}"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/users.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/users.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/users.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -132,564 +132,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "П&роверка"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "Патека до директориумот: %1"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "Из&бери"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "П&роверка"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "Изберете датотека за клучот со проверка"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "Избери ги &сите"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "П&отврдете ја лозинката"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Распоред на тастатурата"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "&Други опции"
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Пакетот не може да се инсталира.\n"
-"Инсталирајте го пакетот што недостасува и обидете се повторно."
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DSL"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "&Корисничко име"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "Ко&рисничко име:"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "Креирај нов „TSIG“ клуч"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
-msgstr[1] "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Промени..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Резиме на надградбата"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
#, fuzzy
@@ -818,12 +260,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“"
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1076,105 +512,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "П&роверка"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "П&роверка"
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "&Корисник"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
#, fuzzy
@@ -1333,6 +670,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1360,6 +713,14 @@
msgstr "Не можам да ја креирам папката „%1“."
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "&Корисничко име"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "&First Name"
@@ -1376,11 +737,31 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "Ко&рисничко име:"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1561,6 +942,31 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
#, fuzzy
@@ -1653,6 +1059,21 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DSL"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1662,6 +1083,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1794,6 +1233,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1819,6 +1267,21 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
@@ -2469,7 +1932,8 @@
msgstr "П&одаточен систем за употреба:"
#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Локални поставувања"
@@ -2556,6 +2020,11 @@
msgstr "Име на „Samba“ група"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2575,6 +2044,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
#, fuzzy
@@ -2698,6 +2172,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
#, fuzzy
@@ -2709,6 +2188,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2979,6 +2478,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3268,6 +2773,16 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "Не е избран ниту еден пакет за инсталирање."
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Пакетот не може да се инсталира.\n"
+"Инсталирајте го пакетот што недостасува и обидете се повторно."
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
#, fuzzy
@@ -3287,6 +2802,369 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "П&отврдете ја лозинката"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "Распоред на тастатурата"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "Креирај нов „TSIG“ клуч"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "Локални поставувања"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "Креирај нов „TSIG“ клуч"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "П&одаточен систем за употреба:"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "Нема одреден збор за барање"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
+msgstr[1] "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Избери ги &сите"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "&Корисник"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
+msgstr[1] "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3751,7 +3629,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:722
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3763,229 +3641,229 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:970
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "Читај ја тековната конфигурација"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "Читање на листата со модули..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137
#, fuzzy
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "Сервисот „%1“ не постои."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "Папката „%1“ не постои."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“ серверот"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
#, fuzzy
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "П&отврдете ја лозинката"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "Сними ги промените на каталогот"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "Проверувам..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при поврзување со серверот."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при поврзување со серверот."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3993,14 +3871,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4009,7 +3887,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4018,7 +3896,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4026,14 +3904,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4041,14 +3919,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4056,7 +3934,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4064,7 +3942,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4072,14 +3950,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4087,7 +3965,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4095,7 +3973,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4104,7 +3982,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4114,19 +3992,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4134,14 +4012,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4150,7 +4028,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4159,7 +4037,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4168,14 +4046,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4183,7 +4061,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4192,20 +4070,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "Сервисот „%1“ не постои."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4213,7 +4091,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4221,23 +4099,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610
#, fuzzy
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "Читај конфигурирани каталози"
@@ -4256,22 +4134,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на тастатура"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4396,7 +4274,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4404,7 +4282,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
@@ -4414,7 +4292,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4422,37 +4300,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4460,7 +4338,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, fuzzy, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4468,20 +4346,20 @@
msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4489,7 +4367,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4498,23 +4376,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "Преземам датотеки..."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4579,6 +4455,61 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "П&роверка"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "Патека до директориумот: %1"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "Из&бери"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "П&роверка"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "Изберете датотека за клучот со проверка"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "&Други опции"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&Промени..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "Резиме на надградбата"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "П&роверка"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "П&роверка"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "No Password Expiration"
#~ msgid "No Password Entered"
#~ msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/vm.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/vm.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/vm.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -41,157 +41,157 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server"
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr "Сервер"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "мрежна карта"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -204,27 +204,27 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/vpn.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/vpn.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:05 UTC (rev 96695)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/vpn.mk.po 2016-09-02 21:38:17 UTC (rev 96696)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -213,14 +213,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -307,110 +307,110 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Name"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection &Protocol:"
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "&Протокол на врската:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тип"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Server"
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Вклучи сервер"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NFS Client"
msgid "Client"
msgstr "„NFS“ клиент"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -503,36 +503,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to parse: %s."
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Failed to parse: %s."
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -540,30 +540,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Locale Settings"
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на локале"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
1
0